Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Root Search
ve has 1 results
        Root Word (Pāṇini Dhātupāṭha:)Full Root MarkerSenseClassSutra
√veveññtantusantāne1731
 
 
ve has 1 results
Root WordIAST MeaningMonier Williams PageClass
√वेveweaving / tantu-santāna436/1Cl.1
Amarakosha Search
120 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
ādrakam2.9.38NeuterSingularśṛṅgaveram
agniḥMasculineSingularjvalanaḥ, barhiḥ, śociṣkeśaḥ, bṛhadbhānuḥ, analaḥ, śikhāvān, hutabhuk, saptārciḥ, citrabhānuḥ, appittam, vaiśvānaraḥ, dhanañjayaḥ, jātavedāḥ, śuṣmā, uṣarbudhaḥ, kṛśānuḥ, rohitāśvaḥ, āśuśukṣaṇiḥ, dahanaḥ, damunāḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, vahniḥ, kṛpīṭayoniḥ, tanūnapāt, kṛṣṇavartmā, āśrayāśaḥ, pāvakaḥ, vāyusakhaḥ, hiraṇyaretāḥ, havyavāhanaḥ, śukraḥ, śuciḥ, vītihotraḥfire god
alaṅkāraḥ2..9.97MasculineSingularrajatam, rūpyam, kharjūram, śvetam
amaraḥ1.1.7-9MasculineSingularnirjaraḥ, vibudhaḥ, sumanasaḥ, āditeyaḥ, aditinandanaḥ, asvapnaḥ, gīrvāṇaḥ, daivatam, devaḥ, suraḥ, tridiveśaḥ, diviṣad, ādityaḥ, amartyaḥ, dānavāriḥ, devatā, tridaśaḥ, suparvā, divaukāḥ, lekhaḥ, ṛbhuḥ, amṛtāndhāḥ, vṛndārakaḥimmortal
anayaḥ3.3.157MasculineSingularsaṅghātaḥ, sanniveśaḥ
anveṣitam3.1.105MasculineSingularmṛgitam, gaveṣitam, anviṣṭam, mārgitam
arālam3.1.70MasculineSingularbhugnam, natam, jihmam, vakram, kuṭilam, kuñcitam, vṛjinam, vellitam, āviddham, ūrmimat
āsphoṭanī2.10.34FeminineSingularvedhanikā
atiśayaḥ1.1.67MasculineSingularbhṛśam, gāḍham, tīvram, atimātram, ativelam, dṛḍham, nitāntam, nirbharam, atyartham, bharaḥ, bāḍham, ekāntam, udgāḍhammuch or excessive
baliśam1.10.16NeuterSingularmatsyavedhanamgoad
bherī3.3.3FeminineSingularmārutaḥ, vedhāḥ, bradhnaḥ
bhikṣā3.3.232FeminineSingularraviḥ, śvetaḥ, chadaḥ
bhujaḥ2.6.80Ubhaya-lingaSingularbāhuḥ, praveṣṭaḥ, doḥ
brahmā1.1.16-17MasculineSingularprajāpatiḥ, viścasṛṭ, aṇḍajaḥ, kamalodbhavaḥ, satyakaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, pitāmahaḥ, svayaṃbhūḥ, abjayoniḥ, kamalāsanaḥ, vedhāḥ, vidhiḥ, pūrvaḥ, sadānandaḥ, haṃsavāhanaḥ, surajyeṣṭhaḥ, hiraṇyagarbhaḥ, caturāsanaḥ, druhiṇaḥ, sraṣṭā, vidhātā, nābhijanmā, nidhanaḥ, rajomūrtiḥ, parameṣṭhī, lokeśaḥ, dhātā, virañciḥbramha
dhātuḥ3.3.72MasculineSingularrātriḥ, veśma
droṇaḥ3.3.55MasculineSingularstambhaḥ, veśma
gāṅgerukīFeminineSingularnāgabālā, jhaṣā, hrasvagavedhukā
gaṇikā2.6.19FeminineSingularrūpājīvā, vārastrī, veśyā
gauḥ2.9.67-72FeminineSingularupasaryā, rohiṇī, bahusūtiḥ, kapilā, navasūtikā, ekahāyanī, droṇakṣīrā, bandhyā, saurabheyī, garbhopaghātinī, arjunī, acaṇḍī, dhavalā, vaṣkayiṇī, dvivarṣā, pīnoghnī, tryabdā, samāṃsamīnā, sandhinī, vaśā, praṣṭhauhī, naicikī, pareṣṭukā, pāṭalā, suvratā, caturabdā, droṇadugdhā, avatokā, usrā, kālyā, aghnyā, sukarā, kṛṣṇā, dhenuḥ, ekābdā, pīvarastanī, trihāyaṇī, māheyī, vehad, śṛṅgiṇī, bālagarbhiṇī, śavalī, cirasūtā, dvihāyanī, sukhasaṃdohyā, caturhāyaṇī, dhenuṣyā, sravadgarbhā, mātā(49)cow
gavedhuḥ2.9.25FeminineSingulargavedhukā
gharmaḥMasculineSingularnidāghaḥ, svedaḥsweat
gṛham2.2.4-5NeuterSingularagāram, vastyam, sadma, geham, ālayaḥ, gṛhāḥ, bhavanam, niśāntam, veśma, nilayaḥ, mandiram, sadanam, niketanam, udavasitam, nikāyyaḥ
haṃsaḥ2.5.26MasculineSingularcakrāṅgaḥ, mānasaukāḥ, śvetagarut
jatukam2.9.40NeuterSingularsahasravedhi, ‍vāhlīkam, hiṅgu, rāmaṭham
kabarī2.6.98FeminineSingularkeśaveśaḥ
kāminī3.3.119FeminineSingularprajāpatiḥ, tattvam, tapaḥ, brahma, brahmā, vipraḥ, vedāḥ
kandurvā2.9.31Ubhaya-lingaSingularsvedanī
kāraṇāFeminineSingularyātanā, tīvravedanāagony
karcūrakaḥMasculineSingulardrāviḍakaḥ, kālpakaḥ, vedhamukhyakaḥ
kṣīravidārīFeminineSingularmahāśve, ṛkṣagandhikā
kuṇḍalam2.6.104NeuterSingularkarṇaveṣṭnam
mahatī3.3.76FeminineSingularśastram, vahnijvālā, raverarciḥ
matsyādhānīFeminineSingularkuveṇīa fish basket
mūlyam2.10.38-39NeuterSingularbharaṇam, bharma, vidhā, paṇaḥ, bharaṇyam, bhṛ‍tiḥ, karmaṇyā, nirveśaḥ, vetanam, bhṛtyā
nāgāḥMasculinePluralkādraveyāḥgreat darkness or dulusion of the mind
nārācaḥ2.8.87MasculineSingularprakṣveḍanaḥ
nepathyam2.6.100MasculineSingularākalpaḥ, veṣaḥ, pratikarma, prasādhanam
nidrā1.7.36FeminineSingularśayanam, svāpaḥ, svapnaḥ, saṃveśaḥsleep
parivyādhaḥ2.4.30MasculineSingularvidulaḥ, nādeyī, ambuvetasaḥ
parjanyaḥ3.3.154MasculineSingulardīrghadveṣaḥ, anutāpaḥ
pattiḥ3.3.79FeminineSingularvedaḥ, śravaḥ
pāyasaḥ1.2.129MasculineSingularsaraladravaḥ, śrīvāsaḥ, vṛkadhūpaḥ, śrīveṣṭaḥ
picchā2.2.47FeminineSingularśālmalīveṣṭaḥ
plavaṃgamaḥ3.3.145MasculineSingularvaṇikpathaḥ, puram, vedaḥ
pradhānam3.1.58NeuterSingularagryaḥ, agraḥ, pravarhaḥ, mukhyaḥ, pravekaḥ, agriyaḥ, prāgryaḥ, parārdhyaḥ, vareṇyaḥ, uttamaḥ, pramukhaḥ, agrīyaḥ, prāgraharaḥ, anavarārdhyaḥ, varyaḥ, anuttamaḥ
prasūnam3.3.130NeuterSingularcatuṣpathaḥ, saṃniveśaḥ
pratīhāraḥ3.3.178MasculineSingularanyaśubhadveṣaḥ, anyaśubhadveṣavat, kṛpaṇaḥ
puruṣaḥ3.3.227MasculineSingularśiroveṣṭam, kirīṭam
rāḥ3.3.173MasculineSingularvedabhedaḥ, guhyavādaḥ
ṛkṣagandhāFeminineSingularchagalāntrī, āve, vṛddhadārakaḥ, juṅgaḥ
sahasravedhīFeminineSingularamlavetasaḥ, śatavedhī, cukraḥ
samvedaḥ03.04.2006MasculineSingularvedanā
saritaḥ1.10.34FemininePluralcandrabhāgā, sarasvatī, ve, śarāvatī, vetravatīsavarmati(river)
śatruḥ2.8.10MasculineSingularārātiḥ, śātravaḥ, ahitaḥ, durhṛd, sapatnaḥ, paraḥ, dasyuḥ, vipakṣaḥ, dveṣaṇaḥ, vairī, pratyarthī, abhighātī, amitraḥ, dviṭ, dviṣan, ripuḥ
śibiraḥ2.8.33NeuterSingularniveśaḥ
siṃhanādaḥ2.8.108MasculineSingularkṣveḍā
śrutiḥFeminineSingularvedaḥ, āmnāyaḥ, trayīveda
śuklaḥ1.5.12MasculineSingulardhavalaḥ, sitaḥ, śyetaḥ, śuciḥ, valakṣaḥ, avadātaḥ, viśadaḥ, śubhraḥ, arjunaḥ, gauraḥ, pāṇḍaraḥ, śvetaḥwhite
śvetasurasāFeminineSingularbhūtaveśī
totram2.8.41NeuterSingularveṇukam
trasaraḥ2.4.24MasculineSingularsūtraveṣṭanam
upabhogaḥ2.4.20MasculineSingularnirveśaḥ
upaskaraḥ2.9.35MasculineSingularvesavāraḥ
vaiṇivikā2.10.13MasculineSingularveṇudhmaḥ
vairamNeuterSingularvirodhaḥ, vidveṣaḥenmity
vaṃśaḥMasculineSingulartejanaḥ, yavaphalaḥ, tvacisāraḥ, maskaraḥ, śataparvā, karmāraḥ, veṇuḥ, tṛṇadhvajaḥ, tvaksāraḥ
vaṃśarocanā2.9.110FeminineSingularśvetamaricam
vanam3.3.133NeuterSingularve, śūraḥ
vedhā3.3.236MasculineSingulardyauḥ, bhūḥ
vedhitaḥ3.1.98MasculineSingularchidritaḥ, viddhaḥ
vediḥ2.7.20FeminineSingular
vegaḥ3.3.25MasculineSingularsṛṣṭiḥ, svabhāvaḥ, nirmokṣaḥ, niścayaḥ, adhyāsaḥ
ve2.8.74MasculineSingulartvaritaḥ, prajavī, javanaḥ, javaḥ, tarasvī
ve3.3.206FeminineSingularśiphā, bham, ādyam
vellamNeuterSingularcitrataṇḍulā, taṇḍulaḥ, kṛmighnaḥ, viḍaṅgam, amoghā
velljam2.9.36NeuterSingularkṛṣṇam, ūṣaṇam, dharmapattanam, marīcam, kolakam
ve2.10.28FeminineSingularvāpadaṇḍaḥ
veṇī2.2.69FeminineSingularkharā, garī, devatāḍaḥ, jīmūtaḥ
veṇiḥ2.6.99FeminineSingularpraveṇī
vepathuḥMasculineSingularkampaḥa tremour
veśaḥMasculineSingularveśyājanasamāśrayaḥ
veśantaḥMasculineSingularpallavam, alpasaramsmall pond
veśmabhūḥ2.2.19FeminineSingularvāstuḥ
veṣṭitam3.1.90MasculineSingularruddham, āvṛtam, valayitam, saṃvītam
vetālaḥ3.5.21MasculineSingular
vetasaḥ2.4.29MasculineSingularvānīraḥ, vañjulaḥ, rathaḥ, abhrapuṣpaḥ, bidulaḥ, śītaḥ
vetasvān2.1.9MasculineSingular
vilāpaḥ1.6.16MasculineSingularparivedanamlamentation
vitardiḥFeminineSingularvedikā
vyadhaḥ03.04.2008MasculineSingularvedhaḥ
yātrā3.3.183FeminineSingularsaraghā, kaṇṭakārikā, krūraḥ, vyaṅgā, adhanaḥ, naṭī, alpaḥ, veśyā
pariveṣaḥ1.3.32MasculineSingularparidhiḥ, upasūryakam, maṇḍalamhalo
saṃvegaḥMasculineSingularsambhramaḥhurry
kṣveḍaḥ1.8.9MasculineSingularviṣam, garalamthe venom of a snake
āveśanamNeuterSingularśilpiśālā
sanniveśaḥMasculineSingularnikarṣaṇaḥ
śvetasurasāFeminineSingularbhūtaveśī
sahasravedhīFeminineSingularamlavetasaḥ, śatavedhī, cukraḥ
kāravellaḥMasculineSingularkaṭillakaḥ, suṣavī
udvegam2.4.169NeuterSingular
graiveyakam2.6.105NeuterSingularkaṇṭhabhūṣā
sarvavedāḥ2.7.11MasculineSingular
āveśikaḥ2.7.36MasculineSingularāgantuḥ, atithiḥ
vivekaḥ2.7.42MasculineSingularpṛthagātmatā
parivettā2.7.59MasculineSingular
nītivedināṃ trivargaḥ2.8.19MasculineSingular
praveṇī2.8.43FeminineSingularvarṇaḥ, paristomaḥ, ‍kuthaḥ, āstaraṇam
gavedhuḥ2.9.25FeminineSingulargavedhukā
dveṣyaḥ3.1.43MasculineSingularkaśārhaḥ
svedjāḥ3.1.50MasculineSingular
vellitaḥ3.1.86MasculineSingularpreṅkhitaḥ, ādhūtaḥ, calitaḥ, ākampitaḥ, dhutaḥ
anveṣitam3.1.105MasculineSingularmṛgitam, gaveṣitam, anviṣṭam, mārgitam
samvedaḥ03.04.2006MasculineSingularvedanā
udvegaḥ3.4.12MasculineSingularudbhramaḥ
avekṣā2.4.28FeminineSingularpratijāgaraḥ
kṣveḍā3.3.49FeminineSingular
śvetam3.3.86MasculineSingularbaddhaḥ, arjunaḥ
nirveśaḥ3.3.223MasculineSingulartṛṣṇā, āyatā
śrīveṣṭaḥ3.5.13MasculineSingular
kṣveḍitam3.5.34MasculineSingular
Monier-Williams Search
4379 results for ve
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
ve (see ūy-) cl.1 P. A1. () v/ayati-, te- (perfect tense parasmE-pada vavau-or uvāya-;2. sg. uvayitha- grammar;3. plural vavuḥ- ; ūvuḥ- ; ūyuḥ- ; A1. vave-, ūve-, ūye- grammar; Aorist avāsīt-, avāsta- grammar; preceding ūyāt-, vāsīṣṭa- ; future vātā- ; vāsyati-, te- ; vayiṣy/ati- ; infinitive mood /otum-, /otave-, /otav/ai- ; v/ātave- ), to weave, interweave, braid, plait (figuratively to string or join together artificially, make, compose exempli gratia, 'for example' speeches, hymns) etc. ; to make into a cover, into a web or web-like covering, overspread as with a web (said of a cloud-like mass of arrows filling the air) : Passive voice ūyate- (Aorist avāyi-) grammar : Causal vāyayati- : Desiderative vivāsati-, te- : Intensive vāvāyate-, vāveti-, vāvāti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vem. a bird (strong stem of 1. v/i- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. (said to be fr. vic-) hire, wages View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vecārāma m. Name of two authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vecurāmam. Name of two authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veḍan. a kind of coarse sandal (= sāndra-vicchinna-candana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veḍāf. (also written beḍā-) a boat (see veṭī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedam. (fr.1. vid- q.v) knowledge, true or sacred knowledge or lore, knowledge of ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedam. Name of certain celebrated works which constitute the basis of the first period of the Hindu religion (these works were primarily three, viz. 1. the ṛg-veda-, 2. the yajur-veda- [of which there are, however, two divisionsSee taittirīya-saṃhitā-, vājasaneyi-saṃhitā-],3. the sāma-veda-;these three works are sometimes called collectively trayī-,"the triple vidyā-"or"threefold knowledge", but the ṛg-veda- is really the only original work of the three, and much the most ancient [the oldest of its hymns being assigned by some who rely on certain astronomical calculations to a period between 4000 and 2500 B.C., before the settlement of the Aryans in India;and by others who adopt a different reckoning to a period between 1400 and 1000 B.C., when the Aryans had settled down in the Panjab];subsequently a fourth veda- was added, called the atharva-veda-, which was probably not completely accepted till after manu-, as his law-book often speaks of the three veda-s-calling them trayam brahma sanātanam-,"the triple eternal veda-", but only once [ ] mentions the revelation made to atharvan- and aṅgiras-, without, however, calling it by the later name of atharva-veda-;each of the four veda-s has two distinct parts, viz. 1. mantra-, id est words of prayer and adoration often addressed either to fire or to some form of the sun or to some form of the air, sky, wind etc., and praying for health, wealth, long life, cattle, offspring, victory, and even forgiveness of sins, and 2. brāhmaṇa-, consisting of vidhi- and artha-vāda-, i.e. directions for the detail of the ceremonies at which the mantra-s were to be used and explanations of the legends etc. connected with the mantra-s [see brāhmaṇa-, vidhi-],both these portions being termed śruti-,revelation orally communicated by the Deity, and heard but not composed or written down by men[ see ] , although it is certain that both mantra-s and brāhmaṇa-s were compositions spread over a considerable period, much of the latter being comparatively modern;as the veda-s are properly three, so the mantra-s are properly of three forms, 1. ṛc-, which are verses of praise in metre, and intended for loud recitation;2. yajus-, which are in prose, and intended for recitation in a lower tone at sacrifices;3. sāman-, which are in metre, and intended for chanting at the soma- or Moon-plant ceremonies, the mantra-s of the fourth or atharva-veda- having no special name;but it must be borne in mind that the yajur- and sāma-veda- hymns, especially the latter, besides their own mantra-s, borrow largely from the ṛg-veda-;the yajur-veda- and sāma-veda- being in fact not so much collections of prayers and hymns as special prayer- and hymn-books intended as manuals for the adhvaryu- and udgātṛ- priests respectively [see yajur-veda-, sāma-veda-];the atharva-veda-, on the other hand, is, like the ṛg-veda-, a real collection of original hymns mixed up with incantations, borrowing little from the ṛg- and having no direct relation to sacrifices, but supposed by mere recitation to produce long life, to cure diseases, to effect the ruin of enemies etc.;each of the four veda-s seems to have passed through numerous śākhā-s or schools, giving rise to various recensions of the text, though the ṛg-veda- is only preserved in the śākala- recension, while a second recension, that of the bhāṣkala-s, is only known by name;a tradition makes vyāsa- the compiler and arranger of the veda-s in their present form: they each have an Index or anukramaṇī- [ q.v ], the principal work of this kind being the general Index or sarvānukramaṇī- [ q.v ];out of the brāhmaṇa- portion of the veda- grew two other departments of Vedic literature, sometimes included under the general name veda-, viz. the strings of aphoristic rules, called sūtra-s [ q.v ], and the mystical treatises on the nature of God and the relation of soul and matter, called upaniṣad- [ q.v ], which were appended to the āraṇyaka-s [ q.v ], and became the real veda- of thinking Hindus, leading to the darśana-s or systems of philosophy;in the later literature the name of"fifth veda-"is accorded to the itihāsa-s or legendary epic poems and to the purāṇa-s, and certain secondary veda-s or upa-veda-s [ q.v ] are enumerated;the vedāṅga-s or works serving as limbs [for preserving the integrity] of the veda- are explained under vedāṅga-below: the only other works included under the head of veda- being the pariśiṣṭa-s, which supply rules for the ritual omitted in the sūtra-s;in the bṛhad-āraṇyaka- upaniṣad- the veda-s are represented as the breathings of brahmā-, while in some of the purāṇa-s the four veda-s are said to have issued out of the four mouths of the four-faced brahmā- and in the viṣṇu-purāṇa- the veda- and viṣṇu- are identified)
vedam. Name of the number"four"
vedam. feeling, perception View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedam. equals vṛtta- (varia lectio vitta-) (see 2. veda-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedam. (fr.3. vid-) finding, obtaining, acquisition (See su-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedam. property, goods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedam. (perhaps connected with1. ve-,to weave or bind together) a tuft or bunch of strong grass (kuśa- or muñja-) made into a broom (and used for sweeping, making up the sacrificial fire etc., in rites) manuscript View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedam. Name of a pupil of āyoda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedabāhum. " veda--armed", Name of one of the 7 ṛṣi-s under manu- raivata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedabāhum. of a son of pulastya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedabāhum. of a son of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedabāhyam. "outside the veda-", an unbeliever, sceptic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedabāhyamfn. not founded on id est contrary to the veda-
vedabhāgam. a fourth part, one fourth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedabhāgādim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedabhāṣyan. a commentary on the veda- (especially sāyaṇa-'s commentary on ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedabhāṣyakāram. Name of sāyaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedābhyāsam. constant repetition of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedābhyāsam. the repetition of the mystical syllable Om View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedabījan. "seed of the veda-", Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedabrahmacaryan. studentship for acquiring the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedabrāhmaṇam. a Brahman knowing the veda-, a true or right Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedacakṣusn. the veda- compared to an eye View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedacakṣusn. the eye for seeing (or discerning the sense of) the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedācāryam. " veda--teacher", (with āvasathika-) Name of the author of the smṛtiratnākara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedadakṣiṇāf. the fee for instruction in the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedadalamfn. "four-leaved" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedadānan. the imparting or teaching of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedadarśanan. the occurring or being mentioned in the veda- (nāt-,"in accordance with the veda-",) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedadarśinmfn. " veda--seeing", one who discerns the sense of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedadharam. Name of a man (equals vedeśa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedadhāraṇan. keeping the veda- (in the memory) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedadharmam. Name of a son of paila- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhidevam. "tutelary deity of the veda-", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhigamam. the repetition or recitation of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhipa m. "one who presides over the veda-"Name of certain planets (viz. of Jupiter or bṛhaspati-, Venus, Mars, and Mercury, who are supposed to preside respectively over the ṛg--, yajur--, sāma--, and atharva-- veda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhipatim. "one who presides over the veda-"Name of certain planets (viz. of Jupiter or bṛhaspati-, Venus, Mars, and Mercury, who are supposed to preside respectively over the ṛg--, yajur--, sāma--, and atharva-- veda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedadhvanim. equals -ghoṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyakṣam. "protector of the veda-", Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyāpakam. a teacher of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyāpanan. teaching the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyāya mfn. one who repeats or is constantly repeating the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyayanan. the repetition or recitation of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyāyāyinmfn. one who repeats or is constantly repeating the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyayinmfn. equals dhvāyin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādim. the beginning of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādimn. the sacred syllable Om View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādibījan. idem or 'mn. the sacred syllable Om ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedadīpam. "lamp of knowledge or of the veda-", Name of mahī-dhara-'s commentator or commentary on the vājasaneyi-saṃhitā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedadīpikāf. Name of a commentator or commentary on the brahma-- sūtra-s by rāmānujācārya- (equals vedānta-dīpa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādirūpamfn. having the beginning of the veda- for its form or substance (as the syllable Om) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādivarṇan. equals -bīja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedadṛṣṭamfn. approved or sanctioned by the veda- or Vedic ritual View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedagāmbhīryan. the deep or recondite sense of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedagarbhamf(ā-)n. full of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedagarbham. Name of brahmā- (also transferred to viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedagarbham. a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedagarbham. Name of a Brahman (varia lectio -garva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedagarbham. of a treatise on the sacred syllable Om View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedagarbhāf. Name of the sarasvatī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedagarbhāmāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedagarbhāpurīmāhātmyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedagarbharāśim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedagarvaSee -garbha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedagatamfn. standing at the fourth place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedagātham. Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaghoṣam. the sound caused by the recitation of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāgnyutsādinmfn. one who neglects (recitation of) the veda- and (maintenance of) the sacred fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāgraṇīf. "leader of the veda-", Name of sarasvatī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaguhyamfn. concealed in the veda- (said of viṣṇu-) ( vedaguhyopaniṣad hyopaniṣad- f. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaguhyopaniṣadf. vedaguhya
vedaguptamfn. "one who has preserved the veda-", Name of kṛṣṇa- (a son of parāśara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaguptif. the preservation of the veda- (by the Brahmanical caste) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedahīnamfn. destitute of (knowledge of) the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedajananīf. "mother of the veda-", Name of the gāyatrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedajñamfn. knowing the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedakamf(ikā-)n. making known, announcing, proclaiming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedakamf(ikā-)n. restoring to consciousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedakāf. Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedakāram. the composer of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedakāraṇakāraṇan. "cause of the cause of the veda-", Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedakartṛm. "author of veda-", Name of the Sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedakartṛm. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedakartṛm. of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedakauleyakam. "belonging to the family of the veda-", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedakavisvāminm. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedakumbham. Name of a preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedakuśalamfn. versed in the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedalakṣaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedalakṣaṇasūtravṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamSee brāhmaṇa-- and yāvad-v-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamālim. Name of a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamantram. a mantra- or verse of the veda- (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamantram. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamantradaṇḍakam. (with karmopayogin-) Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamantrānukramaṇikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamantrārthadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamātṛf. "mother of the veda-", Name of sarasvatī- and sāvitrī- and gāyatrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamātṛkāf. =" -mātṛ- ", Name of sāvitrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamātṛṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamayamf(ī-)n. consisting of id est containing the veda- or sacred knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamitram. " veda--friend", Name of various preceptors and authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāṃśam. a fourth part, one fourth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamukhan. Name of work (see -vadana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamukhyam. (see vedha-m-) a sort of insect, the winged bug View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamūlamfn. " veda--rooted", grounded on the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamuṇḍam. (prob.) Name of an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamuṇḍavadham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedamūrtif. "embodiment of the veda-"(applied to the sun) (sometimes used as an honourable title before the names of learned Brahmans) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanamfn. (for 2.See) announcing, proclaiming (See bhaga-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanan. perception, knowledge etc. (rarelyf(ā-).) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanan. making known, proclaiming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanāf. pain, torture, agony (also personified as a daughter of anṛta-) etc. (exceptionally n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanan. feeling, sensation (with Buddhists one of the 5 skandhas- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanamfn. finding, procuring (See naṣṭa-and pati-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanan. the act of finding, falling in with (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanan. the act of marrying (said of both sexes, especially the marriage of a śūdra- woman with a man of a higher caste; see utkṛṣṭa-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanan. the ceremony of holding the ends of a mantle (observed by a śūdra- female on her marriage with a man of a higher caste) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanan. property, goods
vedanādam. equals -ghoṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedānadhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedānadhyayanan. remissness in repeating the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanāvatmfn. possessed of knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanāvatmfn. feeling pain, full of aches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanāvatmfn. painful, aching View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaṇḍam. (see vitaṇḍa-and vetaṇḍa-) an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāṅgaSee below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāṅgan. "a limb (for preserving the body) of the veda-", Name of certain works or classes of works regarded as auxiliary to and even in some sense as part of the veda-, (six are usually enumerated [and mostly written in the sūtra- or aphoristic style];1. śikṣā-,"the science of proper articulation and pronunciation", comprising the knowledge of letters, accents, quantity, the use of the organs of pronunciation, and phonetics generally, but especially the laws of euphony peculiar to the veda- [many short treatises and a chapter of the taittirīya-āraṇyaka- are regarded as the representatives of this subject;but other works on Vedic phonetics may be included under itSee prātiśākhya-]:2. chandas-,"metre"[represented by a treatise ascribed to piṅgala-nāga-, which, however, treats of Prakrit as well as Sanskrit metres, and includes only a few of the leading Vedic metres]: 3. vyākaraṇa-,"linguistic analysis or grammar"[represented by pāṇini-'s celebrated sūtra-s]: 4. nirukta-,"explanation of difficult Vedic words"[ see yāska-]:5. jyotiṣa-,"astronomy", or rather the Vedic calendar [represented by a small tract, the object of which is to fix the most auspicious days for sacrifices]: 6. kalpa-,"ceremonial", represented by a large number of sūtra- works[ see sūtra-]:the first and second of these vedāṅga-s are said to be intended to secure the correct reading or recitation of the veda-, the third and fourth the understanding of it, and the fifth and sixth its proper employment at sacrifices: the vedāṅga-s are alluded to by manu-, who calls them, in , pravacana-s, "expositions", a term which is said to be also applied to the brāhmaṇa-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāṅgarāyam. Name of various authors (especially of the son of tigulābhaṭṭa- and father of nandikeśvara-, who wrote for Shah Jehan the pārasī-prakāśa- and the śrāddha-dīpikā-, A.D. 1643).
vedāṅgaśāstran. the doctrine of the vedāṅga-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāṅgatīrtham. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāṅgatvan. the nature or condition of a vedāṅga-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāṅginm. one who studies or teaches the vedāṅga-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanīf. the true skin or cutis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanidhim. " veda--treasure", a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanidhim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanidhitīrtham. Name of a preceptor of the madhva- or ānanda-tīrtha- school (who died A.D. 1576) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanighaṇṭum. Name of a Vedic glossary (commonly called nighaṇṭu- q.v) Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanindāf. denying the veda-, unbelief, heresy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanindakam. " veda--denier", any one who disbelieves in the veda-, an unbeliever, atheist, Buddhist, jaina- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanindinm. equals -nindaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanirghoṣam. equals -ghoṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanīyamfn. to be denoted or expressed or meant by (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; vedanīyatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanīyamfn. to be (or being) felt by or as (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; vedanīyatā -- f. vedanīyatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanīyamfn. to be known or to be made known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedanīyatāf. vedanīya
vedanīyatāf. vedanīya
vedanīyatvan. vedanīya
vedāntam. end of the veda- (="complete knowledge of the veda-"see vedānta-ga-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntam. Name of the second and most important part of the mīmāṃsā- or third of the three great divisions of Hindu philosophy (called vedānta- either as teaching the ultimate scope of the veda- or simply as explained in the upaniṣad-s which come at the end of the veda-;this system, although belonging to the mīmāṃsā- [q.v.] and sometimes called uttara-mīmāṃsā-,"examination of the later portion or jñāna-kāṇḍa-[q.v.] of the veda-", is really the one sole orthodox exponent of the pantheistic creed of the Hindus of the present day - a creed which underlies all the polytheism and multiform mythology of the people;its chief doctrine [as expounded by śaṃkara-] is that of advaita- id est that nothing really exists but the One Self or Soul of the Universe called brahman- [neut.] or paramātman-, and that the jīvātman- or individual human soul and indeed all the phenomena of nature are really identical with the paramātman-, and that their existence is only the result of ajñāna- [otherwise called avidyā-] or an assumed ignorance on the part of that one universal Soul which is described as both Creator and Creation;Actor and Act;Existence, Knowledge and Joy, and as devoid of the three qualities [see guṇa-];the liberation of the human soul, its deliverance from transmigrations, and re-union with the paramātman-, with which it is really identified, is only to be effected by a removal of that ignorance through a proper understanding of the vedānta-;this system is also called brahma-mīmāṃsā- and śārīrakamīmāṃsā-,"inquiring into Spirit or embodied Spirit";the founder of the school is said to have been vyāsa-, also called bādarāyaṇa-, and its most eminent teacher was śaṃkarācārya-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntam. plural the upaniṣad-s or works on the vedānta- philosophy on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntabhāṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntābhihitamfn. declared in the upaniṣad-s or in the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntabhūṣaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntacandrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntācāryam. Name of various teachers (especially of a follower of rāmānuja-, founder of a separate seat ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntācāryacaritram. Name of work (with vaibhava-prakāśikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntācāryadinacaryāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntācāryamaṅgaladvādaśīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntācāryaprapadanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntācāryasaptatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntācāryatārāhārāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntācāryavigrahadhyānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntācāryavijayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntacintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntadeśikam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntādhikaraṇacintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntādhikaraṇamālān. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntadiṇḍimam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntadīpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntagam. one who has gone to the end of the veda- or who has complete knowledge of the veda- (equals veda-pāra-ga-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntagam. a follower of the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntagamyamfn. accessible or intelligible by the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntagrantham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntajñam. a knower of the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakalpadrumam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakalpalatā f. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakalpalatikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakalpatarum. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakalpatarumañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakalpataruparimalam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakalpataruparimalakhaṇḍanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakalpataruṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakārikāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakartṛm. the author of the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakatakam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakathāratnan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakaumudīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakaustubham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakaustubhaprabhāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakṛtm. equals -kartṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntālokam. a collective Name of vijñāna-bhikṣu-'s dissertations on a number of upaniṣad-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntamālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntamananan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntamaṅgaladīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntamantraviśrāmam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntāmṛtan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntāmṛtacidratnacaṣakam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntamuktāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntanāmaratnasahasravyākhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntanayanabhūṣaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntanayanācāryam. Name of authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntanirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaniṣṭhamfn. founded or resting on the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntanyāyamālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntanyāyaratnāvalībrahmādvaitāmṛtaprakāśikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntapadārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaparibhāṣāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntapārijātasaurabhan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaparimalam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntapradīpam. (equals -sāra- q.v), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaprakaraṇan. Name of work ( vedāntaprakaraṇavākyāmṛta ṇa-vākyāmṛta- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaprakaraṇavākyāmṛtan. vedāntaprakaraṇa
vedāntaprakriyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntapraṇihitadhīmfn. one who has his mind fixed upon the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntarahasyan. "secret doctrine of the vedānta-", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntarahasyadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntarahasyavettṛm. a knower of the secret doctrine of the vedānta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntarakṣāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaratnan. the jewel of the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaratnākaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaratnakośam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaratnamālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaratnamañjūṣāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaratnatrayaparīkṣāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntārtham. the meaning or sense of the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntārthasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntārthasārasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntārthavivecanamahābhāṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasaṃjñāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasaṃjñānirūpaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasaṃjñāprakriyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasammatakarmatattvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasaptasūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasāram. "essence or epitome of the vedānta-", Name of various works (especially) of a treatise on the vedānta- by sadānanda- yogīndra- and of a brief commentator or commentary on the vedānta-sūtra- by rāmānujācārya- (see -pradīpa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasārapadyamālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasārasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasārasāram. Name of work (or -jñāna-bodhinī-,an abstract of sadānanda-'s vedānta-sāra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasārasiddhāntatātparyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasāraviśrāmopaniṣadf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasāropaniṣadf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaśāstran. (?) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaśāstrāmbudhiratnan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaśāstrasaṃkṣiptaprakriyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaśataślokīf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasaurabhan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasiddhāntam. Name of work ( vedāntasiddhāntakaumudī ta-kaumudī- f. vedāntasiddhāntacandrikā -candrikā- f. vedāntasiddhāntadīpikā -dīpikā- f. vedāntasiddhāntapradīpa -pradīpa- m. vedāntasiddhāntabheda -bheda- m. vedāntasiddhāntamuktāvalī -muktāvalī- f. vedāntasiddhāntaratnāñjali -ratnāñjali- m. vedāntasiddhāntasūktimañjarīprakāśa -kti-mañjarī-prakāśa- m.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasiddhāntabhedam. vedāntasiddhānta
vedāntasiddhāntacandrikāf. vedāntasiddhānta
vedāntasiddhāntadīpikāf. vedāntasiddhānta
vedāntasiddhāntakaumudīf. vedāntasiddhānta
vedāntasiddhāntamuktāvalīf. vedāntasiddhānta
vedāntasiddhāntapradīpam. vedāntasiddhānta
vedāntasiddhāntaratnāñjalim. vedāntasiddhānta
vedāntasiddhāntasūktimañjarīprakāśam. vedāntasiddhānta
vedāntaśikhāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasiṃham. Name of work (equals -śata-ślokī-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaśiromaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaśrutisārasaṃgrahaName of work m. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasudhārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasūtran. Name of the aphorisms of the vedānta- philosophy (ascribed to bādarāyaṇa- or vyāsa-, also called brahma-sūtra- or śārīraka-sūtra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasūtramuktāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasūtravṛttisaṃkṣiptāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasyamantakam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntatātparyan. the object or purport of the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntatattvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntatattvabodham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntatattvadīpanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntatattvakaumudīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntatattvamuktāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntatattvasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntatattvodayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntāvabṛthaplutam. one who performs an ablution after acquiring complete knowledge of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavādam. assertion of the vedānta- doctrine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavādārtham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavādāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavādinmfn. one who asserts the vedānta- doctrine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavāgīśam. (with bhaṭṭācārya-) Name of two authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavākyan. a statement of the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavākyacūḍāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavedinm. equals -vid- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavibhāvanāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavidmfn. knowing the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavidyāf. knowledge of the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavidyāsāgaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavidyāvijayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavijayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavijñānan. knowledge of the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavijñānanaukāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavilāsam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavivaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavivekam. Name of work ( vedāntavivekacūḍāmaṇi ka-cūḍāmaṇi-,m.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavivekacūḍāmaṇim. vedāntaviveka
vedāntavṛttif. Name of work (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntibruvamfn. one who calls himself a vedāntin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntimahādevam. Name of a lexicographer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntinm. a follower of the vedānta- philosophy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntopadeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntopagatamfn. derived from or produced by the vedānta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntopaniṣadf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntopanyāsam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedānukramaṇikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedānusmṛtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedānuvacanan. repetition or recitation of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedānuvacanan. sacred doctrine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapadadarpaṇam. Name of a treatise on the pada--text of the veda- (see padapāṭha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapādarāmāyaṇan. Name of work on bhakti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapādaśivastotran. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapadastava(prob.) wrong reading for -pādastava-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapādastavam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapādastotran. Name of stotra-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapāragam. "one who has gone to the further end of the veda-", a Brahman skilled in the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapārāyaṇavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapatha m. the path of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapāṭham. a particular text or recitation of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapāṭhaka() mfn. -pāṭhitṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapathinm. the path of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapāṭhin() mfn. -pāṭhitṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapaṭhitṛm. one who recites or repeats the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāpaya(fr. 1. veda-) Nom. P. yati-, to cause to know, impart knowledge Va1rtt. 2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaphalan. the meritorious fruit or result of (reciting or repeating) the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaplāvinm. one who promulgates or publicly teaches the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapradānan. equals -dāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapralavam. a bunch of grass taken from the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaprapadf. Name of particular formulas (in which pra-pad-occurs) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapravādam. a statement or declaration of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāptif. acquisition of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapuṇyan. merit (acquired) by (the reciting or repeating) the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedapuruṣam. the veda- personified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāram. a chameleon, lizard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedarahasyan. "secret doctrine of the veda-", Name of the upaniṣad-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedarakara vedarkara-, prob. wrong reading for bedar-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedarakṣaṇan. the preservation of the veda- (as a duty of the Brahmanical class) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedārambhaprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāraṇyamāhātmyan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedarāśim. "whole collection of the veda-", the entire veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedarāśikṛtastotran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedarāta wrong reading for deva-rāta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedārṇaName of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedārtham. the meaning or sense of the veda- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedārthacandram. Name of work
vedārthadīpam. Name of work
vedārthadīpikāf. Name of work (by ṣaḍ-guru-śiṣya-)
vedārthanighaṇṭum. Name of work
vedārthapradīpam. Name of work
vedārthapradīpikāf. Name of work (by kātyāyana-- śiṣya-)
vedārthaprakāśam. Name of work (sāyaṇa-'s Comms. on several veda-s)
vedārtharatnan. Name of work
vedārthasaṃgraham. an abstract of the more important upaniṣad-s by rāmānuja-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedārthatattvanirṇayam. Name of work
vedārthavicāram. Name of work
vedārthavidmfn. knowing the sense of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedārthayatnam. Name of work
vedasn. (for 2.See) knowledge, science (see keta--, jāta--, viśva-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasn. property, wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasaSee sarva-v-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśabdam. the word" veda-" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśabdam. a statement or declaration of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśākhāf. a branch or school of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśākhāpraṇayanan. establishing or founding a Vedic school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasamāptif. complete acquisition of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasamarthanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasaṃhitāf. a Vedic saṃhitā-, the saṃhitā- text of the veda-, an entire veda- in any recension View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasammatamfn. conformable to the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasammitamfn. of equal measure with or conformable to the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasaṃnyāsam. discontinuance of Vedic rites View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasaṃnyāsika() ( on ) m. a Brahman in the fourth period of his life who has discontinued all recitation of the veda- and performance of Vedic rites. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasaṃnyāsin( on ) m. a Brahman in the fourth period of his life who has discontinued all recitation of the veda- and performance of Vedic rites. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasaṃnyāsinmfn. abandoning the veda-, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasaṃsthitamfn. contained in the veda-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasāram. "Essence of the veda-", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasārarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasārasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasāraśivasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasāraśivastavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasāraśivastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśāstran. the doctrine of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśāstran. plural the veda- and śāstra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśāstrapurāṇan. plural the veda- and śāstra-s and purāṇa-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśāstrasampannamfn. versed in the veda- and śāstra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśāstravidmfn. knowing the veda- and śāstra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasinīf. Name of a river (varia lectio vetasinī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśiram. Name of a son of kṛśāśva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśirasn. (for 2.See under 3. veda-) "head of the veda-", Name of a mythical weapon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśirasm. Name of a ṛṣi- (son of mārkaṇḍeya- and mūrdhanyā-, progenitor of the bhārgava- Brahmans) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśirasm. of a son of prāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśirasm. of a son of kṛśāśva- (see -śira-) (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśirasn. (for 1.See) the head or broom end of the veda- (see prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśirobhūṣaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśīrṣam. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasmṛtā () f. Name of a river. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasmṛti() f. Name of a river. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasmṛtī() f. Name of a river. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasparśam. Name of a preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāśramfn. quadrangular View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśravasm. Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśrīm. Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśrutam. plural Name of a class of gods under the third manu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśrutif. the hearing or reciting of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśrutif. Vedic revelation (also -) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaśrutif. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedastaraṇan. the strewing or scattering of the bunch of grass called veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedastutif. "praise of the veda-", Name of the 87th chapter of the 11th book of the bhāgavata-- purāṇa- (also called śruti-stuti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedastutikārikāf. a metrical paraphrase of the prec. work by vallabhācārya- (inculcating the doctrine of devotion as a means of salvation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedastutilaghūpāyam. Name of a commentator or commentary on the veda-stuti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasūktabhāṣyan. Name of a commentator or commentary by nāgeśa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasūtran. a sūtra- belonging to the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāśvāf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasvāminm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedatā(ved/a--) f. (prob.) wealth, riches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedataijasan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedatātparyan. the real object or true meaning of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedatattvan. " veda--truth", the true doctrine of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedatattvārtham. the true doctrine and meaning of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedatattvārthavidmfn. knowing the true meaning of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedatattvārthavidvasmfn. knowing the true meaning of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedātmanm. "Soul of the veda-", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedātmanm. of the Sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedātmana(?) m. "id.", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedatrayan. () the three veda-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedatrayīf. () the three veda-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedatṛṇan. plural the bunch of grass used for the above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedatvan. (for 2.See) the nature of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedatvan. (for 1.See p.1015) state of being a veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavacanan. a text of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavādam. idem or 'n. a text or statement of the veda- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavādam. speaking about the veda-, Vedic discussion etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavadanan. " veda--mouth", introduction to the veda- id est grammar (see -mukha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavadanan. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavādaratamfn. delighting in such discussion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavādinmfn. versed in Vedic discussion or in Vedic lore discussion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavāham. devoted to the veda- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavāhanamfn. carrying or bringing the veda- (said of the sun) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavāhyaSee bāhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavaināśikāf. Name of a river (varia lectio nāsikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavākyan. a text or statement of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāvāptif. equals vedāpti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavāsam. " veda--abode", a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavatmfn. having or familiar with the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāvatāram. "descent of the veda-", the revelation or handing down of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavatīf. Name of a river (see vedasinī-, vetasinī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavatīf. of a beautiful woman (daughter of kuśa-dhvaja-, whose story is told in the rāmāyaṇa-;she became an ascetic, and being insulted by rāvaṇa- in the wood where she was performing her penances, destroyed herself by entering fire, but was born again as sītā- or according to to other legends, as draupadī- or lakṣmī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavatīf. of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavedāṅga(in the beginning of a compound) the veda- and vedāṅga- (See column 3) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavedāṅgapāragamfn. one who has gone through the veda- and vedāṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavedāṅgatattvajñamfn. one who knows the nature or truth of the veda- and vedāṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavedāṅgavidmfn. knowing the veda- and the vedāṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavedāṅgavigrahinmfn. one whose body consists of the veda- and vedāṅga- (said of viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavedāntatattvasāreśālagrāmamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavicāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavidmfn. knowing the veda-, conversant with it (superl. -vit-tama- ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavidm. a Brahman versed in the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavidm. Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavidvasmfn. equals -vid- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavidyāf. knowledge of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavidyādhigamam. acquisition of Vedic lore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavidyādhipam. a master of Vedic lore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavidyātmakamfn. one whose nature is knowledge of the veda-, thoroughly versed in Vedic lore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavidyāvidmfn. versed in Vedic knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavidyāvratasnātamfn. one who has performed his ablutions after completing his knowledge of the veda- and his religious observances (see snātaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavihitamfn. taught or enjoined in the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavikrayamfn. = yin-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavikrayinmfn. selling id est teaching the veda- for money View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavilāsinīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedaviplāvakamfn. propagating the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavittvan. (fr. next) knowledge of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavratan. any religious observance performed during the acquirement of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavratamfn. one who has undertaken the vow of acquiring the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavrataparāyaṇamfn. one who is devoted to the veda- and performs the necessary observances View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavratavidhim. (or -vratānāṃ-vidhi-) Name of a pariśiṣṭa- of kātyāyana-.
vedavratinmfn. idem or 'm. (or -vratānāṃ-vidhi-) Name of a pariśiṣṭa- of kātyāyana-.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavṛddham. Name of a veda- teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavṛttan. the doctrine of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavyāsam. "arranger of the veda-", Name of vyāsa- or bādarāyaṇa- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavyāsasvāminm. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedavyāsatīrtham. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedayamfn. (fr. Causal) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedayajñam. a Vedic sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedayajñamayamf(ī-)n. formed or consisting of the above sacrifices View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedayānaSee a-v-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāyana wrong reading for baidāyana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedayaṣṭif. the handle of the broom called veda- (varia lectio deva-y-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedayitavyamfn. to be made known or communicated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedayitṛmfn. one who perceives or knows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veddhavyamfn. to be pierced or perforated or hit (as a mark) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veddhavyamfn. to be entered or penetrated into (with the mind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veddhṛmfn. one who pierces or hits (a mark) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedeśam. "lord of the veda-", Name of a man (= veda-dhara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedeśabhikṣum. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedeśatīrtham. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedeśvaram. Name of a man (equals vedeśa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedh (equals vyath-) cl.1 A1. vedhate-, to tremble, quake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhamfn. ( vidh-) equals vedhas-, pious, faithful (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedham. ( vyadh-) penetration, piercing, breaking through, breach, opening, perforation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedham. hitting (a mark) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedham. puncturing, wounding, a wound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedham. a particular disease of horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedham. hole, excavation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedham. the depth of an excavation, depth (also in measurement ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedham. intrusion, disturbance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedham. fixing the position of the sun or of the stars View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedham. mixture of fluids View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedham. a particular process to which quicksilver is subjected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedham. a particular measure or division of time (= 100 truṭi-s = 1/3 lava-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedham. Name of a son of ananta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhāf. a mystical Name of the letter m- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhaguptam. (in music) a particular rāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhakam. a piercer, perforator (of gems etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhakam. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhakam. sandal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhakam. Rumex Vesicarius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhakam. Name of one of the divisions of naraka- (destined for arrow-makers) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhakan. coriander View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhakan. rock-salt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhakan. grain, rice in the ear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhamayamf(ī-)n. consisting in perforation or penetration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veḍhamikāf. a kind of bread or cake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhamukhyam. Curcuma Zerumbet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhamukhyāf. musk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhamukhyāf. a civet-cat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhamukhyakam. Curcuma Zerumbet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhanan. piercing, hitting (with an arrow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhanan. penetration, excavation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhanan. affecting with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhanan. depth (see 2. vedha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhanan. puncturing, pricking, wounding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhanīf. an auger, gimlet, any piercing instrument (especially for piercing an elephant's ears) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhanīf. Trigonella Foenum Graecum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhanikāf. a sharp-pointed perforating instrument (especially for piercing jewels or shells), auger, awl, gimlet etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhanīyamfn. capable of being pierced, penetrable, vulnerable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasmfn. (in some meanings prob. connected with vi-dhā-; Nominal verb m. vedh/ās- accusative vedh/asam-or vedh/ām-) pious, religious, virtuous, good, brave (also applied to gods) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasmfn. wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasmfn. performing, accomplishing (in gambhīra-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasm. a worshipper of the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasm. an arranger, disposer, creator (especially applied to brahmā-, but also to prajāpati-, puruṣa-, śiva-, viṣṇu-, dharma-, the Sun etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasm. an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasm. a wise or learned man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasm. Name of the father of hari-ścandra- (See vaidasa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasan. the part of the hand under the root of the thumb (considered as sacred to brahmā-;See tīrtha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasam. Name of a Vedic ṛṣi- (said to belong to the family of aṅgiras-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasīf. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhastama(vedh/as--). mfn. most pious or religious, best, wisest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhasyāf. (instrumental case) worship, piety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhinmfn. piercing, perforating, hitting (a mark)
vedhinm. Rumex Vesicarius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhinm. Trigonella Foenum Graecum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhinīf. a leech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhitamfn. equals -viddha-, pierced, perforated, penetrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhitamfn. shaken, trembling (applied to the earth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhitvan. (fr. next + tva-) capacity of piercing (See śabda-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyamfn. to be pierced or perforated etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyamfn. to be cut open or punctured (as a vein; vedhyatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyamfn. to be fixed or observed (see 2. vedha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyāf. a kind of musical instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyan. a mark for shooting at, butt, target View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyatāf. vedhya
vedim. a wise man, teacher, Pandit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedif. knowledge, science (See a-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedif. a seal-ring (also dikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. Name of sarasvatī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vediin compound for 1. vedin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedif. (later also vedī-;for 1. 2.See column 2) an elevated (or according to some excavated) piece of ground serving for a sacrificial altar (generally strewed with kuśa- grass, and having receptacles for the sacrificial fire;it is more or less raised and of various shapes, but usually narrow in the middle, on which account the female waist is often compared to it) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedif. the space between the supposed spokes of a wheel-shaped altar, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedif. a kind of covered verandah or balcony in a court-yard (shaped like a vedi- and prepared for weddings etc. equals vitardi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedif. a stand, basis, pedestal, bench etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedif. Name of a tīrtha- (only ī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedin. a species of plant (equals ambaṣṭha-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veSee under 1. and 3. vedi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedibhājanan. that which is substituted for the sacrificial ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedijāf. "altar-born", epithet of draupadī-, wife of the pāṇḍu- princes (the fee which droṇa- required for instructing the pāṇḍu- princes was that they should conquer drupada-, king of pañcāla-, who had insulted him;they therefore took him prisoner, and he, burning with resentment, undertook a sacrifice to procure a son who might avenge his defeat;two children were then born to him from the midst of the altar, out of the sacrificial fire, viz. a son dhṛṣṭa-dyumna-, and a daughter draupadī- or kṛṣṇā-, afterwards wife of the pāṇḍava-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedikāf. See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedikam. a seat, bench View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedikāf. (see vedaka-and 1. vedi-) idem or 'm. a seat, bench ' etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedikāf. a sacrificial ground, altar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedikāf. a balcony, pavilion (equals vitardi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedīka(in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals vedī-, a pavilion, balcony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedikākramam. Name of work on the construction of fire-altars. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedikaraṇan. the preparation of the vedi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedikaraṇan. plural the implements used for it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedilakṣaṇan. Name of the 24th pariśiṣṭa- of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vediloṣṭam. a clod of earth taken from the sacrificial ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedimadhyamf(ā-)n. (a woman) having a waist resembling a vedi- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedimānan. the measuring out of a (place for the) sacrificial ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedimatīf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedimekhalāf. the cord which forms the boundary of the uttara-vedi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedinmfn. (for 2. 3.See column 3) knowing, acquainted with or versed in (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') etc. (see sarva-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedinmfn. feeling, perceiving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedinmfn. announcing, proclaiming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedinm. Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedinmfn. marrying (See śūdrā-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedinn. a species of plant (equals ambaṣṭha-) (see 2. vedi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedinīf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vediparam. plural Name of a country and people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedipratiṣṭhamfn. erected on sacrificial ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedipurīṣam. the loose earth of the sacrificial ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedīśam. "lord of the wise", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedīśaSee under 2. vedi-, column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vediṣadmfn. (for -sad-) sitting on or at the vedi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vediṣadm. equals prācīna-barhis- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedisādhanaprakāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedisambhavāf. equals -- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedisammānan. equals -māna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedispṛśmfn. touching the vedi-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vediśroṇi f. (met.) the hip-like side of the vedi-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vediśroṇīf. (met.) the hip-like side of the vedi-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vediṣṭhamfn. getting or procuring most View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veditāf. and 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veditavyamfn. to be learnt or known or understood etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veditavyamfn. to be known or recognized as, to be taken for, to be meant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veditṛ mf(trī-)n. knowing, a knower (with accusative or genitive case) (see sarva-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veditṛmf(trī-)n. knowing, a knower (with accusative or genitive case) (see sarva-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veditvan. acquaintance or familiarity with (See karuṇa--and kāruṇya-v-,and see under 3. vedi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veditvan. (for 1.See under 2. vedi-) the state or condition of being a vedi- or altar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedivatind. like a vedi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedivimānan. equals -māna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedīyasmfn. knowing (others"finding","acquiring" , fr.3. vid-) better than (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedodayam. "origin of the veda-", Name of sūrya- or the Sun (from whom the sāma-veda- is said to have proceeded; see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedoditamfn. mentioned or enjoined in the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedoktamfn. taught or declared or contained in the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedoktaśivapūjanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedopabṛṃhaṇaSee pagrahaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedopagrahaṇan. an addition or supplement to the veda- (Bombay edition pabṛṃhaṇa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedopakaraṇan. " veda--instrument", a subordinate science for aiding or promoting a knowledge of the veda- (= vedāṅga-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedopakaraṇasamūham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedopaniṣadf. the upaniṣad- or secret doctrine of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedopasthānikāf. attendance on the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedopayāmam. a particular implement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedukamfn. acquiring, obtaining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyin compound for 3. vedi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedySee veṭy-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyamfn. notorious, famous, celebrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyamfn. to be learnt or known or understood, that which is learnt etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyamfn. to be recognized or regarded as View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyamfn. relating to the veda- (see gaRa gav-ādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyāf. knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyā according to to some also,"art, dexterity etc.". View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyamfn. to be (or being) acquired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyamfn. to be married (See a-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyagnim. the fire on the vedi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyākṛtif. a kind of vedi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyantam. the end or edge of the vedi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyantaran. the interior of the vedi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyardham. "half of a vedi-", Name of two mythical districts held by the vidyādhara-s (on the himālaya-, one to the north, and one to the south) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyāstaraṇan. covering the vedi- with darbha- grass (see veda-st-).
vedyatvan. knowableness, intelligibility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyayāind. instrumental case sg. (= Nominal verb) and plural "with knowledge" id est manifestly, actually, indeed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedyupoṣaṇamfn. burning the vedi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegam. (fr. vij-) violent agitation, shock, jerk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegam. a stream, flood, current (of water, tears etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegam. rush, dash, impetus, momentum, onset View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegam. impetuosity, vehemence, haste, speed, rapidity, quickness, velocity (vegād vegaṃ-gam-,to go from speed to speed, increase one's speed) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegam. the flight (of an arrow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegam. outbreak, outburst (of passion), excitement, agitation, emotion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegam. attack, paroxysm (of a disease) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegam. circulation, working, effect (of poison;in seven stages or symptoms are mentioned) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegam. expulsion of the feces View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegam. semen virile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegam. impetus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegam. the fruit of Trichosanthes Palmata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegam. Name of a class of evil demons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegadaṇḍam. (equals vetaṇḍa-) an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegadarśinm. Name of a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegagamf(ā-)n. going or streaming fast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegāghātam. equals vegavidhāraṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegaghnamfn. killing swiftly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegajavāf. Name of a kiṃ-narī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veganāśanam. "preventing speed or activity", phlegm, the phlegmatic humour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veganāśyanāśakabhāvārtharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegānilam. a violent wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegaparikṣayam. cessation of the paroxysm of a disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegarājam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegarājasaṃhitāf. Name of his work (composed A.D. 1494). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegarodham. obstruction of speed or activity, retardation, check View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegarodham. obstruction of the movement or evacuation of the bowels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegasampannamfn. endowed with swiftness, swift (said of horses) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegasaram. (see vesara-) a mule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegasāram. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegasarīf. a female mule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegataram. greater swiftness (vegād vegataraṃ-gam-,to run faster and faster; see vega-) (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegatasind. with a sudden impetus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegatasind. with speed, quickly, hastily, impetuously View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavāhinmfn. going or flowing or flying swiftly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavāhinīf. an arrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavatmfn. agitated (as the ocean) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavatmfn. impetuous, rapid, hasty, swift, violent etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavatm. a leopard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavatm. Name of an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavatm. of a vidyādhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavatm. of a son of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavatm. of a king (son of bandhu-mat-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavatm. of a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavatm. a particular drug View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavatm. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavatm. Name of a vidyādharī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavatm. (plural) Name of a class of āpsarasa-s or celestial nymphs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegāvataraṇan. swift descent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavatīf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavatstotran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavattāf. swiftness, velocity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavattamamfn. speediest, quickest, very quick or swift View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavattaramfn. more speedy, quicker, very quick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavidhāraṇan. retardation of velocity, stopping, retarding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavidhāraṇan. obstruction of the natural excretions, constipation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavirodhinmfn. obstructing the movement or evacuation of the bowels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegavṛṣṭif. a violent rain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegiin compound for vegin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegihariṇam. a kind of antelope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegilam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veginmfn. having velocity, swift, rapid, impetuous etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veginm. a hawk, falcon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veginm. an express, courier View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veginm. Name of vāyu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veginīf. a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegitāf. impetus, velocity, quickness, speed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegitamfn. agitated, rough (as the sea) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegitamfn. impetuous, hasty, rapid, swift, fleet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegitvan. impetus, velocity, quickness, speed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegodagramfn. having rapid or intense effect (as venom) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veh (also written beh-) cl.1 A1. vehate-, to strive, make effort ; cl.1 P. vehati- equals vehāya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vehānasa(with jaina-s) a particular forbidden mode of suicide, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vehāram. (see vihāra-) Name of a country (Behar) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vehatf. a barren cow or and cow that miscarries (see ; according to to also"a cow that desires the bull"or"a pregnant cow") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vehāyaNom. (fr. prec.) A1. yate-, to miscarry gaRa bhṛśādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vehl cl.1 P. vehlati- varia lectio for vell- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vejanavatmfn. (fr. Causal of vij-) used to explain vājin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vejānīf. Vernonia Anthelmintica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vejitamfn. (fr. idem or 'mfn. (fr. Causal of vij-) used to explain vājin- ') agitated, frightened, terrified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vejitamfn. enhanced, increased View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vekaṭam. (see vaikaṭika-,only ) a youth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vekaṭam. a jeweller View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vekaṭam. a sort of fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vekaṭam. a buffoon (equals vidūṣaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vekaṭaind. equals adbhuta- (see 2. vi-kaṭa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vekṣ (prob. for avekṣ- q.v) cl.10 P. vekṣayati-, to see (varia lectio vlekṣ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vekṣaṇan. looking after, care about (genitive case) (varia lectio for cekṣaṇe-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vekuriSee bekuri-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vel (varia lectio for vell- q.v) cl.1 P. velati-, to move, shake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vel (rather Nom.fr. velā-below) cl.10 P. velayati-, to count or declare the time (Cf. ud-vela-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velan. a garden, grove (see vipina-fr.1. vip-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velan. a particular high number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velam. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. limit, boundary, end View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. distance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. boundary of sea and land (personified as the daughter of meru- and dhāriṇī-, and the wife of samudra-), coast, shore (velāyām-,on the sea-shore, coast-wise) etc.
vef. limit of time, period, season, time of day, hour (with paścimā-,the evening hour; kā velā-,"what time of the day is it?" kā velā prāptāyāḥ-,"how long has she been here?" -velam- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' after a numeral = times) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. opportunity, occasion, interval, leisure (velām pra-kṛ-,to watch for an opportunity; velāyām-,at the right moment or season; artha-velāyām-,at the moment when the meaning is under consideration) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. meal-time, meal (as of a god equals īśvarasya bhojanam-, śiva-'s meal) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. the last hour, hour of death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. easy or painless death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. tide, flow (opp. to"ebb"), stream, current etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. "sickness"or"passion" (rāga-or roga-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. the gums View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. speech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. Name of the wife of buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. of a princess found on the seashore (after whom the 11th lambaka- of the kathāsarit-sāgara- is called). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velābala wrong reading for -vana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velādharam. a kind of bird (equals bhāraṇḍa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velādri(velādri-) m. a mountain situated on the coast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velāhīnamfn. untimely, occurring before the time (as an eclipse) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velajam. bitter and salt and pungent taste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velajamfn. bitter and salt and pungent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velājalan. sg. and plural flood-tide (opp. to"ebb") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velākula(velāk-) mfn. agitated by the tide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velākūlan. the sea-shore, coast (rarely the bank of a river) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velākūlamfn. situated on the sea-coast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velākūlan. Name of a district (the modern tāmalipta- or Tamluk [see tāma-lipta-],said to be in the district of Midnapur or in the southern part of the present Hugli district, forming the west bank of the Hugli river at its union with the sea;a village having the name Beercool [Birkul], said to be derived from velā-kūla-, still exists near the sea-shore;it is a hot-weather retreat from Calcutta and was formerly a favourite resort of Warren Hastings;See Hunter's Gazetteer). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velāmbhas(velāmbhas-) n. equals -velā-jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velāmūlan. the sea-shore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velānam. astringent and salt and pungent taste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velānamfn. astringent and salt and pungent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velānila(velān-) m. a coast wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velāsalilan. () equals -jala-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velāsamudram. () equals -jala-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velātaṭam. the sea-shore (also velātaṭānta ṭānta-,m.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velātaṭāntam. velātaṭa
velātiga(velāt-) mfn. overflowing the shore (as the ocean) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velātikrama(velāt-) m. overstepping the (right) time, tardiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velavam. a secretly born son of a śūdra- and a kṣatriyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velāvali(velāv-) f. (in music) a particular scale. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velāvanan. a forest on the sea-shore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velāvīcim. a shore-wave, breaker View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velāvīcim. plural surge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velāvilāsinīf. a courtezan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velāvittam. a kind of official View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velāyaNom. fr. velā- gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velāyanim. (prob. wrong reading for vail-) a patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velibhukpriyam. a kind of fragrant mango (prob. wrong reading for bali-bhuk-priya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velikāf. (with bhū-) a country situated on the sea-shore, maritime country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vell (see 1. vel-and vehl-) cl.1 P. () vellati- (pr. p. vellat-,or vellamāna- ) , to shake about, tremble, sway, be tossed or agitated etc.: Causal vellayati-, to cause to shake etc. ; to knead (a dough) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellamfn. going, moving, shaking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellan. Embelia Ribes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellan. Name of a town (the modern VelloreSee compound and see vellūra-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellahalam. a libertine (equals keli-nāgara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellajan. black pepper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellakam. See kāra-v- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellanan. going, moving about, shaking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellanan. rolling (of a horse) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellanan. surging (of waves) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellanan. brushwood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellanan. a sort of rolling-pin with which cakes etc. are prepared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellanan. black pepper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellanīf. a species of dūrvā- grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellantaram. a particular tree (equals vīra-taru-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellapurīviṣayagadyan. an account in prose of the city and district of Vellore and of its ruler keśa-veśa-rāja-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellif. (see valli-) a creeping plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellikāf. Trigonella Corniculata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellikākhyāf. Trigonella Corniculata (see under vellaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellitamfn. shaken, trembling etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellitamfn. bent, curved, crooked etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellitamfn. entwined (as arms) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellitan. going, moving, shaking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellitan. the rolling of a horse
vellitāgramfn. curly at the end or point (as hair) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellitāgram. hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellitakam. a kind of serpent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellitakan. crossing (instrumental case crosswise) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellūram. or n. (see vella-) Name of a town and district (the modern Vellore in North Arcot, 80 miles from Madras;it has a celebrated fortress) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velormif. equals velāvīci- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veluvam. or n. (see vela-) a particular high number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vemam. a loom (in su-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vema vemaka- etc. See 1. ve-, p.1013. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vemabhūpāla m. Name of a king and author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vemacitra m. Name of an asura- king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vemacitrinm. Name of an asura- king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vemakam. a weaver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vemakīf. the wife of a weaver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vemann. ( also m.) a loom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vemann. a slay View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vemanamfn. (fr. prec.) gaRa pāmādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vemānabhairavāryam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vemanyamfn. skilful in weaving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vemarājam. Name of a king and author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ve(prob. artificial; see ven-), to go, move ; to know ; to think ; to discern ; to play on an instrument ; to hold or take View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ven (in varia lectio for veṇ- q.v) cl.1 P. v/enati-, to care or long for, be anxious, yearn for ; to tend outwards (said of the vital air) ; to be homesick ; to be envious or jealous (according to to also "to go"and"to worship") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇam. (see veṇu-and vīṇā-) a worker in reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇam. a musician (by caste, the son of a vaideha- and an ambaṣṭhī-) (see vaiṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇam. the son of an ugra- and a kṣatriyā- (who lives as a necromancer and conjuror) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇam. varia lectio for vena- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇāf. See next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇāf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇāf. of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
venamf(ī-)n. yearning, longing, eager, anxious, loving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
venam. longing, desire, wish, care View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
venam. Name of the hymn (beginning with ayaṃ venaḥ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
venam. equals yajña- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
venam. Name of a divine being of the middle region (also applied to indra-, the Sun, prajā-pati-, and a gandharva-;in connected with the navel) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
venam. of various men, (especially) of the author of (having the patronymic bhārgava-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
venam. of a rājarṣi- or royal ṛṣi- (father of pṛthu-, and said to have perished through irreligious conduct and want of submissiveness to the Brahmans;he is represented as having occasioned confusion of castesSee , and as founder of the race of niṣāda-s and dhīvara-s;according to the viṣṇu-purāṇa-, vena- was a son of aṅga- and a descendant of the first manu-;a vena- rāja-śravas- is enumerated among the veda-vyāsa-s or arrangers of the veda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
venam. varia lectio for veṇa- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. love, desire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇātaṭam. the bank of the river veṇā-
veṇātaṭam. plural Name of a people ( veṇa-taṭa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇavinmfn. furnished with a flute (said of śiva-) (varia lectio vaiṇavin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅgharam. pride of beauty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅgior veṅgī- f. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇif. (fr.1. ve-) weaving, braiding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇif. braided hair or a braid of hair, hair twisted into a single unornamented braid and allowed to fall on the back (so worn by widows and women who mourn for absent husbands see eka-veṇi-;the water of a river is often compared to such a braid, but in these meanings the form veṇī-is more commonSee below) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇif. the confluence or meeting of two or more rivers or streams in a common point of union (as at prayāga- or Allahabad see triv-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇif. property re-united after it has been before divided View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇif. a cascade View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīf. equals veṇi-, a braid of hair etc. etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīf. a stream, current View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīf. an abridgement of the title veṇī-saṃhāra- (See below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīf. Lipeocercis Serrata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīf. a dam, bridge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīf. a ewe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇībhūtamfn. (hair) forming a braid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīdānan. a ceremony performed at prayāga- (cutting off a braid of hair and offering it to the Ganges with gifts to the priests) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīdāsam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīdattam. (also with bhaṭṭa-, śarman-etc.) Name of various authors and other men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīgamūlakan. the root of Andropogon Muricatus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇikam. plural Name of a people (Bombay edition vetrika-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇikāf. equals veṇi-, a braid of hair etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇikāf. (met.) a continuous line, uninterrupted stream View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇikāf. a twisted stripe or band View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇikavāhinmfn. flowing or causing to flow in an uninterrupted stream View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇimādhavam. a particular square-shaped stone idol having four hands at prayāga- (see veṇī-mādhava-bandhu-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīmādhavam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīmādhavabandhum. Name of the father of raṅga-nātha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇinm. "having a hood like braided hair", Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇinīf. a woman with braided hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīram. Sapindus Detergens (equals ariṣṭa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇirāmam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīrāma(with śāka-dvīpin-and dharmādhikārin-), m. Name of authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīrūpan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīsaṃhāram. "binding up of the braided hair"Name of a well-known drama by bhaṭṭa-nārāyaṇa- (who probably lived in the 9th century; its subject is taken from an incident narrated in the 2nd and 8th books of the mahā-bhārata-, in which is described how yudhiṣṭhira- gambled away all his possessions, including draupadī-, and how duḥ-śāsana- then insulted draupadī- by loosening her braided hair and dragging her away by her dishevelled locks, and how bhīma-, who witnessed the insult, swore that he would one day kill duḥ-śāsana- and drink his blood; this threat he fulfilled, and draupadī-'s hair was then bound up again; see ). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīsaṃharaṇan. equals next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīsaṃvaraṇa n. equals next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīskandham. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇivedhanīf. "hair-penetrating", a leech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇivedhinīf. "hair-piecer", a comb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇīvilāsam. Name of two poems. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkam. plural Name of a people in the south of India
veṅkappam. Name of a dramatic poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkappayyam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭam. (Prakrit for vyaṅkaṭa-) Name of a very sacred hill in the drāviḍa- country (in the district of North Arcot, about 80 miles from Madras;it reaches an elevation of about 2,500 feet above the sea-level, and on the summit is the celebrated temple dedicated to kṛṣṇa- or viṣṇu- in his character of"Lord of veṅkaṭa-", also called śrī-pati- or Tirupati, whence the hill is sometimes popularly known as tri-patī-;it is annually thronged with thousands of pilgrims ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭam. of a king of vijaya-nagara- (the patron. of appaya- dīkṣita-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭam. (also with adhvarin-, ācārya-, kavi-, bhaṭṭa-, yajvan-, yogin-etc.) Name of various authors and teachers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭabheṭName of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭācalam. equals ṭa-giri- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭācalamāhātmyam. equals giri-māhātmya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭācalasūrim. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭācaleśam. viṣṇu- as worshipped on the hill veṅkaṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭācaleśvaramaṅgalāśāsanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭādrim. equals ṭa-giri- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭādrim. (with bhaṭṭa-, yajvan-, rāyasa-) Name of authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭādrimāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭādrināthīyagrahatantran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭagirim. the veṅkaṭa- hill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭagirimāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭagirinātham. Name of a preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭakavīyan. Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭakṛṣṇam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭakṛṣṇīyan. Name of his work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭanātham. Name of various authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭapatim. king veṅkaṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭarāmam. Name of authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭarāya m. Name of authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭaśubhāśāstrinm. Name of authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśam. "lord of veṅkaṭa-", Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśam. Name of various authors (also -kavi-, -dīkṣita-, -paṇḍita-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśadvādaśanāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśakavacan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśamālāmantram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśamaṅgalan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśamaṅgalāśāsanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśanamaskārāṣṭakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśapañcāśatf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśaprahasanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśaśatakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśāṣṭakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśāṣṭottaraśatanāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśasuprabhātan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśvaram. "lord of veṅkaṭa-", Name of kṛṣṇa- or viṣṇu- (See above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśvaram. Name of various authors (also -kavi-, -dīkṣita-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśvaracāturbhadrikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśvaramāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśvaramaṅgalastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśvarasahasranāmann. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśvarastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśvarīyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkayyam. (with prabhu-) Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇṇā veṇyā-, veṇvā- See kṛṣṇa-v-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vennāf. (see veṇā-and veṇvā-) Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇṭhan. a place where viṭa-s congregate (viṭāśraya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇum. or v/eṇu- (prob. connected with1. ve-) a bamboo, reed, cane etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇum. a flute, fife, pipe etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇum. Name of a deity of the bodhi- tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇum. of a king of the yādava-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇum. of a son of śata-jit- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇum. of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇum. of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇum. (plural) the descendants of veṇu- (veṇor viśāle-Name of two sāman-s ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇubhāram. a load of bamboo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇubījan. bamboo seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇudalan. a split bamboo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇudārim. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇudārinmfn. bamboo-splitting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇudārinm. Name of a demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇudattam. Name of a man (varia lectio vaiṇya-d-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇudhmam. a flute-player, piper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇugītan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇugopālapratiṣṭhāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇugradha(?) m. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇugulmam. n. a bamboo-thicket View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇuhayam. Name of a descendant of yadu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇuhotram. Name of a son of dhṛṣṭa-ketu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇujamfn. "reed-born", produced in or from a reed (as fire) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇujam. bamboo seed or fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇujan. pepper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇujālan. equals -gulma- (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇujaṅgham. Name of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇukam. a flute, pipe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇukam. amomum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇukam. Name of a mythical being View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇukam. plural Name of a people (see veṇu-pa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇukāf. a kind of plant with poisonous fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇukāf. amomum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇukan. a goad with a bamboo handle (used for driving an elephant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇukāram. a flute-maker View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇukarkaram. Capparis Aphylla (a species of thorny plant equals karīra-,commonly called Karir or Karil) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇukīyamfn. (fr. veṇu-) gaRa naḍādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇukīyāf. a place where bamboos grow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇumaṇḍalan. Name of a varṣa- in kuśa-dvīpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇumatmfn. provided with bamboo
veṇumatm. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇumatm. of a son of jyotiṣ-mat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇumatn. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇumatn. of the varṣa- ruled by veṇu-mat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇumatīf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇumayamf(ī-)n. made or consisting of bamboo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇumudrāf. a particular position of the fingers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇunan. black pepper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇunisrutim. the sugarcane View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇunṛtyāf. Name of a tantra- deity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇupam. Name of a people (varia lectio reṇu-pa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇupattran. a bamboo leaf View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇupattrakam. a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇupattrīf. a kind of grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇupattrikāf. equals -pattrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇuśayyāf. a couch of reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇuvāda m. a flute-player, piper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇuvādakam. a flute-player, piper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇuvādanan. playing on the flute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇuvādyan. idem or 'n. playing on the flute ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇuvādyaviśāradamfn. skilful in playing the flute (said of kṛṣṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇuvaidalamfn. made of split bamboo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇuvanan. a forest of bamboo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇuvanan. Name of a forest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇuvidalan. split bamboo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇuvīṇādharāf. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attendant on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇuyaṣṭif. a bamboo staff View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇuyavam. plural bamboo seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṇuyavīf. an oblation of bamboo seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
venyamfn. to be loved or adored, lovable, desirable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
venyam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vep See 1. vip-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepamf(ī-)n. vibrating (voice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepam. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepanamfn. trembling, quivering, fluttering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepanan. quivering, trembling, tremor etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepanan. shaking, brandishing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepanakaramfn. manifesting tremor, trembling, quivering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepasn. quivering, quaking, struggling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepasn. stirring, agitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepasn. equals anavadya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepathum. quivering, trembling, tremor etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepathumfn. trembling, quaking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepathubhṛtmfn. possessing tremor, trembling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepathumatmfn. possessed of tremor, trembling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepathuparītamfn. possessed of tremor, trembling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepiṣṭhamfn. (superl. of v/ipra- q.v) most inspired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vepitan. trembling, agitation (in sa-vepitam-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veram. n. (only ) the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veran. the egg-plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veran. saffron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veran. the mouth. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
verācārya(?) m. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
verakan. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veraṭam. a low man or one of mixed caste (nīca-,or miśrī-kṛta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veraṭan. the fruit of the jujube View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśSee ves-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ves cl.1 P. vesati-, to go, move ; to desire, love (confer, compare . also 1. vi-,2. ve-,1. -.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśam. (1. viś-) "a settler", small farmer, tenant, neighbour, dependent, vassal (once in v/eśa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśam. entrance, ingress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśam. a tent (See vastra-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśam. a house, dwelling (see veśavāṭa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśam. prostitution or a house of ill fame, brothel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśam. the behaviour of a courtezan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśam. trade, business (to explain vaiśya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśam. the son of a vaiśya- and an ugrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśam. often wrong reading for veṣa-. ([For cognate wordsSee under1. viś-.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-or ī-). see bhūta-veṣī-;fr. viṣ-) work, activity, management View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣam. dress, apparel, ornament, artificial exterior, assumed appearance (often also = look, exterior, appearance in general) etc. (accusative with kṛ-or ā-sthā-,"to assume a dress", with gam-or vi-dhā-,"to assume an appearance";with ā-cchādya-,"concealing one's appearance","disguising one's self"; pracchanna-veṣeṇa- idem or 'm. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-or ī-). see bhūta-veṣī-;fr. viṣ-) work, activity, management ') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣam. often wrong reading for veśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣamfn. working, active, busy (see prātar-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśabhagīnamf(ā-)n. (an expression applied to sarasvatī-) (viśobh- ; see veśo-bh- ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśabhaginīf. Name of sarasvatī- (see next) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśabhāvam. the nature or condition of prostitutes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśabhṛtSee veṣa-bhṛt-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣadānam. the sunflower (equals sūryaśobhā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣadharamfn. having only the appearance of, disguising one's self, acting a part View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣadharamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') disguised as View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣadhārinmfn. wearing the dress of (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣadhārinm. a hypocrite, false devotee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣādhikamfn. very well clothed, too well dressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśakamfn. who or what enters, entering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśakam. a house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣakāram. (used to explain veṣṭana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśakulan. a number of courtezans View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśakulastrīf. a common woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśanan. the act of entering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśanan. a house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣaṇa n. service, attendance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣaṇāf. idem or ' n. service, attendance ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣaṇāf. Flacourtia Cataphracta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣaṇan. service, attendance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣaṇāf. idem or 'n. service, attendance ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣaṇāf. Flacourtia Cataphracta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vesanan. a kind of flour made from a particular vegetable product View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśanada(or veśana-da-?) m. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśanīf. an entrance, waiting room View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśāntam. (), () a pond. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśāntāf. () a pond. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśantam. a pond, tank (see veśānta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśantam. fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśantāf. (; veśant/ī- ) idem or 'm. fire ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣānyatvan. change of dress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśāpuran. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśara veśavāra- See vesara-, vesavāra-, column 3. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vesaram. (see vega-sara-;also written veśara-) a mule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vesaran. (used to explain vāsara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vesarīf. a female mule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśasm. a neighbour, vassal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśasaSee yajña-v-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣaśri (v/eṣa--) mfn. beautifully adorned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣaśrī(v/eṣa--) mfn. beautifully adorned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśasthā() f. a prostitute. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśastrī() f. a prostitute. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśatvan. the state of a tenant or (dependent) neighbour, vassalage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśavadhū() f. a common woman, harlot. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśavanitā() f. a common woman, harlot. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣavāraincorrect for vesavāra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vesavāram. (also written veśav-,or veṣav-) a particular condiment or kind of seasoning (consisting of ground coriander, mustard, pepper, ginger, spice etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśavāsam. a house of prostitutes, brothel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśavatm. the keeper of a house of ill fame on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣavatmfn. well-dressed (for su-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśavāṭan. house and court View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśayamanamfn. ruling or managing people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśayamanan. the act of ruling etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśayoṣit() f. a harlot, prostitute. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśayuvati() f. a harlot, prostitute. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśīf. "entering, piercing (?)", a pin, needle () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśif. (in astronomy) = Name of the second astrological house from that in which the sun is situated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśijātaor veśījāta- m. a kind of creeper (= putra-dātrī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśikāf. entrance, ingress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśikan. (see vaiśika-) a particular art View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśinmfn. entering (also wrong reading for veṣin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣinSee chadma-v- and vikṛta-veṣin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣkam. (see veṣṭa-and bleṣka-) a noose for strangling a sacrificial victim View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmain compound for veśman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmabhūf. building-ground, the site of a habitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmacaṭakam. a kind of sparrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmadhūmam. a species of plant (prob. = gṛha-dh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmakamfn. (fr. veśman-) gaRa ṛśyādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmakam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmakaliṅgaprob. = (or wrong reading for) next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmakarmann. house-building View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmakūlam. a kind of creeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmakuliṅgam. a kind of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmann. a house, dwelling, mansion, abode, apartment etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmann. a palace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmann. an astrological house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmann. Name of the 4th astrological house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmanakulam. the musk rat or shrew View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmānta(in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) the interior of a house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmasthūṇāf. the main post or column of a house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmavāsam. a sleeping-room View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśobhagīna mfn. (fr. veśas-+ bhaga-) nourishing neighbours or retainers (see veśa-bhaginī- ind. -bhagīna-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśobhagyamfn. (fr. veśas-+ bhaga-) nourishing neighbours or retainers (see veśa-bhaginī- ind. -bhagīna-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣpam. water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭ (see viṣṭ-) cl.1 A1. () veṣṭate- (perfect tense viveṣṭe- future veṣṭitā-etc. grammar), to wind or twist round ; to adhere or cling to (locative case) ; to cast the skin (said of a snake) ; to dress : Causal veṣṭ/ayati-, te- (Aorist aviveṣṭat-,or avaveṣṭat-; Passive voice veṣṭyate-), to wrap up, envelop, enclose, surround, cover, invest, beset etc. ; to tie on, wrap round (a turban etc.) ; to cause to shrink up : Desiderative viveṣṭiṣate- grammar : Intensive veveṣṭyate-, veveṣṭi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭam. enclosing, an enclosure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭam. a band, noose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭam. a tooth-hole View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭam. gum, resin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭam. turpentine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭan. (that which surrounds) brahman- or the sky View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭakam. See aṅguli-v- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭakam. a wall, fence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭakam. (in gram.) putting a word before and after iti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭakam. Beninkasa Cerifera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭakamn. turpentine
veṣṭakan. a head-band, turban View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭakan. resin, gum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭakamfn. who or what encompasses or surrounds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanan. the act of surrounding or encompassing or enclosing or encircling (kṛta-veṣṭana-,"surrounded","beset"; see also aṅguli-v-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanan. anything that surrounds or wraps etc., a bandage, band, girdle (naṃ-kṛ-,"to bandage") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanan. a head-band, tiara, diadem View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanan. an enclosure, wall, fence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanan. a covering, case View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanan. a span View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanan. the outer ear (id est the meatus auditorius and concha) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanan. a kind of weapon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanan. a particular attitude in dancing (either a disposition of the hands or crossing of the feet) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanan. a rope round the sacrificial post View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanan. Pongamia Glabra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanan. bdellium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanan. equals gati- (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanakam. a kind of coitus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanaveṣṭakam. a kind of coitus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanikaSee pāda-v-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭanīyamfn. to be surrounded or wound round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭapālam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭasāram. turpentine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭavaṃśam. Bambusa Spinosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭāvāra(?) n. a kind of factitious salt (see vesavāra-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭayitavyamfn. idem or 'mfn. to be surrounded or wound round ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭitamfn. enveloped, bound round, wrapped up, enclosed, surrounded, invested, beset etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭitamfn. covered with, veiled in (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭitamfn. accompanied or attended by (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭitamfn. twisted (as a rope) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭitamfn. stopped, secured from access View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭitan. encompassing, encircling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭitan. one of the gestures or attitudes of dancing (equals veṣṭana-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭitan. a kind of coitus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭitan. a turban (See veṣṭitin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭitakaSee latā-v-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭitaśirasmfn. one who has his head covered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭitavyamfn. equals veṣṭanīya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭitinmfn. wearing a turban View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭukamfn. sticking to, adhering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣṭyamfn. equals veṣṭanīya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśvaram. equals vesara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyamfn. to be entered (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' gaRa vargyādi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāf. See below View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyan. neighbourhood, dependence, vassalage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyan. an adjacent or dependent territory View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyan. a house of prostitutes, house of ill fame View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyan. prostitution (veśyam-with Causal of vah-,to be a prostitute) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāf. "intranda", a harlot, courtezan, prostitute etc. (in compound also veśya-;See prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāf. Clypea Hernandifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣyamfn. dressed, disguised, masked (as an actor) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣyam. (prob.) a head-band View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣyan. (prob.) work, labour (See hastaveṣya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣyaSee under veṣa-, column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyācāryam. (veśyāc-) the master or keeper of harlots or dancing girls View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyācāryam. a catamite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāgamanan. going after harlots, licentiousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāgāminm. one who visits harlots, fornicator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāgaṇam. a company of harlots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāghaṭakam. a procurer of harlots, pander View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāgṛhan. harlots-house, brothel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyājanam. a harlots or harlots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyājanasamāśrayam. a brothel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyājanāśrayam. a brothel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyakāminī(),
veśyāṅganāf. a common woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāṅganākalpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāṅganāvṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāpaṇam. wages of a harlots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāpatim. a harlot's husband, paramour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāputram. an illegitimate son, bastard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāśraya(veśyāśr-) m. equals -gṛha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyastrī() f. a prostitute, harlot (= veśyā-See next). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyātvan. the condition of a harlots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāvāram. a number of harlots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāvāsam. equals -gṛha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāveśmann. idem or 'm. equals -gṛha- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāvratan. a particular observance performed by harlots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāyattamfn. (veśyāy-) dependent on harlots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāyattīkṛto make dependent on harlots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veind. an exclamation used in sacrificial, ceremonies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṭam. a kind of tree (equals pīlu-vṝkṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṭāf. the abode of the vaiśya- tribe (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetam. (prob. corrupted fr. vetra-;butSee ) a cane, reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. equals vetana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṭakam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālam. (of doubtful derivation) a kind of demon, ghost, spirit, goblin, vampire (especially one occupying a dead body) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālam. Name of one of śiva-'s attendants, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālam. of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālam. of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālam. a door-keeper (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālāf. a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālabhaṭṭam. Name of a poet (the author of the nīti-pradīpa-, and one of the 9 men of letters said to have flourished at the court of vikramāditya-; see nava-ratna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālajananīf. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attendant on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālakarmajñamfn. knowing the doings of a vetāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālakavacan. Name of a kavaca- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālākhyāyikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālapañcaviṃśati f. a collection of 25 tales or fables told by a vetāla- or demon to king vikramāditya- (of which there are 5 recensions extant, one by kṣemendra- in his bṛhat-kathā-mañjarī-, one by soma-deva- in the kathā-sarit-sāgara-, and the other three by jambhala-datta-, vallabha-, and śiva-dāsa-;versions of these popular tales exist in Hindi, Tamil and Telugu, and almost every Hindu vernacular).
vetālapañcaviṃśatikāf. a collection of 25 tales or fables told by a vetāla- or demon to king vikramāditya- (of which there are 5 recensions extant, one by kṣemendra- in his bṛhat-kathā-mañjarī-, one by soma-deva- in the kathā-sarit-sāgara-, and the other three by jambhala-datta-, vallabha-, and śiva-dāsa-;versions of these popular tales exist in Hindi, Tamil and Telugu, and almost every Hindu vernacular).
vetālapuran. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālarasam. a particular mixture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālasādhanan. winning or securing (the favour of) a vetāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālāsanan. a kind of posture (in which the right hand holds the toe of the left foot, and the left hand holds the toe of the right foot) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālasiddhif. the supernatural power of a vetāla-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālastotran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālaviṃśatif. Name of a collection of 20 vetāla- tales by veṅkaṭa-bhaṭṭa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālīf. Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetālotthāpanan. the act of raising a vetāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetanan. (according to to fr. -,but rather connected with vṛt-; see vartana-) wages, hire, salary, subsistence, livelihood etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetanan. price View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetanan. silver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetanabhujm. "earning wages", a servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetanadānan. the paying of wages, hiring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetanādānan. non-payment of wages View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetanajīvinmfn. subsisting by wages, stipendiary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetaṇḍam. (see vitaṇḍa-, vedaṇḍa-, vega-daṇḍa-) an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetaṇḍāf. a form of durgā- (varia lectio for vetālā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetaninmfn. receiving wages, stipendiary (mostly in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound', exempli gratia, 'for example' kupya-v-,receiving bad pay) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasam. (see veta-and vetra-) the ratan (Calamus Rotang) or a similar kind of cane, a reed, rod, stick etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasam. the citron (CitrusMedica) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasam. Name of agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasan. a lancet shaped like a pointed leaf of the ratan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasan. Name of a city [ confer, compare according to to some, Greek ; Latin vitis; German wi7da,Weide; English withy.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasagṛhan. an arbour formed of reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasakam. plural Name of a people (varia lectio cet-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasamālinmfn. wreathed with reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasamayamf(ī-)n. consisting of reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasāmlam. Rumex Vesicarius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasaparikṣiptamfn. (an arbour) fenced or enclosed by reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasapattran. the leaf of the ratan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasapattran. a lancet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasapuṣpan. the blossom of the ratan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasaśākhāf. a branch of reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasavṛttimfn. acting or pliant as a reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasīf. the ratan, cane, reed (-taru- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasikāf. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasinīf. Name of a river (see vedasinī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasum. Name of a man or of an asura- (plural his descendants) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasvatmfn. abounding in reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasvatmfn. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasvin masculine, feminine and neuter; or adjective = vat-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṭāvatmfn. (fr. veṭa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṭīf. a boat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṭkāram. the exclamation veṭ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetram. n. (according to to ,fr.1. -;prob. connected with1. ve- see veṇu-) a kind of large reed (used for making sticks, prob. Calamus Rotang or Fasciculatus) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetran. a cane, staff View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetran. the rod or mace of an officer, staff of a door-keeper (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetran. the tube of a flute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrābhighātam. idem or 'm. a blow with a cane, a caning ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrabhṛtm. equals -dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetradaṇḍikam. "reed-staff bearer", a door-keeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetradharam. "staff-bearer", a door-keeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetradharāf. a female door-keeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetradhārakam. equals -dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetradhārinm. "staff-bearer", the servant of a great man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrāghātam. a blow with a cane, a caning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrāgran. the point of a reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetragrahaṇan. "grasping the staff", the office of a door-keeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrahanm. Name of indra- (prob. wrong reading for vṛtra-han-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrahastam. equals -pāṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrakāram. a worker in reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrakarīram. n. the shoot or fresh sprout of a reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrakīcakaveṇum. plural different sorts of reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrakīyamfn. reedy, abounding with reeds or canes, gaRa naḍādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrakīyāf. a reedy place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrakīyagṛhan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrakīyavanan. Name of places View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetralatāf. "reed-branch", a staff or stick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetralatācayam. a heap of sticks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetralatāmayamf(ī-)n. made of sticks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrāmlam. (prob.) equals vetasāmla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetranadīf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrapāṇim. "staff-handed", a macebearer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetraphalan. the fruit of vetra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrāsanan. "cane-seat", a small oblong low couch of cane-work (used as a dooly or litter) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrāsanāsīnamfn. seated on such a seat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrāsavam. the juice or decoction of vetra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrāsuram. Name of an asura- (varia lectio vaitr-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetravanamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetravatmfn. containing or consisting of reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetravatm. Name of a mythical being (a son of pūṣan-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetravatm. a form of durgā- (varia lectio citra-rathī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetravatm. Name of a river (now called the Betwa, which, rising among the vindhya- hills in the Bhopal State and following a north-easterly direction for about 360 miles, falls into the Jumna below Hamirpur) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetravatm. of the mother of vetrāsura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetravatīf. a female door-keeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrāvatīf. Name of a river (see vetra-vatī-and ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetravyāsaktahastamfn. one whose hands cling to a reed or reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrayaṣṭif. a staff of reed or cane View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrikam. plural Name of a people (varia lectio veṇika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having a cane, having anything for a cane View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrinm. a staff-bearer, door-keeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrīyamfn. (fr. vetra-) gaRa utkarādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vettṛmfn. (fr.1. vid-) one who knows or feels or witnesses or experiences, a knower, experiencer, witness etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vettṛm. a sage, one who knows the nature of the soul and God View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vettṛm. (fr.3. vid-) one who obtains in marriage, an espouser, husband View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vettṛtvan. knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṭy (varia lectio vedy-) cl.1 P. veṭyati-,"to be wicked"or"to sleep" (dhaurtye svapne ca-) gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ve (see Intensive of1. -) cl.2 A1. vevīte- (3. plural vevyate- ), to go ; to pervade ; to conceive ; to desire ; to throw ; to eat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vevidat v/evidāna- See Intensive of 3. vid-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vevijamf(-)n. (fr. Intensive of vij-) starting, quick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vevijānaSee Intensive of vij-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veviṣat v/eviṣāṇa- See Intensive of viṣ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veyamfn. to be woven etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veyacchalāf. Name of a chapter of the sāma-veda-cchalā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veyagānan. a particular song-book or manual of singing (giving, with the āraṇya-gāna-, the various modifications of intonation for the ārcika- division of the sāma-veda-).
abhihveto call near View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiniveśam. application, intentness, study, affection, devotion (with locative case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiniveśam. determination (to effect a purpose or attain an object), tenacity, adherence to (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiniveśanan. application to, intentness on (compound), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiniveśinmfn. intent upon, devoted to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiniveśinmfn. determined. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiniveśitamfn. made to enter into, plunged into. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhinnavelamfn. not breaking bounds, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhipratyave( i-) to move down towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhipraveśam. entering into View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhipūrveṇaind. in regular order, successively. [PBr.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhivedhinSee abhi-vyadh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhivedhinmfn. (in geometry) cutting (as one line another) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhivegam. tottering, vacillation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhivegaSee abhi-vij-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiveṣṭCaus. to cover with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyadhveind. locative case on the way View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyāhve -hv/ayate-, to address (with the āhāva-formula) ; (pr. p. -hvayat-) to shout at, challenge, attack View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyave( i-), -avaiti- to go down, descend (into water, as in bathing) ; (future 3. plural -avaiṣyanti-) to condescend ; (imperfect tense 3. plural -av/āyan-) to perceive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavekṣ( īkṣ-), -avekṣate- to look at or upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ācāravef. "altar of religious customs", Name of āryāvarta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhaḥsaṃveśinmfn. idem or '(f.)', View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhītavedam. one who has studied the veda-s or whose studies are finished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhivedamind. concerning the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhivedanan. marrying an additional wife. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhivedanikamfn. (fr. adhivedana-), belonging to a second marriage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhivedanikan. (scilicet dānam-) property (gifts etc.) given to a first wife upon marrying a second
adhivedanīyā f. equals -vettavyā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhivedanīyāvedyāf. equals -vettavyā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhivelamind. on the shore
adhiveśmain the house, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhivettavyāf. a wife in addition to whom it is proper to marry another. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhivettṛm. a husband who marries an additional wife. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhovekṣinmfn. looking down. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhvaryuvedam. the yajur- veda-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhveśam. an officer in charge of the public roads, police-officer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aduḥkhasukhavedanāf. the nonperception of either pain or pleasure, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adveṣamfn. not malevolent (Nominal verb dual number f. /e-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adveṣarāginmfn. free from malevolence and passionate desire. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adveṣasind. without malevolence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adveṣinmfn. free from malevolence. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adveṣṭṛm. not an enemy, a friend. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agadavedam. medical science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnihotravef. the time of the agni-hotra-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnipraveśam. entering the fire, self immolation of a widow on her husband's funeral pile. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnipraveśanan. entering the fire, self immolation of a widow on her husband's funeral pile. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnivef. the time at which the fire is kindled, afternoon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agniveśam. Name of an ancient medical authority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agniveśam. also of other persons. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āgniveśim. a descendant of agniveśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agniveśmanm. the fourteenth day of the karma-māsa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agniveśyam. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agniveśyam. Name of the 22nd muhūrta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āgniveśyamfn. (gaRa gargādi- q.v) belonging or referring to agniveśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āgniveśyam. Name of a teacher (descendant of agniveśa-) () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āgniveśyāyanamfn. descending from agniveśya- (as a family) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āgniveśyāyanam. Name of a grammarian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnivetālam. Name of a vetāla- (connected with the story of king vikramāditya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhveP. -hvayati- (but also Potential 1. sg. ā-huvema- ) A1. -hvayate- (but also 1. sg. -huve- ; Aorist 3. plural hūṣata- ; infinitive mood -huv/adhyai- -hvayitav/ai- ) to call near, invoke invite, summon, cite etc. ; to provoke, challenge, emulate (in this sense only A1. ) etc. ; to call to (especially in rites said of the hotṛ-, who addresses the adhvaryu- by the ā-hāva- or ā-hvāna-;See below) and ; to proclaim : Causal -hvāyayati-, to cause to call near, send for ; to cause to summon or challenge or invite : Desiderative -juhūṣati-, to wish to call near, to be about to call near: Intensive -johavīti- , to call near zealously. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akālavef. wrong or unseasonable time. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akārṇaveṣṭakikamf(ī-)n. not fit for ear-rings, not looking well with ear-rings See karṇa-veṣṭaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣuṇṇavedhathe act of throwing a spear so as to touch the mark lightly, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākṣveḍitan. humming, buzzing, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālokasuvegadhvajam. Name (also title or epithet) of a serpent-demon, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amarmavedhitāf. the state of not inflicting severe injury on others, absence of acrimony (one of the thirty-five vāg-guṇa-s of a tīrthaṃkara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvegam. a current of water, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvetasam. a kind of cane or reed growing in water.
amlavetasam. a kind of dock or sorrel, Rumex Vesicarius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amlavetasan. vinegar (obtained from fruit) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmlavetasam. the plant Rumex Vesicarius (= amla-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāgatāvekṣaṇan. act of looking at that which is not yet come or the future. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānandavedam. Name of several men. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anarthāvekṣamfn. regardless of (worldly) objects, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anaṣṭavedas(/anaṣṭa--) mfn. having one's property unimpaired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anātmapratyavekṣāf. reflection that there is no spirit or self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāveditamfn. not notified, not made known. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavekṣamfn. regardless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavekṣamfn. without regard to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavekṣāf. or View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavekṣamind. irrespectively View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavekṣaṇan. regardlessness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavekṣitamind. without looking at, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anaveṣṭamfn. not averted by sacrifice, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavetamfn. not gone away or run off, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅgulīveṣṭam. (probably) a glove, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅguliveṣṭakam. a glove (?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅguliveṣṭanan. a glove (?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anirvedam. non-depression, self-reliance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anirveditamfn. not depressed, self-reliant, bold, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anirveśa(equals akṛta-nirveśa-) mfn. not having expiated one's sins View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anityapratyavekṣāf. consciousness that all is passing away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aniveditamfn. untold, unmentioned. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aniveditavijñātamfn. known without being told. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anivedya ind.p. not having announced. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aniveśanamf(-)n. affording no place of rest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aniveṣṭyamānamfn. not being fettered or hindered, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āṇīveyam. a descendant of aṇīva-, (gaRa śubhrādi-, q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
annadveṣam. want of appetite, dislike of food. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
annavidveṣam. "disgust of food", want of appetite, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anṛgvedavinītamfn. not versed in the ṛg-veda-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaḥpraveśam. entering within, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaḥsvedam. "sweating internally", an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antarānveṣinmfn. waiting for an opportunity, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antarāvef. a veranda resting on columns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antarniveśanan. an inner apartment, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antarvediind. within the sacrificial ground etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antarvef. the Doab or district between the gaṅgā- and yamunā- rivers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antarvedim. plural (ayas-) Name of the people living there View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āntarvedikamfn. (fr. antarvedika-), being within the place of sacrifice commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antarvegam. internal uneasiness or anxiety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antarvegam. inward fever. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antarveśmann. the inner apartments, the interior of a building. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āntarveśmikamf(ī-)n. (fr. antar-veśma-), produced or occurring within a house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antarveśmikam. superintendent of the women's apartments. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antavef. hour of death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anudvegamfn. free from anxiety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anudvegam. freedom from uneasiness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anudvegakaramfn. not causing apprehension, not overawing. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anudvejayatmfn. not stimulating, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuhveto call again, call after, call back : Intensive -johavīti-, to call repeatedly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupraveśam. entrance into View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupraveśam. imitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupraveśanan. ([ gaṇa- anupravacanādi- q.v ]) entrance into View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupraveśanan. imitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupraveśanīyamfn. connected with entering, (gaRa anupravacanādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupūrveṇaind. in regular order or succession, from the first, from the beginning, from above downwards. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupūrveṇagradually, by degrees, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṇuvedāntam. title of a book. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvedha m. piercing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvedham. obstructing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvedham. blending, intermixture. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvediind. along the ground prepared for sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvedyantamind. along the edge of the sacrificial ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvelamind. now and then. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvellitan. ( vell-), bandaging, securing with bandages (in surgery) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvellitan. a kind of bandage applied to the extremities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvellitamfn. bent in conformity with, bent under. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvento allure, entice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuveśam. entering after, following. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuveśaveśanan. entering after, following. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuveṣṭto be fixed to, cling to : Causal P. -veṣṭayati-, to wind round, cover. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānuveśyamfn. (fr. anu-veśa- ), a neighbour living on the same side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvyave( i-) cl.2 P. -avaiti-, to follow in intervening or coming between View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvāhveto call to one's side in order or after another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvave( i-) cl.2 P. -avaiti-, to follow, walk up to or get into. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvavekṣ( īkṣ-) to look at, inspect. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvavekṣāf. regard, consideration. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvavekṣaṇan. looking after, inspection, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvavekṣinmfn. circumspect, considerate, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anve( ā-i-) cl.2 P. -aiti-, to come after, to follow as an adherent or attendant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anveṣam. ([ ]) seeking for, searching, investigating. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anveṣakamf(ikā-)n. searching, inquiring. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anveṣaṇaf(ā-)n. seeking for, searching, investigating. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anveṣin ([ ]) mfn. searching, inquiring. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anveṣṭavya mfn. to be searched, to be investigated. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anveṣṭṛ([ ]) mfn. searching, inquiring. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anveṣṭṛmfn. searching, pursuing, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anveṣyamfn. to be searched, to be investigated. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvetaveetc. See anv-i-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyaṅgaśvetamfn. white and without spot (as a sacrificial animal) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpaṇavedikāf. a shop-counter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparavedanīyan. (Karman) manifesting itself at a subsequent period, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apave(Imper. 2. sg. -vaya-) to unweave what has been woven View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apavedham. piercing anything in the wrong direction or manner (spoiling a jewel by so piercing it) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apaven(subjunctive 2 sg. -venas-) to turn away from, be unfavourable to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apaveṣṭCaus. -veṣṭayati-, to strip off
apihve(1. sg. A1. -huve-) to call addition to (or besides) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aplaveśamfn. unable to swim. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apravedamf(ā-)n. (said of heaven and earth, together with /a-trasnu-), not insidious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apṛthagvivekyamfn. not to be distinguished, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apūrveṇaind. never before View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arāgadveṣa(in compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arāgadveṣatasind. not from psssion or anger, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arāgadveṣinmfn. neither loving nor hating, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhādhve locative case ind. equals ardha-mārge- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arkavedham. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārtvef. a woman during her courses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aryaśvetam. (varia lectio ārya-sv-), Name of a man, (gaRa śivādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āryaveśamfn. dressed like an Aryan or honest person. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asamavetamfn. idem or 'mfn. not inherent, not inseparably connected with, accidental ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asamavetamfn. (plural) not all assembled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśokavegam. equals -datta- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astravedam. the science of archery, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asvaveśa(/a-sva--) mfn. having no home of one's own View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvāyurvedam. veterinary science. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asvedamfn. not perspiring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asvedam. suppressed perspiration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asvedanamfn. not perspiring (as feet) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asvedyamfn. where the application of sudorifics is prohibited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣitamfn. driven by horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśveyam. (gaRa śubhrādi- ), a descendant of aśva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atharvavedam. Name of the fourth veda- (See above) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atihve(1. sg. A1. -hvaye-), to call over to one's side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atipraveto add in weaving, weave on an additional piece View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atithidveṣam. hatred of guests, inhospitality. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ativelamfn. passing the proper boundary, excessive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ativelamind. excessively. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ativepathum. excessive tremor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ativepathumfn. trembling excessively. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ativepathumatmfn. trembling excessively. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātmanivedanan. offering one's self to a deity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātmatattvavivekam. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
audvepamfn. (fr. ud-vepa- gaRa saṃkalādi- ), resulting from tremor or trembling (?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupaveśim. a descendant of upa-veśa-, Name of aruṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupaveṣikamfn. (fr. upa-veṣa- gaRa vetanādi- ), living by entertainment (?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
auttaravedikamfn. (fr. uttara-vedi-), relating to or performed on the northern altar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
auvef. idem or 'f. varia lectio for ovīlī- q.v ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
auveṇakan. a kind of song (gītaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhūtaveṣamfn. "wearing unclean clothes"or"wearing the clothes of one who is rejected", or"having discarded clothes" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avahveA1. (1. sg. -hvaye-) to call down from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasaravelāyām([ ]) locative case ind. on a favourable opportunity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ave( i-), -eti- (imperfect tense -ayat-; Potential 1. sg. iyām-; pr. p. f. avā-yati- ) to go down, go down to (accusative), go to ; (Imper. 3. plural A1. āyantām-) to rush down (see āvai-) ; (Imper. /avaitu-) to go away ; to look upon, consider ; to perceive, conceive, understand, learn, know etc. ; (with infinitive mood) : Intensive (plural -īmahe-) to beg pardon for, conciliate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveP. -vayati-, to weave on to ; to interweave, string ; to sew loosely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āve( ā-ava-i-) P. (3. plural va-yanti- ) to rush down upon (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedam. plural not the veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedakamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' making known, reporting, announcing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedakam. an appellant, a suitor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedakam. one who makes known, an informer. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedakaetc. See ā-- 1. vid-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedanan. not knowing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedanamfn. painless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedanan. announcing, informing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedanan. stating a complaint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedanan. addressing or apprising respectfully. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedanīyamfn. to be declared or reported or announced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedavidmfn. not knowing the veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedavidvasm(dative case -viduṣe-)fn. idem or 'mfn. not knowing the veda-s ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedavihitamfn. not prescribed in the veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedayānamfn. (pr. p. A1.) not knowing, not ascertaining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedhaetc. See ā-vyadh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedham. swinging, shaking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedhyamfn. un-pierceable, not to be pierced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedhyamfn. to be pierced or pinned on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedhyamfn. to be put on. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedif. ignorance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedimfn. without a vedi- or sacrificial altar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedinmfn. having no knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedinmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' announcing, declaring. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveditamfn. made known, communicated, represented commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedoktamfn. idem or 'mfn. not prescribed in the veda-s ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedyamfn. not to be known, unascertainable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedyāf. (in sāṃkhya- philosophy) non-admission of the ahaṃkāra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedyamf(ā-)n. (3. vid-), not to be married View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedyam. a calf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedyamfn. equals ā-vedanīya- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedya ind.p. having made known etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedyamānamfn. being made known, being stated or represented. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvegam. ( vij-), hurry or haste produced by excitement
āvegam. flurry, agitation etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvef. Name of the plant Argyreia Speciosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avekṣ( īkṣ-), avekṣate- to look towards, look at, behold etc. ; (1. sg. /ikṣe-) to perceive, observe, experience etc.: A1. (rarely P. exempli gratia, 'for example' 2. sg. av/ekṣasi- ) to have in view, have regard to, take into consideration etc.: Causal avekṣayati-, to cause to look at View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avekṣāf. observation, care, attention to (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avekṣaṇan. looking towards or at View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avekṣaṇan. (said of planets) the being in sight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avekṣaṇan. the act of considering, attention, observation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avekṣaṇīyamfn. to be respected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avekṣatāf. foresight, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avekṣinmfn. looking towards or at View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avekṣinmfn. attentive to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avekṣitavyamfn. to be observed attentively View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avekṣyamfn. to be attended to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avelam. (?) , denial or concealment of knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avef. wrong time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avef. chewed betel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avelamind. untimely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avenatmfn. not having any wish or desire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aveṇimfn. having no braid of hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aveṇimfn. not commingled (as the waters of rivers) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aveṇimfn. single, being by itself. (see aveṇika-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveṇikamf(ī-)n. (fr. a-veṇi-), not connected with anything else, independent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avenv( inv-), (Imper. 2. dual number -invatam-) to send down (as rain) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśam. joining one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśam. entering, entrance, taking possession of etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśam. absorption of the faculties in one wish or idea, intentness, devotedness to an object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśam. demoniacal frenzy, possession, anger, wrath View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśam. pride, arrogance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśam. indistinctness of idea, apoplectic or epileptic giddiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśaetc. See ā-viś-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśanan. entering, entrance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśanan. possession by devils etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśanan. passion, anger, fury View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśanan. a house in which work is carried on, a workshop, manufactory, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśanan. the disk of the sun or moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśanan. (for ā-veṣaṇa-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aveśasadṛśamfn. not like prostitution, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśikamfn. own, peculiar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśikamfn. inherent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśikam. a guest, a visitor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśikan. entering into View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveśikan. hospitable reception, hospitality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveṣṭA1. -veṣṭate-, to spread over : Causal -veṣṭayati-, to envelop, cover ; to keep together ; to close (the hand) : Passive voice -veṣṭyate-, to be twisted (as a rope) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveṣṭam. surrounding, covering with (clothes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveṣṭam. to strangle, throttle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveṣṭakam. a snare commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveṣṭakam. a wall, fence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveṣṭakam. an enclosure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveṣṭanan. wrapping round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveṣṭanan. binding, tying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveṣṭanan. a wrapper, bandage, envelope, enclosure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aveṣṭif. ( yaj-), appeasing or expiation by sacrifices View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveṣṭitamfn. surrounded, enveloped, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āveṣṭya ind.p. having surrounded etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avetamfn. elapsed, passed, (/an-- negative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avetamfn. one who has gained, obtained (with accusative), -. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avidveṣam. non-enmity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvidvevidānaattaining, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avitave Vedic or Veda infinitive mood av- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivecakamfn. undiscriminating, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivecamind. so as not to part or separate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivecamind. (a-vivekam-in the same sense) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivecanāf. want of judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivekam. absence of judgement or discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivekam. non-separation, non-distinction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivekamind. See a-vivecam-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivekatāwant of judgement, inconsiderateness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivekinmfn. not separated, undistinguished, uniform, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivekinmfn. undiscriminating, ignorant commentator or commentary on etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivekinmfn. (said of a country) destitute of men that can discriminate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivenamind. favourably View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avivenatmfn. not disaffected, favourable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyavetamfn. not separated by (instrumental case), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyavetaseparated by a-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyurvedam. the science of health or medicine (it is classed among sacred sciences, and considered as a supplement of the atharva-- veda-;it contains eight departments: 1. śalya- or (removal of) any substance which has entered the body (as extraction of darts, of splinters, etc.);2. śālākya- or cure of diseases of the eye or ear etc. by śalākā-s or sharp instruments;3. kāya-cikitsā- or cure of diseases affecting the whole body;4. bhūtavidyā- or treatment of mental diseases supposed to be produced by demoniacal influence;5. kaumāra-bhṛtya- or treatment of children;6. agada-tantra- or doctrine of antidotes;7. rāsāyana-tantra- or doctrine of elixirs;8. vājīkaraṇa-tantra- or doctrine of aphrodisiacs etc.)
āyurvedadṛśm. a physician View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyurvedamayamfn. acquainted with medical sciences View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyurvedarasāyanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyurvedasarvasvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyurvedasaukhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyurvedikam. acquainted or familiar with medical science, a physician View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyurvedinm. idem or 'm. acquainted or familiar with medical science, a physician ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baddhadveṣamfn. entertaining hatred View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baddhavepathumfn. seized with tremor, trembling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhapūrvapakṣagranthavivecanan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhasiddhāntagranthavivecanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahirvedif. the space outside the vedi- or sacrificial altar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahirvediind. outside the sacrificial altar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahirvedikamfn. being or taking place outside the vedi- (See prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhirvedikamf(ī-)n. (fr. bahirvedi-). situated or taking place outside the vedi- (see bahir-vedika-).
bahuvelammfn. oftentimes, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahvenasmfn. very sinful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bailmavegarudram. plural Name of a particular class of śaiva- ascetics
bālamallavenasiddhāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālavivekinīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliveśmann. equals mandira- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bandhanaveśmann. "house of bondage", a prison View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bandhveṣam. inquiring after kindred View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veru= babiru-, Babylon, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
verujātakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhadraveṇum. See -reṇu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavadbhaktivivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavedanamfn. proclaiming connubial felicity (varia lectio for -daivata-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavivekam. Name of work on inheritance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhairavendram. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhairaveśam. "lord of terror", Name of viṣṇu- (properly of śiva-; see bhairava-tarjaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaktadveṣam. aversion from food, loss of appetite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaktadveṣinmfn. one who has lost his appetite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāllaveyam. patronymic fr. bhāllavi- on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāllaveyam. Name of indra-dyumna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāllaveyam. of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāllaveyaśrutif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāllaveyopaniṣadf. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmavedhakam. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaṭṭaviśveśvaram. Name of various scholars and authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvanāvivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvasāravivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvavivekam. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvavivekam. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvenaind. bhāva
bhaveṇumfn. = bhavya-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaveśam. "lord of worldly existence", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaveśam. of a king (father of hara-siṃha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaveśam. of two authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāveśaphalan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhedadhikkṛtitattvanivecanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhīmavegamfn. of fearful speed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhīmavegam. Name of a dānava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhīmavegam. of one of the sons of dhṛta-rāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhīmavegaravamfn. possessing terrific velocity and giving a terrific sound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhīmavegaravam. Name of one of the sons of dhṛtarāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhojanavef. plural course or act of eating, a meal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhojanavef. meal-time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhrauveyam. metron, fr. bhrū- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhrauveyaSee above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛśavedanāf. violent pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūmisaṃniveśam. the general appearance or configuration of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūpativeśmann. a king's palace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūrbhuveśvaratīrthan. Name of tīrtha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūrivetasamfn. having many canes or reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtāveśam. demoniac possession View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtaveṣīf. a white-flowering Vitex Negundo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūyastvenaind. for the most part, mostly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bilveśvaramāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmadveṣam. hatred of sacred knowledge or of Brahmans View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmadveṣinmfn. equals -dviṣ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brāhmaṇadveṣinmfn. hating brāhmaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brāhmaṇaprātiveśyam. a neighbouring Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brāhmaṇavedamind. (to feed etc.) as many Brahmans as one knows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brāhmaṇāvekṣamfn. based on the brāhmaṇa-s, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmāvabodhavivekasindhum. brahmāvabodha
brahmavedam. "the veda- of sacred spells or charms"the atharva-- veda- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavedam. the veda- of the Brahmans (as opp. to kṣatra-veda- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavedam. knowledge of brahma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavedam. knowledge of the veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavedamayamf(ī-)n. consisting of the brahma-- veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavedapariśiṣṭan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavedhyāSee -bodhyā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavedif. " brahmā-'s altar", Name of the country between the 5 lakes of rāma- in kuru-kṣetra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavedinmfn. equals -vid-, acquainted with the veda- or spiritual knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhadāraṇyakavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhaddiveṣuind. in heavenly heights View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhanniveśamfn. having large dimensions, large, protuberant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāṇḍālaveśamfn. clothed like a caṇḍāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṇḍavegamfn. having an impetuous course or current (said of the sea, of the battle, and of time) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṇḍavegam. Name of a metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṇḍavegam. of a gandharva- chief. 27, 13 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṇḍavef. "Name of a river" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṇḍavegāsaṃgamatīrthan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāpavedam. equals dhanur-v- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāruveṇīf. "a handsome braid" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāruveṇīf. Name of a river. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāruveśam. "well-dressed" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāruveṣam. idem or 'm. "well-dressed" ' , Name of a son of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturdaśamatavivekam. "disquisition on the 14 philos. systems", Name of work by śaṃkara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturvedamfn. (gaRa brāhmaṇādi-) containing the 4 veda-s (brahmā-) (viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturvedamfn. ( ) equals -vidya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturvedam. plural the 4 veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturvedam. a class of manes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturvedinmfn. equals -vidya- (in Prakrit). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāturvedyan. (fr. catur-veda-) a number of men versed in the 4 veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catuṣkaveśmann. a hall resting on 4 columns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chadmaveṣam. a deceptive dress, disguise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chadmaveṣinmfn. of a pretended appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chadmaveṣinmfn. a cheat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chāndogyavedam. equals gya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chidrānveṣaṇan. searching for faults View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chidrānveṣinm. equals nusaṃdhānin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chinnaveṣikāf. Clypea hernandifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cintāveśmann. a council room View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ciravef. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ciravelayāind. instrumental case at so late a time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citāpraveśam. equals dhirohaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citravegikam. "having a wonderful velocity", Name of a nāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citraveṣam. "having a variegated dress", śiva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittavedanāf. equals -kheda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cūḍālaveśamfn. varia lectio for cāṇḍ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cukravedhakan. a kind of sour rice-gruel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhisvedam. butter-milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daivejyamfn. sacred to the planet Jupiter (topaz) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dākṣāyaṇyagnipraveśam. Name of a chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇapūrveṇaind. instrumental case south-east from (accusative), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dānavendram. chief of the danu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dānaveyam. a dānava- or demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantapraveṣṭaa case round an elephant's tusk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantaveṣṭan. equals tana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantaveṣṭan. the gums (dual number"the gums of the upper and lower jaw") (of an elephant) , tumour of the gums, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantaveṣṭakam. idem or 'n. the gums (dual number"the gums of the upper and lower jaw") (of an elephant) , tumour of the gums, ' , 11 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantaveṣṭakam. dual number the gums of the upper and lower, jaw View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantaveṣṭanan. equals -praveṣṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darśanavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāsaveśa(s/a-.) m. probably Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devadeveśam. "lord of the chiefs of the gods", Name of śiva- ; of indra-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devadeveśam. of viṣṇu-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devatāveśmann. () equals -gṛha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devavedhūf. the wife of a god View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devaveśmann. "house of the gods", temple, chapel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveddhamfn. kindled by the gods (agni-) (opp. manv-iddha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devejmfn. (Nominal verb -) sacrificing to the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devejyam. "teacher of the gods", Name of bṛhas-pati- id est the planet Jupiter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devendram. "chief of the gods", Name of indra- or śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devendram. of several authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devendrabuddhim. Name of a learned Buddhist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devendrakīrtidevam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devendrasamayam. Name of a work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devendrāśramam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devendrasūrim. Name of a jaina- writer (1240) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devendravarmanm. Name (also title or epithet) of various kings, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveśam. "chief of the gods", Name of brahmā- or viṣṇu- or śiva- or indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveśam. king, prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveśatīrthan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveśayamfn. resting on a god (viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveśīf. Name of durgā- or of devakī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveṣitamfn. sent or impelled by the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveṣṭamfn. wished by or acceptable to the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveṣṭam. a sort of drug (alsof(ā-).) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveṣṭam. the resin of Shorea Robusta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveṣṭam. bdellium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveṣṭāf. the wild lime tree (See also m.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveṣum. divine arrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveśvaram. "sovereign of the gods", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveśvaram. of a pupil of śaṃkarācārya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveśvaram. of another author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
deveśvarapaṇḍitam. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanurvedam. the science of archery, an archery treatise (regarded as an upa-veda- connected with the yajur-veda-, and derived from viśvāmitra- or bhṛgu-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanurvedam. Name of work by śārṅga-datta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhānurvedam. equals dhanur-veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanurvedacintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanurvedaparamfn. devoted to archery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanurvedaparāyaṇamfn. devoted to archery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanurvedaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanurvedasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanurvedinmfn. versed in archery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanurvedinm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmadveṣinm. Terminalia Bellerica (see -ghna-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmagaveṣam. "virtue seeking", Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmakañcukapraveśinmfn. putting it on , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmaniveśam. religious devotion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmavivecanan. judicial investigation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmavivekam. "discussion on the law", Name of works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmavivekavākyan. Name of a short poem ascribed to halāyudha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhṛtaikaveṇimfn. bearing a single braid of hair (as a sign of mourning) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhvaniviveka m. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīkṣāvivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dikṣitāvedanan. equals ta-vāda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghadveṣinmfn. cherishing long hatred, implacable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghaveṇum. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghaviśvavedasakaivalyadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dolāyātrāvivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dravasvedam. a hot bath View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dravetaramfn. "other than fluid", hard, solid, congealed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drāviḍavedapārāyaṇapramāṇan. Name of work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dravyaguṇavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhavedhanan. piercing strongly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛgdṛśyavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥkhavegam. a violent grief. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duranveṣyamfn. difficult to be searched out or through View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dūravedham. the act of striking from afar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dūravedhinmfn. piercing from afar (as a missile, weapon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duravekṣitan. an improper look, a forbidden glance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durdyūtavedinm. (prob. wrong reading for devin-) Name of śakuni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durnivedyamfn. difficult to be related View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durnivedyatvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durvedamfn. (1. -vid-) having bad or little knowledge, ignorant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durvedamfn. difficult to be known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durvedamfn. (3. vid-) difficult to be found View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dūrveṣṭakāf. Durb grass used like bricks in erecting an altar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durvivecanamfn. difficult to be judged or decided on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duṣpraveśamfn. difficult to be entered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duṣpraveśamfn. difficult to be introduced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duṣpraveśāf. a species of Opuntia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvaitavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvaṃdveind. dvaṃdva
dvaṃdvenaind. dvaṃdva
dvārakāpraveśam. "entrance into dvārakā-"Name of chapter 103, of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvedhāind. (fr. dvaya-; see tre-dhā-) in two parts or ways, twice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvedhākāramind. changing into two View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvedhākriyāf. breaking or splitting in two View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvedhākṛtamfn. broken in two View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvedhīind. in two, asunder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvedhīkṛtamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣam. hatred, dislike, repugnance, enmity to (compound) etc. (ṣaṃ-kṛ-,to show enmity against(dative case) ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣaetc. See above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣakalpam. a ceremony intended to cause injury to an enemy, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣaṇamfn. hating, disliking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣaṇamfn. foe, enemy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣaṇan. dislike or hatred against (genitive case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣaṇīyamfn. equals ṣya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣaparimocanam. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣaparimuktāf. "free from hatred", Name of a gandharva- maid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣasn. aversion, dislike, hostility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣasn. foe, enemy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣasthamfn. betraying dislike or aversion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvesatamfn. "in two places equal", having the same length above and below the navel (varia lectio dvaya--.same) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣinmfn. hating, disliking, hostile, malignant against (genitive case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣinm. foe, enemy, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣoyavana() () mfn. removing hostility. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣoyut() mfn. removing hostility. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣṭosSee 2. dviṣ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣṭṛmfn. one who hates or dislikes (compound), enemy, foe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣṭum See 2. dviṣ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣyamfn. to be hated or disliked, odious, detestable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣyamfn. foe, enemy etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣyan. nutmeg View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣyapāpakamfn. detesting sin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣyatāf. () odiousness, disfavour. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dveṣyatvan. () odiousness, disfavour. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitīyamiśralakṣaṇavivecanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitriveṇumfn. (chariot) furnished with 2 triveṇu-s (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvivedamfn. familiar with 2 veda-s, iv, 1, 88 Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvivedagaṅgam. Name of Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvivedinmfn. equals -veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvivesarāf. a kind of light carriage drawn by 2 mules View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekavedamfn. knowing (or studying) only one veda-, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaveṇi f. a single braid of hair (worn by women, as a sign of mourning, when their husbands are dead or absent for a long period) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaveṇif. a woman wearing her hair in the above manner. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaveṇīf. a single braid of hair (worn by women, as a sign of mourning, when their husbands are dead or absent for a long period) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaveṇīf. a woman wearing her hair in the above manner. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaveśmann. a unique building View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaveśmann. one and the same house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaveśmann. a solitary house or room View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gabhīravepas(r/a--) mfn. (equals gambh-) moved deeply or inwardly, deeply excited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāḍhodvegamfn. extremely anxious, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gajāsuradveṣinm. equals ja-daitya-bhid- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gajāyurvedam. Name of a medical work on the elephants. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gambhīravedhamfn. very penetrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gambhīravedinmfn. "deeply sensitive", restive (an elephant) Introd. 9 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gambhīravedinmfn. inscrutable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gambhīravepas(r/a--) mfn. equals gabh- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gambhīravepas according to to some,"singing in a deep tone"or"constantly speeding". View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandharvavedam. equals -vidyā- (considered as a branch of the ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāndharvavedam. the veda- of music (considered as an appendix of the and ascribed to bharata-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandharveṣṭhāmfn. being with gandharva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gantave g/antav/ai-, fr. gam- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gantaveSee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhavedanan. a mantra- producing impregnation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhavedanāf. equals -kleśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhavedinīf. equals dana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhaveśmann. an inner apartment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhaveśmann. a lying-in chamber, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhaveśmann. equals -vasati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhiṇyavekṣaṇan. attendance and care of pregnant women, midwifery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garuḍavegam. "having the swiftness of garuḍa-"Name of a horse, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garuḍavef. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gātaveSee 1. -. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gatodvegamfn. freed from sorrow, comforted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gātraveṣṭanan. spasmodic sensation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gauraveritamfn. praised, celebrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gavedhuf. idem or 'f. equals vīdhu- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gavedhukam. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. equals vīdhu- ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gavedhukam. a kind of serpent, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gavedhukan. equals gaveruka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gavedhukāf. equals v/īdh- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gavedhukan. Sida alba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gavedhukan. equals gaveśakā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhukamf(ī- gaRa bilvādi-)n. idem or 'mfn. made from the gavīdhuka- grass ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gavedhukāsaktum. plural barley-meal prepared with Coix barbata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveḍuf. equals vīdhu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveḍum. a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveḍuetc., v/edhuka- See vīdhu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveḍukāf. equals vīdhu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gavendram. () ? View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gavendram. equals gav-īśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gavendram. a bull View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveraṇi plural Name of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveraṇi( garevaṇi- varia lectio vir-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaverukan. (equals vedkuka-) red chalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gave cl.1 A1. ṣate-, to seek, search or inquire for (accusative) : cl.10. ṣayati-, te- idem or 'm. idem or 'm. an owner of kine ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveetc. See gav-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveṣamfn. (gaRa saṃkalādi-) See dharma--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveśam. equals gav-iśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveśam. varia lectio for gav-eṣa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveśaetc. See gava-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśa varia lectio for veṣa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣafr. gav-eṣa- gaRa saṃkalādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveśakāf. (equals gavedhukā-) Hedysarum lagopodioides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveṣaṇamfn. desiring ardently or fervently View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveṣaṇamfn. desirous of combat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveṣaṇam. Name of a vṛṣṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveṣaṇan. seeking after, searching for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveṣaṇāf. idem or 'n. seeking after, searching for ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveṣaṇīyamfn. deserving to be sought for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveṣeṣaetc. See gav-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveṣeṣaṇaetc. See gav-.
gaveṣinmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' seeking, searching View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveṣinm. Name of a son of citraka- and brother of pṛthu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveṣitamfn. sought, sought for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveṣṭhinm. Name of a dānava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaveśvaram. equals gav-īś- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāyatravepas(tr/a--) mfn. (see gāth/a-śravas-) inspired by (epic) songs (indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gehānupraveśamind. idem or 'ind. so as to go into one house after the other ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gehānupraveśanīya View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gehekṣveḍinetc. See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order gehe-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gehekṣveḍinmfn. "blustering at home", a house-hero, coward gaRa pātresamitādi- and yuktārohy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gharmasveda(rm/a--) mfn. perspiring with heat, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gokṣveḍam. idem or 'm. a kind of bird ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopaveṣamfn. dressed as a herdsman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopraveśasamayam. the time when the cows come home, evening twilight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goṣṭhekṣveḍinn. etc. See s. v. -ṣṭhe-. 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goṣṭhekṣveḍinmfn. "bellowing in a cow-pen", a boasting coward, gaRa pātre-samitādi- and yuktārohy-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goveṣamfn. having the appearance of a bull, iv, 588. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
graiveyan. () a necklace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
graiveyam. n. a chain worn round the neck of an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
graiveyakan. (m. ) a necklace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
graiveyakan. a chain worn round the neck of an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
graiveyakam. plural a class of deities (9 in number) who have their seat on the neck of the loka-puruṣa- or who form his necklace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhapraveśam. solemn entrance into a house. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhasaṃveśakam. a house-builder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhītavetanamfn. one who has received his wages, paid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇavedinmfn. knowing the properties or qualities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇavedinmfn. knowing the merits of (in compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇavivecanamfn. examining the good qualities (of speech;Name of ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇavivecanāf. discernment in appreciating any one's merits, just sense of merit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guptasvedam. equals -snehā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guptaveṣam. dress used for concealment, disguise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guptaveṣeind. in disguise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsavegam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hantaveSee root, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haraveName of a place (= Herat) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hāridraveyam. plural idem or ' m. plural idem or 'm. the disciples of hari-dru- ', ' , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hariharopādhivivecanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harilīlāvivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harṣaveṇukam. a festival View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hartaveSee hṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāmalakavedāntaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastaveṣyan. handiwork, manual labour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyāyurvedam. a work on the treatment of elephants diseases View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hatavegamfn. whose impetus or force has been impeded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṭhayogavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṭṭaveśmālīf. a row of market houses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haumyapariśiṣṭavivecanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayāyurvedam. veterinary science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hetulakṣaṇavivecanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hinānnavastraveṣamfn. (a brahma-cārin-) eating less food (than his preceptor) and wearing an inferior dress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiriveran. equals hrivera- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hitānveṣṇamfn. seeking the welfare of another (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
homavef. equals -kāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hotṛvedam. the veda- id est ritual of the hotṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hrāsānveṣaṇavatmfn. connected with diminution and searching View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hrasvagavedhukāf. Uraria Lagopodioides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayavedhinmfn. heart-piercing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayodveṣṭanan. contraction of the heart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hrīvela n. idem or 'n. a kind of Andropogon (according to to some, Pavonia Odorata) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hrīvelakan. idem or ' n. idem or 'n. a kind of Andropogon (according to to some, Pavonia Odorata) ' '
hriveran. equals hrīvera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hrīveran. a kind of Andropogon (according to to some, Pavonia Odorata) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hutajātavedasmfn. one who has made an oblation to fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hutāśaveśam. Name of a medicine authority (equals agni-veśa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hve cl.1 P. A1. () hv/ayati-, te- (Vedic or Veda also h/avate-and huv/ati-, te-; other present forms are hve- ; hvāmahe- ; h/oma-, hūm/ahe-, juhūm/asi- ; p. huvān/a-[with pass. sense] ; hvayāna- ; perfect tense juhāva-, juhuvuḥ- etc.; juhv/e-, juhūr/e- ; juhuve-, huhurire- ; hvayāṃ-āsa-and hvayāṃ-cakre- ; Aorist /ahvat-, ahvata-[or ahvāsta- ] etc. etc.; ahvi- ; /ahūmahi-, ahūṣata- ; ahvāsīt-[?] ; future hvātā- grammar; hvayiṣyati-, te- ; hvāsyate- ; infinitive mood Class. hvātum-; Vedic or Veda h/avitave-, hv/ayitum-, tav/ai-; huv/adhyai-; ind.p. Class. hūtvā-;Ved. -h/ūya-and -hāvam-), to call, call upon, summon, challenge, invoke (with nāmnā-,"to call by name"; with yuddhe-,"to challenge to fight") etc. ; to emulate, vie with : Passive voice hūy/ate- (Aorist /ahāvi-,or ahvāyi-), to be called etc. : Causal hvāyayati- (Aorist ajūhavat-or ajuhāvat-), to cause anyone (accusative) to be challenged by (instrumental case) : Desiderative juhūṣati-, te- grammar : Intensive johūyate- or j/ohavīti- (johuvanta-, ajohavuḥ-, j/ohuvat-, j/ohuvāna- ) or johoti- (grammar), to call on, invoke etc. [ confer, compare Greek .]
hveyamfn. to be called or invoked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ikṣuveṣṭanam. a kind of sugar-cane View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṇverikāf. a kind of cake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaghanyasaṃveśinmfn. idem or 'mfn. going to bed last, .' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaiveyam. patronymic fr. jīva- gaRa śubhrādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalasaṃniveśam. a receptacle of water. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalavetasam. Calamus Rotang View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātavedamfn. granting wages (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātavedasmfn. (fr. vid- cl. 6) "having whatever is born or created as his property","all-possessor"(or fr. vid- cl.2. "knowing [or known by] all created beings"; see ;Name of agni-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātavedas according to to some,"sage, wise" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātavedasm. fire etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātavedasamfn. belonging or relating to jāta-veda-s (tṛca-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātavedasīf. durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātavedasīyan. " jāt/avedasa- "(scilicet s/ukta-) Name of a hymn : View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātavedastvan. the state of being jāta-vedas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātavedasyamfn. equals sa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātavepathumfn. affected with tremor. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātaveśmann. equals -vāsaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātivivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jatuveśmann. equals -geha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīvanmuktivivekam. Name of work by mādhava-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vendhanan. blazing wood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kādraveyam. (fr. kadrū- ; gaRa śubhrādi- ), Name of certain nāga-s or serpent-demons supposed to people the lower regions exempli gratia, 'for example' of arbuda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kādraveyam. of kasarṇīra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kādraveyam. a serpent (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaitaveyam. patronymic of ulūka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kakṣāvekṣakam. overseer of the inner apartments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kakṣāvekṣakam. keeper of a royal garden, door-keeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kakṣāvekṣakam. a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kakṣāvekṣakam. a debauchee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kakṣāvekṣakam. a player, painter
kakṣāvekṣakam. warmth of feeling, strength of sentiment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kakṣyāvekṣakam. equals kakṣāvekṣaka- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālavegam. Name of a nāga- (a son of vāsuki-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālavef. "the time of Saturn", a particular time of the day at which any religious act is improper (half a watch in every day) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālavelāyogam. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālaveyam. plural Name of a school of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālavivekam. Name of work (by jīmūta-vāhana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalyāṇābhiniveśinmfn. intent on virtue or on benefiting others View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmaveraṇi varia lectio in gaRa gahādi- in the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmaveraṇīyamfn. fr. the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmaveśinmfn. entering at will, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāñcanavegam. Name of a vidyā-dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇvavedam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanyāsaṃvedyan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanyāvedinm. a son-in-law View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapaṭaveśam. disguise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapaṭaveśamfn. assuming a false dress or appearance, masked, disguised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapaṭaveśinmfn. disguised, in masquerade View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapotavef. Ruta Graveolens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāravellam. the gourd Momordica Charantia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāravellan. its fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāravellakam. idem or 'n. its fruit ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāravellīf. idem or 'm. the gourd Momordica Charantia ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāravellikāf. idem or 'm. idem or 'n. its fruit ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārāveśmann. idem or 'm. a prison ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāraveyam. plural a class of ṛṣi-s, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇakṣveḍam. idem or 'm. an affection of the ear, singing in the ears ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇaprāveyam. plural Name of a people. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇavedham. "ear-boring"(a religious ceremony sometimes performed as a saṃskāra- or to prevent a woman from dying if the birth of a third son be expected) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇavedham. piercing the ear to receive ear-rings. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇavedhanīf. idem or 'f. an instrument for piercing the ear of an elephant ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇavedhanikāf. an instrument for piercing the ear of an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇaveṣṭam. an ear-ring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇaveṣṭam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇaveṣṭakam. an ear-ring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārṇaveṣṭakikamf(ī-)n. (fr. karṇa-veṣṭaka-), ornamented with or fit for ear-rings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇaveṣṭakīyamfn. belonging or relating to an ear-ring gaRa apūpādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇaveṣṭakyamfn. belonging or relating to an ear-ring gaRa apūpādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇaveṣṭanan. an ear-ring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṣūsvedam. causing sweat by (putting hot coals in) a trench-like receptacle (underneath the bed of a sick person) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kartave([ and ]) and k/artav/ai- ([ ]) , Vedic or Veda infinitive mood of 1. kṛ-, to do q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārudveṣinmfn. hating the singer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karuṇavedinmfn. compassionate, sympathizing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karuṇāveditāf. charitableness, kindliness, sympathy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karuṇaveditṛmfn. (= - - din-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karuṇaveditvan. compassion, sympathy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāruṇyavedinmfn. compassionate etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāruṇyaveditvan. compassion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryapradveṣam. "hatred of work", idleness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṭākṣāveṣaṇan. casting lewd or amorous glances, ogling. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṭavemafor kāṭayavema-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṭayavemam. Name of a commentator on kālidāsa-'s śakuntalā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauraveyam. the descendants of kuru- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavelan. a lotus flower (see kavāra-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veran. saffron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
verakam. a patronymic of rajata-nābhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaverakanyāf. (equals kāverī-), Name of a river in the Dekhan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veraṇi gaRa gahādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veraṇīyamfn. fr. raṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. turmeric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. a courtezan, harlot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. Name of a river in the Dekhan (according to to a legend[ ] daughter of yuvanāśva- and wife of jahnu-, changed by her father's curse from one half of the gaṅgā- into the river kāverī-, therefore also called ardha-gaṅgā- or -ja1hnavi1) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
verikāf. Name of the river kāverī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavitāvedinmfn. "understanding poesy", wise, learned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavitāvedinmfn. a poet, genius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keliśvetasahasrapattraNom. P. ttrati-, to represent a white lotus for playing with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keśaveṣam. () a tress of hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keśaveṣṭam. the parting of the hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketavedas(k/eta--) mfn. knowing the intention ["knowing the wealth of another" ] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kopavegam. impetuosity of anger or passion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kopavegam. Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kośaveśmann. a treasury View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
koṭivedhinmfn. "striking an edge" id est performing most difficult things View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
koṭivedhinm. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kramodvegam. an ox View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krauñcācaladveṣinm. "enemy of the krauñca- mountain", Name of paraśu-rāma- (See krauñca-randhra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krīḍāveśmann. a pleasure-house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kriyādveṣinm. one who is averse to the part of a law-suit called kriyā- id est to witnesses, documents, ordeals, etc. (one of the five kinds of witnesses whose testimonials are hurtful to the cause) commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇaveṇāf. Name of a river etc. (vv.ll. veṇṇā- & ; veṇyā- ; veṇvā- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇaveṇīf. idem or 'f. Name of a river etc. (vv.ll. veṇṇā- & ; veṇyā- ; veṇvā- )' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇaveṇṇāSee -veṇā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇaveṇvāSee -veṇā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇaveṇyāSee -veṇā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇavetram. the plant Calamus Rotang View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇayajurvedam. the black yajurveda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇayajurvedīyamfn. belonging to the black yajur-veda-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtābhisaraṇaveṣamfn. attired in the dress of a maiden who goes to meet her lover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtasvecchāhāramfn. one who feeds or eats at pleasure. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtavedhakam. a sort of ghoṣā- with white flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtavedhanam. idem or 'm. a sort of ghoṣā- with white flowers ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtavedhanāf. equals -cchidrā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtavedinmfn. (equals -jña-) one who acknowledges past benefits or services, grateful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtavedinmfn. observant of propriety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtavegam. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtavepathumfn. trembling. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtaveṣamfn. one who has assumed clothing, attired, decorated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtaveṣam. "Name of a man" See kārtaveṣa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtavetanamfn. one who receives wages (as a hired servant or labourer) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣatravedam. the veda- of the kṣatriya- or military order View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudrakāravellīf. idem or 'f. a kind of Cucurbitaceous plant ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudraśvef. equals -śyamā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍamfn. curved, crooked, bent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍamfn. wicked, depraved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍamfn. difficult to be approached View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍam. singing or buzzing in the ear (from hardening of the wax etc.; see karṇa-kṣ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍam. sound, noise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍam. a Cucurbitaceous plant (Luffa pentandra or acutangula, = pīta-ghoṣā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍam. a mystical Name of the letter m- (also kṣvela- ; see viṣa-= kṣveḍa-2) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍāf. "the roaring of a lion"or"battle-cry" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍam. a bamboo rod or stake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍam. a kind of Cucurbitaceous plant (equals kośātakī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍan. the flower of the Luffa or ghoṣa- plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍan. the fruit of a red kind of swallow-wort View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍam. venom, poison View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍa1. and 2. etc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍanan. hissing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍanan. hissing pronunciation (of sibilants) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍikā equals kṣvelikā- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍinSee gehe-kṣv-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍitamn. (gaRa ardharcādi-) humming, murmuring, growling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍitamn. "a lion's roaring"or"battle-cry" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍitachewed, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣveḍita equals kṣvelita- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣvel cl.1 P. lati- (varia lectio kvel- ;probably fr. Prakrit kel- equals krīḍ-), to leap, jump, play ; ; to shake, tremble ; ([ confer, compare Old German suillu,sual,suall.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣvelafor 1. kṣveḍa- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣvelanan. play, jest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣvelanaetc. See kṣvel-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣvelif. (equals keli-) idem or 'n. play, jest ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣvelikāf. idem or 'f. (equals keli-) idem or 'n. play, jest ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣvelikāf. for kṣveḍikā- See udaka-kṣ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣvelitan. (also m. ) idem or 'f. for kṣveḍikā- See udaka-kṣ-.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣvelitan. (plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣvelitan. (kṣveḍita-) (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulikavef. certain portions of each day on which it is improper to begin any good business. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kupyavetaninsee vetanin-, parasmE-pada 1014. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumitalatāvellikāf. Name of a metre consisting of four lines of eighteen syllables each. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṭīpraveśam. "entering a hut", settling in a cottage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuvedhasm. bad fate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuvelan. (equals kuvalaya-) a blue water-lily View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuveṇāf. (equals -veṇī-) a fish-basket View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuveṇāf. Name of a river (varia lectio tuṅga-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuveṇīf. a badly braided tress of hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuveṇīf. a woman with her hair badly braided View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuveṇīf. a fish-basket View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuveraetc. See kubera-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kvaṇitaveṇumfn. one who has breathed the flute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kvel varia lectio for kṣvel- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghujātivivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvedhinmfn. easily piercing, cleverly hitting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lagnavef. equals -kāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇasaṃniveśa() m. the impressing or fixing of a mark, branding, stigmatizing. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣavedhinmfn. piercing or hitting the mark (see lakṣya-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīpūjāvivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣmīveṣṭam. the resin of Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣyavedham. equals -bheda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣyavedhinmfn. piercing or hitting a mark (see lakṣa-vedhin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
latāveṣṭam. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
latāveṣṭam. a kind of coitus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
latāveṣṭanan. "creeper-embrace", an embrace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
latāveṣṭitam. Name of a mountain (equals -veṣṭa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
latāveṣṭitakan. the winding (embrace) of a creeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lavepsumfn. wishing to cut or reap.
laveraṇim. Name of a man plural his descendants, (prob. wrong reading for lāveraṇi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veraṇim. a patronymic gaRa gahādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veraṇīyamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veriṇī(?) m. patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laveṭikāf. corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
līlāveśmann. a pleasure-house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgavef. the pedestal of a śiva--Phallus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgiveṣam. (fr. liṅgin-+ v-) the dress or the insignia of a religious student View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lipivivekam. Name of work on the art of writing of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokāvekṣaṇan. consideration for the world, anxiety or care for the welfare of the public View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lomavetālam. Name of a demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madanavegam. Name of a king of the vidyā-dhara-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhavendrapurīm. See mādhavārya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhaveṣṭāf. a species of tuberous plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhaveṣṭāf. Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhavīyavedārthaprakāśam. Name of sāyaṇa-'s or mādhava-'s Comms. on various veda-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhvavedāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāhnavef. equals -kāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavivekinmfn. of mediocre discernment, sāṃkhya-s. Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madrasaveśan. neighbourhood of the Madras View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahācakrapraveśajñānamudrāf. Name of a mudrā- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādevadvivedinm. Name of author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādevasarasvatīvedāntinm. Name of learned man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādevavedāntavāgīśam. Name of learned man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādevavedāntinm. Name of learned man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādevendrasarasvatīm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahākālaveya m. plural Name of a śākhā- or school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāprītivegasambhavamudrāf. Name of a particular mudrā- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāsāvetasan. Name of two sāman-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśvetamfn. very white, of a dazzling whiteness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśvef. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśvef. Batatas Paniculata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśvef. Clitoria Ternatea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśvef. a species of Achyranthes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśvef. white or candied sugar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśvef. Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśvef. of sarasvatī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśvef. of a goddess (according to to some equals ravi-stha-devatā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśvef. of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśvetaghaṇṭīf. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyavivekārthasākṣivivaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvedāntaṣaṭkan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvedham. a particular position of the hands or feet (in the practice of yoga-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvedif. the great vedi- or altar id est the whole vedi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvegamf(ā-)n. greatly agitated (as the sea) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvegamf(ā-)n. moving swiftly, flowing rapidly, flying swiftly, very fleet or swift or rapid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvegam. an ape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvegam. the bird garuḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvef. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attending on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvegalabdhasthāmam. Name of a king of the garuḍa-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvegavatīf. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvelamfn. having high tides or strong currents, billowy, surgy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvrataveṣabhṛtmfn. wearing the dress of a pāśupata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvratikaveṣamfn. dressed as a pāśupata-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makhadveṣinm. "enemy of (dakṣa-'s q.v) sacrifice ", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makhavef. a sacrificial altar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malavegam. diarrhoea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mālavendram. a ruler of Malwa
mallavenam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mallaveśam. a wrestler's dress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṃsavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānasavegamfn. swift as thought View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānasavegam. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānavedacampūf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānavendīyacarita(?) n. Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānavendram. equals mānava-deva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānaveyamfn. equals mānavīya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānaveyam. patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mandābhiniveśamfn. having little inclination for (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mandavedanamfn. causing little pain ( mandavedanatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mandavedanatāf. mandavedana
mandavivekam. little judgement or discernment, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mandavivekinmfn. having little judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇipravekam. a most excellent jewel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manobhiniveśam. close application of mind, tenacity of purpose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manovedaśirasn. plural Name of particular verses or formulas View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manovegam. speed or velocity of thought View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manovegam. Name of a hero View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantharavivekamfn. slow in judgement, void of discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārgaveyam. patronymic or metron. of a rāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
marmānveṣaṇan. the act of seeking out vulnerable points View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
marmānveṣinmfn. seeking out vitals points View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
marmavedhinmfn. ( marmavedhitā dhi-- f.) See a-marma-vedhitā-.
marmavedhitāf. marmavedhin
marmaveditāf. (fr. -vedin- equals -vid-) knowing weak points or secrets View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
marmavegitāprob. wrong reading for next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārtaṇḍavedoddhāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
marudvegam. "having the velocity of wind", Name of a daitya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārutodvellitamfn. equals mārutāndolita-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māsapraveśam. the beginning of a month View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māsapraveśānayanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māsapraveśasāriṇīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
matipūrveind. purposingly, wittingly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mātṛkāvivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
matsyavedhanan. "fish-piercing", a fish-hook, angle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
matsyavedhanīf. idem or 'n. "fish-piercing", a fish-hook, angle ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
matsyavedhanīf. a cormorant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellam. Name of a son of vasu- (prince of cedi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vellakam. pl. Name of a people (varia lectio māvelaka-and, māvelvaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghavegam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
meghaveśmann. "cloud-abode", the sky, atmosphere View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsānayavivekam. Name of a commentator or commentary on the mīmāṃsā-sūtra-s (q.v) by bhava-nātha-miśra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsānayavivekagatārthamālikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsānayavivekālaṃkāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsānayavivekaśaṅkādīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mitradveṣinmfn. () hating or injuring a friend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mitradveṣinm. a treacherous friend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mokṣapraveśavyavasthānam. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛgayāveṣam. a hunting-garment , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛtyuhetaveind. for the sake of death in order to kill View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muṇḍavedāṅgam. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muniveṣam. a muni-'s garment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muniveṣam. also equals -dhara- mfn. wearing a muni-'s garment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūrdhaveṣṭanan. "head-covering", a turban, diadem View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāḍīsvedam. steam-bath through tubes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nadīvegam. equals -raya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nadīvef. the current or tide of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nairvedhikamfn. piercing, penetrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nairvedhikaprajñamfn. having a penetrating mind, sagacious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naivedyan. an offering of eatables presented to a deity or idol (cf ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naivedyaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naivedyaprasādamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naivedyavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiveśamfn. gaRa saṃkalādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiveśikan. any vessel or implement belonging to the furniture of a house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiveśikan. a present to a Brahman house holder, a girl so given or ornaments with her, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nālaveṣṭanaśāntiprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāmaniyatapraveśam. Name of a samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nānāveṣākṛtimatmfn. of different garb and shape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nandivegam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nañvādavivekam. Name of commentator or commentary on it. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nañvivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
narakavedanāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nareśvaravivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāsāsaṃvedanam. Momordica Charantia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāsāvedham. perforation of the nose (of cattle) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naṣṭavedanamf(ī-)n. finding any lost object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāṭyavedam. the science of dancing or mimic representation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāṭyavef. stage, scene View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navavivekadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naveda(only ) and n/avedas- mfn. observing, cognizant (with genitive case) (Clearly not from the negat. na-,but see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navetaramfn. "other than new", old View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navīnavedāntinm. a modern vedānta- philosopher Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nayavedinmfn. equals -vid- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nayavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nayavivekadīpikāf. Name of Comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nayavivekālaṃkāram. Name of Comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nayavivekaśaṅkādīpikāf. Name of Comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
netrasaṃvejanan. fixing an injection-pipe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nigaḍakṣveḍanan. nigaḍa
nihnavettaran. an evasive reply or defence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥsambādhavef. a time when there is no crowding in the streets View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nihveA1. -hvayate- (;3. plural -juhvate- imperfect tense -ahvanta-; Passive voice -hūyate- ), to call down or near, invoke
nimittavedhinmfn. hitting a mark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nimittāvekṣamfn. considering the cause, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nindyaveśamfn. (a convent) the entrance into which is faulty, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirabhyavekṣ( īkṣ-) to search through, examine thoroughly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niravekṣ( īkṣ-) to observe, perceive. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niravekṣyaind. having observed or perceived View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirhveP. -hvayati-, to call off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirudvegamfn. equals -udvigna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvedamfn. not having the veda-s, infidel, unscriptural View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvedam. (for 1.See) idem or 'f. despondency, despair ' , complete indifference, disregard of worldly objects etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvedam. loathing, disgust for (locative case genitive case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirveda1. and 2. nir-veda-. See , and nir-vid-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvedaduḥsahamind. in a despairingly insupportable manner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvedavatmfn. despondent, resigned, indifferent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvedha dhima- See nir-vyadh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvedham. penetration, insight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvedhabhāgīyamfn. relating to it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvedhimamfn. (with karṇa-) a particular deformity of the ear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvegamfn. without violent motion, quiet, calm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvepanamfn. not trembling or flickering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirveśam. payment, returning, offering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirveśam. wages. reward (varia lectio nirdeśa-and nid-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirveśam. atonement, expiation (see anirv- additions) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirveśam. entering, attaining, enjoying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirveśam. fainting, swooning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirveśa śanīya- etc. See nir-viś-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirveśanīyamfn. to be gained or enjoyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirveṣṭCaus. -veṣṭayati-, to unwind, take off
nirveṣṭanan. a weaver's shuttle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirveṣṭavyamfn. to be rewarded or paid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirveṣṭavyamfn. to be embellished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirveṣṭavyamfn. to be entered into View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirveṣṭitamfn. denuded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirveśyamfn. to be paid or rendered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvetanamfn. unsalaried View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvivekamfn. undiscriminating, inconsiderate, foolish, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvivekatāf. () want of judgement, indiscretion. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvivekatvan. () want of judgement, indiscretion. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niśāvedinm. "night-knower", a cock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nītivedinmfn. equals -jña- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nītivivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivedakamf(ikā-)n. (fr. Causal) communicating, relating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivedaka dana- etc. See 1. ni-vid-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivedanamfn. announcing, proclaiming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivedanam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivedanan. making known, publishing, announcement, communication, information (ātma-niv-,presentation or introduction of one's self) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivedanan. delivering, entrusting, offering, dedicating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivedanan. (in dramatic language) the reminding a person of a neglected duty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivedayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) wishing to report or to relate about (accusative) (Bombay edition vived-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivedinmfn. knowing, aware of (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivedinmfn. communicating, reporting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivedinmfn. offering, presenting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveditamfn. made known, announced, told, represented, entrusted, presented, given View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivedyamfn. to be communicated or related or presented or delivered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivedyan. an offering of food for an idol (for naivedya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśam. (the initial n-not subject to cerebralisation gaRa kṣubhnādi-) entering, settling in a place, encamping, halting etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśam. a dwelling-place, habitation of any kind (as a house, camp, palace etc.) etc. (śam-kṛ-,to take up one's residence, settle, encamp) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśam. founding a household, matrimony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśam. founding a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśam. (with sthāne-) putting in order, arrangement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśam. pressing against View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśam. impression, mark (of fingers) (Pi.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśam. depositing, delivering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśam. military array View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśam. ornament, decoration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśa śana- etc. See ni-viś-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśadeśam. a dwelling-place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśanamf(ī-)n. entering (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśanamf(ī-)n. (fr. Causal) bringing to rest, providing with a resting-place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśanam. Name of a vṛṣṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśanan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) entering, entrance into (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśanan. going or bringing to rest (naṃ-kṛ-,to settle, encamp;[ sainya--]encampment of an army) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśanan. putting down (the feet) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśanan. introducing, employing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśanan. fixing, impressing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśanan. cultivating, populating (of a land, a desert etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśanan. founding a household, marrying, marriage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśanan. hiding or dwelling-place of any kind, nest, lair, camp, house, home etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśanan. town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśanīyamfn. to be entered or fixed or raised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśanīyamfn. to be engaged in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśavatmfn. lying in or on, resting on (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśayitavyamfn. to be put or placed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveṣīf. ( viṣ-) prob. a kind of cake ("kind of bone" Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveṣīf. (plural ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśinmfn. resting in, lying in or on or near View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśinmfn. based upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśitamfn. made to enter, placed in or upon, turned to, fixed or intent upon, engaged in etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveṣṭCaus. -veṣṭayati-, te-, to grasp (also with haste-), cover ; to wind round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveṣṭam. a cover, envelope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveṣṭam. dual number (with vasiṣṭhasya-) Name of sāman-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveṣṭanan. covering, wrapping, clothing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveṣṭavyamfn. to be put into (locative case) (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveṣṭavyan. impersonal or used impersonally (it is) to be married, one should marry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveṣṭitamfn. wound round, girt by (instrumental case or in compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśyamfn. to be founded (as a town) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśyamfn. to be married (as a man) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveśyamfn. wrong reading for nirv- (See nir-viś-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveṣyam. a whirlpool, a water-spout View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveṣyam. a whirlwind or any similar phenomenon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveṣyam. hoarfrost View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niveṣyamfn. whirling, belonging to a whirlpool or eddy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṣyamfn. equals ni-v- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛgaśvabhrapraveśam. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛpaveśmann. a royal court, law-court View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛveṣṭanam. "encircled with (the bones of) men"Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyavekṣ( īkṣ-, īkṣate-) to consider, deliberate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyakusumāñjalivivekam. nyāyakusumāñjali
nyāyalīlāvatīprakāśadidhitivivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyalīlāvatīvivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyamakarandavivecinīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyānveṣaṇan. seeking for justice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyapraveśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyapraveśatārakaśāstran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyavivekadipikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
otaveVed. infinitive mood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padānveṣinmfn. following a footmark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādaprasvedam. perspiration of the feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādaprasvedinmfn. suffering from it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padārthatattvavivecanan. Name of work
padārthavivekam. Name of work
pādasvedanan. causing perspiration in the feet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādasvedanikamfn. produced by it gaRa akṣa-dyūtādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavedinm. "acquainted with words", a linguist or philologist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādaveṣṭanikamfn. "foot-covering", a stocking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādmavedamantram. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmaveṣam. Name of a king of the vidyādhara-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyaveṇīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pakveṣṭakamfn. made of burnt bricks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pakveṣṭakāf. a burnt or baked brick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pakveṣṭakacitan. a building constructed with burnt bricks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pakveṣṭakāmayamf(ī-)n. made of burnt bricks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcabhūtavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcadaśīvivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcakośavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāñcālajātivivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcalakṣaṇīvivecanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcarātrakanaivedyavidhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcarātranaivedyavidhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcīkaraṇavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇḍaveyamfn. idem or 'mfn. equals pāṇḍava- mfn. ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇḍaveyam. a son of pāṇḍu- or an adherent of the pāṇḍava-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇigrahādikṛtyavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paradveṣinmfn. hating another, inimical to another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parakāyapraveśanan. entering another's body (a supernatural art) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāmarśapūrvapakṣagranthavivecanan. Name of work
parāmarśasiddhāntagranthavivecanan. Name of work
paramārthavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāpraveśikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parapurapraveśam. entering an enemy's city (as a supernatural art), sāṃkhya-s. Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārārthyavivecanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paraśarīrāveśam. equals -kāya-praveśana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paraśivendrasarasvatīm. Name of an author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parasvef. desire of another's property View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāvef. equals bṛhatī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paraveśmann. another's house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paraveśmann. the dwelling of the Supreme View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paribhāṣāvivekam. Name of work
paridveṣasm. a hater View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parihāsavedinm. a jester, a witty person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariśaktave infinitive mood of pari-śak-, to overpower, to conquer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveP. A1. -vayati-, te-, to interweave ; to fetter, bind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivedam. complete or accurate knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivedakam. idem or 'm. equals vindaka- (see parī-vettṛ-).' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivedanan. idem or 'm. complete or accurate knowledge ' (varia lectio pada-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivedanan. the marrying of a younger brother before the elder etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivedanan. gain, acquisition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivedanan. discussion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivedanāf. shrewdness, wit, prudence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivedana dita- wrong reading for pari-devana-, vita- (See pari-div-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivedanīyā f. the wife of a parivettṛ- (See above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivedinmfn. knowing, shrewd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivedinīf. the wife of a parivettṛ- (See above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivedyan. the marrying of a younger brother before the elder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārivedyan. idem or 'n. (-vettṛ-) the marriage of a younger brother before the elder ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivep -vepate-, to tremble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveśaSee veṣa- under pari-viṣ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣam. (also spelt veśa-) winding round or that with which anything is wound round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣam. dressing or offering of food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣam. a circle, circumference, the disc of the sun and moon or a halo round them etc. (see parī-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣam. a wreath or crown (of rays) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣam. anything surrounding or protecting (exempli gratia, 'for example' kṛtāṅgarakṣā-p-,surrounded by a bodyguard ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣam. putting on, clothing, dressing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parīveṣam. a halo round the sun or moon (see pari-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣabandhinmfn. forming a circle, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣakamf(ikā-)n. (also veśaka-) one who serves up meals, a waiter, servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveśanan. circumference, the rim of a wheel (also written veṣaṇa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣaṇan. (see veśana-under pari-viś-) attendance, waiting, serving up meals, distributing food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣaṇan. a circle, circumference View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣaṇan. a halo round the sun or moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣaṇan. surrounding, enclosing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveśas(p/ari--) m. a neighbour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣavatmfn. surrounded by a halo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣinmfn. surrounded by a halo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣṭCaus. -veṣṭayati-, to wrap up, cover, clothe, surround, embrace etc. ; to cause to shrink up, contract (Bombay edition saṃ-v-).
pariveṣṭanan. a cover, covering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣṭanan. a ligature, bandage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣṭanan. surrounding, encompassing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣṭanan. circumference View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣṭanāf. tying round or up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣṭavya() mfn. to be served up or offered or presented View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣṭitamfn. surrounded, beset, covered, veiled, swathed etc. ( pariveṣṭitavat -vat- mfn.as perfect tense ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣṭitavatmfn. pariveṣṭita
pariveṣṭitṛm. one who surrounds or encloses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣṭṛmf(r/ī-)n. one who serves up meals, a waiter etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣṭrīmatmfn. having a female servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣyamfn. () to be served up or offered or presented View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariveṣyan. See paścāt-pariveṣya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivettṛm. equals vindaka- (see parī-vettṛ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parīvettṛm. equals pari-v- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārivettryan. (-vettṛ-) the marriage of a younger brother before the elder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthivendram. the chief or greatest of princes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthivesvaram. idem or 'm. the chief or greatest of princes ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthiveśvaracintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthiveśvaracintāmaṇipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthiveśvarapūjanavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthiveśvarapūjāvidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parveśam. the regent of an astronomical node View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryāhveA1. -hvayate-, to pronounce the āhāva- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) before and after View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryave( ava-i-) P. -avaiti- (Potential -aveyāt-), to turn round, turn in the right direction ; to pass, elapse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryavekṣ( ava-īkṣ-) A1. -avekṣate-, to regard from every side ; to look down upon
paryavetamfn. elapsed, expired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryupahveA1. -h/avate-, to call near, invite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryupaveśanan. sitting about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paścātpariveṣyan. second dish, dessert View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paśuvedif. the vedi- at the animal sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paśvekādaśinīf. an aggregate of 11 sacrificial animals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṭaveśmann. a tent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṭikāvetravānavikalpam. a particular art (see paṭṭikā-vetra-bāṇa-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pativedanamfn. procuring a husband (aryaman-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pativedanam. dual number a particular part of the body (attracting a husband?), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pativedanan. procuring a husband (by means of magical formulas), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattaveSee 2. pat-, p.580. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṭṭikāvetrabāṇavikalpam. Name of a particular art (see paṭikā-vetra-vāna-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattraveṣṭam. a kind of ear-ring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrikāpraveśam. a festival on the 7th day of the month āśvina- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṭutaravivekamfn. of keen understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pauruṣeyavedavādinm. one who asserts the human origin of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāyukṣālanaveśmann. a water close, privy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalānveṣinmfn. seeking fruit or results, looking for a reward View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṇḍasvedam. a hot poultice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṇḍaveṇum. a species of bamboo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piśācavedam. equals -vidyā-veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piśācavidyāvedam. the veda- of the piśāca-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṣṭasvedamind. (with svid-, Causal , to foment) until the dough swells
pītakāveran. saffron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pītakāveran. bell-metal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pitṛveśmann. a father's house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabhāveṇaind. prabhāva
pradoṣavef. equals -kāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradveṣam. dislike, repugnance, aversion, hatred, hostility to (locative case genitive case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradveṣaṇan. hatred, dislike of (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradveṣīf. Name of the wife of dīrghatamas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradveṣṭṛmfn. one who dislikes or hates View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradveṣṭṛmfn. a disliker, hater View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāgveṣam. a former dress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahve(A1. -havate-etc.;1. sg. imperfect tense -ahve-), to invoke View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṛtivikṛtiyāgakālavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṣveḍāf. humming, grumbling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṣveḍanamf. () (; kṣviḍ-) an iron arrow (as humming or whizzing) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṣvedanamf. (; kṣvid-) an iron arrow (as humming or whizzing) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṣveḍitamfn. (or dita-) clamorous, shouting, noisy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṣveḍitan. shout, hum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṣveḍitavatmfn. unctuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṣveḍitavatmfn. noisy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṣveḍitavatmfn. unctuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapañcasāravivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapañcavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasannaveṅkaṭeśvamāhāmyan. Name of a legend in the bhaviṣyottara-- purāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasavavedanāf. the pangs of childbirth, throes of labour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastarasvedam. inducing perspiration by lying on a straw-bed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prastarasvedanan. inducing perspiration by lying on a straw-bed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasvedam. great or excessive perspiration, sweat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasvedam. an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasvedabindum. equals -kaṇikā-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasvedajalan. sweat-water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasvedakaṇikāf. a drop of sweat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasvedinmfn. sweating, covered with perspiration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasveditamfn. sweated, perspired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasveditamfn. hot, causing perspiration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasveditavatmfn. suffering or producing perspiration (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratāpavelāvalīf. (in music) Name of a rāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātarveṣamfn. active early View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratihveA1. -huv/ate-, to call View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratijñālakṣaṇavivecanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratikūlavedanīyamfn. causing an unpleasant effect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiniveśam. obstinacy, obdurateness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiprahve(only Passive voice -hūyate-), to call near, invite to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratisaṃvedakamfn. giving detailed information View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratisaṃvedanan. experiment, enjoyment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratisaṃvedinmfn. feeling, experiencing, being conscious of anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratisaṃveṣṭA1. -veṣṭate-, to shrivel, shrink up, contract View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣṭhāvivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativedamind. at or for every veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativedāntamind. in every upaniṣad- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativedaśākhamind. for every branch or school of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativedinmfn. experiencing, knowing, (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativedinSee prati-vid-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativeditamfn. (fr. Causal) apprised or informed of (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativelamind. on every occasion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativeśa(pr/ati--or pratī--; see Va1rtt. 3) . mf(ā-)n. neighbouring, a neighbour etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativeśa(pr/ati--or pratī--; see Va1rtt. 3) mf(ā-)n. auxiliary commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativeśa(pr/ati--or pratī--; see Va1rtt. 3) m.a neighbouring house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativeśa śin- etc. See p.663. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratīveśa equals prati-v- () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativeśatas(pr/ati--or pratī--; see Va1rtt. 3) ind. from the neighbourhood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativeśavāsin(pr/ati--or pratī--; see Va1rtt. 3) mf(-)n. living in the neighbourhood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativeśavāsin(pr/ati--or pratī--; see Va1rtt. 3) m.f. a neighbour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātiveśikam. (fr. -veśa-) a neighbour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativeśin(or pratī-v-). mfn. neighbouring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativeśin(or pratī-v-). mf(-). a neighbour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratīveśin equals prati-v- () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativeśmaind. in every house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātiveśmaka wrong reading for next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativeśmann. a neighbour's house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātiveśmikam. (fr. -veśman-) a neighbour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātiveśmikīf. a female next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativeṣṭA1. -veṣṭate-, to shrink back : Causal -veṣṭayati-, to strike or drive or turn or bend back View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativeśyam. a neighbour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātiveśyamfn. (fr. -veśa-) neighbouring (also in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātiveśyam. an opposite neighbour (see ānuveśya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātiveśyam. any neighbor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātiveśyakam. idem or 'm. any neighbor ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativiśveṣuind. in all cases View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāhveA1. -hvayate- (ind.p. -hūya-), to answer a call ; to respond to the āhāva- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyaktattvavivekam. Name of philos. work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyarthyāvedanan. (in law) the verbal information or deposition of the defendant which is written down by the officers of the court View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyave( -ava-i-) P. avaīti-, to come down again, reach in descending ; to offend, sin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyavekṣ( -ava-īkṣ-) A1. -avekṣate- (Epic also P. ti-), to look at ; to inspect, examine, look or inquire after etc. ; to consider, have regard for (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyavekṣāf. equals prec. n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātyavekṣā wrong reading for praty-av-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyavekṣaṇan. looking after, care, attention View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyavekṣaṇāf. (with Buddhists) one of the 5 kinds of knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyavekṣyamfn. to be regarded or paid attention to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyupahveA1. -havate-, to call, invite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyupaveśam. besetting or besieging a person (to make him yield) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyupaveśanan. besetting or besieging a person (to make him yield) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveP. -vayati-, to weave on, attach to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravedam. (See /a-praveda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravedakṛtmfn. (prob.) making known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravedanan. making known, proclaiming. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravedhaSee pra-vyadh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravedham. a bow-shot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravedham. a particular measure of length, divyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravedinmfn. knowing well or accurately View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravedyamfn. to be made known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravegam. ( vij-) great speed, rapidity (see śara-pr-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravegitamfn. moving swiftly, rapid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravejitamfn. (fr. Causal) hurled, thrown, shot off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravekamfn. ( vic-) choicest, most excellent, principal, chief (always in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravelam. a yellow variety of Phaseolus Mungo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṇīf. a braid of hair worn by widows and by wives in the absence of their husbands (ṇi- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṇīf. a piece of coloured woollen cloth (used instead of a saddle) (ṇi- ,also"the housings of an elephant") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṇīf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāveṇyan. (fr. -veṇī-) a fine woollen covering (varia lectio ṇī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravepA1. -vepate- (mc. also P. ti-), to tremble, shiver, quake etc.: Causal -vepayati- (Aorist prāvīvipat-), to cause to tremble, shake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravepam. trembling, quivering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāvepam. the swaying of pendent fruit (on a tree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravepakam. trembling shivering, shuddering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravepanam. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravepanan. trembling, shuddering, tremulous motion, agitation (wrong reading vepaṇa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravepaninmfn. causing (enemies) to tremble (said of indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravepanīyamfn. to be caused to tremble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravepathum. idem or 'm. trembling shivering, shuddering ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravepinmfn. trembling, shaking, tottering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravepitan. the act of trembling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praverayaNom. P. yati- (see vel-, vell-), to cast, hurl View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveritamfn. cast, hurled (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) entering, entrance, penetration or intrusion into (locative case genitive case with or without antar-,or compound) etc. (accusative with kṛ-,to make one's entrance, enter) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśam. entrance on the stage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśam. the entrance of the sun into a sign of the zodiac View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśam. coming or setting in (of night) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśam. the placing (e. gaRa of any deposit) in a person's house or hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśam. interfering with another's business, obtrusiveness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśam. the entering into id est being contained in (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśam. employment, use, utilisation of (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśam. income, revenue, tax, toll (see -bhāgika-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśam. intentness on an object, engaging closely in a pursuit or purpose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśam. manner, method View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśam. a place of entrance, door etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśam. the syringe of an injection pipe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśaetc. See pra-- viś-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśabhāgikam. (prob.) a receiver or gatherer of taxes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśaka in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' equals veśa- entering, entrance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśakam. a kind of interlude (acted by some of the subordinate characters for the making known of what is supposed to have occurred between the acts or the introducing of what is about to follow) etc. (see viṣkambhaka-and ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśakam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśanan. entering, entrance or penetration into (locative case genitive case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśanan. sexual intercourse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśanan. a principal door or gate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśanan. conducting or leading into (locative case), introduction etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśanan. driving home (cattle) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāveśanamf(ī-)n. gaRa vyuṣṭādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāveśanan. a workshop View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśanīyamfn. (fr. prec.) gaRa anupravacanādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśayitavyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be introduced (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāveśikamf(ī-)n. (fr. -veśa-) relating to entrance (into a house or on the stage) (with ākṣiptikā-and dhruvā- f.Name of particular airs sung by a person on entering the stage ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāveśikamf(ī-)n. auspicious for entrance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāveśikasyan. the being accessible, accessibility (only a-prāv-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') entering into View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśinmfn. having sexual intercourse with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśinmfn. (fr. veśa-), having an entrance accessible over or through (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśitamfn. (fr. Causal) caused to enter, brought or sent in, introduced etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśitamfn. thrown into (any condition, as sleep etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśitamfn. appointed, installed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśitāf. impregnated, pregnant (dārakam-,"with a boy") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśitan. causing to appear on the stage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṣṭCaus. -veṣṭayati-, to cover, enclose, surround ; to twine or fasten round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṣṭam. (only ) an arm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṣṭam. the fore-arm or wrist (see pra-koṣṭha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṣṭam. the fleshy part of the back of an elephant on which the rider sits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṣṭam. an elephant's housings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṣṭam. an elephant's gums (See also danta-pr-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṣṭaka wrong reading for pra-viṣṭaka- (See pra-- viś-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṣṭavyamfn. to be entered or penetrated or pervaded, accessible, open View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṣṭavyamfn. to be caused or allowed to enter, to be admitted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṣṭavyan. (impersonal or used impersonally) one should enter or penetrate into (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṣṭavya ṭṛ- See pra-- viś-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṣṭitamfn. covered with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṣṭṛmfn. one who enters or goes into ( praveṣṭṛtva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṣṭṛtvan. praveṣṭṛ
praveśyamfn. to be entered, accessible, open View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśyamfn. to be played (as a musical instrument) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveśyamfn. to be let or conducted into, be introduced
praveśyamfn. to be put back or re-introduced (said of the intestines) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveṭam. barley (see pra-vata-, prāvaṭa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravetṛm. a charioteer Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravetṛ pra-veya- See pra-- -. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravettṛm. a knower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravettṛ pra-veda- etc. See pra- 1. vid-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praveyamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravivekam. complete solitude
pravivepitamfn. ( vep-, Causal) caused to tremble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittavivekam. Name of work
prāyaścittavivekoddyotam. Name of work
prayogasaṃgrahavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayogaviveka m. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayogavivekasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyopaveśam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyopaveśanan. abstaining from food and awaiting in a sitting posture the approach of death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyopaveśanikāf. idem or 'n. abstaining from food and awaiting in a sitting posture the approach of death ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyopaveśinmfn. equals prāyopaviṣṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pretarājaniveśanan. yama-'s abode or city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyanivedanan. good tidings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyanivedayitṛ(or ditṛ-) m. a messenger of good tidings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyanivedikāf. a female messenger of good tidings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭhaśvetam. "white on the back or on the other side", Name of a kind of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthaktvenaind. singly, one by one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthuvegam. "having excessive force or impetus"Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pucchalakṣaṇavivecanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṃveṣamf(ā-)n. wearing male attire, dressed like a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purāṇavedam. knowledge of the things or events of the past View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puraniveśam. the founding of a city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puraścaraṇavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrṇaparvenduf. the day of full moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruṣadveṣinmfn. man-hating, misanthropic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruṣadveṣiṇīf. an ill-tempered or fractious woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruṣāntaravedinmfn. puruṣāntara
puruṣasamaveyam. a number of men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruvepasmfn. much excited or exciting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvāvedakam. "making the first statement", a plaintiff View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvedyurāhṛtamfn. fetched on the day before View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvedyurdugdhamfn. milked on the day before View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvedyusind. on the day before, yesterday (opp. to uttaredyus-, apare-dyus-etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvedyusind. early, betimes, in the morning. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvedyusind. during that portion of a day on which religious ceremonies are to be performed equals dharmāhe-, dharma-vāsare- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrveṇaind. in front, before View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrveṇaind. eastward, to the east of (opp. to apareṇa-,with genitive case or accusative; see ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrveṇaind. (with tataḥ-) "to the east of that" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrveṇaind. See under pūrva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvendram. a former indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrveṣukāmaśamīf. Name of a village Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvetaramf(ā-)n. "other than eastern", western View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpaveṇīf. a chaplet or garland of flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpaveṇīf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
putraniveśanan. the habitation or abode of a son View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhāvedhinmfn. shooting in a particular attitude (see rādhā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhāvedhinm. Name of arjuna- (see -bhedin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāgadveṣam. dual number love and hatred View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāgadveṣamohaparimokṣaṇam. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāgadveṣaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāgarāgiṇīsvarūpavelāvarṇanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāgavibodhavivekam. Name of musical work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāgavivekam. Name of musical work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāghavendram. " rāghava-s-chief", Name of various authors and others (also with ācārya-, muni-, yati-, śatāvadhāna-,and sarasvatī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāghavendrastotravyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāghavendrīyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāghaveśvara" rāghava-s-lord", Name of one of śiva-'s liṅga-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājaniveśanan. a king's abode, palace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājaveṣam. a royal garment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājaveśmann. a king's palace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājavetrinm. a king's staff-bearer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājodvejanasaṃjñakam. a species of tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ramāveṣṭam. turpentine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmāyaṇavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
randhrānveṣaṇan. the act of seeking for weak places View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
randhrānveṣinmfn. equals randhrānusārin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṅgapraveśam. entering on the stage, engaging in theatrical performances View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasābhiniveśam. accession of sentiment, intentness of feeling or passion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasāveṣṭam. the resin of Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāsayātrāvivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathavegam. the speed of a chariots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātriveda m. "night-knower", a cock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātrivedinm. "night-knower", a cock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛgvedam. "Hymn - veda-"or" veda- of praise", the ṛg-- veda-, or most ancient sacred book of the Hindus (that is, the collective body of sacred verses called ṛca-s [see below], consisting of 1017 hymns [or with the vālakhilya-s 1028] arranged in eight aṣṭaka-s or in ten maṇḍala-s; maṇḍala-s 2-8 contain groups of hymns, each group ascribed to one author or to the members of one family;the ninth book contains the hymns sung at the soma- ceremonies;the first and tenth contain hymns of a different character, some comparatively modern, composed by a greater variety of individual authors;in its wider sense the term ṛg-- veda- comprehends the brāhmaṇa-s and the sūtra- works on the ritual connected with the hymns) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛgvedabhāṣyan. Name of treatises and commentaries on the ṛg-- veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛgvedānukramaṇikāf. the anukramaṇikā- or index of the ṛg-- veda-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛgvedaprātiśākhyan. the prātiśākhya- of the ṛg-- veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛgvedasaṃhitāf. the continuous text of the ṛg-- veda- arranged according to the saṃhitā-pāṭha- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛgvedavidmfn. knowing the ṛg-- veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛgvedinmfn. conversant with the ṛg-- veda-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛgvedīyamfn. belonging to the ṛg-- veda-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛgyajuḥsāmavedam. plural the ṛg--, yajur--, and sāma-veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛgyajuḥsāmavedinmfn. conversant with the above three veda-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rodhavef. a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
romasaṃvejanan. the bristling of the hair of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
romavedham. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rombillaveṅkaṭabudham. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛtusamāveśanan. cohabitation during the fortnight after menstruation, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛtuvef. the time of or after menses (fit for procreation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rutavettṛm. equals prec. m. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdabāṇāgravedhinmfn. hitting (an unseen object) with an arrow's point by (aiming at) the mere sound (see śabda-vedhin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdālokavivekam. Name of Comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdatriveṇikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdavedhamfn. equals vedhin- (applied to an arrow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdavedham. the act of shooting at or hitting an invisible object the sound of which is only heard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdavedhinmfn. "sound-piercing", hitting an unseen (but heard) object ( śabdavedhitva dhi-tva- n. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdavedhinmfn. Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdavedhinmfn. of king daśa-ratha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdavedhitvan. śabdavedhin
śabdavedhyamfn. to be shot at without being seen (see prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdavedhyan. equals -vedha- m. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhāpraveśanan. entering a court of justice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sābhiniveśamfn. having or attended with a great inclination or predilection for anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadasadvivekam. discrimination between true and false or between good and bad
ṣaḍdarśanavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣāḍguṇyaguṇavedinmfn. acquainted with the virtues of the six measures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhuveṣamfn. well dressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadmaniveśitamfn. deposited in a shed (as a carriage) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadṛśaśvetamfn. equally white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadvef. the right moment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadveṣadhārinmfn. well-clothed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahanumaraṇavivekam. Name of work on widow-burning. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasaṃvegamfn. vehemently excited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravedhan. a kind of sorrel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravedhan. a kind of sour gruel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravedhinm. a kind of sorrel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravedhinm. musk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravedhinm. Calamus Fasciculatus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravedhinn. Asa Foetida View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhasravedhinmfn. equals sahasra-v- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahopapativeśmanmfn. living together with a wife's paramour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sainyaniveśabhūmif. place of the encampment of an army View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sainyopaveśanan. the halting or encampment of an army View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakalavedādhyāyinmfn. repeating all the veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakalavedinmfn. all-knowing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakalavedopaniṣatsāropadeśasāhasrīf. the upadeśa-sāhasrī- (by śaṃkarācārya-) on the essence of all the veda-s and upaniṣad-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaktivegam. Name of a vidyādhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālaveṣṭam. equals -niryāsa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālmalīveṣṭa m. the gum or resin of the śālmali- tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālmalīveṣṭakam. the gum or resin of the śālmali- tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāluveśakavacan. Name of a kavaca- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālveyam. plural (also written sāl-) Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālveyam. sg. one who belongs to or reigns over the śālveya-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālveyakam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhyave( -ava-- 5 i-) P. -avaiti-, to penetrate entirely into (accusative) ; to come to an agreement with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāhveP. A1. -hvayati-, te- (ind.p. -hūya-), to call together, convoke etc. ; to call near, invite ; to summon, challenge, provoke (to battle or to a game of chance) : Desiderative -juhūṣate- See next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samājasaṃniveśanan. a building or place suitable for an assembly, assembly-room, meeting-house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samanveṣaṇan. searching or seeking every. where View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmānyalakṣaṇavivecanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmānyaniruktivivecanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samave( -ava-- 5 i-) P. -avaiti-, to come or meet or mix or assemble together, be united in (accusative) (see pāṇ-.iv, 4, 43) ; to regard, consider (with iva-,"to regard as") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāveP. A1. -vayati-, te-, to weave or string together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedam. " veda- of chants", Name of one of the three principal veda-s (See veda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedam. it contains a number of verses or stanzas nearly all of which [except about 78] occur in the ṛg-- veda- and which, modified in various ways, are chanted, mostly, by the udgātṛ- priests at soma- sacrifices View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedam. the saṃhitā- of the sāma-veda- consists of two parts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedam. the first, called ārcika- [or pūrvārcika- or chando-grantha-], contains 585 verses disjoined from their proper sequence in the ṛg-veda- and arranged in 59 daśati-s or decades, which again are subdivided into prapāṭhaka-s and ardha-prapāṭhaka-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedam. the second, called uttarārcika- or uttarā-grantha-, contains 1225 verses, also chiefly from the ṛk-saṃhitā-, but less disjointed than in the first part, and arranged in nine prapāṭhaka-s with ardha-prapāṭhaka-s, mostly, however, grouped in triplets View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedam. the directions for the formation of sāman-s or chants out of these verses are carefully laid down in the gāna-s or manuals for chanting, two of which, viz. the geya-gāna- and āraṇya-gāna-, are a directory for the ārcika- portion, and two, viz. ūha-gāna- and ūhya-gāna-, for the uttarārcikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedam. in the sāma-veda- is described as drawn forth from the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedam. in iv, 124 it is described as having a special reference to the pitṛ-s or deceased ancestors, and its sound is therefore said to possess a kind of impurity, whereas the ṛg-- veda- has the gods for his objects and the yajurveda- men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedam. the sāma-veda- is said to possess 8 brāhmaṇa-s [see brāhmaṇa-] etc. ([ ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedacchalan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedāntagamfn. one who has gone through the sāma-- veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedaparitiṣṭan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedarahasyopaniṣadf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedarājm. Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedārtham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedārthaprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedasāram. Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedaśikṣāf. Name of a śikṣā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedavidmfn. familiar with the sāma-- veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavedham. the mean depth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedīyaraudravidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedīyarudrīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedopaniṣadf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāvedyamfn. to be told or communicated fully View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavegavaśam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavekṣ( -ava-īkṣ-) A1. -avekṣate- (Epic also P., ti-), to look at, behold, observe, perceive, notice ; to reflect or ponder on, consider, mind, heed etc. ; to acknowledge, think fit or necessary : Causal -avekṣayati-, to cause to look at or consider View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavekṣitamfn. observed, considered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samaveṣam. a similar dress (ṣaṃ-kṛ- A1. -kurute-,"to dress alike") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāveśam. entering together or at once, entering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāveśam. meeting, penetration, absorption into (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāveśam. simultaneous occurrence, co-existence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāveśam. (in gram.) applying together, common applicability of a term vArttika on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāveśam. agreeing with, agreement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāveśanan. entering, taking possession View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāveśanan. consummation of marriage, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāveśitamfn. (fr. Causal) made to enter together, brought together, caused to enter, inserted, placed, fixed, absorbed, engrossed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāveṣṭCaus. -veṣṭayati-, to cover with
samavetamfn. come together, met, assembled, united, all etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavetamfn. closely connected with, contained or comprised or inherent in (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavetamfn. approached, come to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavetārthamfn. containing a meaning, significant, instructive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavetatvan. the state of being intimately related or connected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samayavef. a period of time, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambandhavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambhogaveśmann. "enjoyment-room", the chamber of a concubine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhāveṇikāf. a game View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhivef. the period of twilight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhivef. any period or time which connects parts of the day or night or fortnight (exempli gratia, 'for example' morning, noon, evening, new moon, the first or 13th day of the fortnight, full moon etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃdhivelamfn. (fr. saṃdhi-velā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃdhivef. Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgavavef. () the time when cows are collected for milking. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgītaveśmann. a concert-room View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhāravegavatmfn. ardently wishing to destroy the world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhveA1. -hvayate- (;Ved. infinitive mood s/aṃ-hvayitav/ai-), to call out loudly, shout together ; to relate, make known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃjātanirvedamfn. grown despondent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃjātavepathumfn. trembling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃjñāvivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkarasvedam. a particular sudorific treatment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃketarutapraveśam. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyasāravivekam. Name of work by vijñāna-bhikṣu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkrāntivivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkṣiptavedāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkṣiptavedāntaśāstraprakriyāf. Name of work (or vedānta-śāstra-saṃkṣipta-pr-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnikarṣatattvavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśam. entering or sitting down together, entrance into, settlement (accusative with kṛ-or vi-dhā-,"to take up a position, settle down") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśam. seat, position, situation (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'"situated in or on") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśam. station, encampment, abode, place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśam. vicinity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśam. an open place or play-ground in or near a town (where people assemble for recreation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśam. assembling together, assembly, crowd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśam. causing to enter, putting down together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśam. insertion, inclusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśam. attachment to any pursuit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśam. impression (of a mark;See lakṣaṇa-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśam. foundation (of a town) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśam. putting together, fabrication, construction, composition, arrangement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśam. Construction personified (as son of tvaṣṭṛ- and racanā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśam. form, figure, appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśam. form of an asterism View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśanan. (fr. Causal) settlement, dwelling place, abode View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśanan. erection (of a statue) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśanan. insertion, arrangement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśayitavyamfn. (fr. idem or 'n. insertion, arrangement ') to be placed or made to enter or inserted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃniveśikamfn. equals saṃ-niveśam samavaiti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśinmfn. seated or fixed in (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśitamfn. (fr. idem or 'mfn. (fr. idem or 'n. insertion, arrangement ') to be placed or made to enter or inserted ') made to enter in or settle, stationed, encamped, located View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśitamfn. entered, impressed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśitamfn. imposed, committed, intrusted (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśyamfn. to be put in (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃniveśyamfn. to be put on or drawn (with colours)
sampariveṣṭitamfn. (fr. veṣṭ-) wound round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprativedhakī f. ( vyadh-) opening, disclosing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprativedhikīf. ( vyadh-) opening, disclosing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampratyavekṣaṇatāf. ( īkṣ-) complete perception or comprehension. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampraveP. A1. -vayati-, te-, to interweave, sew or string together, connect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampraveśam. entering into together, complete entrance, going into (locative case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampraveśam. place of entrance, place entered by (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampraveśitamfn. (fr. Causal) made or allowed to enter or return (opp. to nir-vāsita-,"exiled") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampraveṣṭCaus. -veṣṭayati-, to wind round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃrambhavegam. the violence or impetuosity. of wrath View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samṛddhavegamfn. increasing in speed, excessively swift View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsvedam. sweat, perspiration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsvedajamfn. produced from moist heat (as vermin) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsvedayumfn. Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsvedinmfn. perspiring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃtānavivekāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃtatavepathumfn. trembling all over View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudravef. the flood-tide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudravef. an ocean-wave View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudvegam. great agitation or perturbation, terror, alarm, fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupahveP. A1. -hvayati-, te- (ind.p. -hūya-,or -hāvam-), to call together, invite ; to challenge (to fight) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupajātābhiniveśamind. after having formed a determined resolution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupaveśam. sitting down together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupaveśam. inviting any one to sit down or rest, entertaining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupaveśam. a seat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupaveśanan. the act of causing to sit down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupaveśanan. a habitation, building
samupaveśanan. a seat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samupaveśitamfn. made to sit down, invited to rest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvatsaravef. the period of a year View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveP. -vayati-, to weave together, interweave View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvedam. perception, consciousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveda dana- etc. See saṃ-- 1. vid-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvedanan. the act of perceiving or feeling, perception, sensation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvedanan. making known, communication, announcement, information View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvedanīyamfn. to be perceived or felt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveditamfn. (fr. Causal) made known, informed, instructed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvedyamfn. to be known or understood or learnt etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvedyamfn. intelligible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvedyamfn. to be communicated to (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvedyam. and n. See 2, saṃ-vedya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvedyam. the junction of two rivers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvedyan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvedyatāf. intelligibility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvedyatvan. idem or 'f. intelligibility ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvedyatvan. sensation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvegam. violent agitation, excitement, flurry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvegam. vehemence, intensity, high degree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvegam. desire of emancipation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvega saṃ-vejana- See saṃ-vij-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvegadhāriṇīf. Name of a kiṃ-narī-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvejanaSee netra-- and roma-s-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvejanīyamfn. to be agitated, tending to agitate the mind violently View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvepA1. -vepate-, to tremble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśam. approaching near to, entrance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśam. lying down, sleeping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśam. dreaming, a dream View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśam. a kind of sexual union View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśam. a bedchamber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśam. a chair, seat, stool View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveṣam. gaRa saṃtāpādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśa śana- etc. See saṃ-viś-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśakam. one who lays together (exempli gratia, 'for example' the materials of a house see gṛha-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśakam. one who assists in going to, bed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśanamf(ī-)n. causing to lie down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśanan. lying down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśanan. entering, going in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśanan. sexual union, coition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśanan. a seat, bench View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśanāyamfn. gaRa anupravacanādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃveśanikamfn. equals saṃ-veśanāya prabhavati- gaRa saṃtāpādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśapatim. (ś/a--) the lord of rest or sleep or sexual union (agni-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃveṣikamfn. equals saṃ-veṣāya prabhavati- gaRa saṃtāpādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśinmfn. going to bed (in adhaḥ--and jaghanya-s- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveṣṭA1. -veṣṭate-, to be rolled up, shrink together (Bombay edition samaceṣṭanta-): Causal -veṣṭayati-, to envelop, clasp, surround, wrap up, cover etc. ; to wind round ; to roll up ; to cause to shrink together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveṣṭan. the being enveloped in or covered with (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveṣṭan. a covering, cover (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'"covered with") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveṣṭanan. rolling up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveṣṭanan. encompassing, surrounding, (iii explaining mur-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃveśyamfn. to be entered or occupied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃveśyan. (fr. saṃ-veśin-) gaRa brāhmaṇādi-.
saṃvevidānamfn. joined with (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃyuktasamavetasamavāyam. inherence in that which inheres in the connected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sanatsujātavedāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṇḍhaveṣamfn. clothed like a eunuch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sanirvedamfn. having weariness or absence of liveliness, dull (as conversation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sanirvedamind. with indifference View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sanirvedamind. in low spirits, despairingly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntivivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saprasvedamfn. having perspiration, sweating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptasaptakavettṛm. one who knows 7 x 7 sciences View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptavelamind. 7 times View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaraniveśam. gaRa -kṣubhnādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarapravegam. the rush or rapid flight of an arrow, a swift arrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārāsāravivekam. Name of two works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaravegam. "swift as an arrow", Name of a steed
sarpavedam. snake -science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpavedam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sartaveSee sṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārvabhaumāsarvasverāmasūktan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvadeveśam. lord of all gods (śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvadharmapraveśamudram. Name of a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvadharmapraveśanan. Name of a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvalokadhātūpadravodvegapratyuttīrṇam. Name of a buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvāṅgavedanāsāmanyakarmaprakāśam. Name of chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaśāstrapravetṛm. "charioteer of all science", one well acquainted with all science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaśvetamfn. (s/arva--) entirely white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaśvetamfn. whitest of all View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaśvef. a kind of venomous insect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaśvef. a particular mythical herb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvataḥsarvendriyaśaktimfn. having organs all of which operate everywhere View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavedamfn. having all knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavedamfn. acquainted with all the veda-s on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavedam. a Brahman who has read the four veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavedamayamf(ī-)n. containing all the veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavedārtham. Name of chapter of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavedasmfn. (s/arva--) having complete property View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavedasm. one who gives away all his property to the priests after a sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavedasamfn. accompanied by a gift of all one's goods (as a sacrifice;also m.[ scilicet kratu-]"a sacrifice of the above kind") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavedasamfn. giving all one's property to priests after a sacrifice , (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavedasan. all one's property View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārvavedasamfn. (and varia lectio for sarva-s-) one who gives away all his wealth at a sacred rite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārvavedasan. a person's entire property View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavedasadakṣiṇamf(ā-)n. attended with a gift of all one's property as a fee (at a sacrifice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārvavedasadakṣiṇamfn. (a sacrifice) at which one's whole property is given away as a fee to Brahmans View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavedasinmfn. giving away all one's property View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavedātman wrong reading for sarva-devātman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavedatrirātam. a particular ahīna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavedinmfn. omniscient View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavedinmfn. knowing all the veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaveditṛmfn. equals -vettṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārvavedyan. (fr. -sarva-veda-) all the veda-s collectively gaRa brāhmaṇādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārvavedyam. a Brahman conversant with all the veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavegam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaveṣinm. "having all dresses", an actor (wrong reading -veśin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavettṛmfn. all-knower, omniscient ( sarvavettṛtva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvavettṛtvan. sarvavettṛ
sarvelamfn. connected with all ilā-s (iḍā-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvendriyasambhavamfn. arising from every sense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarveśam. the lord of all View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarveśam. the Supreme Being View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarveśam. a universal monarch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarveśāf. the mistress of all View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarveṣṭadamf(ā-)n. accomplishing all wishes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarveśvaram. the lord of all etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarveśvaram. a universal monarch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarveśvaram. a particular medicinal preparation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarveśvaram. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarveśvaram. of a Buddhist saint
sarveśvaram. (also with tīra-bhuktīya-or soma-yājin-) of a teacher and various authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarveśvarastutiratnamālāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarveśvaratattvanirṇayam. Name of chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarveśvaratvan. almightiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvopāyakauśalyapraveśanam. a particular saṃdhi- (wrong reading ya-kcś-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvorutrivedinm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstrapraveśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasvedamfn. moist with sweat, perspiring, exuding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasvef. a girl who has been recently deflowered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyavedam. the science of agriculture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śataparveśam. "lord or husband of śataparvā-", the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatavedhinm. Rumex Vesicarius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭkārakavivecanan. Name of gram. work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭkarmavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śātraveṅgitan. an enemy's intention View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sattrapariveṣaṇan. a distribution of food or other gifts at a sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyakāruṇyavedinmfn. possessing truth and tenderness and the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyamṛṣāvivekam. discrimination of truth and falsehood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savedanamind. with pain, painfully View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savedas(s/a--) mfn. having the same or common property (agni-- soma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savedhamfn. equals sa-vidha-, proximate, near View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savedhan. proximity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savedikamfn. along with a seat bench View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savegamfn. equal in speed or velocity to (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savegamfn. violent, impetuous ( savegam am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vegamind. with excitement or agitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savegamind. savega
saveṇīf. equals samānav- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saveṇuvīṇamind. with flutes and lutes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saveṇuvīṇāpaṇavānunādamfn. resounding with flutes and lutes and tabours View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savepathumfn. having tremor, tremulous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savepitamind. tremblingly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vef. (in music) a particular rāgiṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saveśamfn. neighbouring, near
saveṣamfn. apparelled, dressed, ornamented, decorated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saveśīyan. (with marutām-), Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saveṣṭanamfn. having a turban, turbaned (as a head) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savetālamfn. occupied by a vetāla- (said of a dead body) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasam. a patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savitaveSee 2. -. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savivekamfn. possessed of judgement, discerning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayyāvāsaveśman(śayyāv-) n. a bed-chamber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayyāveśmann. idem or '(śayyāv-) n. a bed-chamber ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāntalakṣaṇavivekaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāntatattvavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāntavedam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāntavef. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāntavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīghravedhinmfn. shooting quickly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīghravedhinm. a good archer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīghravegamfn. having a rapid course View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikhaṇḍīvedāntasāra(?) m. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śilāsvedam. "rock-perspiration", bitumen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīlavelamfn. equals -taṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śilāveśmann. "rock-abode", a grotto View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sindhuradveṣinm. "elephant-hater", a lion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sindhuveṣaṇam. Gmelina Arborea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sirāvedham. () piercing the veins, venesection. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sirāvedhanan. () piercing the veins, venesection. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śirovedanāf. head-ache View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiroveṣṭam. a head-dress, turban View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiroveṣṭanan. a head-dress, turban View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīrṣavedanā() f. head-ache. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śītavātoṣṇavetālīf. a kind of female demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivadhanurvedam. Name of work attributed to vyāsa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivatattvavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivatattvavivekakhaṇḍanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivendram. (with sarasvatī-) Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiveṣṭam. "loved by śiva-", Aegle Marmelos View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiveṣṭam. Getonia Floribunda View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiveṣṭāf. dūrvā- grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivetaramfn. "other than propitious", malignant, inauspicious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śmaśānaveśmanm. "inhabiting burning-grounds", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śmaśānaveśmanm. a ghost View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śmaśānavetālam. Name of a gambler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtiratnavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtitattvavivekam. Name of work (also called smṛtitatttvāmṛta ttvāmṛta- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtivivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snānaveśmann. equals -griha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sodvegamf(ā-)n. agitated, disturbed, anxious, fearful ( sodvegam am- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sodvegamf(ā-)n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sodvegamind. sodvega
śokāveśam. a fit or paroxysm of sorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somabhakṣavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somaveśa(prob. for -veṣa-) m. Name of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somaveṣṭanamfn. enveloping soma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopasvedamfn. having perspiration or moisture, moistened, wetted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sparśadveṣam. sensitiveness to touch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sparśavedyamfn. to be known or apprehended by the sense of touches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhavivekasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sravatsvedajalamfn. streaming with perspiration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śraveṣam. desire of praising View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sravitaveSee root above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīkhaṇḍīvedāntasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīveṣṭa m. the resin of the Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīveṣṭakam. the resin of the Pinus Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgāraveṣamfn. dressed suitably for amorous enterprises View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgāraveṣābharaṇamfn. dressed and ornamented suitably for the above purpose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgaveram. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgaveram. ginger (undried or dry) (also raka- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgaveram. Name of a town (See -pura-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgaverābhamūlakam. "having a root like that of ginger", Typha Angustifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgaveracūrṇan. ginger-powder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgaverakalkam. sediment of ginger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgaveramāhātmyan. (Name of a chapter of the ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgaverapuran. Name of a town (situated on the Ganges) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śroṇivedham. Name of a man (plural his descendants) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrutivedham. the piercing or boring of the ear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanadveṣinmfn. rejecting the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanavepathum. the heaving of the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
startaveSee root. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
staveyyam. Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthalavetasam. Calamus Rotang View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthaṇḍilasaṃveśanan. equals -śayyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāpatyavedam. "science of architecture", one of the four upa-veda-s (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlakṣveḍa() m. an arrow. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strīdveṣinm. "women-hating", a mysogynist
strīveṣadhāraka mfn. wearing a women's garments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strīveṣadhārinmfn. wearing a women's garments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stuveya stuṣeyya- See p.1259. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitagaveṣinm. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śubhaveṇutriveṇumatmfn. furnished with a tri-veṇu- (q.v) of excellent reeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subvibhaktyarthavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhaveṣamfn. equals -vāsas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhivivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhivivekoddyotam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūdrāvedanan. equals -pariṇayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūdrāvedinmfn. marrying a śūdra- woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūdravivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudurveda() mfn. very difficult to be known or understood. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sugrīveśam. "lord of su-grīva-", Name of rāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhapravepamfn. easily trembling or shaken (as a tree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃveśa() mfn. resting or sleeping well. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhavedanan. the consciousness of pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuklayajurvedādhyetṛpraśaṃsāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūlavedanāf. sharp pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumahāvegamf(ā-)n. very quick in motion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumṛṣṭaveṣamfn. dressed in well-brushed clothes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suprātiveśmikamfn. having a good neighbour, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supraveditamfn. well made known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supravepitamfn. trembling much View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supraveśamf(ā-)n. having a beautiful entrance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suraśvef. a small (white) house lizard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suravef. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suraveśmann. abode of the gods, heaven View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suraveśmann. a temple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryāvekṣaṇan. the act of looking at the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryaveśmann. the sun's mansion. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
susvedamf(ā-)n. sweating well on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtave sūtav/ai- See 2. -. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtraveṣṭanan. a weaver's shuttle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtraveṣṭanan. the act of weaving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvedamfn. deeply versed in (sacred) science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvedamfn. easy to be found or obtained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvedanamfn. idem or 'mfn. easy to be found or obtained ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvedasm. Name of a ṛṣi- (having the patronymic śairīṣi- and author of ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvegamfn. moving very fast, fleet, rapid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvef. Cardiospermum Halicacabum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvef. Name of a female vulture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suveginmfn. very swift or rapid (varia lectio -vegita-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvelamfn. greatly bowed or stooping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvelamfn. humble, quiet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvelam. Name of a mountain (equals tri-kūṭa-or citra-kūṭa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvemamf(ā-)n. (prob.) woven on a good loom (or"having a good loom"?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suveṇam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suveṇāf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvenamf(-)n. full of longing or desire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suveśaetc., often wrong reading for next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suveṣam. a fine dress or garment. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suveṣamf(ā-)n. well dressed, well clad, beautifully adorned etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suveṣadharamfn. wearing fine clothes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suveṣatāf. the being well dressed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suveṣavatmfn. beautifully dressed or adorned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suveṣinmfn. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvetasam. a good reed or cane View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svabhāvadveṣam. natural hatred View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāduvivekinmfn. distinguishing dainties (from other food) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svanavekṣaṇīyamfn. not at all to be hoped for, past all hope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svapratinidhitvenaind. svapratinidhi
svarveśyāf. "courtezan of heaven", an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svasaṃvedanan. knowledge derived from one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svasaṃvedyamfn. intelligible only to one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svavekṣamf(ā-)n. well provided for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svavekṣitamfn. well considered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāveśamf(-)n. easy of access or approach View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svayaṃvedanan. spontaneous consciousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sveccha in the beginning of a compound () ( ) according to to one's own wish, at will or pleasure, of one's own accord, voluntarily. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svecchāf. one's own wish or will, free will View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svecchā in the beginning of a compound according to to one's own wish, at pleasure, of one's own free will View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svecchaetc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svecchācāram. acting as one likes, doing what is right in one's own eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svecchādhīnamfn. dependent on one's own will or inclination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svecchāhāramfn. eating anything at one's pleasure ( svecchāhāravihāra ra-vihāra- m."feeding and roaming according to to one's inclination") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svecchāhāravihāram. svecchāhāra
svecchamind. ( ) according to to one's own wish, at will or pleasure, of one's own accord, voluntarily. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svecchāmayamf(ī-)n. endowed with free will View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svecchāmṛtyumfn. having death in one's own power, dying at one's own will View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svecchāmṛtyum. Name of bhīṣma- (who had received from his father the power of fixing the time of his own death) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svecchātasind. (equals svecchayā-above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svecchayāind. according to to one's own wish, at pleasure, of one's own free will etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) sweating, perspiring, sweat, perspiration (plural"drops of perspiration") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedam. a sudorific View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedam. warmth, heat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedam. warm vapour, steam (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedamfn. sweating, perspiring, toiling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedaetc. See column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedabindum. drop of perspiration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedacchidmfn. cutting id est allaying perspiration, cooling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedacūṣakam. "perspiration sucker", a cooling breeze View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedajamfn. sweat-produced, envapour or steam (said of insects and vermin) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedajadūṣitamfn. defiled by vermin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedajalan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) "sweat-water", perspiration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedajalakaṇam. () equals next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedajalakaṇikāf. () equals next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedaleśam. a drop of perspiration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedamalojjhitadeham. "one whose body is freed from perspiration and impurity", a jina- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedamātṛf. chyle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedāmbhas() n. equals sveda-jala-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedāmbu() n. equals sveda-jala-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedanamfn. perspiring, inclined to perspire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedanamfn. causing to perspire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedanan. the act of sweating or perspiring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedanan. any instrument or remedy for causing perspiration, a diaphoretic, sudorific View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedanan. softening, fomenting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedanan. a particular process to which quicksilver is subjected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedanan. mucus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedanatvan. inclination to perspire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedanayantran. a steam-bath (for metals) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedanīf. an iron plate or pan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedanikāf. an iron plate or pan used as a cooking utensil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedanikāf. a room for cooking, kitchen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedāñjimfn. moist with perspiration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedavārin. equals -jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedavipruṣf. equals -bindu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedāyanan. "sweat-passage", a pore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedayumfn. sweating, perspiring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedinmfn. sweating, perspiring (in a-sv-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sveditamfn. (fr. Causal) caused to sweat etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sveditamfn. fomented, softened (said of a dog's tail) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedoda n. equals sveda-jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedodakan. equals sveda-jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedodgamam. the breaking out of perspiration, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sveduhavyamfn. (prob.) offering the sweat (caused by labour) as a sacrifice, toiling, exerting one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedyamfn. to be sweated or treated by sudorific means View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svek varia lectio for srek-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svekam. (used in explaining sumeka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sveṣṭamfn. dear to one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sveṣṭa svaitu-, svaiṣa- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sveṣṭadaivatan. () a favourite deity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sveṣṭadevatā f. ( ) a favourite deity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamf(-or śvenī-)n. white, dressed, in white, bright (with p/arvata- m."snow-mountain" ;with kaṭākṣa- m."a bright side-glance" ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. white (the colour) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. a white horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. a small white shell, cowry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. a silver coin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. a white cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. the planet Venus or its regent śukra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. a particular comet (see -ketu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. a particular plant (equals jīvaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. cumin seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. Name of a serpent-demon (with vaidārva-or vaidārvya-or vaidarvya-;others give śvaita-vaidārava-as signifying "a particular deity connected with the sun")
śvetam. Name of one of skanda-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a daitya- (son of vipra-citti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a particular avatāra- of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a pupil of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a manifestation of viṣṇu- in his varāha- incarnation (worshipped in a particular part of India) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a rājarṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a son of the king sudeva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a general View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a son of vapuṣmat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a mythical elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of the sixth range of mountains dividing the known continent (the white or"snowy"mountains separating the varṣa-s of hiraṇmaya- and ramyaka-) () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of one of the minor dvīpa-s or divisions of the world (see -dvīpa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvef. one of the seven tongues of Fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. a small white shell, cowry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. Name of various plants (according to to the birch tree, a white bignonia, Boerhavia Procumbens, Achyranthes Atropurpurea etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. crystal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. alum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. white or candied sugar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. bamboo-manna View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. a mystical term for the letter s- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attendant on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of the mother of the elephant śveta- (or śaṅkha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetam. of a princess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetan. the white of the eye View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetan. the growing white (of the hair) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetan. silver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetan. butter-milk and water mixed half and half View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabalāf. the white balā- (a kind of plant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabarbaran. a kind of sandal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhadram. Name of a guhyaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhaṇḍāf. a white-flowering variety of Clitoria Ternatea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhānumfn. white-rayed (as the moon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhānum. the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhasmann. a particular preparation of quicksilver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhikṣum. a kind of mendicant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhiṇḍāf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabhujaṃgam. Name of an incarnation of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabindukāf. a girl with white spots (and there fore unfit for marriage) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabṛhatīf. a kind of white Vartaki or egg-plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabuhnāf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacampakam. a kind of Campaka View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacandanan. white sandal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacaraṇam. a kind of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacchadam. "white-winged"or"white-leaved", a goose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacchadam. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacchadam. Ocymum Album View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacchattran. a white umbrella View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacchattramfn. having a white umbrella View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacchattrāyaNom. to resemble a white umbrella (yita- mfn.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacchattrinmfn. having a white umbrella View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacillīf. a kind of vegetable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacillikā f. a kind of vegetable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacintāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadhāmanm. (only ) "having white lustre", the moon
śvetadhāmanm. camphor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadhāmanm. cuttle-fish bone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadhāmanm. Achyranthes Atropurpurea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadhāmanm. a white-flowering variety of Clitoria Ternatea. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadhātum. chalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadhātum. opal or chalcedony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadhātum. any white mineral View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetādrim. Name of a mountain or mountain range (according to to Scholiast or Commentator equals kailāsa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetādrivāsāṣṭakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadrumam. Crataeva Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadūrvāf. white dūrvā- grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadvipam. a white elephant or indra-'s elephant airāvata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadvīpamn. "white island", Name of a mythical abode of the blessed etc. (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadvīpamn. of a sacred place near kāśī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadvīpam. England View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadvīpāyaNom. A1. yate-, to resemble the white isle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetadyutim. the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetagajam. a white elephant or the elephant of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetagaṅgāf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetagarut() () m. "white-winged", a goose. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetagaruta() m. "white-winged", a goose. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaghaṇṭāf. a kind of plant (equals nāgadantī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaghaṇṭīf. See mahā-śveta-gh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaghoṣāf. a white ghoṣā- plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetagirim. white mountain, snowy range of hills (See under śveta-above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetagirimāhātmyan. Name of chs. of two purāṇa-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetagodhūmam. a kind of wheat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetagokarṇīf. Clitoria Ternatea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaguṇavatmfn. possessed of the quality of whiteness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaguñjāf. a white variety of Abrus Precatorius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetahanum. a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetahastinm. a white elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetahastinm. Name of airāvata- (elephant of indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetahayam. a white horse (Name of the horse of indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetahayam. "having white horse", Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetahūṇam. plural the white Huns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāhvāf. a white flowering variety of Bignonia (= śukla-pāṭalā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetairaṇḍam. white Ricinus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetajalaName of a lake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetajīrakam. white cumin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakamfn. whitish, white (applied to the 7th unknown quantity ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakam. a cowry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakam. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakan. silver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakākam. a white crow id est any very unusual thing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakākīyamfn. relating to a white crow, rare, unusual, unheard of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakalpam. a particular kalpa- or world-period View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakamalan. a white lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakāmbojīf. a white variety of Abrus Precatorius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakandam. Allium Cepa or Ascalonicum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakandāf. Aconitum Ferox View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakāṇḍāf. white dūrvā- grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakaṇṭakārīf. a species of plant (= priyaṃkarī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakaṇṭhinmfn. white-necked (as a jar) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakapotam. a kind of mouse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakapotam. a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakāpotīf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakarṇam. Name of a son of satya-karṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakeśam. white hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakeśam. a kind of red-flowering Moringa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaketum. (śvet/a--) Name of a comet (also called uddālaka-śveta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaketum. a jaina- saint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaketum. Name of auddālaki- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaketum. of āruṇeya- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaketum. of a son of sena-jit- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaketum. of gautama- buddha- as a bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakhadiram. a white variety of the khadira- tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakim. Name of an ancient king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakiṇihīf. a kind of tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakola m. the fish Cyprinus Sophore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakolakam. the fish Cyprinus Sophore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakṛṣṇāf. a kind of venomous insect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetākṣam. a kind of soma- plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakṣāram. white nitre, saltpetre, alkali View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakukṣim. a kind of fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakuñjaram. "white-elephant", indra-'s elephant airāvata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakuśam. white kuśa-, grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakuṣṭhan. white leprosy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakuṣṭhamfn. suffering from white leprosy ( śvetakuṣṭhatva -tva- n.) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetakuṣṭhatvan. śvetakuṣṭha
śvetalodhram. a kind of lodhra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetalohitam. Name of a muni- (a pupil of śveta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamādhava() () n. Name of a tīrtha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamādhavatīrtha() n. Name of a tīrtha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamadhyam. Cyperus Rotundus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamahoṭikāf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamālam. "having white wreaths", a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamālam. smoke (prob. w.r. for khatam-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamaṇḍalam. a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamandāra() () m. a kind of tree., View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamandāraka() m. a kind of tree., View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamāṇḍavyam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamaricam. a kind of Moringa Pterygosperma View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamarican. the seed of it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamarican. the seed of the Hyperanthera Moringa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamarican. white pepper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamayūkham. "white-rayed", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāmbaramfn. clad in white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāmbaram. Name of the second great jaina- sect (opp. to the dig-ambara-, q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāmbaram. a form of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāmbaram. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāmbaracandram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetameha wrong reading for śīta-m- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāmlīf. Tamarindus Indica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamodam. Name of a demon who causes diseases View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamṛdf. white clay, (plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāṃśukamfn. clad in white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamūlam. () () Boerhavia Procunibens. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamūlāf. () Boerhavia Procunibens. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamūtramfn. having white urine ( śvetamūtratā -- f.), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamūtratāf. śvetamūtra
śvetanāf. dawn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetanāmanm. Clitoria Ternatea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāṇḍamfn. having a white scrotum (as a kind of stallion) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetanīlamfn. white and black View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetanīlam. a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāñjanan. white paint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetānukāśaSee śvetānūkāśa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetānūkāśamfn. shining white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetānulepanamfn. covered with white ointment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetānulepanam. Name of bala-rāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetanyaṅgamfn. having a white mark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapādam. Name of one of śiva-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapadman. a white lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapākīf. a kind of plant or its fruit gaRa harītaky-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapakṣamfn. white-winged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāparājitakalpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaparṇam. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaparṇāf. pistia Stratiotes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaparṇāsam. white basil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaparvatam. "white mountain", Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapaṭam. Name of a jaina- teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapaṭam. plural Name of a jaina- sect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapāṭalāf. a white-flowering variety of Bingnonia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapattran. a white feather View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapattram. "white-feathered", a goose (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapattrāf. a kind of tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapattraratham. "whose vehicle is a goose", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaphalāf. a kind of plant Va1rtt. 2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapiṇḍītakam. a kind of tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapiṅgam. "white and tawny", a lion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapiṅgalamfn. tawny View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapiṅgalam. a lion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapiṅgalam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapiṅgalakam. a lion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapītalam. yellow-whiteness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapītalamf(ā-)n. yellow-white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaprasūnakamfn. having white flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaprasūnakam. Tapia Crataeva View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapunarnavāf. white-flowering hogweed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṅkhāf. a kind of shrub View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpan. a white flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpamf(ī-)n. white-flowering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpam. Vitex Negundo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpāf. Name of various plants (Crataea Roxburghii;a white-flowering species of Clitoria Ternatea;Artemisia Vulgaris or Alpinia Nutans;colocynth;a white-flowering variety of Vitex Negundo; equals ghoṣātakī-or nāga-dantī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpam. (ī-), d. a white -flowering variety of Clitoria Ternatea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpakamfn. having white flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpakam. white oleander View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpakam. Nerium Odorum (the white variety) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetapuṣpikāf. two kinds of plant (equals putra-dātrī-or equals mahā-saṇapuṣpikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarājīf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaraktam. pale redness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaraktamfn. pale-red View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarañjanan. "white-coloured", lead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāraṇyan. Name of a forest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāraṇyan. of a tīrtha- situated on the northern bank of the kāverī- (also -tīrtha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāraṇyamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarasam. butter-milk and water mixed in equal parts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaraśmim. Name of a gandharva- transformed into a white elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarāsnāf. the white rāsnā- plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaratham. a white chariot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaratham. "having a white car", the planet Venus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarāvakam. Vitex Negundo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetārcism. "white-rayed", the moon, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetārdhavaktramfn. having half the face white, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetārkam. Calotropis Gigantea Alba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetārkakalpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarocism. "having white light", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarohitam. "white and red", Name of garuḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarohitam. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaromann. white hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaromāṅkam. a spot of white hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetarūpyan. tin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśailam. a snow-mountain (or Name of a rangeSee under śveta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśailamayamf(ī-)n. made of white stone or marble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśālam. white rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasāram. Acacia Catechu or a white-flowering species of it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasāram. Mimosa Catechu View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasāram. sandal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśarapuṅkhāf. a kind of shrub View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasarpam. a white snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasarpam. Crataeva Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasarpam. Tapia Crataeva View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasarṣapam. white mustard, a grain of white mustard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasiddham. Name of one of skanda-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśigrum. a white-flowering variety of Moringa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśikham. Name of a pupil of śveta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśimbikāf. white bean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasiṃhīf. a kind of pot-herb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśiṃśapāf. a kind of tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśīrṣam. Name of a daitya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaspandāf. Clitoria Ternatea or a white-flowering variety of it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśṛṅgam. "having white awns", barley View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāsthin. a particular kind of famine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāśum. "white-rayed", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśuṅgam. "having white awns", barley View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśūraṇam. a kind of bulbous plant (= vana-ś-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetasurasāf. a white -flowering variety of the Vitex Negundo or Nyctanthes Arbor Tristis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāśvam. a white horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāśvamfn. yoked with white steeds (as a car) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāśvam. "drawn by white steeds", Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāśvam. of a pupil of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāśvam. of pupil of śveta- (varia lectio śvetāsya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāśvāf. Name of a goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāśvadānavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāśvataram. "having white mules", Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāśvataram. plural his school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāśvataraśākhā f., plural idem or 'm. plural his school ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāśvataraśākhinf., plural idem or ' f., plural idem or 'm. plural his school ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāśvataropaniṣad - f. Name of an upaniṣad- ( śvetāśvataropaniṣatprakāśikā ṣat-prakāśikā- f. śvetāśvataropaniṣaddīpikā ṣaddīpikā- f.Name of Comms.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāśvataropaniṣaddīpikāf. śvetāśvataropaniṣad
śvetāśvataropaniṣatprakāśikāf. śvetāśvataropaniṣad
śvetāsyam. "white-faced", Name of a pupil of śveta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaśyāmamfn. white and black (applied to a side-glance) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetatāf. whiteness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetataṇḍulam. a kind of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaṭaṅkaka n. a kind of borax View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetaṭaṅkaṇan. a kind of borax View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetatantrīf. a kind of stringed instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetatapasm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetātapatran. a white umbrella View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetātapatrāyaNom. A1. yate-, to resemble a white umbrella View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetataram. plural Name of a school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetātreyam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetātrivṛtf. the white trivṛt- plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetauhīf. the wife of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetauhīSee śveta-vah-, columns 1, 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavacāf. Name of two kinds of plant (equals ativiṣā-or equals śukla-vacā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavahmfn. (Nominal verb -vāḥ-; instrumental case -vāhā-[?] or śvetau- dual number -vobhyām-; f. -vāhī-[?] or śvetau-) borne by white horses vArttika
śvetavahm. Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhSee -vah-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhamfn. driving white horses or drawn by white horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāham. Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāham. of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhanamfn. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhanam. the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhanam. a marine monster (equals makara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhanam. a form of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhanam. Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhanam. of bhadrāśva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhanam. of a son of rājādhideva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhanam. of a son of śūra-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhīf. the wife of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāhinm. "borne by white horses", Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavājinm. a white horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavājinm. "having white horses", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavājinm. Name of arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavaktram. Name of one of skanda-'s attendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavalkalam. white bark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavalkalam. Ficus Glomerata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāvaram. a kind of vegetable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavārāham. a particular kalpa-, the first day in the month of brahmā- (also śvetavārāhakalpa ha-kalpa-m.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavārāham. Name of chapter of the vāyu-purāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavārāhakalpam. śvetavārāha
śvetavārāhatīrthsan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavārijan. a white lotus-flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavarṇamfn. white-coloured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavarṇāf. chalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavārttākīf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavāsasm. an ascetic who wears white garments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavastrinmfn. white-clad, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavatsā(śvet/a-.) f. (a cow) having a white calf View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavratam. plural a particular sect (prob. for -paṭa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavṛkṣam. Crataeva Roxburghii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svetavyan. (impersonal or used impersonally) it is easy to be gone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetayaNom. P. yati- equals śvetāśvam ācaṣṭe- or śvetāśvenātikrāmati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāyaNom. A1. yate-, to become white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetayatmfn. making white, whitening View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetayāvarīf. white-flowing, (or) Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetāyinmfn. belonging to the race of śveta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetekṣum. a species of sugar-cane View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvef. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetikam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetimanm. whiteness, white colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetitamfn. (prob.) whitened (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetodaram. "having a white belly", a kind of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetodaram. Name of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetodaram. of a mountain
śvetopakāśamf(ā-)n. equals śvitrop- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetotpalam. Name of an astronomer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetran. white leprosy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetyamf(ā-)n. white, brilliant (as the dawn) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetyāf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyavedam. the veda- according to the taittirīya-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyayajurvedam. the YV. according to the taittirīya-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tālavecanakaSee -rec-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tamaḥpraveśam. groping in the dark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tamaḥpraveśam. mental perplexity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāpasvedam. sweat caused by heat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taraddveṣasmfn. conquering enemies (indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tattvavivekam. the sifting of established truth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tattvavivekam. Name of work on astronomy (also siddhānta-t-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tattvavivekam. of another work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tattvavivekadīpanan. "light of truth-investigation", Name of a philos. work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tattvenaind. instrumental case according to the true state or nature of anything, in truth, truly, really, accurately View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tigmavegamf(ā-)n. idem or 'mf(ā-)n. violent ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīkṣṇavegam. "possessing great velocity", Name of a rakṣas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tiraḥprātiveśyam. a near neighbour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tiraḥprātiveśyam. (also tiraskṛta-pr-,134) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tiraskṛtaprātiveśyam. equals tiraḥ-pr- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tithivivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīvravedanāf. excessive pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
traivedikamf(ī-)n. relating to the 3 veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tridhātveind. locative case in 3 cases, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tridiveśam. "lord of heaven", a god View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tridiveśānam. idem or 'm. "lord of heaven", a god ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tridiveśvaram. "lord of heaven", indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triḥśvetamf(ā-)n. white on 3 spots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trikavedanāf. pain in the loins View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivedain compound the 3 veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivedamfn. familiar with the 3 veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivedam. equals trayī-deha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivedam. (with kṛṣṇa-- rāśa-- lauhitya-) Name (also title or epithet) of a teacher, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivef. idem or 'in compound the 3 veda-s ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivedinmfn. familiar with the 3 veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivedinmfn. equals trayīmūrti-mat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivedītanum. (with deva-) idem or 'm. equals trayī-deha- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivef. equals -vṛtā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triveṇif. equals ṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triveṇīf. (gaRa śivādi-) "triple-braided", the place of confluence (prayāga-, now Allahabad) of the Ganges with the yamunā- (Jumna) and the subterranean sarasvatī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triveṇīf. Name of another place. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triveṇikāf. Name of a grammar. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triveṇumfn. three-bannered (a chariot) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triveṇum. Name of part of a chariot (also ṇuka-) -ix View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tulasīdveṣāf. a kind of basil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tuṅgaveṇāf. Name of a river in the Deccan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
turaṃgadveṣaṇīf. a she-buffalo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tveṣamf(-)n. vehement, impetuous, causing fear awful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tveṣamf(-)n. brilliant, glittering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tveṣadyumna(ṣ/a--) mfn. having glittering brilliancy, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tveṣanṛmṇa(ṣ/a--) mfn. of brilliant power, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tveṣapratīka(ṣ/a--) mf(ā-)n. of brilliant appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tveṣarathamfn. having rushing or brilliant chariots, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tveṣasn. energy, impulse, 61, 11. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tveṣasaṃdṛśmfn. (ṣ/a--) equals -pratīka-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tveṣatham. fury, violence, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tveṣayāma(ṣ/a--) mfn. impetuous in course, 166, 5. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tveṣinmfn. impetuous, (ṣ/ī- Nominal verb f.of ṣ/a-?) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tveṣitamfn. sent by thee, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tveṣitaSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tveṣyamfn. terrifying, awful, 58, 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavetanamfn. "receiving wages from both", a spy who seemingly enters the enemy's service View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavetanamfn. a perfidious or treacherous servant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayavetanatvan. the state of receiving wages from both View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udakakṣveḍikāf. sprinkling water (on each other), a kind of amorous play View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udarāveṣṭam. tapeworm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddhve( ud-hve-) P. -dhvayati- (imperfect tense 1. sg. -ahvam- ) to call out, entice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udīrṇavegamfn. impetuous in its course (as a torrent), violent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udveP. -vayati-, to weave or fasten to or up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvecamind. picking out, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvedimfn. furnished with an elevated altar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegamfn. going swiftly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegamfn. an express messenger, a runner, courier, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegamfn. steady, composed, tranquil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegamfn. ascending mounting, going up or upwards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegamfn. an ascetic whose arms by long habit continue always raised above the head View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegaabsence of passion or emotion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegam. trembling, waving, shaking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegam. agitation, anxiety View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegam. regret, fear, distress (occasioned by separation from a beloved object) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegam. the being offended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegam. admiration, astonishment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegam. (udvegaṃkṛ-,to disturb;to be disturbed in mind etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegan. the fruit of the Areca Faufel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegan. the Areca nut (called betel nut because eaten with the betel leaf) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvega ud-vejaka-, etc. See columns 1 & 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegakaramfn. causing anxiety or agitation or distress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegakārakamfn. causing anxiety or agitation or distress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegakārinmfn. causing anxiety or agitation or distress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegakartarīf. an Areca nutcracker, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvegavāhinmfn. bringing or causing agitation, disquieting, troubling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udveginmfn. suffering distress, anxious, unhappy
udveginmfn. causing anxiety or agitation of mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvejakamfn. agitating, distressing, annoying, causing pain or sorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvejanamfn. idem or 'mfn. agitating, distressing, annoying, causing pain or sorrow ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvejanan. shudder, shuddering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvejanan. agitation, fear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvejanan. the act of terrifying, causing to shudder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvejanakaramfn. causing to shake with horror, causing excitement or pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvejanīyamfn. to be feared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvejanīyamfn. to be shrunk from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvejayitṛmfn. terrifying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvejayitṛmfn. a terrifier View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvejinmfn. causing anxiety or agitation of mind, causing shudder or horror View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvejitamfn. caused to shudder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvejitamfn. grieved, pained, afflicted. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvelamfn. running over the brim or bank, overflowing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvelamfn. excessive, extraordinary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvelamfn. loosened, free from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvelayaNom. P. udvelayati-, to cause to run over or overflow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvelitamfn. caused to overflow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvellP. -vellati-, to toss up ; to raise one's self, rise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvellanan. rolling, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvellitamfn. tossed up, elevated, high View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvepA1. -vepate-, to tremble, be agitated or frightened : Causal P. -vep/ayati-, to cause to tremble, agitate, frighten View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvepam. the act of trembling, agitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvepamfn. trembling, agitated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvepamfn. gaRa saṃkalādi- (not in the ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udvepinmfn. trembling (Bombay edition). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udveṣṭA1. -veṣṭate-, to wind or twist upwards, writhe : Causal P. -veṣṭayati-, to untwist ; to open, unseal (a letter) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udveṣṭamfn. investing, enveloping, surrounding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udveṣṭam. the act of surrounding, enclosing, tying together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udveṣṭam. investing a town, besieging or surrounding it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udveṣṭanan. (for 2.See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) the act of surrounding, wrapping, tying together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udveṣṭanan. contraction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udveṣṭanan. convulsion (of the heart), straitening View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udveṣṭanan. pain in the back of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udveṣṭanamfn. freed from bonds or ties, unbound, unfettered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udveṣṭanan. (also) relieving a besieged town, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udveṣṭanīyamfn. to be unbound or unfastened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udveṣṭitamfn. surrounded, invested, enclosed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ugravegamfn. of terrible velocity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ukṣavehatm. an impotent bull View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūlīviveka m. Name (also title or epithet) of work on the proper spelling of words containing a sibilant. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
unmattaveṣam. "dressed like a madman", Name of śiva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upahveonly A1. () -hvayate- (rarely P. ) to call near to, invite etc. ; to call up, invoke ; to call to, cheer, encourage : Desiderative -juhūṣati-, to wish to call near View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāhveA1. -hvayate-, to call near, invite, summon ; to challenge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanāhasvedam. (in med.) perspiration caused by a kind of poultice. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaniveśam. a suburb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaniveśinmfn. adherent, belonging to vArttika on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaniveśinīf. the fifteenth day of the light half of jyeṣṭha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaniveṣṭA1. -veṣṭate-, to surround View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāstamanavef. the time about sunset View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasvedam. moisture, sweat, vapour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasvedanan. the causing to sweat (by sudorifics) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveP. to bring into close contact with, enclose, enfold, wrap. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāve( upa-ava-i-) P. up/āvaiti-, to go or come down, descend ; to join (in calling), assent, consent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavedam. "secondary knowledge", Name of a class of writings subordinate or appended to the four veda-s (viz. the āyur-veda-,or science of medicine, to the ṛg-- veda-;the dhanurveda-or science of archery, to the yajur-veda-;the gāndharva-veda-or science of music, to the sāmaveda-;and the śastra-śāstra-or science of arms, to the atharva-- veda-;this is according to the caraṇavyūha-, but and the make the āyur-veda- belong to the atharva-- veda-;according to others, the sthāpatya-veda-or science of architecture, and śilpa-śāstra-or knowledge of arts, are reckoned as the fourth upa-veda-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavedanan. ascertainment, learning on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavedanīyamfn. to be learnt or found out commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavediind. near the altar, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāvekṣ( upa-ava-īkṣ-) A1. -īkṣate-, to look down upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveṇāf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveṇum. (probably) common reed, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveśam. the act of sitting down, sitting, resting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveśam. the act of applying one's self to or being engaged in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveśam. stool, motion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveśam. Name of a ṛṣi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveṣam. a stick (of green wood) used for stirring the sacrificial fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveṣaSee upa-viṣ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveśanan. the act of sitting down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveśanan. a seat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveśanan. the being devoted to or engaged in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveśanan. evacuation or motion of the bowels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveśanan. causing to sit down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveśim. Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveśinmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' devoting or applying one's self to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveśinmfn. (upaveśin-fr. upa-veśa-), one who has a motion of the bowels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveśitamfn. caused to sit down, seated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveśitamfn. caused to settle. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveṣṭCaus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveṣṭanan. the act of wrapping up, swathing. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveṣṭitamfn. wrapped in, surrounded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaveṣṭitinmfn. one who has wrapped himself round the loins in a cloth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvaveṇīdharamfn. wearing the hair tied together on the crown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvaveṇīdharāf. Name of a woman in the retinue of skanda-.
ūrdhveḍam. Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhveham. wish or effort to raise one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣmasvedam. a vapour bath View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣṇavetālīf. Name of a witch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkṛṣṭavedanan. marrying a man of a higher caste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpraveṣṭṛ( viś-) mfn. one who enters or penetrates. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpraveṣṭṛtvan. the state or condition of penetrating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utsvedanan. watering, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttamaveṣam. "having the most excellent dress"Name of śiva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttaravedif. the northern altar made for the sacred fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uveind. an interjection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhūgṛhapraveśam. the ceremony of the entrance of a bride into the house of her husband View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhūpraveśam. equals -griha-pr- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāhinīniveśam. the camp of an army View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahniveśam. Name of a physician equals agni-v- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidhaveyam. (fr. vidhavā-) the son of a widow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidhavyaveṇīf. a widow's braid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājivega(v/āji--) mfn. having the swiftness of a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajravegam. "having the swiftness of a thunderbolt or of lightning", Name of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajravegam. of a vidyā-dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaktave Vedic or Veda infinitive mood of vac- (see above) ("v/aktu- mfn.speaking harshly, reviling") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākyārthavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valabhīniveśam. an upper room View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanapraveśam. entering a forest, (especially) a solemn procession into a forest (for cutting wood for an idol) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanapraveśam. commencing to live as a hermit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanasampraveśam. equals vana-praveśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāṅmayavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāraṇaveśam. (with śāstrin-) Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṇānupūrveṇaind. according to the order of caste, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṇavivekam. distinction of sounds, Name of a treatise on the different spelling of nouns. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣapraveśam. the entrance into a new year View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣartumāsapakṣāhovelādeśapradeśavatmfn. containing a statement of the place and country and time and day and fortnight and month and season and year View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vartave Vedic or Veda infinitive mood fr. 1. vṛ- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varuṇavef. Name of a kiṃ-narī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsaveśmann. equals -gṛha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsaveśvaratīrthan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsaveyamfn. (fr. vāsava-) gaRa sakhy-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsaveyamfn. (fr. vāsavī-) metron. of vyāsa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstaveind. equals vastu-tas-, really, truly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastraveśam. a tent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastraveśmann. a tent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastraveṣṭitamfn. covered with clothes, well clad View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstupraveśapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsudevendram. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsudevendraśiṣyam. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātavegamfn. "fleet as wind", Name of a son of dhṛta-rāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātavegamfn. of garuḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātaveṭaka varia lectio for -recaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyuvegam. the velocity of the wind, a gust of wind (See below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyuvegamfn. having the velocity of wind, fleet as the wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyuvegam. Name of one of the 7 ṛṣi-s (See -cakra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyuvegam. of a son of dhṛtarāṣṭra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyuvef. Name of a yoginī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyuvef. of a kiṃ-nara- maiden View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyuvegakamf(ikā-)n. swift as the wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyuvegasamamfn. equal to the velocity of wind, swift as the wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyuvegayaśasf. Name of a sister of vāyu-patha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyuveginmfn. idem or 'mf(ikā-)n. swift as the wind ' , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhinnaveṣamfn. dressed in various garments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhavāvedana(v-) n. marrying a widow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhivivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhūtaveśamfn. shaking one's garment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīḍudveṣasmfn. hating the strong or hating strongly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣam. hatred, dislike, contempt, aversion to (locative case or genitive case) etc. (ṣaṃ-gam-,to make one's self odious; ṣaṃ-kṛ-,with locative case,to show hostility towards; ṣaṃ-grah-,with locative case,to conceive hatred against) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣam. a magical act or formula used for exciting hatred or enmity (also vidveṣakarman -karman- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣam. proud indifference (even for desired objects) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣam. a class of evil demons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣakamfn. hating, adverse to (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣakarmann. vidveṣa
vidveṣaṇamfn. causing to hate, rendering hostile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣaṇam. one who hates, a hater View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣaṇam. Name of a female demon (daughter of duḥ-saha-) (varia lectio for ṣiṇī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣaṇan. hating, disliking, having an aversion to (genitive case or compound)
vidveṣaṇan. the being hated or disliked, a means for making one's self hateful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣaṇan. exciting hatred or enmity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣaṇan. a magical act performed to excite hatred View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣaṇīf. a woman of resentful disposition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣas(v/i--) mfn. opposing or resisting enmity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣavīram. Name of a chief of the śaiva-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣinmf(iṇī-)n. hating, hostile, inimical to (genitive case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣinmf(iṇī-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') rivalling or vying with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣiṇīf. Name of a female demon (see ṣaṇī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣiprabhavamfn. proceeding from an enemy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣitāf. hatred, enmity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣṭṛmfn. one who hates, an enemy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidveṣyamfn. hated, disliked, hateful to (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyāvedavratasnātamfn. one completely versed in religious observances and the veda- and the sciences (see vidyā-vrata-sn-, veda-vidyā-vrata-sn-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyāvedavratavat mfn. one completely versed in religious observances and the veda- and the sciences (see vidyā-vrata-sn-, veda-vidyā-vrata-sn-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyāveśmana school house, college View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihagavegam. "having the swiftness of a bird", Name of a vidyā-dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihveA1. -hvayate- (see ), to call in different places, call, invoke, vie in calling, contend for anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayavegam. Name of a vidyā-dhara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikṛtaveṣinmfn. having an unusual dress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilāsaveśmann. equals -gṛha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimalavegaśrīm. Name of a prince of the gandharva-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinītaveṣam. modest or plain attire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinītaveṣābharaṇamfn. humble or modest in dress and ornaments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinivedanan. the act of announcing, announcement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viniveditamfn. made known, announced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viniveśam. putting down, placing upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viniveśam. an impression (as of the fingers etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viniveśam. putting down (in a book) id est mentioning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viniveśam. suitable apportionment or disposition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viniveśam. entrance, settling down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viniveśanan. setting down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viniveśanan. raising, erection, building View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viniveśanan. arrangement, disposition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viniveśanan. impressing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viniveśinmfn. situated in or on (compound)
viniveśitamfn. raised, erected, built View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viniveśitamfn. placed or fixed in or on (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīrasiṃhaśivendrapūjākārikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīravetasam. Rumex Vesicarius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣavegam. "poison-force", the effect of poison (shown by various bodily effects or changes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśikhānupraveśanan. entrance into a sick-room (= entrance into medical practice; viśikhānupraveśanīya śanīya- mfn.treating of it) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśikhānupraveśanīyamfn. viśikhānupraveśana
viśrāmaveśmann. a resting-chamber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣvagavekṣaṇamfn. looking in every direction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvavedam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvavedasmfn. (viśv/a--.) equals -vid- 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvavedasmfn. a sage, saint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvavedasmfn. (viśv/a--) equals -vid- 2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvāyuvepasmfn. exciting or terrifying all men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvebhojasm. Name of indra- (see viśva-bh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvedevam. plural the viśve- devāḥ- (See under viśva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvedevam. sg. Name of the number"thirteen"(at the end of the saṃdeha-viṣauṣadhi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvedevam. of mahāpuruṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvedevam. of an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvedevam. or another divine being View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvedevāf. Uraria Lagopodioides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvedevṛm. the clitoris View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvekṣitṛmfn. all seeing (varia lectio viśveśitṛ-).
viśveśam. lord of the universe (Name of brahmā-, viṣṇu- or śiva-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśam. the Supreme Spirit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśāf. Name of a daughter of dakṣa- and wife of dharma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśan. the nakṣatra- uttarāṣāḍhā- (presided over by the viśve- devāḥ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśitṛm. the lord of the universe, (see vis3vekṣitṛ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaram. idem or 'm. the lord of the universe, (see vis3vekṣitṛ-).' etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaram. Name of a form of śiva- (especially worshipped in Benares) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaram. of various authors and other persons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaran. (prob.) Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaran. the nakṣatra- uttarāṣāḍhā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarabhaṭṭa -- (also with gāgā-bhaṭṭa-and, maunin-) m. Name of author etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarācāryam. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaradaivajñam. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaradattam. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaradattamiśram. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarakālīm. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaraliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaramāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarāmbumunim. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaramiśram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarānandasarasvatīm. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaranātham. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaranīrājanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarapaṇḍitam. Name of several authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarapattanan. Name of Benares View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarapūjyapādam. Name of author etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarasaṃhitāf. Name of a chapter of the śiva-purāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarasarasvatīm. Name of several authors or learned men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarasmṛtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarāśramam. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarasthānan. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarastutipārijātam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarasūnum. Name of several authors or learned men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaratantran. Name of a tantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaratīrtham. Name of seven authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaratīrthan. Name of a sacred place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaravedapādastavam. Name of a stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarīf. the mistress of the universe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarīf. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarīpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarīyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvevedasm. Name of agni- (see viśva-bh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vitathābhiniveśam. inclination to falsehood ( vitathābhiniveśavat -vat- mfn.prone to falsehood ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vitathābhiniveśavatmfn. vitathābhiniveśa
vivāhaveṣam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) a marriage-dress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viveP. A1. -vayati-, te-, to interweave View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecakamfn. discriminating, distinguishing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecakamfn. discriminative, judicious, wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecakatāf. discernment, correct judgement, wisdom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecakatvan. discernment, correct judgement, wisdom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecanamf(ī-)n. discriminating, distinguishing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecanamf(ī-)n. investigating, examining, treating critically View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecanan. the act of discriminating or distinguishing (as truth from falsehood, reality from semblance), the making a distinction (alsof(ā-).) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecanan. investigation, examination, discussion, critical treatment etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecanan. right judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecanīkroḍapattran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecanīyamfn. to be distinguished or discussed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecitamfn. discriminated, distinguished, investigated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivecyamfn. equals vecanīya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivedayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal of1. vid-) wishing to tell or communicate ("that etc." , two accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekam. discrimination, distinction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekam. consideration, discussion, investigation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekam. true knowledge, discretion, right judgement, the faculty of distinguishing and classifying things according to their real properties etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekam. (in vedānta-) the power of separating the invisible Spirit from the visible world (or spirit from matter, truth from untruth, reality from mere semblance or illusion) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekam. a water trough (equals jala-droṇī-)
vivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekaetc. See under vi-vic-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekabhājmfn. "possessed of discrimination", discerning, wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekabhraṣṭamfn. one who has lost the faculty of discrimination, foolish, unwise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekacandrodayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekacūḍāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekadhairyāśrayam. Name of work on bhakti- (by vallabhācārya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekadīpakamf(ikā-). Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekadṛśvanmfn. one who sees or is conversant with true knowledge ( vivekadṛśvatva śva-tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekadṛśvatvan. vivekadṛśvan
vivekajamfn. produced or arising from discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekajñamfn. skilled in discrimination, intelligent, well acquainted with (compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekajñānan. knowledge arising from discrimination, the faculty of discrimination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekakaumudīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekakhyātif. right knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekamakarandam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekamañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekamantharatāf. feebleness of judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekamārtaṇḍam. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekāmṛtan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekāñjanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekapadavīf. "path of discrimination", reflection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekaparipanthinmfn. obstructing right judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekaphalan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekarahitamfn. "not separated"(applied to breasts) and"wanting discernment", View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekārṇavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekārthamind. in order to distinguish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekasārasindhum. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekasāravarṇanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekaśatakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekasindhum. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekaślokam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekāśramam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekatāf. wrong reading for viveki-- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekatilakam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekavatmfn. "possessing discrimination", judicious, discerning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekaviguṇamfn. "wanting discrimination", unwise, foolish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekavilāsam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekaviraham. "want of discrimination", ignorance, folly, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekaviśadamfn. distinct, clear, intelligible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekaviśrāntamfn. void of discrimination, foolish, unwise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekinmfn. discriminating, distinguishing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekinmfn. separated, kept asunder (in a-viv-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekinmfn. examining, investigating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekinmfn. discriminative, judicious, prudent, discreet, wise etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekinm. Name of a king (son of deva-sena-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekitāf. discriminativeness, discernment, judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekitvan. discriminativeness, discernment, judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivekodayam. the rise of true knowledge or wisdom, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivektavyamfn. to be judged correctly (n. impersonal or used impersonally) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivektṛmfn. one who discriminates or distinguishes, a discriminator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivektṛmfn. judicious, discerning, prudent, wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivektṛtvan. discriminativeness, discernment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivellP. -vellati-, to quiver, tremble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivenP. -venati-, to be hostile or ill-disposed (see ā-vivenat-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivenaSee /a-vivenam-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viveṣṭCaus. -veṣṭayati-, to strip off (the skin) ; to wind round (See next) ; to surround, invest (a stronghold) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viveṣṭitamfn. wound round (varia lectio ceṣṭ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivevidatmfn. (pr. p. of Intensive of3. vid-) seeking for, striving after View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
voḍhave Vedic or Veda infinitive mood of 1. vah-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
voḷhave Vedic or Veda infinitive mood of 1. vah-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vraṇavedanāf. the pain of a sore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vratakālavivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vratavivekabhāskaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhakāvef. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhakāverīmāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhavegamfn. of great intensity, violent, strong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vrīhivef. the time of reaping rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛkṣāyurvedam. Name of a short treatise by sura-pāla- (on the planting and cultivation of trees) and of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttāntānveṣakamfn. inquiring into what has taken place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttavivecanan. Name of work on metre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāghraśvetam. Name of a yātudhāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāhveA1. -hvayate- (ind.p. -hāvam-), to separate by inserting the āhāva- or invocation (See 2 ā-hāva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyaktivivekam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyākulaveṣṭanamfn. having the hair-covering in confusion, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavavedhātṛmfn. one who separates or interposes or screens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyave( -ava-i-) P. -avauti-, to go or pass between, separate ; (in gram.) to resolve or separate by inserting a vowel, ; to dissolve, decompose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavetamfn. separated, divided (especially by insertion of a letter) ( vyavetatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavetatvan. vyaveta
vyāvṛttasarvendriyārthamfn. turned away from all objects of sense, indifferent to all worldly matters View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yadabhāveind. in the absence or in default of which View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yādavendram. "lord of the yadu-", Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yādavendram. of various authors (also with bhaṭṭa-and purī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñavedi f. an altar for sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñavef. an altar for sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñaveśasan. disturbance or profanation of worship or sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñavoḍhave(for yajñam-+ v-, Vedic or Veda infinitive mood fr. vah-), to convey the sacrifice to the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedam. "the sacrificial veda-", the collective body of sacred mantra-s or texts which constitute the yajur-veda- (these mantra-s, though often consisting of the prose yajus-, are frequently identical with the mantra-s of the ṛg-veda-, the yajur-veda- being only a sort of sacrificial prayer-book for the adhvaryu- priests formed out of the ṛg-veda-, which had to be dissected and rearranged with additional texts for sacrificial purposes; the most characteristic feature of the yajur-veda- is its division into two distinct collections of texts, the taittirīya-saṃhitā- and the vājasaneyi-saṃhitā- q.v; the former of which is also called kṛṣṇa- id est"Black", because in it the saṃhitā- and brāhmaṇa- portions are confused; and the latter śukla- id est"White", because in this, which is thought the more recent of the two recensions, the saṃhitā- is cleared from confusion with its brāhmaṇa- and is as it were white or orderly; the order of sacrifices, however, of both recensions is similar, two of the principal being the darśa-pūrṇa-māsa- or sacrifice to be performed at new and full moon, and the aśva-medha- or horse-sacrifice; see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedabhāṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedabrāhmaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedajaṭāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedakriyāsvaralakṣaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedalakṣaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedamañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedamantrasaṃhitāsukhabodhanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedapadan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedāraṇyakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedārṇavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedaśākhāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedasaṃhitānukramaṇikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedāśīrvādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedasmārtan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedaśrāddhan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedaśrautan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedatrikāṇḍabhāṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājurvedika mfn. belonging or relating to the yajur-veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedinmfn. familiar with the yajur-veda- on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvediśrāddhatattvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedivṛṣotsargatattvan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedīyamfn. relating to the yajur-veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedīyadakṣiṇadvāran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedopaniṣadf. Name of work (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yakṣiṇīvetālasādhanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantravedhavicāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaṣṭaveSee under yaj-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāniveśamind. each in his own dwelling-place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāpraveśamind. according to as each one entered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāsaṃvedamind. according to agreement or stipulation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāvedamind. according to the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāvediind. according to the vedi- of each View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yatirājavedāntavilāsam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāvadvedamind. as much as gained or obtained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāvajjīvena() ind. during the whole of life, for life. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavavef. the time of the barley-harvest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāvayaddveṣasmfn. (see prec.) driving away enemies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veyan. a field of barley View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogapraveśavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogavivekam. (and ka-ṭippaṇa-) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yotave tav/ai-, tos- See 1. yu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yūpaveṣṭanan. the winding of a covering round a sacrificial post View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yūpaveṣṭanan. the pieces of cloth used for covering a sacrificial post View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yutadveṣas(yut/a--) mfn. delivered from enemies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
348 results
ve वे 1 U. (वयति-ते, उत; Caus. वाययति-ते) 1 To weave; सितांशुवर्णैर्वयति स्म तद्गुणैः N.1.12. -2 To braid, plait. -3 To sew. -4 To cover, overspread. -5 To make, compose, string together.
ve वेचा Hire, wages.
veḍā वेडा A boat. (See बेडा).
vedaḥ वेदः [विद्-अच् घञ् वा] 1 Knowledge. -2 Sacred knowledge, holy learning, the scripture of the Hindus. (Originally there were only three Vedas :- ऋग्वेद, यजुर्वेद and सामवेद, which are collectively called त्रयी 'the sacred triad'; but a fourth, the अथर्ववेद, was subsequently added to them. Each of the Vedas had two distinct parts, the Mantra or Samhitā and Brāhmaṇa. According to the strict orthodox faith of the Hindus the Vedas are a-pauruṣeya, 'not human compositions', being supposed to have been directly revealed by the Supreme Being, Brahman, and are called Śruti' i. e. 'what is heard or revealed', as distinguished from 'Smṛiti', i. e. 'what is remembered or is the work of human origin'; see श्रुति, स्मृति also; and the several sages, to whom the hymns of the Vedas are ascribed, are, therefore, called द्रष्टारः 'seers', and not कर्तारः or सृष्टारः 'composers'.) -3 A bundle of Kuśa grass; पद्माक्षमालामुत जन्तुमार्जनं वेदं च साक्षात्तप एव रूपिणौ Bhāg. 12.8.34; Ms.4.36. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -5 A part of a sacrifice (यज्ञांग). -6 Exposition, comment, gloss. -7 A metre. -8 Acquisition, gain, wealth (Ved). -9 N. of the number 'four'. -1 The ritual (वेदयतीति वेदो विधिः); Karma-kāṇda; वेदवादस्य विज्ञानं सत्याभासमिवानृतम् Mb.12.1. 2 (see Nīlakaṇtha's commentary). -11 Smṛiti literature; आम्नायेभ्यः पुनर्वेदाः प्रसृताः सर्वतोमुखाः Mb.12.26.9. -Comp. -अग्रणीः N. of Sarasvatī. -अङ्गम् 'a member of the Veda', N. of certain classes of works regarded as auxiliary to the Vedas and designed to aid in the correct pronunciation and interpretation of the text and the right employment of the Mantras in ceremonials; (the Ved- āṅgas are six in number :-- शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चयः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव वेदाङ्गानि ष़डेव तु ॥; i. e. 1 शिक्षा 'the science of proper articulation and pronunciation'; 2 छन्दस् 'the science of prosody'; 3 व्याकरण 'grammar'; 4 निरुक्त 'etymological explanation of difficult Vedic words'; 5 ज्योतिष 'astronomy'; and 6 कल्प 'ritual or ceremonical'). A peculiar use of the word 'वेदाङ्ग' in masculine gender may here be noted; वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogiyājña- valkya-Smṛti 12.34. -अधिगमः, -अध्ययनम् holy study, study of the Vedas; काम्यो हि वेदाधिगमः कर्मयोगश्च वैदिकः Ms.2.2. -अधिपः 1 one who presides over the Veda; ऋग्वेदाधिपतर्जीवो यजुर्वेदाधिपो भृगुः । सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदपः ॥ -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -अध्यापकः a teacher of the Vedas, a holy preceptor. -अनध्ययनम् Remissness in the Vedic study; Ms.3.63. -अन्तः 1 'the end of the Veda', an Upaniṣad (which comes at the end of the Veda). Also -अन्तम् (See quotation from बृहद्योगियाज्ञ- वल्क्यस्मृति under -अङ्ग above). -2 the last of the six principal Darśanas or systems of Hindu philosophy; (so called because it teaches the ultimate aim and scope of the Veda, or because it is based on the Upaniṣads which come at the end of the Veda); (this system of philosophy is sometimes called उत्तरमीमांसा being regarded as a sequel to Jaimini's पूर्वमीमांसा, but it is practically quite a distinct system; see मीमांसा. It represents the popular pantheistic creed of the Hindus, regarding, as it does, the whole world as synthetically derived from one eternal principle, the Brahman or Supreme Spirit; see ब्रह्मन् also). ˚गः, ˚ज्ञः a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अन्तिन् m. a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अभ्यासः 1 the study of the Vedas; वेदाभ्यासो हि विप्रस्य तपः परमिहोच्यते Ms.2.166. -2 the repetition of the sacred syllable Om. -अर्थः the meaning of the Vedas. -अवतारः revelation of the Vedas. -अश्र a. quadrangular. -आदि n., -आदिवर्णः, -आदिवीजम् the sacred syllable. Om. -उक्त a. scriptural, taught in the Vedas. -उदयः N. of the sun (the Sāma Veda being said to have proceeded from him). -उदित a. scriptural, ordained by the Vedas; वेदोदितं स्वकं कर्म नित्यं कुर्यादतन्द्रितः Ms. 4.14. -कार the composer of the Veda. -कौलेयकः an epithet of Śiva. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Brahman; कमण्डलुं वेदगर्भः कुशान् सप्तर्षयो ददुः Bhāg.8.18.16. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; तथा दहति वेदज्ञः कर्मजं दोषमात्मनः Ms.12.11. -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three Vedas collectively. -दर्शिन् a. one who discerns the sense of the Veda; तपोमध्यं बुधैः प्रोक्तं तपो$न्तं वेददर्शिभिः Ms.11.234. -दृष्ट a. sanctioned by the Vedas. -निन्दकः 1 an atheist, a heretic, an unbeliever (one who rejects the divine origin and character of the Vedas). -2 a Jaina or Buddhist. -निन्दा unbelief, heresy; Ms.11.56. -पारगः a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the Vedas. -पुण्यम् a merit acquired by the study of the Veda. वेदपुण्येन युज्यते Ms.2.78. -बाह्य a. contrary to the Veda. (-ह्यः) a sceptic. -मातृ f. 1 N. of a very sacred Vedic verse called Gāyatree q. v. -2 N. of सरस्वती, सावित्री and गायत्री; सूतश्च मातरिश्वा वै कवचं वंदमातरः Mb.5.179.4. -भूतिः (embodiment of the Veda) an honourable title before the names of learned Brāhmaṇas. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् a Vedic text. -वदनम् grammar. -वादः see वेदः (1); तदुक्तं वेदवादेषु गहनं वेददर्शिभिः Mb.12.238.11 (com.); Vedic discussion; यामिमां पुष्पितां वाचं प्रवदन्त्यविपश्चितः । वेदवादरताः Bg. 2.42. -वासः a Brāhmaṇa. -वाह्य a. contrary to, or not founded on, the Veda. -विद् m. 1 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -वद्वस् a. conversant with the Vedas; ब्राह्मणान् वेदविदुषो यज्ञार्थं चैव दक्षिणाम् Ms. 11.4. -विहित a. enjoined by the Vedas. -व्यासः an epithet of Vyāsa who is regarded as the 'arranger' of the Vedas in their present form; see व्यास. -शास्त्रम् the doctrine of the Vedas; Ms.4.26. -श्रुतिः Vedic revelation. -संन्यासः givig up the ritual of the Vedas. -संमत, -संमित a. sanctioned by the Vedas.
vedakam वेदकम् 1 Announcing, proclaiming. -2 Restoring to consciousness.
veḍam वेडम् A kind of sandal.
vedanam वेदनम् वेदना [विद्-ल्युट्] 1 Knowledge, perception. -2 Feeling, sensation; सत्त्वं रजस्तमश्चैव प्राणिनां संश्रिताः सदा । त्रिविधा वेदना चैव सर्वसत्त्वेषु दृश्यते ॥ Mb.12.194.29. [also 'sensitivity (to the driver's stimuli) of an elephant'. It is of 7 kinds :- अत्यर्थ, उत्तान, गम्भीर, अन्वर्थ, प्रत्यर्थ, कर्कश and सिद्ध]. -3 Pain, torment, agony, anguish; अवेदनाज्ञं कुलिशक्षतानाम् Ku.1.2; R.8.5. -4 Acquisition, wealth, property. -5 Marriage; वसनस्य दशा ग्राह्या शूद्रयोत्कृष्टवेदने Ms.3.44;9.65; Y.1.62. -6 Presenting, giving. -7 The marriage of a Śūdra woman with a man of a higher caste.
vedanī वेदनी The true skin or cutis (that apprehends touch).
vedāpayati वेदापयति Den. P. To impart knowledge, teach; cf. P.III.1.25.
vedāraḥ वेदारः A chameleon.
vedas वेदस् n. Ved. Acquisition, gain, wealth; उशन् ह वै वाजश्रवसः सर्ववेदसं ददौ Kaṭh.1.1.
vedavatī वेदवती f. N. of the daughter of King Kuśadhvaja; कृते युगे वेदवती कुशध्वजसुता शुभा । त्रेतायां रामपत्नी सा सीतेति जनकात्मजा ॥ Brav. P.
vedhaḥ वेधः 1 Penetrating, piercing, perforation. -2 Wounding, a wound. -3 A hole, an excavation. -4 The depth (of an excavation). -5 A particular measure of time. -6 The ninth part of Paridhi; परिधिनवमभागः शूकधान्येषु वेधः Līlā. -7 Fixing the position of the sun, planets or the stars. -8 Disturbance. -Comp. -मुख्यः, -मुख्यकः Curcuma Zerumbet (Mar. कचोरा).
vedhakaḥ वेधकः 1 N. of one of the divisions of hell. -2 Camphor. -3 A perforator (of gems etc.); Rām.2.83.13. -कम् Rice in the ear.
vedhanam वेधनम् 1 The act of piercing, perforating. -2 Penetration. -3 Excavation. -4 Pricking, wounding. -5 Depth (of an excavation).
vedhanī वेधनी 1 An instrumant for piercing an elephant's ear. -2 A sharp-pointed instrument for perforating shells and jewels, a gimblet. -3 Depth (in measurement).
vedhanikā वेधनिका A sharp-pointed instrument for perforating shells and jewels, a gimblet.
vedhas वेधस् m. [विधा असुन् गुणः] 1 A creator; मदनश्च वेधाः Māl.1.21. -2 N. of Brahman, the creator; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1.29; Ku.2.16;5.41. -3 A secondary creator (such as Dakṣa, sprung from Bhrahman); विधाता वेधसामपि Ku.2.14. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 Of Viṣṇu. -6 The sun. -7 The Arka plant. -8 A learned man. -9 A priest. -1 N. of Soma. -11 A poet. -a. Performing, accomplishing; गम्भीरवेधा उपगुप्त- वित्तः Bhāg.4.16.1.
vedhasam वेधसम् The part of the hand under the root of the thumb.
vedhin वेधिन् a. 1 Piercing, boring. -2 Hitting (a mark). -नी A leech.
vedhita वेधित p. p. Pierced, bored, perforated.
vedhyam वेध्यम् A butt, target.
vediḥ वेदिः [विद्-इन्] A learned man, sage; Paṇḍita. -दिः, -दी f. 1 An altar, especially one prepared for a sacrifice; उर एव वेदिः Ch. Up.5.18.2; अमी वेदिं परितः क्लृप्त- धिष्ण्याः (वह्वयः) Ś.4.8. -2 An altar of a particular shape, the middle points of which come very close to each other; मध्येन सा वेदिविलग्नमध्या Ku.1.39; (some propose to take वेदि in this passage as meaning 'a sealring'). -3 A quadrangular spot in the court-yard of a temple or palace; विमानं नवमुद्वेदि चतुःस्तम्भप्रतिष्ठितम् (कल्पयामासुः) R.17.9. -4 A seal-ring. -5 N. of Sarasvatī. -6 A tract or region. -Comp. -ईशः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Brahman. -जा an epithet of Draupadī who was born from the midst of the sacrificial altar of king Drupada. -मेखला the cord which forms the boundary of the उत्तरवेदि.
vedikā वेदिका 1 A sacrificial altar or ground; इति प्रिये वादिनि वेदिकोदरी Rām. ch.2.57. -2 A raised seat; an elevated spot of ground (usually for sacred purposes); सप्तपर्णवेदिका Ś.1; सदेवदारुद्रुमवदिकायाम् Ku.3.44. -3 A seat in genearal. -4 An altar, a heap, mound; मन्दाकिनी- सैकतवेदिकाभिः Ku.1.29 'by making altars or heaps of sand &c'. -5 A quadrangular open shed in the middle of a court-yard; a pavilion, balcony; तप्तकाञ्चन- वेदिकम् (जग्राह); Rām.7.15.37; सुरवेश्मवेदिका Ki.7.12. -6 An arbour, a bower.
vedin वेदिन् a. [विद्-णिनि] 1 Knowing; as in कृतवेदिन्. -2 Marrying. -m. 1 A knower. -2 A teacher. -3 A learned Brāhmaṇa. -4 An epithet of Brahman.
vedita वेदित p. p. Made known, informed, communicated.
veditṛ वेदितृ a. 1 Knowing. -2 Wise, learned.
vedya वेद्य a. 1 To be known. -2 To be taught or explained. -3 To be married.
vegaḥ वेगः [विज्-घञ्] 1 Impulse, impetus. -2 Speed, velocity, rapidity. -3 Agitation. -4 Impetuosity, violence, force. -5 A stream, current; as in अम्बुवेगः; रुरोध नर्मदा- वेगं बाहुभिर्बहुभिर्वृतः Rām.7.32.4,6. -6 Energy, activity, determination. -7 Power, strength; ऊरू भग्नौ प्रसह्याजौ गदया भीमवेगया Mb.1.2.288; मदनज्वरस्य वेगात् K. -8 Circulation, working, effect (as of poison); चिराद्वेगारम्भी प्रसृत इव तीव्रो विषरसः U.2.26; V.5.18. -9 Haste, rashness, sudden impulse; कृत्यं न कुरुते वेगान्न स संतापमाप्नुयात् Pt.1.19. -1 The fight of an arrow; घननीहार इवाविषक्तवेगः Ki.13.24. -11 Love, passion. -12 The external manifestation of an internal emotion. -13 Delight, pleasure. -14 Evacuation of the feces; स्वभावतः प्रवृत्तानां मलादीनां जिजीविषुः । न वेगं धारयेद्धीरः कामादीनां च धारयेत् ॥ Rājanighaṇṭu. -15 Semen virile. -16 Pleasure, delight. -17 Attack, paroxysm (of a disease); Suśi. -Comp. -अनिलः 1 blast caused by speed; यष्ट्यग्रे च समं स्थितो ध्वजपटः प्रान्ते च वेगानिलात् V.1.5. -2 a strong or violent wind. -आघातः 1 sudden arresting of velocity, check of speed. -2 obstruction of excretion, constipation. -दण्डः an elephant. -नाशनः the phlegmatic humour. -रोधः = ˚आघातः q. v. -वाहिन् a. swift. -विधारणम् 1 checking of speed. -2 constipation. -सरः a mule. -हरिणः a kind of antelope; L. D. B.
vegin वेगिन् a. (-नी f.) Swift, fleet, impetuous, violent, rapid. -m. 1 A courier. -2 A hawk. -नी A river.
vegita वेगित a. 1 Quickened, expedited, hastened. -2 Agitated, rough (as the sea). -3 Swift, rapid; तस्मिन् वालिनि दुर्वृत्ते निपतिष्यन्ति वेगिताः (शराः) Rām.4.5.27.
veh वेह् 1 Ā. (वेहते) See बेह्.
vehāraḥ वेहारः N. of a country (Behār).
vehat वेहत् f. 1 A barren cow; उक्षाणं वेहतमनूनं नयन्तु Mb. 3.197.17. -2 (गर्भघातिनी) A cow that miscarries.
vehl वेह्ल् 1 P. (वेह्लते) To go, move.
vejita वेजित p. p. 1 Agitated, frightened. -2 Enhanced, increased; Mb.7.188.17.
vekaṭaḥ वेकटः 1 A buffoon. -2 A jeweller. -3 A youth. -4 A kind of fish (Medinī spells with ब); L. D. B.
vekṣaṇam वेक्षणम् Looking after, care about; पारिणाह्यस्य वेक्षणे (नियोजयेत्) Ms.9.11.
vel वेल् I. 1 P. (वेलति) 1 To go, move. -2 To be wanton. -3 To shake, move about, tremble. -II. 1 U. (वेलयति-ते) To count the time.
ve वेला 1 Time; वेलायां न तु कस्यांचिद् गच्छेद्विप्रो ह्यपूजितः Mb. 13.9.28; वेलोपलक्षणार्थमादिष्टो$स्मि Ś.4. -2 Season, opportunity. -3 Interval of repose, leisure. -4 Tide, flow, current. -5 The sea-coast, sea-shore; वेलानिलाय प्रसृता भुजङ्गाः R.13.12,15; स वेलावप्रवलयां (उर्वीम्) 1.3;8.8;17. 37; Śi.3.79;9.38. -6 Limit, boundary. -7 Speech. -8 Sickness. -9 Easy death. -1 The gums. -11 Passion, feeling. -12 The hour of death. -13 Meal-time, meal. -Comp. -अतिक्रमः tardiness. -अतिग a. overflowing the shore. -कूलम् N. of a district called Tāmralipta. -कूलम्, -मूलम् the sea-shore. -वनम् a wood on the sea-coast. -वित्तः a kind of official. -वलासिनी a courtezan.
velākṛ वेलाकृ To watch for an opportunity.
velam वेलम् A garden, grove. -लः The mango tree.
velāyām वेलायाम् ind. At the right moment.
velikā वेलिका A maritime country.
vell वेल्ल् 1 P. (वेल्लति) 1 To go, move. -2 To shake, tremble, move about; यस्मिन् वेल्लति सर्वतः परिचलत्कल्लोलकोलाहलैः Bv.1.55; Śi.7.72.
vellaḥ वेल्लः 1 Going, moving. -2 Shaking, trembling. -Comp. -जम् black pepper.
vellahalaḥ वेल्लहलः A libertine.
vellanam वेल्लनम् ना 1 Shaking, moving. -2 Rolling (on the ground). -3 Surging (of waves). -4 Churning violently; आयस्तभीमभुजमन्दरवेल्लनाभिः Ve.6.9.
velliḥ वेल्लिः f. A creeper; cf. वल्लि.
vellita वेल्लित p. p. 1 Trembling, tremulous, shaken. -2 Crooked. -तम् 1 Going, moving. -2 Shaking.
vemaḥ वेमः वेमन् [वेञः सर्वत्र इमनिन् Uṇ.4.163]. m., n. A loom; महासिवेम्नः सहकृत्वरी बहुम् N.1.12; तुरीवेमादिकम् T. S.; शुक्लं वयन्तो तरसा सुवेमौ Mb.1.3.58.
ve वेण् वेन् 1 U. (वेणति-ते, वेनति-ते) 1 To go, move. -2 To know, recognize, perceive. -3 To reflect, consider. -4 To take. -5 To play on an instrument. -6 To see. -7 To praise, worship.
ven वेन् 1 U. (वेनति-ते) See वेण्.
veṇā वेणा N. of a river (joining the Kṛiṣṇā).
vena वेन See वेण (2).
veṇaḥ वेणः 1 A musician by caste; cf. वैदेहकेन त्वम्बुष्ठ्यामुत्पन्नो वेण उच्यते Ms.1.19; वेणानां भाण्डवादनम् 1.49. -2 N. of a king, son of Aṅga and said to be a descendant of Manu Svāyambhuva. [When he became king, he issued a proclamation prohibiting all worship and sacrifices. The sages strongly remonstrated with him, but when he turned a deaf ear to their words, they killed him with 'blades of consecrated Kuśa grass.' The kingdom was now without a ruler. So they rubbed the thigh of the dead body, until a Niṣāda came forth, short in stature and with a flat face. They then rubbed the right arm, and from it sprang the majestic Pṛithu (see Pṛithu). According to the Padma Purāṇa, Veṇa began his reign well, but subsequently fell in to Jaina heresy. He is also said to have caused confusion of castes; cf. Ms.7.41;9.66-67.]. -3 A worker in reed or bamboo; Ms.4.215 (com. वेणोर्भेदेन यो जीवति, वुरुड इति विश्वरूपः).
veṅgharaḥ वेङ्घरः Pride of beauty.
veṇiḥ वेणिः णी f. [वेण्-इन्-वा ङीप् Uṇ.4.18] 1 Braided hair, a braid of hair; तरङ्गिणी वेणिरिवायता भुवः Śi.12.75; Me. 18. -2 Hair twisted into a single unornamented braid and allowed to fall on the back (said to be worn by wom en whose husbands are absent from them); वनान्निवृत्तेन रघूत्तमेन मुक्ता स्वयं वेणिरिवावभासे R.14.12; अबलावेणिमोक्षोत्सुकानि Me.11; Ku.2.61. -3 Continuous flow, current, stream; जलवेणिरम्यां रेवां यदि प्रेक्षितुमस्ति कामः R.6.43; Me. 2; प्रवृत्तबाष्पवेणिकं चक्षुः प्रमृज्य K.; cf. the word त्रिवेणि also. -4 The confluence of two or more rivers. -5 The confluence of the Ganges, Yamunā and Sarasvatī. -6 N. of a river. -7 The property re-united after it has been before divided. -8 A cascade. -9 A dam, bridge. -1 A ewe. -Comp. -बन्धः hair twisted into a braid; मोक्ष्यध्वे स्वर्गबन्दीनां वेणीबन्धानदूषितान् R.1.47. -वेधनी a leech. -वेधिनी a comb. -संहारः 1 tying the hair into a braid; Ve.6. -2 N. of a drama by Bhaṭṭa Nārāyaṅa.
veṇikā वेणिका 1 Braided hair. -2 A continuous line, uninterrupted stream.
veṅkāḥ वेङ्काः N. of a people in the south of India. वेङ्कटः vēṅkaṭḥ वेङ्कटाद्रिः vēṅkaṭādriḥ गिरिः giriḥ वेङ्कटः वेङ्कटाद्रिः गिरिः N. of a mountain (तिरुपति).
vennā वेन्ना See वेणा.
veṇuḥ वेणुः [वेण्-उण् Uṇ.3.38] 1 A bamboo; मलये$पि स्थितो वेणुर्वेणुरेव न चन्दनम् Subhāṣ; R.12.41. -2 A reed, cane; प्राप्तापराधास्ताड्याः स्यू रज्ज्वा वेणुदलेन वा Ms.8.299. -3 A flute, pipe; वेणुं क्वणन्तीं क्रीडन्तीम् Bhāg.1.3.18; नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5. -4 A banner;. त्रिवेणुं पञ्चबन्धुरम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1; cf. त्रिवेणु. -Comp. -कर्करः the Karavīra plant. -जः bamboo-seed. -दलम् a split bamboo; Ms.8.299; cf. वेणुवैदल made of split bamboo; Ms.8.327. -ध्मः a flute-player, piper; मार्द- ङ्गिकाश्च वेणुध्माः Śiva B.31.21. -निस्रुतिः the sugar-cane. -बीजम् bamboo-seed. -यवः bamboo-seed. -यष्टिः f. a bamboo-stick. -वादः, -वादकः a piper, flute-player.
veṇukam वेणुकम् A goad with a bamboo-handle. -कः 1 A flute. -2 A flute-player; नर्तक्यो वारमुख्याश्च गायका वेणुका- स्तथा A. Rām.2.2.13.
veṇunam वेणुनम् Black pepper.
vep वेप् 1 Ā. (वेपते, वेपित) To tremble, shake, quiver. quake; कृताञ्जलिर्वेपमानः किरीटी Bg.11.35; R.11.65.
vepaḥ वेपः Quivering, trembling; tremor; यस्मा अदादुदधिरूढ- भयाङ्गवेपः Bhāg.2.7.24.
vepanam वेपनम् [वेप्-ल्युट्] 1 Tremor, trembling. -2 Shaking, brandishing (the cord of a bow); Rām.1.67.1.
vepathuḥ वेपथुः [वेप्-अथुच्] Tremor, trembling, heaving (of breasts &c.); अद्यापि स्तनवेपथुं जनयति श्वासः प्रमाणाधिकः Ś.1. 29,23; Śi.9.22,73; R.19.23; Ku.4.17;5.85.
veraḥ वेरः रम् [अज्-रन् वीभाव Tv.] 1 The body. -2 Saffron. -3 The egg-plant. -4 The mouth.
verakaḥ वेरकः Camphor.
veraṭaḥ वेरटः A low man, one belonging to an inferior caste. -टम् The fruit of the jujube.
ves वेस् 1 P. (वेसति) To go, move.
veṣa वेष See बेश.
vesa वेस (श) वारः A particular condiment (consisting of ground coriander, mustard, pepper, ginger &c.); 'व्यञ्जनं ज्ञेयं वेसवार उपस्कर इति हलायुधः'; Mb.13.53.17 (com.); 'निरस्थि पिशितं पिष्टं सिद्धं गुडघृतान्वितम् । कृष्णमरिचसं- युक्तं वेसवार इति स्मृतम् ॥'; 'वेसवारो गुरुः स्निग्धो बलोपचयवर्धनः' Rājavallabha.
veśaḥ वेशः [विश्-घञ्] 1 Entrance. -2 Ingress, access. -3 A house, dwelling; न वेशमाचक्रमुरस्य नीत्या Bu. Ch. 1.3. -4 A house or residence of prostitutes; तरुणजन- सहायश्चिन्त्यतां वेशवासः Mk.1.31. -5 Dress, apparel (also written वेष in this sense); मृगयावेषधारी; विनीतवेषेण Ś.1; कृतवेशे केशवे Gīt.11. -6 Disguise. -7 Hire, wages. -3 Thr prostitute-class (वेश्याजन); Mb.5.196.26; Dk.2.6. -9 The wages of prostitutes; वेशेनैव च जीवताम् (न प्रतिगृह्णी- यात्) Ms.4.84. -Comp. -दानः the sun-flower. -धारिन् a. disguised. (-m. 1 a hypocrite, false ascetic. -2 an actor. -नारी, -वधू, -वनिता a harlot; स्फुटचतुरकथाकोविदैर्वेशनार्यः Mu.3.1; पुरा हि काशिसुन्दर्या वेशवध्वा महान् ऋषिः Bu. Ch.4.16. -वासः the residence of harlots.
veśakaḥ वेशकः A house.
veśanam वेशनम् 1 Entering, entrance. -2 A house. -नी 1 An entrance. -2 Waiting room.
veṣaṇam वेषणम् Occupation, possession.
vesanam वेसनम् A kind of flour (Mar. वेसन).
veśantaḥ वेशन्तः वेशान्ता 1 A small pond, pool; उड्डीय युक्तं पतिताः स्रवन्तीवेशन्तपूरं परितः प्लवन्ते N.8.35;11.54. -2 Fire.
veśaraḥ वेशरः A mule.
vesaraḥ वेसरः A mule; प्रणोदितं वेसरयुग्यमध्वनि Śi.12.19.
veśasaḥ वेशसः Mischievous obstruction; यज्ञवेशसमेषां करिष्यामः Ait. Br.2.11.
veṣavāraḥ वेषवारः see बेशवारः.
veśavat वेशवत् 1 Living on the wages of prostitutes; see वेशः (9); Ms.4.84 (com.). -2 The keeper of a brothel.
veśikā वेशिका Entrance, ingress.
veśman वेश्मन् n. [विश्-मनिन्] 1 A house, dwelling, an abode, a mansion, palace; वेश्मानि रामः परिवर्हवन्ति विश्राण्य सौहार्द- निधिः सुहृद्भ्यः R.14.15.; Me.25; Ms.4.73;9.85. -2 N. of the 4th astrological house. -Comp. -कर्मन् n. house-building. -कलिङ्गः a kind of sparrow. -नकुलः the musk-rat. -भूः f. the site of a habitation, buildingground. -वासः A sleeping room. -स्थूणा the main post of a house.
veṣpaḥ वेष्पः वेष्यः [विषेः पः Uṇ.3.23] Water.
veṣṭ वेष्ट् 1 Ā. (वेष्टते) 1 To surround, enclose, encompass, envelop. -2 To wind or twist round. -3 To dress. -Caus. (वेष्टयति-ते) 1 To surround &c. -2 To blockade. -With आ to fold, tie, bind; तृणैरावेष्ट्यते रज्जुर्यया नागो$पि वध्यते Pt.1.331. -परि, -सम् to fold together, clasp or wind round; प्रायेण भूमिपतयः प्रमदा लताश्च यत् पार्श्वतो भवति तत् परिवेष्टयन्ति Pt.1.35.
veṣṭaḥ वेष्टः [वेष्ट्-घञ् अच् वा] 1 Surrounding, exclosing. -2 An enclosure, a fence. -3 A turban. -4 Gum, resin, exudation. -5 Turpentine. -6 A tooth-hole. -ष्टम् the sky. -Comp. -वंशः a kind of bamboo. -सारः turpentine.
veṣṭakaḥ वेष्टकः [वेष्ट्-ण्वुल्] 1 An enclosure, a fence. -2 A pumpkin-gourd. -3 (In gram.) Putting a word before and after इति. -कम् 1 A turban. -2 A wrapper, mantle. -3 Gum, exudation. -4 Turpentine.
veṣṭanam वेष्टनम् [वेष्ट्-ल्युट्] 1 Encompassing, encircling, surrounding; अङ्गुलिवेष्टनम् 'a finger-ring'. -2 Coiling round, twisting round; भोगिवेष्टनमार्गेषु चन्दनानां समर्पितम् R.4.48. -3 An envelope, a wrapper, cover, covering, case; औशीरम् वेष्टनम् Mb.12.6.32. -4 A turban, tiara; अस्पृष्टालकवेष्टनौ R.1.42; शिरसा वेष्टनशोभिना 8.12. -5 An enclosure, a fence; क्रीडाशैलः कनककदलीवेष्टनप्रेक्षणीयः Me.79. -6 A girdle, zone. -7 A bandage. -8 The outer ear. -9 Bdellium. -1 A particular attitude in dancing. -11 Grasping, seizing. -12 A span. -13 A kind of weapon. वेष्टकः vēṣṭakḥ वेष्टनकः vēṣṭanakḥ वेष्टकः वेष्टनकः A particular position in copulation.
veṣṭita वेष्टित p. p. [वेष्ट्-क्त] 1 Surrounded, enclosed, encircled, enveloped. -2 Wrapped up, dressed. -3 Stopped, blocked, impeded. -4 Blockaded, invested. -तम् 1 Encircling, surrounding. -2 One of the attitudes of dancing.
veśvaraḥ वेश्वरः A mule.
veśyā वेश्या A harlot, prostitute, courtezan, concubine; त्वं वापीव लतेव नौरिव जनं वेश्यासि सर्वं भज Mk.1.32; Me.37; Y.1.141; पतव्रता चैकपत्नी द्वितीये कुलटा स्मृता । तृतीये वृषली ज्ञेया चतुर्थे पुंश्चली स्मृता । वेश्या च पञ्चमे षष्ठे जुङ्गी च सप्तमे$ष्टमे । Brav. P. -Comp. -आचार्यः 1 the master or keeper of prostitutes. -2 a pimp. -3 a catamite. -आश्रयः habitation of harlots. -गमनम् debauchery, whoring. -गृहम् a brothel. -जनः a harlot. -पणः the wages given to a prostitute. -पतिः a paramour. -पुत्रः a bastard.
veṣyā वेष्या See वेश्या.
veśyam वेश्यम् [विश्-ण्यत् वेशाय हितं वा यत्] 1 The habitation of harlots. -2 Ved. Abode, residence. -Comp. -कामिनी, -स्त्री a prostitute, harlot.
veta वेत (द) ण्डः An elephant; वेतण्डगण्डकण्डूतिपाण्डित्यपरि- पन्थिना (हरिणा) Bv.1.62.
vetaḥ वेतः A cane, reed.
vetālaḥ वेतालः 1 A kind of ghost, a goblin, vampire; particularly a ghost occupying a dead body; नाहमात्म- नाशाय वेतालोत्थापनं करिष्यामि 'I shall not raise a devil for my own destruction'; Māl.5.23; Śi.2.6. -2 A doorkeeper. -Comp. -पञ्चविंशतिः, -तिका a collection of 25 fables told by a Vetāla to king Vikramāditya. -साधनम् securing (the favour of) a Vetāla.
vetanam वेतनम् [अज्-तनन् वीभावः Uṇ.3.15] 1 Hire, wages, salary, pay, stipend; किं मुधा वेतनदानेन M.1; R.17.66; Ms.8.5. -2 Livelihood, subsistence. -3 Silver. -Comp. -अदानम्, -अनपाकर्मन् n., -अनपक्रिया 1 non-payment of wages; एष धर्मो$खिलेनोक्तो वेतनादानकर्मणः Ms.8.218. -2 an action for non-payment of wages. -जीविन् m. a stipendiary. -दानम् hiring. -भुज् a servant.
vetanin वेतनिन् a. Receiving wages, stipendiary.
vetasaḥ वेतसः [अज्-असुन् तुक्च वीभावः Uṇ.3.118] 1 The ratan, reed, cane; यद्वेतसः कुब्जलीलां विडम्बयति स किमात्मनः प्रभावेण ननु नदीवेगस्य Ś.2; अविलम्बितमेधि वेतसस्तरुवन्माधव मा स्म भज्यथाः Śi.16.53; R.9.75. -2 The citron. -3 N. of Agni. -अम्लः Rumex Vesicarius (Mar. चुका). -Comp. -गृहम् an arbour formed of reeds. -पत्रम् a lancet; also वेतसम्; Śuśr. -वृत्ति a. pliant like a reed.
vetasī वेतसी The ratan; वेतसीतरुतले K. P.1.
vetasvat वेतस्वत् a. (-ती f.) Abounding in reed; P.IV.2.87.
veth वेथ् 1 Ā. (वेथते) To beg, solicit, ask.
vetraḥ वेत्रः त्रम् [अज्-त्रल् वीभावः Uṇ.4.166] 1 The cane, ratan; सकष्टकान् कीचकवेणुवेत्रवम् Bhāg.8.2.2; the bamboo; Ki.15.18. -2 A stick, staff, particularly the staff of a doorkeeper; वामप्रकोष्ठार्पितहेमवेत्रः Ku.3.41. -3 N. of the demon वृत्र; L. D. B. -4 the tube of a flute. -Comp. -आसनम् a cane-seat. -धरः, -धारकः 1 a door-keeper. -2 a mace-bearer, staff-bearer. -पट्टिका a mat. -यष्टिः, -लता f. a staff of reed; आचार इत्यवहितेन मया गृहीता या वेत्रयष्टिरवरोधगृहेषु राज्ञः Ś.5.3. -वल्ली an excellent bamboo plant supposed to yield a pearl; मौक्तिकं वेत्रवल्लीव राकेव रजनीपातम् Bm.1.451. -हन् m. an epithet of Indra.
vetrakīya वेत्रकीय a. Reedy, abounding in reeds.
vetravatī वेत्रवती 1 A female door-keeper. -2 N. of a river; (modern Betwā); सभ्रूभङ्गं मुखमिव पयो वेत्रवत्याश्चलोर्म्याः Me.24.
vetrin वेत्रिन् m. 1 A door-keeper, warder. -2 Staff-bearer.
vettṛ वेत्तृ m. [विद्-तृच्] 1 A knower. -2 A sage. -3 A husband, an espouser. -4 One who obtains.
ve वेवी 2 Ā. (वेवीते) 1 To go. -2 To obtain. -3 To conceive, be pregnant. -4 To pervade. -5 To cast, throw. -6 To eat. -7 To wish, desire. -8 To shine; (seldom used in classical literature).
akārṇaveṣṭakika अकार्णवेष्टकिक a. Face not adapted for ear-rings (Kāś.VI.2.155).
ativegita अतिवेगित a. Moving or moved with great velocity, quick in motion; भौमादयोल्पमूर्तित्वाच्छीघ्रमन्दोच्चसंज्ञकैः । दैवतैर- पकृष्यन्ते सुदूरमतिवेगिताः ॥
ativedhaḥ अतिवेधः _x001F_3Close contact, N. of the contact of दशमी and एकादशी (अरुणोदयवेधः स्यात् सार्धं तु घाटिकाद्वयम् । अतिवेधो द्विघटिका प्रभासंदर्शनाद्रवेः ॥ इति स्मृत्युक्तः एकादश्याः दशमीसंपर्कभेदः Tv.)
ativela अतिवेल a. [अतिक्रान्तो वेलां मर्यादां कूलं वा] 1 Exceeding the due limits or boundary (as the water of the sea). -2 Excessive, extravagant; boundless, किं मामिदानीमति- वेलमात्थ Mb.3.34.7. -लम् adv. 1 Excessively. -2 Out of season, unseasonably.
adveṣa अद्वेष a. [न. ब] Free from hatred or malevolence. -षः Freedom from hatred.
adveṣas अद्वेषस् a. [द्विष्-असुन्, न. त.] Friendly, not hating.
adhivettavyā अधिवेत्तव्या (-वेद्या) A woman fit to be married as a second wife.
adhivettṛ अधिवेत्तृ m. [विट्-कर्त्तरि तृच् A husband who supersedes his first wife.
adhivedaḥ अधिवेदः Marrying an additional wife. -दम् adv. concerning the Veda.
adhivedanam अधिवेदनम् [भावे ल्युट्] = अधिवेदः.
anavekṣaka अनवेक्षक a. Regardless of; careless, indifferent.
anavekṣa अनवेक्ष क्षा = अनपेक्ष-क्षा q. v.
anavekṣaṇam अनवेक्षणम् 1 Carelessness, inattention; अनवेक्षणादपि कृषिः Pt.1.169. -2 Want of supervision.
anirvedaḥ अनिर्वेदः Non-depression, absence of dejection or despondency; self-reliance, plucking up courage; अनिर्वेदः श्रियो मूलमनिर्वेदः परं सुखम् । अनिर्वेदो हि सततं सर्वार्थेष्वनु- वर्तते Rām.5.12.1. अनिर्वेदप्राप्याणि श्रेयांसि V.4; cf. 'Faint heart never won fair lady'.
anirveśa अनिर्वेश a. Destitute of employment, wretched, miserable.
aniveśana अनिवेशन a. Ved. Having no place of rest. अतिष्ठ- न्तीनामनिवेशनानां काष्ठानां मध्ये निहितं शरीरम् Rv.1.32.1.
anudvega अनुद्वेग a. Free from anxiety or apprehension. -गः Security or freedom from fear. अदैन्यमनुदीर्णत्वमनुद्वेगो व्यवस्थितिः Mb.12.274.18.
anupraveśa अनुप्रवेश 1 Entrance into; पुपोष वृद्धिं हरिदश्वदीधितेरनु- प्रवेशादिव बालचन्द्रमाः R.3.22;1.51. -2 Adapting oneself to the will of; बलवताभिभूतस्य विदेशगमनं तदनुप्रवेशो वा नीतिः Pt.1; भजते विदेशमधिकेन जितस्तदनुप्रवेशमथवा कुशलः Śi.9.48. -3 Imitation.
anuveśaḥ अनुवेशः शनम् 1 Following, entering after. -2 Marriage of a younger brother before the elder is married; (ज्येष्ठातिक्रमेण कनिष्ठस्य विवाहः); यवीयसो$नुवेशो हि ज्येष्ठस्य विधिलोपकः Mb.
anuveśya अनुवेश्य a. [अनुक्रमेण वेशमर्हति, यत्] A next-door neighbour.
anuvelam अनुवेलम् ind. Ever and anon, constantly; इति स्म पृच्छत्यनुवेलमादृतः R.3.5; Śi.3.79.
anuvellita अनुवेल्लित a. [वेल्ल्-क्तम्] Bent in conformity with; bent under. -तम् Securing with bandages, bandaging, a sort of bandage (वृणलेपनबन्धभेदः) one of the 14 kinds mentioned by Suśruta.
anuvedhaḥ अनुवेधः व्याधः 1 Hurting, piercing, perforating; न हि कीटानुवेधादयो रत्नस्य रत्नत्वं व्याहन्तुमीशाः S. D.1. -2 Contact, union; मुखामोदं मदिरया कृतानुव्याधमुद्वमन् Śi.2.2. -3 Blending, mixture; fusion. -4 Obstructing.
anvavekṣā अन्ववेक्षा Regard, consideration. तस्यै स प्रददौ मन्त्रमाप- द्धर्मान्ववेक्षया Mb.1.111.6.
anveṣaḥ अन्वेषः षणम् णा 1 Search after, seeking for, inquiry into or after, looking out for, watching; वयं तत्त्वान्वेषान्मधुकर हताः Ś.1.23; न्याय ˚णतत्परौ Pt.3.91; रन्ध्रान्वेषणदक्षाणां द्विषाम् R.12.11; अस्यैवान्वेषणा वर्तते V.2. अन्वेषक anvēṣaka अन्वेषिन् anvēṣin अन्वेष्टृ anvēṣṭṛ अन्वेषक अन्वेषिन् अन्वेष्टृ a. Searching after, seeking for, inquiring &c.; सदा हि दर्शनाकाङ्क्षी श्रेयो$न्वेषी च वो हरिः Mb.3.183.4. पौरा अस्मदन्वेषिणः Ś.1.; अनुपद्यन्वेष्टा P.V. 2.9; अन्तरान्वेषी भवामि Ś.7; तौ सीतान्वेषिणौ R.12.54; कुमुदविटपान्वेषी हंसः H.4.12.
apavedhaḥ अपवेधः Piercing through (a pearl, ruby &c.) wrongly, or in the wrong direction (and thus spoiling it). मणीनामपवेधे च दण्डः प्रथमसाहसः Ms.9.286.
apūrveṇa अपूर्वेण adv. Never before.
apraveda अप्रवेद a. Difficult to be found.
abhiniveśaḥ अभिनिवेशः 1 (a) Devotion, attachment, intentness, being occupied with, adherence to close application, with loc. or in comp,; कतमस्मिंस्ते भावाभिनिवेशः V.3; अहो निरर्थकव्यापारेष्वभिनिवेशः K.12.146, Dk.81; Māl.7. (b) Firm attachment, love, fondness, affection; बलीयान् खलु मे$भिनिवेशः Ś.3; अनुरूपो$स्या ˚शः ibid., V.2; असत्यभूते वस्तुन्यभिनिवेशः Mit. -2 Earnest desire, ardent longing or expectation; wish, desire; Māl.5.27. -3 Resolution, determined resolve, determination of purpose, firmness of resolve, perseverance; जनकात्मजायां नितान्तरूक्षाभिनिवेशमीशम् R.14.43; अनुरूप˚ शतोषिणा Ku.5.7; Śi.3.1. (b) Idea, thought; Ms.12.5; Y.3.155. -4 (In Yoga Phil.) A sort of ignorance causing fear of death; instinctive clinging to worldly life and bodily enjoyments and the fear that one might be cut off from all of them by death; अविद्या- स्मितारागद्वेषाभिनिवेशाः पञ्चक्लेशाः Yoga S.; cf. also Sāṅkhya K.15 and Malli. on Śi.4.55. -5 Pride; भयं द्वितीया- भिनिवेशतः स्यात् Bhāg.11.2.37.
abhiniveśin अभिनिवेशिन् a. 1 Devoted to, intent on, adhering or clinging to; वितथाभिनिवेशी च जायते$न्त्यासु योनिषु Y. 3.134; कल्याणाभिनिवेशिनः K.136 of blessed or noble resolve, 191. -2 Fixing on, directing or turning (the mind) to; गुणेष्वभिनिवेशिनो भर्तुरपि प्रिया M.3; अहो नु खलु दुर्लभ ˚शी मदनः V.1; Dk.57. -3 Determined, resolute.
abhivegaḥ अभिवेगः Ved. Consideration, thought, determination.
abhyave अभ्यवे [˚इ] 2 P. 1 To go down, descend, अवभृथम- भ्यवैति Ait. Br. -2 To perceive, understand.
ādhivedanikam आधिवेदनिकम् [अधिवेदनाय हितं ठक् तत्र काले दत्तं ठञ् वा] Property, gifts &c. made to a first wife upon marrying a second; यच्च द्वितीयविवाहार्थिना पूर्वस्त्रियै पारितोषिकं धनं दत्तं तदाधिवेदनिकम् Viṣṇu.; cf. Y.2.143,148 also.
ānuveśyaḥ आनुवेश्यः [अनुवेशं वसति] A neighbour who lives next to the next-door neighbour; प्रातिवेश्यानुवेश्यौ च कल्याणे विंशतिद्विजे Ms.8.392; (on which Kull. says; निरन्तरगृहवासी प्रातिवेश्यः, तदनन्तरगृहवास्यानुवेश्यः). The word is also found to be witten as अनुवेश्य.
āntarvedika आन्तर्वेदिक a. Being within the place of sacrifice.
ārtave आर्तवेयी A woman during her courses.
āvedaka आवेदक a. Making known, reporting, communicating, -कः 1 One who makes known, an informer. -2 A suitor, plaintiff; śukra.4.586.
āvedanam आवेदनम् 1 Communicating, reporting, or addressing respectfully. -2 Representation. -3 Stating a complaint (in law); राज्ञे कुर्यात् पूर्वमावेदनं यः Nārada. -4 A plaint; Śukra 4.66 -5 Marriage; न विवाहविधावुक्तं विधवावेदनं पुनः Ms.9.65.
āvedanīya आवेदनीय वेद्य pot. p. 1 To be declared or reported. -2 To be made the subject of a plaint.
āvedita आवेदित p. p. Made known, communicated &c. -तः The person to whom something is made known. -तम् That which is communicated.
āvedin आवेदिन् a. 1 Declaring, announcing. -2 Giving orders.
āveśaḥ आवेशः 1 Entering into, entrance; आवेशं कृ Pt. 1 to enter or infuse oneself into. -2 Taking possession of, influence, exercise; स्मय˚ influence of pride R.5.19; so मदन˚, क्रोध˚, भय˚ &c. -3 Intentness, devotedness to an object, complete absorption in one wish or idea. -4 Pride, arrogance. -5 Flurry, agitation, anger, passion; K.291. -6 Demoniacal possession. -7 Apoplectic or epileptic giddiness.
āveśanam आवेशनम् 1 Entering, entrance. -2 Demoniacal possession. -3 Passion, anger, fury. -4 A manufactory, work-shop; कारुकावेशनानि Ms.9.265. -5 The disc of the sun or the moon. -6 A house, dwelling.
āveśika आवेशिक a. (-की f.) [आवेश-ठञ्] 1 Peculiar, one's own (असाधारण). -2 Inherent. -कः A guest, visitor. -कम् 1 Entering into. -2 Hospitality.
āvegaḥ आवेगः 1 Uneasiness, anxiety, excitement, agitation, flurry; अलमावेगेन Ś.3.7; Amaru.22; शोक˚, दुःख˚, साध्वस˚ &c. किमस्थानमिदमावेगस्य Nāg.5. -2 Hurry, haste; Ś.4. -3 Agitation, regarded as one of the 33 subordinate feelings. -गी N. of a tree (वृद्धदारकवृक्ष; Mar. म्हैसवेल).
āveṣṭ आवेष्ट् 1 P. 1 to surround; तृणैरावेष्टयते रज्जुः is made or formed of straw. Pt.1.331. -2 To throttle, strangle; पीडाकर्षांशुकावेष्टपादाध्यासे शतं दमः Y.2.217.
āveṣṭakaḥ आवेष्टकः A wall, fence, an enclosure.
āveṣṭanam आवेष्टनम् 1 Wrapping round, tying, binding. -2 A wrapper, an envelope. -3 A wall, fence, enclosure.
āhve आह्वे 1 P. 1 To call, summon. -2 To invite, invoke (in a liturgical sense). -3 (Ā.) To provoke, challenge; कृष्णश्चाणूरमाह्वयते Sk.; आह्वत चेदिराण्मुरारिम् Śi.2.1; Bk.6.25,8.18,15.28,42,89. -Caus. 1 To send for, call; कविमाह्वाययामास प्रस्तुतप्रतिपत्तये R.15.75; Bk.6.121. -2 To cause to invite or summon.
udvega उद्वेग a. [उद्गतो वेगो$स्मात्] 1 Going swiftly (as an express messenger), courier. -2 Steady, calm, tranquil. -3 Ascending, mounting. -4 One whose arms by long practice continue always raised above the head (as an ascetic). -गः 1 Trembling, shaking, waving. -2 Agitation, excitement; हर्षामर्षभयोद्वेगैर्मुक्तो यः स च मे प्रियः Bg. 12.15. -3 Alarm, fear; शान्तोद्वेगस्तिमितनयनं दृष्टभक्तिर्भवान्या Me.38; सहसोद्वेगमियं व्रजेदिति R.8.7. -4 Anxiety, regret, sorrow, distress (caused by separation from one's favourite object). निवसन्त्यत्र राजेन्द्र गतोद्वेगा निरुत्सुकाः Mb.3.173.14. -5 Admiration, astonishment. -गम् A betelnut (fruit.). -Comp. -कर, -कारक, -कारिन् a. Causing anxiety, agitation or distress; Pt. उद्वेजि udvēji (गि gi) न् n जक jaka उद्वेजि (गि) न् जक a. 1 Agitating, distressing, causing pain or distress. -2 Suffering distress, anxious, unhappy.
udvejana उद्वेजन a. Causing to tremble (with fear); hurting the feelings. -नम् 1 Agitation, anxiety. -2 Infliction of pain, torture, affliction; उद्वेजनकरैर्दण्डैश्चिह्नयित्वा प्रवासयेत् Ms.8.352 painful. -3 Regret, sorrow for one's absence. -4 Shudder, shuddering; Suśr.
udvejayitṛ उद्वेजयितृ a. Terrifying; अत्यर्थमुद्वेजयिता परेषाम् Śi.3.19.
udvega उद्वेग See under उद्विज्.
udvedi उद्वेदि a. [उन्नता वेदिर्यत्र] Having a raised seat or throne in it; विमानं नवमुद्वेदि चतुःस्तम्भप्रतिष्ठितम् R.17.9.
udvepaḥ उद्वेपः Shaking, trembling, excessive tremor.
udvela उद्वेल a. [उत्क्रान्तो वेलाम्] 1 Overflowing its banks (as a river); भयमप्रलयोद्वेलादाचख्युर्नैर्ऋतोदधेः R.1.34; K.333. ते ततो$त्यर्थमुद्वेले स्वनन्त्यौ भृशभीषणे Śiva. B.24.57. -2 Transgressing the proper limits. -3 Excessive; K.138. -लः Growth; Mb.5.16.121.
udvell उद्वेल्ल् 1 P. 1 To shake, wave; Māl.2,6; उद्वेल्लद्बाल- कदली Ratn.2. -2 To roll or move about, turn round; उद्वेल्लन्ति पुराणचन्दनतरुस्कन्धेषु कुम्भीनसाः U.2.29; Mv.5.2; Māl.8.9.
udvellita उद्वेल्लित p. p. Shaken, tossed up. -तम् Shaking.
udveṣṭa उद्वेष्ट a. Investing, surrounding, covering on all sides. -ष्टः 1 Surrounding. -2 Investing or besieging (as a town &c.). -3 Devastating. -4 Overcoming in battle.
udveṣṭana उद्वेष्टन a. 1 Loosened; कयाचिदुद्वेष्टनवान्तमाल्यः R.7.6; Ku.7.57. -2 Freed from bonds, unfettered, unbound. -नम् 1 The act of surrounding or enclosing. -2 An enclosure, fence. -3 A pain in the buttocks or back of the body; हृदय˚ convulsive pain in the heart.
udveṣṭanīya उद्वेष्टनीय a. To be unbound, unfastened; आद्ये बद्धा विरहदिवसे या शिखा दाम हित्वा, शापस्यान्ते विगलितशुचा तां मयो- द्वेष्टनीयाम् Me.93.
udveṣṭayati उद्वेष्टयति Den. P. To open, unfasten, untie.
udveṣṭita उद्वेष्टित a. Surrounded, invested.
upaniveśaḥ उपनिवेशः A suburb; Hariv.
upaniveśita उपनिवेशित a. Placed, established, colonized; स्वर्गा- भिष्यन्दवमनं कृत्वेवोपनिवेशितम् Ku.6.37; R.15.29.
upaniveśin उपनिवेशिन् a. Attached to, inherent.
upavedaḥ उपवेदः 'Inferior knowledge', a class of writings subordinate to the Vedas. There are four such Upavedas, one being attached to each of the four Vedas :-thus आयुर्वेद or Medicine to ऋग्वेद; (according to some authorities such as Suśruta it is a part of the Atharvaveda); धनुर्वेद or military science to यजुर्वेद; गान्धर्ववेद or Music to सामवेद, and स्थापत्य-शास्त्र-वेद or Architecture to अथर्ववेद.
upaveśaḥ उपवेशः शनम् 1 Sitting, sitting down; as in प्रायोप- वेशन. -2 Directing one's mind to, being attached to. -3 Voiding by stool. -4 Placing down. -5 Surrendering; सागरस्योपवेशनम् Rām.6.19.33.
upaveśin उपवेशिन् a. 1 Sitting -2 Devoting oneself to.
upaveṣṭṛ उपवेष्टृ a. One who sits, sitting down.
upaveda उपवेद See under उपविद्.
upaveṣaḥ उपवेषः Ved. A stick (of green wood) used for stirring the sacrificial fire; स उपवेषमादत्ते Śat. Br.
upasvedaḥ उपस्वेदः 1 Moisture, sweat. -2 Heat; सोपस्वेदेषु भाण्डेषु Mb.1.16.15.
upahve उपह्वे 1 Ā. (P. also) 1 To invoke, call near to (in a liturgical sense); (with acc., dat. or loc.); तामिहो- पह्वये श्रियम्. -2 To call; त्वयोपहूतः U.5.8. Śi.7.58.
aupaveṣika औपवेषिक a. (-की f.) [उपवेष-ठञ्] Getting livelihood by entire devotion to any employment.
auveṇakam औवेणकम् A kind of song; Y.3.113.
kavelam कवेलम् A lotus.
kādraveyaḥ काद्रवेयः (कद्रू टक्) 1 A kind of snake; अमृताग्रभुवः पुरेव पुच्छं वडवाभर्तुरवारि काद्रवेयैः Śi.2.43. -2 N. of certain Nāgas (serpent-demons) supposed to people the lower regions. -3 Son of कद्रू काद्रवेयो मन्त्रमपश्यत् Mbh. on P.I.4.1.
kāravellaḥ कारवेल्लः ल्लकः 1 N. of a bitter vegetable (Mar. कारलें ?) -2 A missile of the shape of कारवेल्ल, covered all over with sharp edges; गण्डशैलैः कारवेल्लैः लोहकण्टकवेष्टितैः Parṇal 4.75.
veram कावेरम् Saffron.
ve कावेरी 1 N. of a river in the south of India; कावेरीं सरितां पत्युः शङ्कनीयामिवाकरोत् R.4.45. -2 A harlot, courtezan. -3 Turmeric.
kuve कुवे (बे) र a. 1 Bad. -2 Bad-limbed.
kuvelam कुवेलम् A lotus.
kauve कौवे (बे) र a. (-री f.) [कुवेरस्येदं अण्] Belonging to or coming from Kubera; यानं सस्मार कौबेरम् R.15.45. -री The north (the direction presided over by Kubera); ततः प्रतस्थे कौवेरीं भास्वानिव रघुर्दिशम् R.4.66. -2 The Śakti or female energy of Kubera.
kvel क्वेल् 1 P. (क्वेलति) To shake, move.
kṣveḍa क्ष्वेड a. 1 Crooked, curved. -2 Wicked, depraved. -3 Difficult to be approached. -डः 1 Sound, noise. केचि- त्क्ष्वेडान्प्रकुर्वन्ति केचित्कूजन्ति हृष्टवत् Rām.5.62.13. -2 Venom, poison; गुणदोषौ बुधो गृह्णन्निन्दुक्ष्वेडाविवेश्वरः । शिरसा श्लाघते पूर्वं परं कण्ठे नियच्छति ॥ Subhāṣ. -3 Moistening. -4 Abandonment. -5 An inarticulate sound. -डा 1 The roaring of a lion. -2 A war-cry, war-whoop; कृतक्ष्वेडारवोदग्राः समग्रा अपि निर्ययुः Śiva. B.24.2;14.14. -3 A bamboo.
kṣveḍanam क्ष्वेडनम् 1 Murmuring, hissing, whistling. -2 A hissing pronunciation; Mb.4.64.
kṣveḍitaḥ क्ष्वेडितः 1 Humming, murmuring. -2 A growl, roar. -3 The roaring of a lion; जयारवक्ष्वेडितनादमूर्च्छितः Ki.14.29. -4 A battle-cry, war-whoop.
kṣvel क्ष्वेल् 1 P. (क्ष्वेलति &c.) 1 To leap, jump. -2 To play. -3 To go, move. -4 To shake, tremble. क्ष्वेला, क्ष्वेलिका, क्ष्वेली, क्ष्वेलितम्, क्ष्वेल्यम्, क्ष्वेलनम् Play, jest, joke; क्ष्वेलिकायां मां मृषा समाधिना Bhāg. 5.8.21; स्त्रीणां निरीक्षणस्पर्शसंलापक्ष्वेलनादिकम् Bhāg.11.17.33.
gaverukam गवेरुकम् Red chalk.
gave गवेष् 1 Ā., 1 P. (गवेषते, -गवेषयति, गवेषित) 1 To seek, hunt for, search or inquire for; तस्मादेष यतः प्राप्तस्तत्रै- वान्यो गवेष्यताम् Ks.25.176. -2 To strive after, desire ardently or fervently, make efforts for; गवेषमाणं महिषी- कुलं जलम् Ṛs.1.21.
gaveṣa गवेष a. Searching for. -षः Search, inquiry.
gaveṣaṇam गवेषणम् a. Ved. 1 Desiring ardently. -2 Desirous of combat; अभिमातिषाहो गवेषणः Av.5.2.11. -णम्, -णा Search or inquiry after anything; सखि किमर्थगवेषणया गिरम् (किरति) N.4.17.
gaveṣita गवेषित a. Searched, sought, inquired or looked for.
graiveyakam ग्रैवेयकम् [ग्रीवायां बद्धो$लंकारः, ढकञ्] 1 A neck-ornament; e. g. अस्माकं सखि वाससी न रुचिरे ग्रैवेयकं नोज्ज्वलम् Ś. D.3; सा हि चन्दनवर्णाभा ग्रीवा ग्रैवेयकोचिता Rām.3.6.32. -2 A chain worn round the neck of an elephant. -m. (pl.) a class of deities (9 in number) sitting on the neck of Loka-puruṣa. (Jaina.) ग्रैष्म graiṣma ग्रैष्मिक graiṣmika ग्रैष्म ग्रैष्मिक a. Relating to summer; ग्रैष्मौ मासौ गोप्तारावकुर्वन् Av.15.4.2.
jaiveyaḥ जैवेयः An epithet of Kacha, son of Bṛihaspati.
traivedika त्रैवेदिक a. Relaing to the three Vedas; षट्त्रिंशदा- ब्दिकं चर्यं गुरौ त्रैवेदिकं व्रतम् Ms.3.1.
tveṣa त्वेष a. Bright, brilliant. -2 Vehement, impetuous, causing fear, awful.
dānaveyaḥ दानवेयः दानव q. v.
deveśayaḥ देवेशयः An epithet of Viṣṇu.
dveṣaḥ द्वेषः [द्विष्-भावे घञ्] 1 Hate, dislike, abhorrence, repugnance, distaste; &Sacute.5.18; इन्द्रियस्येन्द्रियस्यार्थे रागद्वेषौ व्यवस्थितौ Bg.3.34;7.27; so अन्नद्वेषः, भक्तद्वेषः &c. -2 Enmity, hostility, malignity; अकन्येति तु यः कन्यां ब्रूयाद् द्वेषेण मानवः Ms.8.225. -Comp. -परिमोचनः a particular Samādhi. -स्थ a. betraying dislike.
dveṣaṇa द्वेषण a. Hating, disliking. -णः An enemy. -णम् Hate, hatred, enmity, dislike.
dveṣas द्वेषस् n. Ved. 1 Hatred. -2 Sin. -3 An enemy.
dveṣin द्वेषिन् द्वेष्टृ a. Hating &c. मद्याजी शङ्करद्वेषी मद्द्वेषी शङ्कर- प्रियः । उभौ तौ नरकं यातश्छिन्नरज्जू घटाविव ॥ -m. An enemy; द्वेषिद्वेषपरो नित्यम् Pt.1.57.
dveṣya द्वेष्य pot. p. 1 To be hated. -2 Odious, hateful, disagreeble; द्वेष्यो$पि संमतः शिष्टः R.1.28; Pt.1.239. -ष्यः An enemy; Bg.6.9; समो$हं सर्वभूतेषु न मे द्वेष्यो$स्ति न प्रियः 9.29; Ms.9.37. -Comp. -पापक a. detesting sin; Mb.12.
dvedhā द्वेधा ind. In two parts, in two ways, twice. -Comp. -क्रिया breaking or splitting in two; प्रागप्राप्तनिसुम्भशांभव- धनुर्द्वेधाक्रियाविर्भवत् Mv.2.33. द्वेषः dvēṣḥ द्वेषण dvēṣaṇa द्वेष्य dvēṣya द्वेषः द्वेषण द्वेष्य &c. See under द्विष्.
nirvedaḥ निर्वेदः 1 Disgust, loathing. -2 Satiety, cloy. -3 Depression of spirits, despair, despondency; निर्वेदो नात्र कर्तव्यः Mb.3.32.5; परिभवान्निर्वेदमापद्यते Mk.1.14. -4 Humiliation. -5 Grief. -6 Complete indifference to wordly objects; तदा गन्तासि निर्वेदं श्रोतव्यस्य श्रुतस्य च Bg. 2.52 (regarded as the feeling which gives rise to the sentiment called शान्त (quietude); निर्वेदस्थायिभावो$स्ति शान्तो$पि नवमो रसः K. P.4; (see R. G. under निर्वेद). -7 Self-disparagement or humiliation (regarded as one of the 33 subordinate feelings); cf. the definition in R. G. under निर्वेद; (the following is there given as an instance; यदि लक्ष्मण सा मृगेक्षणा न मदीक्षासरणिं समेष्यति । अमुना जडजीवितेन मे जगता वा विफलेन किं फलम् ॥). -8 Shame.
nirveśaḥ निर्वेशः 1 Gaining, obtaining. -2 Wages, hire, employment. -3 Eating, enjoyment, use. -4 Return of payment; सर्वार्थसम्भवो देहो जनितः पोषितो यतः । न तयोर्याति निर्वेशं पित्रोर्मर्त्यः शतायुषा ॥ Bhāg.1.45.5. -5 Expiation, atonement; Bhāg.5.26.18. -6 Marriage. -7 Fainting, swooning. -8 Spreading; L. D. B. -9 Entering; आत्मनिर्वेशमात्रेण तिर्यग्गतमुलूखलम् (ययौ) Bhāg.1.1.26. -1 Revenging; अभ्यधावन्नभिक्रुद्धा भ्रातुनिर्वेशकरिणः Bhāg. 1.44.39.
nirveṣṭanam निर्वेष्टनम् A weaver's shuttle.
nirvedha निर्वेध 1 Penetration. -2 Insight.
nivedaka निवेदक a. Informing, communicating &c.
nivedanam निवेदनम् 1 Making known, relating, proclaiming; a communication, announcement. -2 Delivering, entrusting. -3 Dedication. -4 Representation. -5 An offering or oblation. -नः An epithet of Śiva.
nivedita निवेदित p. p. 1 Made known, announced, told, communicated. -2 Delivered, given, entrusted, &c.
nivedyam निवेद्यम् a. Offering of food to an idol; cf. नैवेद्य. -a. To be communicated, related or presented.
niveśaḥ निवेशः 1 Entering, entrance. -2 Encamping, halting. -3 (a) A halting place, camp, encampment; सेनानिवेशं तुमुलं चकार R.5.49;7.2; Śi.17.4; Ki.7.27. -4 A house, an abode, a dwelling; निवेशपरिवेशनम् Mb.14. 45.1; भृशं ददर्श...... स निवेशवीरुधः Ki.4.19. -5 Expanse, contour (of the breast); नवातपालोहितमाहितं मुहुर्महानिवेशौ परितः पयोधरौ Ki.4.8. -6 Depositing, delivering, -7 Marrying, marriage, settling in life; ततो निवेशाय तदा स विप्रः संशितव्रतः । महीं चचार दारार्थी न च दारानविन्दत ॥ Mb.1.14.1. -8 Impression, copy. -9 Military array. -1 Ornament, decoration. -11 Founding (a town), निवेशं चक्रिरे सर्वे पुराणां नृवरास्तदा Rām.1.32.5. -12 Settling in a place; वास्तुकर्मनिवेशं च भरतागमनं तथा Rām.1.3.16.
niveśanam निवेशनम् 1 Entering, entrance. -2 Halting, encamping. -3 Marrying, marriage; प्रतिलोमनिवेशनम् Bhāg. 3.7.31. -4 Entering in writing, inscribing. -5 An abode, a dwelling, house, habitation. -6 A camp; निवेशयामास मुदा कल्पितान्यनिवेशने Bhāg.1.53.16; Mb.3. 24.1. -7 A town or city; पार्थिवस्य निवेशने Rām.7.62. 18. -8 A nest. -नी The earth.
niveṣṭaḥ निवेष्टः A cover, an envelope.
niveṣṭanam निवेष्टनम् Covering, enveloping.
niveṣya निवेष्य a. Whirling. -ष्यः 1 An eddy, a whirlpool. -2 A whirlwind or a similar phenomenon. -3 Hoarfrost. -ष्यम् Extent. (व्याप्ति).
nairvedhika नैर्वेधिक a. Piercing, penetrating. ˚प्रज्ञा a. Sagacious.
naivedyam नैवेद्यम् An offering of eatables presented to a deity or idol.
naiveśikam नैवेशिकम् 1 Any vessel or implement forming part of domestic furniture; नैवेशिकं सर्वगुणोपपन्नं ददाति वै यस्तु नरो द्विजाय Mb.13.57.33. -2 A present to a Brāhmaṇa householder, e. g. a girl or ornaments given with her.
nyavekṣ न्यवेक्ष् 1 Ā. To consider; deliberate.
pariveṣakaḥ परिवेषकः 1 A waiter at meals. -2 A servant; अद्राक्षमहमाहूतान् यज्ञे ते परिवेषकान् Mb.3.51.26.
pariveṣaṇam परिवेषणम् शनम् 1 Serving up meals, waiting, distributing food; विप्राणां प्रवराः सर्वे चक्रुश्च परिवेषणम् Rām. 7.91.28. -2 Enclosing, surrounding निवेशपरिवेशनम् Mb. 14.45.1. -3 A halo round the sun or moon. -4 Circumference.
pariveṣṭṛ परिवेष्टृ m. 1 Waiter at meals, one who serves up meals; मरुतः परिवेष्टारो मरुतस्यावसन् गृहे Ait. Br. -2 One who offers an oblation; परिवेष्टाग्निहोत्रस्य भवेन्नासंस्कृतस्तथा Mb.12.165.22.
parive परिवे 1 U. 1 To interweave; परिवीय गिरौ तस्मिन् Bhāg.8.7.1. -2 To bind, fetter.
parivettṛ परिवेत्तृ m., परिवेदकः A younger brother married before the elder; R.12.16; ज्येष्ठे अनिर्विष्टे कनीयान् निर्विशन् परिवेत्ता भवति, परिविण्णो ज्येष्ठः, परिवेदनीया कन्या, परिदायी दाता, परिकर्ता याजकः, सर्वे ते पतिताः Hārīta; Ms.3.171.
parivedanam परिवेदनम् 1 The marriage of a younger brother before the elder; Ms.11.6. -2 Marriage in general. -3 Complete or accurate knowledge. -4 Gain, acquisition. -5 Maintaining the household fire (अग्न्याधान). -6 Pervasion on all sides, universal pervasion or existence. -7 Discussion. -8 Misery, pain. -ना 1 Shrewdness, wit. -2 Prudence, foresight. परिवेदनीया parivēdanīyā परिवेदिनी parivēdinī परिवेदनीया परिवेदिनी The wife of a younger brother who is married before the elder.
parivedaḥ परिवेदः Accurate knowledge.
parivellita परिवेल्लित a. Surrounded; गुरुभिः परिवेल्लिता$पि Bv.2.18.
pariveṣṭ परिवेष्ट् 1 Ā. or -Caus. 1 To surround, encircle. -2 To embrace, clasp round; प्रायेण भूमिपतयः प्रमदा लताश्च यत्पार्श्वतो भवति तत् परिवेष्टयन्ति Pt.1.35. -3 To wrap up, cover; -4 To cause to shrink up, contract.
pariveṣṭanam परिवेष्टनम् 1 Surrounding, enclosing, -2 Circumference. -3 A cover, covering. -4 A bandage; दष्टस्य कीटभुजगैः परिवेष्टनं च Mk.3.16.
pāṇḍaveyaḥ पाण्डवेयः = पाण्डव q. v.
pūrvegama पूर्वेगम a. Going before, preceding.
pūrvedyus पूर्वेद्युस् ind. 1 On the former day. -2 On the day before, yesterday; पूर्वेद्युरपरेद्युर्वा श्राद्धकर्मण्युपस्थिते Ms.3. 187. -3 During the first part of the day, in the morning, at dawn. -4 Early, betimes.
prakṣveḍanaḥ प्रक्ष्वेडनः ना 1 An iron arrow. -2 Clamour, hubbub.
prakṣveḍā प्रक्ष्वेडा Humming; grumbling.
prakṣveḍita प्रक्ष्वेडित a. Clamorous, shouting, noisy. -तम् A shout, hum.
pratiniveśaḥ प्रतिनिवेशः Obstinacy, obdurateness.
prativeśaḥ प्रतिवेशः 1 A neighbour. -2 The residencs of a neighbour, neighbourhood. -Comp. -वासिन् a. living in the neighbourhood. (-m.) a neighbour.
prativeśin प्रतिवेशिन् a. (-नी f.) A neighbour; दृष्टिं हे प्रतिवेशिनि क्षणमिहाप्यस्मद्गृहे दास्यसि S. D.; Mk.3.14.
prativeśyaḥ प्रतिवेश्यः A neighbour.
prativeṣṭita प्रतिवेष्टित p. p. Rolled back, reverted.
pratisaṃvedaka प्रतिसंवेदक a. Giving detailed information about.
pratisaṃvedanam प्रतिसंवेदनम् Experiment, enjoyment.
pratīveśin प्रतीवेशिन् a. See प्रतिवेशिन्.
pratyabhived प्रत्यभिवेद् Caus. To salute or greet in return. प्रत्यभिवादः pratyabhivādḥ प्रत्यभिवादनम् pratyabhivādanam प्रत्यभिवादः प्रत्यभिवादनम् Returning a salutation; यो न वेत्त्यभिवादस्य विप्रः प्रत्यभिवादनम् Ms.2.126. प्रत्यभिस्कन्दनम् pratyabhiskandanam प्रत्यभिस्कन्दनम् A counter-plaint or charge. प्रत्यभ्युत्थानम् pratyabhyutthānam प्रत्यभ्युत्थानम् Rising from a seat through politeness.
pratyavekṣ प्रत्यवेक्ष् 1 Ā. 1 To look into, inspect, examine; प्रत्यवेक्षिताः प्रमदवनभूमयः Ś.6; प्रत्यहं प्रत्यवेक्षेत नरश्चरितमात्मनः -2 To investigate, inquire into, transact; प्रत्यवेक्षितं पौर- कार्यमार्येण Ś.6. प्रत्यवेक्षणम् pratyavēkṣaṇam प्रत्यवेक्षा pratyavēkṣā प्रत्यवेक्षणम् प्रत्यवेक्षा Taking care of, regard for, looking after; भव्यमुख्याः समारम्भाः प्रत्यवेक्ष्या निरत्ययाः R.17.53.
pratyavekṣaṇā प्रत्यवेक्षणा (with Buddhists) One of the 5 kinds of knowledge.
pratyavekṣitṛ प्रत्यवेक्षितृ m. A superintendent of, one who looks after; Dk.2.8.
pravivekaḥ प्रविवेकः Complete solitude.
praveśaḥ प्रवेशः 1 Entrance, penetration; पुरप्रवेशाभिमुखो बभूव R.7.1; Ku.3.6. -2 Ingress, access, approach. -3 Entrance on the stage; तेन पात्रप्रवेशश्चेत् S. D.6. -4 The entrance or door (of a house &c.). -5 Income, revenue. -6 Close application (to a pursuit), intentness of purpose. -7 The entrance of the sun into a sign of the zodiac. -8 Coming on, setting in (of night). -9 The syringe of a clyster-pipe. -1 Employment, use. (Proverb-चञ्चुप्रवेशो मुसलप्रवेशः; cf. 'the thin end of the wedge'). -11 Manner, method.
praveśakaḥ प्रवेशकः 'The introducer', an interlude acted by inferior characters (such as servants, buffoon &c.) for the purpose of acquainting the audience with events not represented on the stage, but a knowledge of which is essential for the proper understanding of what follows; (like the Viṣkambhaka it connects the story of the drama and the subdivisions of the plot, by briefly referring to what has occurred in the intervals of the acts, or what is likely to happen at the end; it never occurs at the beginning of the first act or at the end of the last). S. D. thus defines it:-प्रवेशको$नु- दात्तोक्त्या नीचपात्रप्रयोजितः । अङ्कद्वयान्तर्विज्ञेयः शेषं विष्कम्भके यथा ॥ 39; see विष्कम्भक; cf. Ve.3.
praveśanam प्रवेशनम् 1 Entrance, penetration, going into. -2 Introducing, leading to, conducting. -3 An entrance to the main door of a house, gate. -4 Sexual intercourse.
praveśita प्रवेशित p. p. 1 Introduced, showed in, led or conducted to, brought in. -2 Thrown into (any condition). -3 Appointed, installed. -ता Impregnated, pregnant.
praveśya प्रवेश्य a. 1 To be entered. -2 To be penetrated or pervaded. -3 To be played (as a musical instrument).
praveka प्रवेक a. Best, chief, choicest, most excellent; अथ यानप्रवेकैस्तु कौसल्याप्रमुखाः स्त्रियः (प्रययुः) Rām.2.92.36; Bhāg.7.8.23.
pravegaḥ प्रवेगः Great speed, velocity.
praveṭaḥ प्रवेटः Barley.
praveṇa प्रवेण a. Pertaining to a particular goat; न कादली, न प्रियकी, न प्रवेणी, न चाविकी Rām.3.43.36 (com. प्रवेणी अज- विशेषसंबन्धिनी).
praveṇiḥ प्रवेणिः णी f. 1 A braid of hair (in general); हेमभक्तिमतीं भूमेः प्रवेणीमिव पिप्रिये R.15.3. -2 The hair twisted and unadorned (worn by wives in the absence of their husbands). -3 The housings of an elephant. -4 A piece of coloured woollen cloth; Mb.15.27.13. -5 The current or stream (of a river).
pravetṛ प्रवेतृ m. A charioteer.
pravedita प्रवेदित p. p. made known; चारैः प्रवेदिते तत्र Mb.7.74.1.
pravedanam प्रवेदनम् Making known, announcing, proclaiming; P.III.3.153.
pravedhaḥ प्रवेधः 1 A bow-shot. -2 A particular measure. प्रवेपः pravēpḥ प्रवेपकः pravēpakḥ प्रवेपथुः pravēpathuḥ प्रवेपनम् pravēpanam प्रवेपः प्रवेपकः प्रवेपथुः प्रवेपनम् Trembling, quivering, shaking, tremour.
praverita प्रवेरित a. Cast hither and thither, thrown about; नानाशस्त्रास्त्रवर्षैस्तान् वीर्यामर्षप्रवेरितैः (सायकैः) Mb.6.18.31.
pravelaḥ प्रवेलः A kind of kidney-bean (Mar. पिवळा मूग).
praveṣṭaḥ प्रवेष्टः 1 An arm. -3 The wrist or forearm. -3 The fleshy part of an elephant's back (where the rider sits). -4 An elephant's gums. -5 An elephant's housings.
prasvedaḥ प्रस्वेदः 1 Excessive perspiration. -2 An elephant.
prasvedita प्रस्वेदित p. p. 1 Covered with sweat, perspired, sweating. -2 Causing perspiration, hot.
prātiveśyaḥ प्रातिवेश्यः 1 A neighbour (in general). -2 A nextdoor neighbour (निरन्तरगृहवासी Kull.); Ms.8.392.
prāveṇyam प्रावेण्यम् A fine woollen covering.
prāveśana प्रावेशन a. (-ना f.) To be given of done on entering. -नम् A workshop, manufactory.
prāveśika प्रावेशिक a. (-की f.) 1 Relating to or connected with entrance (into a house or upon the stage). -2 In the habit of entering. -3 Auspicious for entrance. प्राव्रज्यम् prāvrajyam प्राव्राज्यम् prāvrājyam प्राव्रज्यम् प्राव्राज्यम् 1 The life of a religious mendicant or recluse. -2 Vagrancy, wandering habit.
bāḍaveya बाडवेय See वाडवेय.
laveṭikā लवेटिका Corn.
vāḍaveyaḥ वाडवेयः [वडवा-ढक्] 1 A bull. -2 A stud-horse. -3 A Brāhmaṇa. -यौ (m. dual) The two Aśvins.
vāsaveyaḥ वासवेयः N. of Vyāsa; परिवृत्यासनाभ्याशे वासवेयः स्थितो$- भवत् Mb.1.1.59.
vidveṣaḥ विद्वेषः 1 Enmity, hatred, odium; स विनाशं व्रजत्याशु विद्वेषं चाधिगच्छति Ms.8.346. -2 Disdainful pride, contempt; विद्वेषो$भिमतप्राप्तावपि गर्वादनादरः Bharata.
vidveṣaṇaḥ विद्वेषणः A hater, an enemy. -णी A woman of a resentful temper. -णम् 1 Causing hatred or enmity; a kind of Tāntric rite. -2 Enmity, harted. विद्वेषिन् vidvēṣin विद्वेष्टृ vidvēṣṭṛ विद्वेषिन् विद्वेष्टृ a. Hating, inimical. -m. A hater, an enemy.
viniveśaḥ विनिवेशः 1 Entrance, settling down in a place; जन- पदविनिवेशः Kau. A.1. -2 An impression; स्विन्नाङ्गुलि- विनिवेशो रेखाप्रान्तेषु दृश्यते मलिनः Ś.6.15.
viniveśanam विनिवेशनम् Erection, building.
vivekaḥ विवेकः 1 Discrimination, judgment, discernment, discretion; काश्यपि यातस्तवापि च विवेकः Bv.1.68,66; ज्ञातो$यं जलधर तावको विवेकः 96; विवेकभ्रष्टानां भवति विनिपातः शतमुखः Bh.2.1. -2 Consideration, discussion, investigation; यच्छृङ्गारविवेकतत्त्वमपि यत् काव्येषु लीलायितम् Gīt.12; so द्वैत˚, धर्म˚. -3 Distinction, difference, discriminating (between two things); नीरक्षीरविवेके हंसालस्यं त्वमेव तनुषे चेत् Bv.1.13; एकतामिव गतस्य विवेकः कस्यचिन्न महतो$प्युपलेभे Ki.9.12; Bk.17.6. -4 (In Vedānta phil.) The power of distinguishing between the visible world and the invisible spirit, or of separating reality from mere semblance or illusion. -5 True knowledge. -6 A receptacle for water, basin, reservoir. -Comp. -ख्यातिः right knowledge. -ज्ञ a. judicious, discriminative; ते धन्यास्ते विवेकज्ञास्ते शस्या इह भूतले । आगच्छन्ति गृहे येषां कार्यार्थं सुहृदो जनाः ॥ Pt.1.262,387. -ज्ञानम् the faculty of discrimination. -दृश्वन् m. a discerning man; विवेकदृश्वत्व- मगात् सुराणाम् Bk.2.46. -पदवी reflection, consideration. -परिपन्थिन् obstructing right judgment. -भाज् a. wise. -मन्थरता feebleness of judgment. -विरहः ignorance, folly. -विश्रान्त a. foolish, unwise.
vivekin विवेकिन् a. 1 Discriminating, discreet, judicious; दम्भो भवति विवेकी Pt.1.418. -2 Separated. -m. 1 A judge, discriminator. -2 A philosopher.
vivektṛ विवेक्तृ m. 1 A judge. -2 A sage, philosopher. -3 A wise person.
vivecanam विवेचनम् ना 1 Discrimination. -2 Discussion, consideration. -3 Settlement, decision.
viśvedevṛ विश्वेदेवृ The clitoris.
viśvebhojas विश्वेभोजस् N. of Indra.
viśvevedas विश्वेवेदस् N. of Agni.
vaidhaveyaḥ वैधवेयः The son of a widow.
vyave व्यवे 2 P. 1 To divide, separate. -2 To dissolve, decompose. -3 (In gram.) To separate by inserting a vowel.
vyaveta व्यवेत p. p. Separated, decomposed. -2 Different.
śveta श्वेत a. (-श्वेता or -श्वेती f.) [श्वित्-अच् घञ् वा] White; ततः श्वेतैर्हयैर्युक्ते महति स्यन्दने स्थितौ Bg.1.14. -तः 1 The white colour. -2 A conch-shell. -3 A cowrie. -4 The planet Venus. -5 Śukra, the regent of the planet; न शेकुः पाण्डवा द्रष्टुं श्वेतं ग्रहमिवोदितम् Mb.6.82.12. -6 A white cloud. -7 Cumin seed. -8 N. of a range of mountains; शृङ्गैः श्वेतमिव स्थितम् Bhāg.1.39.45. (according to some com. कैलास); see कुलाचल or कुलपर्वत. -9 N. of a division of the world. -1 A white goat; वायव्यं श्वेतमालभेत । cf. तस्मात् प्रत्यक्षो$पि श्वेतशब्दश्छागमेव परिच्छिन्द्यान्नान्यं पशुम् इति ŚB. on MS.1.2.68. -11 A white horse. -12 A silver coin. -13 A comet; श्वेतो ग्रहस्तिर्यगिवापतन् खे Mb. 5.37.43. -तम् 1 Silver. -2 The white of the eye. -3 Butter-milk and water mixed half and half. -Comp. -अंशुः the moon. -अद्रिः, -पर्वतः N. of a mountain; दन्तै- श्चतुर्भिः श्वेताद्रेर्हरन् भगवतो महीम् Bhāg.8.8.4 (com. कैलास). -अम्बरः, -वासस् m. a class of Jaina ascetics. -अर्चिस् the moon. -अश्वः N. of Arjuna. -इक्षुः a kind of sugar cane. -उदरः an epithet of Kubera. -कपोतः 1 A kind of mouse. -2 a kind of snake. -कमलम्, -पद्मम् a white lotus. -काकीय a. unusual, unheard of. -कुञ्जरः an epithet of Airāvata, the elephant of Indra. -कुष्ठम् white leprosy. -केतुः 1 a Bauddha or Jaina saint. -2 the descending node. -कोलः a kind of fish (शफर). -क्षारः saltpetre, alkali. -गजः, -द्विपः 1 a white elephant. -2 the elephant of Indra. -गरुत् m., -गरुतः a goose. -छदः 1 a goose; श्वेतच्छदश्च विधुतच्छदचामरेण प्रासेवत प्रियतमां सुरतश्रमार्ताम् Rām. ch.5.15. -2 a kind of basil. -द्वीपः N. of one of the eighteen minor divisions of the known continent; ˚पतिः Viṣṇu; श्वेतद्वीपपतिश्चित्तं मनो योगेश्वरो$वतु Bhāg.1.6.24; श्वेतद्वीपपतौ चित्तं शुद्धे धर्ममये मयि Bhāg.11.15.18. -धातुः 1 a white mineral. -2 chalk. -3 the milkstone. -धामन् m. 1 the moon. 2 camphor. -3 the foam of the sea. -4 cuttle-fish bone. -नीलः a cloud. -पत्रः a goose.
śvetakaḥ श्वेतकः A cowrie. -कम् Silver.
śve श्वेता 1 A cowrie. -2 Hog-weed. -3 White Dūrvā grass. -4 A crystal. -5 Candied sugar. -6 Bamboomanna. -7 N. of various plants. -8 N. of one of the tongues of fire. -9 Alum.
śvetiman श्वेतिमन् Whiteness; white colour.
śvetauhī श्वेतौही N. of Śachī, wife of Indra.
śvetram श्वेत्रम् White leprosy.
saṃvedaḥ संवेदः 1 Perception, knowledge, consciousness, feeling.
saṃvedanam संवेदनम् ना 1 Perception, knowledge. -2 Sensation, feeling, experiencing, suffering; दुःखसंवेदनायैव रामे चैतन्यमर्पितम् U.1.48. -3 Giving, surrendering; सुलभेष्वर्थ- लाभेषु परसंवेदने जनः Mu.1.25. -4 Betrayal.
saṃveśaḥ संवेशः 1 Sleep, retiring to rest; अथ प्रदोषे दोषज्ञः संवेशाय विशांपतिम् R.1.93. -2 A dream. -3 Cohabitation, copulation or a particular mode thereof. -4 A bedchamber. -5 A chair, seat.
saṃveśanam संवेशनम् 1 Coition, sexual union. -2 Going to bed; संवेशनोत्थापनयोः Pratimā. -3 A seat, bench.
saṃvegaḥ संवेगः 1 Agitation, flurry, excitement; हृन्मर्ममेदिपतदुत्- कटकङ्कपत्त्रसंवेगतत्क्षणकृतस्फुटदङ्गभङ्गा Mv.1.39. -2 Violent speed, impetuosity, vehemence; कुतश्चित् संवेगात् प्रचल इव शल्यस्य शकलः U.2.26; Māl.5.6. -3 Haste, speed. -4 Agonising pain, poignancy.
saṃvellita संवेल्लित = संवर्धित; Māl.5.19 (v.l.).
sanirveda सनिर्वेद a. Dull (as conversation). (-दम्) ind. Despairingly.
saṃniveśaḥ संनिवेशः 1 Deep entrance into, ardent devotion or attachment, close application. -2 A collection, multitude, assemblage; अहं तु मन्ये तव नास्ति कश्चिदेतादृशे क्षत्रिय- संनिवेशे Mb.3.268.4. -3 Union, combination, arrangement; विभ्रद्वपुः सकलसुन्दरसंनिवेशम् Bhāg.11.1.1; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1.9. -4 Site, place, situation, position; स्थानान्तरे कल्पितसंनिवेशाम् Ku.7.25; R.6.19. -5 Vicinity, proximity. -6 Form, figure; उद्दामशरीरसंनिवेशः Māl.3; निर्माणसंनिवेशः K. -7 A hut, dwelling-place; अशून्यतीरा मुनिसंनिवेशैः R.14.76. -8 Seating in the proper places, giving seats to; क्रियतां समाजसंनिवेशः U.7. -9 Insertion. -1 An open space near a town where people assemble for amusement, exercise &c. -11 The collective position of an asterism. -12 Encampment; संनिवेशं ततश्चक्रुर्हरिवीरा महाबलाः Rām. 4.64.4.
saṃniveśanam संनिवेशनम् 1 Settlement, abode. -2 Erection (of a statue).
samave समवे 2 P. 1 To assemble, come together; समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. -2 To be related or connected in an intimate relation.
samavekṣaṇam समवेक्षणम् Inspection; मृगया शोभना तात गवां हि सम- वेक्षणम् Mb.3.239.6.
samaveta समवेत p. p. 1 Come together, met, united, joined; धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः Bg.1.1. -2 Intimately united, or inherent, inseparably connected. -3 Comprised or contained in a larger number. -Comp. -अर्थं a. significant, instructive.
samāveśaḥ समावेशः 1 Entering or abiding together. -2 Meeting, association. -3 Inclusion, comprehension. -4 Penetration. -5 Possession by an evil spirit. -6 Passion, emotion. -7 (In gram.) Common applicability of a term.
samāveśanam समावेशनम् Consummation of marriage.
samāhve समाह्वे 1 P. 1 To call together, convoke. -2 To challenge, provoke to battle. -3 To invite. -4 To call, name.
samudvegaḥ समुद्वेगः Great fear, alarm, terror.
samupaveśaḥ समुपवेशः 1 Sitting down together. -2 Entertaining.
samupaveśanam समुपवेशनम् 1 A building, habitation, residence. -2 Seating down. समुपष्टम्भः samupaṣṭambhḥ समुपस्तम्भः samupastambhḥ समुपष्टम्भः समुपस्तम्भः Support; अन्योन्यसमुपष्टम्भा- दन्योन्यापाश्रयेण च Mb.5.37.65.
saṃpraveśaḥ संप्रवेशः 1 Complete entrance. -2 Introduction. -3 Place of entrance.
savedham सवेधम् Proximity.
saveśa सवेश a. 1 Decorated, ornamented, dressed. -2 Near, proximate.
saveṣṭana सवेष्टन a. Having a turban.
sasveda सस्वेद a. Covered over or moist with sweat, perspired, सस्वेदरोमाञ्चितकम्पिताङ्गी जाता प्रियस्पर्शसुखेन वत्सा U.3.42. -दा A girl recently deflowered.
sābhiniveśa साभिनिवेश a. Attended with a great predilection for anything.
sārvavedasaḥ सार्ववेदसः One who gives away all his wealth at a sacrifice or sacred rite. -सम् A person's entire property.
sārvesahaḥ सार्वेसहः A kind of salt.
vegam सावेगम् ind. With excitement or agitation.
sodvega सोद्वेग a. 1 Anxious, apprehensive. -2 Sorrowful. -गम् ind. Anxiously, eagerly.
stavepyaḥ स्तवेप्यः N. of Indra.
svek स्वेक् 1 Ā. (स्वेकते) To go.
svedaḥ स्वेदः [स्विद्-भावे घञ्] 1 Sweat, perspiration; अङ्गुलिस्वे- देन दूष्येरन्नक्षराणि V.2. -2 Heat, warmth. -3 Vapour. -Comp. -उदम्, -उदकम्, -जलम् perspiration. -चूषकः a cooling breeze (sucking up sweat). -च्छिद a. cooling. -ज a. generated by warm vapour or sweat (said of insects). -मातृ f. Chyle.
svedanam स्वेदनम् [स्विद्-णिच्-ल्युट्] 1 Perspiration, sweat. -2 Causing to sweat. -3 A diaphoretic. -4 A kind of process to which quicksilver is subjected. -5 Mucus. -Comp. -यन्त्रम् a steam-bath (for metals).
svedanikā स्वेदनिका 1 A boiler, sause-pan. -2 Kitchen.
svedanī स्वेदनी A frying-pan, sauce-pan.
svedita स्वेदित a. Fomented, softened.
hrīveram ह्रीवेरम् लम् A kind of perfume (Mar. वाळा).
hve ह्वे 1 U. (ह्वयति-ते, जुहाव, जुहुवे, अह्वत्-त, अह्वास्त, ह्वास्यति-ते, ह्वातुम्, हूतः; Pass. हूयते; caus. ह्वाययति-ते; desid. जुहूषति-ते) 1 To call by name; तां पार्वतीत्याभिजनेन नाम्ना बन्धुप्रियां बन्धुजनो जुहाव Ku.1.26. -2 To call out, invoke, call upon. -3 To call, name. -4 To challenge. -5 To vie with, emulate. -6 To ask, beg.
Macdonell Vedic Search
16 results
vedana véd-ana, n. possession, x. 34, 4 [vid find, acquire].
vedhas vedh-ás, m. disposer, iii. 59, 4 [vidh worship, be gracious].
ven ven long, I. P. vénati. ánu- seek the friendship of, x. 135, 1.
anaṣṭavedas á-naṣṭa-vedas, a. (Bv.) whose property is never lost, vi. 54, 8.
anuvenant anu-vénant, pr. pt. seeking the friendship of (acc.), x. 135, 2.
kartave kár-tave, dat. inf. of kṛ do, i. 85, 9.
gabhīravepas gabhīrá-vepas, a. (Bv.) of deep inspiration, i. 35, 7.
jātavedas jātá-vedas, a. (Bv.) having a knowledge of beings, x. 15, 12. 13 [véd-as, n. knowledge from vidknow].
tveṣa tveṣ-á, a. terrible, ii. 33, 8. 14 [tviṣ be agitated].
tveṣasaṃdṛś tveṣá-saṃdṛś, a. (Bv.) of terrible aspect, i. 85, 8.
divedive divé-dive, lc. itv. cd. every day, i. 1, 3. 7 [L. of divá day].
dveṣas dvéṣ-as, n. hatred, ii. 33, 2 [dviṣ hate].
niveśanī ni-véśanī, a. causing to rest, 1. 35, 1 [from cs. of ní + viś cause to turn in].
prāvepa prā-vep-á, a. dangling, x. 34, 1 [prá + vip tremble].
viśve devās víśve devá̄s, m. pl. the all-gods, vii. 49, 4; viii. 48, 1.
sartave sárt-ave, dat. inf. to flow, ii. 12, 12 [sṛ flow].
Macdonell Search
187 results
ve m. (RV.)= ví, bird (nm. vés).
veda m. [√ 1. vid] knowledge, ritual lore (V.); sg. pl. sacred knowledge, handed down in the threefold form (trayî vidyâ) of Rig-veda, Sâma-veda, and Yagur-veda; later the A tharva-veda was added as a fourth; in E. the Itihâsa-purâna or Purâna is spoken of as a fifth Veda; perception (Br., rare).
veda m. [√ 2. vid] finding, obtainment (in su-véda); property (S., rare).
veda m. tuft of strong grass (Kusa or Muñga) used as a broom etc. in rites.
vedābhyāsa m. Vedic study.
vedaka a. (ikâ) making known; rendering conscious; -kâra, m. composer of the Veda; -kumbha, m. N. of a teacher; -kakshus, n. eye of the Veda; -gña, a. knowing the Veda; -tattva, n. true nature oressence of the Veda: -½artha, m. true meaning of the Veda: -vid, a., -vidvas, pt. knowing the true meaning of the Veda; -traya, n. the three Vedas; -tva, n. nature of the Veda; -darsana, n. occurrence or mention in the Veda: ab. in accordance with the Veda; -darsin, a. having an insight into or know ing the Veda; -dâna, n. imparting the Veda.
vedāṅga n. member of the Veda, subsidiary Vedic treatise (six are enumer ated: Sikshâ, Kalpa, Vyâkarana, Nirukta, Khandas, Gyotisha); -½âdi, m. beginning of the Veda; m. n. sacred syllable om; -½adhi gama, m. Vedic study; -½adhyayana, n. id.; -½adhyâya, a. studying or having studied the Veda; -½adhyâyin, a. id.; -½anadhyay ana, n. neglect of Vedic study; -½anuvak aná, n. repetition orrecitation of the Veda; Vedic doctrine.
vedanindaka m. scoffer at the Veda, infidel; -pâtha, m. recension of the Veda; -pâthin, a. studying the Veda; -pâraga, m. one thoroughly conversant with the Veda; -punya, n. merit acquired by Vedic study; -pradâna, n. imparting the Veda; -phala, n. reward resulting from Vedic study; -bâhya, m. unbeliever; -brahma-karya, n. Vedic apprenticeship; -brâhmana, m. Brâhman knowing the Veda, Brâhman in the true sense; -bhâshya, n. commentary on the Veda: -kâra, m. com poser of the commentary on the Veda, Sâya na; -maya, a. (î) consisting of or contain ing sacred knowledge; -mâtri, m. mother of the Veda, designation ofSarasvatî, Sâvitrî, and Gâyatrî; -mûla, a. having its root in the Veda; -yagña, m. sacrifice prescribed in the Veda.
vedānta m. end of the Veda (rare); end of Vedic study (rare); text forming the conclusion or the essence of the Veda, i.e. an Upanishad and the theologico-philosophical doctrine based thereon (Uttara-mîmâmsâ or Vedânta system): -krit, m. author of the Vedântas; -sâra, m. essence of the Vedânta, T. of a compendium of the Vedânta system; -½abhihita, pp. contained in the Vedânta; -½upagata, pp.accruing from the Vedânta (reward).
vedāntin m. follower of the Ve dânta system.
vedarahasya n. secret doctrine of the Veda, the Upanishads; -râsi, m. the entire Veda; -vâkya, n. statement of the Veda; -vâda, m. id.; talk about the Veda, theological discussion; -vâdin, a. able to talk about or conversant with the Vedas; -vikrayin, a. selling=teaching the Veda for money; -vit-tama, spv. most learned in the Veda; -vit-tva, n. knowledge of the Veda; -víd, a. knowing the Veda; -vidyâ, f. know ledge of the Veda: -vid, a. versed in Vedic learning, -vrata-snâta, pp. having completed one's Vedic and scientific studies and one's vows; -vidvas, pt. knowing the Veda; -viplâvaka, a. propagating the Veda; -ve da½a&ndot;ga-tattva-gña, a. knowing the Vedas and the Vedâ&ndot;gas thoroughly; -vedâ&ndot;ga pâraga, a. thoroughly conversant with the Vedas and Vedâ&ndot;gas; -vyâsa, m. arranger of the Veda; -vrata, n.observance pre scribed during Vedic study; a. having taken the Vedic vow; -sabda, m. the word Veda; statement of the Veda; -sâkhâ, f. Vedic branch or school; -sâstra, n. sg. doctrine of the Veda: pl. the Veda and othercanonical works: -purâna, n. pl. id. and the Purânas; -sruti, f. Vedic scriptures.
vedārtha m. import or sense of the Veda: -vid, a. knowing the sense of the Veda; -½avâpti, f. acquisition of the Veda.
vedas n. 1. knowledge (RV.); 2. (get tings), property, wealth (V.).
vedasaṃhitā f. an entire Veda in any recension; -samnyâsika, a. having renounced Vedic study and pious works and devoting oneself to contemplation; -sam nyâsin, a. id.; -samâpti, f.completion of Vedic study.
vedha m. [√ vyadh] perforation; hit ting a mark; breach, opening; -a-ka, m. piercer; perforator; -ana, n. piercing with an arrow; infliction of (in.).
vedhas a. [√ vidh; ac. sts. vedh&asharp;m] pious, believing (V.); virtuous, good (ep. of the gods; V.); wise (C.); m. worshipper of the gods (V.); author (C.); Creator, ep. of Brahman (C.).
vedhin a. piercing, hitting a mark; -ya, fp. to be pierced or perforated.
vedi f. shallow bed dug out (in the sacrificial court) covered with straw, con taining the sacred fire-places and serving as an altar; being narrow in the middle, the female waist is often compared with it;Vedi-shaped open pavilion in a court-yard prepared for weddings; stand, pedestal, bench: (i)-kâ, f. Vedi-shaped pavilion (=ve di); stand, bench.
vedipurīṣa m. loose earth of the Vedi; -matî, f. N.; -madhya, a. having a Vedi-shaped waist; -shád, a. sitting on or at the altar (V.); -sambhavâ, f. ep. of Draupadî.
vedīyas cpv. knowing or finding better than (ab.; RV.1).
vedokta pp. mentioned, taught, or contained in the Veda; -½udita, pp. pre scribed by the Veda; -½upakarana, n. sup plementary treatise to the Veda.
vedyā f. pl. [√ 1. vid] knowledge (RV.): in sg. (&asharp;) and pl. with knowledge= manifestly, actually (RV.).
vedya fp. 1. notorious, famous (V.); to be known, that which is known (V., C.); to be recognised or regarded as (nm. or --°ree;; C.); 2. to be acquired (V.); to be married (in a-; C.): -tva, n.knowableness (C.).
vega m. [√ vig] shock, jerk (V., C., rare); C.: rush, impact; flood (of water, tears), cur rent; impetus (esp. of missiles), force, velo city, speed; impetuosity, vehemence, haste, sudden impulse; outbreak, outburst (of pas sion etc.), excitement; attack (of disease); circulation, working (of a poison; sts. pl.); impulse: -tara, m. greater swiftness: vegâd vegataram gam, run faster and faster; -tas, ad. with a sudden jerk; speedily, hastily, impetuously; -danda, m. elephant (=ve tanda); -vat, a. impetuous, hasty, swift, energetic, violent (wind); m. N. of a fairy: -î, f. N. of a fairy; -vâhin, a. flowing (river) or flying (arrow) swiftly; -sarî,f. female mule; -½anila, m. violent wind.
vegita den. pp. impetuous, swift, rapid; -in, a. id.; -ila, m. N.
vehat f. miscarrying or barren cow.
ve f. point, end, limit (rare); bound ary of sea and land, coast, sea-shore; limit of time, period, time of day, hour; oppor tunity, occasion; tide, flood (opp. ebb); N. of a princess found on the sea-shore:kâ velâ, what o'clock is it? kâ velâ tatrabha vatyâh prâptâyâh, how long has she been here? velâyâm, at the right hour; andha velâyâm, when there is occasion to be blind; artha-velâyâm, when the sense is concerned;velâm pra-kri, watch for an opportunity.
velākūla n. sea-shore, coast; -gala, n. sg. & pl. flood-tide; -tata, m. coast; -½ati krama, m. overstepping of time, tardiness; -½anila, m. coast wind; -½ambhas, n. flood tide; -vitta, m. kind of official; -vîki, f. shore-wave, breaker: pl. surge; -vyâga, m. disguise of the tide; -samudra, m. ocean in flood; -hîna, pp. premature, inopportune; -½ûrmi, f. wave breaking on the shore, roller.
vellana n. surging (of waves); rolling on the ground (of a horse).
veman n. [√ 4. vâ] loom or shuttle.
vena a. (&isharp;) yearning, longing, eager, loving (V.); m. longing, desire, wish (V.); a divine being of the middle region, Indra or the sun (comm.), connected with the navel (Br.); N. of various men, among others of the father of Prithu (C.).
veṇa m. musician (a mixed caste, off spring of Vaidehaka and Ambashthî): â, f. N. of a river: -tata, m. bank of the Venâ.
veṇī f. = veni: -samhâra, m. tying up of the braid of hair (of Draupadî), T. of a play (existing in the tenth century a. d.) by Bhatta-nârâyana.
veṇi f. braid of hair, esp. of the hair of women worn in a single plait as a sign of mourning: -kâ, f. continuous line, uninterrupted stream: -vâhin, a. flowing or caus ing to flow in an uninterrupted stream.
veṇu m. reed, cane, bamboo; flute, pipe.
veṇudārin a. bamboo-splitting; m. N. of a demon; -mat, a. provided with a bamboo; -yava, m. pl. seed of the bamboo; -yashtí, f. bamboo cane; -vana, n. forest of bamboo; -vâdana, n. playing on the flute; -vidala, n. split bamboo; -vaidala, a. made of split bamboo.
venya a. desirable, lovable (RV.).
vep v.  VIP.
vepana a. trembling, quivering, twinkling (of light); n. tremor (C.).
vepas n. [√ vip] quaking, quivering, struggling (RV.).
vepathu m. quivering, trembling, quaking: -bhrit, a. trembling (C.); -mat, a. id. (C.).
vepita pp. [√ vip] tremor.
ves nm. of ve, g. of vi, bird; 2. 3 sg. aor. or 2 sg. pr. subj. √ 1. vî.
veṣa m. [√ vish] dress, apparel, ex terior (ord. mg.); assumed appearance; ap pearance: -m kri or â-sthâ, assume a dress; -m gam or vi-dhâ, assume an appearance.
veśa m. [settler: √ vis] neighbour, tenant, vassal (V.); prostitution, brothel (C.); behaviour of a prostitute (C.): (a)-kula, n. sg. prostitutes: -strî, f. prostitute.
veśabhāva m. manner of prosti tutes; -yuvati, -yoshit, f. prostitute; -vat, m. keeper of a brothel; -vadhû, -vanitâ, f. prostitute; -vâsa, m. brothel; -strî, -sthâ, f. prostitute.
veṣadhārin a. wearing the dress of (--°ree;); -vat, a. well-dressed (v. r. su veshavân for sa veshavân); -½anya-tva, n. change of dress.
veṣaṇā f. attendance.
veśana n. act of entering.
veṣaṇa n. service (RV.).
veśāntā f. pond (Br.).
veśanta m. pond (V.).
vesara m. [prob. contraction for vega sara] mule.
veśas m. vassal (AV.).
veśī f. [√ vis] needle (RV.1).
veśin a. entering (--°ree;).
veśman n. [√ vis] house, dwelling, abode, apartment.
veśmavāsa m. sleeping chamber.
veṣṭana n. encircling, clasping, en closing, surrounding; sling; band; fillet, turban; fence, hedge: -m kri, bandage; -itá, pp.: -siras, a. having one's head covered.
veśyā f. courtesan, prostitute: -gri ha, n. brothel; -ghataka, m. pander; -½a&ndot;g anâ, f. courtesan; -gana, m. sg. prostitutes; -tva, n. condition of a prostitute; -pati, m. husband of a courtesan, paramour; -½âyattî kri, make dependent on prostitutes; -ves man, n. brothel.
veśyastrī f. courtesan.
vetāla m. kind of demon that takes possession of a dead body: â, f. a form of Durgâ.
vetana n. wages; price (rare).
vetaṇḍa m. elephant: â, f. a form of Durgâ (v. r. for vetâlâ).
vetasa m. kind of reed (Calamus Ro tang); cane; n. N. of a town: (a)-maya, a. consisting of reed (Calamus Rotang); -mâl in, a. wreathed with reeds; -vritti, a. act ing=pliant like the reed.
vetra m. n. kind of large reed (for making sticks); cane, staff: -grahana, n. (holding the staff), office of a door-keeper: â, f. female door-keeper; -yashti, f. cane staff; -latâ, f. id.: -maya, a. made of canes;-vat, a. containing or consisting of cane; m. N. of a mythical being, son of Pûshan: -î, f. female door-keeper; N. of a tributary of the Yamunâ.
vetrāsana n. cane-seat.
vetrin m. staff-bearer, door-keeper.
akālave f. undue season.
atipraveśa m. obtrusiveness.
ativega m. excessive haste; -vedanâ, f. violent pain; -vepathu-mat, a. trembling violently.
atharvaveda m. Atharva (fourth) Veda.
adveṣarāgin a. free from like or dislike.
adhivelam ad. on the sea-shore.
adhivettavyā f. fp. (√ 2. vid) to be superseded by another wife; -vedyâ, f. id.
adhiveśma ad. in the house.
adho&100;vekṣin a. looking down.
anavekṣā f. regardlessness.
anavekṣaka a. paying no regard to (--°ree;): -m, ad. without looking round; -na, n. disregard, carelessness.
anirveśa a. not having atoned for his sins.
anirvedita pp. not displayed.
anirveda m. intrepidity, undauntedness, self-reliance.
anivedya gd. without reporting.
antarānveṣin a. seeking an opportunity.
anuveśa m. entering.
anuvelam ad. continually; occa sionally.
antarāvedi f. partition.
anyaṅgaśveta a. pure white.
anveṣin a. seeking; -tavya, pp. to be sought or found out; -tri, m. searcher; -ya, fp. to be sought or found out; doubtful.
anveṣa m., -na, n., -nâ, f. search, quest, investigation; -ka, a. searching after; -nîya, fp. doubtful, questionable.
anvavekṣā f. regard, consideration; -in, a. circumspect.
abhiniveśa m. proneness to (lc., --°ree;); adherence to, insistence on (lc.); obstinacy; love of life; -nivesin, a. prone to; obstinately insisting on; (i)-tva, n. proneness.
avidveṣa m. freedom from enmity, amity.
aviveka m. want of discrimina tion; lack of judgment; a. lacking judgment: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -in, a. undivided; lacking insight; having no discriminating people.
avivenat pr. pt. not turning away, well-disposed.
aveśasadṛśa a. unlike prostitution.
avelam ad. unseasonably.
avedya fp. not to be wedded.
avedavihita pp. not pre scribed by the Veda.
avedana n. ignorance.
avekṣaṇa n. looking at; atten tion to, care of (g.); -anîya, fp. to be paid attention to; -â, f. care; attention to (lc.); -in, a. looking towards; attending to (ac.); -ya, fp. to be attended to.
asamaveta pp. not inseparably combined: pl. not all combined.
asveda a. sweatless.
āyurveda m. medical science.
āveṣṭa m. strangulation.
āveśa m. entrance; fit (of rage, &c.); wrath: -na, n. possession (by demons); work shop; -vat, a. possessed by (--°ree;); -ika, m. guest.
āvedaka a. informing, stating (--°ree;); -ana, n. announcement; legal notice; -anîya, fp. to be reported or announced; -ita, cs. pp. made known, told; -in, a. announcing (--°ree;); -ya,fp.=âvedanîya.
āvega m. excitement, flurry.
udveṣṭanīya fp. to be unloosed.
udveṣṭana a. having the fillet loosened.
udvela a. overflowing its banks; ex cessive; free from (--°ree;).
udvedi a. on which an altar rises.
udvejaka a.=udvega-kara; -ana, a. disquieting, alarming; n. shuddering; alarm: -kara, a. causing terror; -anîya, fp. object of alarm to (g.); -in, a. causing aversion.
udvegin a. getting excited.
udvega m. tremor, heaving, surging; uneasiness, agitation; objection; -kara, a. (î) causing uneasiness, distressing, agitating, alarming; -kâraka, -kârin, a. id.; -krit, a. causing aversion.
upaveśya cs. gd. having made to sit down.
upaveśana n. sitting down, seat; undergoing (--°ree;); -in, a. undergoing, practising (--°ree;).
etave V. inf. of √ i, to walk.
karaniveśita pp. rendered tributary.
kartave V. d. inf. of √ kri: -távya (or ã), fp. to be done, &c. (v. √ kri); n. affair, business; what should be done, duty: -tâ, f. duty.
kādraveya m. descendant of Kadrû, metr. of various serpents.
kṣveḍana n. whizzing, hissing; -â, f. roar of a lion, battle-cry.
gantave gán-tave, gantavai d. inf. √ gam.
gaveṣaṇa a. ardently desirous; longing for battle; n. search; -½eshin, a. seek ing (--°ree;).
kṣvelana n., -i, f., -ikâ, f., -ita, n. play, dalliance.
gopaveṣa a. dressed as a cowherd.
graiveya m. n. id.: -ka, n. id.; necklace; -ya, a. relating to the neck.
caritave d. inf. to go, to move.
triḥśveta a. white in three places.
tveṣa a. (â, &isharp;) vehement; sublime; shining.
tve V. lc. of tvam, thou.
deveddha pp. kindled by the gods; -½indra, m. lord of the gods, Indra; -½îsa, m. id.: î, f. Durgâ; -½îsvara, m. ep. of Siva.
dveṣya fp. hateful, odious; m. foe: -tâ, f., -tva, n. odiousness.
dveṣin a. disliking, hating, ab horring (g. or --°ree;); seeking to injure; m. foe; -tri, m. hater, enemy.
dveṣastha a. cherishing dislike.
dveṣas n. abhorrence, hatred; foe.
dveṣaṇa a. disliking, hating; n. dislike, hatred, hostility towards (g. or --°ree;); -anîya, fp. hateful.
dveṣa m. dislike, abhorrence, hatred (of, --°ree;); malice, malignity: -m kri, show one's hatred towards (d., lc.).
dvedhākriyā f. breaking, splitting in two.
dvedhā ad. in two parts, twofold: -krita, pp. broken in two.
navedas a. (or -veda1) observing; knowing (g.).
nirvega a. unagitated, calm; -ve tana, a. wageless; -veda, m. disgust (of, g., lc., or --°ree;); mundane indifference; despera tion, faintheartedness: -vat, a. indifferent to all things; -vesa, m. requital, recompense, payment; expiation, atonement; -vesanîya, fp. to be enjoyed; -veshtavya, fp. to be re quited; enjoyable; -vaira, n. peaceableness; a. free from hostility, peaceable, concordant; -vairina, n. concord, harmony;-vodhrí, a. carrying out, accomplishing; nm. used as finite verb=will carry away.
nivedana a. announcing, making known; n. communication, announcement; of fering; -vedin, a. announcing, making known; offering (--°ree;); -vedya, fp. to be reported; n. offering of food to an idol; -vesá, m. enter ing into; settling; encampment, camp; habi tation, residence; settling down, marriage, matrimony; foundation (of a city); building, edifice; impression, mark; -vésana, a. (î) entering into (--°ree;); laying to rest; sheltering; n. entrance; setting down; introduction, ap plication; causing to encamp; settling down, marrying; resting-place, bed, lair, nest; home, abode, dwelling; -vesanîya, fp. to be put down; -vesayitavya, fp. to be placed; -vesa vat, a. lying on (--°ree;); -vesin, a. lying near, being in, resting or based on (--°ree;).
naiveśika n. household furniture.
pūrvedyus ad. the day before, yesterday; early in the morning.
pūrveṇa in. ad. prp. with ac. or g. before, in front of; to the east of.
praveka a. choice, chief, exquisite, most excellent of (--°ree;); -vega, m. great swift ness; -vegita, den. pp. moving rapidly; -ve- nî, f. braid of hair; coloured woollen cloth; -vetri, m. charioteer; -vettri, m. connoisseur of (--°ree;); -vedana, n. making known, pro claiming; -vedin, a. thoroughly knowing (--°ree;); -vedya, fp. to be made known; -vedha, m. shot; -vepin, a. trembling; -verita, pp. cast, hurled; -vesa, m.entrance, entry, pene tration, intrusion, into (lc., g.±antar, or --°ree;); appearance on the stage; getting into the house, coming into one's possession (e. g. of a deposit); obtrusiveness, meddlesomeness; entering into=admissibleness, applicability in (lc.); employment or utilization of (--°ree;); entrance, door: -ka, a. --°ree;, id.; m. interlude (explaining what has happened between two acts and is essential for the understanding of what follows); -vesana, n. entering, en trance or penetration into (g., lc., or --°ree;); co pulation; introduction, into (lc.); driving home (of cattle); -vesa-bhâgika, m. collector of taxes; -vesayitavya, fp. to be introduced; -vesita, cs. pp. introduced, made or allowed to enter; n. causing to appear on the stage; -vesin, a. entering, into (--°ree;); accessible through or over (--°ree;); having sexual intercourse with (--°ree;); -vesya, fp. to be entered; -played (musical instrument); -introduced; -vesh- tavya, fp. to be entered; -allowed to enter; n. imps. one should enter or penetrate into (lc.); -veshtri, m. one who enters: -tva, n. condition of --.
prāveśika a. (î) relating to en trance into the house or on the stage; -vrâg ya, n. life of a religious mendicant.
prāvepa m. hanging fruit swaying on a tree.
bhagavedana a. proclaiming matrimonial felicity.
mānavendra m. chief of men, king.
mārgaveya m. pat. or met. of a Râma.
yantave d. inf. of √ yam (RV.); -tavya, fp. to be guided, curbed, or re strained; -trí, m. driver (of horses or car), charioteer; elephant-driver; director, guide; ruler, governor; a. establishing (V.); be stowing (V.); withholding, from (lc.).
yaṣṭave d. inf. of √ yag, to sacrifice (RV.).
yājurvedika a. relating to the Yagur-veda; -vaidika, a. id.
yātave d. inf. to travel.
yāvayaddveṣas a. driving away enemies (RV.).
vartave d. inf. (of √ 1. vri) to cover (RV.).
vivekitā f. discrimination, dis cernment, judgment, -tva, n. id.; -vekin, a. discriminating, distinguishing (--°ree;); separated (rare); examining, criticising (rare); dis criminating, discerning, judicious; -vektav ya, fp. n. one should judge correctly; -vek tri, m. one who discriminates (--°ree;); man of judgment or discernment: -tva, n. discrimin ation of (--°ree;); -vekaka, a. distinguishing; judging correctly, discerning: -tâ, f., -tva, n. correct judgment, discernment; -vekana, a. (î) distinguishing (--°ree;); investigating, dis cussing, treating critically; n. examination, discussion, criticism; n., â, f. distinguishing.
viveka m. [√ vik] discrimination, distinction; investigation, discussion, criti cism; discernment, judgment: -khyâti, f. correct judgment; -gña, a. having correct knowledge, of (--°ree;); -gñâna, n.correct know ledge; -bhâg, a. discerning; -manthara-tâ, f. feebleness of judgment; -rahita, pp. lacking an interstice (breasts) and lacking discern ment; -vat, a. judicious, discerning.
viśveśa m. lord of the universe (ep. of Brahman, Vishnu, and Siva); -½îsitri, m. id.; -½îsvara, m. id.; N.
viśvedeva m. pl. the Visve devâs.
vaidhaveya m. son of a widow (vidhavâ); -ya, n. widowhood: -venî, f. widow's braid.
śvetakākīya a. resembling a white crow, unheard of; -kushtha, n. white leprosy; a. leprous: -tva, n. -ness; (á)-ketu, m. N.; -ga&ndot;gâ, f. N. of a river; -guna-vat, a. possessed of the quality of whiteness; -godhûma, m. kind of wheat; -kkhatra, n. white umbrella: â-ya, den. resemble a white umbrella: pp. i-ta; -dyuti, m. moon (--°ree;); -dvîpa, m. n. white island, N. of a fabulous isle of the Blessed: â-ya, den. Â. resemble the White Isle.
śveta a. [√ svit] white, bright; m. white horse (Br.); N.; n. (C.) white (of the eye).
śvetārcis m. (white-rayed), moon; -½asva, m. white steed; a. yoked with white steeds (car); m. ep. of Arguna; -½asva tara, m. (having white mules), N. of a teachen: pl. his school: -½upanishad, f. N. of an Upanishad.
śvetāya den. Â. become white.
śvetāṃśu m. moon; -½âtapatra, n. white umbrella: â-ya, den. Â. resemble a white umbrella; -½ambara, a. white-robed; m. N. of a Jain sect.
śve f. (white), N.
śvetapakṣa a. white-winged; -pata, m. N. of a Jain teacher: pl. N. of a Jain sect; -padma, n. white lotus; -pushpa, n. white flower; a. (î) having a white flower; -bhânu, a. white-rayed (moon); m.moon; -bhikshu, m. white-robed mendicant, Svetâmbara; -mayûkha, m. (white-rayed), moon; -y&asharp;varî, f. (flowing white), N. of a river (RV.1); -rasmi, m. N. of a Gandharva transformed into a white elephant; -roma½a&ndot;ka, m. mark of white hair; -vâhana, a. driving with white steeds; m. ep. of Arguna; -saila, m. snow-mountain or N. of a mountain: -maya, a. made of white stone or marble; -hûna, m. pl. white Huns.
saṃvega m. violent excitement or agitation; vehemence, intensity, high degree; -veda, m. perception, consciousness; -ved ana, n. knowledge; sensation, perception; announcement, information; -vedya, fp. to be known or learned from (--°ree;); intelligible to (--°ree;); to be made known or communicated to (lc.): -tâ, f. intelligibleness to (in.); -vesá, m. entrance (V.); lying down, sleeping (C.); chamber (P., rare); -vesana, a. (î) causing to lie down (V.); n. lying down, sleeping (V., C.); cohabitation (S., C.); -veshta, n. envelopment in (--°ree;); covering: --°ree; a. wrapped in; -veshtana, n. rolling together.
śvetya a. white, brilliant (dawn; RV.1): â, f. N. of a river (RV.1).
vāsaveśman n. bed-chamber.
samavetatva n. inherence; -aveta½artha, a. full of meaning.
sartave d. inf. √ sri (RV.); -tavaí, id. (RV.).
sarveśvara m. lord of all: -tva, n. almightiness.
vegam ad. excitedly, with agi tation; -½âsamsam, ad. with an expression of desire, hope, or expectation; -½âsa&ndot;ka, a. ap prehensive, of (lc.): -m, ad. -ly, with mis givings.
śvetika m. N.; -i-man, m. whiteness.
stanavepathu m. heaving of the breast.
navetara a. old.
svasaṃvedya fp. intelligible to oneself only; -sadrisa, a. like or suitable to oneself; -samâna, a. id.; -samuttha, a. arising (fire) within itself (fuel); produced or existing by itself, natural; -sambhûta, pp. produced from oneself; (á)-sara, V. n. own resort: √ sri] stall, fold; accustomed place, dwelling; nest; -siddha, pp. come about spontaneously; belonging to one by nature (arms).
sveṣṭa pp. dear to oneself: -devatâ, f., -daivata, n. favourite deity.
svedya cs. fp. (√ svid) to be treated with sudorifics.
svedabindu m. drop of sweat; -lesa, m. id.; -vâri, n. perspiration; -½ambu, n. id.; (svéda)-½ayana, n. passage for sweat, pore; -½udgama, m. breaking out of perspiration.
svedana n. causing to sweat, sudorific treatment.
sveda m. [√ svid] sweat (pl. drops of perspiration); sudorific (in medicine): -ga, a. produced from sweat or damp heat (ver min); n. vermin; -gala, n. perspiration: -kana, m., -kanikâ, f. drop of perspiration.
sveccha ad. °ree;-- or -m, according to one's own wish, at will or pleasure, of one's own accord, voluntarily; -½ikkhâ, f. own de sire or will, free will: in., °ree;--, or -tas, according to one's own desire, at pleasure, of one's own free will.
Vedic Index of
Names and Subjects
187 results48 results
veda In the Atharvaveda and later denotes ‘sacred lore/ In the plural it more definitely refers to the Vedas of the Rc, Yaj'us, and Sāman. Cf Vidyā.
vedāṅga As the name of a text subsidiary to the study of the Rigveda, is first found in the Nirukta and the Rigveda Prātiśākhya.
vehat Seems to mean a ‘cow that miscarries.’ It is mentioned in the Atharvaveda and later.
vena Occurs in one passage of the Rigveda as a generous patron. Ppthavāna, found in the same passage, may or may not be another name of his, and Pārthya in the following stanza of the hymn is perhaps his patronymic.
vena In the Rigveda is thought by Tilak to be the planet Venus. But this is certainly impossible.
veṇu In the Atharvaveda and later denotes a ‘reed’ of bamboo. It is described in the Taittirīya Samhitā as ‘hollow’ (sιt-sira). In the Rigveda it occurs only in a Vālakhilya hymn in a Dānastuti (‘praise of gifts’), where Roth thinks that ‘flutes of reed’ are meant, a sense which Veṇu has in the later texts. The Kausītaki Brāhmana couples Veṇu with Sasya, stating that they ripen in Vasanta, ‘spring.’ Apparently bamboo reeds are meant.
veśa Is a term of somewhat doubtful sense, apparently denoting * vassal,’ 'tenant,' in a few passages, and, according to Roth, 'dependent neighbour.'
veśa May be a proper name in two passages of the Rigveda; if so, it is quite uncertain whether a demon is meant or not.
veśantā All denote a 'pond' or ‘tank.’ Cf. Vaiśanta.
veśāntā See Veśantā.
veśas See Veśa.
veśī In one passage of the Rigveda seems to denote a 'needle.'
veṣka In the Satapatha Brāhmaṇa denotes the 'noose' for strangling the sacrificial animal. See Bleṣka.
veśman House,' occurs in the Rigveda and later. It denotes the house as the place where a man is 'settled' (viś).
veśya In two passages of the Rigveda seems to denote the relation of ‘dependence’ rather than ‘neighbourhood.’ Cf. Vteśa.
vetasa Is the name of the water plant Calamus Rotang, or a similar reed, in the Rigveda and later. It is called 'golden' (hiranyaya) and ‘water-born’ (apsuja).
vetasu Is a name occurring in the singular in two passages of the Rigveda and once in the plural. It seems that he was defeated by Indra, but there is no reason to assume that he was a demon. Zimmer3 thinks that the Vetasus were probably the tribe of which Daśadyu was a member, and that they defeated the Tugras. The passages are too obscure to render any version probable.
vetasvant ‘Abounding in reeds/ is the name of a place in the Pañcavimśa Brāhmaṇa, not, as Weber once took it, a part of the name of Ekayāvan Gāmdama.
aruṇa aupaveśi gautama Is the full style of a teacher, who is repeatedly referred to in the later Samhitās and Brāhmanas, and whose son was the famous Uddālaka Aruni. He was a pupil of Upaveśa, and a contemporary of the prince Aśvapati, by whom he was instructed. Cf. Aruna.
āgniveśi śatri A prince of this name appears to be referred to in a Dānastuti (‘ Praise of Gifts ’) in the Rigveda
āgniveśya Several teachers of this name are mentioned in the Vamśas or Genealogies of the Brhadāranyaka Upanisad. In the Mādhyandina recension Ágniveśya is a pupil of Saitava. In the Kānva recension he is a pupil of Sāndilya and Anabhimlāta in one Vamśa, and of Gārgya in the second Vamśa.
aruṇa aupaveśi So the manuscripts let us read the former word in the Maitrāyanī Samhitā, but this is doubtless an error for Aruna
indradyumna bhāllaveya vaiyāghrapadya Is mentioned as a teacher who with others was unable to agree as to the nature of Agni Vaiśvānara, and who was instructed by Aśvapati Kaikeya. As Bhāllaveya he is cited several times in the śatapatha Brāhmana on ritual points.
upaveśi Is mentioned as a pupil of Kuśri in a Vamśa (list of teachers) in the Brhadāranyaka Upanisad. See also Aupaveśi.
ṛgveda The formal name of the collection of Res, first appears in the Brāhmanas, and thereafter frequently in the Aranyakas and Upanisads.
aupaveśi ‘Descendant of Upaveśa,’ is the patronymic borne by Aruna, father of Uddālaka.
triveda kṛṣṇarāta lauhitya (‘Descendant of Lohita ’) is the name of a teacher, a pupil of śyāmajayanta Lauhitya, according to a Vamśa (list of teachers) in the Jaiminīya Upanisad Brāhmana
dasyave vṛka ‘Wolf to the Dasyu,’ is the name of a man mentioned four times in the Rigveda. In one hymn he is called a Rsi, but in two others he is clearly a prince victorious over the Dasyus, and a generous patron of the singer. It is hardly necessary to assume different persons, for the term Rsi is not altogether inconsistent with royalty. He was son of Pūtakratu and Pūtakratā, his wife.
dasyave saha Is,according to Roth, the name of a man or a clan in the Rigveda. But he admits that the words may be an epithet of Agni. This is the interpretation given to them by Oldenberg.
dāsaveśa Occurring only once in the Rigveda, probably designates a Dāsa named Veśa. Sāyana's interpretation of the word as ‘ destruction of foes ’can hardly be correct.
niveśana Dwelling occurs in the Rigveda and the Sūtras. In the latter the word is sometimes contrasted with Grha as the resting-place of animals.
pariveṣṭṛ In the Atharvaveda and later denotes an attendant,’ more especially one who serves up food, a * waiter.’ The feminine form Parivestrī signifies a ‘ female attendant ’ or ‘ handmaid.’
prativeśa ‘Neighbour,’ occurs, often metaphorically, from the Rigvedaonwards.
prativeśya Is mentioned in the Vamśa (list of teachers) at the end of the śāñkhāyana Aranyaka as the pupil of Bphad- diva. Cf. Prātiveśya.
prātiveśya Is mentioned in the Vamśa (list of teachers) in the śānkhāyana Aranyaka as a pupil of Prativeśya.
prāvepa See Prākaśa.
bhāllaveya ‘Descendant of Bhāllayi,’ is the patronymic of Indradyumna in the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa and the Chāndogya Upaniṣad. Probably the same person is meant by the Bhāllaveya, who is cited frequently as an authority in the same Brāhmaṇa.
mārgaveya Is the patronymic or metronymic of Rāma in the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa, where he is mentioned as a śyāparṇa.
yajurveda The ‘Veda of the sacrificial utterance ’ (Yajus), is mentioned frequently in the Brāhmaṇas and Upaniṣads.
yajurveda The ‘Veda of the sacrificial utterance ’ (Yajus), is mentioned frequently in the Brāhmaṇas and Upaniṣads.
rāma mārgaveya Is the name of a man of the priestly family of the śyāparṇas in the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa.
śatri ágniveśi (‘Descendant of Agniveśa’) is the name of a generous patron in the Rigveda.
śvetaketu áruṇeya (‘Descendant of Aruṇa’) or Auddālaki (‘son of Uddālaka’) is mentioned repeatedly in the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa and the Chāndogya Upaniṣad. In the Kauṣītaki Upaniṣad he appears as śvetaketu, son of Áruṇi, and as a Gautama. In the Kauṣītaki Brāhmaṇa he is quoted as an authority on the vexed question of the duty of the Sadasya, or the seventeenth priest, at the ritual of the Kauṣītakins, to notify errors in the sacrifice; Áruṇi, his father, is also cited. He was a person of some originality, for he insisted on eating honey despite the general prohibition of the use of that delicacy by Brahmacārins or religious students. He was a contemporary of, and was instructed by the Pañcāla king Pravāhaṇa Jaivala. He was also a contemporary of Janaka, of Videha, and figured among the Brahmin disputants at his court. A story is told of him in the śāñkhāyana śrauta Sūtra:[6] Jala Jātūkarṇyā was lucky enough to become the Purohita of three peoples or kings, of Kāśi, Kosala, and Videha. Seeing this, śvetaketu felt annoyed and reproached his father with his excessive devotion to sacrifice, which merely enriched and glorified others, not himself. His father replied, forbidding him to speak thus: he had learned the true method of sacrificing, and his ambition in life had been to discuss it with every Brahmin. All the references to śvetaketu belong to the latest period of Vedic literature. It is, therefore, not surprising that the Ápa- stamba Dharma Sūtra should refer to him as an Avara, or person of later days, who still became a Rṣi by special merit. His date, however, must not be fixed too low, because the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa in which he plays so marked a part is certainly earlier than Pāṇini, and was apparently even in that grammarian’s time believed to be an ancient work; hence 500 B.c. is probably rather too late than too early a period for śvetaketu as a rough approximation to a date.
śvetyā Appears in the Nadī-stuti (‘praise of rivers’) to be a stream, probably a tributary of the Indus.
sarvavedasa Denotes in the later Samhitās and the Brāh­maṇas either a sacrifice in which the sacrificer gives his all to the priests, or the whole property of a man.
sāmaveda ‘The Veda of the Sāman chants,’ is the name of a collection of verses for chanting, often mentioned in the Brāhmaṇas. The Sāman itself is repeatedly referred to in the Rigveda, and the triad Rc, Yajus, and Sāman is common from the Atharvaveda onwards. These texts know also the Sāma-ga, the ‘Sāman-chanter,’ who occurs later.
soma prātiveśya (‘Descendant of Prativeśya’) is the name of a teacher, a pupil of Prativeśya, in the Vamśa (list of teachers) at the end of the śāñkhāyana Araṇyaka.
svedaja ‘Born of sweat’—that is, ‘engendered by hot moisture ’—is used in the-Aitareya Upaniṣad as a term designating a class of creatures comprising vermin of all sorts. The Mānava Dharma śāstra explains it as ‘ flies, mosquitos, lice, bugs, and so forth.’
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
187 results48 results3225 results
ā vedhasaṃ nīlapṛṣṭhaṃ bṛhantam RV.5.43.12a; MS.4.14.4a: 219.11; TB.2.5.5.4a. P: ā vedhasam TB.2.8.2.7; śś.6.10.5.
ā velā śś.17.15.9.
abhi venā anūṣata RV.9.64.21a. Cf. abhy arkā etc.
ācāryādhīno vedam adhīṣva AG.1.22.2. See prec. two.
adāśūṣṭarasya vedaḥ RV.8.81.7c.
adhītya vedaṃ na vijānāti yo 'rtham N.1.18b.
ādhyo veśayāmi te AVP.3.37.8b. See prec.
aditir vedyā TA.3.8.1. Cf. under aditir apaś.
agne vedhastama priyam RV.1.75.2b.
agne ver hotraṃ ver adhvaram PB.21.10.1; Kś.23.3.1; Apś.22.19.1; Mś.9.4.2.7.
agne ver hotraṃ ver dūtyam VS.2.9; MS.1.10.2: 141.7; KS.9.5; 36.10; śB.1.4.5.4; Apś.8.12.4. P: agne ver hotram Mś.1.7.5.33.
agnir veda martānām apīcyam RV.8.39.6b.
agnir vedhastama ṛṣiḥ RV.6.14.2b.
ahaṃ veda na me mṛtyuḥ TA.1.13.1c (bis),2c.
ahaṃ veda yathā payaḥ AVP.5.30.2a. See vedāhaṃ.
ahaṃ veda yathāsitha AVP.1.59.3a.
ahaṃ veśaṃ namram āyave 'karam RV.10.49.5c.
amṛtaṃ veda bheṣajam AVś.11.6.23b.
anaḍvān verayā saha AVP.5.1.5d.
anena vegān asṛjat tviṣīmataḥ AVP.2.40.4c.
anena vegān asṛjat prajāpatiḥ AVP.2.40.3c.
aṅgiraso vedaḥ so 'yam śB.13.4.3.8.
apāṃ vegāsaḥ pṛthag udvijantām (AVP. ut patantu) AVś.4.15.3b; AVP.5.7.2b.
apsuṣade veṭ (TSṃS. vaṭ) VS.17.12; TS.4.6.1.4; MS.2.10.1: 132.3; KS.17.17; śB.9.2.1.8,9.
aryo vedo adāśuṣām RV.1.81.9d; AVś.20.56.6d.
āstrabudhnāya venyam RV.10.171.3b.
āsya vedaḥ khidati hanti nagnam RV.4.25.7c.
āsya vedo bharāmahai AVP.1.49.3d.
atho veda candramasaṃ yatojāḥ VS.23.60d.
ava veti sukṣayaṃ sute madhu RV.10.23.4c; AVś.20.73.5c.
ava vediṃ hotrābhir yajeta RV.7.60.9a.
ayaṃ vedaḥ pṛthivīm anvavindat KS.31.14a; TB.3.7.6.13a; Apś.2.11.10a; Mś.1.2.4.4a.
ayaṃ venaś codayat pṛśnigarbhāḥ RV.10.123.1a; VS.7.16a; TS.1.4.8.1a; MS.1.3.10a: 34.1; KS.4.3a; AB.1.20.2; 3.30.3; KB.8.5; śB.4.2.1.8a,10a; Aś.4.6.3; 5.18.5; N.10.39a. Ps: ayaṃ venaś codayat Apś.12.14.13; ayaṃ venaḥ VS.33.21,33,47,58,73; śś.5.9.17; 8.3.15; 15.3.9; Kś.9.6.12,13; Mś.2.3.5.7.
brahmaṇā vedir uddhitā (AVP. udyatā) AVś.19.42.2b; AVP.8.9.6b.
dadhātā venam ādiśe RV.9.21.5b.
daive vede ca gāthinām (śś. gāthināḥ) AB.7.18.9d; śś.15.27d.
dakṣiṇato vedyā indriyāvat AVP.12.9.8b.
darvir vedyām adhy enaṃ cinotu AVś.11.1.24d.
dhāmāni veda bhuvanāni viśvā RV.10.82.3b; AVś.2.1.3b; AVP.2.6.3b; VS.17.27b; 32.10b; TA.10.1.4b; MahānU.2.5b.
dhanāḍhyo vedapāragaḥ RVKh.9.67.19d.
dhātā veda savitaitāni sarvā AVP.1.101.3a.
divaṃ veda sāmago yo vipaścit GB.1.5.25c.
eṣa veda nidhīnām RV.8.29.6b.
etāvad ved uṣas tvam RV.5.79.10a.
eteṣu vedeṣv api caikam eva GB.1.5.25a.
gandharvāso vedhaso mahyam ūcuḥ AVP.2.23.4b.
gaurād vedīyāṃ avapānam indraḥ RV.7.98.1c; AVś.20.87.1c.
giro venānām akṛpanta pūrvīḥ RV.9.85.11b.
idaṃ vedāma yathedaṃ bhaviṣyati svāhā AVP.2.29.1--6.
idhmo vediḥ paridhayaś ca sarve TS.1.5.10.4c; Aś.3.14.10c.
indra vevijyate bhiyā RV.1.80.14d.
indraṃ vepī vakvarī yasya nū gīḥ RV.6.22.5b; AVś.20.36.5b.
īṣātra veṇavo namatis ta ugrā AVP.15.12.6c.
iyaṃ vediḥ paro antaḥ pṛthivyāḥ RV.1.164.35a; AVś.9.10.14a; VS.23.62a; śB.13.5.2.21; Aś.10.9.3; Lś.9.10.14a. P: iyaṃ vediḥ Vait.37.3; Kś.20.7.15. See vedim āhuḥ.
iyaṃ vediḥ svapatyā suvīrā KS.35.3b; TB.2.5.5.1b; Apś.9.17.1b.
jaṅghanānīha veha vā RV.10.119.10b.
jāyā veda vo apsarasaḥ AVP.12.8.2a. See jāyā id vo.
jināmi vet kṣema ā santam ābhum RV.10.27.4c.
jināti ved amuyā hanti vā dhuniḥ RV.5.34.5c.
juṣatāṃ vetu pibatu somam Aś.10.9.5. See juṣatāṃ pibatu.
kāma veda te nāma mado nāmāsi SMB.1.1.2; GG.2.1.10.
kavir vedhasyā pary eṣi māhinam RV.9.82.2a; SV.2.668a; JB.3.259a.
khaṃ vepasā tuvijāta stavānaḥ RV.4.11.2b.
ko veda candramasaṃ yatojāḥ VS.23.59d.
ko veda jānam eṣām RV.5.53.1a.
ko veda nūnam eṣām RV.5.61.14a.
kratvā vedhā iṣūyate RV.1.128.4d.
kṛṣṇaprutau vevije asya sakṣitau RV.1.140.3a.
kṛtsnaṃ vedam amṛtam annādyabhāgam śś.13.12.10.
veśasya praminato māpeḥ RV.4.3.13b.
mahān vega ejathur vepathuṣ ṭe AVś.12.1.18b.
medatāṃ vedatā vaso RV.10.93.11d.
moghaṃ vettā kurute tantum etam ApDh.2.6.13.6d.
na vepasā na tanyatā RV.1.80.12a.
nāhaṃ veda bhrātṛtvaṃ no svasṛtvam RV.10.108.10a.
nakulo veda bheṣajīm AVś.8.7.23b.
namo vedebhyaḥ VaradapU.1.3.
ni vedayatu kaśyapaḥ AVP.4.40.4d.
ni veveti palito dūta āsu RV.3.55.9a.
ni veveti śreṇibhī rathānām RV.4.38.6b.
nopa veṣi jātavedaḥ RV.8.11.4c.
nṛṣade veṭ (TSṃS.Apś. vaṭ) VS.17.12; TS.4.6.1.3; 5.4.5.1; MS.2.10.1: 132.3; KS.17.17; 21.7; śB.9.2.1.8,9; Apś.17.13.6.
paraśur vediḥ paraśur naḥ svasti AVś.7.28.1b. See parśur vediḥ.
pariviṣṭī veṣaṇā daṃsanābhiḥ RV.4.33.2b.
parśur vediḥ paraśur naḥ svastiḥ TS.3.2.4.1b. See paraśur vediḥ.
pāvakaśoce veṣ ṭvaṃ hi yajvā RV.6.15.14b; TS.4.3.13.4b; MS.4.10.1b: 141.4; TB.3.5.7.6b; 6.12.2b.
pra vedhasaś cit tirasi manīṣām RV.4.6.1d.
pra vedhase kavaye vedyāya (TB.Apśṃś. medhyāya) RV.5.15.1a; KS.7.12a; TB.1.2.1.9a; Apś.5.5.8a; Mś.1.5.1.16a. P: pra vedhase kavaye Aś.4.13.7. See śrutkarṇāya, and cf. avocāma kavaye.
pra vepayanti parvatāṃ adābhyāḥ RV.3.26.4d.
pra vepayanti parvatān RV.1.39.5a; 8.7.4b; TB.2.4.4.3a.
prātar veṣāya gopāya TB.3.7.4.18c; Apś.1.14.6c.
pratikāmāya vettave AVś.2.36.7d; AVP.2.21.6d.
preṣad veṣad vāto na sūriḥ RV.1.180.6c.
pṛthag vedeṣu tat smṛtam GB.1.5.25b,25d.
puṣṭikāmāya vedhasā AVś.19.31.1b; AVP.10.5.1b.
ṛtvigbhir vedapāragaiḥ GB.2.2.5d.
tad veṣāṃ hṛdi śritam AVP.9.4.11d.
taṃ vedhāṃ medhayāhyan RV.9.26.3a.
tasmin veśmani jāyate AVś.5.17.13b.
tasya venīr anu vratam RV.8.41.3d.
tasya veśaḥ kariṣyathaḥ AVP.15.21.1d.
tasyāhaṃ veda te nāma AVP.4.24.4c.
tasyāṃ vedādhi bheṣajam AVP.3.17.2a.
trayo vedo 'si ā.5.3.2.4.
tvaṃ vettha yati te jātavedaḥ RV.10.15.13c; VS.19.67c. See agne tān vettha.
tvaṃ vedyāṃ sīdasi cārur adhvare AVś.19.33.3b; AVP.11.13.3b; Kauś.2.1b.
tvayā vediṃ vividuḥ pṛthivīm TB.3.7.4.12a; Apś.1.6.4a.
ud vepayati pūruṣam AVś.9.8.6b.
ud vepaya tvam arbude AVś.11.9.18a.
ud vepaya rohita pra kṣiṇīhi AVś.13.3.1g,2e,3e,4e,5f,6g,7f,8e,9f,10f,11f,12f,13g,14g,15f,16g,17f,18g,19g,20e,21g,22e,23g,24f,25g.
ud vepaya saṃ vijantām AVś.11.9.12a.
ukto veṣo vāsāṃsi ca TA.1.12.5a.
upacinvanti vedhasaḥ TS.1.1.7.2b; 5.10.3b; MS.1.1.8b: 4.14; 4.1.8b: 10.13; KS.1.7b; 31.6; Kś.2.8.16b.
upo venasya joguvāna oṇim RV.1.61.14c; AVś.20.35.14c.
usrā veda vasūnām RV.9.58.2a; SV.2.408a.
uta veśmeva dṛśyate RV.10.146.3b. See uto etc.
uto veśmeva dṛśyate TB.2.5.5.6b. See uta etc.
yad veda rājā varuṇaḥ RVKh.10.128.7a; AVś.5.25.6a; 19.26.4a; AVP.1.82.4a; 12.4.6a.
yad veme rodasī anu RV.8.10.6b.
yadī vedhasaḥ samithe havante RV.6.25.6b.
yadi vetthāsato gṛhān TA.1.8.5d.
yakṣi veṣi (SV. yāsi) ca vāryam RV.7.16.5d; SV.1.61d; MS.2.13.8d: 157.6.
yaṃ vendro brahmaṇas patiḥ AVś.13.1.51b.
yasmai vedāḥ prasṛtāḥ somabinduḥ GB.1.5.24c.
yasmin vedā nihitā viśvarūpāḥ AVś.4.35.6c.
yasyāgṛdhad vedane vājy akṣaḥ RV.10.34.4b.
yasyāṃ vediṃ parigṛhṇanti bhūmyām AVś.12.1.13a. P: yasyāṃ vedim Vait.15.8.
yathā vedena kaśyapaḥ AVP.4.40.5d.
yatra vettha vanaspate RV.5.5.10a; KS.35.19a; TB.3.7.2.5a; Aś.3.11.23; Apś.9.2.7a; Mś.3.2.10a; AG.1.12.3.
yatrainān vettha sukṛtasya loke śG.3.13.3b. See prec.
yatredaṃ veśayāmi vaḥ AVś.3.13.7d. P: yatredam Kauś.40.6. See yatremaṃ veśayāmasi.
yatremaṃ veśayāmasi AVP.2.40.6d. See yatredaṃ veśayāmi.
aṃśur yavena pipiśe yato nṛbhiḥ # RV.9.68.4c.
aṃśoḥ pibanti manasāvivenam # RV.4.25.3d.
aṃho rājan varivaḥ pūrave kaḥ # RV.1.63.7d. Cf. hantā vṛtraṃ varivaḥ.
akāmā viśve vo (TB. akāmā vo viśve) devāḥ # AVś.6.114.3c; TB.2.4.4.9c.
akāmā vo viśve # see akāmā viśve.
akto gobhiḥ kalaśān ā viveśa # RV.9.96.22b.
akrīḍan krīḍan harir attave 'dan # RV.10.79.6c.
akṣitiṃ devebhyo bhāsā tapantīm # JB.2.258.
aganma viśvavedasam # Aś.2.5.12a. See āganma etc.
aganmahi manasā saṃ śivena # AVś.6.53.3b; VS.2.24b; 8.14b; TS.1.4.44.1b; MS.1.3.38b: 44.8; 4.14.17b: 247.4; KS.4.12b; PB.1.3.9b; śB.1.9.3.6b; 4.4.3.14b; 4.8b; TA.2.4.1b; KA.1.198.4b; śś.4.11.6b.
agṛbhītāḥ paśavaḥ santu sarve # TB.2.5.3.3d; Aś.2.10.18d; Apś.7.16.7d.
agna āgacha rohitābhyāṃ vṛhadbhāno dhūmaketo jātavedo vicarṣaṇa āṅgirasa brāhmaṇāṅgirasa bruvāṇa # Lś.1.4.2.
agna āyuḥkārāyuṣmāṃs tvaṃ tejasvān deveṣv edhi # MS.4.7.3: 96.10. P: agna āyuḥkāra Mś.7.2.2.16. See agne tejasvin.
agna iḍā nama iḍā nama ṛṣibhyo mantrakṛdbhyo mantrapatibhyo namo vo astu devebhyaḥ # Aś.8.14.18; ā. (Introd.).
agnaye jātavedase # RV.5.5.1c; VS.3.2c.
agnaye devebhyaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ samidhyamānāyānubrūhi # TB.1.6.9.1; Apś.8.14.17 (cf. 8.13.7, comm.).
agnaye devebhyo dhukṣva # śś.2.8.4.
agnaye prajanayitave # TB.1.2.1.8d; Apś.5.1.14d.
agnaye vītamanyave svāhā # KS.37.13,14.
agnaye saṃveśapataye svāhā # VS.2.20. P: agnaye Kś.3.7.18.
agnaye svāhā somāya svāhāgniṣomābhyām indrāgnibhyām indrāya viśvebhyo devebhyo brahmaṇe prajāpataye 'gnaye sviṣṭakṛte # GDh.26.16; Svidh.1.2.5.
agnā u vasuvane vasudheyasya vetu vaujhak # śB.2.2.3.25. Cf. agner vasuvane etc. Both formulas are fragments, the words devaṃ barhiḥ or devo narāśaṃsaḥ preceding them; see under these heads, and cf. śB.1.8.2.15.
agnā deveṣu pūrvyaḥ # RV.8.27.3b.
agnāv indra āditye viśveṣu ca deveṣu caritaṃ te brahmacaryam # śG.2.12.2.
agniḥ pūrvebhir ṛṣibhiḥ # RV.1.1.2a; N.7.16a.
agniḥ pṛthur dharmaṇas patir juṣāṇo agniḥ pṛthur dharmaṇas patir ājyasya (VSK. inserts here haviṣo) vetu svāhā # VS.10.29; VSK.11.8.6; śB.5.4.4.22. P: agniḥ pṛthuḥ Kś.15.7.15; BṛhPDh.9.215.
agniṃ rathaṃ na vedyam # RV.8.84.1c. See agne rathaṃ etc.
agniṃ vaḥ pūrvyaṃ huve # RV.8.23.7a.
agniṃ viśvāyuvepasam # RV.8.43.25a.
agniṃ viśveṣām aratiṃ vasūnām # RV.1.58.7c.
agniṃ śaṃ yoś ca dātave # RV.8.71.15b.
agniṃ samiddhaṃ bhagam ūtaye huve # RV.7.44.1b.
agniṃ sūnuṃ sahaso jātavedasam # RV.8.71.11a; SV.2.905a.
agniṃ sviṣṭakṛtam ā huvema # KS.2.15d; TB.2.4.1.4d; Apś.9.8.8d.
agniṃ sve yonāv (VSKṃS.KS. yonā) abhār (Apś. yonau bhariṣyaty) ukhā # VS.12.61b; VSK.12.4.17b; TS.4.2.5.2b; MS.2.7.11b: 90.12; KS.16.11b; śB.7.1.1.43; Apś.16.10.8b.
agniṃ havyāya voḍhave # RV.5.14.3c; TS.4.3.13.8c; MS.4.10.1c: 143.10; KS.19.14c.
agniṃ huvema paramāt sadhasthāt # TA.10.2.1b. See ukthair havāmahe, and ugraṃ huvema.
agniṃ hotāram iha (MSṃś. upa) taṃ huve # TS.1.5.10.3a; 6.8.3; MS.1.4.1a: 47.4; 1.4.5: 52.17; Apś.4.4.5; Mś.1.4.1.13. See agnir hotopa.
agnijihvebhyas (MS. agnihvarebhyas) tvartāyubhya (MS. tvā ṛtāyubhyā) indrajyeṣṭhebhyo varuṇarājabhyo vātāpibhyaḥ parjanyātmabhyaḥ # TS.3.5.8.1; MS.1.3.35: 41.16. P: agnijihvebhyas tvartāyubhyaḥ TS.3.5.9.2. See next.
agninā devena devatayā gāyatreṇa chandasāgneḥ śirā upadadhāmi # MS.2.18.11: 115.9. Cf. under gāyatreṇa chandasāgninā.
agninā devena pṛtanā jayāmi # TS.3.5.3.1; Apś.4.14.10; 13.18.8. Cf. indrena devena, viśvebhir devebhiḥ, and sarvebhir devebhiḥ.
agninā devena pṛthivīlokena lokānām ṛgvedena vedānāṃ tena tvā śamayāmy asau svāhā # śG.1.16.3.
agninetrebhyo devebhyaḥ puraḥsadbhyaḥ svāhā # VS.9.35; śB.5.2.4.5. P: agninetrebhyaḥ Kś.15.1.20. See agnaye puraḥsade, and ye devāḥ puraḥsado.
agninendreṇa somena sarasvatyā viṣṇunā devatābhiḥ, yājyānuvākyābhyām upa te huve savāham (KSA. huve 'sā aham) # TS.7.3.11.2; KSA.3.1.
agniṃ dadhāmi manasā śivena # śG.3.4.2a. Cf. agniṃ pra ṇayāmi.
agniṃ deveddham abhy arcase girā # RV.10.64.3b.
agniṃ dveṣo yotavai no gṛṇīmasi # RV.8.71.15a.
agnim adya hotāram (commentary continues avṛṇītām imau yajamānau pacantau paktīḥ pacantau purolāśaṃ badhnantāv agnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgam [dviyajamānake]; and avṛṇateme yajamānāḥ pacantaḥ paktīḥ pacantaḥ purolāśaṃ badhnanto 'gnīṣomābhyāṃ chāgam [bahuyajamānake]. The version of the formula [comm. sūktavākapraiṣa: cf. Aś.3.6.16] in the singular does not seem to be mentioned) # śś.5.20.5. Cf. the prec. six.
agnim ājyasya vetu vaujhak # śB.2.2.3.19. See under agna ājyasya.
agnim indraṃ vṛtrahaṇā huve 'ham (MS. -haṇaṃ huvema) # AVś.7.110.2d; MS.4.12.6d: 194.12. See agnī indrā.
agnimukhān somavato ye ca viśve # TS.7.3.11.3d; KSA.3.1d.
agniṃ pra ṇayāmi manasā śivena # śG.1.7.9a. Cf. agniṃ dadhāmi.
agniṃ manthanti vedhasaḥ # RV.6.15.17b.
agniṃ maho dhanasātāv ahaṃ huve # RV.10.150.4c.
agnir agnīṣomau tam apanudantu yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # śś.4.9.5. Cf. agnīṣomau tam etc.
agnir asmi janmanā jātavedāḥ # RV.3.26.7a; ArS.3.12a; VS.18.66a; MS.4.12.5a: 192.9; Aś.4.8.25; N.14.1,2a. P: agnir asmi Mś.5.2.5.15; Rvidh.2.1.13.
agnir asyāḥ prathamo jātavedāḥ # MG.1.10.10a. See under agnir etu.
agnir ājyasya vetu vaujhak # śB.2.2.3.19. See under agna ājyasya.
agnir ājyasya vetu svāhā # VS.6.16; śB.3.8.2.21. P: agnir ājyasya Kś.6.6.17.
agnir ivānādhṛṣyaḥ pṛthivīva suṣadā bhūyāsam # ā.5.1.1.15. Cf. anādhṛṣyo jātavedā.
agnir giro 'vasā vetu dhītim # RV.1.77.4b.
agnir jātavedā iha śravad iha somasya matsat # śś.8.24.1. Cf. agnir vaiśvānara iha.
agnir jātavedāḥ somasya matsat # śś.8.24.1. Cf. agnir vaiśvānaraḥ somasya.
agnir devata ṛgvedasya # GB.1.5.25a.
agnir deveddhaḥ # AB.2.34.1; Aś.5.9.12; śś.7.9.3. Cf. agnir manviddhaḥ, and agne deveddha manviddha etc.
agnir devebhir ā gamat # RV.3.10.4b.
agnir devebhir ṛtāvājasraḥ # RV.10.6.2b; MS.4.14.15b: 241.8.
agnir devebhir manuṣaś ca jantubhiḥ # RV.3.3.6a.
agnir devebhyaḥ suvidatriyebhyaḥ (TA. suvidatrebhyaḥ) # RV.10.17.3d; AVś.18.2.54d; TA.6.1.1d; N.7.9d.
agnir deveṣu patyate # RV.8.102.9b; SV.2.298b.
agnir deveṣu pra voca # MS.4.9.11: 132.11.
agnir deveṣu rājati # RV.5.25.4a; Aś.9.5.5.
agnir deveṣu saṃvasuḥ # RV.8.39.7a.
agnir dveṣāṃsi nir ito nudātai # TB.3.7.6.7d; Apś.4.6.3d.
agnir naḥ pārthivebhyaḥ # RV.10.158.1c.
agnir no yajñam upa vetu sādhuyā # RV.5.11.4a.
agnir manviddhaḥ # AB.2.34.2; śś.7.9.3. Cf. agnir deveddhaḥ, and under agne deveddha manviddha etc.
agnir mahī rodasī ā viveśa # RV.10.80.2b.
agnir me goptā marutaś ca sarve # AVś.11.1.33c.
agnir yad ver martāya devān # RV.1.77.2c.
agnir vandāru vedyaś cano dhāt # RV.6.4.2b; MS.4.14.15b: 241.6.
agnir vaiśvānara iha śravad iha somasya matsat # śś.8.22.1. Cf. next but one, and agnir jātavedā iha.
agnir vaiśvānaraḥ somasya matsat # śś.8.22.1. Cf. prec. but one, and agnir jātavedāḥ somasya.
agnir ha nāmota jātavedāḥ # RV.10.61.14c.
agnir hotā vetv agnir (Aś. agner) hotraṃ vetu prāvitraṃ sādhu te yajamāna devatā # Aś.1.4.10; śś.1.6.14. Cf. next two, and agne vīhi.
agnir hotā vetv agnir hotraṃ vetu prāvitraṃ smo vayaṃ sādhu te yajamāna devatā # TB.3.5.4.1. In fragments: agnir hotā, smo vayaṃ, sādhu te yajamāna devatā TS.2.5.9.4--5. Cf. prec. and next.
agnir hotā vettv agner hotraṃ vettu prāvitraṃ sādhu te yajamāna devatā # śB.1.5.2.1. P: agnir hotā Kś.3.2.15. Cf. prec. two.
agnir hotopa taṃ huve # KS.4.14a; 31.15. See agniṃ hotāram iha.
agniś ca jātavedāś ca # TA.1.9.1a; 12.4d.
agniś ca nṛcakṣā jātavedāḥ # AVP.5.21.1b.
agniś ca yan maruto viśvavedasaḥ # RV.5.60.7a.
agniḥ śarīraṃ veveṣṭu # AVś.2.12.8c; AVP.2.5.7c.
agni ṣṭave dama ā jātavedāḥ # RV.6.12.4b; 7.12.2b; SV.2.655b; JB.3.243b.
agniṣ ṭā viśvā bhuvanāni veda # RV.3.55.10c.
agniṣ ṭvā gāyatryā sayuk chandasārohatu savitoṣṇihā somo 'nuṣṭubhā bṛhaspatir bṛhatyā mitrāvaruṇau paṅktyendras triṣṭubhā viśve devā jagatyā # AB.8.6.3.
agnis tad anuvedhati # TA.1.27.4d.
agniḥ subhagāṃ jātavedāḥ # AVś.1.41.49c.
agnihotṛbhyo devebhyaḥ svāhā # TB.3.7.10.4d; Apś.14.32.5d.
agnihvarebhyas tvā # see agnijihvebhyas tvā.
agnī indrā vṛtrahaṇā huve vām # TB.2.4.5.7d. See agnim indraṃ vṛtrahaṇā.
agnī ratho na vedyaḥ # RV.8.19.8b.
agnīṣomā savedasā # RV.1.93.9a; TS.2.3.14.1a; MS.4.10.1a: 144.12; KS.4.16a; TB.3.5.7.2a; Aś.1.6.1; śś.1.8.10; Mś.5.1.5.26; Kauś.5.1a.
agnīṣomau tam apanudatāṃ yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # VS.2.15; śB.1.8.3.1. P: agnīṣomau tam Kś.3.5.19. Cf. agnir agnīṣomau etc.
agne aṅgiraḥ śataṃ te santv āvṛtaḥ # VS.12.8a; TS.4.2.1.2a; MS.1.7.1a: 109.14; KS.16.8a. P: agne aṅgiraḥ MS.2.7.8: 65.10; KS.19.11; 22.12; śB.6.7.3.6; Apś.16.12.2; HG.1.26.11; BDh.3.7.12. See agne jātavedaḥ śataṃ te, and cf. śataṃ te santv.
agneḥ pūrve bhrātaro artham etam # RV.10.51.6a.
agne kavir vedhā asi # RV.8.60.3a.
agne gṛhapate śundhasva # Apś.6.3.4. P: agne gṛhapate Mś.1.6.1.9 (some mss. have the whole mantra).
agne jātavedaḥ śataṃ te santv āvṛtaḥ (Kauś. omits santv āvṛtaḥ) # AVP.1.41.2a; Kauś.72.14a. P: agne jātavedaḥ Kauś.72.13. Cf. agne aṅgiraḥ śataṃ etc.
agne jātavedo 'bhi dyumnam abhi saha āyachasva # śś.8.24.1.
agne tān vettha yadi te jātavedaḥ # HG.2.11.1c; ApMB.2.19.7c. See tvaṃ vettha yati.
agne tejasvin tejasvī tvaṃ deveṣu bhūyāḥ # TS.3.3.1.1. P: agne tejasvin Apś.13.8.9. See agna āyuḥkārā-.
agne deveddha manviddha mandrajihvāmartyasya te hotar mūrdhann ā jigharmi rāyas poṣāya suprajāstvāya suvīryāya # TS.1.6.2.2. Cf. agnir deveddhaḥ, agnir manviddhaḥ, and deveddho manviddhaḥ.
agne devebhiḥ sacanāḥ sucetunā # RV.1.127.11b.
agne deveṣu pra vocaḥ (KA. vocāt) # RV.1.27.4c; SV.1.28c; 2.847c; TA.4.11.8c; KA.1.198.2c.
agne deveṣu yuṣme # RV.4.10.8b.
agne deveṣūcyata urūcī # RV.3.57.5b.
agne deveṣv āpyam # RV.1.36.12b.
agne dyumnena jāgṛve # RV.3.24.3a. P: agne dyumnena śś.2.2.17; 9.22.5.
agne dhāmāni tava jātavedaḥ # MS.2.13.11a: 162.3. P: agne dhāmāni Mś.6.1.8.12. See agne bhūrīṇi.
agnā3i patnīvan (VSK. agne vākpatni; MS.KS. patnīvā3n; TS. patnīvā3ḥ; Mś. agnā3 patnīvān) sajūr devena (MS.KS. sajūs) tvaṣṭrā somaṃ piba svāhā (omitted in MS.KS.) # VS.8.10; VSK.8.6.3; TS.1.4.27.1; 6.5.8.4 (in fragments, without svāhā); MS.1.3.29: 40.4; 4.4.7: 97.13; KS.4.11; śB.4.4.2.15,16. P: agnā3i patnīvan (Apś. -vā3ḥ; KS. -vā3n; Mś. agnā3 patnīvān) KS.28.8; Kś.10.6.19; Apś.13.14.8; Mś.2.5.2.12.
agne pṛthivyā adhipate vāyo 'ntarikṣasyādhipate savitaḥ prasavānām adhipate sūrya nakṣatrāṇām adhipate somauṣadhīnām adhipate tvaṣṭaḥ samidhāṃ rūpāṇām adhipate mitra satyānām adhipate varuṇa dharmāṇām adhipata indra jyeṣṭhānām adhipate prajāpate prajānām adhipate devā deveṣu parākramadhvam # śś.4.10.1. P: agne pṛthivyā adhipate śś.4.18.3. Cf. prec., and agnir bhūtānām.
agne bhūrīṇi tava jātavedaḥ # RV.3.20.3a; TS.3.1.11.6a. P: agne bhūrīṇi Apś.16.35.2. See agne dhāmāni.
agne marudbhir ṛkvabhiḥ pā indrāvaruṇābhyāṃ matsvendrābṛhaspatibhyām indrāviṣṇubhyāṃ sajūḥ # Aś.9.6.2.
agne mā te prativeśā riṣāma # VS.11.75d; TS.4.1.10.1d; MS.2.7.7d: 83.12; KS.16.7d; śB.6.6.3.8; Aś.2.5.9c; Apś.6.2.2c; 25.7c; Mś.1.6.3.12c. Cf. mā te agne prativeśā.
agne yat te jyotis tena taṃ prati daha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVP.2.48.5.
agne yat te tapas tena taṃ prati tapa yo 'smān (MS. asmān) dveṣṭi yaṃ ca (AVś.AVP. yaṃ) vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.2.19.1; AVP.2.48.1; MS.1.5.2: 68.2; KS.6.9; 7.6; Apś.6.21.1. P: agne yat te tapaḥ MS.1.5.9: 77.7; Kauś.47.8.
agne yat te tejas tena tam atejasaṃ kṛṇu (KS. taṃ prati tityagdhi; MS.Apś. taṃ prati titigdhi) yo 'smān (MS. asmān) dveṣṭi yaṃ ca (AVś. yaṃ) vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.2.19.5; MS.1.5.2: 68.6; KS.6.9; Apś.6.21.1. Cf. yat te agne tejas.
agne yat te 'rcis (AVPṃS. arcis) tena taṃ praty arca yo 'smān (MS. asmān) dveṣṭi yaṃ ca (AVś.AVP. omit ca) vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.2.19.3; AVP.2.48.4; MS.1.5.2: 68.4; KS.6.9; Apś.6.21.1.
agne yat te śocis tena taṃ prati śoca yo 'smān (MS. asmān) dveṣṭi yaṃ ca (AVś.AVP. omit ca) vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.2.19.4; AVP.2.48.3; MS.1.5.2: 68.3; KS.6.9; Apś.6.21.1.
agne yat te haras tena taṃ prati hara yo 'smān (MS. asmān) dveṣṭi yaṃ ca (AVś.AVP. yaṃ) vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.2.19.2; AVP.2.48.2; MS.1.5.2: 68.5; KS.6.9; Apś.6.21.1. Cf. yat te agne haras.
agne yān devān ayāḍ yāṃ (MS. yaṃ) apiprer ye te hotre amatsata tāṃ sasanuṣīṃ (KS. samanaiṣīr) hotrāṃ devaṃgamāṃ divi deveṣu yajñam erayemam # MS.4.10.3: 151.8; KS.19.13; TB.3.5.9.1; 6.13.1; 14.3; Aś.1.8.7; śś.1.13.3. The passage seems metrical: pādas after apiprer, amatsata, devaṃgamāṃ.
agne yo no 'bhidāsati # TB.2.4.1.2a; 3.7.6.17a; TA.2.5.2a; Apś.4.11.5a. See yo no dūre dveṣṭi.
agner akṛṇvann uśijo amṛtyave # MS.1.3.35b: 42.6. See agner apunann, and devā akṛṇvann.
agner agne puro agnir (KS. agne; TSṭB. puroagnir) bhaveha # VS.17.66b; TS.4.6.5.1b; MS.1.6.2b: 86.18; KS.7.13b; 18.4b; śB.9.2.3.25; TB.1.1.7.1a; 2.1.22b.
agne rathaṃ na vedyam # SV.1.5c; 2.594c; JB.3.232c. See agniṃ rathaṃ etc.
agner anīkam apa ā viveśa # VS.8.24a; TS.1.4.45.1a; MS.1.3.39a: 45.7; KS.4.13a; 29.3; śB.4.4.5.12a; Apś.8.8.3. P: agner anīkam Kś.10.8.22; Mś.1.7.4.38.
agner aveṇa (read agne raveṇa) marutāṃ na bhojyā # RV.1.128.5b.
agner iva prasitir nāha vartave # RV.2.25.3c.
agner jātam adhi jātavedasaḥ # AVś.19.45.3b; AVP.15.4.3b.
agner jihvām abhi (MS. jihvābhi [Padap. jihvāṃ, abhi]; AVś.KS. jihvayābhi) gṛṇītam (AVś. gṛṇata) # AVś.5.27.9b; VS.27.18b; TS.4.1.8.2b; MS.2.12.6b: 150.12; KS.18.17b. See agner jihvem.
agner jihvāsi suhūr (VSKṭSṭB. subhūr; KS. supūr) devebhyaḥ (TSṭB. devānām) # VS.1.30; VSK.1.10.3; TS.1.1.10.3; KS.1.10; TB.3.3.4.3; śB.1.3.1.19; śś.4.8.1. P: agner jihvāsi Apś.2.6.5.
agner jihvem abhi gṛṇīta # AVP.9.1.7b. See agner jihvām abhi.
agner jyotir nicāyya # VS.11.1c,11c; śB.6.3.1.13,41; śvetU.2.1b. Cf. agniṃ jyotir.
agner manve prathamasya pracetasaḥ (MS. prathamasyāmṛtānām) # AVś.4.23.1a; AVP.4.33.1a; TS.4.7.15.1a; MS.3.16.5a: 190.6; KS.22.15a; TB.3.9.16.4; Apś.20.23.4. P: agner manve Vait.2.11; Mś.1.5.5.5; MG.1.5.5; 23.18; 2.6.5; VHDh.8.232. Designated as mṛgāra, mṛgārasūktāni, and mṛgārāṇi Kauś.9.1; 27.34; BDh.4.7.5.
agner vasuvane vasudheyasya vetu vaujhak (Aś. without vaujhak) # śB.2.2.3.25; Aś.2.8.14. See under agnā u.
agne varcasvin (VSK. varcasvan) varcasvāṃs (śś. varcasvī) tvaṃ deveṣv asi varcasvān (śś. varcasvy) ahaṃ manuṣyeṣu bhūyāsam # VS.8.38; VSK.8.12.1; 13.1; śB.4.5.4.12; śś.10.2.6. P: agne varcasvin Kś.12.3.6.
agne vasu vidhate rājani tve # RV.6.1.13d; TB.3.6.10.5d; MS.4.13.6d: 207.16; KS.18.20d.
agne vahne śundhasva # Apś.6.3.4. P: agne vahne Mś.1.6.1.9 (some mss. have the whole mantra).
agne viśvaṃbhara viśvato mā pāhi svāhā # AVP.2.43.5. Cf. agne vaiśvānara viśvair, and viśvaṃbhara viśvena.
agne viśvebhir agnibhiḥ # RV.3.24.4a; SV.2.853a; JB.2.223; śś.2.3.11; 9.24.9; 14.52.6.
agne viśvebhir ā gahi # RV.5.26.4a.
agne viśvebhiḥ sumanā anīkaiḥ # RV.4.10.3d; SV.2.1129d; VS.15.46d; TS.4.4.4.8d; MS.4.10.2d: 145.10; KS.20.14d.
agne viśvebhiḥ svanīka devaiḥ # RV.6.15.16a; TS.3.5.11.2a; MS.4.10.4a: 152.4; KS.15.12a; AB.1.28.26a; KB.9.2; Aś.2.17.3. P: agne viśvebhiḥ svanīka śś.3.14.12.
agne viśve marutaḥ sumnam arcan # RV.3.14.4b.
agne vīhi # AB.1.22.4,5; śB.2.4.4.23; Aś.2.16.15; 3.9.4; 4.7.4; 5.13.6; Mś.5.1.3.11. Cf. agnir hotā vetv.
agne vratapā asme vratapās tve vratapāḥ punar vratapā vratināṃ vratāni # KS.2.8; 3.1. P: agne vratapāḥ KS.26.2. Cf. agne vratapate tvaṃ, and next.
agne vratapās tve vratapāḥ # VS.5.6,40; śB.3.4.3.9; 6.3.21. P: agne vratapāḥ Kś.8.2.4. Cf. under prec.
agneś cikitra uṣasām ivetayaḥ # SV.2.332b; PB.13.2.3. See citrāś cikitra.
agneṣ ṭvā cakṣuṣāvapaśyāmi (śś. cakṣuṣāvekṣe) # PB.1.5.3; śś.2.8.9.
agneṣ ṭvā tejasā sūryasya varcasā viśveṣāṃ tvā devānāṃ kratunābhimṛśāmi # MG.1.18.4. Cf. agnes tejasā sūryasya varcasā, and foll.
agne saṃveṣiṣo rayim # RV.8.75.11b; SV.2.999b; TS.2.6.11.3b; MS.4.11.6b: 175.16; KS.7.17b.
agnes tejasendrasyendriyeṇa sūryasya varcasā bṛhaspatis tvā yunaktu devebhyaḥ prāṇāya # PB.1.3.5. P: agnes tejasā Lś.1.12.2. Cf. prec., and agnes tejasā bṛhaspatis.
agnes tvā mātrayā jagatyai vartanyāgrayaṇasya vīryeṇa (KS. jagatyā vartanyā) devas tvā savitotṣṛjatu jīvātave jīvanasyāyai (KS. savitonnayatu jīvātave jīvanasyāyā asau) # TS.2.3.10.3; KS.11.7. P: agnes tvā mātrayā TS.2.3.11.4. See agneṣ ṭvā mātrayā.
agne harṣasva dātave # RV.8.19.29d.
agne havyāya voḍhave (VSK. volhave) # RV.1.45.6d; 3.29.4d; VS.15.31d; 34.15d; VSK.16.5.13d; 33.1.15d; TS.3.5.11.1d; 4.4.4.3d; MS.1.6.2d: 87.9; 1.6.7d: 97.15; 2.13.7d: 156.13; 4.12.5d: 192.13; KS.15.12d; 39.14d; TB.2.4.1.11c; Apś.9.4.17c.
agnau tuṣān ā vapa jātavedasi # AVś.11.1.29a. P: agnau tuṣān Kauś.63.6.
agreṇīr asi svāveśa unnetṝṇām # VS.6.2; śB.3.7.1.9. P: agreṇīr asi Kś.6.2.19. See svāveśo 'sy.
aghāyate jātavedaḥ # RV.8.71.7b.
aghorāpāpakāśinī # AVP.14.3.8b; VS.16.2b; TS.4.5.1.1b; MS.2.9.2b: 120.18; KS.17.11b; śvetU.3.5b; NīlarU.8b.
aghoreṇa cakṣuṣā mitriyeṇa (ApMB. maitreṇa; KS.Apś. cakṣuṣāhaṃ śivena) # AVś.7.60.1b; 14.2.12b; AVP.3.26.1c; KS.38.13c; Apś.16.16.4c; ApMB.1.7.10b.
aghnate viṣṇave vayam # RV.8.25.12a.
aṅkeneva nyānayāt # AVP.2.79.5d. See baddhveva.
aṅgād-aṅgād avavepate # Kauś.58.1b.
aṅgiraso juhve vāje asmin # RV.10.149.5b; N.10.33b.
aṅgirobhir devebhir devatayā pāṅktena tvā chandasā yunajmi # TS.7.1.18.2; KSA.1.9.
aṅgebhyo me varcodāḥ pavasva # Mś.2.3.7.1. P: aṅgebhyo me Apś.12.18.20. Fragment: aṅgebhyo (sc. me varcodau varcase pavethām) TS.3.2.3.2.
aṅge sarve samāhitāḥ # AVś.10.7.13b.
aṅgo nu sarve brūta # AVP.13.3.5c.
acittaṃ yāvaya dveṣaḥ # RV.6.46.12d.
aceṣṭaṃ tvā brahma veda # HG.1.23.1.
acyutaṃ tvā brahma veda # HG.1.23.1.
achidraṃ yajñam anveṣi vidvān # TB.3.7.4.12c; Apś.1.6.4c.
aja ekapāt suhavebhir ṛkvabhiḥ # RV.10.64.4c.
ajagann ūtaye kave # RV.1.130.9e.
ajanayan manave kṣām apaś ca # RV.2.20.7c.
ajany agnir hotā (Apś. ajann agniḥ) pūrvaḥ pūrvebhyaḥ pavamānaḥ pāvakaś śucir (Apś. śuciḥ pāvaka) īḍyaḥ # KS.7.13; Apś.5.11.2.
ajas trināke tridive tripṛṣṭhe # AVś.9.5.10a.
ajāṃ sūrir na dhātave # RV.8.70.15c.
ajām ekāṃ lohitaśuklakṛṣṇām # TA.10.10.1a; MahānU.9.2a; śvetU.4.5a.
ajo 'sy ajāsmad aghā dveṣāṃsi # TA.6.10.2.
ajo hy eko juṣamāṇo 'nuśete # TA.10.10.1c; MahānU.9.2c; śvetU.4.5c.
aṇor aṇīyān mahato mahīyān # TA.10.10.1a; MahānU.8.3a; KU.2.20a; śvetU.3.20a.
atandraṃ sarve rakṣantu # AVP.10.2.9c.
ataḥ samudrā girayaś ca sarve # TA.10.10.1a; MahānU.8.5a; MuṇḍU.2.1.9a.
ati gāhemahi dviṣaḥ (VārG. dviṣam) # RV.2.7.3c; KS.35.12c; ApMB.1.5.5c; HG.1.20.5c; 29.2c; 2.1.3c; JG.1.21c; VārG.1.23c. Cf. ati dveṣāṃsi.
ati dveṣāṃsi tarema # RV.3.27.3c; MS.4.11.2c: 163.5; KS.40.14c; TB.2.4.2.5c. Cf. ati gāhemahi.
ati dveṣāṃsy aryamā sugebhiḥ # RV.2.27.7b.
ati dhanveva tāṃ ihi # RV.3.45.1d; AVś.7.117.1d; SV.1.246d; 2.1068d; VS.20.53d. See dadhanveva, and nidhanveva.
ati dhanveva duritā # RV.10.93.6d.
ati nāveva pāraya # RV.1.97.7b; AVś.4.33.7b; AVP.4.29.7c; TA.6.11.2b.
atimanyate bhrātṛvyān nainaṃ bhrātṛvyā atimanyante tasmān matto mattam atimanyate 'dhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.10.
ati vrataṃ cakṛmā ko vi veda # RV.10.12.5b; AVś.18.1.33b.
atiṣṭhantīnām aniveśanānām # RV.1.32.10a; AVP.12.12.10a; N.2.16a.
atisṛṣṭo dveṣṭā yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # Kauś.90.6.
atyaṃ na vājaṃ saniṣyann upa bruve # RV.3.2.3d.
atra vibhajātha vītha # ā.5.1.1.25. According to the commentary these are three variant words occurring in the version of RV.10.11.8, as current in another school (śākhāntare). See yad agna eṣā.
atrasnū apravede (MS. adds asaṃbādhe) # MS.4.13.9: 212.1; śB.1.9.5.1; TB.3.5.10.1; Aś.1.9.1; śś.1.14.4.
atrā dadhe amṛtaṃ jātavedāḥ # RV.3.23.1d.
atrāha tvaṃ vi jahur vedyābhiḥ # RV.10.71.8c; N.13.13c.
atha pakvena saha saṃ bhavema # AVś.6.119.2d; 12.3.55c--60c.
atharvāṇaḥ sāmavedo yajūṃṣi # Vait.6.1d.
atha vaha havyaṃ devebhyo jātavedaḥ # KS.30.8d.
atha viśve arapā edhate gṛhaḥ # TS.3.2.8.4d. See adhā viśvāhārapa.
atha havyā jātavedo juṣasva # TS.3.1.4.4d. Cf. devebhyo havyā vaha.
athā ko veda yata ābabhūva # RV.10.129.6d; MS.4.12.1d: 178.17; TB.2.8.9.6d.
athā te yajñas tanve vayo dhāt # RV.6.40.4d. Cf. atho tanūr.
athā deveṣv adhvaraṃ vipanyayā # RV.3.28.5c.
athā deveṣv amṛtatvam ānaśa # RV.4.36.4c.
athetare duḥkham evopayanti (śvetU. evāpiyanti) # śB.14.7.2.15d; BṛhU.4.4.15d; śvetU.3.10d.
athaiṣām indra vedāṃsi # AVś.6.66.3c.
atho indra iva devebhyaḥ # AVP.6.9.2c; TB.2.4.7.1d.
atho indrāya pātave # RV.1.28.6c; Apś.16.26.3c.
atho kṛṣṇā atho śvetāḥ # TA.4.36.1b.
atho jīva śaradaḥ śatam # VSK.3.9.6. Cf. adhā jīvema, and under asau jīva.
atho tad veda yad duhe # AVP.12.11.7d.
atho deveṣito muniḥ # RV.10.136.5b; AVP.5.38.5b.
atho hāridraveṣu me (AVś.AVP. te) # RV.1.50.12c; AVś.1.22.4c; AVP.1.28.4c; TB.3.7.6.23c; Apś.4.15.1c.
adadā arbhāṃ mahate vacasyave # RV.1.51.13a.
adabdhena tvā cakṣuṣāvekṣe (TS. -kṣe suprajāstvāya; MS. -kṣe rāyaspoṣāya suprajāstvāya) # TS.1.1.10.3; MS.1.1.11: 7.1; Apś.3.19.7; 6.6.6; Mś.1.2.5.12; MG.2.2.9. See under prec. but one.
adabdhena vaś cakṣuṣāvekṣe # Apś.1.21.7. Cf. adabdhena tvā etc., and mitrasya vaś etc.
adarśi gātur urave varīyasī # RV.1.136.2a.
adastam asi (Mś. abhi, read asi) viṣṇave tvā (KS. omits tvā) # MS.4.1.3: 5.12; KS.3.1; 31.2; TB.3.2.3.12; 7.4.17a; Apś.1.14.3a; Mś.1.1.3.35.
aditim aham iha huve # AVP.3.9.4a.
aditir apaś ca barhiś ca # MS.1.9.2: 132.1. Cf. aditir vedyā, and maruto 'paś.
aditis te kakṣāṃ badhnātu vedasyānuvaktavai medhāyai śraddhāyā anūktasyānirākaraṇāya brahmaṇe brahmavarcasāya # HG.1.4.6.
adbhyas taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.10.5.33.
adyā nūnaṃ ca yaṣṭave # RV.1.13.6c.
adriṃ rujann aṅgiraso raveṇa # RV.1.71.2b.
adveṣe (MS. adveṣye) dyāvāpṛthivī huvema (MS. huve) # RV.9.68.10c; 10.45.12c; VS.12.29c; MS.2.7.9c: 87.8.
adveṣye # see adveṣe.
adha tvā viśve pura indra devāḥ # RV.6.17.8a.
adha tve adha sūrye # RV.4.31.6c; KS.8.16c.
adha yāmani prasitasya tad veḥ # RV.4.27.4d.
adha śvetaṃ kalaśaṃ gobhir aktam # RV.9.74.8a.
adha smā yacha tanve tane ca chardiḥ # RV.6.46.12c.
adhākṛṇoḥ pṛthivīṃ saṃdṛśe dive # RV.2.13.5a.
adhā cid va uta bruve # RV.8.83.9c.
adhā jīvema śaradāṃ śatāni # AVś.18.4.70c. Cf. under atho jīva.
adhā piteva sūnave vi vo made # RV.10.25.3c.
adhā ma indra śṛṇavo havemā # RV.7.29.3d.
adhā viśvāhārapa edhate gṛhe # VS.8.5d. See atha viśve.
adhi bravat tanve ko janāya # RV.1.84.17d; N.14.26d.
adhiṣṭhito dveṣṭā yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # Kauś.90.15.
adhvarakṛtaṃ (TA. -kṛd) devebhyaḥ # VS.1.24; śB.1.2.4.4; TA.4.2.1; 5.2.6. See grāvāsy adhvara-.
adhvarāṇāṃ cetanaṃ jātavedasam # RV.3.3.8c.
adhvaryav aiṣīr apā3ḥ # KB.12.1; śś.6.7.8. See adhvaryo 'ver, and aver apo.
adhvaryavo yan naraḥ kāmayādhve # RV.2.14.8a.
adhvaryo mā sma me 'nivedya hotre prātaranuvākam upākaroḥ # ṣB.1.4.1.
adhvaryo 'ver apā3ḥ # TS.6.4.3.4; śB.3.9.3.31; Apś.12.6.4. See under adhvaryav aiṣīr.
anagnāḥ sarve paśavo ye anye # AVś.12.3.51b.
anaḍvān idaṃ viśvaṃ bhuvanam ā viveśa # AVP.3.25.1d. See anaḍvān viśvaṃ etc.
anaḍvān viśvaṃ bhuvanam ā viveśa # AVś.4.11.1d. See anaḍvān idaṃ viśvaṃ etc.
anamitrair ahobhiḥ sacīmahi viśve devā anamitrā na uṣasaḥ santu nimrucaḥ # KS.37.10.
anamīvā upetana # AVś.3.14.3d. See svāveśā nā, and svāveśāsa.
anarvā yac chatadurasya vedaḥ # RV.10.99.3c.
anaśany avasphūrjan didyud varṣan tveṣar āvṛt svāhā # TS.2.4.7.1. See avasphūrjan didyud, and naśany etc.
anāgāstve adititve turāsaḥ # RV.7.51.1c; TS.2.1.11.6c; MS.4.14.14c: 238.13.
anātatāya dhṛṣṇave # AVP.14.4.2b; VS.16.14b; TS.4.5.1.4b; MS.2.9.2b: 121.16; KS.17.11b; NīlarU.12b.
anādhṛṣyo jātavedā aniṣṭṛtaḥ (AVś. amartyaḥ) # AVś.7.84.1a; AVP.3.33.7a; VS.27.7a; TS.4.1.7.3a; MS.2.12.5a: 149.6; KS.18.16a. Cf. agnir ivānādhṛṣyaḥ.
anireṇa vacasā phalgvena # RV.4.5.14a.
anīkair dveṣo ardaya (śś. 'rdaya) # MS.4.10.5a: 154.2; 4.11.4: 172.9; śś.3.15.4a.
anu tvā rabhe # AVś.6.48.1--3; TS.3.2.1.1 (ter); 7.5.19.1 (bis),2; KSA.5.15 (ter); GB.1.5.12--14; PB.1.3.8; 5.12,15; śB.12.3.4.3--5; śś.2.12.9; 6.8.10; Apś.12.17.15; 20.13.4; Mś.2.3.6.8; 2.4.4.17; 2.5.1.22. Cf. anu tvendrā, anu mā rabhasva, anu va, tam anvā, tām anvā, tāv anvā, te vām ā rabhe, and na mā rabhadhvam.
anu tvāvatu savitā savena # KS.37.9d; TB.2.7.16.2d. See pūṣā tvāvatu etc.
anu tvā viśve devā avantu (AVP.KS. viśve avantu devāḥ) # AVP.4.3.5c; KS.37.9c; TB.2.7.8.2c. Cf. anu māṃ mitrā-.
anu tvendrā rabhāmahe # AVś.5.8.9e; AVP.7.18.9e. Cf. under anu tvā rabhe.
anu tvendro madatv (AVP. tvendro 'vatv) anu bṛhaspatiḥ # AVP.4.3.5a; KS.37.9a; TB.2.7.8.1a. P: anu tvendro madatu TB.2.7.16.2. See anu mām indro.
anu dyāvāpṛthivī ā tatantha (AVś. viveśa; TS.4.1.2.3d, and TB. tatāna) # RV.8.48.13b; AVś.7.82.4d; 18.1.27d; VS.11.17d; 19.54b; TS.2.6.12.2b; 4.1.2.3d; MS.1.8.9d: 128.12; 4.10.6b: 156.10; KS.16.2d; 21.14b; śB.6.3.3.6; TB.1.2.1.23d; KA.1.198.5d.
anu mām indro anu māṃ bṛhaspatiḥ # ā.5.1.1.11a. See anu tvendro.
anu māṃ mitrāvaruṇāv ihāvatām # ā.5.1.1.11c. Cf. anu tvā viśve.
anu mā saṃtanuhi prajayā paśubhī rāyaspoṣeṇa suprajāstvena suvīryeṇa # śś.2.12.10. See anu mā tanuhy.
anu yaṃ viśve madanty (AVś.5.2.1d, anu yad enaṃ madanti viśva) ūmāḥ # RV.10.120.1d; AVś.5.2.1d; 20.107.4d; AVP.6.1.1d; SV.2.833d; VS.33.80d; JB.2.144; ā.5.1.6.5d; Apś.21.22.3d; Mś.7.2.6.6d; N.14.24d.
anu yad enaṃ etc. # see anu yaṃ viśve etc.
anu viśve adaduḥ somapeyam # RV.5.29.5b.
anu viśve maruto ye sahāsaḥ # RV.7.34.24c.
anu sūtuṃ savitave # AVś.6.17.1d--4d.
anṛkṣarā niveśanī # RV.1.22.15b; AVś.18.2.19b; VS.35.21b; 36.13b; MS.4.12.2b: 180.16; KS.38.13b; TA.10.1.10b; Apś.16.17.17b; SMB.2.2.7b; HG.2.17.9b; ApMB.2.15.2b; 18.8b; N.9.32b.
anenāyam aśvena medhyena rājeṣṭvā vijayatām abrahmaṇy ubjitāyāḥ (read ubjitā yāḥ ?) # śś.16.18.11. See next.
antakāya mṛtyave namaḥ # AVś.8.1.1a. P: antakāya mṛtyave Kauś.55.17; 58.3,11.
antara uttaravedyāḥ # VS.19.16c.
antar arṇave rajasi praviṣṭām # AVś.12.1.60b. Cf. under antar mahaty.
antar ahaṃ tvayā dveṣo antar arātīr dadhe mahatā parvatena (KS. dveṣam antar arātīr dadhe) # MS.1.2.1: 10.5; 3.6.3: 62.11; KS.2.1; 23.1.
antarikṣaṃ viśvarūpa āviveśa # TB.2.8.8.9b.
antarikṣam upabruve # TB.2.4.6.8b; Aś.2.10.21b.
antarikṣāt taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.10.5.26.
antarikṣāya mṛtyave # AVś.7.102.1b.
antarikṣāyarṣayas tvā prathamajā deveṣu divo mātrayā variṇā prathantu # TS.4.4.2.3. See ṛṣayas tvā etc., and cf. divo mātrayā.
antarikṣāya vāyave # PG.2.10.5.
antarikṣāya sam anamat # TS.7.5.23.1; KSA.5.20. See under antarikṣe vāyave sam-.
antarikṣeṇa yātave # RV.9.63.8c; 65.16c; SV.2.183c,567c; PB.12.1.7c.
antarikṣe vāyave samanaman sa ārdhnot # AVś.4.39.3a. See antarikṣāya sam, vāyave sam anamat, vāyave sam anaman, and vāyuś cāntarikṣaṃ.
antaraite trayo vedāḥ # GB.1.1.39e.
antardāve juhutā sv etat # AVś.6.32.1a. P: antardāve Kauś.31.3.
antar deveṣu nidhruviḥ # RV.8.29.3b.
antar deveṣu mānuṣeṣu vipra # AVP.8.1.8d.
antar deveṣu medhiraḥ # RV.8.29.2b.
antar deveṣūta mānuṣeṣu # AVś.4.28.5b; AVP.4.37.3b; 5.22.3b.
antar dhehi jātavedaḥ # AVś.11.10.4a.
antar mahaty arṇave # AVś.3.6.3b; 11.8.2b,6b; AVP.3.3.4b; 3.15.4b; 6.7.2b,5b; VS.23.63b; śś.16.7.1b; Aś.10.9.5b. See under asmin mahaty arṇave, and cf. antar arṇave.
antarvatnī (KSṃś. -vatī) janyaṃ jātavedasam # KS.7.12c; TB.1.2.1.13c; Apś.5.8.6c; Mś.1.5.2.3c.
antaś carati rocanā (AVś.13.1.40b, carasy arṇave; MS. caraty arṇave; YDh. carasi pāvaka) # RV.10.189.2a; AVś.6.31.2a; 13.1.40b; 20.48.5a; SV.2.727a; ArS.5.5a; VS.3.7a; TS.1.5.3.1b; MS.1.6.1a: 85.13; KS.7.13b; śB.2.1.4.29a; YDh.2.104b. P: antaś carati Mś.1.5.2.20.
annaṃ ca no bahu bhavet # ViDh.73.30a.
annādo 'ham adyāsmiñ jane bhūyāsam, anannādaḥ sa yo 'smān dveṣṭi # Apś.6.21.1. See next.
anyaṃ kṛṇuṣvetaḥ panthām # RV.10.142.7c. Cf. anyaṃ te asmat tapantu, and anyatrāsmad ayanā.
anyatra pāpīr apa veśayā dhiyaḥ # AVś.9.2.25d.
anyasyeveha tanvā viveṣa # RV.2.35.13d; KS.35.3d.
anv aśvair anu sarveṇa (TB.Apś. sarvair u) puṣṭaiḥ # VS.26.19b; TB.3.7.10.2b; Apś.9.14.1b.
anv ahāni prathamo jātavedāḥ # AVś.7.82.4b; 18.1.27b; VS.11.17b; TS.4.1.2.2b; MS.1.8.9b: 128.11; KS.16.2b; 19.3; TB.1.2.1.23b; śB.6.3.3.6; KA.1.198.5b.
anvitir asi dive tvā divaṃ jinva # TS.3.5.2.2; 4.4.1.1; KS.17.7; 37.17; GB.2.2.13; PB.1.9.3; Vait.20.13. P: anvitiḥ TS.5.3.6.1. See next.
anvityā divā (MS. dive) divaṃ jinva # VS.15.6; MS.2.8.8: 112.5; śB.8.5.3.3. See prec.
apa tasya dveṣo gamed abhihrutaḥ # AVś.6.4.2c.
apatyasācaṃ śrutyaṃ dive-dive # RV.2.30.11d.
apatyāya jātavedo daśasyan # RV.7.5.7d.
apade pādā pratidhātave 'kaḥ # RV.1.24.8c; VS.8.23c; TS.1.4.45.1c; MS.1.3.39c: 45.4; KS.4.13c; śB.4.4.5.5c.
apa dveṣāṃsi nudatām arātīḥ # TB.3.1.1.10d.
apa dveṣāṃsi sanutaḥ # RV.5.87.8e.
apa dveṣāṃsy amuyā bhavantu # AVś.5.22.1d. See apa rakṣāṃsy amuyā.
apa dveṣāṃsy ā kṛtam # RV.6.59.8c.
apa dveṣāṃsy ā kṛdhi # RV.3.16.5d; AVś.1.2.2d; AVP.1.3.2d.
apa dveṣo apa hvaraḥ # RV.5.20.2c; VS.38.20c; MS.4.9.10a: 131.6; śB.14.3.1.19; TA.4.11.4a; 5.9.7; Apś.15.14.6. P: apa dveṣaḥ Mś.4.4.14.
apa dveṣo bādhamānā tamāṃsi # RV.5.80.5c.
apa dveṣo maghonī duhitā divaḥ # RV.1.48.8c.
apa rakṣāṃsy amuyā dhamantu # AVP.12.1.1d. See apa dveṣāṃsy amuyā.
apavratān prasave vāvṛdhānān # RV.5.42.9c.
apa śveta padā jahi # AG.2.3.3a; śG.4.18.1a; PG.2.14.4a,19; ApMB.2.17.26a; HG.2.16.8a. P: apa śveta padā ApG.7.18.12. See apaḥ śveta-, and ava śveta.
apaḥ śvetapad ā gahi # MG.2.7.1a. See apa śveta, and ava śveta.
apahatā asurā rakṣāṃsi (Apś. rakṣāṃsi piśācā) vediṣadaḥ # VS.2.29; Aś.2.6.9; śś.4.4.2; Apś.1.7.13; SMB.2.3.3. Ps: apahatā asurāḥ GG.4.3.2; BṛhPDh.5.198; apahatāḥ Kś.4.1.8; KhG.3.5.13. See prec.
apāḥ pūrveṣāṃ harivaḥ sutānām # RV.10.96.13a; AVś.20.32.3a; AB.4.4.8,9,12; KB.17.4; Aś.6.3.16. P: apāḥ pūrveṣām śś.9.6.18; Vait.26.13.
apāṃsi rājan naryāviveṣīḥ # RV.4.19.10d.
apāṃ stoko abhyapaptad rasena (ApMB. abhyapaptac chivena; HG. abhyapatac chivāya) # AVś.6.124.1b; ApMB.2.22.13b; HG.1.16.6b.
apāṃ garbhaḥ prasva ā viveśa # RV.7.9.3d.
apāṃ tveman sādayāmi # VS.13.53; TS.4.3.1.1; MS.2.7.18: 103.6; KS.16.18; śB.7.5.2.46; Apś.16.28.4; Mś.6.1.8.4. P: apāṃ tveman Kś.17.6.2. Cf. apāṃ pṛṣṭhe.
apāṃ napātam aśvinā (AVP. -nau) huve dhiyā (AVP. dhiya i-, read dhiyaḥ ?) # AVś.19.42.4c; AVP.1.77.4c.
apāṃ napāt savitā tasya veda # RV.10.149.2b.
apābhajaṃ pṛthivyāḥ pūrve ardhe # AVP.5.21.2b.
apām iva vegaḥ pra śṛṇīta śatrūn # AVP.10.4.6a.
apām ived ūrmayas tarturāṇāḥ # RV.9.95.3a; SV.1.544a.
apāmīvāṃ bādhate veti sūryam # RV.1.35.9c; VS.34.25c.
apām ekaṃ vedhasāṃ (AVP. vedhaso) reta āhuḥ # AVś.5.28.6d; AVP.2.59.4d.
apāṃ puṣpam asy oṣadhīnāṃ rasa (TB.Apś. rasaḥ somasya priyaṃ dhāma; Lś. raso 'gneḥ priyatamā tanūr) indrasya (TB.Apś. agneḥ, indrasya, and viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ) priyatamaṃ haviḥ svāhā # PB.1.6.8; TB.3.7.14.2,3; Lś.3.2.8; Apś.14.32.1. P: apāṃ puṣpam Lś.2.11.9. Cf. apām oṣadhīnāṃ rasa.
apāṃ pṛṣṭhe samudrasyeman # VS.13.17b; śB.7.4.2.6b. Cf. apāṃ tveman.
apāra ūrve amṛtaṃ duhānāḥ # RV.3.1.14d.
apāvṛṇoḥ śarabhāya ṛṣibandhave # RV.8.100.6d.
apāṣṭhavad viṣavan naitad attave # RV.10.85.34b; AVś.14.1.29b; ApMB.1.17.9b.
apinvataṃ śayave aśvinā gām # RV.1.117.20b.
apinvataṃ śayave dhenum aśvinā # RV.10.39.13b.
apūrvyaṃ purutamaṃ sudānave # RV.10.23.6b.
apo devīr upa bruve # AVP.1.2.3a; Apś.4.5.5b. See apo devīr upa hvaye, and ā devīr avase.
apo devīr upa hvaye # RV.1.23.18a; AVś.1.4.3a; 6.23.1d; AB.2.20.23a. P: apo devīḥ Kauś.65.8. See under apo devīr upa bruve.
apnavānavad ā huve # RV.8.102.4b; SV.1.18b; TS.3.1.11.8b; MS.4.11.2b: 166.15; KS.40.14b.
apy aulānaṃ divi deveṣu dhehi # RV.10.98.11d.
apratiṣṭhaḥ sa bhūyād yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # TA.4.42.1; KA.1.217.
aprapāṇā ca veśantā # AVś.20.128.8a; śś.12.21.2.3a. P: aprapāṇā śś.16.13.10.
aprāyuvo rakṣitāro dive-dive # RV.1.89.1d; VS.25.14d; KS.26.11d; KB.20.4; N.4.19.
apsarāṃ tām iha huve # AVś.4.38.1d,2d,4d.
apsarābhyo gandharvebhyaḥ # AVP.4.18.4a.
apsā indrāya varuṇāya vāyave # RV.9.84.1b.
apsā indrāya vāyave # RV.9.65.20a; SV.2.345a; JB.3.91.
abibhas tvendro mānuṣe # AVś.8.5.14c.
abhi kratvendra bhūr adha jman # RV.7.21.6a; TS.7.4.15.1a; KSA.4.4a; TB.3.8.4.3; Aś.3.8.1; Apś.20.3.15.
abhi candrā bhartave no hiraṇyā # RV.9.97.50c; SV.2.777c.
abhi tyaṃ devaṃ savitāram oṇyoḥ (TS. ūṇyoḥ) kavikratum # AVś.7.14.1a; SV.1.464a; VS.4.25a; TS.1.2.6.1a; MS.1.2.5a: 14.4; KS.2.6a; KB.23.8; 27.2; śB.3.3.2.12a; Aś.4.6.3a; śś.5.9.7a. Ps: abhi tyaṃ devaṃ savitāram oṇyoḥ AB.1.19.4; 5.13.7; ṣB.5.1; AdB.1; śB.13.5.1.11; Aś.8.1.18; 12.23; 10.10.6; abhi tyaṃ devaṃ savitāram TS.6.1.9.4; MS.2.13.8: 158.6; 3.7.4: 79.16; KS.24.5; Apś.10.24.8; Mś.2.1.4.3; abhi tyaṃ devam ṣB.5.6; AdB.6; śś.10.8.10; abhi tyam Vait.13.7; Kś.7.7.13; Kauś.24.3. Cf. BṛhD.8.15, and Oldenberg, Die Hymnen des Rig-Veda, I. 364.
abhi tvendra varimataḥ # AVś.6.99.1a. P: abhi tvendra Vait.18.16; Kauś.14.7.
abhipitve manave śāsyo bhūḥ # RV.1.189.7c.
abhi prehi māpa venaḥ (AVP.1.47.2a, māpa vikthāḥ; KSṭB.AVP.4.2.2a, prehi vīrayasva) # AVś.4.8.2a; AVP.1.47.2a; 4.2.2a; KS.37.9a; TB.2.7.8.1a; 16.1a. P: abhi prehi Apś.22.26.15; 28.16.
abhibhave svāhā # see abhibhuve svāhā.
abhibhuve (MS. abhibhve; KS. abhibhave ?) svāhā # VS.22.30; MS.2.13.17: 164.15; 3.12.11: 163.15; 3.12.14: 164.11; KS.35.10; TB.3.10.7.1; Apś.14.25.11.
abhibhūs tvaṃ deveṣv edhi # MS.2.3.2: 29.12.
abhibhve svāhā # see abhibhuve svāhā.
abhistṛṇīhi paridhehi vedim # TB.3.7.5.13a; Apś.3.13.5a. See pari stṛṇīhi, and stṛṇīta barhiḥ pari-.
abhi spṛdha usro vediṃ tatarda # śś.18.5.1d. See vy usridho.
abhi svena payasā pīpyānāḥ # RV.7.36.6d.
abhī ṣv aryaḥ pauṃsyair bhavema # RV.10.59.3a.
abhūta viśve agriyota vājāḥ # RV.4.34.3d; N.6.16.
abhūd u pāram etave # RV.1.46.11a.
abhūd u bhā u aṃśave # RV.1.46.10a.
abhūd dūtaḥ prahito jātavedāḥ # AVś.18.4.65a. P: abhūd dūtaḥ Kauś.89.14. See abhūn no dūto.
abhūd bhadrā niveśanī # ArS.3.7c. See sarvabhūtaniveśanīm.
abhūn no dūto haviṣo jātavedāḥ # Apś.1.10.14a; SMB.2.3.17a; GG.4.3.29. P: abhūn no dūtaḥ KhG.3.5.33. See abhūd dūtaḥ, and tvam agna īḍito.
abhūn mama (KS. nu naḥ) sumatau viśvavedāḥ # TS.4.3.11.4a; KS.39.10a; PG.3.3.5a. See bhūyāsma te.
abhaitsaṃ sarveṣām āṇḍāni # AVP.9.6.6c. Cf. garbhān āṇḍāni.
abhy arkā anūṣata # RV.5.5.4b. Cf. abhi venā etc.
abhy ahaṃ taṃ bhūyāsaṃ yo asmān (KS.Apś. 'smān) dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # MS.1.5.4: 71.6; 1.5.11: 79.21; KS.7.2; Apś.6.18.2.
amartyaṃ jaramāṇaṃ dive-dive # RV.3.51.1d; SV.1.374d; MS.4.12.3d: 185.8.
amartyo martyāṃ (MS. martyaṃ) āviveśa # RV.8.48.12b; TS.5.7.9.1b; MS.1.6.1b: 85.18; KS.7.12b.
amānuṣīṣu mānuṣo niṣeve # RV.10.95.8b.
amāya vo maruto yātave dyauḥ # RV.8.20.6a.
amī ca viśve amṛtāsa ā vayaḥ # RV.1.127.8f.
amīvā yā no gayam āviveśa # RV.6.74.2b; AVś.7.42.1b; AVP.1.109.1b; TS.1.8.22.5b; MS.4.11.2b: 165.11.
amutra sann iha vettha # AVś.13.1.39a.
amunā saha nirarthaṃ gacha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # TA.4.10.3. P: amunā saha nirarthaṃ gacha TA.5.8.7.
amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya varcas teja indriyaṃ prāṇam āyur ni veṣṭayāmi (10.10.5, āyur ni yachet; 10.10.6, āyur ādāya) # AVP.10.10.4--6. Cf. idam aham āmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya varcas, and tasyedaṃ varcas.
amūni nakṣatrāṇi sarveṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ prāṇair apa prasarpanti cotsarpanti ca # TA.1.14.2.
amṛtaṃ jātavedasam # RV.8.74.5a.
ayaṃ yaḥ śveto raśmiḥ pari sarvam idaṃ jagat prajāṃ paśūn dhanāny asmākaṃ dadātu # TA.3.11.10.
ayaṃ vām ahve 'vase śacīvasū # RV.7.74.1c; SV.1.304c; 2.103c.
ayaṃ śṛṇve adha jayann uta ghnan # RV.4.17.10a; MS.4.14.12a: 235.5; TB.2.8.3.3a.
ayaṃ saṃvatsaraḥ sarveṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ prāṇair apa prasarpati cotsarpati ca # TA.1.14.3.
ayaṃ soma indra tubhyaṃ sunve # RV.7.29.1a; 9.88.1a; SV.2.821a; KB.26.11. Ps: ayaṃ soma indra tubhyaṃ sunva ā tu (RV.7.29.1) AB.5.20.8; Aś.8.11.1; ayaṃ somaḥ śś.10.10.4; Lś.4.7.1.
ayaṃ stuto rājā vandi vedhāḥ # RV.10.61.16a.
ayaṃ kanīna ṛtupā avedi # RV.10.99.10c.
ayajñaḥ prathamo yo viveśa # AVP.1.70.1c.
ayajvano vibhajann eti vedaḥ # RV.1.103.6d.
ayaṃ ta idhma ātmā jātavedaḥ # AG.1.10.12a; HG.1.2.11a; JG.1.3a.
ayaṃ devebhyo madhumattamaḥ (SV. -raḥ) sutaḥ # RV.9.105.3c; SV.2.450c.
ayaṃ deveṣu jāgṛviḥ # RV.9.44.3a.
ayam agne jaritā tve abhūd api # RV.10.142.1a. P: ayam agne jaritā Rvidh.4.11.1. Cf. BṛhD.8.54.
ayam agne tve api # RV.2.5.8c; 8.44.28a.
ayam u ṣya sumahāṃ avedi # RV.7.8.2a.
ayasmayaṃ varma kṛṇve # AVP.1.37.5a.
ayāḍ agnir jātavedāḥ # Apś.3.13.1a; 20.10. See ayāḍ yajñaṃ jātavedāḥ.
ayāḍ yajñaṃ jātavedāḥ # KB.26.6; śś.1.15.17a; Kś.2.2.23a. See ayāḍ agnir jātavedāḥ.
ayā dhiyā manave śruṣṭim āvya # RV.1.166.13c.
ayāvy anyāghā dveṣāṃsi # VS.28.15c; TB.2.6.10.2c.
ayuddho asya vi bhajāni vedaḥ # RV.10.27.10d.
ayebhyaḥ (TB. avebhyaḥ) kitavam # VS.30.8; TB.3.4.1.5.
ayoddheva (TB. ayodhyeva) durmada ā hi juhve # RV.1.32.6a; AVP.12.12.6a; TB.2.5.4.3a.
araṃ varāya manyave # RV.8.82.3b.
araṃ vahanty āśavaḥ (RV.VS. vahanti manyave) # RV.6.16.43c; SV.1.25c; 2.733c; VS.13.36c; TS.4.2.9.5c; MS.2.7.17c: 101.9; KS.22.5c; JB.2.379.
araṃ kṛṇvantu vedim # RV.1.170.4a. Cf. BṛhD.4.53.
araṃgamāya jagmaye (TB.Apś. jagmave) # RV.6.42.1c; SV.1.352c; 2.790c; TB.3.7.10.6c; Apś.14.29.2c.
araṇyor nihito jātavedāḥ # RV.3.29.2a; SV.1.79a; KBU.2.4.8a. P: araṇyoḥ Aś.8.12.26; Lś.4.10.1; Svidh.1.6.5.
araṃ te somas tanve (TB. tanuve) bhavāti # RV.6.41.5b; TB.2.4.3.12b.
arā ived acaramā aheva # RV.5.58.5a; MS.4.14.18a: 247.14; AB.7.9.8; TB.2.8.5.7a; Aś.2.17.15; 3.7.12. P: arā ivet śś.6.10.8.
arātiṃ sarve gandharvāḥ # AVP.5.26.6c.
arātīyato ni dahāti vedaḥ # RV.1.99.1b; RVKh.10.127.6d; TA.10.2.1b; MahānU.6.2b; N.7b (Roth's edition, p. 201); 14.33b.
arātsma sarve 'tārṣma # Lś.4.1.6c.
ariṣṭebhiḥ pāyubhir viśvavedasaḥ # RV.8.27.4c.
ariṣṭyā avyathyai saṃveśāyopaveśāya gāyatryā (also triṣṭubho, jagatyā, anuṣṭubho, paṅktyā) abhibhūtyai svāhā # Apś.14.26.2. See next, and saṃveśāyo-.
ariṣṭyā avyathyai saṃveśāyopaveśāya gāyatryai chandase 'bhibhuve svāhā (also ... triṣṭubhe jagatyā anuṣṭubhe chandase 'bhibhuve svāhā) # KS.35.11. See under prec.
ariṣyantaḥ sudānave # RV.8.25.12b.
arkaṃ viveda stanayann iva dyauḥ # RV.10.67.5d; AVś.20.91.5d; MS.4.12.5d: 193.6; KS.9.19d.
arca gāya ca vedhase # RV.6.16.22c; KS.7.16c.
arcad vṛṣā vṛṣabhiḥ sveduhavyaiḥ # RV.1.173.2a.
arcā dive pra pṛthivyā ṛtaṃ bhare # RV.5.59.1b.
arcā dive bṛhate śuṣmaṃ vacaḥ # RV.1.54.3a.
arcā viśvānarāya viśvābhuve # RV.10.50.1b; VS.33.23b; N.11.9b.
arṇo na dveṣo dhṛṣatā pari ṣṭhuḥ # RV.1.167.9d.
arthaṃ cid asya sudhitaṃ yad etave # RV.8.69.17c; AVś.20.92.14c.
artham aśvaṃ na yātave # RV.10.143.1b.
arbudaḥ kādraveyo rājā (Aś.śś. kādraveyaḥ), tasya sarpā viśas ta ima āsate, sarpavidyā (Aś. viṣavidyā) vedaḥ so 'yam # śB.13.4.3.9; Aś.10.7.5; śś.16.2.13--15.
aryamā hotā kṛṇotu vedhāḥ # AVś.1.11.1b; AVP.1.5.1b.
arvāg jīvebhyas pari # RV.8.8.23d.
arvāg devebhya uta yau paro divaḥ # AVP.5.22.1b.
arvāṅ parastāt prayato vyadhve # AVś.13.2.31a.
arṣā naḥ soma śaṃ gave # RV.9.61.15a; SV.2.687a; JB.3.273a.
aliklavebhyo gṛdhrebhyaḥ # AVś.11.2.2b. In reality the pāda should read, aliklavebhyo gṛdhrebhyo ye ca kṛṣṇāḥ; the last word of the hemistich, aviṣyavaḥ, goes over to the second hemistich: see aviṣyavo.
avaḥ pareṇa para enāvareṇa # RV.1.164.17a; AVś.9.9.17a,18b; 13.1.41a. See anuveda etc.
avaḥ pareṇa pitaraṃ yo asya (AVś. asya veda) # RV.1.164.18a; AVś.9.9.18a.
ava kṣudram iva sravet # RV.1.129.6g; N.10.42g.
ava tāṃ jahi harasā jātavedaḥ # AVś.19.65.1c.
avatāṃ tvā (Apś. mā) rodasī viśvaminve # RV.1.76.2c; Apś.24.12.10c.
ava tmanā bharate ketavedāḥ # RV.1.104.3a.
ava tve indra pravato normiḥ # RV.6.47.14a.
ava yat sve sadhasthe # RV.8.79.9a.
avartayo manave gātum ichan # RV.5.30.7d.
ava śveta padā jahi # AVś.10.4.3a. See apa śveta, and apaḥ śveta-.
avasphūrjan didyud (MS.KS. vidyud) varṣan bhūtar āvṛt svāhā (MS. varṣaṃs tveṣa rāvaṭ svāhā; KS. varṣaṃs tveva rāvat svāhā) # TS.2.4.7.2; MS.2.4.7: 44.4; KS.11.9. Cf. under anaśany.
ava sma yasya veṣaṇe # RV.5.7.5a.
avasyur ahve kuśikasya sūnuḥ # RV.3.33.5d; N.2.25d.
avasyur vām ahaṃ huve # RV.8.35.22d--24d.
ava sraktīr veśyāvṛścad indraḥ # RV.7.18.17c.
ava sraved 'ghaśaṃso 'vataram # RV.1.129.6f; N.10.42f.
ava svedā ivābhitaḥ # RV.10.134.5a.
avāsṛjat sartave sapta sindhūn # RV.2.12.12b; AVś.20.34.13b; AVP.12.15.3b; JUB.1.29.7b,9. Cf. next but one.
avāsṛjaḥ sartave sapta sindhūn # RV.1.32.12d; AVP.12.13.2d. Cf. prec. but one.
avāstuḥ sa bhūyād yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # TA.4.42.1; KA.1.217.
avindaj jyotir manave haviṣmate # RV.10.43.8d; AVś.20.17.8d.
aviṣyave ripave duchunāyai # RV.1.189.5b; MG.2.16.3b.
aviṣyavo makṣikās te paśupate # AVś.11.2.2c, in correct division. See under aliklavebhyo. The published texts print with the mss., makṣikās etc., as pāda d.
avīrahatyaṃ deveṣu # Apś.5.27.1c.
aveṣṭā dandaśūkāḥ # VS.10.10; TS.1.8.14.1; MS.2.6.10: 70.5; 4.4.4: 54.7; KS.15.7; śB.5.4.1.1; TB.1.7.8.2; Apś.18.15.6; Mś.9.1.3.18. P: aveṣṭāḥ Kś.15.5.22.
avainān bādhe praty enān nude 'smin kṣaye 'smin bhūmiloke yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # TS.3.5.3.1; Apś.13.18.9.
avocāma kavaye medhyāya # RV.5.1.12a; VS.15.25a; TS.4.4.4.2a; MS.2.13.7a: 155.16. Cf. under pra vedhase.
avobhir vā mahadbhiḥ sa pra śṛṇve # RV.4.41.2d.
avyathamānaṃ tvā brahma veda # HG.1.23.1.
aśatrv aryaḥ sam ajāti vedaḥ # RV.5.2.12b.
aśva iva rajo dudhuve vi tāṃ janān # AVś.12.1.57a.
aśvatthe khadire dhave # AVP.6.4.4b. See under aśvatthāt.
aśvatthe vo niṣadanam (MS. niveśanam) # RV.10.97.5a; AVP.11.6.6a; VS.12.79a; 35.4a; TS.4.2.6.2a; MS.2.7.13a: 93.9; KS.16.13a; śB.13.8.3.1a. P: aśvatthe vaḥ Kś.21.4.4.
aśvathaḥ pāyave 'dāt # RV.6.47.24c.
aśvā ived aruṣāsaḥ sabandhavaḥ # RV.5.59.5a.
aśvāmaghā gomaghā vāṃ huvema # RV.7.71.1c; KB.26.11.
aśvāyeva tiṣṭhate jātavedaḥ # AVś.3.15.8b. See prec.
aśvinā viprā suhavā huvema # RV.7.44.2d.
aśvinā śvetayā dhiyā # RV.8.26.19b.
aśvinā huve jaramāṇo arkaiḥ # RV.6.62.1b.
ve na citre aruṣi # RV.1.30.21c. Cf. aśveva.
veva citrāruṣī # RV.4.52.2a; SV.2.1076a. Cf. aśve na.
aśvo na sve dama ā hemyāvān # RV.4.2.8c.
aṣāḍhāya sahamānāya vedhase (TB. mīḍhuṣe) # RV.2.21.2b; 7.46.1c; TB.2.8.6.8c; 3.1.2.2b; N.10.6c.
asat su me jaritaḥ sābhivegaḥ # RV.10.27.1a; ā.1.2.2.1; 5.1.1.8; śś.17.9.5. Cf. BṛhD.7.23.
asadat sadane sve # Apś.5.27.1b.
asad brahmeti veda cet # TA.8.6.1b; TU.2.6.1b.
asaṃtāpe sutapasā huve vām (AVś. sutapasau huve 'ham) # AVś.4.26.3a; AVP.4.36.6a.
asann it tve āhavanāni bhūri # RV.7.8.5a.
asaṃbādhā yā madhyato mānavebhyaḥ # MS.4.14.11a: 233.10. See prec.
asarji vāṃ sthavirā vedhasā gīḥ # RV.1.181.7a.
asaścantī dive-dive # RV.8.31.4b.
asito dhānvo rājā (Aś. dhānvaḥ; śś. dhānvanaḥ), tasyāsurā viśas ta ima āsate, māyā (Aś.śś. asuravidyā) vedaḥ so 'yam # śB.13.4.3.11; Aś.10.7.7; śś.16.2.19--21.
asunītāya voḍhave # AVś.18.2.56b. See asunīthāya.
asunīthāya voḍhave # TA.6.1.1b. See asunītāya.
asurebhya starītave # AVś.2.27.3b,4b; AVP.2.16.2d. Cf. hantavā.
asuryaṃ devebhir dhāyi viśvam # RV.6.20.2b.
aso asave mṛḍa # AVś.19.44.4b; AVP.15.3.4; Kauś.47.16b.
asau jīva śaradaḥ śatam # PG.1.18.3. See atho jīva, adhā jīvema, jīvataḥ, jīvāti, jīvāni, jīvāmi, jīvāhi, jīvema, jīveva, and sa jīva śaradaḥ.
asau ya āpūryati sa sarveṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ prāṇair āpūryati mā me prajāyā mā paśūnāṃ mā mama prāṇair āpūriṣṭhāḥ # TA.1.14.1,2.
asau yo 'pakṣīyati sa sarveṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ prāṇair apakṣīyati mā me prajāyā mā paśūnāṃ mā mama prāṇair apakṣeṣṭhāḥ # TA.1.14.2.
asau yo 'stam eti sa sarveṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ prāṇān ādāyāstam eti mā me prajāyā mā paśūnāṃ mā mama prāṇān ādāyāstaṃ gāḥ # TA.1.14.1.
askannam adya devebhya ājyaṃ saṃbhriyāsam # VS.2.8; śB.1.4.5.1. See next.
astatātiṃ cid āyave # RV.5.7.6d.
astabhnād dyām asuro (KS. ṛṣabho) viśvavedāḥ # RV.8.42.1a; KS.2.6a; AB.1.30.5; KB.9.6; GB.2.4.15; Aś.3.7.15; 4.10.5. Ps: astabhnād dyām asuraḥ KS.11.12; Aś.6.1.2; astabhnād dyām śś.5.14.19; 6.10.11; 9.2.3. See prec.
astam ivej jarimāṇaṃ jagamyām # RV.1.116.25d; KS.17.18d.
astāsi śatrave vadham # RV.10.133.3c; AVś.20.95.4c; SV.2.1153c.
asti brahmeti ced veda # TA.8.6.1c; TU.2.6.1c.
astur na didyut tveṣapratīkā # RV.1.66.7b; N.10.21b.
astrā śarveṇa yudhyatā # AVP.2.25.4b.
asnātāpo vṛṣabho na pra veti # RV.10.4.5c.
asmatsakhā tvaṃ deva soma viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ priyaṃ pātho 'pīhi # VS.8.50; VSK.8.22.4; śB.11.5.9.12. See next.
asmatsakhā deva soma jāgatena chandasā viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ priyaṃ pātho 'pīhi (MS. pāthā upehi; KS. pātha upehi) # TS.3.3.3.3; MS.1.3.36: 43.4; KS.30.6. See prec.
asmad dvitīyaṃ pari jātavedāḥ # RV.10.45.1b; VS.12.18b; TS.1.3.14.5b; 4.2.2.1b; MS.2.7.9b: 86.5; KS.16.9b; śB.6.7.4.3; ApMB.2.11.21b.
asmabhyam asya vedanam # RV.1.176.4c.
asmāṃ (MS.KSṭS. asmān) u devā avatā haveṣu (MS.KS. bhareṣv ā) # RV.10.103.11d; SV.2.1209d; VS.17.43d; TS.4.6.4.4d; MS.2.10.4d: 136.12; KS.18.5d. See asmān devāso.
asmākaṃ yudhmo vihave havaṃ gamat # AVP.3.36.4d.
asmākaṃ kāmam upakāmino viśve devāḥ # Mś.9.4.1.22c.
asmākaṃ manyo adhipā bhaveha # RV.10.84.5b; AVś.4.31.5b; AVP.4.12.5b.
asmān devāso 'vatā haveṣu # AVś.19.13.11d; AVP.7.4.11d. See asmāṃ u devā.
asmin mahaty arṇave # VS.16.55a; TS.4.5.11.1a; śB.9.1.1.30. See ye asmin mahaty, and cf. antar mahaty.
asmin yajñe barhiṣi vedyām # JB.1.89b. See yajñe barhiṣi vedyām.
asmin yajñe vi ca pra ca prathatāṃ svāsasthaṃ devebhyaḥ # MS.4.13.2: 200.8; KS.15.13; TB.3.6.2.1. Cf. ūrṇamradasaṃ.
asmin rāṣṭre śriyam āveśayāmi (SMB.2.8.6, śriyaṃ dadhe) # AB.8.27.7; SMB.2.8.6,7. See prec. but two.
asmin saṃvatsare mariṣyasy asminn ayane 'sminn ṛtāv asmin māse 'sminn ardhamāse 'smin dvādaśarātre 'smin ṣaḍrātre 'smiṃs trirātre 'smin dvirātre 'sminn ahorātre 'sminn ahany asyāṃ rātrāv asyāṃ velāyām asmin muhūrte mariṣyasi # Svidh.3.8.3.
asmin have (AVP. vāje) puruhūtaḥ purukṣuḥ (AVśṭS. -kṣu) # RV.10.128.8b; AVP.5.4.7b; AVś.5.3.8b; TS.4.7.14.3b; KS.40.10b.
asmin have suhavā suṣṭutiṃ naḥ # RV.6.52.16b.
asme ārāc cid dveṣaḥ sanutar yuyotu # N.6.7. Pāda d of RV.6.47.13, preceded by asme, the last word of pāda c.
asme dhehi (SV. dehi) jātavedo mahi śravaḥ # RV.1.79.4c; SV.1.99c; 2.911c; VS.15.35c; TS.4.4.4.5c; MS.2.13.8c: 157.10; KS.39.15c.
asme rāyo dive-dive # RV.4.8.7a.
asmai vaḥ pūṣā marutaś ca sarve # AVś.14.1.33c.
asmai viṣāya hantave # AVP.3.9.1d,2c,3c,4c,5c,6b.
asya tveṣā ajarā asya bhānavaḥ # RV.1.143.3a.
asya pra jātavedasaḥ # RV.10.188.2a.
asya made jaritar indro 'pāṃ vegam airayat # śś.8.25.1.
asya vāmasya nihitaṃ padaṃ veḥ # RV.1.164.7b; AVś.9.9.5b.
asya śuṣmāso dadṛśānapaveḥ # RV.10.3.6a.
asya śriyam upasaṃyāta sarve # AVś.6.73.1c.
asyed u tveṣasā ranta sindhavaḥ # RV.1.61.11a; AVś.20.35.11a.
asyai putrāya vettave # AVP.5.11.4d.
ahaṃ yavāda urvajre antaḥ # RV.10.27.9b. P: ahaṃ yaveti (!) VHDh.5.424.
ahaṃ viveca pṛthivīm uta dyām # AVś.6.61.2a. See aham astabhnāṃ.
ahaṃ viśveṣu bhuvaneṣv antaḥ # RV.10.183.3b; ApMB.1.11.9b; MG.1.14.16b; VārG.16.1c.
ahaṃ vo jyotir mām abhyeta sarve (svāhā) # SMB.2.6.12b.
ahaṃ suve pitaram asya mūrdhan # RV.10.125.7a; AVś.4.30.7a.
ahaṃ tad asya manasā śivena # VS.19.35c; KS.38.2c; śB.12.8.1.5; TB.1.4.2.3c; 2.6.3.2c; Apś.19.3.4c. See ahaṃ tam asya etc., idaṃ tad asya, and tenāham adya.
ahaṃ tam asya manasā ghṛtena (MS.3.11.7c, śivena) # MS.2.3.8c: 36.10; 3.11.7c: 151.5. See under ahaṃ tad asya.
ahaṃ tveḍe abhibhūḥ svād gṛhāt # AVś.14.2.19b.
ahaṃ devīm anumatiṃ pra veda # AVP.4.11.3b.
ahaṃ devebhyo haviṣā vidheyam (AVP.10.4.4d, juhomi) # AVP.10.4.3d,4d.
ahaṃ devy upa bruve # RV.8.67.10b.
ahaṃ dyāvāpṛthivī ā viveśa (KS. babhūva) # RV.10.125.6d; AVś.4.30.5d; KS.40.9a.
ahan yad vṛtraṃ (SV. dasyuṃ) naryaṃ viver apaḥ # RV.10.147.1b; SV.1.371b.
aham astabhnāṃ pṛthivīm uta dyām # KS.40.9a. See ahaṃ viveca.
aham asyā ūdho veda # AVP.12.11.7a.
aham etā manave viśvaścandrāḥ # RV.1.165.8c; MS.4.11.3c: 169.6; KS.9.18c; TB.2.8.3.6c.
aham evedaṃ sarvaṃ bhūyāsam (ChU. sarvam asāni) # śB.14.9.3.13; BṛhU.6.3.13; ChU.5.2.6.
ahaṃ piteva vetasūṃr abhiṣṭaye # RV.10.49.4a.
ahaṃ bhuvaṃ vasunaḥ pūrvyas patiḥ # RV.10.48.1a; AB.5.21.6; KB.22.4; 26.16. P: ahaṃ bhuvam Aś.6.4.10; 8.7.24; ahaṃ bhuveti sūktena VHDh.7.218. Cf. BṛhD.7.57.
ahā viśveva turvaṇiḥ # RV.1.130.9g.
ahā viśveva sūryam # RV.1.130.2g.
ahiṃ vajreṇa śavasāviveṣīḥ # RV.4.22.5d.
ahīnāṃ sarveṣāṃ viṣam # AVś.10.4.20a; AVP.8.7.1c.
ahorātrayor vṛṣṭyā bṛhadrathaṃtare ca me yajñena kalpetām # TS.4.7.9.1. See ahorātre ūrvaṣṭīve.
ahorātre ūrvaṣṭīve (VS. -ṣṭhīve) bṛhadrathaṃtare ca me yajñena kalpetām (VS. kalpantām) # VS.18.23; MS.2.11.6: 143.13. See ahorātrayor vṛṣṭyā.
ahorātre pārśve # VS.31.22; TA.3.13.2.
ā kakub varcasā jātavedaḥ # AVś.13.1.15b.
ā kāmam ṛṇve vadhvaḥ # RV.5.74.5d.
ākṣī ṛjrāśve aśvināv adhattam # RV.1.117.17c.
āganma viśvavedasam # VS.3.38a; śB.2.4.1.8a. P: āganma Kś.4.12.18. See aganma etc.
āgan rātrī saṃgamanī vasūnām # AVś.7.79.3a; AVP.1.103.1a. See niveśanī saṃgamanī, and ahaṃ rāṣṭrī.
ā ca vaha jātavedaḥ suyajā ca yaja # KB.3.3; śB.1.4.2.17; śś.1.5.7. See ā cāgne, and ā vaha jātavedaḥ.
ā ca huve ni ca satsīha devaiḥ # RV.1.76.4b.
ā cāgne devān vaha suyajā ca yaja jātavedaḥ # TS.2.5.9.4; TB.3.5.3.2. See under ā ca vaha jātavedaḥ.
ā janaṃ tveṣasaṃdṛśam # RV.10.60.1a. Cf. BṛhD.7.96.
ā jātaṃ jātavedasi # RV.6.16.42a; TS.3.5.11.4a; MS.4.10.3a: 148.11; KS.15.12a; AB.1.16.24; KB.8.1.
ājiṃ tvāgne sariṣyantaṃ saniṃ saniṣyantaṃ devebhyo havyaṃ vakṣyantaṃ vājinaṃ tvā vājajityāyai saṃmārjmi (vḷ. -mārṣṭi) # Mś.1.3.1.9. See agne vājajid vājaṃ tvā sariṣyantaṃ.
ājiṃ tvāgne sasṛvāṃsaṃ saniṃ sasanivāṃsaṃ devebhyo havyam ohivāṃsaṃ vājinaṃ tvā vājajitaṃ saṃmārjmi # Mś.1.3.4.2. See agne vājajid vājaṃ tvā sasṛvāṃsaṃ.
āñjanaṃ putravedanam # AVP.5.11.2c.
ātir vāhaso darvidā te vāyave # VS.24.34; MS.3.14.15: 175.9. See ātī.
ātiṣṭhantaṃ pari viśve abhūṣan # RV.3.38.4a; AVś.4.8.3a; AVP.4.2.3a; VS.33.22a; KS.37.9a; TB.2.7.8.1a. P: ātiṣṭhantaṃ pari TB.2.7.16.2.
ā te cikitra uṣasām ivetayaḥ # RV.10.91.4c.
āttaṃ devebhyo haviḥ # SMB.2.2.10; GG.3.10.24.
ātmanātmānam abhi saṃviveśa (TA.10.1.4d, MahānU. saṃbabhūva) # VS.32.11d; TA.1.23.9d; 10.1.4d; MahānU.2.7d.
ātmasadau me stha tanve suśevau # AVP.6.12.1. See prec. and next.
ātmā guhāyāṃ nihito 'sya jantoḥ # TA.10.10.1b; MahānU.8.3b; śvetU.3.20b. See ātmāsya jantor.
ātmā vai putranāmāsi # śB.14.9.4.26c; BṛhU.6.4.26c; KBU.2.11c; AG.1.15.9c; PG.1.16.18c; 18.2c; HG.2.3.2c; ApMB.2.11.33c; MG.1.18.6c; JG.1.8c; VārG.2.5e; N.3.4c; Mahābh.1.74.63c. See ātmāsi, tejo vai, and vedo vai.
ā tvādya viśve vasavaḥ sadantu # RV.10.142.6d.
ā tveyaṃ dhīr avasa indra yamyāḥ # RV.6.23.8d.
ā tveṣaṃ vartate tamaḥ # RVKh.10.127.1d; AVś.19.47.1d; AVP.6.20.1d; VS.34.32d; N.9.29d.
ā tveṣam ugram ava īmahe vayam # RV.3.26.5b; KB.22.9; TB.2.7.12.3b.
ādaghnāsa upakakṣāsa u tve # RV.10.71.7c; N.1.9c.
ādadāthe anṛtaṃ svena manyunā # RV.1.139.2b.
ā dade # TS.1.1.9.1; 3.8.1; 4.1.1. See under devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade.
ā dāśuṣe jātavedo vahā tvam # RV.1.44.1c; SV.1.40c; 2.1130c.
ād it te viśve kratuṃ juṣanta # RV.1.68.3a.
ādityam eva te parivadanti sarve # AVś.10.8.17c; TA.2.15.1c.
ādityavarṇaṃ tamasaḥ parastāt (TA.3.12.7b, tamasas tu pāre) # VS.31.18b; TA.3.12.7b; 13.1b; śvetU.3.8b; Bhagavadgītā 8.9.
ādityaś ca dyauś ca saṃnate te me saṃnamatām adaḥ # VS.26.1. Cf. dive sam, divy ādityāya, sūryāya sam anamat, and sūryāya sam anaman.
ādityaḥ sāmavedasya # GB.1.5.25c.
ādityānām ahve cāru nāma # RV.3.56.4b.
ādityān kāmam avase huvema # TB.2.8.2.2a.
ādityā mā viśve avantu devāḥ # ā.5.1.1.12a.
ādityā rudrā vasavas tvelate (AB. tveḍate; GB. tenute) # AVś.20.135.9a; AB.6.35.15a; GB.2.6.14a; JB.2.117a; śś.12.19.2a.
ādityā viśve tad devāḥ # TS.1.5.3.2c; MS.1.7.1c: 108.6; KS.8.14c. Cf. prec.
ādityā viśve marutaś ca viśve # RV.7.51.3a.
ādityās tad aṅgirasaś cinvantu # TB.3.11.6.1c. See viśve devā aṅgirasaś.
ādityās te goptāraḥ (KS. ādityā rakṣitāraḥ) # TS.4.4.5.2; KS.40.5. Cf. viśve te devā goptāraḥ.
ādityās te citim āpūrayantu # KS.40.5d; Apś.16.34.4d. See viśve te devāś citim.
ādityāḥ sarve tvā neṣan # AVP.1.50.2c.
ādityebhir devebhir devatayā jāgatena tvā chandasā yunajmi # TS.7.1.18.1; KSA.1.9.
ād id antā adadṛhanta pūrve # KS.18.2d. See yaded antā.
ād id etāḥ pra vivijre javena # RV.10.111.9b.
ād id deveṣu rājasi # RV.8.60.15d; SV.1.46d.
ād id vāco aśnuve bhāgam asyāḥ # RV.1.164.37d; AVś.9.10.15d.
ā devānām agrayāveha yātu # RV.10.70.2a.
ā devīr avase huve # RVKh.10.9.1d. See under apo devīr upa bruve.
ā deveṣu prayo dadhat # RV.4.15.2c; MS.4.13.4c: 203.4; KS.16.21c; 38.12c; TB.3.6.4.1c; Apś.16.6.7c.
ā deveṣu yatata ā suvīrye # RV.3.16.4c.
ā dyāṃ raveṇa pṛthivīm aśuśravuḥ # RV.10.94.12d.
ānuṣṭubhena chandasā chandasāgneḥ pārśvenāgneḥ pārśvam upadadhāmi # KS.22.5. See under ānuṣṭubhasya chandaso.
ā no gahi sakhyebhiḥ śivebhiḥ # RV.3.1.19a; 31.18c; MS.4.14.15a: 242.2.
ā no devānām upa vetu śaṃsaḥ # RV.10.31.1a; Aś.3.7.10. Cf. BṛhD.7.34.
ā no devebhir upa devahūtim # RV.7.14.3a.
ā no devebhir upa yātam arvāk # RV.7.72.2a.
ā no bhara pramagandasya vedaḥ # RV.3.53.14c; N.6.32c.
ā no viśva (MS. viśvā) āskrā (TB. viśve askrā) gamantu (MS. gamanta) devāḥ # RV.1.186.2a; MS.4.14.11a: 232.2; TB.2.8.6.3a; Aś.3.7.10.
ā no viśveṣāṃ rasam # RV.8.53 (Vāl.5).3a.
ā no viśve sajoṣasaḥ # RV.8.54.3a; śś.12.6.12; 18.10.12.
āpa iva sadhryañco dhavadhve # RV.5.60.3d; TS.3.1.11.6d; MS.4.12.5d: 193.14.
āpaś cid asmai sutukā aveṣan # RV.1.178.2c.
āpaḥ śundhantu mainasaḥ # VS.20.20d; KS.38.5d; śB.12.9.2.7d; TB.2.6.6.4d. See viśve muñcantu etc., and viśve śumbhantu etc.
āpānaṃ brahma citayad dive-dive # RV.2.34.7b.
āpitve naḥ prapitve tūyam ā gahi # RV.8.4.3c; SV.1.252c; 2.1071c; N.3.20.
āpṛchyo viśpatir vikṣu vedhāḥ # RV.1.60.2d.
āpo gṛheṣu jāgrata # HG.2.4.5a. See āpo jāgṛta, āpo deveṣu, and āpo haviḥṣu.
āpo devebhir nivṛtā atiṣṭhan # RV.10.98.6b.
āpo deveṣu jāgratha # PG.1.16.22a. See under āpo gṛheṣu.
āpo yad vas tapas tena taṃ prati tapata yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.2.23.1.
ā pyāyadhvam aghnyā devebhyā indrāya (Mś. also with vikāra, mahendrāya) bhāgam # MS.1.1.1: 1.3; Mś.1.1.1.19. P: ā pyāyadhvam aghnyā devebhyaḥ MS.4.1.1: 1.15. See under prec. but two.
ā pyāyadhvam aghnyā devebhyo viśvebhyo devebhyo bhāgam # Mś.1.7.1.8. See under prec. but three.
ā pra cyavethām apa tan mṛjethām # AVś.18.4.49a. P: ā pra cyavethām Kauś.82.40.
ā pra drava harivo mā vi venaḥ # RV.5.31.2a.
ābhiṣ ṭvāhaṃ daśabhir abhimṛśāmi daśamāsyāya sūtavai (ApMB. sūtave) # HG.2.2.5; ApMB.2.11.15 (ApG.6.14.14). See daśamāsyāya.
ābhūṣantīḥ soma vedaḥ # RV.1.43.9d.
ābhogās tveva saṃyanti # TA.1.8.5c.
ābhyo yonibhyo adhi jātavedāḥ # Kauś.133.6b. See ebhyo etc., and svād yoner.
ā mā somo amṛtatvena (TS. amṛtatvāya) gamyāt # VS.9.19d; TS.1.7.8.4d; MS.1.11.3d: 163.7; KS.14.1d; śB.5.1.5.26.
ā me asya vedhaso navīyasaḥ # RV.1.131.6f; AVś.20.72.3f.
āme supakve śabale (AVP. śavale) vipakve # AVś.5.29.6a; AVP.12.18.9a.
āyajiṃ tvā manave jātavedasam # RV.8.23.17c.
ā yad dharī indra vivratā veḥ # RV.1.63.2a.
ā yan mā venā aruhann ṛtasya # RV.8.100.5a.
ā yasmin tve sv apāke yajatra # RV.6.12.2a.
ā yāhy ayam indave # SV.1.402a. See ā yāhīma.
āyuḥ pavata āyave # RV.9.67.8c.
āyukṣātām aśvināyātave ratham # RV.1.157.1c; SV.2.1108c.
āyur asmai dhehi jātavedaḥ # AVś.2.29.2a; AVP.15.5.2a.
āyur jīvebhyo vidadhat # AVś.18.4.53c.
āyur vasāna upa vetu (AVśṭA. yātu) śeṣaḥ (TA. śeṣam) # RV.10.16.5c; AVś.18.2.10c; TA.6.4.2c.
āyuṣmato vanve jātavedasaḥ # AVś.8.2.13b.
ā ye dhāmāni divyāni tasthuḥ # RV.10.13.1d; VS.11.5d; TS.4.1.1.2d; MS.2.7.1d: 74.3; KS.15.11d; śB.6.3.1.17; śvetU.2.5d.
āyai sūktena vacasā navena # RV.2.18.3b.
ā yo manyāya manyave # ā.4.13a.
ā rabhasva jātavedaḥ # AVś.1.7.6a; 18.3.71a; AVP.4.4.6a. P: ā rabhasva Kauś.81.33 (AVś.18.3.71).
ā rabhasvemām amṛtasya śruṣṭim # AVś.8.2.1a. P: ā rabhasvemām Kauś.58.14; ā rabhasva Kauś.55.17; 58.3,11.
ārayā hṛdayā kave # RV.6.53.5b.
ārāc cid dveṣaḥ sanutar yuyotu (RV.10.77.6d, yuyota) # RV.6.47.13d; 10.77.6d; 131.7d; AVś.7.92.1b; 20.125.7d; VS.20.52d; TS.1.7.13.5d; MS.4.12.5d: 191.7; KS.8.16d; N.6.7.
ārāc cid dveṣo vṛṣaṇo yuyota # RV.7.58.6c.
āruroha tve sacā (KS. tvayy api) # KS.7.12b; TB.1.2.1.8b; Aś.2.1.17b; Vait.5.7b; Apś.5.1.2b; Mś.1.5.1.9b.
ā rūpebhir jātavedo huvānaḥ # RV.5.43.10b.
āre devā dveṣo asmad yuyotana # RV.10.63.12c.
āre dveṣāṃsi sanutar dadhāma # RV.5.45.5c.
āraik panthāṃ yātave sūryāya # RV.1.113.16c; MG.2.7.5c.
ā rodasī bṛhatī vevidānaḥ # RV.1.72.4a.
ā rohata janitrīṃ jatavedasaḥ # AVś.18.4.1a; Kauś.80.23; 81.45.
ārtyai nirṛtyai dveṣāc ca vanaspatiḥ # TA.6.9.2c.
ā vaḥ pītayo 'bhipitve ahnām # RV.4.34.5c.
ā vaha jātavedaḥ suyajā yaja # Aś.1.3.22 (cf. 1.3.6 and comm.). See under ā ca vaha jāta-, and cf. the sequel.
āvittaḥ pūṣā viśvavedāḥ # VS.10.9; MS.2.6.9: 69.5; 4.4.3: 53.2; KS.15.7; śB.5.3.5.35. See āvinnaḥ etc.
āvida āvedayata # KS.15.7.
āvinnaḥ pūṣā viśvavedāḥ # TS.1.8.12.2. See āvittaḥ etc.
ā vivāsanti vedhasaḥ # RV.8.60.5d; SV.1.42d.
ā viveśa rodasī bhūrivarpasā # RV.3.3.4c.
ā viveśāparājitām (TA. -tā) # AVś.10.2.33d; TA.1.27.4d.
ā viveśāmṛto martyeṣu # AVś.12.2.33b.
ā viśvebhiḥ sarathaṃ yāhi devaiḥ # RV.7.11.1c.
āveśayan niveśayan saṃveśanaḥ saṃśāntaḥ śāntaḥ # TB.3.10.1.2.
ā vo vājā ṛbhavo vedayāmasi # RV.4.36.2d.
āśābhyas taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.10.5.29.
āśuṃ vājāya yātave # RV.9.62.18b.
āśuṃ na vājayate hinve arvā # RV.4.7.11d; KS.7.16d.
āśūn iva suyamān ahva (AVP. suyamāṃ hva) ūtaye # AVś.4.27.1c; AVP.4.35.1c. See āśūn huve.
āśūn huve suyamān ūtaye # TS.4.7.15.4c,5c; MS.3.16.5c (bis): 191.11,15; KS.22.15c (bis). See āśūn iva.
āśrāvaya yajñaṃ deveṣv āśrāvaya māṃ manuṣyeṣu kīrtyai yaśase brahmavarcasāya # Aś.1.3.23.
āśrutyai tvāvācīndrāyokthaṃ devebhyaḥ # śś.8.24.3.
ā sa deveṣu vṛścate # AVś.12.4.6b,12c.
āsā devā havir adanty āhutam # RV.2.1.14b. Cf. tve devā etc.
ā suṣṭutī rodasī viśvaminve # RV.3.38.8c.
ā sve yonau ni ṣīdatu (KS. -ta) # RV.6.16.41c; TS.3.5.11.4c; MS.4.10.3c: 148.10; KS.15.12c; AB.1.16.22.
ā haryatāya dhṛṣṇave # RV.9.99.1a; SV.1.551a. P: ā haryatāya Svidh.3.1.2.
ā hi ṣmā sūnave pitā # RV.1.26.3a.
ichanto viśve amṛtā amūrāḥ # RV.1.72.2b.
iḍas pade sarvavetu # TB.2.6.18.1.
iḍāyās pade sudinatve ahnām # RV.3.23.4b.
iti vatsasya vedanā # TA.1.8.2d.
idaṃ rāṣṭraṃ jātavedaḥ patāti # Kauś.95.3b.
idaṃ vo viśve devāḥ # AVP.10.1.11c.
idaṃ śṛṇu jātavedaḥ # AVP.5.26.2a.
idaṃ havir maghavā vetv indraḥ # SV.1.333d.
idaṃ kaver ādityasya svarājaḥ # RV.2.28.1a. Cf. BṛhD.4.83.
idaṃ ca namo devebhyaḥ # TS.2.6.9.8; śB.1.9.1.23; TB.3.5.10.5; śś.1.14.19. See idaṃ namo etc.
idaṃ tad asya manasā śivena # AB.7.33.3c; 8.20.4c; Aś.3.9.5c. See under ahaṃ tad asya.
idaṃ dive namo agne pṛthivyai # RV.3.54.3c.
idaṃ namo devebhyaḥ # MS.4.13.9: 212.13; Aś.1.9.5. See idaṃ ca namo etc.
idaṃ no havir abhi gṛṇantu viśve # AVś.18.1.52b. See imaṃ yajñam abhi gṛṇīta.
idam ahaṃ yo me (KS. nas) samāno yo 'samāno 'rātīyati tasya grīvā apikṛntāmi # MS.1.2.10: 19.15; 3.8.8: 106.2; KS.2.5,9,11,12; 3.3; 25.9. P: idam ahaṃ yo me samānaḥ ... yo 'samānaḥ Mś.1.8.2.3. See yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣma idam asya grīvā, and cf. idam enam adharaṃ.
idam ahaṃ yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tasya prāṇaṃ niveṣṭayāmi # KS.5.5; 32.5.
idam ahaṃ taṃ nimṛṇāmi yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # KS.7.2. See ny ahaṃ taṃ.
idam ahaṃ trivṛtā stomena rathaṃtareṇa sāmnā vaṣaṭkāreṇa vajreṇāsyai pṛthivyā asyai pratiṣṭhāyā asmād āyatanād yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas taṃ hanmi # Apś.24.12.6.
idam aham agninā devena devatayā trivṛtā stomena rathaṃtareṇa sāmnā gāyatreṇa chandasāgniṣṭomena yajñena vaṣaṭkāreṇa vajreṇa yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas taṃ hanmi # Aś.1.3.22. See idam ahaṃ gā-.
idam aham agnes tejasendrasyendriyeṇa somasya dyumnena viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ kratūnām # AVP.10.10.4--6.
idam aham amuṣya prāṇaṃ niveṣṭayāmi # see the fifth item after this.
idam aham amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasya (MSṃś. amuṣya) prāṇaṃ niveṣṭayāmi # MS.1.4.2: 48.17; 1.4.7: 55.3; Mś.1.4.3.12; Apś.4.15.3.
idam aham āmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ putrasya varcas tejaḥ prāṇam āyur ni veṣṭayāmi # AVś.10.5.36. Cf. under amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ.
idam ahaṃ pañcadaśena vajreṇa dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyam avakrāmāmi yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # TB.3.5.1.1.
idam ahaḥ sarveṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ prāṇair upa prasarpati cotsarpati ca # TA.1.14.4.
idam-idaṃ pra veśayet # AVś.9.5.23d.
idam ugrāya babhrave namaḥ (AVP. omits namaḥ) # AVś.7.109.1a; AVP.4.9.2a. P: idam ugrāya Vait.6.10; Kauś.41.13.
idā hi te veviṣataḥ purājāḥ # RV.6.21.5a.
idhmaś ca me barhiś ca me # TS.4.7.8.1. See vediś ca me, and barhiś ca me.
idhmena tvā jātavedaḥ # AVś.19.64.2a.
inaḥ satvā gaveṣaṇaḥ sa dhṛṣṇuḥ # RV.7.20.5d.
inu dveṣāṃsi sadhryak # RV.9.29.4c.
indur deveṣu patyate # RV.9.45.4c.
indur yebhir āṣṭa sveduhavyaiḥ # RV.1.121.6c.
indo tve na āśasaḥ # RV.9.1.5c.
indra ivendriyam ava rudhmo asmin # AVP.1.83.3c. Cf. next.
indra ivendriyāṇy adhi dhārayāmo asmin # AVś.1.35.3c. Cf. prec.
indra iveha dhruvas tiṣṭha # RV.10.173.2c; KS.35.7c; TB.2.4.2.9c; Apś.14.27.7c. P: indra iva N.1.4. See indrehaiva.
indra ṛbhumān vājavān matsveha naḥ # RV.3.60.6a.
indraḥ kila śrutyā asya veda # RV.10.111.3a; KB.25.4,5,6 (bis). P: indraḥ kila śś.11.14.3.
indraḥ kṛṇotu prasave rathaṃ puraḥ # RV.1.102.9d. See indra karāsi etc.
indraṃ yajñe prayaty ahvetām (TB. āhve-) # VS.28.14b; TB.2.6.10.2b. Cf. devī uṣāsānaktādyāsmin.
indraṃ viśve sajoṣasaḥ # RV.1.131.1d.
indraṃ vṛtrāya hantave # RV.3.37.5a; 8.12.22a; 9.61.22b; AVś.20.19.5a; SV.1.494b; śś.18.6.2; 12.3.
indraṃ huve marutaḥ parvatāṃ apa # RV.16.36.1c.
indraṃ huve vṛtrahaṇaṃ puraṃdaram # AVP.1.51.2c.
indra kaṇveṣu rātayaḥ # RV.8.49 (Vāl.1).5d.
indra karāsi prasave rathaṃ puraḥ # AVP.3.36.6d. See indraḥ kṛṇotu etc.
indra jaitrā śravasyā ca yantave # RV.8.15.3c; AVś.20.61.6c; 62.10c.
indrajyeṣṭhāḥ sam agachanta sarve # AVś.7.79.2d; AVP.1.103.4d.
indraṃ jaitrāya jetave # AVP.5.4.9b; TB.2.4.3.2b.
indra tve stomavāhasaḥ # RV.4.32.12b.
indra devebhir anu te nṛṣahye # RV.6.25.8d; TS.1.6.12.2d; 7.13.1d; MS.4.12.2d: 182.6; KS.9.19d; TB.2.8.5.7d.
indra devebhiḥ sakhibhiḥ sutaṃ naḥ # RV.3.47.3b.
indraṃ tam ahve svapasyayā dhiyā # RV.1.52.3c.
indraṃ tvā veda pratyakṣam # AVś.10.7.30c.
indraṃ devebhyas pari # AVś.7.38.2b.
indram agniṃ ca voḍhave # RV.6.60.12c. See endram etc.
indram aham iha huve # AVP.3.9.2a.
indram āviśa bṛhatā raveṇa (SV. madena) # RV.9.97.36c; SV.2.211c.
indram ived ubhaye vi hvayante # RV.4.39.5a.
indram ukthyeṣu nāmahūtamaṃ huvema # TB.2.7.15.6d.
indraṃ brahmaṇā jaritar navena # RV.6.50.6b.
indra vṛtrāya hantave # RV.3.37.6c; AVś.20.19.6c.
indraś ca viśve ca devāḥ # RV.10.157.1b; AVś.20.63.1b; 124.4b; SV.1.452b; 2.460b; VS.25.46b; JB.3.171; KB.26.13; TA.1.27.1b; Apś.21.22.1b; Mś.7.2.6.6b.
indra ṣoḍaśinn ojasviṃs (read ojasvī) tvaṃ (Vait. ṣoḍaśinn ojaḥ saṃsthaṃ, read ṣoḍaśinn ojasvāṃs tvaṃ) deveṣv asi # Aś.6.3.22; Vait.25.14. See the items under indrauj-.
indras tad veda yena # PG.2.10.22c.
indras tujo barhaṇā ā viveśa # RV.3.34.5a; AVś.20.11.5a.
indrasya tvā (sc. vratapate vratenādadhe) # Kś.4.9.3. Vikāra of amuṣya tvā etc. See indrasya tvā marutvato, and indrasya tvendriyeṇa.
indrasya tvendriyeṇa vratapate vratenādadhāmi # TB.1.1.4.8; Apś.5.11.7. See under indrasya tvā.
indrasya tvendriyeṇaujase balāyābhi ṣiñcāmi # MS.3.11.8: 151.14. Cf. prec. but three.
indrasya bāhū sthavirau vṛṣāṇau (SV. yuvānau) # AVś.19.13.1a; AVP.7.4.1a; SV.2.1219a; GB.2.1.18. First stanza of the apratiratha-hymn in the Atharvan version: see under apratiratha, and āśuḥ śiśāno.
indrasya manmahe śaśvad id asya manmahe # AVś.4.24.1a. See indrasya manve prathamasya, and indrasya manve śaśvad.
indrasya manyave jālmāḥ # AVś.12.4.51c.
indrasya manve prathamasya pracetasaḥ # TS.4.7.15.1a; MS.3.16.5a: 190.10; KS.22.15a. See next, and indrasya manmahe.
indrasya manve śaśvad yasya manvire # AVP.4.39.1a. See prec., and indrasya manmahe.
indrasya yantu prasave visṛṣṭāḥ # RV.8.100.12d.
indrasya yāḥ prasave sasrur āpaḥ # RV.10.111.8b.
indrasya yāhi prasave manojavāḥ # AVś.6.92.1b. See indrasyeva dakṣiṇaḥ.
indrasya vāyoḥ sakhyāya kartave # RV.9.86.20d. See prec. but one.
indrasya vṛtraghno vanve # AVś.6.82.1c.
indrasya sakhyaṃ pavate vivevidat # RV.9.86.9c.
indrasyeva dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaidhi # VS.9.8b; śB.5.1.4.9. See indrasya yāhi prasave.
indra svadhāvo matsveha # RV.3.41.8c; AVś.20.23.8c.
indra svayugbhir matsveha (AVP. matsva madāya) mahe raṇāya # AVś.2.5.4d; AVP.2.7.5cde. See indra sayugbhir.
indraḥ sahasrabāhve # RV.8.45.26b; SV.1.131b.
indrāgnibhyāṃ nivedaya # TB.2.4.8.3b.
indrāgnī tam apanudatāṃ yam ayaṃ yajamāno dveṣṭi yaś cainaṃ dveṣṭi # śB.1.8.3.4.
indrāgnī tam apa nudatāṃ yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # VS.2.15; śB.1.8.3.3.
indrāgnī maitaṃ nirhvethām # KS.17.19a.
indrāgnī viśve devāḥ (AVś. devās te) # AVś.1.35.4c; 3.3.5c; 8.2.21c; AVP.2.74.7c; 8.15.9c.
indrāgnī huve prathamau # AVP.15.22.1a.
indrāgnyor dhenur dakṣiṇāyām uttaravedyāḥ śroṇyām āsannā # KS.34.15.
indrāṇīm avase huve # AVP.11.1.6d.
indrāya tvā bṛhadvate vayasvata ukthāyuve (MS.KS. ukthāyuvam; VSK. ukthāyuvaṃ gṛhṇāmi; VS.śB. ukthāvyaṃ gṛhṇāmi) # VS.7.22; VSK.7.9.1; TS.1.4.12.1; MS.1.3.14: 35.13; KS.4.5; śB.4.2.3.10. Ps: indrāya tvā bṛhadvate vayasvate TS.6.5.1.3; Apś.12.15.11; indrāya tvā bṛhadvate KS.27.10; Mś.2.3.5.10; indrāya tvā Kś.10.3.20. Treated metrically in MS.
indrāya tvā bhāgaṃ somenātanacmi # MS.1.1.3: 2.10; 4.1.3: 5.10; Mś.1.1.3.34. See under indrasya tvā bhāgaṃ, and cf. viśvebhyas tvā devebhyo bhāgaṃ.
indrāya tvokthāyuve # TS.1.4.12.1.
indrāya devebhir arṇasātau # RV.2.20.8b.
indrāya devebhyo juhutā (Apś. juṣatāṃ; Mś. juhutāṃ) haviḥ svāhā # PB.21.10.11--22; Kś.23.3.1 (undecies); Apś.22.19.1 (tredecies: see 22.19.2); Mś.9.4.2.7,9 (decies).
indrāya devebhyo havir bahu dugdhi # MS.4.1.3: 5.2. See bahu dugdhīndrāya.
indrāya pātave sutaḥ # RV.9.1.1c; 100.5c; SV.1.468c; 2.39c; VS.26.25c; AB.8.8.9c; 20.3c; PB.8.4.5; N.11.3c.
indrāya yajñam # AVś.5.27.12. Incorrect division: see jātaveda indrāya.
indrāya yatra savanāni sunve # RV.7.97.1c.
indrāya viśvebhyo devebhyo 'nubrūhi # Apś.19.19.18.
indrāya soma pātave # RV.9.11.8a; 98.10a; 108.15a; SV.2.681a,798a,1029a; JB.3.268.
indrāya soma viṣṇave # RV.9.100.6c; SV.2.366c; JB.3.129c.
indrāya svapasyāya vehat # VS.24.1; MS.3.13.12: 168.13.
indrāvaruṇa yāṃ huve # RV.1.17.9b.
indriyāvī priya indrasya bhavati ya evaṃ veda # AVP.9.21.11.
indreṇa devena devatayā traiṣṭubhena chandasāgneḥ pakṣam upadadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.11. See traiṣṭubhena chandase-.
indreṇa devena pṛtanā jayāmi traiṣṭubhena chandasā pañcadaśena stomena bṛhatā sāmnā vaṣatkāreṇa vajreṇa sahajān # TS.3.5.3.1. Cf. under agninā devena pṛtanā.
indreṇa varuṇena candreṇa sūryeṇa ca # AVP.1.4.2a. Probably not a verse, but a gloss listing four ūhas to be applied to the word parjanyaṃ in pāda b of the preceding stanza (see Zehnder's edition of kāṇḍa 2, p. 253).
indreṇa śūśuve nṛbhiḥ # RV.7.32.6b.
indreṇaite tṛtsavo veviṣāṇāḥ # RV.7.18.15a; N.7.2.
indrehaiva dhruvas tiṣṭha # AVś.6.87.2c. See indra iveha.
indro apo manave sasrutas kaḥ # RV.4.28.1b; MS.4.11.2b: 164.7; KS.9.19b.
indrota tubhyaṃ tad dive # RV.1.129.3d.
indrotibhir bahulābhir no adya # RV.3.53.21a; AVś.7.31.1a. P: indrotibhiḥ Kauś.48.37. Designated as vasiṣṭhadveṣiṇyaḥ (sc. ṛcaḥ) Rvidh.2.4.2; as vāsiṣṭhaṃ tṛcam LAtDh.2.4; VAtDh.2.4.
indro devebhir arvaśebhir arvaśaḥ # RV.10.92.6d.
indro deveṣu cetati # RV.8.32.28c.
indro deveṣu vṛtrahā # AVP.12.5.7b.
indropānasyakehamanaso (Mś. aindro-) veśān kuru sumanasaḥ sajātān svāhā # Apś.3.10.2; Mś.1.3.5.14.
indro yajñaṃ vardhayan viśvavedāḥ # MS.4.14.13a: 236.8; TB.2.8.3.7a.
indro yad vṛtrahā veda # RVKh.10.128.7c; AVś.19.26.4c; AVP.1.82.4c; 12.4.6c. See yad indro vṛtra-.
indro rudraś ca cetatuḥ (AVP. vedhatu) # AVś.3.22.2b; AVP.3.18.2b.
indro viśvā yo 'ti śṛṇve # RV.8.2.34b.
indraujaskāraujasvāṃs tvaṃ sahasvān deveṣv edhi # MS.4.7.3: 96.11. P: indraujaskāra Mś.7.2.2.21. See next two, and indra ṣoḍaśinn.
indraujasvinn ojasvī tvaṃ deveṣv asi # TS.3.3.1.1; śś.10.3.10. P: indraujasvin Apś.13.8.9. See under prec.
indraujiṣṭhaujiṣṭhas (VSK. indraujasvann ojasvāṃs) tvaṃ deveṣv asi # VS.8.39; VSK.8.14.1; śB.4.5.4.12. P: indraujiṣṭha Kś.12.3.6. See under prec. but one.
ima ṛtavaḥ sarveṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ prāṇair apa prasarpanti cotsarpanti ca # TA.1.14.3.
ima eveti ca bravat # RV.6.54.2c.
imaṃ yajñaṃ vardhayan viśvavedāḥ # MS.4.14.13a: 236.10; TB.2.8.3.8a.
imaṃ yajñaṃ viśve avantu devāḥ # KS.35.3d; TB.2.5.5.1d; Apś.9.17.1d.
imaṃ yajñaṃ juṣamāṇe navena # TB.2.4.8.6c.
imaṃ yajñaṃ divi deveṣu dhehi # RV.7.11.5c.
imaṃ yajñam abhi gṛṇīta viśve # RV.10.15.6b; VS.19.62b. See idaṃ no havir, and cf. next.
imaṃ yajñam abhi viśve gṛṇantaḥ # Kauś.6.9c. See imāṃ vācam abhi, and cf. prec.
imaṃ stomam arhate jātavedase # RV.1.94.1a; AVś.20.13.3a; AVP.13.5.1a; SV.1.66a; 2.414a; MS.2.7.3a: 78.1; AB.6.12.12; JB.3.140; KB.23.8; GB.2.2.22; PB.13.8.1; ā.1.5.3.14; Aś.5.5.19; SMB.2.4.2a; HG.1.9.4a; ApMB.2.7.1a. Ps: imaṃ stomam arhate Aś.4.13.7; MG.1.1.16; 10.2; 2.2.5; VārG.5.31; imaṃ stomam Aś.7.7.8; śś.4.2.10; 8.2.11; 10.8.15; GG.4.4.5; KhG.1.2.6; imam Rvidh.1.22.1. Cf. BṛhD.3.126.
imaṃ kravyād ā viveśa # AVś.12.2.43a. P: imaṃ kravyāt Kauś.71.8.
imaṃ goṣṭhaṃ pra viveśānyokāḥ # AVś.12.2.4b.
imaṃ ca no gaveṣaṇam # RV.6.56.5a.
imaṃ jīvebhyaḥ paridhiṃ dadhāmi # RV.10.18.4a; AVś.12.2.23a; VS.35.15a; TB.3.7.11.3a; śB.13.8.4.12a; TA.6.10.2a; Apś.9.12.4a; 14.22.3a; AG.4.6.9; ApMB.2.22.24a (ApG.8.23.10). P: imaṃ jīvebhyaḥ śś.4.16.5; Kś.21.4.25; Kauś.72.17. Cf. BṛhD.7.11 (B). Cf. jīvātave te paridhiṃ.
imaṃ nu māyinaṃ huve # RV.8.76.1a; AB.5.4.16; KB.22.7; Aś.8.8.2. P: imaṃ nu māyinam śś.10.5.8. Cf. BṛhD.6.96.
imaṃ no yajñaṃ vihave juṣasva (AVś. śṛṇotu) # RVKh.10.128.1c; AVś.5.3.11c; AVP.5.4.10c; TS.4.7.14.4c; KS.40.10c; TB.2.4.3.3c.
imam apūpaṃ catuḥśarāvaṃ nirvapāmi kleśāvahaṃ pitṝṇāṃ sāṃparāye devena savitrā prasūtaḥ # HG.2.14.3.
imam ādityā uta viśve ca devāḥ # AVś.1.9.1c; AVP.1.19.1c.
imam ā bhaja grāme aśveṣu goṣu # TB.2.4.7.7a. See emaṃ bhaja.
imaṃ paścād anu (AVP. upa) jīvātha sarve # AVP.1.53.4d; TS.5.7.4.4d.
imaṃ paśyann itaraṃ jātavedasam # RV.10.16.10b; AVś.12.2.7b.
imā u te manave bhūrivārāḥ # RV.3.57.4c.
imāṃ vācaṃ na vedhasām # RV.1.129.1g.
imāṃ vācam abhi viśve gṛṇantaḥ # VS.2.18c; TS.1.1.13.3c; MS.1.1.13c: 9.4; śB.1.8.3.25. See imaṃ yajñam abhi.
imāṃ vi minve amṛtasya śākhām # śG.3.2.5a.
imāṃ devā ajuṣanta viśve # KS.1.9c; Apś.2.2.6c; Mś.1.2.4.19c.
imāṃ narāḥ (Mś.Apś.11.5.1a, naraḥ) kṛṇuta vedim etya (Mś. etat; vḷ. eta; Apś.2.2.6a, eta) # TB.3.7.7.13a; Apś.2.2.6a; 11.5.1a; Mś.1.2.4.19a. See prec.
imā sātāni venyasya vājinaḥ # RV.2.24.10c.
imā havyā jātavedo juṣasva # RV.3.21.1b; KS.16.21b; MS.4.13.5b: 204.8; AB.2.12.7; TB.3.6.7.1b.
ime kaṇveṣu vām atha # RV.8.9.14d; AVś.20.141.4d.
ime cit tava manyave # RV.1.80.11a.
ime māsāś cārdhamāsāś ca sarveṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ prāṇair apa prasarpanti cotsarpanti ca # TA.1.14.3.
ime viprasya vedhasaḥ # RV.8.43.1a. P: ime viprasya Aś.4.13.7; śś.6.4.1; VHDh.6.17. Cf. BṛhD.6.79.
ime sarve abhiṣṭhitāḥ # RV.10.166.2d. Cf. sarve santv abhi-.
iyaṃ rātriḥ sarveṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ prāṇair apa prasarpati cotsarpati ca # TA.1.14.4.
iyaṃ vām ahve śṛṇutaṃ me aśvinā # RV.10.39.6a.
iyakṣave pūrave pratna rājan # RV.10.4.1d; TS.2.5.12.4d.
iyaṃ matiḥ kakṣyāśveva vājinā # RV.7.104.6b; AVś.8.4.6b.
ireva dhanvan ni jajāsa te viṣam # AVś.5.13.1d. Cf. sarve sākaṃ ni.
iryam anaṣṭavedasam # RV.6.54.8b.
iṣaṃ vahantīḥ sukṛte sudānave # RV.1.92.3c; SV.2.1107c. Cf. iṣaṃ pṛñcantā.
iṣaṃ stotṛbhyo vṛjaneṣu kārave # RV.2.34.7c.
iṣaṃ na kṛṇve asurā navīyaḥ # RV.7.36.2b.
iṣaṃ pṛñcantā sukṛte sudānave # RV.1.47.8c. Cf. iṣaṃ vahantīḥ.
iṣṭena pakvam upa te huve savāham (KSA. 'sā aham) # TS.7.3.11.1; KSA.3.1.
iṣvai devyai bṛhan namaḥ # RV.6.75.15d. Cf. iṣave kṛṇutā.
iha nūnaṃ vājayanto huvema # RV.6.19.4b.
iha bravītu ya īm aṅga veda # RV.1.164.7a; AVś.9.9.5a. Cf. BṛhD.1.52.
iha huvema sadanaṃ rayīṇām # AVś.7.40.2d.
iha huve 'smā ariṣṭatātaye # AVś.8.2.6d.
ihaiva dhruvāṃ ni minomi śālām # AVś.3.12.1a; AVP.3.20.1a; PG.3.4.4c; HG.1.27.2a. P: ihaiva dhruvām Kauś.8.23; 43.8. Designated as dhruve (sc. ṛcau) Kauś.43.11; 136.7. Cf. ihaiva tiṣṭha.
ihaivāyam (AVś. ihāyam) itaro jātavedāḥ (AVś. jātavedā devaḥ) # RV.10.16.9c; AVś.12.2.8c; VS.35.19c; AG.4.6.5; MG.2.1.8c. P: ihaivāyam Kś.21.4.29.
īḍito jātavedā ayam # see īlito etc.
īlito jātavedā ayam # śG.2.10.6c.
īśāṃ vo vedarājyam (read veda rājyam ?) # AVś.11.10.2a.
ukthaṃ vācīndrāya devebhyaḥ # AB.3.12.4; GB.2.3.10; Aś.5.10.24; 18.13; 20.8; Vait.21.5.
ukthavāhase vibhve manīṣām # RV.8.96.11a.
ukthair havāmahe paramāt sadhasthāt # AVś.7.63.1b. See agniṃ huvema, and ugraṃ huvema.
ukhāṃ (MS.KS. ukhā) svasāram adhi vedim asthāt # MS.2.7.16b: 100.14; KS.39.3b; Apś.16.26.6b,12.
ukhā kumbhī vedyāṃ mā vyathiṣṭhāḥ # AVś.12.3.23e.
ukhāyāḥ (TS. ukhāyai; MS.KS. ukhāyāṃ) sadane sve # VS.12.16b; TS.4.1.9.3b; 2.1.5b; MS.2.7.8b: 86.1; KS.16.8b.
ugra ṛṣvebhir ā gahi # RV.8.3.17d; SV.1.301d.
ugraṃ sahodām iha taṃ huvema (MS. huve) # RV.3.47.5d; VS.7.36d; TS.1.4.17.1d; MS.1.3.1d: 37.14; KS.4.8d; TB.2.8.3.4d; śB.4.3.3.14d.
ugraṃ huvema paramāt sadhastāt # MahānU.6.6b. See agniṃ huvema, and ukthair havāmahe.
ugram eṣāṃ cittaṃ viśve 'vantu devāḥ # AVP.3.19.5d. See eṣāṃ cittaṃ etc.
ugraṃ marudbhī rudraṃ huvema # RV.10.126.5c. See rudraṃ marudbhir.
ugrasya cin manyave nā namante # RV.10.34.8c.
ugrasya yūna (MS. yūnaḥ) sthavirasya ghṛṣveḥ # RV.3.46.1b; MS.4.14.14b: 238.7.
ugreṇa ca devena ca kṣiptasya # AVP.15.17.1a.
ugro balavān (text valavān) bhavati mārutaṃ śardha ity enam āhur adhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.8.
ugro 'sy ugras tvaṃ deveṣu edhy ugro 'haṃ sajāteṣu bhūyāsaṃ priyaḥ sajātānām (TS. ugro 'sy ugro 'haṃ sajāteṣu bhūyāsam) # TS.1.6.2.1; 10.1; MS.2.3.2: 29.10. P: ugro 'si Mś.5.2.1.13.
ucchiṣṭāj jajñire sarve # AVś.11.7.11d,23c--27c.
ucchiṣṭe sarve pratyañcaḥ # AVś.11.7.13c.
uj jihīdhve stanayati # AVś.8.7.21a.
uta tyā me yaśasā śvetanāyai # RV.1.122.4a.
uta mātā mahiṣam anv avenat # RV.4.18.11a; TS.3.2.11.3a; MS.4.12.5a: 192.6.
uta śrutaṃ śayave hūyamānā # RV.7.68.8b.
uta śveta āśupatvā # AVś.20.135.8a; AB.6.35.12a; GB.2.6.14a; śś.12.19.4a.
uta śvetaṃ vasudhitiṃ nireke # RV.7.90.3d; VS.27.24d; MS.4.14.2d: 217.3; TB.2.8.1.1d.
uta stavase venyasyārkaiḥ # RV.10.148.5b.
uta syā śvetayāvarī # RV.8.26.18a.
uta svena kratunā saṃ vadeta # RV.10.31.2c.
uta svena śavasā śūśuvur naraḥ # RV.7.74.6c.
utāmṛtatvasyeśānaḥ (AVś.AVP.9.5.4c, -syeśvaraḥ; AVP.8.3.2c, -syeśiṣaḥ) # RV.10.90.2c; AVś.19.6.4c; AVP.8.3.2c; 9.5.4c; ArS.4.6c; VS.31.2c; TA.3.12.1c; śvetU.3.15c. See next.
utāmṛtasya tvaṃ vettha # AVś.4.9.3c. See prec.
utā yātaṃ saṃgave prātar ahnaḥ # RV.5.76.3a; SV.2.1104a.
utālabdhaṃ (AVś. utārabdhān) spṛṇuhi jātavedaḥ # RV.10.87.7a; AVś.8.3.7a.
uto asmāṃ amṛtatve dadhātana # RV.5.55.4c.
uto ta (MS. tā) iṣave namaḥ # AVP.14.3.4d; VS.16.1b; TS.4.5.1.1b; MS.2.9.2b: 120.16; KS.17.11c; śB.9.1.1.14; NīlarU.4d.
uto niṣadya pātave # AVP.4.21.5c.
uto nv indrāya pātave # MS.2.7.16c: 100.12.
uto me asya vedathaḥ # RV.8.26.11b.
uttamena haviṣā (AVś. brahmaṇā) jātavedaḥ # AVś.1.9.3b; TS.3.5.4.2b; MS.1.4.3b: 50.14; KS.5.6b. See uttareṇa brahmaṇā jātavedaḥ.
uttareṇa brahmaṇā jātavedaḥ # AVP.1.19.3b. See uttamena etc.
utpāraṇasya yo veda # AVś.5.30.12c; AVP.9.14.2c.
utsasya madhye nihitaṃ padaṃ veḥ # RV.10.5.1d.
ud atiṣṭhat taviṣeṇā raveṇa # RV.10.111.2c.
ud asya dveṣo abhayaṃ no astu # Mś.1.6.1.21b.
uditā yo niditā veditā vasu # RV.8.103.11a.
udīcyā diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhyebhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.28.
udīcyāṃ tvā diśi viśve devāḥ ṣaḍbhiś caiva pañcaviṃśair ahobhir abhiṣiñcantv etena ca tṛceṇaitena ca yajuṣaitābhiś ca vyāhṛtibhir vairājyāya # AB.8.19.1. Cf. viśve devā udīcyāṃ.
ud u tyaṃ jātavedasam # RV.1.50.1a; AVś.13.2.16a; 20.47.13a; SV.1.31a; VS.7.41a; 8.41a; 33.31a; TS.1.2.8.2a; 4.43.1a; 2.3.8.2; 4.14.4; 6.1.11.4; MS.1.3.37a: 43.6; KS.4.9a; 11.1; 30.5a; AB.4.9.10; ṣB.5.12; AdB.12; śB.4.3.4.9a; 6.2.2a; KA.1.198.1a,19a; 3.198,238; Aś.6.5.18; śś.9.20.21; 18.2.2,3,5; Vait.33.5; 39.16; Apś.10.27.10; 19.23.4; 21.21.7; Mś.2.4.5.4; 7.2.5.3; śG.4.6.4; MG.1.2.4; 19.4; JG.1.4a; N.7.20; 12.15a; śaṅkhaDh.9.17. Ps: ud u tyam TS.2.2.12.1; 5.12.1; 3.1.11.8; KS.9.19; 10.13; 13.16; 21.14; MS.4.9.11: 132.10; 4.9.12: 134.3; TB.3.1.3.3; 7.11.2; TA.4.11.8; 20.3; 5.9.11; Kś.10.2.5; 13.2.12; Vait.21.23; Apś.3.11.2; 9.8.7; 12.3; 13.5.7; 15.16.10; 17.12; HG.1.9.9; BDh.2.5.8.12; 10.17.39; 18.7; LVyāsaDh.2.26; BṛhPDh.2.53,58; ut Rvidh.1.19.1. Cf. BṛhD.3.113.
ud u tvā viśve devāḥ # VS.12.31a; 17.53a; TS.4.2.3.1a; 6.3.1a; 5.2.2.1; 4.6.1; MS.2.7.10a: 87.9; 3.2.2: 17.2; 3.3.8: 40.13; KS.16.10a; 18.3a; 19.12; 21.8; śB.6.8.1.7; 9.2.3.7; Apś.5.13.4; 16.12.4; 17.14.6; Mś.6.1.4.27; 6.2.5.4. P: ud u tvā MS.2.10.5: 136.13; Kś.16.6.16; 18.3.18.
ud ehi vediṃ prajayā vardhayainām (Mś. -yāsmān) # AVś.11.1.21a; Mś.1.6.1.21a. P: ud ehi vedim Kauś.61.41.
uddīpyasva jātavedaḥ # TA.10.1.4a; Kauś.70.1a; ApMB.1.9.9a (ApG.3.8.5); HG.1.18.5a; BDh.1.4.6.2; MahānU.2.9a.
ud dyām ivet tṛṣṇajo nāthitāsaḥ # RV.7.33.5a.
uddhitā tanve bhava # AVś.9.3.6e.
udyantaṃ tvā mitramaho dive-dive # RV.10.37.7c. Cf. prec.
un ninyathuḥ somam iva sruveṇa # RV.1.116.24d.
upa kṣvedābhi cālaya # AVP.5.34.7a.
upa jmann upa vetase # VS.17.6a; TS.4.6.1.1a; MS.2.10.1a: 131.9; KS.17.17a; śB.9.1.2.27a. See upa dyām upa.
upa tvāgne dive-dive # RV.1.1.7a; SV.1.14a; VS.3.22a; TS.1.5.6.2a; MS.1.5.3a: 69.3; 1.5.10: 78.9; KS.7.1a,8; 22.10; AB.1.30.10; KB.9.5; śB.2.3.4.28a; Apś.6.17.7; 17.24.1; Mś.1.6.2.9; 6.2.6.26. Ps: upa tvāgne dive-dive doṣāvastaḥ Aś.4.10.3; upa tvāgne śś.2.12.2; 5.14.11; upa tvā Kś.4.12.7.
upa tvā sīdan viśve yajatrāḥ # RV.1.65.2b.
upa tvemaḥ kṛdhi no bhāgadheyam # RV.8.96.8c.
upa dyām upa vetasam # AVś.18.3.5a; Vait.29.13. P: upa dyām Kauś.82.26. See upa jmann.
upa preṣya hotar havyā devebhyaḥ # TS.6.3.8.2; MS.4.13.4: 203.6; KS.16.21; AB.2.5.6; śB.3.8.1.11; TB.3.6.5.1; Kś.6.5.10; Apś.7.15.7; Mś.1.8.3.25.
upa bruve namasā daivyaṃ janam # RV.2.30.11b.
upa bruve namasā yajñe asmin # RV.1.185.7b; MS.4.14.7b: 225.1; TB.2.8.4.8b.
upa mā devīr devebhir eta # AVś.7.75.2c.
upa mā hotrā upahave hvayantām # TS.3.2.4.1d; Mś.2.3.7.6c. P: upa mā hotrāḥ Apś.12.20.1.
upavāsy upa taṃ vāyasva yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # JUB.3.20.1.
upaveṣopaviḍḍhi naḥ # TB.3.3.11.1a; Apś.3.13.6a. Cf. veṣo 'si.
upa vo viśvavedaso namasyur ā # RV.8.27.11c.
upasadyo namasyo yathāsat (AVś.AVP. namasyo bhaveha) # AVś.3.4.1d; 6.98.1d; AVP.3.1.1d; TS.2.4.14.2d; MS.4.12.3d: 186.1.
upa spṛśa jātavedaḥ samiddhaḥ # RV.10.87.2b; AVś.8.3.2b.
upa srakveṣu bapsataḥ # RV.8.72.15a; SV.2.832a. P: upa srakveṣu śś.12.2.20. See next.
upa srakveṣu bapsato ni ṣu svapa # RV.7.55.2d. See prec.
upārima caraṇe jātavedaḥ # AVś.7.106.1b.
upāvaroha jātavedaḥ punas tvam (Kauś. punar devaḥ) # TB.2.5.8.8a; śś.2.17.8a; Apś.6.28.12a; Mś.1.6.3.5a; Kauś.40.13a. Ps: upāvaroha jātavedaḥ Apś.5.10.12; upāvaroha Vait.24.18; Mś.1.6.3.6; śG.5.1.7. See pratyavaroha.
upā vartadhvam upa na eta sarve # AVP.1.53.4a. Cf. abhyāvartadhvam.
upec chivena cakṣuṣā # śś.8.11.14a.
upo manyāya manyave # ā.4.13b.
ubhayāso jātavedaḥ syāma te # RV.2.2.12a.
ubhā vājasya sātaye huve vām # RV.6.60.13d; VS.3.13d; TS.1.1.14.1d; 5.5.2d; MS.1.5.1d: 65.11; KS.6.9d; śB.2.3.4.12d.
ubhe dyāvāpṛthivī viśvaminve # RV.9.81.5a.
ubhe suṣṭutī sugātave # AVś.6.1.3c. See ubhe sukṣitī.
ubhau mām avataṃ jātavedasau # TB.2.4.2.5c.
urukramas tveṣitaḥ # RV.8.77.10b; MS.3.8.3b: 95.13.
uru ṇas tanve tane # RV.8.68.12a.
uruṃ devebhyo akṛṇor u lokam # RV.10.180.3d; AVś.7.84.2d; AVP.1.77.1d; TS.1.6.12.4d; KS.8.16d.
uruṃ nṛbhya uruṃ gave # RV.8.68.13a.
uru prathasvorṇamradaṃ svāsasthaṃ devebhyaḥ # MS.1.1.12: 7.9; 4.1.13: 17.17. P: uru prathasva Mś.1.2.3.22; 1.2.6.7. See under ūrṇamradasaṃ, and cf. prec. and next.
uruśaṃsā ṛjave martyāya # RV.2.27.9d; MS.4.12.1d: 177.12.
uruṣya rāya eṣo (VSK. rayo 'veṣo; TSṃS.KS. rāyaḥ sam iṣo) yajasva # VS.7.4; VSK.7.2.1; TS.1.4.3.1; MS.1.3.5b: 32.4; KS.4.1b; 27.2; śB.4.1.2.15.
urūci vi prasartave # RV.8.67.12b.
urūcī viśve yajate ni pātam # RV.4.56.4c.
uro antarikṣa (VS.śB. uror antarikṣāt) sajūr devena vātena # VS.6.11; TS.1.3.8.1; MS.1.2.15: 25.7; 3.9.7: 126.9; KS.2.2; 3.6; śB.3.8.1.12. P: uro antarikṣa Apś.7.15.10; Mś.1.8.3.27.
u lokam u dve upa jāmim īyatuḥ # RV.3.2.9d. See lokam u.
uśantas tvā ni dhīmahi (AVś. tvedhīmahi; TSṃS.KSṭB.Apśṃś. tvā havāmahe) # RV.10.16.12a; AVś.18.1.56a; VS.19.70a; TS.2.6.12.1a; MS.1.10.18a: 157.18; 4.10.6: 156.1; KS.21.14a; 36.12; śB.2.6.1.22a; TB.2.6.16.1; Aś.2.19.6; Apś.8.14.18; Mś.5.1.4.11; 11.9.1.5; 11.9.2.7. Ps: uśantas tvā śś.3.16.23; YDh.1.232; AuśDh.5.37; BṛhPDh.5.197; uśantaḥ Kauś.87.19.
uśijo jagmur abhi tāni vedasā # RV.3.60.1b; KB.20.2.
uṣarbhud bhūd atithir jātavedāḥ # RV.6.4.2d. See pary abhūd.
uṣā uvāsa manave svarvatī # RV.10.11.3b; AVś.18.1.20b.
ūtī huve rathānām # RV.8.68.4d; SV.1.364d; N.12.21d.
ūrjaṃ devebhyaḥ subhage # AVP.11.5.14a.
ūrjaṃ puṣṭaṃ vasv āveśayantī # AVś.7.79.3b. See viśvaṃ puṣṭaṃ vasv, and viśvā rūpāṇi vasūny.
ūrjasvī tejasvī bhavati pra sāhasrān paśūn āpnoty adhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.5.
ūrjāṃ te sarveṣām aham # AVP.6.15.9c.
ūrjā vitte ca vedye # AVP.6.15.9b.
ūrje tvā (sc. sumaṅgali prajāvati susīme) # Kauś.76.24. See ūrje dvipadī, and dve ūrje.
ūrjo napāj jātavedaḥ suśastibhiḥ # RV.10.140.3a; SV.2.1168a; VS.12.108a; TS.4.2.7.2a; MS.2.7.14a: 95.18; KS.16.14a; śB.7.3.1.31.
ūrjo napātam ā huve # RV.7.16.1b; 8.44.13a; SV.1.45b; 2.99b,1062a; VS.15.32b; TS.4.4.4.4b; MS.2.13.8b: 157.3; KS.39.15b.
ūrṇamradasaṃ (TSṭB.Apś. ūrṇā-) tvā stṛṇāmi (KS. ūrṇamradaḥ prathasva; Kauś. ūrṇamradaṃ prathasva) svāsasthaṃ (VS.śB. -sthāṃ) devebhyaḥ # VS.2.2,5; TS.1.1.11.1; KS.1.11; śB.1.3.3.11; 4.11; TB.3.3.6.7; Kauś.2.17. Ps: ūrṇāmradasaṃ tvā stṛṇāmi Apś.2.9.2; ūrṇamradasam Kś.2.7.22; 8.10. See uru prathasvorṇamradaṃ, and cf. asmin yajñe vi.
ūrdhvaṃ no adhvaraṃ kṛtaṃ haveṣu # RV.7.2.7c.
ūrdhvam imam adhvaraṃ (VSK. ūrdhvo adhvaraṃ) divi (TSṭA. adhvaraṃ kṛdhi divi) deveṣu hotrā yacha # VS.6.25; VSK.6.7.1; TS.1.3.13.1; MS.1.3.1: 29.5; 4.9.6: 126.7; KS.3.9; śB.3.9.3.5; TA.4.7.3; KA.2.110--111. Cf. ūrdhvo adhvaraṃ divi deveṣu dhehi.
ūrdhvāyā diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhyebhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.30.
ūrdhvās tasthur mamruṣīḥ prāyave punaḥ # RV.1.140.8b.
ūrdhvā hi te dive-dive # RV.8.45.12a.
ūrdhvo adhvaraṃ divi deveṣu dhehi # VS.37.19; śB.14.1.4.14. Cf. ūrdhvam imam adhvaraṃ etc.
ūrdhvo adhvaraṃ divi deveṣu hotrā etc. # see ūrdhvam imam adhvaraṃ etc.
ūrdhvo bhavati sotave # RV.1.28.1b.
ṛgbhyas taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.10.5.30.
ṛghāyato araṃhayanta manyave # RV.10.113.6b.
ṛco akṣare (NṛpU. 'kṣare) parame vyoman # RV.1.164.39a; AVś.9.10.18a; GB.1.1.22; TB.3.10.9.4a; TA.2.11.1a; śvetU.4.8a; NṛpU.4.2a; 5.2a; N.13.10a.
ṛco vidvān pṛthivīṃ veda saṃprati # GB.1.5.25a.
ṛtaṃ tvā satyena pariṣiñcāmi (Kauś. adds jātavedaḥ) # TB.2.1.11.1; śś.2.6.10; Apś.6.5.4; Kauś.3.4. P: ṛtaṃ tvā Vait.7.4. See ṛtasatyābhyāṃ.
ṛtaṃ dive tad avocaṃ pṛthivyai # RV.1.185.10a; Aś.3.8.1.
ṛtasya patnīm avase huvema (AVś. havāmahe) # AVś.7.6.2b; VS.21.5b; TS.1.5.11.5b; KS.30.4b,5b; MS.4.10.1b: 144.10; Aś.2.1.29b; śś.2.2.14b.
ṛtasya pathi vedhā apāyi # RV.6.44.8a.
ṛtasya panthām anvetavā u # RV.7.44.5b.
ṛtasya yāḥ sadane kośe aṅgdhve # RV.10.100.10b.
ṛtuthādya devo devebhyo havyavāṭ # MS.4.13.2: 201.7; KS.15.13; TB.3.6.2.2.
ṛtubhyas tvārtavebhyaḥ # AVś.3.10.10a. P: ṛtubhyas tvā Kauś.138.6. Cf. under ṛtubhiṣ ṭvā-.
ṛtūn ko asyāḥ ka u veda rūpam # MS.2.13.10b: 159.16. See ka ṛtūn.
ṛtena gāva ṛtam ā viveśuḥ # RV.4.23.9d.
ṛdhag ghuvema kavineṣitāsaḥ # RV.6.49.10d.
ṛdhag dveṣaḥ kṛṇuta viśvavedasaḥ # RV.8.18.11c.
ṛdhad yas te sudānave # RV.6.2.4a. See sa ghā yas te divo.
ṛdhyāma karmāpasā navena # RV.1.31.8c. See śakema etc.
ṛbhukṣaṇaṃ na vartave # RV.8.45.29a.
ṛbhumantaṃ vājavantaṃ tvā kave # RV.3.52.6c.
ṛbhur na tveṣo rabhasāno adyaut # RV.6.3.8d.
ṛṣabhaś ca me vehac ca me # VS.18.27; TS.4.7.10.1; KS.18.12. See next.
ṛṣabhaś ca vehac ca # MS.2.11.6: 143.17. See prec.
ṛṣabheṇa gavendriyam # VS.21.32d; MS.3.11.2d: 141.10; TB.2.6.11.3d.
ṛṣabhe 'śvena yajati # śś.16.9.10a. See sātrāsahe.
ṛṣayaḥ pūrve jaritāro na (KS. pūrve janimāni) bhūnā # RV.10.82.4b; VS.17.28b; TS.4.6.2.2b; MS.2.10.3b: 134.6; KS.18.1b.
ṛṣayas tvā prathamajā deveṣu divo mātrayā variṇā (VS. varimṇā) prathantu # VS.15.10--14 (omitted in VSK.16.29); MS.2.8.9 (quinq.): 113.7,12,17; 114.4,10; KS.17.8 (quinq.). P: ṛṣayas tvā prathamajā deveṣu śB.8.6.1.5--9. See under antarikṣāyarṣayas.
ṛṣidviṣe marutaḥ parimanyave # RV.1.39.10c.
ṛṣva ṛṣvebhir ā gahi # RV.8.50 (Vāl.2).7d.
ṛṣvāv ṛṣvebhiḥ sotṛbhiḥ # RV.1.28.8b.
eka eva rudro (śvetU. eko hi rudro; śirasU. eko rudro) na dvitīyāya tasthe (śvetU. tasthuḥ; śirasU. tasmai) # TS.1.8.6.1; Apś.8.17.8; śvetU.3.2a; śirasU.5a. See next.
ekarṣir iva tapaty ekarṣir iva dīdāyaikarṣir ivānnādo bhavati ya evaṃ veda # AVP.9.21.1.
ekaśataṃ taṃ pāpmānam ṛchatu yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # HG.1.23.1.
ekas tredhā vihito jātavedaḥ # AVś.18.4.11c.
ekasmin viddhe sarve 'rupyam # AVP.8.15.7c.
ekaḥ suparṇaḥ sa samudram ā viveśa # RV.10.114.4a; ā.3.1.6.15a; N.10.46a.
ekām iva rodasī ā viveśa # RV.3.7.4d.
eko devaḥ sarvabhūteṣu gūḍhaḥ # śvetU.6.11a; GopālU.2a; BrahmaU.4.1a.
eko dve vasumatī samīcī # RV.3.30.11a.
eko mamaikā tasya yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # śB.1.5.4.12; Kś.3.3.3; Apś.4.9.8.
etā te agna ucathāni vedhaḥ # RV.1.73.10a; 4.2.20a; MS.4.14.15a: 241.13.
etāny agne navatir nava tve # RV.10.98.10a.
etā viśvā viduṣe tubhyaṃ vedhaḥ # RV.4.3.16a.
ete vai viśve devā yad idaṃ sarvam # AVP.9.21.12.
edaṃ barhiḥ suṣṭarīmā navena # TB.2.4.8.5a.
edhamānaḥ svagṛhe # śB.14.9.4.23b; BṛhU.6.4.23b; edhamānāḥ sve gṛhe Kauś.89.13b; edhamānā sve gṛhe ApMB.2.13.1d. See next.
edhamānā (ApMB. -na) sve vaśe # HG.2.4.2d; ApMB.2.11.32b. See prec.
enā gṛhāṇa jātavedaḥ # AVś.5.29.14d. Faulty metre: enā is enclitic.
endram agniṃ ca voḍhave # SV.2.501c. See indram etc.
ebhyo yonibhyo adhi jātavedāḥ # VS.13.34b; MS.1.8.8b: 127.10; KS.7.13b; Aś.3.12.22b. See under ābhyo yonibhyo.
emaṃ bhaja grāme aśveṣu goṣu # AVś.4.22.2a; AVP.3.21.3a. See imam ā bhaja etc.
em āśum āśave bhara # RV.1.4.7a; AVś.20.68.7a.
evaṃ vyavasthitā vedāḥ # GB.1.5.25c.
evaṃ tvā veda yo veda # SMB.2.4.13c.
evā tvā sarve devaraḥ # AVP.2.79.3c.
evā tvendro 'prativadhaṃ kṛṇotu # AVP.3.27.4d,6d.
evā devebhyaḥ sumatiṃ na (AVP. hy) ā vaha # AVś.4.23.2c; AVP.4.33.3c.
evā no dūrve pra tanu # VS.13.20c; TS.4.2.9.2c; 5.2.8.3; MS.2.7.15c: 98.14; KS.16.16c; śB.7.4.2.14; TA.10.1.8c; MahānU.4.3c.
evā brahman taved astu # TB.2.7.16.2b.
evā bhagasya juṣṭeyam astu nārī # AVś.2.36.4c. See eveyaṃ.
evā viśveṣu deveṣu # AVś.6.58.2c.
eved indraṃ vṛṣaṇaṃ vajrabāhum # RV.7.23.6a; AVś.20.12.6a; VS.20.54a; KS.8.16a; AB.6.23.2; GB.2.4.2. P: eved indram GB.2.6.5; Vait.22.14.
eṣa indrāya vāyave # RV.9.27.2a; SV.2.637a.
eṣa grāveva jaritā ta indra # RV.5.36.4a.
eṣa chāgaḥ puro aśvena vājinā # RV.1.162.3a; VS.25.26a; TS.4.6.8.1a; MS.3.16.1a: 181.11; KSA.6.4a.
eṣa tāṃ veda me sacā # RV.1.139.7g.
eṣa me deveṣu vasuvāryā yakṣyate # TB.2.6.15.2; 3.6.15.1.
eṣa sya vāṃ pūrvagatveva sakhye # RV.7.67.7a.
eṣāṃ cittaṃ viśve 'vantu devāḥ # AVś.3.19.5d. See ugram eṣāṃ etc.
eṣāṃ bhūta navedā ma ṛtānām # RV.1.165.13d; MS.4.11.3d: 170.3; KS.9.18d.
eṣā yāsīṣṭa (KS. eṣāyāsīṣṭa) tanve vayām # RV.1.165.15c; 166.15c; 167.11c; 168.10c; VS.34.48c; MS.4.11.3c: 170.8; KS.9.18c.
eṣāsi mahi tāṃ tvā tathā veda # JB.2.258. Cf. next.
eṣo ha devaḥ pradiśo 'nu sarvāḥ # VS.32.4a; śvetU.2.16a. See under eko etc.
aichāma tvā bahudhā jātavedaḥ # RV.10.51.3a.
aitu vasūnāṃ patir viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ samit # Aś.5.6.9.
ainaṃ catvāri vāmāni gachanti niṣkaḥ kaṃso 'śvataro hasty adhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.13.
oṃ sarvān vedāṃs tvayi dadhāmy asau svāhā # śG.1.24.8.
ojaḥ kṛṣva saṃ gṛbhāya tve api # RV.10.44.4c; AVś.20.94.4c.
ojase tvendriyāya bhakṣayāmi # śś.7.5.13; 18.21.9.
ojasvī vīryāvān indriyāvī bhavati pra rājasabhāyāṃ madhuparkam āpnoty adhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.7.
omānaṃ śaṃyor mamakāya sūnave # RV.1.34.6c.
om unneṣyāmi havyaṃ devebhyaḥ pāpmano yajamānam # Apś.6.7.1.
oṣadhībhyaḥ paśubhyo me dhanāya (TS. paśave no janāya) # TS.3.1.9.3b; KS.35.7b; Apś.14.27.7b; Mś.2.3.8.4b.
oṣadhībhyas taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.10.5.32.
oṣadhyā (!) vaiṣṇave sthaḥ # Mś.1.1.3.12. See pavitre stho.
o ṣu svasāraḥ kārave śṛṇota # RV.3.33.9a. P: o ṣu Rvidh.2.2.2.
ohabrahmāṇo vi caranty u tve # RV.10.71.8d; N.13.13d.
ka i tad veda yad duhe # AVP.12.11.6d.
ka īṃ veda sute sacā # RV.8.33.7a; AVś.20.53.1a; 57.11a; SV.1.297a; 2.1046a; JB.3.220; PB.14.10.1; Aś.7.4.3; Vait.42.5. P: ka īṃ veda śś.11.11.19; 12.4.4.
kakuhaṃ cit tvā kave # RV.8.45.14a.
kaṇvavaj jamadagnivat # AVś.2.32.3b; 5.23.10b; AVP.2.14.5b. See kaṇvena jamadagninā.
katham utsarjanaṃ bhavet # Kauś.68.37d.
kathaṃ pitre haraye tveṣanṛmṇaḥ # AVś.5.11.1b. See kathā pitre etc.
kathaṃ mahe asurāyābravīr iha # AVś.5.11.1a. P: kathaṃ mahe Kauś.12.1. See kathā dive asurāya.
kathā jāte kavayaḥ ko vi veda # RV.1.185.1b; N.3.22b.
kathā dive asurāya bravāma # AVP.8.1.1a. See kathaṃ mahe.
kathā dive garhase kan na āgaḥ # RV.4.3.5b.
kathā pitre haraye tveṣanṛmṇaḥ # AVP.8.1.1b. See kathaṃ pitre etc.
kathā śṛṇvann avasām asya veda # RV.4.23.3b.
kadā bhavema patayaḥ sudatra # RV.7.8.3c.
kanikradac camvor ā viveśa # RV.9.96.20d.
kayā tac chṛṇve śacyā śaciṣṭhaḥ # RV.4.20.9a; KS.21.13a.
karat # MG.1.14.17 (Bhāradvāja-Gṛhyasūtra 1.19, karad dadhac chivena tvā pañcaśākhena hastena etc.); VārG.16.2. See karat svāhā.
kareṇeva vi cakartā raveṇa # RV.10.67.6b; AVś.20.91.6b; MS.4.14.5b: 222.5.
karṇābhyāṃ bhūri vi śruvam (PG. bhūri śuśruve) # TA.7.4.1c; TU.1.4.1c; PG.3.16.1c.
kartṝn nakṣasveto nuttā # AVś.10.1.14c.
karma kṛṇvanti vedhasaḥ # TS.1.1.9.3; TB.3.2.9.8.
karmādhyakṣaḥ sarvabhūtādhivāsaḥ # śvetU.6.11c; GopālU.2c; BrahmaU.4.1c.
kalpantām agnayaḥ pṛthak (AVP. -ayaḥ sarve) # AVP.3.23.4c; VS.13.25c; 14.6c,15c,16c,27c; 15.57c; TS.4.4.11.1; MS.1.6.2c: 89.5; 2.8.12c (bis): 116.5,13; KS.7.10c (bis),14c; śB.8.7.1.6; TB.1.2.1.18c.
kalpante asmā iḍa iḍāṃ priyo bhavati ya evaṃ veda # AVP.9.21.10.
kalpante asmā ṛtavo na ṛtuṣv āvṛścata ṛtūnāṃ priyo bhavati ya evaṃ veda # AVP.9.21.6.
kalpante asmai diśo diśāṃ priyo bhavati ya evaṃ veda # AVP.9.21.4.
kalpante asmai māsā māsāṃ priyo bhavati ya evaṃ veda # AVP.9.21.9.
kalpante asmai viśve devāḥ priyo viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ bhavati ya evaṃ veda # AVP.9.21.12.
kavayaḥ santi vedhasaḥ # RV.5.52.13b.
kaviṃ sumnair īmahe jātavedasam # RV.6.15.7d; SV.2.917d.
kaś chandasāṃ yogam ā veda dhīraḥ # RV.10.114.9a.
kas tad veda yad adbhutam # RV.1.170.1b; N.1.6b.
kas taṃ pra veda ka u taṃ ciketa # AVś.9.1.6a.
kasmai nūnam abhidyave # KS.7.17a. See tasmai etc.
kaḥ sūryasya veda bṛhato janitram # VS.23.59c.
kāmaṃ (AVś.AVP.PB. kāmaḥ; KS. kāmas) samudram ā viśa (AVś.AVP. viveśa; KS.PB. viśat) # AVś.3.29.7; AVP.1.30.6; KS.9.9,12; PB.1.8.17; TB.2.2.5.6; TA.3.10.2,4; Aś.5.13.15; Apś.14.11.2.
kām adya devatāṃ yajadhve # śB.12.1.3.22.
kāmo haviṣāṃ mandiṣṭho 'gne tvaṃ su jāgṛhi # MS.1.2.3ab: 12.3 (so mss.: the verse properly begins agne tvaṃ, q.v.). P: kāmo haviṣāṃ mandiṣṭhaḥ Mś.2.1.3.11.
kāraṃ na viśve ahvanta devāḥ # RV.5.29.8c.
kiṃ svid antaḥ puruṣa ā viveśa # Lś.9.10.11a. See keṣv antaḥ.
kiṃ deveṣu tyaja enaś cakartha # RV.10.79.6a.
kim asmabhyaṃ jātavedo hṛṇīṣe # RV.7.104.14c; AVś.8.4.14c.
kiyatā skambhaḥ pra viveśa tatra (AVś.10.7.9a, bhūtam) # AVś.10.7.8c,9a,9d.
kīnāreva svedam āsiṣvidānā # RV.10.106.10c.
kīnāśasya śramāt svedāt # AVP.11.10.9c.
kīriṃ cid dhy avatha svebhir evaiḥ # RV.10.67.11b; AVś.20.91.11b.
kīlālape somapṛṣṭhāya vedhase # RV.10.91.14c; VS.20.78c; MS.3.11.4c: 146.14; KS.38.9c; TB.1.4.2.2c; Apś.19.3.2c.
kutsāyānyad varivo yātave 'kaḥ # RV.5.29.10b.
kubero vaiśravaṇo rājā (Aś.śś. vaiśravaṇas) tasya rakṣāṃsi viśas tānīmāny āsate devajanavidyā (Aś. piśācavidyā; śś. rakṣovidyā) vedaḥ so 'yam # śB.13.4.3.10; Aś.10.7.6; śś.16.2.16--18.
kurvann eveha karmāṇi # VS.40.2a; īśāU.2a.
kuhvai (KSA. kuhve) trayo 'ruṇaitāḥ # TS.5.6.18.1; KSA.9.8.
kūcit satīr ūrve gā viveda # RV.9.87.8b.
kūṣmāṇḍāḥ or kuṣmāṇḍāḥ (sc. mantrāḥ), kūṣmāṇḍāni or kuṣmāṇḍāni (sc. sūktāni), and kūṣmāṇḍyaḥ or kuṣmāṇḍyaḥ (sc. ṛcaḥ), also spelled kūśor kuś# GDh.19.12; 20.12; 22.36; 24.9; ViDh.56.7; 86.12; VāDh.22.9; 23.21; 28.11; BDh.1.10.19.16; 2.1.2.31; 3.7.1; 3.10.10; 4.3.8; 4.7.5; MDh.8.106; YDh.3.304; LAtDh.2.4; 3.11; VAtDh.2.4; 3.11; VHDh.8.270; śaṅkhaDh.10.2; 13.19; BṛhPDh.5.230,250; 7.33; 8.333; 9.22,246,274. Designations of series of expiatory mantras, such as yad devā devaheḍanam VS.20.14 ff.; vaiśvānarāya prativedayāmaḥ TA.2.6 ff.
kṛṇutāṃ tāv adhvarā jātavedasau # Mś.5.1.3.27. Cf. kṛṇotu so.
kṛṇotu so adhvarāñ (VSṭB. adhvarā) jātavedāḥ # VS.21.47; MS.4.13.7: 209.7; KS.18.21; TB.3.5.7.6; 6.11.4; 12.2; Aś.1.6.5. See so adhvarā, and cf. kṛṇutāṃ tāv.
kṛṇomi pativedanam # AVś.2.36.2d; AVP.2.21.3d.
kṛṇvantu viśve devāḥ # AVś.2.13.4c; MG.1.10.16c; 22.12c; VārG.14.15c.
kṛṇvanto varivo gave # RV.9.62.3a; SV.2.182a.
kṛṇvan devebhyo duvaḥ # śś.8.16.1.
kṛtaṃ śṛṇve adhi kṣami # RV.8.45.32b.
kṛtaṃ cid dhi ṣmā sanemi dveṣaḥ # RV.4.10.7ab.
kṛtā dhānā attave te haribhyām # RV.3.35.7b.
kṛtyākṛte ripave martyāya # AVP.2.30.4b.
kṛṣim anu vi krame 'haṃ kṛṣyās taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.10.5.34.
kṛṣṇaḥ śveto 'ruṣo yāmo asya # RV.10.20.9a.
kṛṣṇaikā rohiṇī dve # AVś.6.83.2b; AVP.1.21.3b.
ketave manave brahmaṇe devajātave svāhā # ApMB.2.21.7 (ApG.8.22.7).
ketuṃ kṛṇvann aketave # RV.1.6.3a; AVś.20.26.6a; 47.12a; 69.11a; SV.2.820a; VS.29.37a; TS.7.4.20.1a; MS.3.16.3a: 185.8; KSA.4.9a; TB.3.9.4.3; Apś.20.16.3; Mś.9.2.3.19; JG.2.9. P: ketuṃ kṛṇvan YDh.1.300; BṛhPDh.9.65,311.
ketur viśvaṃ bhuvanam āviveśa # TB.3.7.10.1b; Apś.9.18.15b. Cf. under keṣu viśvaṃ.
ke te agne ripave bandhanāsaḥ # RV.5.12.4a.
kena jātenāsi jātavedāḥ # AVś.5.11.2d; AVP.8.1.2d.
keno nu kaṃ śromatena na śuśruve # RV.8.66.9c; AVś.20.97.3c.
keṣu (Vait. keṣv idaṃ) viśvaṃ bhuvanam ā viveśa # Aś.10.9.2d; śś.16.6.1d; Vait.37.1d. See teṣu etc., yeṣu etc., and cf. ketur viśvaṃ.
keṣv antaḥ puruṣa ā viveśa # VS.23.51a; śB.13.5.2.15; Aś.10.9.2a; śś.16.6.3a. See kiṃ svid antaḥ.
ko addhā veda ka iha pra vocat # RV.3.54.5a; 10.129.6a; MS.4.12.1a: 178.16; TB.2.8.9.5a. P: ko addhā veda Mś.5.1.9.38.
ko asya veda prathamasyāhnaḥ # RV.10.10.6a; AVś.18.1.7a.
ko asya veda bhuvanasya nābhim # VS.23.59a; śB.13.5.2.20.
ko deveṣu vanute dīrgham āyuḥ # AVś.7.103.1d.
ko vaśāyā ūdho veda # AVP.12.11.6a. Cf. yo asyā ūdho.
ko vāṃ śayutrā vidhaveva devaram # RV.10.40.2c; N.3.15c.
ko virājo mithunatvaṃ pra veda # AVś.8.9.10a; MS.2.13.10a: 159.16.
kratuṃ sacanta mārutasya vedhasaḥ # RV.1.156.4b; AB.1.30.18b.
kratvā variṣṭhaṃ vara āmurim uta # RV.8.97.10c; AVś.20.54.1c. See kratve vare.
kratve dakṣāya naḥ kave # RV.9.100.5a.
kratve dakṣāya viśve ca devāḥ # RV.9.109.2b; SV.2.719b.
kravyādaṃ nāḍī pra viveśāgnim # Kauś.22.9a.
krūraṃ viveda, and krūraṃ cakāra # see next but one.
krūram ānaṃśa (JB. -raṃ viveda; TA. -raṃ cakāra; KS.Apś. -ram ānāśa) martyaḥ (KS. martaḥ) # AVś.6.49.1b; KS.35.14b; JB.2.223; TA.6.10.1b; Apś.14.29.3b.
kva rātrī niviśate kvāhaḥ kvedam # AVP.13.7.3c.
kvāhaḥ kveyaṃ deva rātrī # TA.1.8.1c.
kveyatha kved asi # RV.8.1.7a; SV.1.271a; JB.2.391.
kṣatreṇāgne svena (VSṭS. svāyuḥ) saṃ rabhasva # AVś.2.6.4a; AVP.3.33.5a; VS.27.5a; TS.4.1.7.2a; MS.2.12.5a: 149.2; KS.18.16a.
kṣāṃ viśvebhir amṛtebhir (TB. ajarebhir) yajatra # RV.1.189.3d; MS.4.14.3d: 218.10; TB.2.8.2.4d.
kṣetrasya patiṃ prativeśam īmahe # RV.10.66.13c.
khīlān ayasmayān kṛṇve # AVP.1.37.5c.
gantaṃ gaurāv iveriṇam # RV.8.87.4d.
gantā viśve sajoṣasaḥ # RV.8.27.5b.
gandharvasya dhruve pade # RV.1.22.14c.
gandharvaiḥ sadhamādaṃ madema # AVP.4.9.4d. See gandharvebhiḥ etc.
gamad devebhir ā sa naḥ # RV.3.13.1c; Aś.5.9.21c.
gambhīrebhiḥ pathibhiḥ pūrvebhiḥ (KS.AśṣMB. pūrviṇebhiḥ) # MS.1.10.3b: 143.8; KS.9.6b; Aś.2.7.9b; SMB.2.3.5b. See next but one.
gayasphāno gobhir aśvebhir indo # RV.7.54.2b; PG.3.4.7b; HG.1.28.1b; MG.2.11.19b. See gobhir aśvebhir indo.
garbha iva (SV. and KU. in Poley's edition, ivet) subhṛto garbhiṇībhiḥ (RV. sudhito garbhiṇīṣu) # RV.3.29.2b; SV.1.79b; KU.2.4.8b.
garbhaṃ tam adya ko veda # AVP.12.9.10c.
garbhe nu sann anv eṣām avedam # RV.4.27.1a; ā.2.5.1.14a; AU.2.4.5a. P: garbhe nu san Aś.9.7.2; śś.12.3.11.
gave ca bhadraṃ dhenave # RV.8.47.12c.
gavyan (AVP. gavyaṃ) dundubhe 'dhi (AVP. adhi) nṛtya vedaḥ # AVś.5.20.10d; AVP.9.27.10d.
gāṃ na dohase huve # RV.6.45.7c.
gāyatreṇa chandasāgninā devatayāgneḥ śīrṣṇāgneḥ śira upa dadhāmi # TS.5.5.8.2. See gāyatrasya chandaso, agninā devena, and gāyatreṇa chandasā chandasā-.
gāyat sāma nabhanyaṃ yathā veḥ # RV.1.173.1a; AB.5.20.12; KB.24.5; 26.16. P: gāyat sāma Aś.8.7.23; śś.10.11.6; 11.11.9.
gāvo goṣṭhād iverate # RV.10.97.8b; AVP.11.6.8b; VS.12.82b; TS.4.2.6.3b; MS.2.7.13b: 94.1; KS.16.13b.
gāvo hiraṇyaṃ dhanam annapānaṃ sarveṣāṃ śriyai svāhā # Tā.10.63.
giraḥ somā viveśitha # RV.9.20.5b; SV.2.322b.
girā huve maghonām # RV.5.18.3b.
giriṃ gacha sadānve # RV.10.155.1b; N.6.30b.
giriṃ na venā adhi roha tejasā # RV.1.56.2d.
girim enāṃ (AVP. enā) ā veśaya # AVś.2.25.4a; AVP.4.13.5d.
giriśantābhi cākaśīhi (AVP. cākaśaḥ) # AVP.14.3.8d; VS.16.2d; TS.4.5.1.1d; MS.2.9.2d: 120.19; KS.17.11d; NīlarU.8d; śvetU.3.5d.
giriṣṭhāṃ vṛṣaṇaṃ huve # RV.8.94.12b.
girīṃr anu pra veśaya # TA.4.39.1c.
girau bhāraṃ harann iva # VS.23.26b,27b; MS.3.13.1b: 168.1; śB.13.2.9.3; Aś.10.8.12b,13b; śś.16.4.2b; Vait.36.31b; Lś.9.10.3b,4b. See veṇubhāraṃ.
gītyā stomena saha prastāvena ca # GB.1.5.24d.
gīrbhir madema puruhūta viśve # RV.5.36.2d.
guru dveṣo araruṣe dadhanti # RV.7.56.19d; MS.4.14.18d: 247.13; TB.2.8.5.7d.
guhā carantaṃ sakhibhiḥ śivebhiḥ # RV.3.1.9c.
guhā dve nihite darśy ekā # RV.3.56.2d.
guhā raghuṣyad raghuyad viveda # RV.4.5.9d.
guhā satām atriṇāṃ jātavedaḥ # AVś.1.8.4b.
guhā hitaṃ nihitaṃ mānaveṣu # AVP.5.16.6b.
guheva vṛddhaṃ sadasi sve antaḥ # RV.3.1.14c.
gṛṇanto agne vidatheṣu vedhasaḥ # RV.10.122.8b.
gṛṇāno agne tanve varūtham # RV.1.189.6b.
gṛṇīmasi tveṣaṃ rudrasya nāma # RV.2.33.8d.
gṛhāṇāṅgāny apve (SV. erroneously, aghe) parehi # RV.10.103.12b; AVś.3.2.5b; AVP.3.5.5b; SV.2.1211b; VS.17.44b; N.9.33b. Fragment: apve parehi N.6.12.
gṛhān aimi (LśḥG. emi) manasā modamānaḥ (AVś. sumanā vandamānaḥ; Apś.16.16.4b, modamānaḥ suvarcāḥ; Lś. manasā daivena) # AVś.7.60.1c; AVP.3.26.1a; VS.3.41d; Lś.3.3.1d; Apś.6.27.3d; 16.16.4b; śG.3.7.2d; HG.1.29.1d. See gṛhān āgāṃ, and cf. under gṛhān ahaṃ.
gṛhā mā bibhīta mā vepadhvam (Lś.ApśḥG. vepiḍhvam) # VS.3.41a; Lś.3.3.1a; Apś.6.27.3a; śG.3.7.2a; HG.1.29.1a.
gopā ṛtasya dīdihi sve dame # RV.3.10.2c.
gopāya no jīvase jātavedaḥ # MS.4.11.4d: 172.3; TB.2.4.1.11d; Aś.3.12.14d; śś.3.5.9d; Apś.9.4.17d; śG.2.13.5d.
gobhir aśvebhir ā gahi # AVś.6.108.1b.
gobhir aśvebhir indo # ApMB.2.15.20b. See gayasphāno gobhir.
gobhir aśvebhir vasubhir nyṛṣṭaḥ # RV.10.108.7b.
gobhir aśvebhir vasubhir vasūyan # MS.4.14.9b: 228.7.
gobhir aśvebhir vasubhir hiraṇyaiḥ # RV.7.90.6b.
gobhyo aśvebhyaḥ śivā # AVś.3.28.3b.
gobhyo aśvebhyas tvā # AVś.12.2.16b.
gobhyo aśvebhyo namaḥ # AVś.9.3.13a.
gobhyo gātuṃ niretave # RV.8.45.30c.
goṣām aṇveṣu saścima # RV.9.16.2c.
goṣv aśveṣu puruṣeṣv antaḥ # KS.36.15b.
goṣv aśveṣu yad dhane # AVP.9.23.5b.
goṣv aśveṣu yan madhu (Mś. yad vasu) # AVś.9.1.18b; AVP.2.35.2b; 4.10.7b; 8.10.4b; TB.2.5.8.6b; Apś.4.14.4b; Mś.1.4.3.10b; JG.1.4b.
goṣv aśveṣu yā rucaḥ # VS.13.23b; 18.47b; TS.4.2.9.4b; 5.7.6.3b; MS.2.7.16b: 99.1; KS.16.16b.
goṣv aśveṣu śubhriṣu (TB. śubhruṣu) # RV.1.29.1d--7d; AVś.20.74.1d--7d; KS.10.12d; TB.2.4.4.8d.
goṣv aśveṣv agnayaḥ # AVś.12.1.19d.
grāvāsy adhvarakṛd (KS. grāvādhvarakṛd) devebhyaḥ # TS.1.4.1.1; MS.1.3.3: 30.13; 4.5.4: 68.10; KS.3.10. Ps: grāvāsy adhvarakṛt Apś.12.9.2; grāvāsi Mś.2.3.3.2. See adhvarakṛtaṃ, and rāvāsi.
grīvā ādadhate veḥ # RV.6.48.17d.
gharmaṃ śocantaḥ (Aś. śocanta; śś. śocantaṃ) pravaṇeṣu (Aś.śś. praṇaveṣu) bibhrataḥ # AB.1.20.4b (Index, p. 421); Aś.4.6.3b; śś.5.9.16b.
gharmaṃ śrīṇantu prathamāya dhāsyave (Aś.śś. śrīṇanti prathamasya dhāseḥ; AVP. śrīṇanti prathamasya dhāsyoḥ) # AVś.4.1.2d; AVP.5.2.1d; Aś.4.6.3d; śś.5.9.6d.
gharmaṃ pāta vasavo yajata (TA. yajatā; MS. yajatrā) vāṭ (MS. veṭ; TA. vaṭ; KA. val) # VS.38.6b; MS.4.9.7b: 128.1; śB.14.2.1.20b; TA.4.8.4b; 5.7.6; KA.2.122b.
ghāsād ghāsaṃ punar ā veśayantu # AVś.18.2.26d.
ghṛtācy asi juhūr nāmnā (VSK. nāma) # VS.2.6; VSK.2.1.8; śB.1.3.4.14. P: ghṛtācī Kś.2.8.12. See dyaur asi janmanā juhūr, juhūr asi ghṛ-, juhūr upabhṛd, and juhvehi ghṛtācī.
ghṛtāhutiṃ tvā vayam akravyāhutim upaniṣadema jātavedaḥ # Kauś.72.32.
ghṛtena miśraṃ prati vedayāmi # AVś.12.3.44b.
ghorā martāya ripave ni dīdhaḥ # RV.6.67.4d.
cakraṃ na vṛttaṃ puruhūta vepate # RV.5.36.3a.
cakrir deveṣv ā duvaḥ # RV.3.16.4b.
cakṣaṣī (read cakṣuṣī) sāmavedasya # GB.1.5.25c.
cakṣurbhyāṃ me varcodasau (TS. varcodau) varcase (Mś. omits varcase) pavethām # VS.7.27; VSK.9.1.2; TS.3.2.3.2; śB.4.5.6.2; Mś.2.3.7.1. P: cakṣurbhyāṃ me Apś.12.18.20.
cakṣuṣī (text cakṣaṣī) sāmavedasya # GB.1.5.25c.
caturantā bhaved dattā # ViDh.87.9c.
catuṣpade ca paśave # RV.3.62.14b.
catuṣpado dvipada ā veśayeha # AVś.13.1.2d; AVP.7.6.10d; Kauś.43.13d.
catvāro mama catasras tasya yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # śB.1.5.4.15. P: catvāro mama catasras tasya Apś.4.9.8.
candramā nakṣatrair anu tvāvīt (TB. tvāvatu; AVP. tvedam āvīt) # AVP.4.3.6d; KS.37.9d; TB.2.7.8.2d.
candra yat te tapas (tejas, 'rcis, śocis, and haras) tena taṃ prati tapa (tena tam atejasaṃ kuru, tena taṃ praty arca, tena taṃ prati śoca, and tena taṃ prati hara) yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.2.22.1--5.
candreṇa devena diśāṃ lokena lokānāṃ brahmavedena vedānāṃ tena tvā śamayāmy asau svāhā # śG.1.16.3.
cara jātavedaḥ kāmāya # RVKh.10.142.3b.
caritraṃ hi ver ivāchedi parṇam # RV.1.116.15a.
carubhyo apidhātave # TA.6.9.1d.
carṣaṇīnāṃ cakraṃ raśmiṃ na yoyuve # RV.10.93.9d.
cārum adya devebhyo vācam udyāsaṃ cāruṃ brahmabhyaś cāruṃ manuṣyebhyaś cāruṃ narāśaṃsāyānumatāṃ pitṛbhiḥ # Apś.24.12.6.
cittaṃ viveda manasi praviṣṭam # AVP.4.11.6d.
cittāni sarve saṃkalpāḥ # AVś.11.8.27c.
citro yad abhrāṭ chveto na vikṣu # RV.1.66.6a.
cītiṃ te viśve devāḥ # AVś.2.9.4c.
cyavānaḥ sūdair amimīta vedim # RV.10.61.2b.
chandobhyaś chandāṃsy ā viveśa # TA.10.6.1b; MahānU.7.5b.
jakṣivāṃsaḥ papivāṃsaś (VS. erroneously, papipāṃsaś) ca viśve # VS.8.19c; TS.1.4.44.2c; MS.1.3.38c: 44.11; KS.4.12c; śB.4.4.4.11; N.12.42c. See next.
jagatyainaṃ (AVP. jagatyainad; Aś. jagatyenaṃ) vikṣv ā veśayāmaḥ (AVPṃS.KS. veśayāmi; Aś. veśayāni) # AVP.15.1.6b; TS.4.4.12.2b; MS.3.16.4d: 188.7; KS.22.14b; Aś.4.12.2b.
janayan mitraṃ tanve svāyai # RV.10.8.4d.
janūś cid vo marutas tveṣyeṇa # RV.7.58.2a.
janmañ-janman nihito jātavedāḥ # RV.3.1.20d,21a.
jayann apo manave dānucitrāḥ # RV.5.31.6d.
jāgatena chandasā viśvavedāḥ # Apś.4.7.2b.
jāgarṣi tvaṃ bhuvane jātavedaḥ # RVKh.5.44.1a.
jāgṛvāṃsā dive-dive # RV.1.136.3c.
jātaveda (MS. jātavedā) indrāya havyam (AVś. yajñam; AVP. bhāgam; MS. devebhyaḥ) # AVś.5.27.12b; AVP.9.1.11b; VS.27.22b; TS.4.1.8.3b; MS.2.12.6b: 151.1; KS.18.17b.
jātavedaḥ prati havyā gṛbhāya # AVś.3.10.6b; AVP.1.105.2b; SMB.2.2.14b. See jātavedo havir.
jātavedase sunavāma somam # RV.1.99.1a; RVKh.10.127.5d; AB.4.30.12; 32.10; 5.2.16; 8.13; 15.7; 17.15; 19.17; 21.18; ā.1.5.3.13; TA.10.2.1a; MahānU.6.2a; Aś.7.1.14; N.7a (Roth's edition, p. 201); 14.33a. P: jātavedase BṛhPDh.9.327; Rvidh.1.22.4,6. Cf. BṛhD.3.130 (B).
jātave indrāya etc. # see jātaveda etc.
jātavedo vapayā gacha devān # TS.3.1.4.4a; KS.30.8a,9; Apś.7.21.2; Mś.1.8.4.36a; Kauś.45.11a; SMB.2.3.19a; GG.4.4.23; MG.2.4.5a. Ps: jātavedo vapayā Vait.10.19; jātavedaḥ KhG.3.4.26.
jātavedo havir idaṃ juṣasva # Aś.2.2.17b; Apś.6.5.7b; Mś.1.6.1.15b; HG.2.17.2b. See jātavedaḥ prati.
jātāyāḥ pativedanau # AVś.8.6.1b.
jāto jāyate sudinatve ahnām # RV.3.8.5a; MS.4.13.1a: 199.11; AB.2.2.24; KB.10.2; TB.3.6.1.3a; Aś.3.1.9. P: jāto jāyate śś.5.15.3.
jāmi bruvāṇa āyudhāni veti # RV.10.8.7d.
jāyā id vo apsarasaḥ # AVś.4.37.12a. See jāyā veda vo.
jāyemahi prathamā vedhaso nṝn # RV.4.2.15b.
jāraghnīṃ tvetāṃ karomi # HG.1.24.5d.
jitvāya śatrūn vi bhajāsi veda # AVP.4.12.2c. See hatvāya śatrūn.
jinvanti viśve taṃ devāḥ # AVś.9.4.18c.
jiṣṇave yogāya brahmayogair vo yunajmi # AVś.10.5.1. P: jiṣṇave yogāya Kauś.49.4.
jihmaśye caritave maghonī # RV.1.113.5a.
jihvā u ditā arasāḥ santu sarve # AVP.7.8.6b.
jīrāśvaṃ yajñiyaṃ jīvase huve # RV.1.119.1b.
jīvaṃ devebhya uttaraṃ stṛṇāmi # AVś.18.4.51b. See devebhyo jīvanta.
jīvā jīvebhyo ni harāma enat # AVś.6.117.2b; TB.3.7.9.8d; Apś.13.22.5d.
jīvā jīveṣu māmakāḥ # VS.19.46b; MS.3.11.10b: 156.13; KS.38.2b; śB.12.8.1.20b; TB.2.6.3.5b; Apś.1.10.12b; Mś.5.2.11.30b; śG.5.9.4b; Kauś.89.1b; JG.2.2b.
jīvātave te paridhiṃ dadhāmi # AVś.8.2.9e; Kauś.97.6b. Cf. imaṃ jīvebhyaḥ.
jīvātave na mṛtyave (AVP.PB. martave) # RV.10.60.9c,10c; AVP.5.17.8e; 9.10.1a; 15.21.5f; PB.1.5.18d.
jīvyāsam # AVś.19.69.1,4; jīvyāsam aham AVś.19.70. Cf. jīveyam.
juṣatāṃ pibatu somam # VS.23.64. See juṣatāṃ vetu.
juṣasva naḥ sakhyā veśyā ca # RV.6.61.14c; MS.4.11.2c: 166.5; KS.17.18c; 30.3c; TB.2.4.3.1c.
juṣasva naḥ samidhaṃ jātavedaḥ # RV.5.4.4c.
juṣāṇaḥ sūryo vetu svāhā # VS.3.10c; śB.2.3.1.38. P: juṣāṇaḥ sūryaḥ Vait.7.11.
juṣāṇaḥ soma ājyasya haviṣo vetu # TB.3.5.6.1 (bis); Aś.1.5.29; śś.1.8.3.
juṣāṇā nirṛtir vetu svāhā # MS.2.6.1: 64.4; 4.3.1: 39.5; KS.13.5 (bis); 15.1; Mś.9.1.1.12. See eṣa te nirṛte.
juṣāṇā viśve devā ājyasya menihano valagahanas trātāras trāyantāṃ svāhā # AVP.2.51.4.
juṣāṇo agniḥ pavamāna ājyasya vetu # śB.2.2.3.22.
juṣāṇo agnir ājyasya vetu # śB.1.5.3.23; 2.2.3.20,21; TB.3.5.6.1 (bis); Aś.1.5.29.
juṣāṇo agnir ājyasya haviṣo vetu # śś.1.8.3.
juṣāṇo agnir indumān ājyasya vetu # śB.2.2.3.23.
juṣāṇo agnir vetu svāhā # VS.3.10c; Vait.7.11c; śB.2.3.1.37.
juṣāṇo aptur ājyasya vetu svāhā (TS.6.3.2.2, omits svāhā) # VS.5.35; TS.1.3.4.1; 6.3.2.2; MS.1.2.13: 22.5; KS.3.1; śB.3.6.3.8. Ps: juṣāṇo aptuḥ KS.26.2 (ter); Kś.8.7.2; Mś.2.2.4.24; juṣāṇaḥ Apś.11.16.16.
juṣāṇo 'dhvājyasya vetu svāhā # VSK.11.1.4; śB.5.3.1.11. P: juṣāṇo 'dhvājyasya vetu Kś.15.3.13.
juṣṭatarasya kuvid aṅga vedat # RV.8.96.11d.
juṣṭaṃ devānām idam astu havyam # TS.3.1.4.1d; 3.9.1d; 4.1.9.2c. See juṣṭaṃ devebhya.
juṣṭaṃ devebhir uta mānuṣebhiḥ # RV.10.125.5b. See prec.
juṣṭaṃ devebhya idam astu havyam # VS.11.69c; MS.2.7.7c: 82.17; śB.6.6.2.6; Mś.1.8.3.1d; KS.16.7c. See juṣṭaṃ devānām etc.
juṣṭaṃ devebhyo havyaṃ ghṛtāvat (TS. ghṛtavat svāhā) # TS.1.3.10.1; MS.1.2.17: 27.2. P: juṣṭaṃ devebhyaḥ Mś.1.8.5.13.
juṣṭāṃ devebhyaḥ # KA.1.210; 3.210.
juṣṭām adya devebhyo vācam udyāsam (śś. vācaṃ vadiṣyāmi) # śB.1.5.1.18; śś.1.4.5; Apś.24.11.2.
juṣṭo mitrāya varuṇāya vāyave # RV.9.70.8c; 108.16c.
jūr asi dhṛtā manasā juṣṭā viṣṇave # VS.4.17; TS.1.2.4.1; 6.1.7.2; MS.1.2.4: 13.1; 3.7.5: 81.8; KS.2.5; 24.3; śB.3.2.4.11. P: jūr asi Kś.7.6.9; Apś.10.22.7; Mś.2.1.3.33.
jyāniṃ deveṣu vindatām # AVP.10.11.10d.
jyeṣṭhaṃ mātā sūnave bhāgam ādhāt # RV.2.38.5c.
jyok ca no jīvātave dadhātu # Kauś.4.1d.
jyog jīvati sarvam āyur eti na purā jarasaḥ pramīyate ya evaṃ veda # AVP.9.21.2,7.
jyog jīvema balihṛto vayaṃ te # TS.1.6.2.1d; MS.1.4.1d: 47.7; KS.4.14d; Kauś.3.1d; SMB.2.2.13d; MG.2.8.4d.
jyog jīvema sarvavīrā vayaṃ tama (?) # MG.2.7.8c.
jyotir asi tantave # Apś.4.16.7.
jyotir asi viśvarūpaṃ viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ samit (KS. viśvarūpaṃ marutāṃ pṛṣatī) # VS.5.35; KS.3.1; śB.3.6.3.6; Apś.7.9.2. P: jyotir asi Kś.5.4.26.
jyotir viprāya kṛṇutaṃ vacasyave # RV.1.182.3d.
jyotiṣe tantave tvā # MS.1.4.2: 49.4; 1.5.11: 80.16; Apś.4.16.4,6; Mś.1.6.2.15. See prec., tantave tvā, and tantave mā.
jyotīṃṣi kṛṇvann avṛkāṇi yajyave # RV.1.55.6c.
ta id gambhīravepasaḥ # RV.10.62.5b; N.11.17b.
ta id vediṃ subhaga ta āhutim # RV.8.19.18a.
taṃ vāṃ rathaṃ vayam adyā huvema # RV.1.180.10a; 4.44.1a; AVś.20.143.1a. P: taṃ vāṃ ratham Aś.9.11.16; Vait.27.29.
taṃ vāṃ huve ati riktaṃ pibadhyai # RV.8.58 (Vāl.10).3d.
taṃ vighnā anupariyanti sarve # Kauś.135.9c.
taṃ viśve mānuṣā yugā # RV.8.46.12c.
taṃ sarasvantam avase huvema (AVś. havāmahe; KS. johavīmi) # RVKh.7.96.1d; AVś.7.40.1d; TS.3.1.11.3d (bis); MS.4.10.1d: 142.14; KS.19.14d (bis); Aś.3.8.1d; śś.6.11.8d. Cf. sarasvantam avase.
taṃ suṣṭutyā havyaṃ huvema # RV.8.96.20b.
taṃ hinvanti kratave pāryāya # RV.10.27.16b.
taṃ huvema yatasrucaḥ # RV.8.23.20a.
takṣad yadī manaso venato vāk # RV.9.97.22a; SV.1.537a.
taṃ jātaṃ jātavedasam # AVP.12.5.4a.
tatakṣe sūryāya cid okasi sve # RV.5.33.4c.
tataḥ sūryo vratapā vena ājani # RV.1.83.5b; AVś.20.25.5b.
tato nirbhakto (śś. nirbhaktaḥ sa) yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # VS.2.25 (ter); śB.1.9.3.10 (ter),12 (ter); śś.4.12.2. See nirbhaktaḥ sa.
tato yakṣmaṃ vi bādhadhve (AVś. bādhase) # RV.10.97.12c; AVś.4.9.4c; VS.12.86c. See tasmād yakṣmaṃ.
tat kṛṇve 'ham udaraṃ śevadhibhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.15d.
tat te bhadraṃ yat samiddhaḥ sve dame # RV.1.94.14a; AVP.13.6.4a.
tat tvā takmann upa bruve # AVś.5.22.11d; AVP.12.2.5d.
tat tvā pra viśāmi sarvāṅgaḥ sarvātmā sarvaguḥ sarvapūruṣaḥ saha yan me 'sti tena # AVP.6.12.2. See taṃ tvā pra viśāmi, and cf. taṃ tvendragraha pra etc.
tat tveḍā gavy airayat # TS.2.3.10.2d; MS.2.3.4d: 31.4; KS.11.7d.
tat tvendragraha etc. # see taṃ tvendragraha etc.
tatra gacha yatra pūrve paretāḥ # VS.13.31d; MS.2.7.16c: 100.7; KS.39.3c; śB.7.5.1.9; Apś.16.25.2c.
tatrāpi brahma yo veda # AVP.3.25.8c. See tatropa brahma etc.
tatropa brahma yo veda # AVś.4.11.11c. See tatrāpi brahma etc.
tatvāya savitā dhiyaḥ (VS. dhiyam) # VS.11.1b; VSK.12.1.1b; TS.4.1.1.1b; MS.2.7.1b: 73.8; KS.15.11b; śB.6.3.1.13; śvetU.2.1b.
tat satyaṃ yat tvendro 'bravīd gā spāśayasveti tās tvaṃ spāśayitvāgachas taṃ tvābravīd avida hā3ity avidaṃ hīti varaṃ vṛṇīṣveti kumāram evāhaṃ varaṃ vṛṇa ity abravīḥ # ApMB.2.16.4 (ApG.7.18.1).
tat saṃpibanto na minanti vedhasaḥ # TB.2.8.8.2c.
tat sarve paśavo viduḥ # AB.7.13.12b; śś.15.17b.
tat sarve samadur (AVP. savitur) mahyam etad # AVś.3.22.1c; AVP.3.18.1c.
tat savitur vareṇyam # RV.3.62.10a; SV.2.812a; VS.3.35a; 22.9a; 30.2a; 36.3a; TS.1.5.6.4a; 8.4; 4.1.11.1a; MS.4.10.3a: 149.14; AB.4.32.2; 5.5.6; 13.8; 19.8; KB.23.3; 26.10; GB.1.1.34; DB.3.25a; śB.2.3.4.39a; 13.6.2.9; 14.9.3.11; TA.1.11.2a; 10.27.1a; Tā.10.35a; BṛhU.6.3.11; MahānU.15.2a; MU.6.7a,34; JUB.4.28.1; śvetU.4.18; Aś.7.6.6; 8.1.18; śś.2.10.2; 12.7; 5.5.2; 10.6.17; 9.16; Apś.6.18.1; śG.2.5.12; 7.19; 6.4.8; Kauś.91.6; SMB.1.6.29a (KhG.2.4.21); ApMB.2.4.13 (ApG.4.10.9--12); VārG.5.26; BDh.2.10.17.14a. Ps: tat savituḥ Apś.20.24.6; Mś.5.2.4.43; ApG.4.11.9; MG.1.2.3; 4.4,8; 5.2; tat MDh.2.77; Rvidh.1.12.5. Designated as sāvitrī, or gāyatrī, throughout Vedic and Sanskrit literature. Cf. vedāś.
tat su no viśve arya ā # RV.6.45.33a; 8.94.3a.
tathā tad agne kṛṇu jātavedaḥ # AVś.5.29.2a,3b; Kauś.47.9. See tathā tvam agne.
tathā tad devā uta veśayanti # AVP.8.15.4d.
tathā tad vedhaso viduḥ # AVś.5.18.14d.
tathā tvam agne kṛṇu jātavedaḥ # AVP.12.18.3a,4c. See tathā tad agne.
tad agnir devo devebhyo vanate (MS.śB.śś. vanutām) # TS.2.6.9.8; MS.4.13.9: 212.11; śB.1.9.1.19; TB.3.5.10.5; Aś.1.9.5; śś.1.14.18.
tad ahaṃ nihnave (śś. nihnuve) tubhyam # AB.7.17.4c; śś.15.24c.
tad ahaṃ prabravīmīndrāya viśvebhyo devebhyo brāhmaṇebhyaḥ somyebhyaḥ somapebhyaḥ # Lś.8.3.13. Cf. next.
tad ātmani punar ā veśayāmi te # AVś.7.53.3d.
tad ā badhnanti vedhasaḥ # AVś.3.9.3b. See yad etc.
tad ito nāśayāmasi # AVP.5.23.7d. See tā asman, and cf. tam ito nāśayāmasi, taṃ tveto nāśayāmasi, tā ito nāśayāmasi, tāṃ ito, and tān ito nāśayāmasi.
tad id arthaṃ dive-dive # RV.9.1.5b.
tad id dhy asya savanaṃ viver apaḥ # RV.10.76.3a.
tad indro apsu prāveśayat # AVś.11.6.23c.
tad devebhyo bharāmasi # AVP.15.2.7c; VS.12.104c; TS.4.2.7.1c; MS.2.7.14c: 95.7; KS.16.14c; śB.7.3.1.22.
tad deveṣu cakṛṣe bhadram apnaḥ # RV.1.113.9d.
tad dhi deveṣv agriyam # TB.2.5.1.1c.
tad yajamānam amṛtatve dadhātu # TB.3.7.4.16d; Apś.1.13.1d; Mś.1.1.3.23d.
tad rodasī śṛṇutaṃ viśvaminve # RV.10.67.11d; AVś.20.91.11d.
tad vāyave # Kś.2.1.24; Apś.3.18.4; Mś.5.2.15.7.
tad vai putrasya vedanam # AVś.6.11.1c,2c.
tad vo devīr upa bruve # RV.10.97.4b; VS.12.78b; TS.4.2.6.1b; MS.2.7.13b: 93.7; KS.16.13b. See yad vo etc.
tad vo 'haṃ punar āveśayāmy ariṣṭāḥ # HG.2.11.1c.
tanā pṛthivyā uta viśvavedāḥ # RV.3.25.1b.
tanūkṛd bodhi pramatiś ca kārave # RV.1.31.9c.
tanūnapād agna (MSṃś. -nā) ājyasya vetu # MS.4.10.3: 149.2; KS.20.5; TB.3.5.5.1; Aś.1.5.21; śś.1.7.2; Mś.5.1.2.6. Cf. next two.
tanūnapād agnim agna ājyasya vetu # Aś.2.8.6. Cf. prec. and next.
tanūnapād agne (sc. ājyasya vetu vauṣaṭ) # śB.1.6.1.8. Cf. prec. two.
tanūnapād asuro viśvavedāḥ (AVś. bhūripāṇiḥ) # AVś.5.27.1d; AVP.9.1.1d; VS.27.12a; TS.4.1.8.1a; MS.2.12.6a: 149.16; KS.18.17a.
tanūs tanvāṃ me bhaved antaḥ # AVś.19.61.1 (vulgate). Cf. prec.
tantave tvā jyotiṣe tvā # Kś.3.8.27. See next, and jyotiṣe tantave.
tantave mā jyotiṣā # Lś.2.11.3. See prec., and jyotiṣe tantave.
tantiṃ tvā sarvasya veda # HG.1.23.1.
tantur deveṣv ātataḥ # RV.10.57.2b; AVś.13.1.60b; AB.3.11.18b.
taṃ tvaṃ viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ kratūn (KS. devebhya ṛtūn) kalpaya # KS.2.6; Apś.10.25.1.
taṃ tvā juṣāmahe (KS. -mahe vanaspate) devayajyāyai juṣṭaṃ viṣṇave # MS.1.2.14: 23.2; 3.9.2: 114.10; KS.3.2; 26.3. See next two.
taṃ tvā devebhyo madhumattamaṃ naraḥ # RV.9.80.4a.
taṃ tvā vayaṃ jātavedaḥ samiddham # AVś.7.74.4c.
taṃ tvā viśve 'vantu (AVP.ApMBḥG. avantu) devāḥ # AVś.2.13.5b; AVP.15.6.9b; ApMB.2.6.15b; HG.1.7.17b.
taṃ tvāhaṃ tathā veda # TB.3.10.8.4. Cf. tāṃ tvā tathā.
taṃ tvā hinvanti vedhasaḥ # RV.9.26.6a.
taṃ tveto nāśayāmasi # AVP.4.24.5c. Cf. under tad ito nāśayāmasi.
taṃ tveto 'pa nayāmaḥ śani takmā # AVP.4.24.2c.
taṃ tvendragraha prapadye saguḥ sāśvaḥ # Apś.14.26.1d.
taṃ (KS. tat) tvendragraha prapadye (Apś. praviśāni) saguḥ sāśvaḥ sapūruṣaḥ saha yan me 'sti (Apś. asti) tena # KS.35.10; Apś.14.26.1. Cf. under tat tvā pra viśāmi.
taṃ devebhiḥ sajoṣasā # RV.4.46.6b.
taṃ devebhyaḥ paridadāmi # Apś.9.2.10b. See next.
taṃ deveṣu paridadāmi vidvān # Aś.1.12.36b; Mś.3.1.27b. See prec.
taṃ dyaur veda taṃ pṛthivī tam āpaḥ # RV.10.88.8d.
taṃ naḥ pra brūhi yadi taṃ pravettha # AVP.13.7.9d.
tan nas tapa uta satyaṃ ca vettu # AVś.12.3.12d.
tan non naśad yaḥ pitaraṃ na veda # RV.1.164.22d; AVś.9.9.21d.
taṃ no viśve abhisaṃyantu devāḥ # TB.3.1.2.7b.
taṃ no viśve (!) upaśṛṇvantu devāḥ # TB.3.1.2.4a.
tan no viśve varivasyantu devāḥ # RV.1.122.3d,14b; TS.2.1.11.1d; KS.23.11d.
tan me devā anu jānantu viśve # AVś.10.5.50d. Cf. tubhyaṃ devā anu.
tanvaṃ ko asyās tāṃ veda # AVP.12.11.4c.
tamaḥ praṇītam aśivena pitrā # RV.1.117.17b.
tam akratuṃ paśyati vītaśokaḥ # TA.10.10.1c; MahānU.8.3c; śvetU.3.20c. Cf. prec.
tam atrāpi pra daha jātavedaḥ # AVP.12.20.1d,2d,3f,4d--6d.
tam apsanta śavasa utsaveṣu # RV.1.100.8a.
tam abhi śoca yo 'smān (Mś. asmān) dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # TS.1.3.11.1; Kś.6.10.3; Mś.1.8.6.20. See amuṃ te śug, yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam abhiśoca, and yaṃ dviṣmas taṃ te.
tam arciṣā sphūrjayañ (AVś. -yaṃ) jātavedaḥ # RV.10.87.11c; AVś.8.3.11c.
tamasā kṛtaṃ tamaḥ karoti tamasa evedaṃ sarvaṃ yo mā kārayati tasmai svāhā # BDh.3.4.2.
tamasīva nihitaṃ nānu vettāḥ # AVP.9.18.4d.
tam asmai viśve tvāṃ devāḥ # AVP.12.22.11c. See tvām asmai etc.
tam ahve vājasātaye # RV.8.13.3a. See tam u huve.
tam ādityā abhyaṣiñcanta sarve # AVP.14.1.1c.
tam id va indraṃ suhavaṃ huvema # RV.4.16.16a.
tam īṃ viśve amṛtāso juṣāṇāḥ # Aś.4.7.4c; śś.5.10.23c. See tam u viśve.
tam utsave ca prasave ca sāsahim # RV.1.102.1c; VS.33.29c; TB.2.7.13.4c.
tam u naḥ pūrve pitaro navagvāḥ # RV.6.22.2a; AVś.20.36.2a.
tam u viśve amṛtāso juṣāṇāḥ # AVś.7.73.3c. See tam īṃ viśve.
tam u huve vājasātaye # SV.2.98a. See tam ahve.
tam ū akṛṇvan tredhā bhuve kam # RV.10.88.10c; N.7.28c.
tam ūrdaraṃ na pṛṇatā yavena # RV.2.14.11c; N.3.20.
tam eva viditvāti mṛtyum eti # VS.31.18c; śvetU.3.8c; 6.15c. See under tam evaṃ vi-.
tam eva viśve papire svardṛśaḥ # RV.2.24.4c; N.10.13c.
taṃ pṛchatā sa jagāmā sa veda # RV.1.145.1a. Cf. BṛhD.4.16.
taṃ pratyañcaṃ saṃdaha jātavedaḥ # Apś.6.21.1d. See tān pratīco.
taṃ pratyasyāmi (AVP. pra yachāmi) mṛtyave # AVś.5.8.5d; 6.37.3d; AVP.7.18.7d.
taṃ badhāna devebhyaḥ (Apś. devebhyo medhāya) prajāpataye tena rādhnuhi # VS.22.4; MS.3.12.1: 160.3; śB.13.1.2.4; Apś.20.3.4. Ps: taṃ badhāna devebhyaḥ Mś.9.2.1.17; taṃ badhāna Kś.20.1.28.
taṃ mṛtyo mṛtyave naya # TA.4.30.1d.
tayā devatayāṅgirasvad dhruve sīdatam # VS.13.25; 14.6; 15.64. Cf. Mś.6.1.8.
tayā nas tanvā (TS.śvetU. tanuvā) śaṃtamayā # AVP.14.3.8c; VS.16.2c; TS.4.5.1.1c; MS.2.9.2c: 120.19; KS.17.11c; śvetU.3.5b; NīlarU.8c.
tayoḥ pṛṣṭhe sīdatu jātavedāḥ # KS.7.12c; TB.1.2.1.24c; Apś.5.15.5c.
tava kratvā jātavedaś cikitvān # RV.4.12.1d.
tava kratvā rodasī antarā kave # RV.9.86.13c.
tava ca nāma mama ca jātavedaḥ # Mś.1.6.3.16a. See mama ca nāma, and mama nāma tava.
tava-tava rāyaḥ # MS.1.2.4: 13.10; KS.2.5; Mś.2.1.3.44. See tava rāyaḥ, to-to, and tve rāyaḥ.
tava devā havam āyanti sarve # TA.3.14.3b.
tava viśve sajoṣasaḥ # RV.9.18.3a. See tve etc.
tavāśasā jātavedo yadīdam # RV.4.5.11b.
taviṣyate asuro vepate matī # RV.10.11.6d; AVś.18.1.23d.
tavedaṃ sakhyam astṛtam # SV.1.229c. See taved dhi.
taved dhi sakhyam astṛtam # RV.1.15.5c. See tavedaṃ sakhyam.
tastabhur maruto huve # RV.8.94.11b.
tasmā id viśve dhunayanta sindhavaḥ # RV.2.25.5a.
tasmāj jātāt sarve pāpmāno vijante sarve asmāt pāpmāno vijante ya evaṃ veda # AVP.13.9.1.
tasmāt tvam asmān jātavedo mumugdhi # MS.4.14.17b: 244.14; TB.3.7.12.2d; TA.2.3.1d. See tvaṃ nas tasmāj.
tasmāt tvā viśve devāḥ # AVP.2.24.2c.
tasmād udakam ucyate (AVP. ucyadhve) # AVś.3.13.4d; AVP.3.4.4d; TS.5.6.1.3d; MS.2.13.1d: 152.14; KS.39.2d.
tasmin kṣatram amavat tveṣam astu # RV.5.34.9d.
tasmin devā adhi viśve samotāḥ # AVś.11.5.24b.
tasminn ā veśayā giraḥ # RV.1.176.2a.
tasmin sarve paśavas tatra yajñāḥ # GB.1.2.7c.
tasmin sarve pratitiṣṭhanti gatvā # JB.3.338d.
tasmai te 'ruṇāya (AVP. 'raṇāya [?]) babhrave # AVś.6.20.3c; AVP.12.1.2c.
tasmai tvām avase huve # AVś.5.25.2d; AVP.1.68.1d; 12.3.1d.
tasmai tvā viṣṇave tvā # VS.7.22; TS.1.4.12.1; 6.5.1.3; MS.1.3.14: 35.14; 4.6.5: 85.10; KS.4.5; 27.10; śB.4.2.3.10.
tasmai nūnam abhidyave # RV.8.75.6a; TS.2.6.11.2a; MS.4.11.6a: 175.4. See kasmai etc.
tasmai no devāḥ paridatteha (Mś. -datta, but mss. -dhatta; KS. -dhatta; PG. -dhatteha) sarve (Mś. viśve) # TS.5.7.2.3d; KS.13.15d; Mś.1.6.4.21d; SMB.2.1.10d; PG.3.1.2d; BDh.2.6.11.11d. See tasmai mā devāḥ.
tasmai prati pra vedaya # TS.3.1.4.1c. See tā asmai.
tasmai mā devāḥ pari dhatteha sarve # AVś.6.55.1d. See tasmai no devāḥ.
tasmai yamāya namo astu mṛtyave # RV.10.165.4d; AVś.6.28.3d; 63.2d; 84.3d; MG.2.17.1d.
tasmai virūpākṣāya dantāñjaye samudrāya viśvavyacase tuthāya viśvavedase śvātrāya pracetase sahasrākṣāya brahmaṇaḥ putrāya namaḥ # SMB.2.4.6. Cf. virūpākṣāya dantājjaye.
tasya ta iṣasya tveṣasya nṛmṇasya vratasya dakṣasya bhakṣīya svasya cāraṇasya ca śūdrasya cāryasya ca (Apś. nṛmṇasya yahvasya vratasya svasya vāraṇasya śūdrasya cāryasya ca bhukṣiṣīya) # MS.4.6.6: 88.20; Apś.13.16.8.
tasya te dhanur hṛdayaṃ mana iṣavaś cakṣur visargas taṃ tvā tathā veda # śś.4.20.1.
tasya devāḥ prasavaṃ yanti sarve # MS.4.14.14c: 239.8; TB.3.1.2.8c.
tasya nāmnā vṛścāmi (Mś. vṛścāvo) yo 'smān (Mś. asmān) dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # Apś.11.15.1 (ter); Mś.2.3.7.2 (ter).
tasya no veda ā bhara # RV.8.45.15c.
tasya pūṣā prasave (TS. prasavaṃ) yāti vidvān (TS.KS. devaḥ) # RV.10.139.1c; VS.17.58c; TS.4.6.3.3c; MS.2.10.5c: 137.4; 3.3.8: 41.1; KS.18.3c; śB.9.2.3.12.
tasya pṛṣṭhe sīdatu jātavedāḥ # Mś.1.5.2.13c.
tasya vayaṃ prasave yāma urvīḥ # RV.3.33.6d; N.2.26d.
tasyādhayo 'psarasaḥ śvetayantīr nāma # TS.3.4.7.3.
tasyās te satyasavasaḥ prasave tanvo yantram (VSK. tanuyantram; TS. vāco yantram) aśīya svāhā # VS.4.18; VSK.4.6.2; TS.1.2.4.1; MS.1.2.4: 13.2; 3.7.5: 81.10; KS.2.5; 24.3; śB.3.2.4.12. P: tasyās te satyasavasaḥ prasave TS.6.1.7.3.
tasyedaṃ varcas tejaḥ prāṇam āyur ni veṣṭayāmi # AVś.16.8.1--27. Cf. under amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ.
tasyed indro abhipitveṣu raṇyati # RV.1.83.6d; AVś.20.25.6d.
tasyeme sarve yātavaḥ # AVś.13.4.27a.
tasyai jīvema śaradaḥ śataṃ vayam # JG.2.1b.
tasyai vāce nihave juhomi # SMB.2.6.9e.
asmā avase huve # AVś.8.7.23d,24f.
asmai prativedaya # AVP.3.32.1c; KS.30.8c; Mś.1.8.3.1c. See tasmai prati pra.
tāṃ viśvair devair (KS. viśve devā) ṛtubhiḥ saṃvidānaḥ (KS. -nāḥ) # VS.12.61c; TS.4.2.5.2c; MS.2.7.11c: 90.13; KS.16.11c; śB.7.1.1.43; Apś.16.10.8c.
tāṃ vyūrṇuvantu sūtave # AVś.1.11.2d. See te vy etc.
tāṃs te randhayāmi harasā jātavedaḥ # AVś.19.66.1c.
juṣāṇo haryati jātavedāḥ # RV.4.58.8d; AVP.8.13.8d; VS.17.96d; KS.40.7d; Apś.17.18.1d; N.7.17d.
te gṛṇanti vedhasaḥ # RV.4.32.11a.
tād evedaṃ tātṛpāṇā carāmi # RV.10.95.16d; śB.11.5.1.10d.
deveṣu vanatho vāryāṇi # RV.7.2.7d.
tān anveti pathibhir dakṣiṇāvān # TA.1.7.4b. See tān pathā.
tān ahaṃ veda brāhmaṇaḥ # HG.2.3.7e; ApMB.2.13.12e.
tāni sa ṛchatu yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # KA.1.71; 2.71. See next but two.
tāni sā ṛchatu yo asmān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # MS.4.9.2: 122.14. See prec. but two.
tāṃ tvayā tathā veda karṇasya kauvidasyevamāśā (?) # AVP.15.23.1.
tāṃ tvā tathā veda # JB.2.258. See tāṃ tvā vidma, and cf. taṃ tvāhaṃ tathā.
tāṃ tvā bharadvājo veda # AVś.19.48.6c; AVP.6.21.6c.
tāṃ tvā viśve abhigṛṇantu devāḥ # VS.14.4b; 15.3b; TS.4.3.4.2b; MS.2.8.1b: 107.1; 2.8.7b: 111.10; KS.17.1b,6b; śB.8.2.1.7.
tān naḥ prabrūhi yadi tān pravettha # AVP.13.8.1b.
tān pathā vā anv eti dakṣiṇāvān # AVP.5.6.1b. See tān anveti.
tān pratīco nirdaha jātavedaḥ # AVś.7.108.2d. See taṃ pratyañcaṃ saṃdaha.
tān preraya sve agne sadhasthe # AVś.7.97.3b; VS.8.19b; TS.1.4.44.2b; MS.1.3.38b: 44.12; KS.4.12b; śB.4.4.4.11.
tān mṛtyo mṛtyave naya # TA.4.34.1d; HG.1.16.19d.
tān va enā brahmaṇā vedayāmasi # RV.4.36.7d.
pra bravīṣi varuṇāya vedhaḥ # RV.4.42.7b.
tābhir amuṃ gacha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # TA.4.22.1; 23.1.
tābhir naḥ kāmān dhukṣveha # Apś.5.26.5c.
tābhyām uddhṛtya vedam # AVś.19.68.1c.
tām asmabhyaṃ pramatiṃ jātavedaḥ # RV.3.57.6c.
mātā viśvavedasā # RV.8.25.3a.
tām āśiṣam ā śāse tantave jyotiṣmatīm # TS.1.5.6.4; 8.5; 6.6.3; 7.6.5. P: tām āśiṣam ā śāse tantave Apś.4.16.3; 6.19.2.
mitrāvaruṇā huve # RV.1.23.5c; SV.2.144c.
tāṃ paśava upa jīvanti sarve # AVś.9.1.20c.
tāṃ brahma divaṃ bṛhad ā viveśa # AVP.5.6.4c.
tāṃ ma ā vaha jātavedaḥ # RVKh.5.87.2a,15a.
tāṃ mayy ā veśayāmasi # AVś.6.108.3d.
yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca no dveṣṭi tam āsāṃ jambhe dadhmaḥ # KA.1.101H; 2.101H. Cf. te yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca no dveṣṭi tam eṣāṃ jambhe dadhmaḥ.
tārkṣyo vaipaśyato rājā (Aś. vaipaścitas; śś. vaipaśyatas) tasya vayāṃsi viśas tānīmāny āsate purāṇaṃ (Aś. āsata itihāso; śś. āsate purāṇavedo) vedaḥ so 'yam # śB.13.4.3.13; Aś.10.7.9; śś.16.2.25--27.
tāvanto niveśane # śś.8.21.1.
tāv aśvinā vandamāna upa bruve # RV.8.22.13b.
tāvāṃ ayaṃ pātave somo astu # RV.1.108.2c.
vām adya tāv aparaṃ huvema # RV.1.184.1a.
tāsām u yanti prayaveṇa pañca # TS.4.3.11.2c; MS.2.3.10c: 160.11; KS.39.10c.
tās tvā viśantu manasā śivena (TB. mahasā svena) # AVś.13.1.10c; TB.2.5.2.2c.
tāsv adhvaryav ādhāvendrāya somam ūrjasvantaṃ payasvantaṃ madhumantaṃ vṛṣṭivaniṃ vasumate rudravata ādityavata ṛbhumate vibhumate vājavate bṛhaspatimate viśvadevyāvate # śś.6.7.10. See next.
huve yayor idam # RV.6.60.4a; SV.2.203a; JB.3.39a; PB.12.2.8; 15.2.8; Aś.7.2.4; 5.17; śś.12.1.5.
tigmajambhāya vīḍave # RV.8.44.27b.
tiraścīnāghnyā (AVP. -naghnyā) rakṣatu jātavedāḥ # AVś.19.16.2e; 27.15e; AVP.10.8.5e; 12.6.6e.
tilāḥ kṛṣṇās tilāḥ śvetāḥ # Tā.10.64a; MahānU.19.1a.
tiṣṭhato vā carato jātavedaḥ # AVś.7.108.2b.
tiṣṭhantaṃ salile veda # AVś.10.7.41b.
tisraḥ paṣṭhauhyo viśveṣāṃ devānām # TS.5.6.17.1; KSA.9.7.
tisraḥ śvetā vaśāḥ sauryaḥ # TS.5.6.11.1; KSA.9.1.
tutho mā viśvavedā brahmaṇaḥ putro 'nujānātu # SMB.2.4.6.
tutho vo viśvavedā vibhajatu # VS.7.45; VSK.9.2.6; śB.4.3.4.15. See next.
tutho vo viśvavedā vibhajatu varṣiṣṭhe adhi (KS. 'dhi) nāke (MS. nāke pṛthivyāḥ) # TS.1.4.43.2; MS.1.3.37: 43.11; KS.4.9. P: tutho vo viśvavedā vibhajatu TS.6.6.1.2; MS.4.8.2: 108.11; KS.28.4; Apś.13.5.11; Mś.2.4.5.7. See prec.
tutho 'si viśvavedāḥ # VS.5.31; TS.1.3.3.1; MS.1.2.12: 21.12; KS.2.13; PB.1.4.7; śś.6.12.17. P: tuthaḥ Lś.2.2.18.
tubhyaṃ devā anu jānantu viśve # AVś.6.112.1d. Cf. tan me devā.
tubhyaṃ nṛpate attave # AVś.5.18.1b; AVP.9.17.1b.
tubhyemā bhuvanā kave # RV.9.62.27a; SV.2.127a; JB.3.20.
turvītiṃ dasyave sahaḥ # RV.1.36.18d.
tuvigraye vahnaye duṣṭarītave # RV.2.21.2c.
tuvigrīvā iverate # RV.1.187.5d; AVP.6.16.5d; KS.40.8d.
tṛṣu cyavāno anu jātavedase # RV.10.115.6b.
tṛṣu yad annā veviṣad vitiṣṭhase # RV.10.91.7b; SV.2.333b; JB.3.88b; Apś.3.15.5b. See triṣu etc.
tṛṣṭāmayā prathamaṃ yātave sajūḥ # RV.10.75.6a.
tṛṣṇaje na diva utsā udanyave # RV.5.57.1d; N.11.15d; KB.20.4.
tṛṣyann ety averiṇam # RV.8.4.3b; SV.1.252b; 2.1071b.
te asmai (AVP. 'smai) sarve ghṛtam (TA.1.7.1c, divam) ā tapanti # AVP.5.6.1c,10c; TA.1.7.1c,4c.
te cid dhi pūrve kavayo gṛṇantaḥ # RV.7.53.1c.
tejo (var. lect. vedo) vai putranāmāsi # KBU.2.11c. See under ātmā vai.
te te yakṣmaṃ savedasaḥ # AVś.12.2.14c. See te ye 'smad, and te 'smad.
te tvā viṣṭārinn upa sarve sadeyuḥ # AVP.6.22.10d.
te tvā sarve gopsyanti # AVś.10.9.7c,9c.
te tvā sarve saṃvidānā nākasya pṛṣṭhe svarge (TS. suvarge) loke yajamānaṃ ca sādayantu # VS.15.10--14; TS.4.4.2.3; MS.2.8.9 (quinq.): 113.8,13,18; 114.5,11; KS.17.8 (quinq.); śB.8.6.1.5.
te devebhya ā vṛścante # AVś.12.2.50a.
tena chandasā tena brahmaṇā tayā devatayāṅgirasvad dhruvā sīda # MS.2.13.14 (bis): 163.7,14; 2.13.20 (bis): 165.13; 166.11. Fragments (with ūha): dhruvāḥ sīdata Mś.6.1.8.2; dhruve sīdatam Mś.6.1.8.8. See tena brahmaṇā, tenarṣiṇā, and cf. tayā devatayāṅgirasvad.
tena tam abhyatisṛjāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.10.5.15c--20c; 16.1.5.
tena devebhyo varimāṇi cakruḥ # AVP.2.73.5d.
tena no 'dya viśve devāḥ # RVKh.10.191.3c.
tena sarveṇa sarvo mā # SMB.2.4.11c.
tenā te tanve śaṃ karam # AVś.1.3.1c--5c; AVP.1.4.1c--4c (but 2c should be disregarded, see note to 2a, indreṇa varuṇena etc.).
tenā ni kurve tvām aham # AVś.7.38.2c.
tenemaṃ setum ati geṣma sarve # AVP.5.6.8c.
te no 'vantu pitaro haveṣu # RV.10.15.1d; AVś.18.1.44d,47d; VS.19.49d; TS.2.6.12.4d; MS.4.10.6d: 157.5; N.11.18d.
tebhir indraṃ codaya dātave magham # RV.9.75.5d; N.4.15.
tebhir vayaṃ suṣakhāyo bhavema # RV.10.31.1c.
tebhyaḥ sarvebhyaḥ sapatnīkebhyaḥ svadhāvad akṣayyam astu # Kauś.88.13.
tebhyaḥ sarvebhyo namasā vidhema # AVP.2.57.1d. See prec. but two.
tebhyo haviḥ śrapayaṃ jātavedaḥ # AVś.11.1.4c.
te mā śivena śagmena # HG.1.16.5c; ApMB.2.22.12c.
te me pūrve manur viduḥ # RV.1.139.9c.
te yantu sarve saṃbhūya # AVP.7.3.5c.
te yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca no dveṣṭi taṃ vāṃ jambhe dadhāmi # TS.5.5.10.1,2; ApMB.2.17.14--24.
te yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca no dveṣṭi taṃ vo jambhe dadhāmi # TS.4.4.3.2; 11.3; 5.11.2; 5.5.10.5; ApMB.2.17.25.
te yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca no dveṣṭi tam asyā jambhe dadhmaḥ # MS.2.13.12: 162.8.
te yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca no dveṣṭi tam enayor jambhe dadhmaḥ # MS.2.13.21 (sexies): 166.14; 167.1,4,7,10,12.
te yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca no dveṣṭi tam eṣāṃ jambhe dadhmaḥ (KS. dadhāmi) # VS.15.15--19; 16.64--66; MS.2.8.10 (quinq.): 114.15,19; 115.2,5,8; 2.9.9 (ter): 129.11,14,16; KS.17.9 (quinq.),16 (ter); 22.5 (quinq.); śB.8.6.1.16; 9.1.1.39; ApMB.1.10.7--9. Cf. tā yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca no dveṣṭi.
te vāyave manave bādhitāya # RV.7.91.1c; MS.4.14.2c: 216.12.
te vāyave samanaso vi tasthuḥ # RV.7.91.3c; VS.27.23c; MS.4.14.2c: 217.1; TB.2.8.1.1c.
te virājam abhisaṃyantu sarve # MS.1.6.2c (bis): 88.2; 89.7. See te samrājam.
te vy ūrṇuvantu sūtave # AVP.1.5.2d. See tāṃ vyetc.
teṣāṃ sarveṣāṃ śivo astu manyuḥ # AVś.6.116.3d.
teṣāṃ sarveṣām adadat # AVś.12.4.20c.
teṣāṃ sarveṣām iha saṃgatiḥ sākam # AVP.13.8.5d.
teṣāṃ sarveṣām īśānāḥ # AVś.11.9.26a.
teṣān tu sarveṣām idam # AVP.3.7.1c.
teṣāṃ deveṣv āyatīḥ # RV.1.139.9d.
teṣāṃ no veda ā bhara # RV.1.81.9e; AVś.20.56.6e.
teṣu viśvaṃ bhuvanam āviveśa # VS.23.49d. See under keṣu etc.
te samrājam abhisaṃyantu sarve # KS.7.14c. See te virājam.
te sarve apy apātayan # AVP.1.44.4c.
te sarve tṛptim āyāntu # AG.1.2.8c (crit. notes).
te sarve sam adur mahyam etām # AVP.11.5.12c.
te 'smin sarve haviṣi mādayantām # JG.2.1d.
te 'smai sarve etc. # see te asmai sarve etc.
te ha pūrve janāsaḥ # ApMB.1.3.4a (ApG.2.4.15).
te hiṃkṛtya punar āruhya sarve # JB.2.398c. See hiṃkṛtya punar etc.
tais tam abhyatisṛjāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.10.5.21.
tośā vṛtrahaṇā huve # RV.3.12.4a; SV.2.1052a; GB.2.3.15; Aś.5.10.28. P: tośā vṛtrahaṇā śś.12.2.18.
tau devebhyaḥ kṛṇuto dīrgham āyuḥ # TB.3.1.2.7c.
tauvilike 'velaya # AVś.6.16.3a.
tmanā deveṣu vivide mitadruḥ # RV.7.7.1d.
tyajanaṃ me viśve devāḥ # AVP.3.40.4c.
tyā nv aśvinā huve # RV.8.10.3a.
trayo mama tisras tasya yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # śB.1.5.4.14. P: trayo mama tisras tasya Apś.4.9.8.
triṇave marutaḥ stutāḥ (MS.KS. stutam) # VS.21.27b; MS.3.11.12b: 159.9; KS.38.11b. See marutas triṇave.
tritas tad vedāptyaḥ # RV.1.105.9c.
trināke tridive divaḥ # RV.9.113.9b.
tribhiḥ pātrair uta viśve ca devāḥ # AVP.1.101.3d.
trir jāto viśvadevebhyaḥ # AVś.19.39.5c; AVP.7.10.5c.
trir devebhyo 'pavathās trir ādityebhyas trir aṅgirobhyaḥ # JB.1.81.
trir no aśvinā yajatā dive-dive # RV.1.34.7a.
trivṛt stoma ṛgvedasya # GB.1.5.25a.
triś cid viṣṇur manave bādhitāya # RV.6.49.13b.
triś cin no adyā bhavataṃ navedasā # RV.1.34.1a. P: triś cin no adya Aś.4.15.2; śś.6.6.12. Cf. BṛhD.3.104.
triṣadhasthe barhiṣi viśvavedasā # RV.1.47.4a.
triṣu yad annā veviṣad vitiṣṭhase # MS.4.11.4b: 173.1. See tṛṣu etc.
triḥ sapta yad guhyāni tve it # RV.1.72.6a.
trīṇy āyūṃṣi tava jātavedaḥ # RV.3.17.3a; TS.3.2.11.2a; MS.4.11.1a: 161.12; 4.12.5: 192.8; KS.2.15a; 12.4. P: trīṇy āyūṃṣi Mś.5.2.5.15.
traiṣṭubhena chandasā chandasāgneḥ pārśvenāgneḥ pārśvam upadadhāmi # KS.22.5. See under traiṣṭubhasya.
traiṣṭubhena chandasā viśvavedāḥ # Apś.4.7.2b.
traiṣṭubhena chandasendreṇa devatayāgneḥ pakṣeṇāgneḥ pakṣam upa dadhāmi # TS.5.5.8.2. See traiṣṭubhasya, and indreṇa devena devatayā.
tva eṣaḥ saṃdadhur bhūrivarpasaḥ # MS.2.7.14c: 95.19. See tve iṣaḥ.
tvaṃ viśvasya janitā dhāsy agre # AVP.5.2.7c. See tvaṃ viśveṣāṃ janitā.
tvaṃ viśveṣāṃ varuṇāsi rājā # RV.2.27.10a; 10.132.4b.
tvaṃ viśveṣāṃ janitā yathāsaḥ # AVś.4.1.7c. See tvaṃ viśvasya janitā.
tvaṃ viśveṣu senyo janeṣu # RV.7.30.2c.
tvaṃ vṛthā nadya indra sartave # RV.1.130.5a.
tvaṃ vṛṣā vṛṣatvebhir mahitvā # RV.1.91.2c; MS.4.14.1c: 214.7; TB.2.4.3.8c; ā.1.2.1.8b.
tvaṃ sakhā yujyo 'si jātavedaḥ # AVP.1.54.1b.
tvaṃ samudro asi viśvavit kave # RV.9.6.29a.
tvaṃ hi vettha yathātatham (ṣB. yathāyatham) # ṣB.1.6.19d; TB.3.7.11.5d (bis); TA.2.6.2d; Apś.3.12.1d (ter); BDh.3.7.13d. See sa hi vettha.
tvaṃ hy ehi cerave # RV.8.61.7a; SV.1.240a; 2.931a; AB.4.31.11; 5.16.20; 20.20; JB.3.254a; ā.5.2.2.5; Aś.5.15.3; śś.7.20.4.
tvacam asya vi veṣṭaya # AVś.12.5.68b.
tvaṃ cakartha manave syonān # RV.10.73.7c.
tvaṃ tān vettha yadi te jātavedaḥ # AVś.18.2.35c.
tvaṃ tā viśvā bhuvanāni vettha # AVś.5.11.4c. See tvam aṅga viśvā.
tvaṃ tugraṃ vetasave sacāhan # RV.6.26.4c.
tvaṃ dakṣaiḥ sudakṣo viśvavedāḥ # RV.1.91.2b; MS.4.14.1b: 214.6; TB.2.4.3.8b.
tvaṃ devānāṃ brāhmaṇo 'sy ahaṃ manuṣyāṇām # JG.1.2. See tvaṃ deveṣu brāhmaṇo 'sy.
tvaṃ deveṣu pūrvya # RV.8.39.10b.
tvaṃ deveṣu brāhmaṇo 'sy ahaṃ manuṣyeṣu # SMB.2.4.6. See tvaṃ devānāṃ brāhmaṇo 'sy.
tvaṃ nas tasmāj jātavedo mumugdhi # AVP.2.30.5d. See tasmāt tvam asmān.
tvaṃ no devatātaye (AVś.AVP. deva dātave) # RV.10.141.6c; AVś.3.20.5c; AVP.3.34.8c; SV.2.855c.
tvam agna īḍito (VSK.śś. īlito) jātavedaḥ (VS. īḍitaḥ kavyavāhana) # RV.10.15.12a; AVś.18.3.42a; VS.19.66a; VSK.21.66a; TS.2.6.12.5a; TB.2.6.16.2; Aś.2.19.29. P: tvam agna īḍitaḥ (śś. īlitaḥ) śś.3.16.10; Kauś.89.13. See abhūn no dūto.
tvam agne manave dyām avāśayaḥ # RV.1.31.4a.
tvam agne yajyave pāyur antaraḥ # RV.1.31.13a.
tvam aṅga viśvā janimāni vettha # AVP.8.1.4c. See tvaṃ tā viśvā.
tvam apo yadave turvaśāya # RV.5.31.8a; Aś.9.5.2.
tvam indrāya viṣṇave # RV.9.56.4a.
tvam eva tvāṃ vettha yo 'si so 'si # TB.3.10.3.1; Apś.19.12.21.
tvaṃ pāśān vicṛtaṃ vettha sarvān # AVś.6.117.1d.
tvayā prati bruve yujā # RV.7.31.6c; AVś.20.18.6c.
tvayā bhūṣanti vedhasaḥ # SV.2.164b. See tve ā.
tvayā sarve paritaptāḥ purastāt # AVś.1.7.5c; AVP.4.4.5c.
tvayā hi naḥ pitaraḥ soma pūrve # RV.9.96.11a; VS.19.53a; TS.2.6.12.1a; MS.4.10.6a: 156.8; KS.21.14a; TB.2.6.16.1; Aś.2.19.22.
tvaṣṭar devebhir janibhiḥ sumadgaṇaḥ # RV.2.36.3d; VS.26.24d.
tvaṣṭar devebhiḥ sahasāma indra # ApMB.1.11.4b. See tvaṣṭā devaiḥ, and tvaṣṭā vīraiḥ.
tvaṣṭā cit tava manyave # RV.1.80.14c.
tvaṣṭā devebhir janibhiḥ sajoṣāḥ (RV.10.64.10b, pitā vacaḥ) # RV.6.50.13c; 10.64.10b.
tvaṣṭā devaiḥ sahamāna indraḥ # MG.1.14.16b. See under tvaṣṭar devebhiḥ.
tvaṣṭā māyā ved apasām apastamaḥ # RV.10.53.9a.
tvaṣṭā yeṣāṃ rūpadheyāni veda # AVś.2.26.1c; AVP.2.12.1c.
tvaṣṭā rūpeṇa savitā savena # AVP.1.75.3a; 2.72.2a; 2.80.2a.
tvaṣṭā vīraiḥ sahasāham indraḥ # VārG.16.1b. See under tvaṣṭar devebhiḥ.
tvāṃ viśve amṛta jāyamānam # RV.6.7.4a; SV.2.491a.
tvāṃ viśve sajoṣasaḥ # RV.5.21.3a.
tvāṃ jihvāṃ śucayaś cakrire kave # RV.2.1.13b; TB.2.7.12.6b.
tvāṃ deveṣu prathamaṃ havāmahe # RV.1.102.9a; AVP.3.36.6a.
tvām agne prathamam āyum āyave # RV.1.31.11a.
tvām adhvareṣu puruhūta viśve # RV.10.98.9b.
tvām asmai viśve tvāṃ devāḥ # AVś.19.30.2c. See tam asmai etc.
tvām asyā vyuṣi deva pūrve # RV.5.3.8a.
tvām u jātavedasam # RV.10.150.3a.
tvāṃ pītvendro vṛtram (text vṛttram) # AVP.7.8.5a.
tvāvato hīndra kratve asmi # RV.7.25.4a.
tviṣaḥ saṃvṛk kratve dakṣasya te suṣumṇasya te suṣumṇāgnihutaḥ # VS.38.28. P: tviṣaḥ saṃvṛk Kś.26.7.56.
tviṣir aśveṣu puruṣeṣu goṣu # AVP.2.18.2b; TB.2.7.7.1b. See prec.
tviṣir yā viśveṣu deveṣu # AVP.2.18.5c.
tve agne viśve amṛtāso adruhaḥ # RV.2.1.14a.
tve ā bhūṣanti vedhasaḥ # RV.8.99.2b. See tvayā bhūṣanti.
tve iṣaḥ (KS. viśve) saṃ dadhur bhūrivarpasaḥ (TS. bhūriretasaḥ) # RV.10.140.3c; SV.2.1168c; VS.12.108c; TS.4.2.7.3c; KS.16.14c; śB.7.3.1.31. See tva eṣaḥ.
tve kratum api vṛñjanti (AVP.AVś.5.2.3a, pṛñcanti) viśve (AVś.5.2.3a, bhūri) # RV.10.120.3a; AVś.5.2.3a; 20.107.6a; AVP.6.1.3a; SV.2.835a; TS.3.5.10.1a; JB.2.144; ā.1.3.4.9; Apś.21.22.4; Mś.7.2.7.18a. P: tve kratum Kauś.21.21. Designated as rasaprāśanī Vait.21.20; 30.6; Kauś.21.21.
tve gāvaḥ sudughās tve hy aśvāḥ # RV.7.18.1c.
tve tan naḥ suvedam usriyaṃ vasu # RV.8.4.16c.
tve dhenuḥ sudughā jātavedaḥ # RV.10.69.8a.
tve viśve amṛtā mādayante # RV.1.59.1b.
tve viśve sajoṣasaḥ # SV.2.445a; JB.3.159a. See tava etc.
tve viśve saṃ dadhur etc. # see tve iṣaḥ.
tve viśve sahasas putra devāḥ # RV.5.3.1c.
tveṣaṃ panasyum ā huve # RV.5.56.9b.
tveṣas te dhūma ṛṇvati (AVś. ūrṇotu) # RV.6.2.6a; AVś.18.4.59a; SV.1.83a; Lś.4.10.3; 8.8.36; Kś.22.6.16; Mś.1.5.3.4; --8.19.21; JG.2.4. P: tveṣas te Vait.6.11.
tveṣā arkā nabha ut pātayantu # AVP.5.7.4b. See tveṣo arko.
tveṣo arko nabha utpātayātha # AVś.4.15.5b. See tveṣā arkā.
tve ha yat pitaraś cin na indra # RV.7.18.1a; ā.5.2.2.3; śś.12.3.21. P: tve ha yat VHDh.5.330. Cf. BṛhD.5.161.
tvoto dasyave vṛkaḥ # RV.8.51 (Vāl.3).2d.
dakṣasya svena manyunā # RV.1.139.2c.
dakṣiṇāyā diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhyebhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.26.
dakṣo viśvāyur vedhase # RV.10.144.1c.
daṇḍā ived goajanāsa āsan # RV.7.33.6a. Cf. BṛhD.1.50.
dadī rekṇas tanve dadir vasu # RV.8.46.15a. P: dadī rekṇaḥ ā.5.2.5.6.
dadur asmai dadhire kṛtnave dhanam # RV.2.13.10b.
dadau te adya gauḥ kaṇve # AVP.5.9.5c.
dadhanveva tā ihi # TA.1.12.2d. See under ati dhanveva tāṃ.
dadhāsi dāśuṣe kave # RV.10.140.1d; SV.2.1166d; VS.12.106d; TS.4.2.7.2d; MS.2.7.14d: 95.13; KS.16.14d; śB.7.3.1.29.
dadhra ugrāya manyave # RV.1.37.7b.
daśa prapitve adha sūryasya # RV.6.31.3c; KB.25.8.
daśamāsyāya sūtavai (ApMB. -ve) # HG.1.25.1d; 2.2.5; ApMB.2.11.15. See daśame māsi sū-.
daśame māsi sūtave (JG. sūtavai) # RV.10.184.3d; RVKh.10.184.2d,3d; AVś.5.25.10d--13d; AVP.12.3.10d; 12.4.1d--4d; śB.14.9.4.21d; BṛhU.6.4.21d; ApMB.1.12.3d,4d,6d; MG.2.18.2d,4d (bis); JG.1.22d. See daśamāsyāya.
daśa rātrīr aśivena nava dyūn # RV.1.116.24a.
daśasyantā manave pūrvyaṃ divi # RV.8.22.6a.
daśasyantā śayave pipyathur gām # RV.6.62.7c.
dasmo devebhir varuṇo na māyī # RV.10.99.10b.
dasrā madanti kāravaḥ (AVś. vedhasaḥ; MS. śobhase) # AVś.7.73.2d; MS.4.14.14d: 238.6; Aś.4.7.4d; śś.5.10.8d. See vṛṣṇā madanti.
dahraṃ (var. lect. daharaṃ) vipāpmavaraveśmabhūtam (MahānU. vipāpmaṃ varaṃ veśmabhūtam) # TA.10.10.3a; MahānU.10.7a.
digbhyas taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.10.5.28.
digbhyo vaḍabe (KSA. vaḍave) # TS.5.6.21.1; KSA.10.1.
didṛkṣeyaḥ sūnave bhāṛjīkaḥ # RV.3.1.12b.
diva ived aratir mānuṣā yugā # RV.2.2.2c.
divaṃ varma pṛthivīṃ ca kṛṇve # AVP.13.1.3b.
divaṃ devaḥ pṛṣatīm ā viveśa # AVś.13.1.24d.
divaś cit te bṛhato jātavedaḥ # RV.1.59.5a.
divas taṃ nirbhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.10.5.27.
diva stave duhitā gotamebhiḥ # RV.1.92.7b.
divas tvā jyotiṣe # TS.4.4.6.2. See dive tvā etc.
divas payo didhiṣāṇā aveṣan # RV.10.114.1c.
divas putrā aṅgiraso bhavema # RV.4.2.15c.
divi jyotir ajaram (MS. uttamam) ārabhetām (MS. -thām) # MS.1.4.3d: 51.5; TB.3.7.5.11d; Apś.3.9.10d. See dive jyotir.
divi deveṣu yajñam erayemam # MS.4.10.3: 151.9; TB.3.5.9.1; 6.13.1; 14.3; Aś.1.8.7. Metrical.
divi deveṣu hotrā yacha # TS.1.3.13.1; MS.4.5.3: 66.10; TA.5.6.7; KA.2.111.
dive ca viśvakarmaṇe (AVś.AVP. viśvavedase) # AVś.1.32.4c; AVP.1.23.4c; TB.3.7.10.3c; Apś.9.14.2c.
dive janāya tanve gṛṇānaḥ # RV.6.18.14d; MS.4.12.3d: 183.5; KS.8.16d.
divo jyote (KS.9.3, jyotir) vivasva āditya te no devā deveṣu satyāṃ devahūtim āsuvadhvam # KS.8.14; 9.3. See under devajūte vivasvann.
divo-diva ā suvā bhūri paśvaḥ # AVś.7.14.3d. See dive-diva etc.
divo drapso madhumāṃ ā viveśa # RV.10.98.3d.
divo na tveṣo ravathaḥ śimīvān # RV.1.100.13b.
divo napātāśvinā huve vām # RV.10.61.4b.
divo na raśmīṃs tanuto vy arṇave # TB.2.8.9.1b.
divo vaśanty asurasya vedhasaḥ # RV.8.20.17b.
divo vo maruto huve # RV.8.94.10b.
diśo-diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhyebhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.31.
diṣṭaḥ puruṣa jajñiṣe (AVP. puruṣa mṛtyave) # AVś.5.30.17d; AVP.9.14.7d.
duratyetū ripave martyāya # RV.7.65.3b.
durokam agnir āyave śuśoca # RV.7.4.3d.
durgandhe śūdrasaṃśrāve # Kauś.141.39a.
durmanmā kaś ca venati # RV.8.60.7d.
durmitrās (VS.śB.KśṃahānU. -mitriyās; Aś.śśḷś. -mitryās) tasmai santu (TSṭBṭAṃahānU.BDh.KS.38.5, bhūyāsur) yo 'smān (MS. asmān) dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # VS.6.22; 20.19; 35.12; 36.23; 38.23; TS.1.4.45.2; MS.1.2.18: 28.10; KS.3.8; 38.5; śB.3.8.5.11; 12.9.2.6; 13.8.4.5; 14.3.1.27; TB.2.6.6.3; TA.4.11.8; 42.4; 5.9.11; 10.1.11; Aś.3.5.2; śś.8.12.11; Lś.2.2.11; 5.4.6; MahānU.4.13; BDh.2.5.8.5. P: durmitrās tasmai santu KA.3.189; durmitriyāḥ Kś.19.5.15; durmitrāḥ Mś.4.4.22.
duvas tve kṛṇavate yatasruk # RV.4.2.9b.
duvasyata damyaṃ jātavedasam # RV.3.2.8b.
duṣkṛtāj jātavedāḥ # MS.1.10.3e: 143.2.
duhānā dhenur vṛjaneṣu kārave # RV.2.2.9c.
dūtaṃ vo viśvavedasam # RV.4.8.1a; SV.1.12a; MS.2.13.5a: 153.17; KS.12.15a; AB.5.17.16; KB.26.13; śś.10.10.8; 14.51.14; Mś.6.2.2.19. P: dūtaṃ vaḥ Aś.4.13.7; 8.9.7; śś.6.4.1.
dūtān kṛṇve manojavān # AVP.9.29.1b.
dūto viśveṣāṃ bhuvat # RV.4.9.2c; KS.40.14c.
dūredṛśe devajātāya ketave # RV.10.37.1c; VS.4.35c; TS.1.2.9.1c; MS.1.2.6c: 15.19; KS.2.7c; śB.3.3.4.24c.
deva ādeve jane jātavedāḥ # RV.2.4.1d; KS.39.14d.
deva āyuyuve makhaḥ # RV.1.138.1g.
deva gharma rucitas tvaṃ deveṣv ā # MS.4.9.5: 125.9. See rocitas.
devajūte vivasvann āditya te no devāḥ satyāṃ devahūtiṃ deveṣv āsuvadhvam # MS.1.7.1: 110.5; 1.7.5: 114.8. See divo jyote, and vivasvāṃ aditir.
devatalpā devakośāḥ kveha # AVP.13.8.1a.
deva devebhyo haviḥ (SV. -bhyaḥ sutaḥ) # RV.1.13.11b; SV.2.255b. Cf. devo devebhyaḥ sutaḥ.
devaṃ tvā devebhyaḥ śriyā uddharāmi # Aś.2.2.2.
devaṃ-devaṃ huvema vājasātaye # RV.8.27.13c; VS.33.91c.
devaṃ devena haviṣā vardhanena # AVP.3.27.3d.
devaṃ barhir agner vasuvane vasudheyasya vetu # Aś.2.8.14. P: devaṃ barhir agner vasuvane śś.2.5.19. Cf. devaṃ barhir vasuvane.
devaṃ barhir vasuvane vasudheyasya vetu # MS.4.10.3: 151.2; 4.13.8: 209.10; KS.20.15; TB.3.5.9.1; 6.14.1; Aś.1.8.7; śś.1.13.1; Mś.5.1.2.9. P: devaṃ barhiḥ śB.1.8.2.15; Mś.5.1.3.10; 5.2.8.41. Cf. devaṃ barhir agner.
devayantas tvemahe # RV.1.40.1b; VS.34.56b; MS.4.9.1b: 120.7; 4.12.1b: 178.11; KS.10.13b; TA.4.2.2b; KA.1.3b; Mś.5.1.9.23b.
devaśrutau deveṣv ā ghoṣatam (TS.KSṃSṃś. ghoṣethām) # VS.5.17; TS.1.2.13.1; MS.1.2.9: 18.12; KS.2.10; śB.3.5.3.13,14; Mś.2.2.2.15. P: devaśrutau Kś.8.3.32.
deva savitaḥ prasuva yajñaṃ prasuva yajñapatiṃ bhagāya (VSK. prasuvemaṃ bhagāya; ApG.JG. also with ūha in pratīkas, prāsāvīḥ) # VS.9.1; 11.7; 30.1; VSK.10.1.1; TS.1.7.7.1; 4.1.1.2; MS.1.11.1: 161.7; 1.11.6: 167.17; KS.13.14; 14.6; 15.11; śB.5.1.1.14,16; 6.3.1.19; Mś.7.1.1.13; SMB.1.1.1; JG.1.3. Ps: deva savitaḥ pra suva yajñam Mś.6.1.1.6; deva savitaḥ pra suva Apś.18.2.10; GG.1.3.4; KhG.1.2.20; HG.1.2.10; JG.1.3 (with ūha, prāsāvīḥ, 1.4); ApG.1.2.3 (with ūha, prāsāvīḥ, 1.2.8); deva savitaḥ MS.2.7.1: 74.7; śB.13.6.2.9; Kś.14.1.11; 21.1.6; Apś.20.24.6.
devasya te savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy (VārG. adds aham) asau # SMB.1.6.18; GG.2.10.26; VārG.5.19; 14.13. P: devasya te KhG.2.4.13. See devasya tvā etc.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasava upa naye 'sau # ApMB.2.3.24 (ApG.4.10.12). See devasya tvā savituḥ prasave ... hastābhyām upa, and cf. ārṣeyaṃ tvā.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ rakṣaso vadhaṃ juhomi # TS.1.8.7.2. P: devasya tvā prasave TB.1.7.1.9. Fragmentary: devasya tvā ... rakṣaso vadhaṃ juhomi Apś.18.9.17.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ saṃvapāmi # VS.1.21; TB.3.2.8.1; śB.1.2.2.1. P: devasya tvā Kś.2.5.10. See saṃ vapāmi, devasya vaḥ etc., and cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ saṃvapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # MS.1.11.4: 165.7; 3.4.3: 47.8. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave Mś.6.2.5.30. Fragment: bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāya, with ūhas indraṃ sāmrājyāya and agniṃ sāmrājyāya (q.v.) Mś.6.2.5.31. See next, and devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantreṇā-.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇemam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ bṛhaspates (KS.40.9, putram agnes) sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi (KS.14.2, -ṣiñcāmīndrasya sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi) # KS.14.2,8; 40.9. See under prec.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai tvā vāco yantur yantreṇa bṛhaspates tvā sāmrājyena brahmaṇābhiṣiñcāmi # JB.2.130. See under prec. but one.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai (KS. -tyā) bhaiṣajyena vīryāyānnādyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.2.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantriye (VSK. vāco yan turye turyaṃ) dadhāmi # VS.9.30; VSK.10.5.8; śB.5.2.2.13. P: devasya tvā Kś.14.5.24.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantreṇāgneḥ (TS. yantreṇāgnes tvā) sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi # VS.18.37; TS.1.7.10.3; śB.9.3.4.17. Fragmentary: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave (Apś. devasya tvā) ... agnes tvā sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi TS.5.6.3.2; TB.1.3.8.2,3; Apś.17.19.8. P: devasya tvā Kś.18.5.9. See under devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy asau # AG.1.20.4; MG.1.10.15; 22.5. See devasya te.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa chandasā dade 'ṅgirasvat # TS.4.1.1.3. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave TS.5.1.1.4. See devasya tvā ... hastābhyām ā dade.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa chandasā rātrim iṣṭakām upadadhe # Apś.16.11.4.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūto brāhmaṇebhyo nir vapāmi # AVP.5.40.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prokṣāmi # JG.1.1. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ saṃvapāmi # KS.1.8 (cf. 31.7); Apś.1.24.1. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ saṃvapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # VS.1.10; śB.1.1.2.17. P: devasya tvā Kś.2.3.20.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ nir vapāmi # TS.1.1.4.2; KS.1.4 (cf. 31.3); TB.3.2.4.5; Kauś.2.1. Fragmentary: devasya tvā ... agnaye juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi Apś.1.17.12. Cf. agnīṣomābhyāṃ (juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi).
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭam adhivapāmi # Apś.1.21.5. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām adhi vapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye tvā vaiśvānarāya traiṣṭubhena chandasāhar upadadhe (and vaiśvānarāyānuṣṭubhena chandasā rātrīm) upadadhe # KS.38.12. See next.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye tvā vaiśvānarāyāhar (also with vikāra, rātrīm for ahar) upadadhe # Mś.6.1.4.22. See prec.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye vo juṣṭān (Apś. juṣṭaṃ) nirvapāmi (KS. agnaye juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi) # MS.1.1.5: 3.3; 4.1.5: 6.18; KS.1.5 (cf. 31.4); Apś.1.19.1. See devasya vaḥ etc., and cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prokṣāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnīṣomābhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ ni yunajmi (VSK. yunagmi; VS.1.10, juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi) # VS.6.9; 10.1; VSK.6.2.3; śB.3.7.4.3. P: devasya tvā Kś.6.3.28.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnes tejasā sūryasya varcasendrasyendriyeṇābhi ṣiñcāmi # AB.8.7.5,7,9. P: devasya tvā AB.8.13.2; 18.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām adhi vapāmi # TS.1.1.6.1; TB.3.2.6.3. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭam adhivapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām aśvinor bhaiṣajyena tejase brahmavarcasāyābhi ṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.2; Apś.19.9.13.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade # VS.1.24; 5.22,26; 6.1,30; 11.9; 22.1; 37.1; 38.1; VSK.2.3.4,5; TS.1.3.1.1; 7.1.11.1; MS.1.1.9: 5.11; 1.2.10: 19.14; 1.2.15: 24.10; 1.3.3: 30.12; 2.7.1: 74.12; 3.11.8: 151.6; 4.1.2: 2.12; 4.1.4: 6.6; 4.1.10: 12.13; 4.9.1: 120.5; 4.9.7: 127.4; KS.1.2,9; 2.9,11,12; 3.3,5,10; 16.1; 27.1; KSA.1.2; śB.1.2.4.4; 3.5.4.4; 6.1.4; 7.1.1; 9.4.3; 6.3.1.38; 14.1.2.7; TB.3.2.9.1; TA.4.2.1; 8.1; 5.7.1; Kauś.137.18. The same formula without ā dade (understood): TS.2.6.4.1; 6.2.10.1; 4.4.1; MS.3.8.8: 105.17; 4.5.4: 68.8; TB.3.2.2.1; 8.3.2; TA.5.2.5. Ps: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave KS.25.9,10; 26.5,8; 31.1,8; Apś.1.3.2; 19.3; 2.1.1; 6.7.1; 7.4.2; 11.3; 10.23.2; 11.11.2; 12.9.2; 11.7; 15.1.3; 16.1.7; 20.3.3; Mś.1.1.1.23,34; 1.2.4.6; 1.8.2.1; 1.8.3.4; 2.2.3.1; 2.3.3.1; 5.2.11.24; 6.1.1.8,23; devasya tvā Lś.2.7.13; Kś.2.6.13; 6.2.8; 9.4.5; 16.2.8; 20.1.27; 26.1.3; 5.1; Apś.1.20.4 (comm.); Mś.4.1.8; HG.1.27.1; BDh.4.5.12; ParDh.11.33; BṛhPDh.7.28. See ā dade devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa and devasya vas savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādadhe, and cf. devebhyas tvā savituḥ.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade dviṣato vadhāya # ApMB.2.9.5 (ApG.5.12.11). Cf. TS.2.6.4.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indravantaṃ tvā sādayāmi # KS.40.6.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indrasyendriyeṇa śriyai yaśase balāyābhi (VS.KS. -yeṇa balāya śriyai yaśase 'bhi) ṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.3. Cf. indrasyendriyeṇa balāya.
devasya tvā savituḥ (KS. devasya savituḥ) prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indrasyaujasā rakṣohāsi svāhā # MS.2.6.3: 65.2; KS.15.2. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave Mś.9.1.1.23.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upa nayāmy asau (HG. naye 'sau) # śG.2.2.12; HG.1.5.8. See under devasya tvā savituḥ prasava upa.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upāṃśor vīryeṇa juhomi # VS.9.38; śB.5.2.4.17. P: devasya tvā Kś.15.2.6.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśenārabhe (MS. pāśena pratimuñcāmi) # TS.6.3.6.2; MS.3.9.6: 124.1. See ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ pitṛbhyaḥ pitāmahebhyaḥ prapitāmahebhyo vo juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # HG.2.14.3.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe (VS.KS.śB. sadhasthād) agniṃ (TS. 'gniṃ) purīṣyam aṅgirasvat khanāmi # VS.11.28; TS.4.1.3.1; MS.2.7.2: 76.12; KS.16.3; śB.6.4.1.1. Ps: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave TS.5.1.4.1; Apś.16.3.2; devasya tvā Kś.16.2.22.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prati gṛhṇāmi # VS.2.11; VSK.2.3.4; TS.2.6.8.6; MS.1.9.4: 133.13; KS.9.9 (sexies); KB.6.14; PB.1.8.1; JB.1.73; śB.1.7.4.13; TA.3.10.1; Aś.1.13.1; śś.4.7.5 (cf. 4.21.7); Apś.14.11.2; AG.1.24.15. P: devasya tvā Lś.4.11.11; Kś.2.2.18; Kauś.91.3; PG.1.3.17; HG.1.11.7; JG.1.19. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā pratigṛhṇāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūta ā rabhe # AVś.19.51.2.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā paristṛṇāmi # Kauś.2.21.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā pratigṛhṇāmi # GB.2.1.2; Vait.3.9. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prati gṛhṇāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prohāmi # JB.1.78.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ barhir devasadanaṃ dāmi (Apś. -nam ā rabhe) # MS.1.1.2: 1.8; 4.1.2: 3.8; Apś.1.3.11.
devasya vayaṃ savituḥ prasave satyasavanasya bṛhaspater vājino vājajito vājaṃ jeṣma # MS.1.11.1: 162.5; 1.11.7: 168.15; KS.13.14; Mś.7.1.2.31. P: devasya vayaṃ savituḥ prasave satyasavanasya KS.14.7. See devasyāhaṃ etc.
devasya vayaṃ savituḥ save satya# see devasyāhaṃ savituḥ etc.
devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave madhumatīḥ sādayāmi # KS.39.1 (sexies); Apś.16.32.5; 33.1 (quinq.).
devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ saṃ vapāmi # MS.1.1.9: 4.16; 4.1.9: 10.16. P: devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave Mś.1.2.1.31; 1.2.3.10. See devasya tvā etc.
devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ... agnaye vo juṣṭān nirvapāmi # MS.1.1.5: 3.3; 4.1.5: 6.18. See under devasya tvā etc.
devasya vas savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādadhe # KA.1.2. P: devasya vas savituḥ prasave KA.2.2. See under devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade.
devasya savituḥ prasave bṛhaspataye stuta # KS.17.7; 34.17; 37.17; GB.2.2.10. See next, and savitṛprasūtā bṛhaspataye.
devasya savituḥ prasave bṛhaspatiprasūtā (KS. -sūtāḥ) # MS.4.9.2: 123.5; KS.34.18 (bis). See under prec.
devasya savituḥ prasave 'śvinor etc. # see devasya tvā savituḥ etc.
devasya savituḥ prasave satyasavaso (KS. -savasya) varṣiṣṭhaṃ nākaṃ ruheyam # MS.1.11.1: 162.5; 1.11.7: 168.11; KS.13.14; Mś.7.1.2.26. P: devasya savituḥ prasave satyasavasya KS.14.7. See under next but three.
devasya savituḥ savaṃ (read save) svargaṃ lokaṃ varṣiṣṭhaṃ nākaṃ roheyam # GB.2.5.8. See prec. but three, next but two, and several items under devasyāhaṃ.
devasya savituḥ save # RV.5.82.6b; AVś.6.23.3a; AVP.7.5.11b; VS.11.2b; 20.11d; TS.1.1.9.3a; 4.1.1.1b; MS.2.7.1b: 73.10; 3.11.8d: 151.8; KS.15.11b; 38.4d; śB.6.3.1.14; 12.8.3.29; TB.2.6.5.7d; 3.2.9.8; 7.7.14e; Aś.9.9.8b; śś.16.17.6b; Vait.27.9b; Apś.2.2.7; 6.23.1b; 11.5.1; Mś.1.2.4.18a; Kauś.3.2d; HG.2.17.4d; śvetU.2.2b. See prec.
devasya savituḥ save svargaṃ varṣiṣṭhaṃ nākaṃ ruheyaṃ pṛṣṭhāt pṛthivyā aham # Vait.27.6. See under prec. but two.
devasyāhaṃ savituḥ prasave bṛhaspatinā vājajitā varṣiṣṭhaṃ nākaṃ ruheyam # TS.1.7.8.1; TB.1.3.6.1; Apś.18.4.12. See under devasya savituḥ savaṃ svargaṃ.
devasyāhaṃ savituḥ prasave bṛhaspatinā vājajitā vājaṃ jeṣam # TS.1.7.8.1; TB.1.3.6.1; Apś.18.4.8.
devasyāhaṃ savituḥ prasave satyasavaso bṛhaspater vājito (read vājino) vājajito varṣiṣṭham adhi nākaṃ ruheyam # Lś.5.12.13.
devasyāhaṃ savituḥ save satyaprasavasa indrasyottamaṃ nākam aruham # VS.9.10; śB.5.1.5.5.
devasyāhaṃ (VSK. devasya vayaṃ) savituḥ save satyaprasavaso (VSK. satyasavaso) bṛhaspater uttamaṃ nākam aruham (VSK. aruhāmendrasyottamaṃ nākam aruhāma) # VS.9.10; VSK.10.3.1; śB.5.1.5.4.
devasyāhaṃ (VSK. devasya vayaṃ) savituḥ save satyaprasavaso (VSK. satyasavaso) bṛhaspater vājajito vājaṃ jeṣam (VSK. jeṣma) # VS.9.13; VSK.10.3.5; śB.5.1.5.15. P: devasyāham Kś.14.3.18. See devasya vayaṃ etc.
devasyāhaṃ savituḥ save satyasavasa indrasyottamaṃ nākaṃ ruheyam # VS.9.10; śB.5.1.5.3. P: devasyāham Kś.14.3.12; 4.8.
devasyāhaṃ (VSK. devasya vayaṃ) savituḥ save satyasavaso bṛhaspater uttamaṃ nākaṃ ruheyam (VSK. ruhemendrasyottamaṃ nākaṃ ruhema) # VS.9.10; VSK.10.3.1; śB.5.1.5.2.
devā akṛṇvann uśijo amartyave # Apś.12.7.10b. See under agner akṛṇvann.
devā āśāpālā etaṃ devebhyo 'śvaṃ (MS. aśvaṃ) medhāya prokṣitaṃ rakṣata (TS.KSAṭB. gopāyata) # VS.22.19; TS.7.1.12.1; MS.3.12.4: 161.10; KSA.1.3; śB.13.1.6.2; 4.2.16; TB.3.8.9.3. P: devā āśāpālāḥ Kś.20.2.11; Apś.20.5.9; Mś.9.2.1.31.
devā ivāmṛtaṃ (AVP. ived amṛtaṃ) rakṣamāṇāḥ # AVś.3.30.7c; AVP.5.19.8c.
devā etasyām avadanta pūrve # RV.10.109.4a; AVP.9.15.6a. See devā vā.
devāṃ achā yātave jātavedasam # RV.1.44.4c.
devāṃ apītaṃ pathibhiḥ śivebhiḥ # AVP.12.9.9c.
devāṃ (MS. -vaṃ) id eṣi pathibhiḥ sugebhiḥ (MS. śivebhiḥ) # RV.1.162.21b; VS.23.16b; 25.44b; TS.4.6.9.4b; MS.1.2.15b: 25.14; KSA.6.5b; śB.13.2.7.12; TB.3.7.7.14b; Apś.7.16.7b.
devāṃśo yasmai tveḍe tat satyam upariprutā (Apś. apariplutā) bhaṅgena (Apś. bhaṅgyena) # VS.7.3; śB.4.1.1.26; Apś.12.11.10. P: devāṃśo Kś.9.4.39.
devā gātuvido (Mś. gātuvido gātuṃ vittvā) gātuṃ yajñāya vindata manasas patinā devena vātād yajñaḥ prayujyatām # TB.3.7.4.1; Apś.1.1.4; Mś.1.1.1.12 (perhaps gātuṃ vittvā is to be omitted). P: devā gātuvidaḥ Apś.3.13.2; Mś.1.3.5.21; 1.7.2.20; 1.7.4.33. Cf. next, and gātuṃ vittvā.
devā dadatu bhartave # AVś.3.5.3d. Cf. maṇiṃ dadhātu.
devā devebhir adya sacanastamā # RV.8.26.8c.
devā devebhyaḥ purā # AVś.11.8.3b,10b.
devā devebhyas pari # KS.39.2b; Apś.16.29.1b.
devā devebhyo adhvaryanto (KS. adhvarīyanto) asthuḥ # VS.17.56d; TS.4.6.3.3a; KS.18.3a; 21.8; śB.9.2.3.10. See devā deveṣv etc.
devā devebhyo madhu # RV.9.62.20c.
devā deveṣu parākramadhvaṃ prathamā dvitīyeṣu dvitīyās tṛtīyeṣu (śś. prathamā dvitīyeṣu parākramadhvam) # KS.38.12; TB.3.7.5.1; śś.4.10.1--2; Apś.4.4.1; 16.1.3. P: devā deveṣu parākramadhvam Apś.20.2.2. See devānāṃ devā devā.
devā deveṣu praśastā # RV.5.68.2c; SV.2.494c.
devā deveṣu yajñiyā # RV.8.25.1b.
devā deveṣu śrayantām (TB. śrayadhvam) # KS.35.6; TB.3.11.2.1.
devā deveṣv adadhur api kratum # RV.10.56.4b.
devā deveṣv adhvaryanto asthuḥ # MS.2.10.5a: 137.6. See devā devebhyo etc.
devānāṃ sarveṣāṃ vācā # AVś.6.85.2c.
devānāṃ sarveṣāṃ svasā # AVP.2.64.2c.
devānāṃ devā devā deveṣv adhidevāḥ parā kramadhvaṃ prathamā dvitīyeṣu dvitīyās tṛtīyeṣu # AVP.15.9.5. See devā deveṣu parākramadhvaṃ.
devānāṃ nidhir asi dveṣoyavanaḥ # MS.1.2.10b: 20.10; Apś.11.12.3b.
devānām avase huve # AVś.6.108.2d.
devānāṃ bhāgadā asat # VS.17.51d. See devebhyo etc.
devānāṃ manve adhi no bruvantu # TS.4.7.15.5a; MS.3.16.5a: 191.14. See viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ manve.
devān yan nāthito huve # AVś.7.109.7a. See devān yan nā-.
devān sendrān upa te huve savāham (KSA. 'sā aham) # TS.7.3.11.3c; KSA.3.1c.
devān huve bṛhacchravasaḥ svastaye # RV.10.66.1a; AB.4.30.7 (bis),9; KB.20.3; 24.9; 25.9. P: devān huve Aś.7.5.23; śś.11.5.6; 12.16; 14.33. Cf. BṛhD.5.45 (B).
devā bhāgaṃ yathā pūrve # RV.10.191.2c; AVś.6.64.1c; MS.2.2.6c: 20.16; TB.2.4.4.5c.
devā manuṣyāḥ pitaraś (AVP.Kauś. paśavaś) ca sarve # AVP.1.78.4b; MS.4.14.14b: 239.13; Kauś.82.13b.
devā vā etasyām avadanta pūrve # AVś.5.17.6a. See devā etasyām.
devāś ca viśva ṛbhavaś ca viśve # RV.7.51.3b.
devāś ca sarve amṛtena sākam # AVś.11.5.5d,23d.
devāś cit te amṛtā jātavedaḥ # RV.10.69.9a.
devāś cit te asuryāya pūrve # RV.7.21.7a.
devā saṃgatya yat sarve # AVś.9.4.15c. Misprint for devāḥ etc.
devāso hi ṣmā manave samanyavaḥ # RV.8.27.14a; VS.33.94a.
devās taṃ sarve dhūrvantu # RV.6.75.19c; AVś.1.19.4c; AVP.1.20.4c; SV.2.1222c.
devās tatakṣur manave yajatram # RV.10.46.9d.
devās te sarve saṃgatya # AVP.5.11.7c.
devās tvendrajyeṣṭhā varuṇarājāno 'dhastāc copariṣṭāc ca pāntu # TS.5.5.9.5; Mś.6.2.4.1.
devāḥ saṃgatya yat sarve # AVś.9.4.15c.
devī uṣāsānaktādyāsmin yajñe prayaty ahvetām # MS.4.13.8: 209.14; KS.19.13; TB.3.6.13.1. Cf. indraṃ yajñe.
devī joṣṭrī vasudhitī yayor anyāghā dveṣāṃsi yūyavad ānyā vakṣad vasu vāryāṇi yajamānāya # MS.4.13.8: 210.1; KS.19.13; TB.3.6.13.1; N.9.42.
devī devebhir nimitāsy agre # AVś.3.12.5b; AVP.3.20.5b. See devo devebhir vimitāsy.
devī devebhir yajate (RV.7.75.7b, yajatā) yajatraiḥ # RV.4.56.2a; 7.75.7b.
devī deveṣu yajatā yajatra # RV.10.11.8b; AVś.18.1.26b; MS.4.14.15b: 241.10.
devīṃ devenāmṛtām amṛtena # MS.2.3.8c: 35.15.
devīṃ devebhyaḥ pary eyuṣīṃ gām # RV.8.101.16c.
devīr āpaḥ śuddhā voḍhvaṃ supariviṣṭā deveṣu # VS.6.13; śB.3.8.2.3. See prec., and āpo devīḥ śuddhāyuvaḥ.
devīr āpo apāṃ napād ya ūrmir haviṣya indriyāvān madintamas taṃ devebhyaḥ śukrapebhyo dāta yeṣāṃ bhāgaḥ stha svāhā # MS.1.3.1: 29.8. See next.
devīr āpo apāṃ napād ya ūrmir (VS.śB. yo va ūr-) haviṣya indriyāvān madintamas taṃ devebhyo devatrā dhatta (VS.śB. datta; KS. dāta) śukraṃ (VS.KS.śB. omit śukraṃ) śukrapebhyo yeṣāṃ bhāga (KS. bhāgas) stha svāhā # VS.6.27; TS.1.3.13.2; KS.3.9; śB.3.9.3.25. Ps: devīr āpo apāṃ napāt TS.6.4.3.3; devīr āpaḥ Kś.9.3.7; Apś.12.5.8. See prec.
devīr devebhyas pari # AVP.8.8.6b.
deveddho manviddhaḥ # TS.2.5.9.1; śB.1.4.2.5; TB.3.5.3.1; Aś.1.3.6; śś.1.4.19; Mś.5.1.4.13. Cf. under agne deveddha.
devena savitrā prasūtaḥ prastotar devebhyo vācam iṣya # JUB.3.18.3,6.
devebhir aktam aditiḥ sajoṣāḥ # MS.3.16.2c: 184.5; KSA.6.2c. See devebhir yuktam.
devebhir yuktam aditiḥ sajoṣāḥ # VS.29.4c; TS.5.1.11.2c. See devebhir aktam.
devebhiḥ sarvaiḥ proktam # AVP.8.3.8c. See viśvebhir devair dattam.
devebhyas tvā devāyuvaṃ (KS. devāvyaṃ) pṛṇacmi (Apś. pṛṇajmi) yajñasyāyuṣe # MS.1.3.14: 36.1; KS.4.6 (septies); Apś.12.28.16. P: devebhyas tvā devāyuvaṃ pṛṇacmi Mś.2.4.3.9.
devebhyas tvā devāvyaṃ (VSK. devāyuvaṃ) gṛhṇāmi (śB. omits gṛ-) yajñasyāyuṣe gṛhṇāmi (VSK. omits gṛ-) # VS.7.22; VSK.7.9.2; śB.4.2.3.11. P: devebhyas tvā Kś.9.14.8. See prec. but one.
devebhyas tvā marīcipebhyaḥ # VS.7.3,6; TS.1.4.2.1; 3.1; 6.4.5.5; MS.1.3.4: 31.10; 1.3.5: 32.7; 4.5.5: 71.2; KS.4.1 (bis),4; 27.1; śB.4.1.1.24; 2.23; Apś.12.11.1; Mś.2.3.3.19. P: devebhyas tvā Kś.9.4.38.
devebhyas tvā yajñiyebhyo etc. # see devebhyas tvā devāyuvaṃ gṛhṇāmi.
devebhyas tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādade # śB.14.2.1.6. Cf. devasya tvā etc.
devebhyaḥ svāhā # VS.6.11; TS.3.1.4.4; 5.2; KS.3.6; śB.3.8.1.16; Tā.10.67.2; Kś.6.5.24; Apś.7.21.2; MahānU.19.2. See svāhā devebhyaḥ, and cf. viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ svāhā.
devebhyo jīvanta uttaraṃ bharema # TA.6.7.2b. See jīvaṃ devebhya.
devebhyo mā sukṛtaṃ brūtāt (śB. with ūha, voceḥ for brūtāt) # VS.8.43d; śB.4.5.8.10d. See deveṣu naḥ etc., and sukṛtaṃ mā deveṣu.
devebhyo vanaspate havīṃṣi # MS.4.13.7a: 208.10; KS.18.21a; TB.3.6.11.2a; Aś.9.5.2; N.8.19a. P: devebhyo vanaspate śś.5.19.18; Mś.5.2.8.38.
devebhyo havyaṃ vahatu prajānan (AVP. prajānatī) # RV.10.16.9d; AVś.12.2.8d; AVP.5.15.8d; VS.13.34d; 35.19d; TS.2.2.4.8d; KS.3.4d; 7.13d; śB.7.5.1.30; TB.1.4.4.8d; Vait.10.17d; Kauś.133.6d. See next, devebhyo havyā vahatu, and devo devebhyo havyaṃ.
devebhyo havyaṃ śamīṣva # MS.1.1.6: 3.14; 4.1.6: 8.7. See sa idaṃ devebhyo.
devebhyo havyavāhanaḥ # RV.10.119.13b. Cf. deveṣu etc.
devebhyo havyā vaha jātavedaḥ # Mś.1.8.4.25d. Cf. atha havyā.
devebhyo havyā vahatu prajānan # MS.1.6.1e: 85.16; 1.8.8e: 127.11; Mś.1.6.3.5b; MG.2.1.8d. See under devebhyo havyaṃ vahatu.
deveṣu naḥ sukṛto (VSK. deveṣu mā sukṛtaṃ) brūtāt (KS. brūta; PBṃś. brūyāt) # VSK.9.6.2d; TS.1.4.45.3; KS.4.13; JB.2.251; PB.20.15.15; Mś.9.4.1.28 (corrupt). See under devebhyo mā.
deveṣu havyavāhanaḥ # Apś.16.11.11b. Cf. devebhyo etc.
devo jīvātave kṛtaḥ # RV.10.176.4d; TS.3.5.11.1d; MS.4.10.4d: 152.2; KS.15.12d; AB.1.28.20.
devo devānāṃ pavitram asi # TS.1.4.2.1; 6.4.5.3; MS.1.3.4: 31.7; 4.5.5: 70.18; KS.4.1; 27.1. See devo devebhyaḥ pavasva.
devo devān yajasi jātavedaḥ # RV.10.110.1b; AVś.5.12.1b; VS.29.25b; MS.4.13.3b: 201.8; KS.16.20b; TB.3.6.3.1b; N.8.5b.
devo devān svena rasena pṛñcan # RV.9.97.12b; SV.2.371b.
devo devebhir ā gamat # RV.1.1.5c; AVP.9.12.2a; TB.2.7.12.3c.
devo devebhir vimitāsy agre # HG.1.27.8b. See devī devebhir nimitāsy.
devo devebhiḥ sam apṛkta rasam # RV.9.97.1b; SV.1.526b; 2.749b.
devo devebhyaḥ pavasva # VS.7.1; śB.4.1.1.11. P: devo devebhyaḥ Kś.9.4.23. See devo devānāṃ pavitram.
devo devebhyas pari # RV.9.42.2b; 65.2b; SV.2.109b.
devo devebhyaḥ sutaḥ # RV.9.3.9b; 99.7b; 103.6b; SV.2.108b,614b. Cf. deva etc.
devo devebhyo devayānān # MS.2.12.6b: 149.16. See next but one.
devo devebhyo havyaṃ vahatu prajānan # AVP.5.28.1d. See under devebhyo havyaṃ vahatu.
devo deveṣu devaḥ # AVś.5.27.2a; AVP.9.1.2a; VS.27.12b; TS.4.1.8.1b; KS.18.17b. P: devo deveṣu Vait.10.12. See prec. but one.
devo deveṣu medhiraḥ # RV.1.105.14d; 142.11d.
devo deveṣu yajñiyaḥ # RV.1.142.3d; 4.15.1c; 8.39.7e; MS.4.13.4c: 203.2; KS.16.21c; 38.12c; TB.3.6.4.1c.
devo deveṣu vanate hi no duvaḥ # RV.6.15.6e.
devo deveṣu vanate hi vāryam # RV.6.15.6d.
devo deveṣv anavadya jāgṛviḥ # RV.1.31.9b.
devo deveṣv aratir nidhāyi # RV.4.2.1b.
devo deveṣv ābhagaḥ # RV.1.136.4c.
devo narāśaṃso 'gnau (śś. 'gnā) vasuvane vasudheyasya vetu # Aś.2.8.14. P: devo narāśaṃso agnā vasuvane śś.2.5.19.
devo narāśaṃso vasuvane vasudheyasya vetu # MS.4.10.3: 151.6; 4.13.8: 210.15; KS.20.15; TB.3.5.9.1; 6.14.2; Aś.1.8.7; śś.1.13.2; Mś.5.1.2.9.
devo bhuvan navedā ma ṛtānām # RV.4.23.4c.
devo vanaspatir vasuvane vasudheyasya vetu # MS.4.13.8: 210.18; TB.3.6.14.2; Aś.3.6.13; śś.5.20.4.
daivīṃ vācaṃ dundubha ā gurasva vedhāḥ # AVś.5.20.4c. See next but one.
daivīṃ vācam ā hura gurasva vedhāḥ # AVP.9.27.3c. See prec. but one.
daivīṃ vācam udyāsaṃ (śivām ajasrāṃ juṣṭāṃ devebhyas svadhāvatīṃ pitṛbhyaś śuśrūṣeṇyāṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ) # KA.1.208E; 3.208E. See under next.
daivīṃ vācam udyāsaṃ juṣṭāṃ devebhyaḥ svadhāvarīṃ pitṛbhyo 'numatāṃ (text -tān) manuṣyebhyaḥ # MS.4.9.2: 122.10. See prec., and vaiśvadevīṃ vācam.
daivībhyas tanūbhyaḥ svāhā # TB.3.7.11.3; Apś.3.11.2; Kauś.5.13. See devebhyas tanūbhyas.
daivyā hotāro (TS. hotārā) vanuṣanta (TS. vaniṣanta) pūrve (KS. vaniṣan na etat) # RV.10.128.3c; TS.4.7.14.1c; KS.40.10c. See daivā hotāraḥ saniṣan.
doṣā vastor upa bruve # RV.8.25.21b.
doṣā vastor vahīyasaḥ prapitve # RV.1.104.1d.
doṣī pārśve ca tāni ṣaṭ # Kauś.45.3b.
dohān ko veda katidhā vidugdhāḥ # MS.2.13.10c: 159.17. See kramān ko.
dyāvābhūmī janayan deva ekaḥ # RV.10.81.3d; VS.17.19d; MS.2.10.2d: 133.9; śvetU.3.3d. See dyāvāpṛthivī etc.
dyutānas tvā māruto minotu mitrāvaruṇau (TS.JB. -varuṇayor) dhruveṇa dharmaṇā # VS.5.27; TS.1.3.1.2; JB.1.72; śB.3.6.1.16. Ps: dyutānas tvā māruto minotu TS.6.2.10.4; Apś.11.10.1; dyutānas tvā Aś.14.33.3 (comm.); dyutānaḥ Kś.8.5.35. See nitānas tvā māruto ni.
dyumantas tvedhīmahi # AVś.18.1.57a.
dyaur devebhiḥ pṛthivī samudraiḥ # RV.6.50.13d.
dyauḥ sthānaṃ sāmavedasya # GB.1.5.25c.
drapso na śveto mṛgas tuviṣmān # RV.7.87.6b.
drupadād iva (MS.KSṭB.Apś.BDh. iven) mumucānaḥ # AVś.6.115.3a; VS.20.20a; MS.3.11.10a: 157.11; KS.38.5a; śB.12.9.2.7a; TB.2.4.4.9a; 6.6.3a; Apś.19.10.5; BDh.4.4.4. P: drupadād iva Vait.30.23; Kś.19.5.16. Designated as drupadā (sc. ṛk) ViDh.64.21; ParDh.11.20; BṛhPDh.2.55,135.
dvāraṃ kṛṇve ayasmayam # AVP.1.37.5b.
dvāro devīr anv asya (AVP. devīr annasya) viśve (MS.KS. viśvāḥ) # AVś.5.27.7a; AVP.9.1.5a; VS.27.16a; TS.4.1.8.2a; MS.2.12.6a: 150.8; KS.18.17a.
dvimātā śayuḥ katidhā cid āyave # RV.1.31.2d.
dviṣantam ete anu yantu sarve # Kauś.94.14c; 95.3d.
dviṣas tad adhy arṇaveneyase # AVś.5.6.4c. See next, and cf. divas tad arṇavāṃ.
dve te cakre sūrye # RV.10.85.16a; AVś.14.1.16a. P: dve te cakre śG.1.15.4; dve te śś.9.28.11.
dve dradhasī satatī vasta ekaḥ # TS.3.2.2.2a. P: dve dradhasī Apś.12.18.18.
dve naptur devavataḥ śate goḥ # RV.7.18.22a. P: dve naptuḥ śś.16.11.15. Cf. BṛhD.5.162.
dve niyute navatiś cāti ṣaṭ ca # GB.1.5.23d. See niyute dve.
dve virūpe carataḥ svarthe # RV.1.95.1a; AVP.8.14.1a; VS.33.5a; TB.2.7.12.2a. P: dve virūpe Aś.4.13.7. Cf. BṛhD.3.129.
dveṣebhyo etc. # see dveṣobhyo.
dve srutī (VS.KS.śB.BṛhU.KśṭB.2.6.3.5, sṛti, but comm. to TB. srutī) aśṛṇavaṃ pitṝṇām # RV.10.88.15a; VS.19.47a; MS.2.3.8a: 36.14; KS.17.19a; 38.2a; śB.12.8.1.21; 14.9.1.4a; TB.1.4.2.3a; 2.6.3.5a; BṛhU.6.1.4a; śś.16.13.18; Apś.19.3.5a. P: dve srutī (Kś. sṛtī) MS.3.11.10: 156.15; Kś.19.3.25; Mś.5.2.4.30; 5.2.11.31.
dvau mama dve tasya yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # śB.1.5.4.13. P: dvau mama dve tasya Apś.4.9.8.
dhatta indro nary apāṃsi kartave # RV.1.85.9c.
dhattaṃ rayiṃ sahavīraṃ (ApMB. daśavīraṃ) vacasyave # RV.10.40.13b; ApMB.1.6.12b. See rayiṃ dhehi.
dhane hite sartave praty adhattam # RV.1.116.15d.
dhanyā cid dhi tve dhiṣaṇā vaṣṭi # RV.6.11.3a.
dharma indro rājā (Aś.śś. dharma indras) tasya devā viśas ta ima āsate sāmāni (Aś.śś. sāmavedo) vedaḥ so 'yam # śB.13.4.3.14; Aś.10.7.10; śś.16.2.28--30.
dharmakṛte vipaścite panasyave # RV.8.98.1c; AVś.20.62.5c. See brahmakṛte etc.
dhātā vipaścit patim asyai viveda # AVś.14.1.59c.
dhātuḥ prasādān mahimānam īśam (KU. ātmanaḥ) # TA.10.10.1d; MahānU.8.3d; KU.2.20d; śvetU.3.20d.
dhāmne-dhāmne devebhyo yajuṣe-yajuṣe bhava (TS. once, gṛhṇāmi) # TS.1.1.10.3 (bis); TB.3.3.4.3. See next.
dhārā sutasya vedhasaḥ # RV.9.2.3b; 16.7b; SV.2.389b.
dhāsiṃ hinvanty attave # RV.8.43.29c.
dhāsyur yoniṃ prathama ā viveśa # AVś.5.1.2c; AVP.6.2.2c.
dhiyaṃjinvo bhuvane viśve (TB. -jinvo viśve bhuvane) arpitaḥ # RV.6.58.2b; MS.4.14.16b: 244.2; TB.2.8.5.4b.
dhiyaṃ-dhiyaṃ vo devayā u dadhidhve # RV.1.168.1b.
dhiyā yad viśve amṛtā akṛṇvan # RV.4.1.10c.
dhiyo vicakṣva yadi tāḥ praveptya (?) # GB.1.1.32c.
dhībhiś cana manasā svebhir akṣabhiḥ # RV.1.139.2f.
dhīraḥ paśur vīryam ā viveśa # AVP.12.9.6d.
dhīrā indrāya sumnayā # KS.21.14c. Cf. dhīrā deveṣu.
dhīrā deveṣu sumnayā (AVś.AVP. sumnayau; VS. sūmnayā) # RV.10.101.4c; AVś.3.17.1c; AVP.2.22.2c; VS.12.67c; VSK.13.5.6c; TS.4.2.5.5c; MS.2.7.12c: 91.14; KS.16.12c; śB.7.2.2.4. Cf. dhīrā indrāya.
dhīṣ pīpāya bṛhaddiveṣu mānuṣā # RV.2.2.9b.
dhṛṣadvarṇaṃ dive-dive # RV.10.87.22c; AVś.7.71.1c; 8.3.22c; VS.11.26c; TS.1.5.6.4c; 4.1.2.5c; MS.2.7.2c: 76.9; KS.16.2c; 38.12c.
dhenur na śiśve svasareṣu pinvate # RV.2.34.8c.
dhenūr iva manave viśvadohasaḥ # RV.1.130.5f.
dhehi tanve kuvid aṅga vedat # RV.8.96.10d.
dhehy asmabhyaṃ (Apś. asmāsu) draviṇaṃ jātavedaḥ (Apś. jātavedo yac ca bhadram) # śś.1.15.17d; Kś.2.2.23d; Apś.3.13.1d.
dhruvaṃ tvā brahma veda # HG.1.23.1.
dhruvaṃ dhruveṇa haviṣā (VS.śB. manasā) # RV.10.173.3b,6a; AVś.6.87.3b; 7.94.1a; VS.7.25a; TS.3.2.8.6a; MS.1.3.15a: 36.6; KS.35.7a,7b; śB.4.2.4.23; TB.2.4.2.9b; Apś.14.27.7b. P: dhruvaṃ dhruveṇa Vait.13.12; 23.7; Kś.10.7.7,8 (comm.); Apś.13.16.1; Mś.2.5.2.26.
dhruvas tvaṃ deveṣv edhi # MS.2.3.2: 29.9.
dhruvāyā diśaḥ śālāyā namo mahimne svāhā devebhyaḥ svāhyebhyaḥ # AVś.9.3.29.
dhruvāyai tvā diśe viṣṇave 'dhipataye kalmāṣagrīvāya rakṣitra oṣadhībhya iṣumatībhyaḥ # AVś.12.3.59. Cf. dhruvā dig.
dhruveyaṃ virāṇ namo astv asyai # AVś.12.3.11a. P: dhruveyaṃ virāṭ Kauś.61.3.
na kaś cana sahata āhaveṣu # RV.6.47.1d; AVś.18.1.48d.
na kāmo apa veti me # RV.5.61.18c.
nakir devebhir yatatho mahitvā # RV.6.67.10d.
nakir hi dānaṃ parimardhiṣat tve # RV.8.61.6c; AVś.20.118.2c; SV.2.930c.
nakir hy eṣāṃ janūṃṣi veda # RV.7.56.2a; AB.5.5.13.
nakīm indro nikartave # RV.8.78.5a.
naktaṃ dadṛśre kuha cid diveyuḥ # RV.1.24.10b; TA.1.11.2b.
na kṣoṇībhyāṃ paribhve ta indriyam # RV.2.16.3a.
nagnahur dhīras (KS. vīras) tasaraṃ na vema # VS.19.83d; MS.3.11.9d: 153.8; KS.38.3d; TB.2.6.4.2d.
na ghā tvadrig apa veti me manaḥ # RV.10.43.2a; AVś.20.17.2a.
na cakṣuṣā paśyati kaś śanainam # TA.10.1.3b; MahānU.1.11d; KU.6.9d; śvetU.4.20d.
na ced avedī (BṛhU. avedi) mahatī vinaṣṭiḥ # śB.14.7.2.15b; BṛhU.4.4.15b.
na tat te sumnam aṣṭave # RV.4.30.19c.
na tavehāpi kiṃ cana # AVP.1.60.4b.
na tasya kiṃ cana (sc. yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ) # Kś.3.3.4.
na tasya vemy araṇaṃ hi tad vaso # RV.8.4.17c.
na te pūrve maghavan nāparāsaḥ # RV.5.42.6c.
na te sakhyam apahnuve # RV.1.138.4g.
na tvad anyaḥ kavitaro na medhayā (AVP. na vedhāḥ) # AVś.5.11.4a; AVP.8.1.4a.
nadīnāṃ sarvāsāṃ pitre (VārG. pitve) # TS.4.6.2.6c; VārG.15.10c. See namo nadīnāṃ.
na devāsaḥ kavatnave # RV.7.32.9d.
na deveṣu vivide marḍitāram # RV.4.18.13b.
na ni miṣati suraṇo dive-dive # RV.3.29.14c.
na pūrve nāpare janāḥ # AB.8.23.7b; śB.13.5.4.14b,23b.
nabhyaṃ tvā sarvasya veda # HG.1.23.1.
nama ādityebhyaś ca viśvebhyaś ca devebhyo divikṣidbhyo lokakṣidbhyaḥ # ChU.2.24.14. See under prec. but one.
nama āśave cājirāya ca # VS.16.31; TS.4.5.5.2; MS.2.9.5: 124.14; KS.17.14.
namaḥ kumārāya śatrave # NīlarU.24d.
namaḥ pathiṣade vāteṣave rudrāya # HG.1.16.8.
namaḥ paśuṣade vāteṣave rudrāya # HG.1.16.9.
namaḥ pārāya supārāya mahāpārāya pārayiṣṇave (Svidh. mahāpārāya pāradāya pāravindāya) namaḥ # GDh.26.12; Svidh.1.2.5.
nama śvetāya etc. # see namaḥ etc.
namaḥ śaṃgave (TS. śaṃgāya) ca paśupataye ca # VS.16.40; TS.4.5.8.1; MS.2.9.7: 126.2; KS.17.15.
namaḥ śaṃbhave (VS. śaṃbhavāya) ca mayobhave (VS. mayobhavāya) ca # VS.16.41; VSK.17.6.5; TS.4.5.8.1; MS.2.9.7: 126.4; KS.17.15. Ps: namaḥ śaṃbhave ca Mś.11.7.1.4,13; 11.7.3.5; namaḥ śaṃbhave BṛhPDh.9.175.
namaḥ (ApMB. nama) śvetāya vaidarvāya # ApMB.2.17.27d; HG.2.16.8d.
namas tatsade vāteṣave rudrāya # HG.1.16.13.
namas tigmeṣave cāyudhine ca # MS.2.9.7: 125.12. See namas tīkṣṇeṣave.
namas tīkṣṇeṣave cāyudhine ca # VS.16.36; TS.4.5.7.1; KS.17.14. See namas tigmeṣave.
namas te astu vidyute (AVP.15.23.11a adds stanayitnave) # AVś.1.13.1a; AVP.15.20.8a; 15.23.11a; VS.36.21a; Kauś.139.8. P: namas te astu Kauś.38.8,9. Cf. BṛhD.1.54; 8.44.
namas te bhāma (AVP. bhava) manyave # AVP.14.3.4b; NīlarU.4b.
namas te rājan varuṇāstu manyave # AVś.1.10.2a; AVP.1.9.2a.
namas te rudra manyave # VS.16.1a; TS.4.5.1.1a; MS.2.9.2a: 120.16; 4.12.1: 178.15; KS.17.11a; śB.9.1.1.14; Apś.17.11.4; Mś.5.1.9.28; 6.2.4.3; 11.7.1.17,21; HG.2.8.11; MG.2.5.3. P: namas te Kś.18.1.1. Designated as rudra, rudra-sūktam, and rudrāḥ ApG.7.20.8; GDh.19.12; VāDh.22.9; ViDh.86.12; BDh.3.10.10; 4.3.8; 6.1.4; YDh.3.304; SaṃvartaDh.225; as śatarudriya and śatarudrīya MS.3.3.4: 36.12; KS.21.6; Apś.17.11.3; 12.2; ViDh.56.21; VāDh.28.14; LAtDh.3.12; VAtDh.3.12; BṛhPDh.9.148; AuśDh.3.85. See also Pet. Lex. under these words.
namas te stanayitnave # AVś.1.13.1b; 11.4.2b; AVP.15.20.8b; VS.36.21b.
namasyāmas tveḍyaṃ (KS. tveḍya) jātavedaḥ # RV.3.17.4b; MS.4.13.5b: 205.13; KS.18.21b; TB.3.6.9.1b.
namaḥ sarpasade vāteṣave rudrāya # HG.1.16.10.
na mṛtyave 'va tasthe kadā cana # RV.10.48.5b.
na me dūrād avitave vasiṣṭhāḥ # RV.7.33.1d.
namo aśvebhyo (VSṃS.KS. 'śvebhyo) 'śvapatibhyaś ca vo namaḥ # VS.16.24; TS.4.5.3.2; MS.2.9.4: 123.14; KS.17.13.
namo 'gner vaiśvānarasya harase namaḥ śarave trāyamāṇa trāyasva no hantar adhi no brūhi # KS.40.3.
namo dive # TS.3.2.4.4; MS.1.2.7: 17.2; KS.2.8; 24.9; AB.1.26.5; TA.3.5.1; 4.9.3; Vait.13.24. See next.
namo dive namaḥ pṛthivyai # AVś.6.20.2c; VSK.5.2.7; TS.1.2.11.1; MS.3.8.2: 94.4; GB.2.2.4; TA.5.8.3; Aś.4.5.7; Lś.5.6.9; Apś.12.20.8. See prec., and namo dyāvāpṛthivībhyām.
namo dive bṛhate rodasībhyām # RV.1.136.6a.
namo dive bṛhate sādanāya # RV.5.47.7d; AVś.19.11.6d; AVP.12.17.6d.
namo devebhyaḥ # VS.2.7; TS.1.3.4.2; 6.3.2.5; MS.1.2.13: 22.14; 3.9.1: 113.16; KS.3.1; 26.2; KB.2.1; śB.1.4.5.1; TA.10.2.1; 3.1; 4.1; 6.1; śś.2.8.14; 6.2.2; Kś.3.1.15; 4.14.20; Apś.11.18.2; Mś.2.2.4.38; --4.4.29; VaradapU.1.3; MahānU.7.1,2,3,5.
namo devebhyo nama īśa eṣām # RV.6.51.8c.
namo dyāvāpṛthivībhyām # VS.5.7; śB.3.4.3.21; śś.5.8.5; śG.4.13.3. See namo dive namaḥ pṛthivyai.
namo dhṛṣṇave ca pramṛśāya ca # VS.16.36; TS.4.5.7.1; MS.2.9.7: 125.11; KS.17.14.
namo nicerave (KS. nicarāya) paricarāya # VS.16.20; TS.4.5.3.1; MS.2.9.3: 123.4; KS.17.12.
namo nīveṣyāya ca hṛdyāya ca # MS.2.9.8: 126.11. See namo hṛdayyāya, and namo hradayyāya.
namo 'ntarikṣasade vāteṣave rudrāya # HG.1.16.11.
namo 'psuṣade vāteṣave rudrāya # HG.1.16.12.
namo brahmaṇaḥ putrebhyo devebhyas trayastriṃśebhyaḥ # HG.1.22.14.
namo yamāya namo astu (AVP. 'stu) mṛtyave # AVś.5.30.12a; AVP.9.14.2a.
namo rudrāya viṣṇave # Tā.10.75.
namo rūrāya cyavanāya codanāya dhṛṣṇave # AVś.7.116.1. P: namo rūrāya Kauś.32.17.
namo vaḥ pitaro ghorāya (VSK. ghorāya manyave) # VS.2.32; VSK.2.7.4; TS.3.2.5.6; TB.1.3.10.8; Aś.2.7.7; śś.4.5.1; SMB.2.3.9; GG.4.3.19; KhG.3.5.26; JG.2.2. See namo vaḥ pitaraḥ krūrāya, and namo vaḥ pitaro yad ghoraṃ.
namo vaḥ pitaro manyave # AVś.18.4.82b; VS.2.32; TS.3.2.5.6; KS.9.6; TB.1.3.10.8; śś.4.5.1; SMB.2.3.10; GG.4.3.20; KhG.3.5.27; JG.2.2. Cf. VSK.2.7.4.
namo vaḥ pitaro mṛtyave # śś.4.5.1.
namo vāyave 'ntarikṣakṣite lokaspṛte (MU. lokasmṛte; ChU. lokakṣite) # TS.7.5.24.1; KSA.1.1; MU.6.35; ChU.2.24.9.
namo vāyave vibhumata āntarikṣāṇām adhipataye svāhā # HG.2.16.4.
namo viṣṇave # GG.1.6.20; VHDh.3.207. Cf. viṣṇave namaḥ.
namo viṣṇave gaurāya diśyānām adhipataye svāhā # HG.2.16.4.
namo viṣṇave bṛhate (AG. mahate) karomi # TA.2.12.1d; Apś.14.34.5d; AG.3.3.4d.
namo 'śvebhyo etc. # see namo aśvebhyo.
namo hamāya (Svidh. 'hamāya) mohamāya maṃhamāya dhūnvate tāpasāya punarvasave namaḥ # GDh.26.12; Svidh.1.2.5.
namo hiraṇyabāhave senānye # VS.16.17; TS.4.5.2.1; MS.2.9.3: 122.9; KS.17.12; śB.9.1.1.18. P: namo hiraṇyabāhave BṛhPDh.9.117.
namo hiraṇyabāhave hiraṇyavarṇāya hiraṇyarūpāya hiraṇyapataye # TA.10.18.1; MahānU.13.4.
namo hṛdayyāya ca niveṣyāya ca # VS.16.44. See under namo nīveṣyāya.
namo hradayyāya (KS. hradavyāya) ca niveṣyyāya (KS. niveṣyāya) ca # TS.4.5.9.1; KS.17.15. See under namo nīveṣyāya.
na yaḥ saṃpṛche na punar havītave # RV.8.101.4a.
nayā hy (read nayāsy ?) enaṃ sukṛtāṃ yatra lokaḥ # JB.1.47d. See jātavedo vahemaṃ.
na yo mātarāv apy (SV. anv) eti dhātave # RV.10.115.1b; SV.1.64b.
na yo rara āryaṃ nāma dasyave # RV.10.49.3d.
na rādhaḥ paryetave # RV.8.24.21b; AVś.20.65.3b.
narāśaṃso agna ājyasya vetu # Aś.1.5.22; śś.1.7.3.
na rodasī adruhā vedyābhiḥ # RV.3.56.1c.
navanta viśve svar dṛśīke # RV.1.69.10b. Cf. prec. but one.
na vandanā śaviṣṭha vedyābhiḥ # RV.7.21.5b.
na vartave prasavaḥ sargataktaḥ # RV.3.33.4c.
na vi jānāmi yad ivedam asmi # RV.1.164.37a; AVś.9.10.15a; N.7.3; 14.22. Cf. BṛhD.1.56.
na vīḍave namate na sthirāya # RV.6.24.8a.
na vai śvetasyādhyācāre (AG. śvetaś cābhyāgāre; HG. śvetasyābhyācāreṇa; MG. śvetasyābhyācāre) # AG.2.3.3a; PG.2.14.5a; HG.2.16.8a; ApMB.2.17.27a (ApG.7.18.12); MG.2.7.1a.
navo-navo bhavati (AVś.JUB. bhavasi) jāyamānaḥ # RV.10.85.19a; AVś.7.81.2a; 14.1.24a; TS.2.3.5.3; 4.14.1a; MS.4.12.2a: 181.5; KS.10.12a; TB.3.1.3.1; Aś.9.8.3; HG.1.16.1; BDh.3.8.10; JUB.3.27.11 (Vedic allusion which continues in quasi metrical style); N.11.6a. Ps: navo-navo bhavati VHDh.5.487; navo-navaḥ śś.14.32.4; GDh.27.5. Cf. BDh.3.8.14.
na śakraḥ pariśaktave # RV.8.78.5b.
na saṃdṛśe tiṣṭhati rūpam asya # TA.10.1.3a; MahānU.1.11a; KU.6.9a; śvetU.4.20a.
na sarve manasā viduḥ # AVś.10.8.14d; AVP.1.107.5d.
na stome 'nupraveśinaḥ # SMB.2.5.2b.
nahi praveda sukṛtasya panthām # RV.10.71.6d; ā.3.2.4.3d; TA.1.3.2d; 2.15.1d.
nānā cakrāte sadanaṃ yathā veḥ # RV.3.54.6c.
nānā havete sa janāsa indraḥ # RV.2.12.8d; AVś.20.34.8d; AVP.12.14.8d.
nānyaḥ panthā vidyate 'yanāya (TA.3.12.7d, panthā ayanāya vidyate) # VS.31.18d; TS.3.12.7d; 13.1d; śvetU.3.8d; 6.15d.
nābrahmā yajña ṛdhag joṣati tve # RV.10.105.8c.
nābhānediṣṭho rapati pra venan # RV.10.61.18b.
nābhiṃ tvā sarvasya veda # HG.1.23.1.
nāma hy enayor veda # AVP.1.112.1c.
nāśnīyān na piven (for piben) na śayīta # AVP.8.15.5a.
nāsatyā mā vi venatam # RV.5.75.7d; 78.1b.
nāsya śvetaḥ kṛṣṇakarṇaḥ # AVś.5.17.15a.
nāhaṃ taṃ veda dabhyaṃ dabhat sa # RV.10.108.4a.
nāhaṃ taṃ veda ya iti bravīti # RV.10.27.3a.
ni kāvyā vedhasaḥ śaśvatas kaḥ # RV.1.72.1a; TS.2.2.12.1a. P: ni kāvyā TS.2.3.14.1.
nighnanti tathaiveti (śś. tathā mama) # AVś.20.136.6d; śś.12.24.2.7d.
nityaḥ sūno sahaso jātavedaḥ # RV.3.25.5b.
nityahotāraṃ tvā kave # MS.1.1.12a: 7.14. P: nityahotāraṃ tvā Mś.1.2.6.10. Cf. vītihotraṃ.
nitye toke dīdivāṃsaṃ sve dame # RV.2.2.11d.
ni tvā kṛṇve saṃnahane # AVP.1.64.4a.
ni dadhāti sa mṛtyave # AVś.6.76.3d.
ni dadhānīha veha vā # RV.10.119.9b; N.1.4b.
ni devīr devebhyo yajñam aśiṣan # TS.3.5.6.3.
ni devo devebhyo havyāvāṭ # MS.4.13.4: 203.5; KS.16.21; TB.3.6.5.1.
nidhanveva tāṃ imi # TA.1.12.2d. See under ati dhanveva tāṃ.
nidhiṃ tam adya ko veda # AVś.10.7.23c.
ni no rayiṃ subhojasaṃ yuvasva (TS. yuveha) # RV.7.92.3c; VS.27.27c; TS.2.2.12.8c; MS.4.10.6c: 158.5; KS.10.12c; KA.1.198.32c.
ni pātaṃ vedasā vayaḥ # RV.8.87.2d.
nimeghamāno maghavan dive-dive # RV.8.4.10c.
ni yad yuvethe niyutaḥ sudānū # RV.1.180.6a.
ni yā deveṣu yatate vasūyuḥ # RV.1.186.11c.
niyute dve nava cākṣarāṇi # JB.2.73b. See dve niyute.
nirastaḥ so 'stu yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # Kauś.3.6; 137.38.
nirindriyā arasāḥ santu sarve # AVś.9.2.10c.
nirṛtiṃ tvāhaṃ pari veda viśvataḥ # VS.12.64d; MS.2.2.1d: 15.15; śB.7.2.1.11. See nirṛtir iti.
nirṛtir iti tvāhaṃ pari veda sarvataḥ (TS.KS. viśvataḥ) # AVś.6.84.1d; TS.4.2.5.3d; KS.16.12d. See nirṛtiṃ tvāhaṃ.
nirdevaṃ nirvīraṃ (KSA. -vīryaṃ) kṛtvā viṣkandhaṃ tasmin hīyatāṃ yo 'smān dveṣṭi # TS.7.3.11.1; KSA.3.1.
nirhastāṃś ca kṛṇavaj jātavedāḥ # AVś.3.1.1d; 2.1d. See nihastāṃś etc.
niviśante suvate cādhi viśve # RV.1.164.22b; AVś.9.9.21b.
niveśanaḥ saṃgamano vasūnām # AVś.10.8.42a; VS.12.66a; TS.4.2.5.4a; 5.2.4.4; MS.2.7.12a: 91.7; 3.2.4: 20.13; KS.16.12a; śB.7.2.1.20; Apś.16.16.5; Mś.6.1.5.24. Ps: niveśanaḥ saṃgamanaḥ Vait.28.28; niveśanaḥ Kś.17.2.6. See rāyo budhnaḥ, and cf. niveśanī.
niveśanī saṃgamanī vasūnām # TS.3.5.1.1a. P: niveśanī TB.3.1.2.11. See under āgan rātrī, and cf. niveśanaḥ.
niveśane prasave cāsi bhūmanaḥ # RV.6.71.2d.
niveśane śatatamāviveṣīḥ # RV.7.19.5c; AVś.20.37.5c.
nihastāṃś ca kṛṇavaj jātavedāḥ # AVP.3.5.1d; 3.6.1d. See nirhastāṃś etc.
ni hotāraṃ viśvavidaṃ dadhidhve # RV.5.4.3c. Cf. next but one.
nīcād uccā cakrathuḥ pātave vāḥ # RV.1.116.22b.
nīlaṃgoḥ (MS. nīlaṃgave) kṛmiḥ (TS. krimiḥ) # VS.24.30; TS.5.5.11.1; MS.3.14.11: 174.9; KSA.7.1.
nūnaṃ devebhyo vi hi dhāti ratnam # RV.2.38.1c.
nṛcakṣase sumṛḍīkāya vedhaḥ # RV.4.3.3b.
nṛbhir yad yukto vive rapāṃsi (read viver apāṃsi) # RV.1.69.8b.
nṛbhyo nāribhyo attave # RV.8.77.8b.
nṛbhyo nāribhyo gave # RV.1.43.6c; AB.3.34.7.
nṛmṇāni kṛṇvan bahave janāya # RV.10.102.8c.
nainena havir attave # AVś.12.2.37b.
naiṣāṃ śiśnaṃ pra dahati jātavedāḥ # AVś.4.34.2c; AVP.6.22.2d,3a.
ny agniṃ jātavedasam # RV.5.22.2a; 26.7a; MS.4.11.1a: 161.14; KS.2.14a; Mś.5.1.5.55.
ny ahaṃ taṃ mṛdyāsaṃ yo asmān (Apś. 'smān) dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # MS.1.5.4: 71.5; 1.5.11: 79.19; Apś.6.18.2. See idam ahaṃ taṃ nimṛṇāmi.
pañcabhyo mānavebhyaḥ # AVś.5.17.9d; AVP.9.16.7d.
pañca mama na tasya kiṃcana yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # śB.1.5.4.16; Apś.4.9.8.
pañcasv antaḥ puruṣa ā viveśa # VS.23.52a; śB.13.5.2.15; Aś.10.9.2a; śś.16.6.4a; Vait.37.2a; Lś.9.10.12a.
paṇīnāṃ hṛdayā kave # RV.6.53.7b.
patnīsaṃyājān upa te huve savāham (KSA. 'sā aham) # TS.7.3.11.3; KSA.3.1.
patnī3 svo rohāvehi svo rohāvehi # KS.14.1. P: patnī3 svo rohāva KS.14.8. See svo rohāva.
patye rakṣantu rakṣasaḥ # AVś.14.2.7d. See pra tve muñcantv.
pathaś citana yaṣṭave # RV.4.37.7b.
padaṃ na vety odatī # RV.1.48.6b.
pade-pade pāśinaḥ santi setavaḥ (AVś.AVP. setave) # RV.9.73.4d; AVś.5.6.3d; AVP.6.11.4d; KS.38.14d; Apś.16.18.7d.
padmākṣi padmasaṃbhave # RVKh.5.87.21b.
padvad viveda śaphavan name goḥ # RV.3.39.6b.
panthāṃ sūryāya yātave # RV.8.7.8b; MS.4.12.5b: 193.15.
panthām ṛtasya yātave tam īmahe # RV.8.12.3c; AVś.20.63.9c.
panyāṃsaṃ jātavedasam # RV.8.74.3a; SV.2.916a.
papāno devebhyo vasyo acait # RV.6.44.7b.
papṛkṣeṇyam indra tve hy ojaḥ # RV.5.33.6a.
payo deveṣu paya oṣadhīṣu # AVP.1.91.1a; Kauś.115.2a.
payobhir jinve apāṃ javāṃsi # RV.4.21.8b.
paramachado vara (KS. paramachad avarāṃ) ā viveśa # TS.4.6.2.1d; KS.18.1d. See prathamachad, and prathamachado.
parameṣṭhī bhavati gachati parameṣṭhitām adhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.14.
parā pūrveṣāṃ sakhyā vṛṇakti # RV.6.47.17a.
parāmṛtāḥ (TA. -mṛtāt) parimucyanti sarve # TA.10.10.3d; MahānU.10.6d; MuṇḍU.3.2.6d; KaivU.3d.
parā śuklāni pātaya # AVś.1.23.2d. See parā śvetāni.
parā śvetāni pātaya # AVP.1.16.2d; TB.2.4.4.1d. See parā śuklāni.
parijmā viśvavedasaḥ # RV.10.93.7d.
pari tveṣasya durmatir mahī gāt (VSṭS.KSṃS. durmatir aghāyoḥ) # RV.2.33.14b; VS.16.50b; VSK.17.8.4b; TS.4.5.10.4b; MS.2.9.9b: 127.13; KS.17.16b.
pari dveṣobhir aryamā vṛṇaktu # RV.7.60.9c.
pari pitroś ca bhrātroś ca # PG.3.7.2c. See pari sarvebhyo.
pari pra dhanvendrāya soma # RV.9.109.1a; SV.1.427a; 2.717a; JB.3.298.
paribādhaṃ śvetakukṣam # TA.1.28.1c.
paribhūr asi paribhūs tvaṃ deveṣv edhi paribhūr ahaṃ sajāteṣu bhūyāsaṃ priyaḥ sajātānām # MS.2.3.2: 29.13; P: paribhūr asi Mś.5.2.1.13. See next.
pari yad eṣām eko viśveṣām # RV.1.68.2a.
pariṣītaḥ kveṣyasi # ApMB.2.22.5d. See next but one.
pariṣ kṛṇvanti vedhasaḥ # RV.9.64.23b.
pari sarvebhyo jñātibhyaḥ # HG.1.14.2c; ApMB.2.22.5c. See pari pitroś.
pari stṛṇīhi pari dhehi vedim # AVś.7.99.1a. P: pari stṛṇīhi Kauś.2.20. See paristṛṇīta pari-, and under abhistṛṇīhi.
parīto vāyave sutam # RV.9.63.10a.
paruṣ-parur āviveśā yo asya # AVś.1.12.3b. See next.
parus-parur āviveśa yo asya # AVP.1.17.3b. See prec.
paro devebhir (MS. -bhyo) asurair (MS. -raṃ) yad asti (TS. asurair guhā yat) # RV.10.82.5b; VS.17.29b; TS.4.6.2.3b; MS.2.10.3b: 134.12; KS.18.1b.
parṇaṃ na ver anu vāti pragardhinaḥ # RV.4.40.3b; VS.9.15b; TS.1.7.8.3b; MS.1.11.2b: 163.4; KS.13.14b; śB.5.1.5.20b.
pary abhūd atithir jātavedāḥ # MS.4.14.15d: 241.7. See uṣarbhud.
pary enaṃ svāś ca viśyāś cāvaśyanty adhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.11.
parṣan nāveva sukratuḥ # RV.5.25.9d; JB.3.269d.
pavamāna ṛtubhiḥ kave # RV.9.66.3c.
pavamānasya te kave # RV.9.66.10a; SV.2.7a; JB.1.104; 2.180,186; 3.11; PB.18.8.15.
pavamāno harita ā viveśa (JB. once viviśa [?]) # RV.8.101.14d; AVś.10.8.40d; JB.2.229d (ter); śB.2.5.1.5d; ā.2.1.1.4d,8.
pavasva soma kratve dakṣāya # RV.9.109.10a.
pavasva soma śaṃ gave # RV.9.11.7b; SV.2.797b.
pavitraṃ dhārayā kave # RV.9.25.6b; 50.4b; SV.2.558b.
pavitreṇa savena ca # RV.9.67.25b; AVś.6.19.3b; VS.19.43b; MS.3.11.10b: 155.17. KS.38.2b; TB.1.4.8.2b.
pavitre somaṃ devebhya indum # RV.9.109.12b; SV.2.684b.
paver nu śakveva hanūni kalpayan # śB.11.5.5.13a.
paśava uttaravedyām # KS.34.14.
paśavo barhiṣi vedyāṃ stīryamāṇāyām # KS.34.15.
paśumān aham adyāsmiñ jane bhūyāsam apaśuḥ sa yo 'smān dveṣṭi # Apś.6.21.1. Cf. puṣṭivān aham.
paśūnāṃ sarveṣāṃ sphātim # AVś.19.31.1c; AVP.10.5.1c.
paśyanti tve na tve paśyanty enām # AVś.8.9.9d.
paśyanti sarve cakṣuṣā # AVś.10.8.14c; AVP.1.107.5c.
paśyāma te vīryaṃ jātavedaḥ # AVś.1.7.5a. See paśyāmi te vīryā.
paśyāmi te vīryā jātavedaḥ # AVP.4.4.5a. See paśyāma te vīryaṃ.
paśve tokāya śaṃ gave # RV.8.5.20b.
paśve nṛbhyo yathā gave # RV.1.43.2b; TS.3.4.11.2b; MS.4.12.6b: 197.13; KS.23.12b.
pātaṃ gaurāv iveriṇe # RV.8.87.1d.
pāti priyaṃ ripo (RV.4.5.8d, rupo) agraṃ padaṃ veḥ # RV.3.5.5a; 4.5.8d. See pāty agnir.
pāty agnir vipo agraṃ padaṃ veḥ # ArS.3.13a. See pāti priyaṃ.
pātho devebhyaḥ sṛja # RV.1.188.10b.
pāpmanā kṛtaṃ pāpmā karoti pāpmana evedaṃ sarvaṃ yo mā kārayati tasmai svāhā # BDh.3.4.2.
pārthivasya jagatas tveṣasaṃdṛk # RV.6.22.9b; AVś.20.36.9b.
pāvakebhir viśvaminvebhir āyubhiḥ # RV.5.60.8c.
pāvamānena tvā stomena gāyatrasya (KS. gāyatryā) vartanyopāṃśor vīryeṇa devas tvā savitot sṛjatu jīvātave jīvanasyāyai (KS. vīryeṇoddharāmy asau) # TS.2.3.10.2; KS.11.7. P: pāvamānena tvā stomena TS.2.3.11.3; KS.11.8; Apś.19.24.6. See pāvamānasya.
pāśā ādityā ripave vicṛttāḥ # RV.2.27.16b.
pāhi no viśvavedase svāhā # TA.10.5.1; MahānU.7.4; śG.5.1.8.
piṃṣanti tathaiveti # AVś.20.136.7d.
pitaraś cin mā vedan # Kauś.89.17c.
pitar mātar yad ihopabruve vām # RV.1.185.11b; MS.4.14.7b: 224.13; TB.2.8.4.8b.
pitā putraṃ pra viveśā śacībhiḥ # AVś.11.4.20d.
pitā putrāya lokakṛj jātavedaḥ # JB.1.47c. See TA.6.1.4.
pitur na jivrer vi vedo bharanta # RV.1.70.10b.
pitur napātam ā dadhīta vedhāḥ # RV.10.10.1c; AVś.18.1.1c; SV.1.340c.
pituś cid ūdhar januṣā viveda # RV.3.1.9a.
pitṛbhyo gharmapebhyaḥ svāhā # MS.4.9.9: 129.12; TA.4.10.3; 5.8.8. Cf. devebhyas tvā gharmapebhya.
pitṛlokaṃ gamayaṃ jātavedāḥ # AVś.18.4.64b.
pitṝn haviṣe attave # RV.10.16.12d; AVś.18.1.56d,57d; 2.34d; VS.19.70d; TS.2.6.12.1d; MS.1.10.18d: 157.19; KS.21.14d; śB.2.6.1.22d.
piteva soma sūnave suśevaḥ # RV.8.48.4b; GB.2.3.6b; Vait.19.18b; Mś.2.4.1.45b.
pitevaidhi sūnava ā (MS. sūnave yaḥ) suśevaḥ # VS.14.3c; TS.4.3.4.1d; MS.2.8.1c: 106.13; KS.17.1c; śB.8.2.1.6; TB.3.7.7.9d; Apś.10.3.8d.
pipāsāyai govyacham # TB.3.4.1.16. Cf. mṛtyave go-.
pibanti (SV.JB. -tu) varuṇaḥ kave # RV.9.64.24b; SV.2.428b; JB.3.143b.
pibanty asya viśve devāsaḥ # RV.9.109.15a.
pibā vṛtrāya hantave śaviṣṭha # RV.10.116.1b.
piśā iva supiśo viśvavedasaḥ # RV.1.64.8b.
pītvī (SVṭS. pītvā) śipre avepayaḥ # RV.8.76.10b; SV.2.338b; AVś.20.42.3b; VS.8.39b; TS.1.4.30.1b; śB.4.5.4.10b.
puṃse putrāya vettavai (BṛhU.śB. vittaye; MG. kartavai; KS.VārG. kartave) # KS.35.18b; śB.14.9.4.19c; TB.3.7.1.9c; BṛhU.6.4.19c; Apś.9.2.3c; ApMB.1.3.14; HG.1.20.2c; MG.1.10.15b; JG.1.21c; VārG.14.13b.
pucham udveṣṭayanta(ḥ) # AVP.13.3.2c.
putraḥ pitre (Kś. pitrye) lokakṛj jātavedaḥ # TB.1.2.1.20d; 2.5.8.7d; 3.7.7.10d; Kś.3.6.12d; Apś.5.16.1f.
putrā no adya sudinatve ahni # AVP.11.11.3c.
putro aṅgirasām avet # RVKh.10.191.3b.
putro na pitaraṃ huve # RV.7.32.3b.
putro na veda janituḥ parasya # AVś.20.34.16b. See bhuvo na veda.
punar āyur dhehi no jātavedaḥ # AVP.5.22.9b.
punar no agnir jātavedā dadātu # AB.7.21.3.
punar no devā abhiyantu sarve # TB.3.1.1.4c.
punarbhuvā yuvatī svebhir evaiḥ # RV.1.62.8b.
punar yato nakir addhā nu veda # RV.10.111.7d.
punas tvā dur viśve devāḥ # AVś.6.111.4c. Cf. punas tvā viśve.
punas tvā devāḥ pra ṇayantu sarve # AVś.19.46.4c. See puras tvā etc.
punas tvā viśve devāḥ # KS.8.14c. Cf. punas tvā dur viśve.
punāhīndrāya pātave # SV.1.499c; 2.575c; VS.20.31c; JB.3.209c. See punīhīndrāya.
punīhīndrāya pātave # RV.9.16.3c; 51.1c; Vait.30.9c. See punāhīndrāya.
pumāṃ iti brave paṇiḥ # RV.5.61.8b.
pumān bāṇa (AVP. vāṇa) iveṣudhim # AVś.3.23.2b; AVP.3.14.2b; AG.1.13.6b (crit. notes); śG.1.19.6b; HG.1.25.1b; ApMB.1.12.9b.
puraṃ yo brahmaṇo veda # AVś.10.2.28c,30c.
puraṃdarāya vṛṣabhāya dhṛṣṇave # TB.3.1.2.2a.
purastāt sarve kurmahe # śś.15.26c. See puras tvā.
purastād yukto vaha jātavedaḥ # AVś.5.29.1a. P: purastād yuktaḥ Kauś.3.16; 8.25. See yukto vaha.
puras tvā devāḥ pra ṇayantu sarve # AVP.4.23.4c. See punas tvā etc.
puras tvā sarve kurmahe # AB.7.18.3c. See purastāt sarve.
purāṇāṃ (TA. -ṇā) anu venati # RV.10.135.1d; TA.6.5.3d; N.12.29d.
purāṇāṃ anuvenantām # RV.10.135.2a.
purā tvāṃhuraṇād dhuve # AVś.6.99.1b.
purā mṛdhrebhyaḥ kave # RV.8.44.30b.
purā sūryācandramasaś (read sūryāc candramasaś) ca pūrve # JB.2.52b.
puruṇīthā jātavedo jarasva # RV.7.9.6c.
purupraśastā vṛṣaṇā upa bruve # RV.10.66.7b.
purumedhaś (SV. -dhāś) cit takave naraṃ dāt (SV.JB. dhāt) # RV.9.97.52d; SV.1.541d; 2.454d; JB.3.164d.
puruṣa evedaṃ sarvam (MuṇḍU.VaradapU. viśvam) # RV.10.90.2a; AVś.19.6.4a; AVP.9.5.4a; ArS.4.5a; VS.31.2a; TA.3.12.1a; śvetU.3.15a; MuṇḍU.2.1.10a; VaradapU.1.2e. Cf. CūlikāU.12.
puruhūtam upa bruve # RV.3.37.5b; AVś.20.19.5b.
purūṇi hi tve puruvāra santi # RV.6.1.13c; MS.4.13.6c: 207.16; KS.18.20c; TB.3.6.10.5c.
puroḍāśaṃ jātavedaḥ # RV.3.28.1b,6b.
puroḍāśam indra kṛṣveha cārum # RV.3.52.5b.
puroḍāśam iha kave juṣasva # RV.3.28.4b.
puroyāvānam ā huve # RV.9.5.9b.
pūrṇā darvi (AVś.AVPṃS. darve) parā pata # AVś.3.10.7c; AVP.1.106.5a; VS.3.49a; TS.1.8.4.1a; MS.1.10.2a: 142.6; KS.9.5a; śB.2.5.3.17a; Aś.2.18.13a; Apś.8.11.19. P: pūrṇā darvi (Vaitṃś.Kauś. darve) Vait.9.4; Kś.5.6.36; Mś.1.7.5.29; Kauś.138.12.
pūrvaṃ devebhyo amṛtasya nābhiḥ (ArS. nāma; TAṭUṇṛpU. nābhāyi) # ArS.1.9b; TB.2.8.8.1b; TA.9.10.6b; TU.3.10.6b; NṛpU.2.4b; N.14.2b.
pūrvaṃ mahitvaṃ vṛṣabhasya ketave # RV.1.166.1b.
pūrvasya yoniṃ pitur ā viveśa # RV.5.47.3b; VS.17.60b; TS.4.6.3.4b; MS.2.10.5b: 137.14; KS.18.3b; śB.9.2.3.18.
pūrvā upa bruve sacā # RV.5.65.3b.
pūrvād ardhād avithuraś ca san nu # AVP.5.2.5d. See pūrve ardhe viṣite.
pūrvīr hi te srutayaḥ santi yātave # RV.9.78.2c.
pūrvīś cid dhi tve tuvikūrminn āśasaḥ # RV.8.66.12a.
pūrve pūrvebhyo vaca etad ūcuḥ # TB.3.12.9.2d.
pūrvo devebhya ātapat # ApMB.1.3.4d.
pūrvo yo devebhyo jātaḥ # VS.31.20c; TA.3.13.2c.
pūrvo ha (TAṃahānU. hi) jātaḥ (JUB. jajñe) sa u garbhe antaḥ # VS.32.4b; TA.10.1.3b; śvetU.2.16b; MahānU.2.1b; śirasU.5b; JUB.3.10.12d. See prathamo jātaḥ.
pūṣā tvetaś cyāvayatu pra vidvān # RV.10.17.3a; AVś.18.2.54a; TA.6.1.1a; Aś.6.10.19; N.7.9a. Cf. BṛhD.7.8.
pūṣā tvāvatu savitā savena # AVP.4.3.7d. See anu tvāvatu etc.
pūṣā tveto nayatu hastagṛhya # RV.10.85.26a; AG.1.8.1; ApMB.1.2.8a (ApG.2.4.9); JG.1.22a. P: pūṣā tvetaḥ JG.1.22. See bhagas tveto.
pūṣā no yathā vedasām asad vṛdhe # RV.1.89.5c; VS.25.18c.
pūṣā revaty anveti panthām # TB.3.1.2.9a.
pūṣā vāṃ viśvavedā vibhajatu # Mś.1.2.3.17.
pūṣemā āśā anu veda sarvāḥ # RV.10.17.5a; AVś.7.9.2a; MS.4.14.16a: 243.11; TB.2.4.1.5a; TA.6.1.1a; Aś.3.7.8. P: pūṣemā āśāḥ TB.2.8.5.3; śś.6.10.4.
pṛkṣaś ca viśvavedasā # RV.1.139.3e.
pṛkṣāya ca dāsaveśāya cāvahaḥ # RV.2.13.8b.
pṛṅktaṃ vājasya sthavirasya ghṛṣveḥ # RV.7.93.2d.
pṛtanāsu pravantave # RV.1.131.5e; AVś.20.75.3e.
pṛthak sarve prājāpatyāḥ # AVś.11.5.22a.
pṛthag devā anusaṃyanti sarve # AVś.11.5.2b.
pṛthivīṃ tvā pṛthivyām ā veśayāmi # AVś.12.3.22a; 18.4.48a. P: pṛthivīṃ tvā pṛthivyām Vait.28.12; Kauś.61.30.
pṛthivyā adhy ābharat # VS.11.1d,11d; TS.4.1.1.1d; MS.2.7.1d (bis): 73.9; 74.17; 3.1.1: 1.7; KS.15.11d; 16.1d; śB.6.3.1.13,41; śvetU.2.1d.
pṛthivyās taṃ nirbhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.10.5.25.
pṛdākusānur yajato gaveṣaṇaḥ # RV.8.17.15a.
pṛṣṭīr barjahye pārśve # AVś.11.8.14c.
pṛṣṭo viśvā oṣadhīr ā viveśa # RV.1.98.2b; VS.18.73b; TS.1.5.11.1b; MS.2.13.11b: 161.14; KS.4.16b; 40.3b; TB.3.11.6.4b.
poṣam eva dive-dive # RV.1.1.3b; TS.3.1.11.1b; 4.3.13.5b; MS.4.10.4b: 152.9; śB.11.4.3.19b; Kś.5.12.19b.
pra krandanur nabhanyasya vetu # RV.7.42.1b; KB.26.11.
pra carṣaṇibhyaḥ pṛtanāhaveṣu # RV.1.109.6a; TS.4.2.11.1a; MS.4.10.4a: 152.15; KS.4.15a; Aś.3.7.13. P: pra carṣaṇibhyaḥ MS.4.11.1: 159.1; 4.13.5: 205.11; 4.14.8: 226.11; TB.2.8.5.1; śś.1.8.11; 6.10.9; Mś.5.2.8.31.
pracetasaṃ tvā kave # RV.8.102.18a.
prajāṃ cakṣuḥ paśūn samiddhe jātavedasi brahmaṇā # AVś.10.6.35de.
prajāddevāḥ savituḥ save # AVP.9.12.8a.
prajānaṃs tanveha niṣīda # MS.2.7.15d: 98.12; 3.4.7d: 53.16. See svayaṃ cinvānās.
prajānantaḥ prati gṛhṇantu (TS.KS.Apś. gṛhṇanti) pūrve (AVP. -antu devāḥ) # AVś.2.34.5a; AVP.3.32.7a; TS.3.1.4.1a; KS.30.8a,9; Apś.7.12.10; 15.4; Mś.1.8.3.3a. P: prajānantaḥ Kauś.44.15; 81.33.
prajānann it tā namasā viveśa # RV.3.31.5d.
prajāpataye ca vāyave ca gomṛgaḥ # VS.24.30; MS.3.14.11: 174.7.
prajāpataye devebhya ṛṣibhyaḥ śraddhāyai medhāyai sadasaspataye 'numataye # PG.2.10.9.
prajāpataye manave svāhā # VS.11.66; TS.3.2.8.1; 4.1.9.1; MS.2.7.7: 82.9; KS.16.7; śB.6.6.1.19; HG.1.2.13.
prajāpatir viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ # VSK.2.3.2; TB.3.7.6.3; Vait.1.18; Kś.2.1.19; Apś.3.18.4.
prajāpate rohiṇī vetu patnī # TB.3.1.1.1a.
prajāpates tvā prasave pṛthivyā nābhāv antarikṣasya bāhubhyāṃ divo hastābhyāṃ prajāpates tvā parameṣṭhinaḥ svārājyenābhiṣiñcāmi # Apś.20.20.3.
prajāṃ puṣṭim amṛtaṃ navena # TB.2.4.8.5d.
prajāyai nas (AVP. me) tanve yac ca puṣṭam # AVś.5.3.7b; AVP.5.4.12b; KS.40.10b.
prajāyai mṛtyave tvat (TA. tat) # RV.10.72.9c; TA.1.13.3c.
prajāvatī patyā saṃ bhaveha # AVś.14.2.32d.
prajāvanta upa sadema sarve # AVś.7.74.4d.
pra jihvayā bharate vepo agniḥ # RV.10.46.8a.
pra ṇo jīvātave suva # TS.4.2.6.5b; 5.5.7.5d; JUB.4.3.1d. See pra no etc.
pra tad duḥśīme pṛthavāne vene # RV.10.93.14a. Cf. BṛhD.7.147 (B).
pra tad voceyaṃ bhavyāyendave # RV.1.129.6a; N.10.42a. Cf. BṛhD.4.4.
prati tam abhi cara yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.2.11.3; AVP.1.57.3.
prati te dasyave vṛka # RV.8.56 (Vāl.8).1a. Cf. rādhas te dasyave.
prati tvāditir vettu # VS.1.14,19; śB.1.1.4.5; 2.1.14. P: prati tvā Kś.2.4.5. See prati tvā pṛthivī.
prati tvādityās tvag vettu (TB. Poona ed. vetu) # VS.1.14,19; TS.1.1.5.2; 6.1; MS.1.1.6: 3.12 (bis); 1.1.7: 4.3 (bis); KS.1.5; 1.6; 31.5; śB.1.1.4.7; 2.1.15; TB.3.2.5.7; 6.2.
prati tvā diva (TB. divaḥ) skambhanir vettu (TB. Poona ed. vetu) # TS.1.1.6.1; TB.3.2.6.2.
prati tvā parvatī (TSṭB. parvatir; MS.KSṃś. pārvatī) vettu # VS.1.19; TS.1.1.6.1; MS.1.1.7: 4.4; KS.1.6; 31.5; śB.1.2.1.17; TB.3.2.6.3; Mś.1.2.2.26.
prati tvā pṛthivī vettu # TS.1.1.5.1; 6.1 (bis); KS.1.5; 1.6; TB.3.2.5.6; 6.1. See prati tvāditir.
prati tvā varṣavṛddhaṃ vettu # VS.1.16; TS.1.1.5.2; MS.1.1.7: 4.1; 4.1.7: 8.16; KS.1.5; 31.4; śB.1.1.4.20; TB.3.2.5.10; Apś.1.20.6; Mś.1.2.2.19. P: prati tvā Kś.2.4.17.
pratīcyai tvā diśe varuṇāyādhipataye pṛdākave rakṣitre 'nnāyeṣumate # AVś.12.3.57. Cf. AVś.3.27.3.
pratītaṃ devebhyo juṣṭaṃ havyam asthāt # JB.1.14.
pra tuvidyumnasya sthavirasya ghṛṣveḥ # RV.6.18.12a.
pra te mahīṃ sumatiṃ vevidāma # RV.7.24.6b.
pra te 'radad varuṇo yātave pathaḥ # RV.10.75.2a.
pra te vanve vanuṣo haryataṃ madam # RV.10.96.1b; AVś.20.30.1b.
praty agnir uṣaso jātavedāḥ # RV.4.14.1a.
pratyaṅ janās tiṣṭhati sarvatomukhaḥ (śvetU.3.2d, and śirasU. once, tiṣṭhati saṃcukocāntakāle) # VS.32.4d; śvetU.2.16d; 3.2d; śirasU.5d (bis). See prec., and pratyaṅmukhas.
praty ajātān (AVś. -tāṃ; TS.KSṭA. -tāñ) jātavedo nudasva # AVś.7.34.1b; 35.1b; VS.15.2b; VSK.16.1.1b; TS.4.3.12.1b (bis); MS.2.8.7b (bis): 111.3,5; 3.2.10: 31.11; KS.17.6b (bis); TA.2.5.2b (bis). See next.
praty ajātān nuda jātavedaḥ # VS.15.1b; VSK.16.1.2b. See prec.
pratyañcam arciṣā jātavedo vi nikṣva # AVś.8.3.25d.
pratyavaroha jātavedaḥ punas tvam # Aś.3.10.8a. See upāvaroha.
praty aśveṣu prati tiṣṭhāmi goṣu # VS.20.10b; MS.3.11.8d: 152.12; KS.38.4d; śB.12.8.3.22; TB.2.6.5.6b; 3.7.10.3b; Apś.9.14.2; śG.4.18.8; SMB.2.2.3; ApMB.2.18.4; HG.2.17.4b.
praty ahāni prathamo jātavedāḥ # AVś.7.82.5b; 18.1.28b.
praty eva gṛbhāyata # AVś.20.135.10d; AB.6.35.21e; GB.2.6.14d; JB.2.117d. See pra tveva.
pra tve muñcantv aṃhasaḥ # ApMB.1.7.9b. See patye rakṣantu.
pra tveva gṛbhāyata # śś.12.19.3e. See praty eva.
pra tve havīṃṣi juhure (KS. juhumas) samiddhe (MS. tve samiddhe juhure havīṃṣi) # RV.2.9.3d; VS.17.75d; TS.4.6.5.4d; MS.2.10.6d: 139.4; KS.18.4d; śB.9.2.3.39.
prathamachad avarāṃ (MS. avaraṃ) ā viveśa # RV.10.81.1d; VS.17.17d; MS.2.10.2d: 133.2. See next, and paramachado.
prathamachado vara ā viveśa # AVP.15.2.5d. See prec., and paramachado.
prathamaṃ jātavedasam # RV.8.23.22a.
pradakṣiṇid dharivo mā vi venaḥ # RV.5.36.4d.
pradātaḥ prayachāsāv amuṣmai vedam # JG.1.12.
pra dāśuṣe dātave bhūri yat te # RV.4.20.10b; TS.1.7.13.3b.
pra devebhir viśvato apratītaḥ # RV.3.46.3b.
pra nu vocaṃ vidathā jātavedasaḥ # RV.6.8.1b. See pra no vaco.
pra nūnaṃ jātavedasam # RV.10.188.1a; N.7.20a. Cf. BṛhD.8.88.
pra no jīvātave suva # VS.18.67d; KS.22.10d; śB.9.5.1.53d; Mś.6.2.6.26d. See pra ṇo etc.
pra no vaco vidathā jātavedase # ArS.3.8b. See pra nu vocaṃ vidathā.
pra patātaḥ sukaṭanāli (in the text with vedic ḷ) # AVP.8.16.7a.
pra parvāṇi jātavedaḥ śṛṇīhi # RV.10.87.5c; AVś.8.3.4c.
pra punānāya vedhase # RV.9.103.1a; SV.1.573a.
pra-pra vayam amṛtaṃ jātavedasam # RV.6.48.1c; SV.1.35c; 2.53c; VS.27.42c; MS.2.13.9c: 159.11; KS.39.12c; PB.8.6.5,6c; 7.1; Apś.17.9.1c. P: pra-pra vayam PB.8.6.11. Fragment: pra-pra vayam JB.1.176. See pra vayam etc.
pra-prāyam agnir bharatasya śṛṇve # RV.7.8.4a; VS.12.34a; TS.2.5.12.4a; 4.2.3.2a; MS.2.7.10a: 87.16; KS.16.10a; AB.1.17.10; śB.6.8.1.14; Aś.4.5.3. Ps: pra-prāyam agniḥ Mś.6.1.4.20; pra-pra Kś.16.6.21.
pra babhrave vṛṣabhāya śvitīce # RV.2.33.8a; Aś.3.8.1.
pra mṛkṣo abhi vedanam # RV.4.30.13b.
pra yad bharadhve suvitāya dāvane # RV.5.59.4d.
pra yad vahadhve marutaḥ parākāt # RV.10.77.6a.
prayantāsi suṣvitarāya vedaḥ # RV.7.19.1d; AVś.20.37.1d.
prayāṇe jātavedasaḥ # RV.8.43.6b; KS.7.16b.
prayutaṃ dveṣaḥ # VS.6.18. P: prayutam Kś.6.8.12. See next.
prayutā dveṣāṃsi (MS.KS. add svāhā) # MS.1.2.16: 27.1; KS.3.6; Apś.7.20.4; Mś.1.8.4.28. See prec.
pra ye me bandhveṣe # RV.5.52.16a.
prayai devebhyo mahīḥ # RV.1.142.6b.
pra vayam amṛtaṃ jātavedasam # JB.1.178. See pra-pra etc.
pra vaḥ śukrāya bhānave bharadhvam # RV.7.4.1a; MS.4.14.3a: 218.4; KS.7.16a; JB.3.177; KB.12.7; 26.8; TB.2.8.2.3a; Aś.3.7.5. P: pra vaḥ śukrāya śś.6.10.1; 10.9.2; 14.53.2,3.
pra vāyave bharata cāru śukram # RV.5.43.3b.
pra vāyave śucipe krandadiṣṭaye # RV.10.100.2b.
pra vāyave sisrate na śubhrāḥ # RV.2.11.3d.
pravidvān panthāṃ vi hy āviveśa # AVś.12.2.55b.
pra viṣṇave śūṣam etu manma # RV.1.154.3a.
pravepanāya mṛtyave # TA.3.15.1b.
pra vo mahe matayo yantu viṣṇave # RV.5.87.1a; SV.1.462a. P: pra vo mahe matayaḥ śś.11.15.10; 12.6.14; 8.10; 9.7; 12.14; 26.10. Cf. BṛhD.5.90.
pra śardhāya prayajyave sukhādaye # RV.5.87.1c; SV.1.462c.
praśastibhir mahayase dive-dive # RV.6.15.2d.
pra satyāvānam avatho bhareṣu (AVP. haveṣu) # AVś.4.29.1c,2b; AVP.4.38.2b. See yau satyāvānam.
pra sadam it sravitave dadhanyuḥ # RV.4.3.12d.
prasavaś copayāmaś ca kāṭaś cārṇavaś ca dharṇasiś ca draviṇaṃ ca bhagaś cāntarikṣaṃ ca sindhuś ca samudraś ca sarasvāṃś ca viśvavyacāś ca te yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca no dveṣṭi tam eṣāṃ jambhe dadhma svāhā # ApMB.1.10.7 (ApG.3.8.10).
pra sa viśvebhir agnibhiḥ # SV.2.854a.
pra suvānāso bṛhaddiveṣu harayaḥ # RV.9.79.1b. See pra svānāso.
prasūtaṃ devena savitrā juṣṭaṃ mitrāvaruṇābhyām # śB.4.6.6.8.
prasūtā devena savitrā daivyā āpa undantu te tanūṃ dīrghāyutvāya varcase # Apś.8.4.1. Cadenced prose.
prasūto devena savitrā (Apś. adds bṛhaspateḥ sadane sīdāmi) # Kś.2.1.24; Apś.3.18.4.
pra svānāso bṛhaddeveṣu harayaḥ # SV.1.555b. See pra suvānāso.
prācī juṣāṇā vetv ājyasya svāhā # TB.3.11.9.8; Apś.19.14.15. See next but one.
prācīṃ juṣāṇā prācy ājyasya vetu svāhā # Aś.5.13.14. See prec. but one.
prājāpatyaṃ medhyaṃ jātavedasaḥ # AVś.18.4.12b,13d.
prāṇa uparaveṣu # KS.34.15.
prāṇam apānaṃ vyānam udānaṃ samānaṃ tān vāyave # TB.3.4.1.18.
prāṇāt taṃ nirbhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.10.5.35.
prāṇāpānavyānodānasamānāḥ saprāṇā śvetavarṇā sāṅkhyāyanasagotrā (!) gāyatrī caturviṃśatyakṣarā tripadā ṣaṭkukṣiḥ pañcaśīrṣopanayane viniyogaḥ # Tā.10.35.
prāṇāpānābhyāṃ me varcodasau pavethām # Mś.2.3.7.1. Cf. Apś.12.18.20. See prāṇāya me.
prāṇāyāntarikṣāya vayobhyo vāyave 'dhipataye svāhā # AVś.6.10.2.
prāṇena me prāṇo dīkṣataṃ (JB. -tāṃ) vāyave samaṣṭavā u # JB.2.65; Apś.10.10.6.
prātarjitaṃ bhagam ugraṃ huvema (AVś. havāmahe) # RV.7.41.2a; AVś.3.16.2a; AVP.4.31.2a; VS.34.35a; TB.2.8.9.7a; ApMB.1.14.2a (ApG.3.9.4); VārG.5.15a; N.12.14a. Cf. BṛhD.5.170.
prātaryāvabhyo devebhyo 'nubrūhi # Apś.12.3.15. See devebhyaḥ prātar-.
prātar voḍhave (AVP. voḍheva) dhāvata # AVP.2.87.2d; Kauś.107.2d.
prātaḥ somam uta rudraṃ huvema (AVś. havāmahe) # RV.7.41.1d; AVś.3.16.1d; AVP.4.31.1d; VS.34.34d; TB.2.8.9.7d; ApMB.1.14.1d.
prāndhaṃ śroṇaṃ cakṣasa etave kṛthaḥ # RV.1.112.8b.
prāndhāṃsīva yajyave bharadhvam # RV.5.41.3d.
prārocayan manave ketum ahnām # RV.3.34.4c; AVś.20.11.4c; TB.2.4.3.7c.
prāvad viśveṣu śatamūtir ājiṣu # RV.1.130.8b.
prāvan naḥ kaṇvaṃ trasadasyum āhave # RV.10.150.5b.
prāvan manuṃ dasyave kar abhīkam # RV.9.92.5d.
prāve mā bṛhato mādayanti # RV.10.34.1a; N.9.8a. P: prāvepā mā Rvidh.3.10.1. Cf. BṛhD.7.36.
prāstaud ṛṣvaujā ṛṣvebhiḥ # RV.10.105.6a.
prāhaṃ tam atibhūyāsaṃ (Apś. abhi-) yo asmān (KS.Apś. 'smān) dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # MS.1.5.4: 71.7; 1.5.11: 80.2; KS.7.2; Apś.6.18.2. P: prāhaṃ tam atibhūyāsam KS.7.9.
priya indrāya vāyave # RV.5.51.4c.
priyaṃ rakṣante nihitaṃ padaṃ veḥ # RV.3.7.7b.
priyaṃ viśveṣu gotreṣu # RVKh.10.128.11c.
priyaṃ devebhyo mā kṛṇu # AVP.5.14.7b.
priyaṃ deveṣu gachati # RV.10.86.12d; AVś.20.126.12d; TS.1.7.13.2d; KS.8.17d; N.11.39d.
priyaṃ mā kuru (AVś.AVP. kṛṇu) deveṣu (ApMB. mā deveṣu kuru) # RVKh.10.128.11a; AVś.19.62.1a; AVP.2.32.5a; HG.1.10.6a; ApMB.2.8.4a (ApG.5.12.9).
priyaṃ mā deveṣu kuru # see priyaṃ mā kuru deveṣu.
priyā deveṣu juhvati # RV.2.41.18d.
priyā deveṣv ā yāmayanti # RV.1.162.16d; VS.25.39d; TS.4.6.9.2d; MS.3.16.1d: 183.7; KSA.6.5d.
priyā vo nāma huve turāṇām # RV.7.56.10a; TS.2.1.11.1a; MS.4.11.2a: 167.14; KS.8.17a. P: priyā vo nāma Mś.5.1.6.40.
prītaṃ vahniṃ vahatu jātavedāḥ # VS.29.3d; TS.5.1.11.2d; MS.3.16.2d: 184.3; KSA.6.2d.
premāṃ vācaṃ viśvām avantu viśve # TS.4.7.15.4b,5b; MS.3.16.5b (bis): 191.10,14; KS.22.15b (bis). See premaṃ vājaṃ.
proṣṭhapadāso anuyanti sarve # TB.3.1.2.8d.
proṣṭhapadāso abhirakṣanti sarve # TB.3.1.2.9d.
bandhukṣidbhyo gaveṣaṇaḥ # RV.1.132.3g.
barhir agna (MSṃś. agnā) ājyasya vetu # MS.4.10.3: 149.3; KS.20.15 (bis); TB.3.5.5.1; Aś.1.5.24; 2.8.6; śś.1.7.5; Mś.5.1.2.6. P: barhir agne śB.1.6.1.8.
barhiś ca me vediś ca me # MS.2.11.5: 143.9. See under idhmaś.
barhiś ca vediś (śś. vediṃ) ca # MS.3.4.1: 46.1; śś.8.21.1.
barhiṣade vaṭ (VS.KS.śB. veṭ) # VS.17.12; TS.4.6.1.4; MS.2.10.1: 132.3; KS.17.17; śB.9.2.1.8.
barhiṣendrāya pātave # VS.20.59d; MS.3.11.3d: 143.18; KS.38.8d; TB.2.6.12.2d.
barhiṣmate manave śarma yaṃsat # RV.5.2.12d.
balīyān anvavetya # śB.11.5.5.8b.
bahu dugdhi viśvebhyo devebhyo haviḥ # Mś.1.7.1.11.
bahu dugdhīndrāya devebhyaḥ # TB.3.7.4.16a; Apś.1.13.10a.
bahu dugdhīndrāya devebhyo haviḥ # TB.3.2.3.8; Mś.1.1.3.29 (Mś. also with ūha, mahendrāya for indrāya). See indrāya devebhyo havir.
bahuprajā nirṛtim (AVś. -tir) ā viveśa # RV.1.164.32d; AVś.9.10.10d; N.2.8d.
bahubhya (MS. -bhyā) ā saṃgatebhya eṣa me deveṣu vasu vāryāyakṣyate # VS.21.61; 28.23,46; MS.4.13.9: 211.10; KS.19.13; TB.2.6.15.2; 3.6.15.1.
bādhatāṃ dveṣo abhayaṃ (AVś.7.91.1c, abhayaṃ naḥ) kṛṇotu # RV.6.47.12c; 10.131.6c; AVś.7.91.1c; 20.125.6c; VS.20.51c; TS.1.7.13.4c; MS.4.12.5c: 191.5; KS.8.16c. See bādhetāṃ etc.
bādhatāṃ dveṣo nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ # AVP.5.37.5c.
bādhasva dūre (TS. dveṣo) nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ # RV.1.24.9c; TS.1.4.45.1c. See āre bādhasva nir-, and cf. bādhethāṃ dūraṃ.
bādhasva dveṣo etc. # see bādhasva dūre.
bādhetāṃ dveṣo abhayaṃ kṛṇutām # TB.3.1.1.5c. See bādhatāṃ etc.
bādhethāṃ dūraṃ (AVP. -thāṃ dveṣo) nirṛtiṃ parācaiḥ # AVś.6.97.2c; 7.42.1c; AVP.1.109.1c. See āre bādhethāṃ nir-, and cf. bādhasva dūre.
bāhukṣadaḥ śarave patyamānān # RV.10.27.6b.
bibharat tvā mahābhave # AVP.5.12.4d.
bījaṃ vahadhve akṣitam # RV.5.53.13b.
bṛhaj jyotiḥ kariṣyataḥ # VS.11.3c; TS.4.1.1.1c; MS.2.7.1c: 73.13; KS.15.11c; śB.6.3.1.15; śvetU.2.3c.
bṛhatī iva sūnave rodasī # RV.1.59.4a.
bṛhate jātavedase # AVś.19.64.1b; AG.1.21.1b; śG.2.10.3b; SMB.1.6.32b; PG.2.4.3b; HG.1.7.2b; ApMB.2.6.2b; JG.1.12b; VārG.5.34b.
bṛhatsumnaḥ prasavitā niveśanaḥ # RV.4.53.6a.
bṛhadukṣo maruto viśvavedasaḥ # RV.4.26.4c.
bṛhadrathaṃtarayos tvā stomena triṣṭubho vartanyā śukrasya vīryeṇa devas tvā savitot sṛjatu jīvātave jīvanasyāyai # TS.2.3.10.2. P: bṛhadrathaṃtarayos tvā stomena TS.2.3.11.4. See bṛhatā tvā rathaṃtareṇa.
bṛhad rāṣṭraṃ saṃveśyaṃ dadhātu # AVś.3.8.1d; AVP.1.18.1d.
bṛhad vayo hi bhānave # RV.5.16.1a; SV.1.88a; KB.24.5. P: bṛhad vayaḥ Aś.4.13.7; śś.11.11.7.
bṛhaspataye mahiṣāya dive namaḥ # AVP.1.88.4c. The edition puts namaḥ with the following pāda. See under prec.
bṛhaspatiṃ viśvān devāṃ ahaṃ huve # RV.8.10.2c. Cf. bṛhaspatiṃ vaḥ pra-.
bṛhaspatinā devena devatayā pāṅktena chandasāgneḥ pṛṣṭham upadadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.17.
bṛhaspatim anarvāṇaṃ huvema # RV.7.97.5d; KS.17.18d.
bṛhaspatim aham iha huve # AVP.3.9.5a.
bṛhaspatir yajati vena ukṣabhiḥ # RV.1.139.10b.
bṛhaspatir viraveṇā vikṛtya # RV.10.68.8d; AVś.20.16.8d; N.10.12d.
bṛhaspatiś ca mā viśve ca mā devā dyauś copariṣṭād gopāyatām # MG.2.15.1.
bṛhaspatis triṣadhastho raveṇa # RV.4.50.1b; AVś.20.88.1b; MS.4.12.3b: 193.3; KS.9.19b.
bṛhaspatiḥ sa svāveśa ṛṣvaḥ # RV.7.97.7c; MS.4.14.4c: 220.1; KS.17.18c; TB.2.5.5.5c.
bṛhaspate pari gṛhāṇa vedim # Kś.2.2.12a; Apś.3.19.3a; Kauś.137.11a,15. P: bṛhaspate pari gṛhāṇa Vait.2.5.
bṛhaspater medine jātavedāḥ # AVP.5.3.8c.
bekurā nāmāsi juṣṭā devebhyaḥ # PB.1.3.1; 6.7.6. P: bekurā nāmāsi Lś.1.11.9. See next.
bekurā (text vekurā) nāmāsi preṣitā divyāya karmaṇe # JB.1.82. See prec.
bodha pratībodhāsvapnānavadrāṇa gopāyamāna rakṣamāṇa jāgṛve 'rundhati ye devās tanūpāḥ stha te ma iha tanvaṃ pāta # KS.37.10. Cf. next but two and next but three.
bravaḥ kad agne śarave bṛhatyai # RV.4.3.7d.
brahmakṛte vipaścite panasyave # SV.1.388c; 2.375c. See dharmakṛte etc.
brahmakṛto amṛtā viśvavedasaḥ # RV.10.66.5c.
brahma ca te kṣatraṃ ca pūrve sthūṇe abhi rakṣatu # ApMB.2.15.6 (ApG.7.17.6). See under brahma ca kṣatraṃ ca.
brahma ca te jātavedo namaś ca # RV.10.4.7a; Aś.4.1.23. P: brahma ca te jātavedaḥ śś.9.22.4.
brahmacārī carati veviṣad viṣaḥ # RV.10.109.5a; AVś.5.17.5a; AVP.9.15.5a.
brahma jajñānaṃ prathamaṃ purastāt # AVś.4.1.1a; 5.6.1a; AVP.5.2.2a; 6.11.1a; SV.1.321a; VS.13.3a; TS.4.2.8.2a; MS.2.7.15a: 96.11; 3.2.6: 23.8; KS.16.15a; 20.5; 38.14a; AB.1.19.1; KB.8.4; śB.7.4.1.14; 14.1.3.3; TB.2.8.8.8a; TA.10.1.10a; Aś.4.6.3a; 9.9.12; śś.5.9.5a; 15.3.6; 18.1.2. P: brahma jajñānam TS.5.2.7.1 (bis); GB.2.2.6; TB.3.12.1.1; TA.1.13.3; SaṃnyāsaU.1; Mś.6.1.7.2; 11.7.3.2; Vait.14.1; 28.33; Kś.17.4.2; Apś.16.18.7; 22.3; Kauś.9.1; 15.12; 18.25; 19.1; 28.15; 38.23; 51.7; 79.11; 139.10; JG.2.8,9; BDh.2.10.18.7; BṛhPDh.9.62,314; Svidh.1.6.4,8. Cf. the khila mentioned as brahma BṛhD.8.14; Rvidh., Meyer's edition, p. xxī; Oldenberg, Die Hymnen des Rig-Veda, p. 363.
brahmaṇe vaiśravaṇāya viśvebhyo devebhyaḥ sarvebhyo devebhyo viśvebhyo bhūtebhyaḥ sarvebhyo bhūtebhyaḥ # Kauś.74.3.
brahmaṇe svayaṃbhuve svāhā # TA.3.6.1.
brahmadviṣaḥ śarave hantavā u # RV.10.182.3b. See brahmadviṣe etc.
brahmadviṣe śarave hantavā u # RV.10.125.6b; AVś.4.30.5b. See brahmadviṣaḥ etc.
brahmann aśvaṃ (TB.Apś. aśvaṃ medhyaṃ) bhantsyāmi devebhyaḥ (Apś. devebhyo medhāya) prajāpataye # VS.22.4; MS.3.12.1: 160.2; śB.13.1.2.4; TB.3.8.3.1; Apś.20.3.3. P: brahmann aśvaṃ bhantsyāmi Kś.20.1.27; Mś.9.2.1.16.
brahmavāhastamaṃ huve # RV.6.45.19c.
brahma vidveṣaṇaṃ kṛtam # AVP.5.34.1d.
brahmā brahmatvena pramudo modamānāḥ # GB.1.5.24c.
brahmāham antaraṃ kṛṇve (Kś. karave) # AVś.7.100.1c; Kś.25.11.20c. Cf. brahma varma mamā-.
brahmaivābhūd uttaraṃ jātavedaḥ # AVP.8.9.13a.
brahmaudanasya vihitā vedir agre # AVś.11.1.23b.
brahmaudanāya paktave jātavedaḥ # AVś.11.1.3b.
brāhmaṇavarcasī bhavati ya evaṃ veda # AVP.9.21.3.
brāhmaṇānāṃ ca manyave # AVś.12.4.12d.
brāhmaṇān ṛtvijo devān yajñasya tapasā te savāham (KSA. 'sā aham) ā huve # TS.7.3.11.1; KSA.3.1.
bhakṣaṃ somasya jāgṛve # RV.8.92.23b; SV.2.1011b.
bhaga ived aryamaṇaṃ nināya # RV.10.68.2b; AVś.20.16.2b.
bhagaṃ devebhyas pari # AVP.10.6.8a.
bhagas tveto nayatu hastagṛhya # AVś.14.1.20a; AVP.4.10.1a. P: bhagas tvetaḥ Kauś.76.10. See pūṣā tveto.
bhagasyeva bhujiṃ huve # RV.8.102.6b; TS.3.1.11.8b; MS.4.11.2b: 167.1; KS.40.14b.
bhago devīḥ phalgunīr āviveśa # TB.3.1.1.8b.
bhajanta viśve devatvaṃ nāma # RV.1.68.4a.
bhadrasya vidvāṃ avase huve vaḥ # RV.2.29.1d.
bhadrāyākṣi vi vepatām # Kauś.58.1b.
bharatā jātavedasam # RV.10.176.2b; TS.3.5.11.1b; MS.4.10.4b: 151.12; KS.15.12b; AB.1.28.2b.
bharad yadi vir ato vevijānaḥ # RV.4.26.5a.
bharanta viśve baliṃ svar ṇaḥ # RV.1.70.9b.
bhavāma śaradaḥ śatam # TA.4.42.5; ApMB.2.5.17 (ApG.4.11.18); HG.1.7.10. See bhavema etc.
bhavāma sarvavedasaḥ # AVś.19.49.6d; AVP.14.8.6d.
bhavāśarvau manve vāṃ tasya vittam # AVś.4.28.1a; AVP.4.37.1a. P: bhavāśarvau Kauś.28.8.
bhave-bhave nātibhave bhajasva mām # TA.10.43.1c; MahānU.17.1c.
bhāgaṃ devebhyo vi dadhāty (AVś. -sy) āyan # RV.10.85.19c; AVś.7.81.2c; 14.1.24c; TS.2.4.14.1c; MS.4.12.2c: 181.6; KS.10.12c; N.11.6c.
bhāgaṃ devebhyo haviṣaḥ sujāta # RV.10.51.7d; MS.4.14.15d: 242.5.
bhāgaṃ deveṣu yajñiyam # RV.1.20.8c.
bhāgaṃ deveṣu śravase dadhānaḥ # RV.1.73.5d; MS.4.14.15d: 242.1.
bhinat puro navatim indra pūrave # RV.1.130.7a.
bhindhi dveṣaḥ sahaskṛta # RV.8.44.11c.
bhiyasam ā dhehi śatruṣu (SV. śatrave) # RV.9.19.6b; SV.2.111b.
bhiṣag deveṣu no bhava # Apś.16.11.11c.
bhīmā vāyusamā jave # PG.2.17.16a.
bhīmo viveṣāyudhebhir eṣām # RV.7.21.4a.
bhuvat kaṇve vṛṣā dyumny āhutaḥ # RV.1.36.8c.
bhuvad viśveṣu kāvyeṣu rantā # RV.9.92.3c.
bhuvan yathā no viśve vṛdhāsaḥ # RV.1.186.2c; MS.4.14.11c: 232.4; TB.2.8.6.3c.
bhuvo apāṃ napāj jātavedaḥ # RV.10.8.5c.
bhuvo na veda janituḥ parasya # AVP.12.15.7b. See putro na veda.
bhuvo navedā ucathasya navyaḥ # RV.5.12.3b.
bhuvo 'nnaṃ vāyave 'ntarikṣāya svāhā # TA.10.3.1; MahānU.7.2.
bhuvo yajurvedaṃ tvayi dadhāmy asau svāhā # śG.1.24.8. See next but one.
bhuvo yathā vandyo no haveṣu # RV.10.4.1b; TS.2.5.12.4b.
bhuvo varuṇo yad ṛtāya veṣi # RV.10.8.5b.
bhuvo vāyave cāntarikṣāya ca mahate ca svāhā # TA.10.4.1; MahānU.7.3.
bhuvo vāyave 'ntarikṣāya svāhā # TA.10.2.1; MahānU.7.1.
bhuvo viśvebhiḥ sumanā anīkaiḥ # RV.7.8.5b.
bhuvo viśveṣu savaneṣu yajñiyaḥ # RV.10.50.4b; TS.3.4.11.4b; MS.4.12.6b: 197.6; KS.23.12b.
bhūta no viśve 'vase sajoṣāḥ # RV.7.48.4b.
bhūtaṃ me ahna uta bhūtam aktave # RV.10.40.5c.
bhūtyai tvā śiro veṣṭayāmi # BDh.3.2.7.
bhūpate bhuvapate bhuvanapate bhūtapate bhūtānāṃ pate mahato bhūtasya pate mṛla no dvipade ca catuṣpade ca paśave mṛla naś ca dvipadaś ca catuṣpadaś ca paśūn # śś.4.20.1.
bhūmir asi bhūtir nāma svāhā tvā devebhyaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ # Mś.7.2.6.5. See bhūtam asi bhavyaṃ.
bhūmir dveṣṭi carantam enam # AVP.1.70.2c.
bhūmyāṃ devebhyo dadati # AVś.12.1.22a.
bhūyāsma te sumatau viśvavedaḥ # MS.2.13.10a: 161.1. See abhūn mama, and cf. bhūyāma etc.
bhūri cyavanta vastave # RV.1.48.2b.
bhūriṃ dve acarantī carantam # RV.1.185.2a; MS.4.14.7a: 224.11; TB.2.8.4.8a. P: bhūriṃ dve śś.6.11.7.
bhūristhātrāṃ bhūry āveśayantīm (AVś. -taḥ) # RV.10.125.3d; AVś.4.30.2d.
bhūrīṇi hi tve dadhire anīkā # RV.3.19.4a.
bhūr ṛgvedaṃ tvayi dadhāmy asau svāhā # śG.1.24.8. See next.
bhūrer dattasya vedati # RV.8.45.42b; AVś.20.43.3b; SV.2.421b; JB.3.141b.
bheṣajaṃ gave 'śvāya (MS. aśvāya) # VS.3.59a; TS.1.8.6.1a; MS.1.10.4a: 144.10; 1.10.20: 160.10; śB.2.6.2.11a; Lś.5.3.5a. P: bheṣajaṃ gave TB.1.6.10.4; Apś.8.18.1. See next.
bheṣajaṃ gave 'śvāya puruṣāya # KS.9.7a; 36.14. See prec.
bhojaṃ tvām indra vayaṃ huvema # RV.2.17.8a.
bhojasyedaṃ puṣkariṇīva veśma # RV.10.107.10c; N.7.3.
bhrājanto viśvavedasaḥ # AVś.19.27.6c; AVP.10.7.6c.
maṃhiṣṭhaṃ viśvacarṣaṇim # RV.6.44.4d. See śaciṣṭhaṃ viśvavedasam.
maṃhiṣṭhā viśvavedasā # RV.10.143.6b.
makṣikās te paśupate # AVś.11.2.2d. See the note under aliklavebhyo.
maghonāṃ viśveṣāṃ sudānavaḥ # RV.8.19.34c.
maṇiṃ dadhātu bhartave # AVP.3.13.3d. Cf. devā dadatu.
matsyaḥ sāṃmado rājā (Aś.śś. matsyaḥ sāṃmadas) tasyodakecarā (śś. -kacarā) viśas ta ima āsata itihāso (Aś. āsate purāṇavidyā; śś. āsata itihāsavedo) vedaḥ so 'yam # śB.13.4.3.12; Aś.10.7.8; śś.16.2.22--24.
madan viśve kavitamaṃ kavīnām # RV.6.18.14b; MS.4.12.3b: 183.4; KS.8.16b.
mad ādityā adhi sarve tapanti # TB.2.8.8.4d.
madāya kratve apibo virapśin # RV.6.40.2b.
madāya kratve asthiran # RV.1.135.1g.
madhumatīṃ devebhyo vācam udyāsaṃ śuśrūṣeṇyāṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ # TS.3.3.2.2; TA.4.1.1. See next but one.
madhumatīm adya devebhyo vācaṃ vadiṣyāmi cāruṃ manuṣyebhyaḥ # śś.1.5.9. See prec. but one.
madhumāṃ astu vāyave # RV.9.63.3c.
madhumān tanve tava # RV.8.17.6b; AVś.20.4.3b.
madhor dhārā pinvamānā dive-dive # RV.9.75.4d.
madhyaṃ tvā sarvasya veda # HG.1.23.1.
madhye vasor dīdihi jātavedaḥ # TB.1.2.1.21d; Apś.5.14.5d.
madhvādya devo devebhyo devayānān patho anaktu # MS.4.13.2: 200.3; KS.15.13; TB.3.6.2.1.
manave ca viveditha # RV.8.15.5b; AVś.20.61.2b; SV.2.231b.
manasaspata imaṃ no divi deveṣu yajñam, svāhā divi svāhā pṛthivyāṃ svāhāntarikṣe svāhā vāte dhāṃ svāhā # AVś.7.97.8. P: manasaspate Vait.4.13; Kauś.6.4. See under prec.
manasaspata imaṃ no deva deveṣu yajñaṃ svāhā vāci svāhā vāte dhāḥ # TS.1.1.13.3; 4.44.3. See under prec. but one.
manasaspate sudhātv imaṃ yajñaṃ divi deveṣu vāte dhāḥ svāhā # MS.1.1.13: 9.5; 1.3.38: 45.1; 4.1.14: 20.11. See under manasaspata imaṃ deva.
manasā kṛtaṃ manaḥ karoti manasa evedaṃ sarvaṃ yo mā kārayati tasmai svāhā # BDh.3.4.2.
manasaivāptavyam (KU. manasaivedam āptavyam) # śB.14.7.2.21e; BṛhU.4.4.21e; KU.4.11b.
manur vaivasvato rājā (Aś.śś. manur vaivasvataḥ) tasya manuṣyā viśas ta ima āsate ṛco (śś. ṛcovedo) vedaḥ so 'yam # śB.13.4.3.3; Aś.10.7.1; śś.16.2.1--3.
manai nu babhrūṇām aham # RV.10.97.1c; VS.12.75c; KS.13.16c; 16.13c; śB.7.2.4.26; N.9.28c. See mandāmi, and manve nu.
manojuvaṃ vāje adyā huvema # RV.10.81.7b; VS.8.45b; 17.23b; KS.21.13b; śB.4.6.4.5b. See manoyujaṃ etc.
manoyujaṃ vāje adyā huvema # TS.4.6.2.6b; MS.2.10.2b: 133.18; KS.18.2b; 30.5b. See manojuvaṃ etc.
manohanaṃ jahi jātavedaḥ (AVP. adds sahobhiḥ) # AVś.5.29.10b; AVP.12.19.2b.
mantraṃ vocema kuvid asya vedat # RV.2.35.2b; KS.12.15b.
manthāmi tvā jātavedaḥ # Kauś.70.1a.
mandrasya kaver divyasya vahneḥ # RV.6.39.1a.
manyunā kṛtaṃ manyuḥ karoti manyava evedaṃ sarvaṃ yo mā kārayati tasmai svāhā # BDh.3.4.2. Cf. manyur akārṣīn manyuḥ.
manyur hotā varuṇo jātavedāḥ (MSṭB. viśvavedāḥ) # RV.10.83.2b; AVś.4.32.2b; AVP.4.32.2b; MS.4.12.3b: 186.6; TB.2.4.1.11b.
manye tvā jātavedasam # RV.5.9.1c; VSK.16.5.12c; KS.39.14c; TB.2.4.1.5c; Apś.19.18.7c.
manye vāṃ jātavedasā yajadhyai # RV.7.2.7b.
manye vāṃ dyāvāpṛthivī subhojasau # ArS.4.8a. See manve vāṃ etc.
mama ca nāma tava ca (KS.7.3a omits ca) jātavedaḥ # KS.7.3a,11. See under tava ca nāma.
mama cittaṃ cittenānvehi # HG.1.5.11b. See next three.
mamac cid āpaḥ śiśave mamṛḍyuḥ # RV.4.18.8c.
mamattu yaḥ sūyate pārthiveṣu # RV.10.116.3b.
mama devā vihave santu sarve # RV.10.128.2a; AVś.5.3.3a; AVP.5.4.3a; TS.4.7.14.1a; KS.40.10a.
mama nāma tava ca jātavedaḥ # TS.1.5.10.1a; Aś.2.5.10a; Apś.6.24.4. See under tava ca nāma.
mama nāma prathamaṃ jātavedaḥ # TS.1.5.10.1a; KS.7.3a,11; Aś.2.5.3a; Apś.6.24.7; Mś.1.6.3.9a; HG.2.4.11.
mama prapitve apiśarvare vaso # RV.8.1.29c.
mamāgne varco vihaveṣv astu # RV.10.128.1a; AVś.5.3.1a; AVP.5.4.1a; TS.4.7.14.1a; MS.1.4.1a: 47.1; 1.4.5: 52.11; KS.4.14a; 31.15; 40.10a; Kś.2.1.3a; Apś.1.1.4; 4.8.6; 6.16.7; 20.2; 22.1; 17.21.1. Ps: mamāgne varcaḥ KS.8.16; Aś.6.6.16; śś.4.2.7,13; 13.5.17; Vait.1.12,14; Kś.25.14.19; Mś.1.4.1.7; AG.3.9.2; śG.1.4.2; 3.1.8; Kauś.1.33; 12.10; 22.14; 38.26; 49.15; Rvidh.4.6.2; mamāgne VHDh.5.496. Cf. BṛhD.8.44. Designated as vihavya, or vihavīya (sc. sūkta) AVś.7.5.4; TS.3.1.7.3; 7.5.5.2; KS.34.4; GB.2.2.24; PB.9.4.14; śś.4.2.7,13; 13.5.17; Lś.4.10.8; Kś.25.14.18; Apś.14.19.10 (bis); Mś.1.6.2.17.
mamaiva san divi deveṣv adhi # Kś.3.6.12c. See next.
mayi te veṣṭatāṃ manaḥ # AVś.6.102.2d. Cf. prec. but one.
mayi devebhyaḥ kalpata # AB.8.9.12.
marīcīnāṃ padam ichanti vedhasaḥ # RV.10.177.1d; TA.3.11.11d; 13.2d; JUB.3.35.1d.
marutaḥ pariveṣṭāraḥ # AB.8.21.14a; śB.13.5.4.6a; śś.16.9.16a; Mahābh.12.29.18a.
marutas triṇave stutam # TB.2.6.19.2b. See triṇave.
marutas tveṣasaṃdṛśaḥ # śś.3.5.11a.
marutāṃ prasave (VS.śB. prasavena) jaya (TS. jayata) # VS.10.21; TS.1.7.8.1; MS.4.4.5: 55.16; KS.15.8; śB.5.4.3.8; Mś.9.1.3.27. P: marutām Kś.15.6.18.
marutāṃ prasave jeṣam # TS.1.8.15.1; TB.1.7.9.3; Apś.18.17.5. See sapatnahā marutāṃ.
marutāṃ prasavena etc. # see prec. but one.
marutāṃ manve adhi no (AVś.AVP. me) bruvantu # AVś.4.27.1a; AVP.4.35.1a; TS.4.7.15.4a; MS.3.16.5a: 191.10; KS.22.15a.
marutvantaṃ sakhyāya havāmahe (SV. huvemahi) # RV.1.101.1d--7d; SV.1.380d.
marudbhyo vāyave madaḥ # RV.9.25.1c; SV.1.477c; 2.269c; JB.3.66.
martaṃ śaṃsaṃ viśvadhā veti dhāyase # RV.1.141.6d.
martaṃ dadhāsi śravase dive-dive # RV.1.31.7b.
marmṛjyante dive-dive # RV.4.15.6c.
mahaḥ pārthive sadane yatasva # RV.1.169.6b.
mahasvī mitravāho bhavaty utainena svā nandanty asmākam ayam iti tasmāt sarvo vṛṣṭe mahīyate 'dhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.9.
mahāṃs tvendro rakṣaty apramādam # AVś.12.1.18c.
mahāṃs tveva gor mahimā # śB.3.3.3.1,3; Kś.7.8.8.
mahādevam antaḥpārśvena (VS. -parśavyena) # VS.39.8; TS.1.4.36.1; TA.3.21.1.
mahāṃ (JB. mahān) devo na sūryaḥ # SV.2.284d; JB.3.75d. See maho dive.
mahān mahitve tastabhānaḥ (KS. mahitvā saṃstambhe) # KS.40.9c; TB.2.7.6.3c; Apś.22.12.20c.
mahi tveṣā amavanto vṛṣapsavaḥ # RV.8.20.7b.
mahi mahe dive arcā pṛthivyai # RV.3.54.2a.
mahimne tvā garbho abhy ā viveśa # AVP.12.9.5b.
mahi vāṃ kṣatraṃ deveṣu # RV.5.68.3c; SV.2.495c; KS.26.11c.
mahī apāre rajasī vivevidat # RV.9.68.3c.
mahī devasya savituḥ pariṣṭutiḥ # RV.5.81.1d; VS.5.14d; 11.4d; 37.2d; VSK.5.5.1d (with svāhā); TS.1.2.13.1d; 4.1.1.2d; MS.1.2.9d: 18.14; 4.9.1d: 120.4; KS.2.10d; 15.11d; śB.3.5.3.12; 6.3.1.16; 14.1.2.8d; TA.4.2.1d; KA.1.1d; śvetU.2.4d.
mahīnāṃ payo 'si viśveṣāṃ devānāṃ tanūḥ # TS.3.2.6.1.
mahe bharāya puruhūta viśve # RV.3.51.8d.
mahe yat pitra īṃ rasaṃ dive kaḥ # RV.1.71.5a.
mahe vṛtrāya hantave # RV.8.93.7b; AVś.20.47.1b; 137.12b; SV.1.119b; 2.572b; MS.2.13.6b: 155.7; KS.39.12b; JB.3.208; TB.1.5.8.3b; 2.4.1.3b.
mahe śūrāya viṣṇave cārcata # RV.1.155.1b.
maho dive na sūryaḥ # RV.8.70.2d; AVś.20.92.17d; 105.5d. See mahāṃ devo.
maho devo martyāṃ (MS. martyaṃ) ā viveśa # RV.4.58.3d; AVP.8.13.3d; VS.17.91d; MS.1.6.2d: 87.18; KS.40.7d; GB.1.2.16d; TA.10.10.2d; MahānU.10.1d; Apś.5.17.4d; N.13.7d.
mahyaṃ tvendraś cāgniś ca # AVP.2.90.5c.
mahyaṃ devā uta viśve tapojāḥ # AVś.6.61.1c.
māṃ sarve devā anvāyattāḥ # JB.2.28c (bis).
jīvebhyaḥ pra mado mānu gāḥ pitṝn # AVś.8.1.7b.
tat karma vasavo yac cayadhve # RV.6.51.7b; 7.52.2d.
mātā putrair aditir dhāyase veḥ # RV.1.72.9d.
te agne prativeśā riṣāma # AVś.3.15.8d; 19.55.1d,2d,7d. See agne mā te prati-.
tve sacā tanaye nitya ā dhak # RV.7.1.21c.
dhṛthāḥ śayane sve # AVś.3.25.1b.
mādhyaṃdine savane jātavedaḥ # RV.3.28.4a; Aś.5.4.6. P: mādhyaṃdine savane śś.7.17.2.
na indra pīyatnave # RV.8.2.15a; SV.2.1156a.
nas toke tanaye mā na āyuṣi (RV.KSṣMB. āyau) # RV.1.114.8a; VS.16.16a; TS.3.4.11.2a; 4.5.10.3a; MS.4.12.6a: 197.15; KS.23.12a; Tā.10.53a; śvetU.4.22a; SMB.2.1.8a. Ps: mā nas toke TB.2.8.6.9; Mś.11.2.9; KālāgU.1; śG.5.10.2; GG.3.8.2; KhG.3.3.2; BDh.3.6.6; ParDh.11.34; BṛhPDh.2.131; 9.111,114,145; mā naḥ LAtDh.5.51. Designated as mā-nas-tokīya (sc. sūkta) BDh.3.2.9.
no goṣu mā no aśveṣu rīriṣaḥ # RV.1.114.8b; VS.16.16b; TS.3.4.11.2b; 4.5.10.3b; MS.4.12.6b: 197.15; KS.23.12b; Tā.10.53b; śvetU.4.22b; SMB.2.1.8b.
no nide ca vaktave # RV.7.31.5a; AVś.20.18.5a.
no martāya ripave rakṣasvine (RV.8.22.14c, vājinīvasū) # RV.8.22.14c; 60.8a.
no mardhiṣṭam ā gataṃ śivena # RV.7.73.4d.
no rakṣa ā veśīd āghṛṇīvaso # RV.8.60.20a.
no vadhāya hatnave # RV.1.25.2a.
no vidad (KS. vṛdhad) vṛjinā (KSṭB.Apś. vṛjanā) dveṣyā yā # AVś.1.20.1d; 5.3.6d; KS.40.10d; TB.3.7.5.13d; Apś.2.20.6d.
no viśve devāḥ # Kauś.128.4c.
no hiṃsīj jātavedaḥ # TA.10.1.5a; MahānU.2.10a; ApMB.1.9.10a (ApG.3.8.5); HG.1.18.5a.
māṃ devā anu viśve tapojāḥ # KS.40.9c.
pūrve agne pitaraḥ padajñāḥ # RV.3.55.2b.
bhrātur agne anṛjor ṛṇaṃ veḥ # RV.4.3.13c.
mad vedo 'dhi visrasat # TA.4.42.5.
mātaram amuyā pattave kaḥ # RV.4.18.1d.
mām āryanti kṛtena kartvena ca # RV.10.48.3d.
yajñaṃ hiṃsiṣṭaṃ mā yajñapatiṃ jātavedasau # VS.5.3c; 12.60c; TS.1.3.7.2c; 4.2.5.2c; MS.1.2.7c: 16.9; śB.3.4.1.24c. P: mā yajñaṃ hiṃsiṣṭam Mś.8.13.12 (14). See mā hiṃsiṣṭaṃ yajña-.
yajñaṃ jātavedasau # KS.3.4d; 16.11; 26.7; Kauś.108.2d.
mārjālyo mṛjyate sve damunāḥ # RV.5.1.8a.
viveno viśruṇuṣvājaneṣu # TB.2.4.7.4b.
spṛkṣathā niṣadanāya sādhave # AVP.2.78.4c,5c.
hiṃsīḥ puruṣaṃ jagat # VS.16.3d; TS.4.5.1.2d; MS.2.9.2d: 121.2; KS.17.11d; śvetU.3.6d. See next, and mā hiṃsīt.
hṛṇānasya manyave # RV.1.25.2c.
mitra indro mahāpitara āpo viśve devā brahmā viṣṇur ity etāni pratyagdvarāṇi daivatāni sanakṣatrāṇi sagrahāṇi sāhorātrāṇi samuhūrtāni tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.3.
mitraṃ huve pūtadakṣam # RV.1.2.7a; SV.2.197a; VS.33.57a; JB.3.38; PB.12.2.3; 15.2.5; ā.1.1.4.5; Aś.7.2.2; 5.9. P: mitraṃ huve śś.7.10.11; 12.1.3.
mitraṃ huve varuṇaṃ pūtadakṣam # RV.7.65.1b; KB.26.11.
mitraṃ digbhiḥ kṛṇuṣva jātavedaḥ # AVP.15.22.5a.
mitrasya vaś cakṣuṣāvekṣe # MS.1.1.7: 4.6; 4.1.7: 9.13; Mś.1.2.2.31. Cf. adabdhena vaś etc.
mitrāvaruṇanetrebhyo vā marunnetrebhyo vā devebhya uttarāsadbhyaḥ (VSK. uttara-) svāhā # VS.9.35; VSK.11.1.1; śB.5.2.4.5.
mitrāvaruṇayor dhenur uttarasyām uttaravedyāḥ śroṇyām āsannā # KS.34.15.
mitrāvaruṇayor dhruveṇa dharmaṇā # KS.2.12; 25.10. See mitrāvaruṇau etc.
mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ vasubhyo rudrebhya ādityebhyo viśvebhyo devebhyo brāhmaṇebhyaḥ saumyebhyaḥ somapebhyaḥ # Aś.6.11.16.
mitrāvaruṇau tvottarataḥ (KS. tvā) paridhattām (TS.KS. add dhruveṇa dharmaṇā; VS.śB. add dhruveṇa dharmaṇā viśvasyāriṣṭyai) # VS.2.3; TS.1.1.11.2; MS.1.1.12: 7.12; KS.1.11; śB.1.3.4.4; TB.3.3.6.9. P: mitrāvaruṇau tvā Mś.1.2.6.8.
mitrāvaruṇau dhruveṇa dharmaṇā # MS.1.2.11d: 20.18; 3.8.9: 108.2. See mitrāvaruṇayor etc.
mitro deveṣv āyuṣu # RV.3.59.9a.
mitro hotā varuṇo jātavedāḥ # RV.3.5.4b.
miśrā devebhir ādhvam # AVś.4.14.2d; AVP.3.38.2d; VS.17.65d; TS.4.6.5.1d; MS.2.10.6d: 138.2; KS.18.4d; śB.9.2.3.24.
mumukṣvo manave mānavasyate # RV.1.140.4a.
muṣāyaś cakram avive rapāṃsi (read aviver apāṃsi) # RV.6.31.3d.
muṣāya sūryaṃ kave # RV.1.175.4a.
muhuḥ śrathnā manasyave # RV.10.171.3c.
mūrdhānaṃ niveṣyeṇa # MS.3.15.2: 178.4. See niveṣyaṃ.
mūrdhā nābhā soma venaḥ # RV.1.43.9c.
mṛgād ṛśyā iverate # AVś.19.38.2b.
mṛtyave (sc. namaḥ) # MG.2.12.8. See mṛtyave dharmā-.
mṛtyūn ekaśataṃ suve # Apś.16.16.1d. See mṛtyor etc.
mṛtyo martyāya hantave # KS.38.13b; TB.3.10.8.2b; Tā.10.57b; Apś.16.16.1b; Kauś.97.8b.
mṛtyor aṅgāni kati tāni vettha # AVP.13.7.8d.
mṛtyor ekaśataṃ suve # KS.38.13d. See mṛtyūn etc.
mṛdaṃ barsvaiḥ (TS. barsvebhiḥ) # VS.25.1; TS.5.7.11.1; MS.3.15.1: 177.7; KSA.13.1.
methīṃ tvā sarvasya veda # HG.1.23.1.
medhām āśāsata śriye # SV.1.101b. See vedhām aśāsata.
memaṃ hāsiṣṭaṃ mṛtyave # AVP.1.61.4b.
modamānau sve gṛhe (AVś. -nau svastakau) # RV.10.85.42d; AVś.14.1.22d.
moṣathā vṛkṣaṃ kapaneva vedhasaḥ # RV.5.54.6b; N.6.4.
mo ṣu ṇaḥ soma mṛtyave parā dāḥ # RV.10.59.4a. Cf. BṛhD.7.92.
mosmiṃchayane sve # AVP.6.23.11b.
ya ātmadā baladā yasya viśve # RV.10.121.2a; AVś.4.2.1a; 13.3.24a; VS.25.13a; TS.4.1.8.4a; 7.5.17.1a; NṛpU.2.4a. P: ya ātmadā TB.3.8.18.5; Vait.8.22; 28.5; Apś.16.7.11; 20.12.6; 13.2; Kauś.44.1; 45.1. See ya ojodā baladā.
ya ābabhūva bhuvanāni viśvā # VS.32.5b; JB.1.205b; śś.9.5.1b; Vait.25.12a. See ya āvababhūva, and cf. ya āviveśa etc.
ya āviveśa dvipado yaś catuṣpadaḥ (KS. dvipadaś catuṣ-) # AVś.3.21.2c; AVP.3.12.2c; MS.2.13.13c: 162.13; KS.40.3c; Apś.16.35.1c.
ya āviveśa bhuvanāni viśvā # VS.8.36b; KS.40.3c; TB.3.7.9.5b; TA.10.10.2b; Apś.14.2.13b; 16.35.1c; MahānU.9.4b; NṛpU.2.4b. Cf. under ya ābabhūva.
ya āviveśoṣadhīr (AVPṃS. -śauṣadhīr) yo vanaspatīn # AVś.3.21.1c; AVP.3.12.1c; MS.2.13.13c: 162.11.
ya āhutiṃ pari vedā namobhiḥ # RV.6.1.9c; MS.4.13.6c: 207.8; KS.18.20c; TB.3.6.10.4c.
ya āhutiṃ pari vedā vaṣaṭkṛtim # RV.1.31.5c.
ya it tad vidus ta ime (AVś. te amī) sam āsate # RV.1.164.39d; AVś.9.10.18d; TB.3.10.9.14c; TA.2.11.1d; śvetU.4.8c; NṛpU.4.2c; 5.2c; N.13.10d.
ya indra iva deveṣu # AVś.9.4.11a.
ya imaṃ yajñam ayajanta pūrve # RV.10.130.6d.
ya imāṃl lokān īśata īśanībhiḥ # śvetU.3.2b; śirasU.5b.
ya imāṃ praviveśitha # AVP.2.67.2b.
ya īṃ cakāra na so asya veda # RV.1.164.32a; AVś.9.10.10a; N.2.8a.
ya uttarato juhvati jātavedaḥ # AVś.4.40.4a. Cf. asyāṃ ma udīcyāṃ.
ya upariṣṭāj juhvati jātavedaḥ # AVś.4.40.7a. Cf. asyāṃ ma ūrdhvāyāṃ.
ya ṛtviyaḥ pra te vanve # TB.2.4.3.10a; 3.7.9.6a; Apś.14.2.13a.
ya etad vidur amṛtās te bhavanti # KU.6.2d,9d; śvetU.3.1d,10c,13d; 4.17d,20d. See ya enaṃ vidur, and ye tad vidur.
ya etaṃ devam ekavṛtaṃ veda # AVś.13.4.15.
ya enaṃ veda satyena bhartum # TA.3.14.1d.
ya enad veda sa id enad (AVś. enam) arhati # RVKh.10.128.6c; AVś.19.26.1c; AVP.1.82.1c.
ya evedam iti bravat # RV.6.54.1c; RVKh.7.34.1d,2d.
ya ojodā baladā yasya viśve (AVP. yaś ca viśve) # AVP.4.1.2a; MS.2.13.23a: 168.9; KS.40.1a. P: ya ojodāḥ KA.1.198.35. See ya ātmadā.
ya oṣadhīr vīrudha āviveśa # AVś.7.87.1b; śirasU.6b.
ya oṣadhīṣu paśuṣv apsv antaḥ (KS. paśuṣv āviveśa) # AVś.19.3.2b; AVP.1.73.2b; 2.15.5b; KS.7.13b. See ye antarikṣa oṣa-.
yaḥ kṛṇvena saṃvido yātumāvān # AVP.12.20.2b.
yaḥ pūrvyāya vedhase navīyase # RV.1.156.2a; TB.2.4.3.9a. P: yaḥ pūrvyāya śś.5.11.7.
yaḥ pṛṇāti sa ha deveṣu gachati # RV.1.125.5b.
yaḥ prācyāṃ diśi śvetapipīlikānāṃ rājā tasmai svāhā # Kauś.116.3.
yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ sa ātmānaṃ dveṣṭu # AVś.16.7.5.
yaṃ viśve devāḥ smaram asiñcann apsv antaḥ # AVś.6.132.2a.
yaṃ śevadhim āvahāj jātavedāḥ # AVś.6.123.1b. See yam āvahāc.
yaṃ sarve 'nujīvāma # TS.1.2.13.1b. See yaṃ bahavo.
yakṣmāṇāṃ sarveṣāṃ viṣam # AVś.9.8.10c--12c,19c,20c.
yakṣmād deveṣitād adhi # AVś.8.7.2b.
yac cānyac chrāddhikaṃ bhavet # śG.4.7.55b.
yac chakvarīṣu bṛhatā raveṇa # RV.7.33.4c; TB.2.4.3.1c.
yac chvetān rohitāṃś cāgneḥ # TA.1.11.8c.
yaja ṛtubhya ārtavebhyaḥ # AVP.1.105.4a. Cf. under ṛtubhiṣ ṭvārtavaiḥ.
yajasva jātavedasam # RV.8.23.1b; SV.1.103b.
yajiṣṭhaṃ tvā yajamānā huvema # RV.1.127.2a; SV.2.1164a; KS.39.15a.
yaj jātavedo bhuvanasya mūrdhan # RV.10.88.5a.
yajñaṃ viśvebhir devebhiḥ # RV.3.40.3b; AVś.20.6.3b.
yajña namaś ca ta upa ca yajñasya śive saṃtiṣṭhasva # VS.2.19; śB.11.2.3.9. P: yajña namaś ca te Kś.3.6.21. See next, yajña śaṃ, yajña śivo, and śaṃ ca ma.
yajñaṃ devebhir invitam (MSṭB.Apś. anv-) # TS.3.1.4.3b; MS.1.2.15b: 25.17; TB.1.4.4.5b; Apś.9.7.10b.
yajñaṃ devebhyaḥ prativedayann ajaḥ # RV.1.162.4d; VS.25.27d; TS.4.6.8.2d; MS.3.16.1d: 182.3; KSA.6.4d.
yajñaṃ deveṣu naḥ kave # RV.1.13.2b; SV.2.698b.
yajñaṃ deveṣu nas kṛdhi # TB.2.4.2.3b.
yajñaṃ deveṣu pispṛśaḥ # RV.6.15.18d.
yajñaṃ deveṣu manyatām # AVś.7.20.1b; VS.34.9b; TS.3.3.11.3b; MS.3.16.4b: 189.8; Aś.4.12.2b; śś.9.27.2b; SMB.2.2.19b; JG.1.20b.
yajñaṃ deveṣu yachataḥ # AVś.7.54.1d. See next but one.
yajñaṃ deveṣu yachatām # RV.2.41.20c; TS.4.1.11.4c; MS.4.10.3c: 150.15; N.9.38c.
yajñaṃ deveṣu vakṣataḥ # SV.1.369d. See prec. but one.
yajñanyoḥ kataro nau vi veda # RV.10.88.17b; N.7.30b.
yajñasya ketur manmasādhano veḥ # RV.1.96.6b.
yajñasya nidhipo 'si (PG. nidhipā asi) # AG.1.22.21b; PG.2.4.2b. See vedasya nidhigopo 'si, and vedānāṃ nidhipo asi.
yajñasya pramābhimonmā pratimā vedyāṃ kriyamāṇāyām # KS.34.14.
yajñāt taṃ nir bhajāmo yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # AVś.10.5.31.
yajñena vardhata jātavedasam # RV.2.2.1a; AB.4.32.11; KB.19.9; 20.3. P: yajñena vardhata Aś.7.4.13; śś.6.4.11; 11.2.11; 14.56.15; 16.20.16. Cf. BṛhD.4.65.
yajñe barhiṣi vedyām # AB.2.22.5b; Aś.5.2.8b. See asmin yajñe barhiṣi vedyām.
yajñair marto niśitiṃ vedyānaṭ # RV.6.13.4b.
yajño devebhiḥ saha devayānaḥ # TS.3.1.4.3b; KS.30.8b; Mś.1.8.3.31b.
yajño deveṣu kalpatām # VS.19.45d; MS.3.11.10d: 156.12; KS.38.2d; śB.12.8.1.19d; TB.2.6.3.4d; Apś.1.9.12d; śG.5.9.4d.
yajño bhūtvā yajñam āsīda svāṃ (Aś. omits svāṃ; Mś. svaṃ) yoniṃ jātavedo (Mś. omits jātavedo) bhuva ājāyamānaḥ (TB.Apś. add sakṣaya ehi; Mś. adds svakṣaya ehi) # TB.2.5.8.8; Aś.3.10.6; Apś.6.28.11; Mś.1.6.3.3.
yaṃ cāhaṃ dveṣmi yaś ca mām # TB.3.7.6.17b; TA.2.5.2b; Apś.4.11.5b.
yataḥ prajajña indro asya veda # RV.10.73.10d; JB.3.364d,365d.
yato jajña ugras tveṣanṛmṇaḥ # RV.10.120.1b; AVś.5.2.1b; 20.107.4b; AVP.6.1.1b; SV.2.833b; VS.33.80b; JB.2.144; ā.1.3.4.2; 5.1.6.5; Apś.21.22.3b; Mś.7.2.6.6b; N.14.24b.
yato jīvebhyo na pitṝn upaiti # AVP.1.70.1a.
yato devā udajāyanta viśve # RV.4.18.1b.
yat kārave daśa vṛtrāṇy aprati # RV.1.53.6c; AVś.20.21.6c.
yat kīnāśasya sveda eti # AVP.11.10.10a.
yat ta indra bṛhad vayas tasmai tvā viṣṇave tvā # VS.7.22; TS.1.4.12.1; KS.4.5; MS.1.3.14: 35.14; śB.4.2.3.10.
yat te mahe etc. # see yat tvemahe.
yat te varco jātavedaḥ # AVś.3.22.4a; AVP.3.18.3a.
yat te sūrya divi deveṣu varcaḥ # AVP.2.68.6a.
yat tvemahe (SMB. te mahe) prati tan no (AVP.Kauś. prati nas taj) juṣasva # RV.7.54.1c; AVP.7.6.10c; TS.3.4.10.1c; MS.1.5.13c: 82.14; Kauś.43.13c; SMB.2.6.1c; PG.3.4.7c; ApMB.2.15.18c.
yat tveṣayāmā nadayanta parvatān # RV.1.166.5a.
yat pārthive sadane vṛtrahantama # RV.8.97.5c.
yatra devāso (KS. devā) ajuṣanta viśve # VS.4.1b; KS.2.4b; śB.3.1.1.11; Mś.2.1.1.6b. See viśve devā yad.
yatra devāḥ samagachanta viśve # RV.10.82.6b; VS.17.30b; TS.4.6.2.3b,3d.
yatra devāḥ samapaśyanta viśve # RV.10.82.5d; VS.17.29d; MS.2.10.3b: 134.14; 2.10.3d: 134.13; KS.18.1b,1d.
yatra naḥ pūrve pitaraḥ padajñāḥ # SV.2.709c. See yenā naḥ etc.
yatra naḥ pūrve pitaraḥ paretāḥ # MS.2.12.4d: 148.5. See under yatrā etc.
yatra pūrve sādhyāḥ santi devāḥ # RV.1.164.50d; 10.90.16d; AVś.7.5.1d; VS.31.16d; TS.3.5.11.5d; MS.4.10.3d: 149.1; KS.15.12d; AB.1.16.37d; śB.10.2.2.3; TA.3.12.7d; N.12.41d.
yatra-yatra jātavedaḥ saṃbabhūtha (TB., both text and comm., erroneously, -babhūva) # TB.1.2.1.22c; Apś.5.13.4c. See next but one.
yatra-yatra vibhṛto (KS. bibhrato) jātavedāḥ # AVś.19.3.1c; AVP.1.73.1c; KS.7.13c. See prec. but one.
yatra viśve kāravaḥ saṃnasanta # RV.9.92.5b.
yatrā naḥ pūrve pitaraḥ paretāḥ # AVś.18.1.50c; MS.4.14.16b: 242.12. See next, yatra naḥ etc., and yenā te pūrve.
yatrā naḥ pūrve pitaraḥ pareyuḥ # RV.10.14.2c,7b; MS.4.14.16c: 242.11. See under prec.
yatredānīṃ paśyasi jātavedaḥ # RV.10.87.6a; AVś.8.3.5a.
yatrainān (AG.KauśṣMBḥGṃG. yatraitān) vettha nihitān parāke (SMB. parācaḥ) # VS.35.20b; AG.2.4.13b; Kauś.45.14b; 84.1b; SMB.2.3.18b; ApMB.2.20.28b; HG.2.11.1b; 15.7b; MG.2.9.4b. See next.
yatraiṣām agne janimāni vettha # AVś.1.8.4a.
yat somam indra viṣṇavi (JB. viṣṇave) # RV.8.12.16a; AVś.20.111.1a; SV.1.384a; JB.1.352; Vait.40.1,4; 41.22.
yathā kaṇve maghavan trasadasyavi # RV.8.49 (Vāl.1).10a.
yathā kaṇve maghavan medhe adhvare # RV.8.50 (Vāl.2).10a.
yathāgamaprajñāśrutismṛtivibhavād anukrāntamānād avivādapratiṣṭhād abhayaṃ śaṃ bhave no astu # śG.6.6.16.
yathāgniḥ pṛthivīm ā viveśa # Kauś.98.2c.
yathā cit pūrve jaritāra āsuḥ # RV.6.19.4c.
yathā jīvema śaradaḥ savīrāḥ # TB.3.1.1.2d.
yathā tvaṃ suśravaḥ suśravā deveṣv evam ahaṃ suśravaḥ suśravā brāhmaṇeṣu bhūyāsam # SMB.1.6.31. See prec. two and next.
yathā divo jātavedaś cikitvān # RV.3.17.2b.
yathā devānāṃ janimāni veda # RV.3.4.10d; SMB.2.2.12d.
yathā devebhyo 'pavathā evaṃ mahyaṃ pavasva # Apś.12.15.8.
yathā devebhyo 'mṛtena samanaman # AVP.5.35.10b.
yathā deveṣu jāgratha # Apś.1.14.3b; PG.1.16.22b; HG.2.4.5b.
yathā deveṣv amṛtam # AVś.10.3.25a.
yathāntarikṣe vāyave samanamann evā mahyaṃ saṃnamaḥ saṃ namantu # AVś.4.39.3. See yathā vāyave, and yathā vāyur antarikṣeṇa.
yathāpavathā manave vayodhāḥ # RV.9.96.12a.
yathā pumān bhaved iha # Mś.1.1.2.31c. See yatheha puruṣo.
yathā purā manave gātum aśret # RV.10.76.3b.
yathā pūrvebhyaḥ śatasā amṛdhraḥ # RV.9.82.5a.
yathā pūrvebhyo jaritṛbhya indra # RV.1.175.6a; 176.6a.
yathā bhavema mīḍhuṣe anāgāḥ # RV.7.97.2c.
yathāyathaṃ nau tanvau (Aś. tanvā; Mś. tan nau) jātavedaḥ # KS.7.3d; Aś.2.5.10d; Mś.1.6.3.16d.
yathā yukto jātavedo na riṣyāḥ # RV.10.51.7b; MS.4.14.15b: 242.4.
yathā vāyave antarikṣeṇa samanaman # AVP.5.35.2b. See under yathāntarikṣe.
yathā viśve sajoṣasaḥ # RV.1.43.3c.
yathāsmiṃ jātavedasi # AVś.10.3.19b.
yathā havyaṃ vahasi jātavedaḥ # AVś.4.23.2a; AVP.4.33.3a.
yathaitam etā ūrdhvā upatiṣṭhanty evainam ūrdhvā upa tiṣṭhanty adhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.1.
yathaitam etāsāṃ syandamānānāṃ vaśam ādatta evā dviṣatāṃ vaśam ādatte 'dhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.4.
yathaitā etasminn udyati praskandanty evāsminn āyati praskandanty adhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.2.
yathaitā etasyāṃ praṇutās takantīr yanty evainena dviṣantaḥ praṇutā yanty adhipatir bhavati svānāṃ cānyeṣāṃ ca ya evaṃ veda # AVP.11.16.3.
yad agna eṣā samitir bhavāti # RV.10.11.8a; AVś.18.1.26a; MS.4.14.15a: 241.10; ā.5.1.1.24. Cf. ā.5.1.1.25, where variants of this stanza are said to occur in another Vedic school (śākhāntare): see atra vibhajātha.
yad ado divo arṇave # RV.8.26.17a.
yad aśnāmi balaṃ kurve # AVś.6.135.1a; AVP.5.33.7a. P: yad aśnāmi Kauś.47.20.
yad ahaṃ veda tad ahaṃ dhārayāṇi # TA.4.42.5d.
yad ahaṃ devayajanaṃ veda tasmiṃs tvā devayajana ā kṣiṇomi (ṣB. tasmiṃs tvā vṛścāni) # ṣB.2.10; Apś.10.2.10.
yad ābadhnanti vedhasaḥ # AVP.3.7.4b. See tad etc.
yadā śṛtaṃ kṛṇavo (TA. karavo) jātavedaḥ # RV.10.16.1c; AVś.18.2.5a; TA.6.1.4c.
yadā sarve pramucyante # śB.14.7.2.9a; BṛhU.4.4.9a; KU.6.14a.
yad āsthānāt pracyuto venasi tmanā # TB.3.7.13.1b.
yadāsyāḥ srakve dahet # AVP.8.16.8a.
yad indra hantave mṛdhaḥ # RV.1.131.6d; AVś.20.72.3d.
yad indrāgnī madathaḥ sve duroṇe # RV.1.108.7a.
yad indro vṛtrahā veda # AVś.5.25.6c. See indro yad vṛtra-.
yad īm anu pradivo madhva ādhave # RV.1.141.3c.
yad īm uśmasi kartave karat tat # RV.10.74.6d; AB.3.22.4d.
yad īm ṛṇvanti vedhasaḥ # RV.9.7.5c; SV.2.482c.
yad īṃ mṛgāya hantave mahāvadhaḥ # RV.5.34.2c.
yad īśāno brahmaṇā veṣi me havam # RV.2.24.15d; MS.4.12.1d: 178.10; TB.2.8.5.3d.
yad ugram in maghavā viśvahāvet # RV.6.47.15b.
yaded antā adadṛhanta (TS. adadṛṃh-) pūrve # RV.10.82.1c; VS.17.25c; TS.4.6.2.4c; MS.2.10.3c: 134.2. See ād id antā.
yad gomāyū vadato jātavedaḥ # Kauś.96.3a.
yad devā devam ayajanta viśve # RV.10.130.3d. Cf. next but one.
yad devānāṃ (VS. deveṣu) tryāyuṣam (JG. triyā-, one ms. tryā-) # VS.3.62c; VSK.3.9.4c; śG.1.28.9d; SMB.1.6.8d; ApMB.2.7.2c; HG.1.9.6c; MG.1.1.24d; JG.1.11c; VārG.4.20d.
yad devān nāthito huve # AVP.4.9.6a. See devān yan nā-.
yad devāpiḥ śaṃtanave purohitaḥ # RV.10.98.7a; N.2.12a.
yad deveṣu tryāyuṣam # see yad devānāṃ etc.
yad deveṣu dhārayathā asuryam # RV.6.36.1d.
yad deveṣu pitṛṣu manuṣyeṣv enaś cakārāyam # AVP.2.49.1--5.
yad dha dyāvāpṛthivī āviveśīḥ # RV.3.32.10c.
yad baddham iha veha vā # AVś.7.12.4b; AVP.6.6.9b.
yad bhūmer hṛdayaṃ divi candramasi śritam # ApMB.2.13.3ab (ApG.6.15.5). See veda te bhūmi.
yad-yat tvam atra manasānu vettha # Lś.9.10.9b. See yadi tvam atra.
yady asi viśvebhyo devebhyo viśvebhyas tvā devebhyaḥ parikrīṇāmi # GG.2.6.7.
yad vāṃ vṛṣaṇvasū huve # RV.8.5.24c.
yad vābhipitve asurā ṛtaṃ yate # RV.8.27.20a.
yad vā yajñaṃ manave saṃmimikṣathuḥ # RV.8.10.2a.
yad vā sve sadane yatra vāsi # RV.6.40.5b.
yad vairūpa upahate vyadhve (JB.3.255a erroneously vyaddhve) # JB.2.398a; 3.255a.
yad vo devīr upabruve # AVP.11.6.4b. See tad vo etc.
yaṃ te pūrvaṃ pitā huve # RV.1.30.9c; AVś.20.26.3c; SV.2.94c.
yaṃ trāyadhve yaṃ pipṛthāty aṃhaḥ # RV.10.35.14b.
yaṃ trāyadhve syāma te # RV.5.53.15c.
yaṃ tvā devāso manave dadhur iha # RV.1.36.10a.
yaṃ tvā veda pūrva ikṣvākoḥ (AVP. aikṣākaḥ) # AVś.19.39.9a; AVP.7.10.9a.
yaṃ tvā samabharaṃ jātavedaḥ # TB.1.2.1.9a; Apś.5.3.1a.
yaṃ dviṣmas taṃ sa ṛchatu # RV.10.164.5d. Cf. yaṃ dve-.
yaṃ dviṣmo ya u dveṣat piśācaḥ # AVP.12.20.1b.
yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca no dveṣṭi # AVP.15.21.1c. Cf. next.
yaṃ dviṣmo yaś ca no dveṣṭi tasmā enad gamayāmaḥ # AVś.16.6.4. Cf. prec.
yaṃ dveṣāma tam ṛchatu # AVś.6.26.3c. Cf. prec. but three.
yan nakṣatraṃ patati jātavedaḥ # Kauś.128.2a.
yan nimruci prabudhi viśvavedasaḥ # RV.8.27.19c.
yan me skannaṃ manaso jātavedaḥ # Kauś.6.1a. P: yan me skannam Vait.16.17; Kauś.6.2.
yamanetrebhyo devebhyo dakṣiṇāsadbhyaḥ svāhā # VS.9.35; śB.5.2.4.5.
yam ayaṃ yajamāno dveṣṭi yaś cainaṃ dveṣṭi # śB.1.8.3.2,4; Kś.3.5.23.
yam aśvinā dadathuḥ śvetam aśvam # RV.1.116.6a.
yamasya panthām anuvetā purāṇam # Apś.1.10.6b.
yam ahaṃ dveṣmi pūruṣam # AVP.1.59.3d.
yam ā cid viśve vasavo gṛṇanti # RV.7.38.3b.
yam ā manuṣvat pradivo dadhidhve # RV.4.34.3b.
yam āvahāc chevadhiṃ jātavedāḥ # AVP.2.60.4b; VS.18.59b; TS.5.7.7.1b; KS.40.13b; śB.9.5.1.46; Mś.2.5.5.21b. See yaṃ śevadhim.
yam u pūrvam ahuve tam idaṃ huve # RV.2.37.2a; AVś.20.67.7a.
yam erire bhṛgavo viśvavedasam # RV.1.143.4a. P: yam erire bhṛgavaḥ N.4.23.
yamo no gātuṃ prathamo viveda # RV.10.14.2a; AVś.18.1.50a; MS.4.14.16a: 242.10; Kauś.81.35.
yamo vaivasvato rājā (Aś.śś. vaivasvataḥ, omitting rājā) tasya pitaro viśas ta ima āsate yajūṃṣi (Aś.śś. yajurvedo) vedaḥ so 'yam # śB.13.4.3.6; Aś.10.7.2; śś.16.2.4--6.
yamo ha veha prayatābhir aktā # TA.6.5.1b.
yaṃ bahavo 'nujīvān # MS.1.2.9c: 19.4. See yaṃ sarve.
yaṃ bibhrataṃ nānu (AVP. nanu) pāpmā viveda # AVś.19.32.9c; AVP.11.12.9c.
yaṃ mātariśvā manave parāvataḥ # RV.1.128.2f.
yayā vṛṣṭiṃ śaṃtanave vanāva # RV.10.98.3c.
yayā sve pātre siñcasa ut # RV.10.105.10c.
yayā havyam akṛṇoj jātavedāḥ # AVś.19.4.1b.
yayor idaṃ viśvaṃ bhuvanam ā viveśa # TB.2.4.5.7a; śś.3.18.14a.
yayor vāṃ devau deveṣv aniśitam (MS.KS. -ṣitam) ojaḥ # TS.4.7.15.3c; MS.3.16.5c: 191.7; KS.22.15c.
yavaṃ na dasma juhvā vivekṣi # RV.7.3.4d.
yavaya dveṣo asmat # MS.1.2.11: 20.15; 1.2.14: 23.11. See yavayāsmad aghā, yavayāsmad dveṣo, and yāvayāsmad.
yava yavayāsmad aghā dveṣāṃsi # TA.6.9.2.
yavayāsmad aghā dveṣāṃsi # TA.6.9.2; 10.2. See under yavaya dveṣo.
yavayāsmad dveṣaḥ # VS.5.26; 6.1; TS.1.3.1.1; 2.2; 6.1; śB.3.6.1.11; 7.1.4; Kauś.82.17. See under yavaya dveṣo.
yaviṣṭhasya brahmaṇā jātavedasaḥ # AVP.12.19.1d.
yavena (AVś.7.50.7b, yavena vā) kṣudhaṃ puruhūta viśvām (AVś.7.50.7b, viśve) # RV.10.42.10b; 43.10b; 44.10b; AVś.7.50.7b; 20.17.10b; 89.10b; 94.10b.
yavena vā kṣudhaṃ etc. # see yavena kṣudhaṃ etc.
yaśasvy aham adyāsmiñ jane bhūyāsam ayaśāḥ sa yo 'smān dveṣṭi # Apś.6.21.1. Cf. āyuṣmān aham.
yaś ca no dveṣate (AVP. dveṣad ij) janaḥ # AVP.1.42.4b; VS.11.80b; TS.4.1.10.3b; MS.2.7.7b: 84.2; 3.1.9: 12.20; KS.16.7b; śB.6.6.3.10; TA.2.5.2b.
yaś ca veda prajāpatim # AVś.10.7.17d.
yaḥ śvetāṃ adhinirṇijaḥ # RV.8.41.10a.
yas tad veda yata ābabhūva # TA.3.14.2a.
yas tad veda savituḥ (MahānU. sa pituḥ) pitāsat # TA.10.1.4d; MahānU.2.4d. See yas tāni, and cf. yas tā vijānāt.
yas tad vedobhayaṃ saha # VS.40.11b,14b; īśāU.11b,14b; MU.7.9b.
yas tan na veda (AVś. erroneously, -daṃ) kim ṛcā kariṣyati # RV.1.164.39c; AVś.9.10.18c; TB.3.10.9.14c; TA.2.11.1c; śvetU.4.8c; NṛpU.4.2c; 5.2c; N.13.10c.
yas tāni veda sa pituṣ (VS. pituḥ) pitāsat # AVś.2.1.2d; AVP.2.6.2d; VS.32.9d. See under yas tad veda savituḥ.
yas tān praveda prataram atīryata # AVP.5.6.4d.
yas tā vijānāt sa pituṣ pitāsat (TA. savituḥ pitā sat !) # RV.1.164.16d; AVś.9.9.15d; TA.1.11.5d; N.14.20d. Cf. under yas tad veda savituḥ.
yas te gandhaḥ puṣkaram āviveśa # AVś.12.1.24a.
yas te deveṣu mahimā svarge (TB.Apś. suv-; AVP. svargaḥ) # AVś.19.3.3a; AVP.1.73.3a; TB.1.2.1.21a; Apś.5.13.4a.
yas te prāṇedaṃ veda # AVś.11.4.18a.
yas te rājan varuṇa deveṣu pāśas taṃ ta etenāvayaje (KS. ta etad avayaje) # MS.2.3.1: 28.2; KS.11.11. P: yas te rājan varuṇa deveṣu Mś.5.2.1.3.
yas te rājan varuṇa druhaḥ pāśas triṣṭupchandā (also pāśo gāyatrachandāḥ, pāśo jagacchandā, and pāśo 'nuṣṭupchandā) antarikṣam (also pṛthivīm, divam, and diśo) anvāviveśa (once 'nvāviveśa, after diśo) kṣatre (also brahmaṇi, viśi, and paśuṣu) pratiṣṭhitas taṃ ta etad avayaje # KS.17.19.
yas te rātrau saṃvatsare mahimā saṃbabhūva yas te pṛthivyām agnau mahimā saṃbabhūva yas te nakṣatreṣu candramasi mahimā saṃbabhūva tasmai te mahimne prajāpataye devebhyaḥ svāhā # VS.23.4. Ps: yas te rātrau saṃvatsare mahimā saṃbabhūva śB.13.5.3.7; yas te rātrau Kś.20.7.26.
yas te 'han saṃvatsare mahimā saṃbabhūva yas te vāyāv (VSK. vāyā) antarikṣe mahimā saṃbabhūva yas te divi sūrye mahimā saṃbabhūva tasmai te mahimne prajāpataye svāhā devebhyaḥ # VS.23.2; VSK.25.2. Ps: yas te 'han saṃvatsare mahimā saṃbabhūva śB.13.5.2.23; yas te 'han Kś.20.7.16.
yas tvā dhruvam acyutaṃ saputraṃ sapautraṃ brahma veda dhruvā asmin putrāḥ pautrā bhavanti # HG.1.22.14.
yas tvā yakṣmo deveṣitaḥ # AVP.2.24.2a.
yas tvārāyaḥ praviveśa # AVP.2.67.1a.
yas tvaivaṃ veda tasmai me # SMB.2.4.9c.
yasmāt kośād udabharāma vedam # AVś.19.72.1a; Kauś.139.26a. P: yasmāt kośāt Kauś.139.25.
yasmād devā jajñire bhuvanaṃ ca viśve # TB.3.12.3.2b.
yasmād devā jajñire bhuvanaṃ ca sarve # TB.3.12.3.3b.
yasmād bhīta udavepiṣṭa # Mś.3.5.10. See yasmād bhīṣāvepiṣṭhāḥ.
yasmād bhīṣāvepiṣṭhāḥ # TB.3.7.8.2a; 13.2.2a; Apś.9.18.3. See yasmād bhīta udavepiṣṭa.
yasmād vṛkṣāso na viyanti viśve # AVP.5.22.6b.
yasmin devā adhi viśve niṣeduḥ # RV.1.164.39b; AVś.9.10.18b; TB.3.10.9.14b; TA.2.11.1b; 10.1.1b; MahānU.1.2b; śvetU.4.8b; NṛpU.4.2b; 5.2b; N.13.10b.
yasmai tvaṃ sukṛte jātavedaḥ # RV.5.4.11a; TS.1.4.46.1a; KS.10.12a; Aś.2.10.9; ApMB.2.11.6a (ApG.6.14.2).
yasmai tvam iha mṛtyave (AVP. iha jajñiṣe) # AVś.5.30.17c; AVP.9.14.7c.
yasya grāmā yasya viśve rathāsaḥ # RV.2.12.7b; AVś.20.34.7b; AVP.12.14.7b.
yasya viśve himavanto mahitvā # AVś.4.2.5a; AVP.4.1.6a. See yasyeme viśve, and yasyeme himavanto.
yasya vrataṃ (KS. -te) paśavo yanti sarve # RVKh.7.96.1a; AVś.7.40.1a; TS.3.1.11.3a; MS.4.10.1a: 142.13; KS.19.14b; Aś.3.8.1a; śś.6.11.8a. P: yasya vratam Vait.8.2.
yasya śarmann upa viśve janāsaḥ # RV.7.6.6a.
yasya śvetā vicakṣaṇā # RV.8.41.9a.
yasyāṃ vāto mātariśveyate # AVś.12.1.51c.
yasyā bhāve vaidikalaukikānām # PG.2.17.9a.
yasyām idaṃ viśvaṃ bhuvanam āviveśa # VS.9.5c; 18.30c; TS.1.7.7.1c; KS.13.14c; śB.5.1.4.4. See viśvaṃ hy asyāṃ.
yasyāṃ pūrve pūrvajanā vicakrire # AVś.12.1.5a; MS.4.14.11a: 233.14.
yasyāṃ pūrve bhūtakṛtaḥ # AVś.12.1.39a; Vait.22.1.
yasyā vrate prasave yakṣam ejati # AVś.8.9.8c.
yasyeme viśve girayo mahitvā # MS.2.13.23a: 168.11; KS.40.1a. P: yasyeme viśve KA.1.198.38. See next, and yasya viśve.
upariṣṭād avekṣante # AVP.15.19.7a.
yāḥ pārśve uparṣanti # AVś.9.8.15a.
yāṃś cāhaṃ dveṣmi ye ca mām # AVP.3.3.1d,6d; TB.3.7.6.17d; TA.2.5.2d; Apś.4.11.5d.
jihvā jātavedo yo arciḥ # TS.5.7.8.1b; KS.40.5b.
yātam aśvebhir aśvinā # RV.8.5.7c.
yātaṃ pārāya gantave # RV.1.46.7b.
yātubhrātri sadānve # AVP.6.8.9b.
te agna utsīdataḥ pavamānā priyā tanūs tayā saha pṛthivīm āviśa rathaṃtareṇa sāmnā gāyatreṇa ca chandasā # Apś.5.26.5. Quasi-metrical, five pādas.
te agne pavamānā tanūḥ pṛthivīm anvāviveśa yāgnau yā rathaṃtare yā gāyatre chandasi yā trivṛti stome yānne tāṃ ta etad avarundhe # KS.7.14. Cf. next.
te agne pāvakā tanūr antarikṣam anvāviveśa yā vāte yā vāmadevye yā traiṣṭubhe chandasi yā pañcadaśe stome yā paśuṣu tāṃ ta etad avarundhe # KS.7.14. Cf. next but one.
te agne śucis tanūr divam anv āviveśa yā sūrye yā bṛhati yā jāgate chandasi ya saptadaśe stome yāpsu tāṃ ta etad avarundhe # KS.7.14. Cf. next.
te tanūḥ pitṛṣv āviveśa # AVś.19.3.3b; AVP.1.73.3b. See under yas ta ātmā.
te rudra śivā tanūḥ # AVP.14.3.8a; VS.16.2a,49a; TS.4.5.1.1a; 10.1a; MS.2.9.2a: 120.18; 2.9.9a: 127.11; KS.17.11a,16a; Mś.11.2.9; śvetU.3.5a; NīlarU.8a. P: yā te rudra Mś.11.7.1.4; BṛhPDh.9.112.
te 'vadīptir avarūpā jātavedaḥ # Kauś.130.2a.
yāteva bhīmas tveṣaḥ samatsu # RV.1.70.11b. With interpolations: yāteva bhīmo viṣṇur na tveṣaḥ samatsu kratur na Aś.6.3.1c.
devā manave daduḥ # AVP.6.3.9d.
deveṣu tanvam airayanta # RV.10.169.3a; TS.7.4.17.1a; KS.4.6a; AG.2.10.6.
yān ahaṃ dveṣmi ye ca mām # AVś.3.6.1d,3d,5d.
yāni bruvanti vedhasaḥ suteṣu # RV.7.26.3b.
nu śvetāv avo divaḥ # RV.8.40.8a.
yāṃ tvā jajñur vṛṣabhasya raveṇa # RV.7.79.4c.
yāṃ tvā devā asṛjanta viśve # AVś.1.13.4a.
yāṃ tvā pūrve bhūtakṛtaḥ # AVś.6.133.5a; AVP.5.33.11a.
yāny āsan savituḥ save # MS.1.6.1d: 85.6; KS.7.12d; TB.1.2.1.13d; Apś.5.7.17d.
pṛṣatī tāṃ piśaṅgī tāṃ sāraṅgī tāṃ kalmāṣī tāṃ pṛśnis tāṃ śvetā # MS.4.2.4: 25.19.
yābhiḥ purā manave gātum īṣathuḥ # RV.1.112.16b.
yābhir narā śayave yābhir atraye # RV.1.112.16a.
yābhir viveṣo haryaśva dhībhiḥ # RV.7.37.5b.
yām adatvā parābhavet # AVś.12.4.45d.
yām iṣuṃ giriśanta (NīlarU. -ntam) # AVP.14.3.5a; VS.16.3a; TS.4.5.1.1a; MS.2.9.2a: 121.1; KS.17.11a; śvetU.3.6a; NīlarU.5a.
ruco jātavedasaḥ # RV.10.188.3a.
yāvat te viṣṇo veda tāvat te kariṣyāmi # śś.1.4.5; Apś.24.11.2.
yāvad itaḥ purastād udayāti sūryas tāvad ito 'muṃ nāśaya yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # TA.4.39.1.
yāvanto jātavedasi # AB.7.13.5b; śś.15.17b.
yāvanto devās tvayi jātavedaḥ # śB.14.9.3.2a; BṛhU.6.3.2a.
yāvaya dveṣa ā bharā vasūni # RV.7.77.4c.
yāvayāsmad dveṣāṃsi (KS. dveṣam) # AVP.2.37.2a; KS.2.12; 3.3. See under yavaya dveṣo.
vaḥ sarvā upabruve # RV.1.188.8b.
viśvāvasuṃ gandharvaṃ sacadhve (KA.1.101Eb, sasadhre) # AVś.2.2.4b; AVP.1.7.4b; KA.1.101Eb; 2.101E.
yāvīr aghasya cid dveṣaḥ # RV.8.79.4c.
śardhāya mārutāya svabhānave # RV.6.48.12a.
yāś ca sarve patatriṇaḥ # AVś.8.7.24d.
yāś cāhaṃ veda vīrudhaḥ # AVś.8.7.18a.
sarasvatī veśabhaginī tasyā no rāsva tasyās te bhaktivāno bhūyāsma # KS.5.4. See prec. but one, and next.
sarasvatī veśabhagīnā tasyās te bhaktivāno bhūyāsma # MS.1.4.3: 51.8. P: yā sarasvatī veśabhagīnā Mś.1.4.3.3. See prec., and prec. but two.
sarasvatī veśabhagīnā tasyai svāhā # Apś.3.10.2.
sarasvatī veśayamanī tasyai svāhā # MS.1.4.3: 51.7. P: yā sarasvatī veśayamanī MS.1.4.8: 56.14; Mś.1.3.5.12. See prec. but three.
yāsāṃ viśve devā adhipatayaś ca sarve # KS.16.13b.
yāsāṃ somo viśvā rūpāṇi veda # RV.10.169.3b; TS.7.4.17.1b; KSA.4.6b.
yāsāṃ nāsti niveśanam # AVP.8.12.10d.
yāsām agnir iṣṭyā (KSA. niṣṭyā) nāmāni veda # RV.10.169.2b; TS.7.4.17.1b; KSA.4.6b.
yās te agne ghorās tanuvaḥ kṣuc ca tṛṣṇā cāsnuk cānāhutiś cāśanayā ca pipāsā ca sediś cāmatiś caitās te agne ghorās tanuvas tābhir amuṃ gacha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # TA.4.22.1. Cf. next.
yās te śivās tanvo (TA.Apś. tanuvo) jātavedaḥ # RV.10.16.4c; AVś.18.2.8c; KS.7.13a (ter); TA.6.1.4c; Apś.5.10.3a; 12.2a; 13.8a; 15.6a.
yās te śocayo raṃhayo jātavedaḥ # AVś.18.2.9a.
yās tvaṃ vettha manuṣyajāḥ # AVś.12.4.43b.
yuktena manasā vayam # VS.11.2a; TS.4.1.1.1a; MS.2.7.1a: 73.10; KS.15.11a; śB.6.3.1.14; śvetU.2.2a.
yukto vaha jātavedaḥ purastāt # AVP.12.18.2a; HG.1.2.18a; VārG.1.23a. P: yukto vaha MG.1.10.9; 2.2.15. See purastād yukto.
yuktvāya savitā (TS.śvetU. manasā) devān # VS.11.3a; TS.4.1.1.1a; MS.2.7.1a: 73.12; KS.15.11a; śB.6.3.1.15; śvetU.2.3a.
yuktvā śvetā auccaiḥśravasam # AVś.29.128.16a.
yuṅgdhvaṃ harī ajirā dhuri voḍhave # RV.5.56.6c.
yujaṃ hy anyam akṛta pravepanī # RV.5.34.8c.
yuje rathaṃ gaveṣaṇaṃ haribhyām # RV.7.23.3a; AVś.20.12.3a; MS.4.10.5a: 155.14; TB.2.4.1.3a. P: yuje ratham MS.4.12.3: 185.6; 4.14.5: 221.11; TB.2.8.2.5.
yuje vāṃ brahma pūrvyaṃ namobhiḥ # RV.10.13.1a; AVś.18.3.39b; VS.11.5a; TS.4.1.1.2a; MS.2.7.1a: 74.2; KS.15.11a; AB.1.29.2; śB.6.3.1.17; śvetU.2.5a; Aś.4.9.4.
yuñjate mana uta yuñjate dhiyaḥ # RV.5.81.1a; VS.5.14a; 11.4a; 37.2a; TS.1.2.13.1a; 4.1.1.1a; KS.2.10a; 15.11a; MS.1.2.9a: 18.13; 3.8.7: 103.13; 4.9.1a: 120.3; AB.4.30.4; KB.20.2; 22.1; 25.9; śB.3.5.3.11; 6.3.1.16; 14.1.2.8a; TA.4.2.1a; KA.1.1a; śvetU.2.4a; Aś.5.12.9; śś.7.15.3; Mś.2.2.2.14. Ps: yuñjate manaḥ MS.2.7.1: 74.1; KS.18.19; 25.8; KA.2.1; Aś.7.5.23; śś.10.2.7; Apś.11.6.10; 15.1.1; VārG.5.26; ViDh.64.22; 65.2; yuñjate Kś.8.3.29; 26.1.3; Mś.4.1.6; MG.1.2.3.
yuñjantu tvā maruto viśvavedasaḥ # AVś.3.3.1c; 6.92.1c; VS.9.8c; śB.5.1.4.9.
yuñjānaḥ prathamaṃ manaḥ # VS.11.1a; TS.4.1.1.1a; MS.2.7.1a: 73.8; KS.15.11a; śB.6.3.1.12; śvetU.2.1a; Apś.16.1.4; Mś.6.1.1.6; MG.1.6.2; 23.6. P: yuñjānaḥ Kś.16.2.7.
yudhā devebhyo varivaś cakartha # RV.1.59.5d; 7.98.3d; AVś.20.87.3d. Cf. yudhendro.
yudhā vidaṃ manave gātum iṣṭaye # RV.10.49.9d.
yudhendro mahnā varivaś cakāra # RV.3.34.7a; AVś.20.11.7a. Cf. yudhā devebhyo.
yudhyai tvena saṃ tvena pṛchai # RV.4.18.2d.
yuyodhi jātavedaḥ # RV.8.11.3b.
yuyodhy asmad dveṣāṃsi # RV.2.6.4c; VS.12.43c; TS.4.2.3.4c; MS.1.2.10c: 20.11; 2.7.10c: 89.1; KS.16.10c; śB.6.8.2.9c; Apś.11.12.3c.
yuvaṃ rādhobhir akavebhir indra # RV.6.60.3c; MS.4.13.7c: 208.2; KS.4.15c; TB.3.6.8.1c.
yuvaṃ viśveṣu bhuvaneṣv antaḥ # RV.1.157.5b.
yuvaṃ śvetaṃ pedava indrajūtam # RV.1.118.9a.
yuvaṃ śvetaṃ pedave 'śvināśvam # RV.10.39.10a.
yuvaṃ sadyo viśpalām etave kṛthaḥ # RV.10.39.8d.
yuvaṃ dhenuṃ śayave nādhitāya # RV.1.118.8a.
yuvaṃ pedave puruvāram aśvinā # RV.1.119.10a.
yuvāṃ kṣemasya prasave mitajñavaḥ # RV.7.82.4b.
yuvor u ṣū rathaṃ huve # RV.8.26.1a; Aś.4.15.2. P: yuvor u ṣū ratham śś.6.6.10. Cf. BṛhD.6.67.
yuṣmāṃ astu dive-dive # see yuṣme etc.
yuṣme (GB. yuṣmāṃ) astu dive-dive # AVś.20.135.10c; AB.6.35.20d; GB.2.6.14c; JB.2.117c; śś.12.19.3d.
yuṣme sacā bṛhaddiveṣu somam # RV.4.37.3d.
yūyaṃ dveṣāṃsi sanutar yuyota # RV.2.29.2b.
yūyam īśidhve vasavas tasya niṣkṛteḥ # AVś.4.27.6c; AVP.4.35.6c.
ye asmin (KS. 'smin) mahaty arṇave # MS.2.9.9a: 128.9; KS.17.16a; Mś.11.7.1.4. See under asmin mahaty.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"ve" has 1776 results
agniveśyaan ancient writer of Vedic grammar mentioned in the Taittirīya prātiśākhya. confer, compare कपवर्गपरश्च (विसर्ग:) अग्निवेश्यवाल्मीक्योः ( मतेन ऊष्माणं न आपद्यते ) T.Pr. IX. 4.
agniveśyāyanawriter of Vedic grammar, mentioned in the Taittirīya prātiśākhya. confer, compare नाग्निवेश्यायनस्य ( मते उदात्तपरः स्वरितपरो वा अनुदात्तः स्वरितं नापद्यते इति न) Tait. Pr. XIV.32.
aākhyātavivekaa work dealing with verbs and their activity by KṛṣṇaShāstrī Āraḍe a great Naiyāyika of the 18th century.
kartṛvedanāexperience (of something) by the agent himself; confer, compare सुखादिभ्यः कर्तृवेदनायाम् P. III.1.18
kārakavivekaknown as कारकवाद also; a short work on the meaning and relation of words written by Jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya who lived in the beginning of the eighteenth century. The work forms the concluding portion of a larger work called कारकविवेक which was written by शिरोमणिभट्टाचार्य.. The work कारकवाद has a short commentary written by the author himselfeminine.
kṛtveform of the taddhita affix. affix कृत्वम् in Vedic Literature. See कृत्वसुच्,
kṣveḍanahissing or whizzing sound given as a fault in the utterance of sibilants; confer, compare क्ष्चेडनमधिको वर्णस्य सरूपो ध्वनि: । commentary on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 6.
tavekrt affix तवे for the infinitive affix तुम् in Vedic Literature: exempli gratia, for example दशमे मासि सूतवे; confer, compare P.III 4.9.
tavenkrt affix तवे for the infinitive affix तुम् in Vedic Literature; exempli gratia, for exampleगन्तवे, कर्तवे, हर्तवे; confer, compare P.III. 4.9.
devendraa Jain grammarian of the 13th century who has written a commentary named लघुन्यास on the शब्दानुशासन of Hemacandra. He has written many works on the Jain Agamas, of which a commentary on the Uttaradhyanasutra can be specially mentionedition He is called देवेन्द्रसूरि also.
devendraname given to a work on grammar, presumably the same as जैनेद्र-शब्दानुशासन written by पूज्यपाददेवनन्दिन्. See जेनेन्द्रव्याकरण.
dhvePersonal-ending of the second. person. Pl. Atmanepada in the present and perfect tenses. न् fifth consonant of the dental class of consonants which is possessed of the properties घोष, नादानुप्रदान, अल्पप्राणत्व, संवृतकण्ठत्व and अानुनासिक्य. In Panini's grammar the nasal consonant न् (a)is added as an augment prescribed\ \नुट् or नुम् which originally is seen as न्, but afterwards changed into अनुस्वार or परसवर्ण as required, as for example in पयांसि, यशांसि, निन्दति, वन्दति et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VII. 1.58-73, VII. 1.7983; VIII. 3.24; (b) is changed into ण् when it directly follows upon ऋ, ॠ, र् or ष् or even intervened by a vowel, a semivowel except ल् , a guttural consonant, a labial consonant or an anusvara; confer, compare P. VIII. 4.1.1-31. (c) is substituted for the final म् of a root, e. g. प्रशान्, प्रतान् confer, compare P. VIII. 2.64, 65.
pratidvandvabhāveinopponent, opposing: अन्तरङ्गं बहिरङ्गमिति प्रतिद्वन्द्वाभाविंनौ एतौ पक्षौ। M.Bh. on P. VIII.3.15.
bhāveprayeāgaimpersonal form of a sentence when there is no activity mentioned on the part of the agent nor resulting upon the object, but there is a mere mention of verb-activity.
rāghavendracārya( गजेन्द्रगडकर)a famous scholar of Grammar in the nineteenth century, who taught many pupils and wrote some commentary works, the well-known being प्रभा on the Sabdakaustubha, विषमपदव्याख्या on the Laghusabdendusekhara and त्रिपथगा on the Paribhisendusekhara. For details see p. 27 Vyakarana Mahbhasya Vol. VII D. E. Society's Edition.
varṇavivekacandrikāa minor grammar work on the nature of letters by a grammarian named काशिनाथ.
viśveśvaratīrthaa grammarian who has written a gloss on the Siddhāntakaumudī.
vea term applied to roots which optionally admit the application of the augment इ (इट्) to the Ardhadhatuka affixes placed after them, e. g. roots having got the indicatory vowel ऊ added to them as also the roots स्वृ, सू, धू and the roots headed by रध् as also some specifically mentioned roots under certain conditions; cf P. VIl. 2.44-51.
vetanādia class of words headed by वेतन which have the taddhita affix इक (ठक्) added to them in the sense of "earning a livelihood' exempli gratia, for example वेतनिक: | धानुष्क:; दाण्डिक:; confer, compare वेतनेन जीवति वैतनिकः कर्मकर: Kas on P. IV. 4.12.
vedalanguage of the Vedic Literature as contrasted with the term लॊकः; confer, compare नैव लोके न च वेदे अकारो विवृतोस्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Mahesvara Sutra; confer, compare also रक्षार्थं वेदानामध्येयं व्याकरणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).Ahnika 1. The term वैदिक referring to words found in Vedic language is also frequently used in the Mahabhasya. Panini, however, has used the term छन्दस्, मन्त्र and निगम, and not वेद, out of which the first term छन्दस् is often used; confer, compare बहुलं छन्दसि P. II. 4.39, 76: III, 2.88; V. 2.122; or छन्दसि च P. V. 1.67, V. 4.142, VI. 3.126. VI. l.34, VII. 1.8, et cetera, and others
vedamitraan ancient writer of a Pratisakhya work mentioned in the Rk Pratisakhya.
vebarWEBER, ALBRECHT of Berlin, 1825-190l ]a sound scholar of Vedic Literature who has written many articles on Sanskrit Grammar in "Indische Studien."
veṣṭakalifeminine. enclosure or envelope; the term is used in the sense of परिग्रहं with reference to the repetition of one and the same word more than once in the Krama and other artificial recitals; confer, compare परिग्रहे त्वनाषीन्तात् तेन वैकाक्षरीकृतात् | परॆषां न्यासमाचारं, व्यालिस्तौ चेत् स्वरौ परौ|| on which Uvvata remarks परिग्रहे वेष्टके.
vekalpika1it. optional, voluntary; the term is used in connection with a rule or operation prescribed alternatively with another, where there is an option to apply any one of the two and arrive at two forms in the same sense;.
vebhaktabelonging to a case-affix; confer, compare क्राभ्यां सॊ वैभक्तः ( मूर्धन्यमापद्यते )। ऋक्षु। वणिक्षु । confer, compare also वैभक्तस्य णत्वे P. VI. 1.85 Varttika 6.
veyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāraa slightly abridged form of the Vaiyakaranabhusana by the author Kondabhatta himself for students and beginners. It consists of the same number of fourteen chapters as the main treatise, which are given the name Nirnaya. See vaiyākaranabhusana.
veṣāyika(1)pertaining to the word विषय in the sutra विषयो देशे P. IV.2. 52; the term refers to the taddhita affix. affixes prescribed in the sense of ’country' or ’district' (विषय) in P. IV. 2.52-54 as contrasted with नैवासिक affixes prescribed in the sense of 'inhabited district' by P. IV. 2.69-80 (2) one of the three senses of the locative case, viz. the sense 'substratum' of the locative case, which is not physical but which is a topical one, forming an object or aim of an , action as specified by the word 'about'; confer, compare अधिकरणं नाम त्रिप्रकारं व्यापकमौपश्लेषिकं वैषयिकमिति |
ṣaṭkārakavivecanaa small treatise on the six case-relations written by a grammarian Bhavananda who held the title Siddhāntavagisa.
saṃniveśaorder or arrangement of letters: confer, compare वर्णानामानुपूर्व्येण संनिवेशः समवाय: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika I. Vart. 15; confer, compare also संनिवेशेान्यः प्रत्याहारार्थः Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. I. 3.
samāveśaplacing together at one place, simultaneous application,generally with a view that the two or more things so placed, should always go together although in a few instances they may not go together: confer, compare तदधीते तद्वेद । नैतयोरावश्यकः समावेशः । भवतेि हि कश्चित्सं पाठं पठति न च वेत्ति | कश्चिच्च वेत्ति न च सं पाठं पठति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.IV.2.59;confer, compare also व्याकरणेपि कर्तव्यं हर्तव्यमित्यत्र प्रत्ययकृत्कृत्यसंज्ञानां समावेशो भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.4.1.
sāmavedprātiśākhyaname of a Pratisakhya work on Samaveda. It is probable that there were some Pratisakhya works written dealing with the different branches or Sakhas of the Samaveda, as could be inferred from indirect references to such works. For instance in the Mahabhasya there is a passage "ननु च भोश्छन्दोगानां सात्यमुग्रिराणायनीयाः अर्धमेकारमर्धमोकारं चाधीयते। ..पार्षदकृतिरेषां तत्रभवताम् " which refers to such works At present, however, one such work common to the several branches of the Samaveda, called Rktantra is available, and it is called Samaveda Pratisakhya. It is believed to have been written by औदव्रजि and revised by शाकटायन.
sārāsāravivekaname of a commentary on Nagesa's Paribhasendusekhara written by बालशास्त्री रानडे, the stalwart grammarian of the nineteenth century at Varanasi.
harināthadvivea grammarian of the nineteenth century who has written a commentary named अकाण्डताण्डव on Nagesa's Paribhasendusekhara.
a(1)the first letter of the alphabet in Sanskrit and its derived languages, representing the sound a (अ): (2) the vowel a (अ) representing in grammatical treatises, except when Prescribed as an affix or an augment or a substitute,all its eighteen varieties caused by accentuation or nasalisation or lengthening: (3) personal ending a (अ) of the perfeminine. second.pluraland first and third person.singular.; (4) kṛt affix c (अ) prescribed especially after the denominative and secondary roots in the sense of the verbal activity e. g. बुभुक्षा, चिन्ता, ईक्षा, चर्चा et cetera, and othersconfer, compare अ प्रत्ययात् et cetera, and others (P.III 3.102-106); (5) sign of the aorist mentioned as añ (अङ्) or cañ (चङ्) by Pāṇini in P. III i.48 to 59 exempli gratia, for example अगमत्, अचीकरत्; (6) conjugational sign mentioned as śap (शप्) or śa (श) by Pāṇini in P. III.1.68, 77. exempli gratia, for example भवति, तुदति et cetera, and others; (7) augment am (अम्) as prescribed by P. VI.1.58; exempli gratia, for example द्रष्टा, द्रक्ष्यति; (8) augment aṭ (अट्) prefixed to a root in the imperfeminine. and aorist tenses and in the conditional mood e. g. अभवत्, अभूत्, अभविष्यत् confer, compare P. VI.4.71; (8) kṛt affix a (अ) prescribed as अङ्, अच्, अञ्, अण्, अन्, अप्, क, ख, घ, ञ, ड् , ण, et cetera, and others in the third Adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.; (9) taddhita affix. affix a (अ) mentioned by Pāṇini as अच्, अञ् अण्, अ et cetera, and others in the fourth and the fifth chapters of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini; (10) the samāsānta affix a (अ), as also stated in the form of the samāsānta affixes (डच् , अच्, टच्, ष्, अष् and अञ्) by Pāṇini in V.4.73 to 121;(11) substitute a (अश्) accented grave for इदम before case-affixes beginning with the inst. instrumental case. case: (12) remnant (अ) of the negative particle नञ् after the elision of the consonant n (न्) by नलोपो नञः P. vi.3.73.
aṃ(ं)nasal utterance called अनुस्वार and written as a dot a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the vowel preceding it. confer, compare स्वरमनु संलीनं शब्द्यते इति; it is pronounced after a vowel as immersed in it. The anusvāra is considered (l) as only a nasalization of the preceding vowel being in a way completely amalgamated with it. confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V. 11,31; XV. 1; XXII. 14 ; (2) as a nasal addition to the preceding vowel, many times prescribed in grammar as nuṭ (नुट् ) or num (नुम् ) which is changed into anusvāra in which case it is looked upon as a sort of a vowel, while, it is looked upon as a consonant when it is changed into a cognate of the following consonant (परसवर्ण) or retained as n (न्). confer, compare P. VIII.4.58; (3) as a kind cf consonant of the type of nasalized half g(ग्) as described in some treatises of the Yajurveda Prātiśākhya: cf also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)1.22 V.Pr.14.148-9. The vowel element of the anusvāra became more prevalent later on in Pali, Prkrit, Apabhraṁśa and in the spoken modern languages while the consonantal element became more predominant in classical Sanskrit.
aṃśugaṇaalso अंश्वादिगण a class of words headed by अंशु which have their last vowel accented acute when they stand at the end of a tatpuruṣa, correspond with the word प्रति as the first member. confer, compare P. VI.2.193.
a,pೱ,(ೱ)Upadhmānīya represented by a sign like the temple of an elephants stated by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. who remarks "गजकुम्भाकृतिर्वर्ण उपध्मानीयसंज्ञो भवति." Kāt.I. It is a voiceless breath following the utterance of a vowel and preceding the utterance of the labial letter p ( प् ) or ph ( फ ). It is looked upon as a letter ( वर्ण ), but dependent upon the following consonant and hence looked upon as a consonant. अ:कार name given to the nominative case. case in the Taittiriya Prātiśākhya. cf अ:कार इति प्रथमाविभक्तेरुपलक्षणम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 23.
ak(1)condensed expression (प्रत्याहार ) representing the letters अ, इ, उ, ऋ and लृ in Pāṇini's Grammar confer, compare P. VI.1.12, 101; VII.4.2. (2) sign (विकरण) of the benedictive in Vedic Literature in the case of the root दृश् c. g. पितरं च दृशेयं P.III.l.86 V 2; ( 3 ) remnant of the termnination अकच् P. V. 3. 71 ; ( 4 ) substitute (अादेश) अकङ् for the last vowel of the word मुधातृ ( P.IV.1.97 ) e. g. सोघातकिः.
aka(1)affix अक substituted for the afiix वु given in Pāṇini's Grammar as ण्वुच् as in अाशिका,शायिका (P.III. 3.111); ण्वुल् as in कारकः, भोजको व्रजति, विचर्चिका (P.III.1.133, III.3. 10,108); वुच् as in उपकः (P.V.3.80); वुञ् as in निन्दकः, राजकम्, भालवकः (P. III.2.146, IV.2.39, 53 et cetera, and others); वुन् as in प्रवकः, सरकः; क्रमकः, पदकः. III.1.149, IV.2.6l et cetera, and others
akathitanot mentioned by any other case-relation such as अपादान, संप्रदान and अधिकरण; stated with respect to the indirect object, governed by roots possessing two objects such as दुह्, याच् and others, which in the passive woice is put in the nominative case. The in-direct object is called akathita because in some cases there exists no other case-relation as, for example, in पौरवं गां याचते or भिक्षते, or माणवकं पन्थानं पृच्छति; while, in the other cases, the other case-relations (with the activity expressed by the verb) are wilfully suppressed or ignored although they exist, as for instance in गां दोग्धि पयः, अन्ववरुणद्धि गां व्रजम्; see अकथितं च P.1.4.51 and the Mahābhāṣya thereon.
akartṛa case-relation excepting that of the subject to the verbal activity. confer, compare अकर्तरि च कारके संज्ञायाम् P. III.3.I9.
akarmakaintransitive, without any object, (said with regard to roots which cannot possess an object or whose object is suppressed or ignored). The reasons for suppression are briefly given in the well-known stanza ; धातोरर्थान्तरे वृत्तेर्धात्वर्थेनोपसंग्रहात् । प्रसिद्धेरविवक्षातः कर्मणोऽकर्मिकाक्रिया ॥ In the case of intransitive roots, the verbal activity and its fruit are centred in one and the same individual viz. the agent or कर्ता confer, compare फलव्यापारयोरेकनिष्ठतायामकर्मकः Vāk. Pad.
akārathe letter a, (अ) inclusive of all its eighteen kinds caused by shortness, length, protraction, accentuation and nasalization in Pānini's grammar, in cases where a(अ) is not actually prescribed as a termination or an augment or a substitute. confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः P. I.1.73. The letter is generally given as the first letter of the alphabet ( वर्णसमाम्नाय ) in all Prātiśākhya and grammar works except in the alphabet termed Varṇopadeśa, as mentioned in the Ṛk Tantra confer, compare ए ओ ऐ औ अा ॠ लॄ ई ऊ ऋ लृ इ उ अाः । रयवलाः । ङञणनमाः । अः ೱ क ೱ पाः । हुं कुं खुं गुं घुं अं अां एवमुपदेशे et cetera, and others Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.I. 4.
akārakanot causing any verbal activity; different from the kārakas or instruments of action such as the agent, the object, the instrument, the recipient (संप्रदान), the separated (अपादान) and the location, (अधिकरण) confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.23, 29 and 5l and on II.3.1.
akāryanot a grammatical positive operation: e. g. elision (लोप.) confer, compare ननु च लोप एवेत्कार्यं स्यात् । अकार्यं लोपः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.2.
akālaka(1)not limited by any time-factors for its study such as certain periods of the day or the year. (2) not characterized by any technical terms expressive of time such as adyatanī, parokṣā occurring in the ancient Prātiśākhya and grammar works. The term akalika is used by the writers of the Kāśikāvṛtti in connection with the grammar of Pāṇini. confer, compare “पाणिन्युपज्ञमकालकं व्याकरणम्” Kās. on P. II.4.21 explained by the writer of the Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. as पूर्वाणि व्याकरणानि अद्यतनादिकालपरिभाषायुक्तानि तद्रहितम् ।
akṛtasaṃhitawords ending with a breathing or visarga which are not looked upon as placed immediately before the next word and hence which have no combination with the following vowel e. g. एष देवो अमर्त्यः R. V. 1X.8.1.
akṛtrimanon-technical: not formed or not arrived at by grammatical operations such as the application of affixes to crude bases and so on; natural; assigned only by accident. cf the gram. maxim कृत्रिमाकृतिमयोः कृत्रिमे कार्यसंप्रत्ययः which means "in cases of doubt whether an operation refers to that expressed by the technical sense or to that which is expressed by the ordinary sense of a term, the operation refers to what is expressed by the technical sense." Par. śek. Par.9 also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.28.
akṛtsna-akṛtsnāan epithet applied to the pronunciation of Veda words improperly which does not serve any useful purpose. confer, compare अकृत्स्ना अप्रयोजना इत्यर्थ: Uvaṭa on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 68.
aṅkitanot possessing the mute letter k (क्) or g (ग्) orṅ ( ङ् ) and hence not preventing the guṇa and vṛddhi substitutes for the preceding vowel, if they occur. e. g. मृजेर ङ्कित्सु प्रत्ययेषु मृजिप्रसङगे मार्जिः साधुर्भुवति M.Bh. on P. I.I.I Vart.10.
akriyājanot a result of a verbal activity; the expression is used in connection with qualities ( on a substance) as opposed to the activities found in it. confer, compare अाधेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोs सत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.44.
akṣarapaṅktiname given to the dvipada virāj verses divided into padās of five syllables. cf विराजो द्विपदाः केचित् सर्वा आहुश्चतुष्पदाः । कृत्वा पञ्चाक्षरान्पादांस्तास्तथाSक्षरपङ्क्तयः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII. 50.
akṣarasamāmnāyaalphabet: traditional enumeration of phonetically independent letters generally beginning with the vowel a (अ). Although the number of letters and the order in which they are stated differ in different treatises, still, qualitatively they are much the same. The Śivasūtras, on which Pāṇini's grammar is based, enumerate 9 vowels, 4 semi-vowels, twenty five class-consonants and 4 | sibilants. The nine vowels are five simple vowels or monothongs (समानाक्षर) as they are called in ancient treatises, and the four diphthongs, (सन्ध्यक्षर ). The four semi-vowels y, v, r, l, ( य् व् र् ल् ) or antasthāvarṇa, the twenty five class-consonants or mutes called sparśa, and the four ūṣman letters ś, ṣ, s and h ( श् ष् स् ह् ) are the same in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works although in the Prātiśākhya works the semi-vowels are mentioned after the class consonants.The difference in numbers, as noticed, for example in the maximum number which reaches 65 in the VājasaneyiPrātiśākhya, is due to the separate mention of the long and protracted vowels as also to the inclusion of the Ayogavāha letters, and their number. The Ayogavāha letters are anusvāra, visarjanīya,jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya, nāsikya, four yamas and svarabhaktī. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya does not mention l (लृ), but adding long ā (अा) i (ई) ,ū (ऊ) and ṛ (ऋ) to the short vowels, mentions 12 vowels, and mentioning 3 Ayogavāhas (< क्, = प् and अं) lays down 48 letters. The Ṛk Tantra Prātiśākhya adds the vowel l (लृ) (short as also long) and mentions 14 vowels, 4 semivowels, 25 mutes, 4 sibilants and by adding 10 ayogavāhas viz. 4 yamas, nāsikya, visarjanīya, jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya and two kinds of anusvāra, and thus brings the total number to 57. The Ṛk Tantra makes a separate enumeration by putting diphthongs first, long vowles afterwards and short vowels still afterwards, and puts semi-vowels first before mutes, for purposes of framing brief terms or pratyāhāras. This enumeration is called varṇopadeśa in contrast with the other one which is called varṇoddeśa. The Taittirīya prātiśākhya adds protracted vowels and lays down 60 letters : The Ṣikṣā of Pāṇini lays down 63 or 64 letters, while the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya gives 65 letters. confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 1-25. The alphabet of the modern Indian Languages is based on the Varṇasamāmnāya given in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya. The Prātiśākhyas call this enumeration by the name Varṇa-samāmnāya. The Ṛk tantra uses the terms Akṣara samāmnāya and Brahmarāśi which are picked up later on by Patañjali.confer, compare सोयमक्षरसमाम्नायो वाक्समाम्नायः पुष्पितः फलितश्चन्द्रतारकवत् प्रतिमण्डितो वेदितव्यो ब्रह्मराशिः । सर्ववेदपुण्यफलावाप्तिश्चास्य ज्ञाने भवति । मातापितरौ चास्य स्वर्गे लोके महीयेते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika.2-end.
akhaṇḍaśābdabodhaunitary import; the meaning of a sentence collectively understood.
agati(1)absence of any other recourse or alternative. confer, compare अगत्या हि खलु परिभाषाश्रीयते. Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adevaPari. vṛtti Pari.119;(2) which is not a word termed gati. confer, compare चनचिदिवगोत्रादितद्धिताम्रेडितेष्वगते: P. VII.1.57.
agamakatvanon-communicativeness, inability to communicate adequately the intended meaning. confer, compare सविशेषणानां वृत्तिस्तर्हि कस्मान्न भवति । अगमकत्वात् M. Bh on II.1.1: confer, compare also अगमक: निर्देशः अनिर्देशः।
agnipadādigaṇaa class of words headed by the word अग्निपद to which the taddhita affix. affix अण् is added in the senses of 'given there' or 'done there' e. g. अग्निपदम्. confer, compare अण्प्रकरणे अग्निपदादिभ्य उपसंख्यानम् P. V.1.97 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1.
agnaukaravāṇinyāyaanalogy conveyed by the expression अग्नौ करवाणि implying permission to the agent to do certain other things in a sacrificial session when, as a matter of fact, he is only permitted to work as an agent at the sacrificial action ( अग्नौकरण ), by virtue of the reply ' कुरु ' to his request made in the sentence अग्नौ करवाणि. confer, compare अग्नौकरवाणिन्यायेन भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on. II.2.24.
aglopaelision of the vowel a, i,u , r or l ( अ, इ, उ, ऋ or लृ ) which prevents Sanvadbhāva confer, compare सन्वल्लघुनि चङ्परेSनग्लोपे P. VII.4.93, as also नाग्लोपिशास्वृदिताम् VII.4.2 where the elision prevents the shortening of the penultimate vowel if it is long.
aṅThe vikaraṇa before luṅ affixes, substituted for the affix cvi ( च्वि ) in the case of the roots mentioned by Pāṇini in sūtras III.1.52-59:(2) the Vikaraṇapratyaya in Vedic Literature before the benedictive affixes prescribed by Pāṇini in Sūtra III.1.86; (3) kṛt affix in the feminine gender showing verbal activity applied to roots marked with the mute letter ष् and the roots भिद्, छिद् and others. P.III.3 104-106.exempli gratia, for example जरा, त्रपा, भिदा, छिदा et cetera, and others
aṅga(1)the crude base of a noun or a verb to which affixes are added; a technical term in Pāṇini's grammar for the crude base after which an affix is prescribed e. g. उपगु in औपगव,or कृ in करिष्यति et cetera, and others confer, compare यस्मात् प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादि प्रत्ययेSङ्गम् P.I.4.13; (2) subordinate participle. constituent part confer, compare पराङ्गवद् in सुबामन्त्रिते पराङ्गवत्स्वरे P. II.1.2, also विध्यङ्गभूतानां परिभाषाणां Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Par. 93.10: (3) auxiliary for an operation, e. g. अन्तरङ्ग, बहिरङ्ग et cetera, and others confer, compare अत्राङगशब्देन शब्दरूपं निमित्तमेव गृह्यते Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Par.50; (4) element of a word or of an expression confer, compare अङ्गव्यवाये चाङ्गपरः Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 190, अङ्गे च क्म्ब्यादौ R.T. 127. व्यञ्जनं स्वराङ्गम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.21.1.
aṅgavṛttaan operation prescribed in the section named aṅgādhikara, comprising the fourth quarter of the sixth book and the whole of the seventh book of Pāṇini.
aṅgādhikāraa large section of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. covering five quarters (VI.4.1 to the end of VII) in which the various operations undergone by crude bases before various affixes et cetera, and others are prescribedition
ajitasenaauthor of the Cintāmaṇiprakāśika a gloss on Cintāmaṇi, the well known commentary by Yakṣavarman on the Sabdānuśāsana of Śākatāyana. Ajitasena was the grand pupil of Abhayadeva; he lived in the 12th century A.D.
(1)taddhita affix. affix a ( अ ) with the mute letter ñ ( ञ्), prescribed (i) after the words उत्स and others in various senses like progeny, dyed in, produced in, come from et cetera, and othersP. IV.1.86, (ii) after the words विद and others in the sense of grandson and other descendents.P. IV.1.104. For other cases see P. IV. I. 141, 161; IV.2.12,14 et cetera, and others IV.3.7 et cetera, and others IV.4.49. The feminine is formed by adding i ( ई ) to words ending with this affix अञ्, which have the vṛddhi vowel substituted for their initial vowel which gets the acute accent also exempli gratia, for example औत्सः, औत्सी,औदपानः, बैदः, बैदी.
aṭ(1)token term standing for vowels and semi-vowels excepting l ( ल्) specially mentioned as not interfering with the substitution of ṇ ( ण् ) for n ( न् ) exempli gratia, for example गिरिणा, आर्येण, खर्वेण et cetera, and others Sec P.VIII.4.2; (2) augment a (अट्) with an acute accent, which is prefixed to verbal forms in the imperfect and the aorist tenses and the conditional mood. exempli gratia, for example अभवत्, अभूत्, अभविष्यत् Sec P.IV.4.71; (3) augment a ( अट् ) prescribed in the case of the roots रुद्, स्वप् et cetera, and others before a Sārvadhātuka affix beginning with any consonant except y ( य्), exempli gratia, for example अरोदत्, अस्वपत्, अजक्षत्, आदत् et cetera, and others; see P.VII.3, 99, 100;(4) augment a ( अट् ) prefixed sometimes in Vedic Literature to affixes of the Vedic subjunctive (लेट्) exempli gratia, for example तारिवत्, मन्दिवत् et cetera, and others see P.III.4.94.
aṇ(1)token term ( प्रत्याहार ) for all vowels and semivowels which, when prescribed for an operation, include all such of their sub-divisions as are caused by length, protraction accent or nasalization. cf अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः P. I.1.60;(2) token term for the vowels अ, इ and उ in all Pānini's rules except in the rule I.1.69 given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. e.g see ढ्रलोपे पूर्वस्य दीर्घोणः P.VI.3. 111, केऽणः P.VII.4.13. and अणोऽ प्रगृह्यस्य. P.VIII.4.57: (3) tad, affix. a ( अ ) prescribed generally in the various senses such as 'the offspring', 'dyed in,' 'belonging to' et cetera, and others except in cases where other specific affixes are prescribed cf प्राग्दीव्यतोऽण् P. IV.1.83; (4) kṛ. affix a ( अ ), applied, in the sense of an agent, to a root with an antecedent word (उपपद) standing as its object. e. g. कुम्भकारः, see P.III.2.1: काण्डलावः, see P.III.3.12.
aṇādia term applied to all taddhita suffixes collectively as they begin with अण् confer, compare P.IV.1.83.
aṇuthe minimum standard of the guantity of sound, which is not perceived by the senses, being equal to one-fourth of a Mātrā; confer, compare अणोस्तु तत्प्रमाणं स्यात् मात्रा तु चतुराणवात् ॥ see T.Pr. 21.3, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.1.60, A.Pr. III.65. Ṛk. tantra, however, defines अणु as half-a-mātrā. confer, compare अर्धमणु ( R.T. 1.41 ).
at(1)tech. term in Pāṇini's grammar for short अ, cf तपरस्तत्कालस्य P. I. 1. 70; अदेङ् गुणः P.I.1.2; (2) personal ending अ for इ ( इट् ) of the Ist person. singular. or Ātmanep. Ātmanepada in the Potential, P III. 4. 106; (3) caseaffix in the case of युष्मद् and अस्मद् for ablative case. singular. and plural P.VII. 1.31,32: (4) tad-affix अत् (अ) prescribed after किम् in the sense of the locative case case before which किम् is changed to कु, क्व being the taddhita affix. formation; confer, compare P. V.3.12 and VII.2.105:(5) substitute अत्(शतृ) for लट् forming the present and future participles in the Parasmaipada. active voice confer, compare लटः शतृशानचौ. P.III. 2.124 and लृटः सद्वा P. III.3.14.
ataṅnon-Ātmanepadin verbal affixes ति, तः...मस्, P. III.4.78, Cān. I.4.11, Śāk. 1.4.101.
atantraimplying no specific purpose: not intended to teach anything, अविवक्षित; exempli gratia, for example ह्रस्वग्रहणमतन्त्रम् Kāś and Si. Kau. on तस्यादित उदात्तमर्धह्रस्वम् P.1.2.32: confer, compare also अतन्त्रं तरनिर्देशः ( the use of तरप् does not necessarily convey the sense of the comparative degree in Pāṇini's rules) Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.2.33. This statement has been given as a distinct Paribhāṣa by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and Sākaṭāyana. The author of the Mahābhāṣya appears to have quoted it from the writings of Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and the earlier grammarians See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on अल्पाच्तरम् P. II.2.34.
atādrūpyātideśaconveyance of only the properties of one to another without conveying the actual form, described as the significance of antādivadbhāva. confer, compare न वा अताद्रूप्यातिदेशात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI.1.85 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 26. See ताद्रूप्यातिदेश below.
atāmpersonal affix of the third person. plural or Ātmanep. Ātmanepada in the Imperative (लोट्). confer, compare P. III.4.90.
atikramapassing over a word in the क्रमपाठ without repeating it; passing beyond, confer, compare अतिक्रम्य परिग्रहः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X.7, which means catching a word for repetition by coming back after passing over it, e. g. इन्द्राग्नी अपात् । इन्द्राग्नी इति इन्द्राग्नी । or अनु दक्षि । दक्षि दावने | दक्षीति दक्षि ।
atijagatīone of the varieties of-in fact, the first variety of-the Aticchandas metre, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.: this Atijagatī consists of 52 syllables.e. g. तमिन्द्रे जोहवीमि मघवानमुग्रम् Ṛk. Saṁh.8.97.13 cf, प्रथमातिजगत्यासां सा द्विपञ्चाशदक्षरा Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI.80.
atideśaextended application; transfer or conveyance or application of the character or qualities or attributes of one thing to another. Atideśa in Sanskrit grammar is a very common feature prescribed by Pāṇini generally by affixing the taddhita affix. affix मत् or वत् to the word whose attributes are conveyed to another. e. g. लोटो लङ्वत् P. III. 4.85. In some cases the atideśa is noticed even without the affix मत् or वत्; exempli gratia, for exampleगाङ्कुटादिभ्योऽञ्णिन् ङित् P. 1.2.1 . Atideśa is generally seen in all grammatical terms which end with 'vadbhāva' e. g. स्थानिवद्भाव (P.I.1.56-59), सन्वद्भाव (P.VII.4.93), अन्तादिवद्भाव (P. VI.1.85), अभूततद्भाव (P.IV.60) and others. Out of these atideśas, the स्थानिवद्भाव is the most important one, by virtue of which sometimes there is a full representation id est, that is substitution of the original form called sthānin in the place of the secondary form called ādeśa. This full representation is called रूपातिदेश as different from the usual one which is called कार्यातिदेश, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VIII.1.90 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1 and VIII.1.95. Vart.3. Regarding the use of अतिदेश there is laid down a general dictum सामान्यातिदेशे विशेषानतिदेशः when an operation depending on the general properties of a thing could be taken by extended application, an operation depending on special properties should not be taken by virtue of the same : e. g. भूतवत् in P. III.3.132 means as in the case of the general past tense and not in the case of any special past tense like the imperfect ( अनद्यतन ) , or the perfect ( परोक्ष ). See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 101, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 3. 132. There is also a general dictum अतिदेशिकमनित्यम्whatever is transferred by an extended application, need not, be necessarily taken. See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. 93.6 as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.123 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).4, I.2.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3, II.3.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2 et cetera, and others, Kaiyaṭa on II. 1.2 and VI.4.22 and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P. I.1.56 and P. I.2.58 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8. The dictum अातिदेशिकमनित्यम् is given as a Paribhāṣā by Nāgeśa confer, compare Pari. Śek. 93. 6.
atiprasaṅgaover-application of a definition which is looked upon as a serious fault: e. g. अतिप्रसङ्गो व्रश्चा दिषु P.VI.1.66 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
ativyāptithe same as अतिप्रसङ्ग, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Extensive application with respect to a rule which applies to places where it should not apply. See Par. Śekh on Pari. 28, Pari. 85; also Padamañj. on Kāś. II.I.32.
atisvārya(अतिस्वार also)name of the seventh musical note in the singing of Sāman. confer, compareक्रष्टुप्रथमद्वितीयतृतीयचतुर्थमन्द्रातिस्वार्याः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII. 13.
atushort term used by Pāṇini to signify together the five affixes क्तवतु, ड्वतुप्, ड्मतुप् मतुप् and वतुप् ;confer, compareअत्वसन्तस्य चाधातोः P. VI.4.14.
atyantagaticomplete contact of the verbal activity ( क्रिया ); confer, compareP. V.4.4.
atyalpaspṛṣṭahaving a very slight contact (with the organ producing sound),as in the case of the utterance of a vowel.
atyuccanīcacharacterized by a sharp utterance; a name of the grave accent
atyupasaṃhṛtavery closely uttered, uttered with close lips and jaws, (said in connection with the utterance of the vowel अ ); confer, compare T. Pr II. 12. See अतिसंश्लिष्ट.
atharvaprātiśākhyathe Prātiśākhya work of the Atharva veda believed to have been written by Śaunaka. It consists of four Adhyāyās and is also called शौनकीया चतुरध्यायिका.
athuckṛt (affix). affix अथु with उ accented, applied to roots marked by Pāṇini with the mute syllable टु in the sense of verbal activity: c. g. वेपथुः श्वयथुः, cf ट्वितोथुच् P.III.3.89.
adantaending with the short vowel अ; confer, compare P. VIII.4.7: a term applied to nouns of that kind, and roots of the tenth conjugation which are given with the letter अ at their end which is not looked upon as mute (इत्) c.g. कथ,गण. et cetera, and others Mark also the root पिच described by पतञ्जलि as अदन्त confer, compare पिबिरदन्तः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.56., Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 4.43.
adarśanaa term in ancient grammars and Prātiśākhyas meaning nonappearance of a phonetic member वर्णस्यादर्शनं लोपः (V. Pr 1. 141),explained as अनुपलब्धिः by उव्वट. Later on, the idea of non-appearance came to be associated with the idea of expectation and the definition of लोप given by Pāṇini in the words अदर्शनं लोपः (as based evidently on the Prātiśākhya definition) was explained as non-appearance of a letter or a group of letters where it was expected to have been present. See Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.60 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4 and Kaiyaṭa thereon.
adādiname given to the class of roots belonging to the second conjugation, as the roots therein begin with the root अद्. The word अदिप्रभृति is also used in the same sense; confer, compare अदिप्रभृतिभ्यः शपः p.II. 4.72: confer, comparealso अदाद्यनदाद्योरनदादेरेव given by Hemacandra as a Paribhāṣā corresponding to the maxim लुग्विकरणालुग्विकरणयोरलुग्विकरणस्य Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. Pari.61.
adiprabhṛtiSee अदादि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
adukaug. अद् added to the word एक before the negative particle न; exempli gratia, for example एकान्नविंशतिः, एकान्नत्रिंशत् confer, compare P.VI 3.76.
adṛṣṭanot seen properly; doubtful; indistinct;said with respect to a letter which is not distinctly deciphered in the Saṁhitāpātha: exempli gratia, for example तन्नः ( R. Saṁh. I. 107. 3 ): the last letter त् of तत् is deciphered in the Pada-pātha which is given as तत्न: confer, compare अदृष्टवर्णे प्रथमे चोदकः स्यात् प्रदर्शकः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X. 15.
adoṣaabsence of fault; absence of inconvenience. The expression सोप्यदोषो भवति often occurs in the Mahābhāṣya: confer, compare MBh. on I. 3.62; I. 4.108, et cetera, and others
adyatanītech. term of ancient grammarians signifying in general the present time of the day in question, the occurrence of the immediate past or future events in which is generally expressed by the aorist (लुड्) or the simple future ( लृट् ); the other two corresponding tenses imperfect and first future (viz. लड् and लुट्) being used in connection with past and future events respectively, provided the events do not pertain to that day which is in question; confer, compare 'वा चाद्यतन्याम्' M.Bh. P.III.2.102 Vār.6, वादृतन्याम् P, VI.4.114. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; (2) term for the tense showing immediate past time called लुङ् in Pāṇini's grammar e. g. मायोगे अद्यतनी । मा कार्षीत् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.III. 1.22, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. III. 3.11.
adravyavācinnot expressive of any substance which forms a place of residence (of qualities and actions); confer, compare तथा व्याकरणे विप्रतिषिद्धं चानधिकरणवाचि ( P. II.4.13 ); इत्यद्रव्यवाचीति गम्यते । M.Bh. on II.1.1.
adviyoniliterally not made up of two elements, and hence, produced with a single effort, an expression used for simple vowels ( समानाक्षर ) such as अ, इ, उ, ऋ, लृ and simple consonants क्, ख्, ग् et cetera, and others as distinguished from diphthongs ( सन्ध्यक्षर ) such as ए, ऐ, ओ, औ and conjunct consonants क्व, ध्र , et cetera, and others which appear to have been termed द्वियोनि confer, compare अपृक्तमेकाक्षरमद्वियोनि यत् R.Pr.XI.3.
adhikaraṇa(1)support: a grammatical relation of the nature of a location : place of verbal activity. confer, compare अाधारोsधिकरणम् P.I.4.45; (2) one of the six or seven Kārakas or functionaries of verbal activity shown by the locative case. cf सप्तम्यधिकरणे च P.II.4.36;(3)substance, 'dravya' confer, compare अनधिकरणवाचि अद्रव्यवाचि इति गम्यते M.Bh. on II.1.1.
adhikāragoverning rule consisting of a word (exempli gratia, for example प्रत्ययः, धातोः, समासान्ताः et cetera, and others) or words (exempli gratia, for example ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात्, सर्वस्य द्वे et cetera, and others) which follows or is taken as understood in every following rule upto a particular limit. The meaning of the word अधिकार is discussed at length by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on II.1.1, where he has given the difference between अधिकार and परिभाषा; confer, compare अधिकार: प्रतियोगं तस्यानिर्देशार्थ इति योगे योगे उपतिष्ठते। परिभाषा पुनरेकदेशस्था सती सर्वं शास्त्रमभिज्वलयति प्रदीपवत् । See also Mahābhāṣya on I.3.11, I. 4.49 and IV. I.83. The word or wording which is to repeat in.the subsequent rules is believed to be shown by Pāṇini by characterizing it with a peculiarity of utterance known as स्वरितोच्चार or स्वरितत्वेन उच्चारणम्. The word which is repeated in the following Sūtras is stated to be अधिकृत. The Śabda Kaustubha defines adhikāra as एकंत्रोपात्तस्यान्यत्र व्यापार: अधिकारः Śab. Kaus. on P.1.2.65. Sometimes the whole rule is repeated e. g. प्रत्यय: P.III.1.1, अङ्गस्य P.VI.4.1 समासान्ताः P.V.4.68 while on some occasions a part only of it is seen repeatedition The repetition goes on upto a particular limit which is stated as in असिद्धवदत्राभात् P.VI.4.22, प्राग्रीश्वरान्निपाताः P.I.4.56. Many times the limit is not stated by the author of the Sūtras but it is understood by virtue of a counteracting word occurring later on. On still other occasions, the limit is defined by the ancient traditional interpreters by means of a sort of convention which is called स्वरितत्वप्रतिज्ञा. This अधिकार or governance has its influence of three kinds: ( 1 ) by being valid or present in all the rules which come under its sphere of influence, e. g. स्त्रियाम् or अङ्गस्य; (2) by showing additional properties e. g. the word अपादान being applied to cases where there is no actual separation as in सांकाश्यकेभ्यः पाटलिपुत्रका अभिरूपतराः: (3) by showing additional force such as setting aside even subsequent rules if opposingular. These three types of the influence which a word marked with स्वरित and hence termed अधिकार possesses are called respectively अधिकारगति, अधिक क्रार्य and अधिक कार. For details see M.Bh. on I.3.11. This अधिकार or governing rule exerts its influence in three ways: (1) generally by proceeding ahead in subsequent rules like the stream of a river, (2)sometimes by jumps like a frog omitting a rule or more, and (3)rarely by proceeding backward with a lion's glance; confer, compare सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च ।; गड्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारास्त्रिधा मताः ॥
aghikārasūtraa superintending aphorism, which gives no meaning of itself where it is mentioned, but gives its meaning in the number of aphorisms that follow: e. gthe rules प्रत्यय:, परश्च and अाद्युदात्तश्च P. III.1.1, 2, 3 or सह सुपा. P.II.1.4.
adhyai,adhyainkṛt affixes substituted in the place of तुम् of the infinitive in Vedic Literature (P. III.4.9.), e. g. पिबध्यैः when अध्यैन् is substituted, the initial vowel of the word becomes उदात्त. e. g. कर्मण्युपाचारध्यै ।
anaḍ(1)substitute अन् as Samāsānta at the end of a Bahuvrīhi compound in the feminine for the last letter of the word ऊधस् and for that of धनुस् in all genders exempli gratia, for example कुण्डोघ्नी (by applying ई to कुण्डोधन्), शार्ङ्गधन्वा, अधिज्यधन्वा; confer, compare P V.4.131, 132; (2) substitute अन् for the last letter of the words अस्थि, दधि et cetera, and others before the affixes of the instrumental and the following cases beginning with a vowel e. g. अस्थ्ना, दध्ना, अक्ष्णा et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VII. 1.75; (3) substitute अन् for the last letter of the word सखि, of words ending in ऋ,as also of उशनस् and others before the nominative singular. affix सु. e. g. सखा, कर्ता, उशना confer, compare P. VII.1.93, 94.
anaña word without the negative particle ( नञ् ) before it, e. g. धेनुरनञि कमुत्पादयति, a sūtra in Āpiśali's grammar quoted in Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.45 see also P. II. 1. 60, VII. 1. 37.
anatyantagatiabsence of the verbal activity in all ways or respects incomplete activity; exempli gratia, for example छिन्नकम् not completely cut, confer, compare अनत्यन्तगतौ क्तात् P. V.4.4.
ananubanghakawithout any mute significatory letter attached; अननुबन्धकपरिभाषा is the short name given to the maxim-'अननुबन्धकग्रहणे न सानुबन्धकस्य ग्रह णम्' See M.Bh. on I.3.1: V.2.9. There is a reading in the Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. निरनुबन्धकग्रहणे for अननुबन्धकग्रहणे, in which case the परिभाषा is called निरनुबन्धकपरिभाषा. See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 81.
anantara(1)immediate, contiguous अव्यवहित. confer, compare हलोनन्तराः संयोगः P.1. 1.7, also गतिरनन्तरः P. VI.2.49: confer, compare अनन्तरं संयोगः V. Pr.I.48. ; (2) nearest, as compared with others of the same type; confer, compare अथवा अनन्तरा या प्राप्तिः सा प्रतिषिध्यते M.Bh. on I.1.43; confer, compare Pari. Śek. अनन्तरस्य विधिर्वा भवति प्रतिषेधो वा, which means that a prescriptive or prohibitive rule applies to the nearest and not to the distant one.Par.Śek. 61,Cān. Par.30.
ananyavadbhāvabeing the same, being looked upon as not different. See अनन्य a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
anabhinirvṛttathat which is not applied; literally(an operation or vidhi) which has not taken place or which has not been effective; confer, compare प्रसक्तस्य अनभिनिर्वृत्तस्य प्रतिषेधेन निवृत्तिः शक्या कर्तुं नानभिनिर्वृत्तस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.5; IV. 1.37. Cfeminine. also न चानभिनिर्वृत्ते बहिरङ्गे अन्तरङ्गं प्राप्नोति । तत्र निमित्तमेव बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गस्य M.Bh. on VI.4.22: VIII.3.15.
anabhihitanot conveyed or expressed by another id est, that is by any one of the four factors viz.verbal affix, kṛt affix,taddhita affix and compound. The rule अनभिहिते (P. II.3.I) and the following rules lay down the different case affixes in the sense of the different Kārakas or auxiliaries of the verbal activity, provided they are not shown or indicated in any one of the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned four ways; e. g. see the acc. case in कटं करोति, the inst, case in दात्रेण लुनाति, the dative case case in देवदत्ताय गां ददाति, the ablative case. case in ग्रामादा गच्छति, or the locative casecase in स्थाल्यां पचति.
anabhyāsaa wording which does not contain any reduplicative syllable; an epithet applied to such roots as are not to be reduplicated a second time before affixes of the perfect, as they are already reduplicated; confer, compare लिटि धातोरनभ्यासस्य P. VI.1.8.
anarthaka(1)without any signification;literally having no meaning of themselves, id est, that ispossessing a meaning only when used in company with other words or parts of words which bear an independent sense;(the word is used generally in connection with prepositions); exempli gratia, for example अधिपरी अनर्थकौ P.1.4.93, confer, compare अनर्थान्तरवाचिनावनर्थकौ । धातुनोक्तां क्रियामाहतुः । तदविशिष्टं भवति यथा शङ्के पय: ॥ Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.4.93; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः Nirukta of Yāska.I. 1.3: confer, compare also अनर्थकौ अनर्थान्तरवाचिनौ Kāś. on I.4.93, explained as अनर्थान्तरवाचित्वादनर्थकावित्युक्तम् न त्वर्थाभावादिति दर्शयति by न्यासकार; (2) meaningless, purposeless: confer, compare प्रमाणभूत आचार्यो दर्भपवित्रपाणिः महता यत्नेन सूत्रं प्रणयति स्म । तत्राशक्यं वर्णेनाप्यनर्थकेन भवितुं किं पुनरियता सूत्रेण M.Bh. on I.1.1, as also सामर्थ्ययोगान्न हि किंचिदस्मिन् पश्यामि शास्त्रे यदनर्थकं स्यात् M.Bh. on P. VI.I.77. See for details M.Bh. on I.2.45 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 12: III.1.77 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2 and Kaiyaṭa and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon; (3) possessed of no sense absolutely as some nipātas केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः केचन च निरर्थकाः U1. varia lectio, another reading, on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII.9; निपातस्यानर्थकस्यापि प्रातिपदिकत्वम् P. I. 2.45 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).12 confer, compare also जन्या इति निपातनानर्थक्यं P. IV. 4.82. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1, एकागारान्निपातनानर्थक्यं P. V.1.113 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1, also 114 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).1.
anarthāntaramsynonym, synonymous, conveying no different sense, exempli gratia, for example सङ्घः समूहः समुदाय इत्यनर्थान्तरम् । M.Bh. on P. V.1.59; अपि च बुद्धिः संप्रत्यय इत्यनर्थान्तरम् M.Bh. on P.I.1.56.
anarthāntaravācinaḥnot conveying any different sense, अनर्थान्तरवाचिनौ अनर्थकौ M.Bh. on I.4.93.
anavakāśahaving no occasion or scope of application; used in connection with a rule the whole of whose province of application is covered by a general rule, and hence which becomes technically useless, unless it is allowed to set aside the general rule: confer, compare अनवकाशा हि विधयो बाधका भवन्तिrules which have no opportunity of taking effect( without setting aside other rules ) supersede those rules; M.Bh. on V.4.154, also Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. on Pari. 64.
anavakāśatvaabsence of any opportunity of taking effect, scopelessness considered in the case of a particular rule, as a criterion for setting aside that general rule which deprives it of that opportunity confer, compare अनवकाशत्वं निरवकाशत्वं वा बाधकत्वे बीजम्. This अनवकाशत्व is slightly different from अपवादत्व or particular mention which is defined usually by the words सामान्यविधिरुत्सर्गः । विशेषविधिरपवादः ।
anavagatasaṃskāra(a word) whose formation and accents have not been ekplained; confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.IV.1 ; V.2.
anavayavaliterally having no parts; impartite; without any concern with the individual component parts; application in totality; confer, compare सिद्धं तु धर्मोपदेशने अनवयवविज्ञानाद्यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु P. VI. 1.84 Vārt 5 and the Bhāṣya thereon; अस्मिञ् शास्त्रे अनवयवेन शास्त्रार्थसंप्रत्ययः स्यात् । a rule in grammar applies to all cases where its application is possible; it cannot be said to have its purpose served by applying to a few cases only.
anavasthitaundetermined, indefinite; See M.Bh. quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. on अनवस्थान; cf also आर्धधातुकीयाः सामान्येन भवन्ति अनवस्थितेषु प्रत्ययेषु । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.56; III.1.4, VII.2.10, VII.4.9. The substitutes caused by an ārdhadhātuka affix are, in fact, effected by virtue of the prospective application of the ārdhadhātuka affix before its actual application.
anahvatech. term used by the writers; of the Prātiśākhya works for frequentative formations such as रीरिष:, चाक्लृपत् et cetera, and others; cf Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. 4.86.
anākṛtinot capable of presenting (on its mere utterance) any tangible form or figure the word is used in connection with a technical term (संज्ञाशब्द) which presents its sense by a definition actually laid down or given in the treatise: confer, compare अनाकृति: संज्ञा । अाकृतिमन्तः संज्ञिनः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1.
anāpyahaving or possessing no āpya or object; intransitive (root): confer, compare चालशब्दार्थाद् अनाप्याद् युच् Cāndra I.2 97 standing for चलनशब्दार्थाद् अकर्मकाद् युच् P. III.2.148.
anārṣa(1)non-vedic: not proceeding from any Ṛṣi, or Vedic Seer, confer, compare संबुद्धौ शाकल्यस्येतौ अनार्षे P. I.1.16, also Kāś. on the same: confer, compare किमिदमुपस्थितं नाम । अनार्ष इतिकरणः M.Bh.on VI.1.129: (2) pertaining to the Padapāṭha which is looked upon as अनार्ष i, e. not proceeding from any Vedic Seer; confer, compare अनार्षे इतिकरणः । स च द्व्यक्षर आद्युदात्तश्च, Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.23; confer, compare also Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. III. 1.3.
aniṭ(1)not admitting the augment इट् to be prefixed to it; the term is strictly to be applied to ārdhadhātuka affixes placed after such roots as have their vowel characterized by a grave accent ( अनुदात्तस्वर ); the term अनिट् being explained as अनिडादि qualifying the अार्धधातुक affix; (2) in a secondary way, it has become customary to call such roots अनिट् as do not allow the augment इट् to be prefixed to an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. Such roots are termed अनुदात्त verily because they are possessed of an anudātta vowel. e. g. कृ, भृ, जि, गम् , हन् et cetera, and others as against भु, धू, तॄ, श्वि, वृ, वद्, फल्, चल्, et cetera, and others which have their vowel characterized by an acute (उदात्त ) accent. For a complete list of such roots see the well-known stanzas given in the Siddhāntakaumudī incidentally on अात्मनेपदेष्वनतः P. VII.1.5. ऊदॄदन्तैर्यौतिरुक्ष्णुशीङ्स्नु....निहताः स्मृताः ॥ १ ॥ शक्लृपच्मुचिरिचवच्विच् .........धातवो द्व्यधिकं शतम् ॥ as also some lists by ancient grammarians given in the Mahābhāṣya on एकाच उपदेशेनुदात्तात्. P. VII. 2.10 or in the Kāśikā on the same rule P. VII.2.10.
aniṭkārikā(1)name given to Stanzas giving a complete list of such roots as do not allow the augment इ ( इट् ) to be prefixed to an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. For such Kārikās see Sid. Kaum. on VII.1.5 as also Kāśikā on VII. 2.10; ( 2 ) a short treatise enumerating in 11 verses the roots which do not admit the augment इट् before the ārdhadhatuka affixes. The work is anonymous, and not printed so far, possibly composed by a Jain writer. The work possibly belongs to the Kātantra system and has got short glosses called व्याख्यान, अवचूरि, विवरण, टीका, टिप्पणी and the like which are all anonymous.
aniṭkārikāvivaraṇaa short commentary by Kṣamāmāṇikya on the work Aniṭkārikā, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
anitya(1)not nitya or obligatory optional; said of a rule or paribhāṣā whose application is voluntary). Regarding the case and con= jugational affixes it can be said that those affixes can, in a way: be looked upon as nitya or obligatory, as they have to be affixed to a crude nominal base or a root; there being a dictum that no crude base without an affix can be used as also, no affix alone without a base can be usedition On the other hand, the taddhita and kṛt affixes as also compounds are voluntary as, instead of them an independent word or a phrase can be used to convey the sense. For a list of such nitya affixes see Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V. 4.7; (2) the word अनित्य is also used in the sense of not-nitya, the word नित्य being taken to mean कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि occurring before as well as after another rule has been applied, the latter being looked upon as अनित्य which does not do so. This 'nityatva' has got a number of exceptions and limitations which are mentioned in Paribhāṣās 43-49 in the Paribhāṣenduśekhara.
anirdaprathamaan underived word: an ancient term used by writers of the Prātiśākhyas to signify 'original' words which cannot be subjected to निर्वचन.
aniyatanot subject to any limitation confer, compare प्रत्यया नियताः, अर्था अनियताः, अर्था नियताः, प्रत्यया अनियताः M.Bh. on II. 3.50. In the casc of नियमविधि (a restrictive rule or statement ) a limitation is put on one or more of the constituent elements or factors of that rule, the limited element being called नियत, the other one being termed अनियत; also see Kāś. on II.2.30.
anirdiṣṭārthawhose sense has not been specifically stated ; the word is used with reference to such affixes as are not prescribed in any specific sense or senses and hence as are looked upon as possessing the sense which the base after which they are prescribed has got: confer, compare अनिर्दिष्टार्थाः प्रत्ययाः स्वार्थे भवन्ति -affixes, to which no meaning has been assigned, convey the meaning of the bases to which they are added; confer, compare Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 113; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2.4, III, 2.67, III.3.19, III. 4.9, VI.1.162.
aniṣṭijñaignorant or inattentive to what the Grammarian intends or desires to say. confer, compare तत्र सौर्यभगवतोक्तम्अनिष्टिज्ञो वाडव: पठति । इत्यत एव चतुर्मात्रः प्लुत: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VIII.2.106.
anukaraṇa(1)imitation; a word uttered in imitation of another; an imitative name: confer, compare अनुकरणे चानितिपरम् P.I.4.62; अनुकरणं हि शिष्टशिष्टाप्रतिषिद्धेषु यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु, Śiva sūtra 2 Vārt 1; confer, compare also प्रकृतिवद् अनुकरणं भवति an imitative name is like its original Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 36; also M.Bh. on VIII. 2.46; (2) imitative word, onomatopoetic word; confer, compare एवं ह्याहुः कुक्कुटाः कुक्कुड् इति । नैवं त आहुः । अनुकरणमेतत्तेषाम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.48. confer, compare also दुन्दुभि: इति शब्दानुकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.IX. 12.
anukṛṣṭaattracted from a previous rule as is frequently done in Pāṇini's rules. See the word अनुकर्षण a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
anukramaṇaenumeration (in the right order as.opposed to व्युत्क्रम ); e. g. अथ किमर्थमुत्तरत्र एवमादि अनुक्रमणं क्रियते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.58; also on IV. 2.70; verbal forms of the root क्रम् with अनु occur in this sense very frequently; exempli gratia, for example यदित ऊर्ध्वं अनुक्रमिष्यामः; so also the past passive participle. अनुक्रान्तं occurs frequently in the same sense. अनुतन्त्र literally that which follows Tantra id est, that is Śāstra which means the original rules of a Śāstra; technical term for Vartika used by Bhartṛhari;confer, compare सूत्राणां सानुतन्त्राणां भाष्याणां च प्रणेतृभिः Vāk. Pad. I.23, where the word अनुतन्त्र is explained as Vārtika by the commentator.
anudāttanon-udatta, absence of the acute accent;one of the Bāhyaprayatnas or external efforts to produce sound. This sense possibly refers to a stage or a time when only one accent, the acute or उदात्त was recognized just as in English and other languages at present, This udatta was given to only one vowel in a single word (simple or compound) and all the other vowels were uttered accentless.id est, that is अनुदात्त. Possibly with this idea.in view, the standard rule 'अनुदात्तं पदमेकवर्जम्'* was laid down by Panini. P.VI.1.158. As, however, the syllable, just preceding the accented ( उदात्त ) syllable, was uttered with a very low tone, it was called अनुदात्ततर, while if the syllables succeeding the accented syllable showed a gradual fall in case they happened to be consecutive and more than two, the syllable succeeding the उदात्त was given a mid-way tone, called स्वरितः confer, compare उदात्तादनुदात्तस्य स्वरितः. Thus, in the utterance of Vedic hymns the practice of three tones उदात्त, अनुदात्त and स्वरित came in vogue and accordingly they are found defined in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works;confer, compare उच्चैरुदात्तः,नीचैरनुदात्तः समाहारः स्वरितः P.I.2.29-31, T.Pr.I.38-40, V.Pr.I.108-110, Anudātta is defined by the author of the Kāśikāvṛtti as यस्मिन्नुच्चार्यमाणे गात्राणामन्ववसर्गो नाम शिथिलीभवनं भवति, स्वरस्य मृदुता, कण्ठविवरस्य उरुता च स: अनुदात्तः confer, compare अन्ववसर्गो मार्दवमुरुता स्वस्येति नीचैःकराणि शब्दस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.29,30. Cfeminine. also उदात्तश्चानुदात्तश्च स्वरितश्च त्रयः स्वराः । अायामविश्रम्भोक्षपैस्त उच्यन्तेSक्षराश्रयाः ॥ Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.1. The term anudātta is translated by the word 'grave' as opposed to acute' (udātta,) and 'circumflex' (svarita); (2) a term applied to such roots as have their vowel अनुदात्त or grave, the chief characteristic of such roots being the non-admission of the augment इ before an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. ( See अनिट्, ).
anudāttataraquite a low tone, completely grave; generally applied to the tone of that grave or anudātta vowel which is immediately followed by an acute ( उदात्त ) vowel. When the three Vedic accents were sub-divided into seven tones viz. उदात्त, उदात्ततर्, अनुदात्त, अनुदात्ततर, स्वरित, स्वरितस्थोदात्त and एकश्रुति corresponding to the seven musical notes, the अनुदात्ततर was the name given to the lowest of them all. अनुदात्ततर was termed सन्नतर also; confer, compare उदात्तस्वरितपरस्य सन्नतरः P.I.2.40; confer, compare also M, Bh. on I.2.33.
anudāttāa term meaning 'having a grave accent,' used by ancient grammarians.Cfeminine. किमियमेकश्रुतिरुदात्ता उत अनुदात्ता Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on I. 2.33.
anudāttetliterally one whose mute significatory letter is uttered with a grave accent: a term applied to a root characterized by an indicatory mute vowel accented grave, the chief feature of such a root being that it takes only the Ātmanepada affixes c. g. आस्ते, वस्ते, et cetera, and others; confer, compare अनुदात्तङित आत्मनेपदम् P. I.3.12; such a root, in forming a derivative word in the sense of habit, takes the affix युच् e. g. वर्त्तनः, वर्धन: et cetera, and others provided the root begins with a consonant; confer, compare अनुदात्तेतश्र हलादेः P. III.2.149.
anudāttopadeśa(a root)pronounced originally i. c. pronounced in the Dhātupāṭha with a grave accent; see the word अनुदात्त a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.: confer, compare अनुदात्तोपदेशवनतितनोत्यादीनामनुनासिकलोपो झलि ङ्किति P. VI.4.37. See also the word अनिट् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
anunāsika(a letter)uttered through the nose and mouth both, as different from anusvāra which is uttered only through the nose. confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिकःP.I.1.8, and Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). thereon. The anunāsika or nasal letters are the fifth letters of the five classes ( id est, that is ङ्, ञ्, ण्, न्, म् ) as also vowels अ, इ, उ and semivowels when so pronounced, as ordinarily they are uttered through the mouth only; ( exempli gratia, for example अँ, आँ, et cetera, and others or य्यँ, व्वँ, ल्लँ et cetera, and others in सय्यँन्ता, सव्वँत्सरः, सँल्लीनः et cetera, and others) The अनुनासिक or nasalized vowels are named रङ्गवर्ण and they are said to be consisting of three mātras. confer, compare अष्टौ आद्यानवसानेsप्रगृह्यान् आचार्या आहुरनुनासिकान् स्वरान् । तात्रिमात्रे शाकला दर्शयन्ति Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.63.64; confer, compare also अप्रग्रहाः समानाक्षराणि अनुनासिकानि एकेषाम् T. Pr XV.6. Trivikrama, a commentator on the Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Sūtras, explains अनुनासिक as अनु पश्चात् नासिकास्थानं उच्चारणं एषां इत्यनुनासिकाः । पूर्वं मुखस्थानमुच्चारणं पश्चान्नासिकास्थानमुच्चारणमित्यर्थः । अनुग्रहणात्केवलनासिकास्थानोच्चारणस्य अनुस्वारस्य नेयं संज्ञा । and remarks further पूर्वाचार्यप्रसिद्धसंज्ञेयमन्वर्था । Com. by Tr. on Kat. I 1.13. Vowels which are uttered nasalized by Pāṇini in his works viz. सूत्रपाठ, धातुपाठ, गणपाठ et cetera, and others are silent ones i. e. they are not actually found in use. They are put by him only for the sake of a complete utterance, their nasalized nature being made out only by means of traditional convention. e. g. एध, स्पर्ध et cetera, and others confer, compare उपदेशेSजनुनासिक इत् P.I.3.2; confer, compare also प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः Kāś on I.3.2.
anunyāsaa commentary on न्यास (काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका by जिनेन्द्रबुद्धि). The work is believed to have been written by इन्दुमित्र. It is not available at present except in the form of references to it which are numerous especially in Siradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.
anubandhaa letter or letters added to a word before or after it, only to signify some specific purpose such as (a) the addition of an afix (e. g. क्त्रि, अथुच् अङ् et cetera, and others) or (b) the substitution of गुण, वृद्धि or संप्रसारण vowel or (c) sometimes their prevention. These anubandha letters are termed इत् (literally going or disappearing) by Pāṇini (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् et cetera, and others I.3.2 to 9), and they do not form an essential part of the word to which they are attached, the word in usage being always found without the इत् letter. For technical purposes in grammar, however, such as आदित्व or अन्तत्व of affixes which are characterized by इत् letters, they are looked upon as essential factors, confer, compare अनेकान्ता अनुबन्धाः, एकान्ता:, etc, Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 4 to 8. Although पाणिनि has invariably used the term इत् for अनुबन्ध letters in his Sūtras, Patañjali and other reputed writers on Pāṇini's grammar right on upto Nāgeśa of the 18th century have used the term अनुबन्ध of ancient grammarians in their writings in the place of इत्. The term अनुबन्ध was chosen for mute significatory letters by ancient grammarians probably on account of the analogy of the अनुबन्ध्य पशु, tied down at sacrifices to the post and subsequently slaughteredition
anuvartyato be observed, to be obeyed; confer, compare न लक्षणेन पदकाराः अनुवर्त्याः । पदकारिर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् M.Bh. on III.1.109.
anuvṛttirepetition or recurrence of a word from the previous to the subsequent rule or rules, which is necessary for the sake of the intended interpretation. The word is of common use in books on Pāṇini's grammar. This recurrence is generally continuous like the stream of a river ( गङ्गास्रोतोवत् ); sometimes however, when it is not required in an intermediate rule, although it proceeds further, it is named मण्डूकप्लुत्यानुवृत्ति. In rare cases it is taken backwards in a sūtra work from a subsequent rule to a previous rule when it is called अपकर्ष.
anusvārasee a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. under अं
anekāchaving many vowels (two or more) in it; opp. to एकाच् : a term frequently used in Pāṇini's grammar meaning the same as अनेकस्वर or अनेकाक्षर, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare P. VI.3.42,VI.4.82
antafinal, phonetically last element remaining, of course, after the mute significatory letters have been droppedition confer, compare अनुत्तरलक्षणोन्तः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.21 Vārt, 6.
antaḥpādaminside the foot of a verse explained as पादस्य मध्ये by Uvvaṭa; confer, compare प्रकृत्याऽन्तः पादमव्यपरे. P.VI.I.113.
antaraṅgaa highly technical term in Pāṇini's grammar applied in a variety of ways to rules which thereby can supersede other rules. The term is not used by Pāṇini himselfeminine. The Vārtikakāra has used the term thrice ( Sec I. 4. 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8, VI.1.106 Vart.10 and VIII.2.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I) evidently in the sense of immediate', 'urgent', 'of earlier occurrence' or the like. The word is usually explained as a Bahuvrīhi compound meaning 'अन्त: अङ्गानि निमित्तानि यस्य' (a rule or operation which has got the causes of its application within those of another rule or operation which consequently is termed बहिरङ्ग). अन्तरङ्ग, in short, is a rule whose causes of operation occur earlier in the wording of the form, or in the process of formation. As an अन्तरङ्ग rule occurs to the mind earlier, as seen a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., it is looked upon as stronger than any other rule, barring of course अपवाद rules or exceptions, if the other rule presents itself simultaneously. The Vārtikakāra, hence, in giving preference to अन्तरङ्ग rules, uses generally the wording अन्तरङ्गबलीयस्त्वात् which is paraphrased by अन्तरङ्गं बहिरङ्गाद् बलीयः which is looked upon as a paribhāṣā. Grammarians, succeeding the Vārtikakāra, not only looked upon the बहिरङ्ग operation as weaker than अन्तरङ्ग, but they looked upon it as invalid or invisible before the अन्तरङ्ग operation had taken placcusative case. They laid down the Paribhāṣā असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे which has been thoroughly discussed by Nāgeśa in his Paribhāṣendusekhara. The अन्तरङ्गत्व is taken in a variety of ways by Grammarians : (l) having causes of application within or before those of another e. g. स्येनः from the root सिव् (सि + उ+ न) where the यण् substitute for इ is अन्तरङ्ग being caused by उ as compared to guṇa for उ which is caused by न, (2) having causes of application occurring before those of another in the wording of the form, (3) having a smaller number of causes, (4) occurring earlier in the order of several operations which take place in arriving at the complete form of a word, (5) not having संज्ञा (technical term) as a cause of its application, ( 6 ) not depending upon two words or padas, (7) depending upon a cause or causes of a general nature (सामान्यापेक्ष) as opposed to one which depends on causes of a specific nature ( विशेषापेक्ष).
antaraṅgaparibhāṣāthe phrase is used generally for the परिभाषा "असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे' described a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. See the word अन्तरङ्ग. The परिभाषा has got a very wide field of application and is used several times in setting aside difficulties which present themselves in the formation of a word. Like many other paribhāṣās this paribhāṣā is not a paribhāṣā of universal application.
antaraṅgalakṣaṇacharacterized by the nature of an antaraṅga operation which gives that rule a special strength to set aside other rules occurring together with it.
antaratamavery close or very cognate being characterized (l) by the same place of utterance, or (2) by possessing the same sense, or (3) by possessing the same qualities, or (4) by possessing the same dimension ; cf स्थानेन्तरतमः P.I. I.50 and Kāś. thereon अान्तर्यं स्थानार्थगुणुप्रमाणतः स्थानतः दण्डाग्रम् , अर्थतः वतण्डी चासौ युवतिश्च वातण्ड्ययुवतिः । गुणतः पाकः, त्यागः, रागः । प्रमाणतः अमुष्मै अमूभ्याम् ॥
antādivadbhāvacondition, attributed to a single substitute for the final of the preceding and initial of the succeeding word, of being looked upon either as the final of the preceding word or as the initial of the succeeding word but never as both (the final as well as the initial) at one and the same time; confer, compare उभयत आश्रये नान्तादिवत् Sīr. Pari 39 also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.48.
antodāttaa word with its last vowel accented acute. Roots, crude : noun bases and compound words generally have their last vowel accented acute; confer, compare फिषः (प्रातिपदिकस्य ) अन्त उदात्तः स्यात् Phiṭ Sūtra 1-1; धातोः (P. VI.1.162} अन्त उदात्तः स्यात्; समासस्य ( P.VI.1.223) अन्त उदात्तः स्यात् ।
antya(1)final letter; अन्ते भवमन्त्यम् (2) final consonant of each of the five groups of consonants which is a nasal अन्त्योनुनासिकः R.T. 17.
anyatarasyāmoptionally; literally in another way. The term is very common in the rules of Pāṇini, where the terms वा and विभाषा are also used in the same sense.
anyapadārthaanother sense, sense different from what has been expressed by the wording given; confer, compare अनेकमन्यपदार्थे P.II.2.24; also अन्यपदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.6.
anvaya(1)construing, construction: arrangement of words according to their mutual relationship based upon the sense conveyed by them, शब्दानां परस्परमर्थानुगमनम् । (2) continuance, continuation;confer, compare घृतघटतैलवट इति ; निषिक्ते घृते तैले वा अन्वयाद्विशेषणं भवति अयं घृतघटः, अयं तैलघट इति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II. 1.1.
anvarthakagiven in accordance with the sense; generally applied to a technical term which is found in accordance with the sense conveyed by the constituent parts of it; e. g. सर्वनामसंज्ञा, confer, compare महत्याः संज्ञायाः करणे एतत् प्रयोजनमन्वर्थसंज्ञा यथा विज्ञायेत Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.23.
anvavasargarelaxation or wide opening of the sound-producing organs as done for uttering a vowel of grave accent. confer, compare अन्ववसर्गः गात्राणां विस्तृतता Tait. Pr. XXII.10.
anvādeśa(1)literally reference to the anterior word or expression: confer, compareअन्वादेशेान्त्यस्य (निःशब्दस्य in T.Pr.VII.3, अकारस्य in V-8) Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.58: (2) reference again to what has been stated previously: confer, compare इदमोन्वादेशेशनुदात्तस्तृतीयादौ अन्वादेशश्च कथितानुकथनमात्रम् P.II.4.32 and Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2 thereon; एकस्यैवाभिधेयस्य पूर्वं शब्देन प्रतिपादितस्य द्वितीयं प्रतिपादनमन्वादेशः Kāś on the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
ap(1)kṛt affix अ, in the sense of verbal activity (भाव) or any verbal relation (कारक) excepting that of an agent, (कर्तृ) applied to roots ending in ऋ or उ and the roots ग्रह्,वृ,दृ et cetera, and others mentioned in P. III.3.58 and the following rules in preference to the usual affix घञ. exempli gratia, for example करः, गरः, शरः, यवः, लवः, पवः, ग्रहः, स्वनः etc, confer, compare P.III, 3.57-87 ; (2) compound-ending अप् applied to Bahuvrīhi compounds in the feminine gender ending with a Pūraṇa affix as also to Bahuvrīhi compounds ending with लोमन् preceded by अन्त् or वहिर् e. g. कल्याणीपञ्चमा रात्रयः, अन्तर्लोमः,बहिर्लोमः पटः confer, compare P. V. 4.116, 117.
apavargaachievement; cf, फलप्राप्तौ सत्यां क्रियापरिसमाप्तिः अपवर्गः see Kāś. on अपवर्गे , तृतीया P.II.3.6.
apavādanyāyathe convention that a rule laying down an exception supersedes the general rule; confer, compare सिद्धं त्वपवादन्यायेन P. I.3.9 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7
apavādabalīyastcathe convention that a special rule is always stronger than the general rule.
apādānadetachment, separation, ablation technical term for अपादानकारक which is defined as ध्रुवमपायेऽपादानम् in P.I.4.24 and subsequent rules 25 to 3l and which is put in the ablative case; confer, compare अपादाने पञ्चमी P. II.3.28.
apitnot marked with the mute letter प्, A Sārvadhātuka affix not marked with mute प् is looked upon as marked with ड् and hence it prevents the guṇa or vṛddhi substitution for the preceding vowel or for the penultimate vowel if it be अ. e. g. कुरुतः तनुतः, कुर्वन्ति where no guṇa takes place for the vowel उ confer, compare सार्वधातुकमपित्. P.I.2.4.
appayadīkṣitaअप्पदीक्षित A famous versatile writer of the sixteenth century A. D. (1530-1600 ), son of रङ्गराजाध्वरीन्द्र a Dravid Brāhmaṇa. He wrote more than 60 smaller or greater treatises mainly on Vedānta, Mimāṁsā, Dharma and Alaṁkāra śāstras; many of his works are yet in manuscript form. The Kaumudi-prakāśa and Tiṅantaśeṣasaṁgraha are the two prominent grammatical works written by him. Paṇdit Jagannātha spoke very despisingly of him.
aprayeāga(1)non-employment of a word in spite of the meaning being available: confer, compare संभावनेलमिति चेत्सिद्धाप्रयोगे P.III.3.154; (2) non-employment confer, compare उक्तार्थानामप्रयोगः a standard dictum of grammar not allowing superfluous words which is given in M.Bh. on P.I.1.4 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 16 and stated in Cāndra and other grammars as a Paribhāṣā.
aprāptavibhāṣāsee a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. अप्राप्तविकल्प.
abāghakanot coming in the way of rules otherwise applicable; the word is used in connection with निपातन i. e. constituted or announced forms or specially formed words which are said to be अबाधक i. e. not coming in the way of forms which could be arrived at by application of the regular rules. Siradeva has laid down the Paribhāṣā अबाधकान्यपि निपातनानि भवन्ति defending the form पुरातन in spite of Pāṇini's specific mention of the word पुराण in the rule पुराणप्रोक्तेषुo IV. 3. 105.
abhayanandina reputed jain Grammarian of the eighth century who wrote an extensive gloss on the जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण. The gloss is known as जैनेन्द्रव्याकरणमहावृत्ति of which वृहज्जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण appears to be another name.
abhāṣitapuṃskathat which does not convey a masculine sense; a word which is not declined in the masculine gender; a word possessing only the feminine gender e.gखट्वा, लता et cetera, and othersconfer, compare अभाषितपुंस्काच्च P. VII. 3.48.
abhidhānadesignation, denotation, expression of sense by a word which is looked upon as the very nature of a word. The expression अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम् ( denotation of sense is only a natural characteristic of a word ) frequently occurs in the Mahābhāṣya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on 1.2.64 Vārt 93, II.1.1, confer, compare नपुसकं यदूष्मान्तं तस्य बह्वभिधानजः ( Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII.7 ) where the word बह्वभिधान means बहुवचन.
abhinirvṛtidevelopment of an activity; manifestation; confer, compare द्रव्येषु कर्मचोदनायां द्वयोरेकस्याभनिर्वृत्तिर्भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI.1.84.
abhinihitasvāraname given to the circumflex vowel which is the resultant of the अभिनिहितसंधि.
abhividhiinclusive extension to a particular limit; inclusive limit confer, compare आङ् मर्यादाभिविध्योः P.II.1.13, अङ् मर्यादाभिविध्योरिति वक्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.89; (2) full or complete extension confer, compare अभिविधौ भाव इनुण् । अभिविधिरभिव्याप्तिः । सांराविणं वर्तते Kāś on P. III. 3.44.
abhisāriṇīname of a metre in which two feet have ten syllables and the other two have twelve syllables; confer, compare वैराजजागतैः पादैर्यो वाचेत्यभिसारिणी Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 43.
abhedasaṃsargaa connection of unity, as noticed between the nominative case affix of the subject and the ending ति of a verb, which produces the sense.
abhedānvayarelation of non-difference as stated by the vaiyākaraṇas between an adjective and the substantive qualified by it. e, g. नीलमुत्पलम् is explained as नीलाभिन्नमुत्पलम्.
abhyaṃkara(BHASKARASHASTRI Abhyankar 1785-1870 A. D. )an eminent scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who prepared a number of Sanskrit scholars in Grammar at Sātārā. He has also written a gloss on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and another one on the Laghu-Śabdenduśekhara. (VASUDEVA SHASTRI Abhyakar 863-1942 A. D.) a stalwart Sanskrit Pandit, who, besides writing several learned commentaries on books in several Sanskrit Shastras, has written a commentary named 'Tattvādarśa' on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and another named 'Guḍhārthaprakāśa' on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara. (KASHINATH VASUDEVA Abhyankar, 1890-) a student of Sanskrit Grammar who has written महाभाष्यप्रस्तावना-खण्ड, and जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति and compiled the परिभाषासंग्रह and the present Dictionary of Sanskrit Grammar.
abhyāvṛttiinclination towards an action; tendency to do an act; confer, compare संख्यायाः क्रियाभ्यावृत्तिगणनं कृत्वसुच् । P. V. 4.17 अभिमुखी प्रवृत्तिरभ्यावृत्तिः (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V.4.19) is the explanation in the Mahābhāṣya,while पौनः पुन्यमभ्यावृत्तिः (Kāś. on V.4.17) is the one given in Kāśikā
abhyāsalit, doubling or reduplication technically the word refers to the first portion of the reduplication, which is called the reduplicative syllable as opposed to the second part which is called the reduplicated syllable; confer, compare पूर्वोभ्यासः P. VI.1.4. (2) Repetition, the sccond part which is repeated; confer, compare दोऽभ्यासे(RT.165) explained as दकारः अभ्यासे लुप्यते । पटत्पटेति । द्रसद्रसेति ; (3) repeated action; confer, compare अभ्यासः पुनः पुनः करणमावृत्तिः Kāś. on P.1-3, 1.
abhyāhataomission of any sound; a fault of utterance. अम् (1)a technical brief term in Panini's grammar including vowels, semivowels, the letter ह् and nasals; (2) a significant term for the accusative case showing change or substitution or modification: confer, compare अं विकारस्य Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.28 explained as अमिति शब्दे विकारस्याख्या भवति । अमिति द्वितीय विभक्तेरुपलक्षणम् । (3) augment अ applied to the penultimate vowel of सृज् & दृश् (P. VI.1.58, 59 and VII.1.99) (4) substitute tor Ist person. singular. affix मिप्, by P.III.4.101 (5) Acc. singular. case affix अम् .
amaracalled अमरसिंह an ancient grammarian mentioned in the कविकल्पद्रुम by बोपदेव. He is believed to have written some works on grammar such as षट्कारकलक्षण his famous existing work, however, being the Amarakoṣa or Nāmaliṅgānuśāsana.
amaracandraa Jain grammarian who is believed to be the writer of स्यादिशब्दसमुच्चय, परिमल et cetera, and others
amṛtabhāratīa grammarian who is believed to have written सुबोधिका, a gloss on the सारस्वतव्याकरण.
amoghāalso अमोघावृत्ति, a gloss on the grammar of Sākaṭāyana. See अमोघवर्ष a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
ayogavāhathe letters or phonetic elements अनुस्वार,विसर्ग,जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय and यम called so,as they are always uttered only in combination with another phonetic element or letter such as अ or the like, and never independently; confer, compare अकारादिना वर्णसमाम्नायेन संहिताः सन्तः ये वहन्ति आत्मलाभं ते अयेागवाहाः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Vāj.Pr.VIII.18. These अयोगवाह letters possess the characteristics of both, the vowels as well as consonants;confer, compareअयोगवाहानामट्सु उपदेशः कर्तव्यः णत्वं प्रयोजनम् । शर्षु जष्भावत्वे प्रयोजनम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on शिवसूत्र हयवरट्.
arīhaṇādia group of words given in P. IV.2.80 which get the taddhita affix घुञ् ( अक ) added to them as a cāturarthika affix e. g. अारीहणकम्, द्रौघणकम् et cetera, and otherssee Kāśikā on P.IV.2.80.
artha(1)literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.
arthābhidhānaconveyance or expression of sense, confer, compare अर्थाभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम् P. I.2.64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 38. It is only a nature of words that they convey their sense.
ardhamātrāhalf of a mātra or 'mora'., confer, compare अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Par. Śekh. Pari. 122, signifying that not a single element of utterance in Pāṇini's grammar is superfluous. In other words, the wording of the Sūtras of Pāṇini is the briefest possible, not being capable of reduction by even half a mora.
ardharcādia group of words given in P.II.4.31 which are declined in both the masculine and the neuter genders; c.g. अर्धर्चः,अर्धर्चमू, यूथः, यूथम्; गृहः गृहम्, et cetera, and others; cf अर्धर्चाः पुंसिं च P.II.4.31.
ardhavisargaa term used for the Jihvāmūliya and Upadhmāniya into which a visarga is changed when followed by the letters क्, ख, and the letters प्, फ् respectively.
alontyavidhian operation, which, on the strength of its being enjoined by means of the genitive case, applies to the last letter of the wording put in the genitive; confer, compare नानर्थकेलोन्त्यविधिरनभ्यासविकारे Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.65, confer, compare अलोन्त्यस्य । षष्ठीनिर्दिष्टोन्त्यस्यादेशः स्यात् S.K. on P. I.1.52.
alaukikavigrahathe dissolution of a compound not in the usual popular manner. e. g. राजपुरुष: dissolved as राजन् ङस् पुरुष सु, as contrasted with the लौकिकविग्रह viz. राज्ञः पुरुष: । see also अधिहरि dissolved as हरि ङि in the अलौकिकविग्रह.
avagraha(1)separation of a compound word into its component elements as shown in the Pada-Pāṭha of the Vedic Saṁhitās. In the Padapāṭha, individual words are shown separately if they are combined by Saṁdhi rules or by the formation of a compound in the Saṁhitāpāṭha; exempli gratia, for example पुरोहितम् in the Saṁhitāpāṭha is read as पुरःsहितम्. In writing, there is observed the practice of placing the sign (ऽ) between the two parts, about which nothing can be said as to when and how it originatedition The AtharvaPrātiśākhya defines अवग्रह as the separation of two padas joined in Saṁhitā. (Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. II.3.25; II.4.5). In the recital of the pada-pāṭha, when the word-elements are uttered separately, there is a momentary pause measuring one matra or the time required for the utterance of a short vowel. (See for details Vāj. Prāt. Adhāya 5). (2) The word अवग्रह is also used in the sense of the first out of the two words or members that are compounded together. See Kāśikā on P.VIII.4.26; confer, compare also तस्य ( इङ्ग्यस्य ) पूर्वपदमवग्रहः यथा देवायत इति देव-यत. Tai. Pr. I. 49. The term अवग्रह is explained in the Mahābhāṣya as 'separation, or splitting up of a compound word into its constitutent parts; confer, compare छन्दस्यानङोवग्रहो दृश्येत पितामह इति ।(Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.36); also confer, compare यद्येवमवग्रहः प्राप्नोति । न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् । यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.109) where the Bhāṣyakāra has definitely stated that the writers of the Padapāṭha have to split up a word according to the rules of Grammar. (3) In recent times, however, the word अवग्रह is used in the sense of the sign (ऽ) showing the coalescence of अ (short or long) with the preceding अ (short or long ) or with the preceding ए or ओ exempli gratia, for example शिवोऽ र्च्यः, अत्राऽऽगच्छ. (4) The word is also used in the sense of a pause, or an interval of time when the constituent elements of a compound word are shown separately; confer, compare समासेवग्रहो ह्रस्वसमकालः (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1). (5) The word is also used in the sense of the absence of Sandhi when the Sandhi is admissible.
avadhilimit,which is either exclusive or inclusive of the particular rule or word which characterizes it: confer, compare सर्वश्च हल् तं तमवधिं प्रति अन्त्यो भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.3.
avayavamember or portion, as opposed to the total or collection (समुदाय) which is called अवयविन्; confer, compare अवयवप्रसिद्धेः समुदायप्रसिद्धिर्बलीयसी Par.Śek. Pari. 98. The conventional sense is more powerful than the derivative sense.
avayavaṣaṣṭhīthe genitive case signifying or showing a part: confer, compare वक्ष्यत्यादेशप्रत्यययोरित्यवयवषष्ठी M.Bh. on I. 1.21.
avaśiṣṭaliṅga(v.1. अविशिष्टलिङ्ग)a term occurring in the liṅgānuśāsana meaning 'possessed of such genders as have not been mentioned already either singly or by combination' id est, that is possessed of all genders.Under अवशिष्टलिङ्ग are mentioned indeclinables, numerals ending in ष् or न् , adjectives, words ending with kṛtya affixes id est, that is potential passive participles, pronouns, words ending with the affix अन in the sense of an instrument or a location and the words कति and युष्मद् (See पाणिनीय-लिङ्गानुशासन Sūtras 182-188).
avaśyamnecessarily; the expression अवश्यं चैतदेवं विज्ञेयम् is very frequently used in the Mahābhāṣya when the same statement is to be emphasizedition
avāgyogavidone who is not conversant with the proper use of language: confer, compare अथ योऽवाग्योगविद् विज्ञानं तस्य शरणम्; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). 1.1.1.
avighātārthameant for not preventing the application (of a particular term) to others where it should apply. The word is frequently used in the Kāśikā; cf अजाद्यतष्टाप् । टकारः सामान्यग्रहणाविघातार्थः । Kāś. on P. IV.I.4, also see Kāś. on III.1. 133; III.2,67,73 IV.1.78.
aviravikanyāyaa maxim mentioned by Patañjali in connection with the word आविक where the taddhita affix ठक् (इक), although prescribed after the word अवि in the sense of 'flesh of sheep' (अवेः मांसम्), is actually put always after the base अविक and never after अवि. The maxim shows the actual application of an affix to something allied to, or similar to the base, and not to the actual base as is sometimes found in popular use confer, compare द्वयोः शब्दयोः समानार्थयोरेकेन विग्रहोऽपरस्मादुत्पत्तिर्भविष्यति अविरविकन्यायेन । तद्यथा अवेर्मांसमिति विगृह्य अविकशब्दादुत्पत्तिर्भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.88; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.89; IV.2.60; IV.3.131,V.1.7,28; VI.2.11.
avyayaindeclinable, literally invariant, not undergoing a change. Pāṇini has used the word as a technical term and includes in it all such words as स्वर्, अन्तर् , प्रातर् etc, or composite expressions like अव्ययीभावसमास, or such taddhitānta words as do not take all case affixes as also kṛdanta words ending in म् or ए, ऐ, ओ, औ. He gives such words in a long list of Sutras P. I.1.37 to 41; confer, compare सदृशं त्रिषु लिङ्गेषु सर्वासु च विभक्तिषु । वचनेषु च सर्वेषु यन्न व्येति तदव्ययम् Kāś. on P.I.1.37.
avyavadhānaabsence of intervention between two things by something dissimilar; close sequence confer, compare अतज्जातीयकं हि लोके व्यवधायकं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.7. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8; cf also येन नाव्यवधानं तन ब्यवहितेपि वचनप्रामाण्यात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.3.44, VII.3.54, VII.4.l, VII.4.93. The term अव्यवाय is used in the same sense.
avyāptiinsufficient extension, as opposed to अतिव्याप्ति or over application; confer, compareसर्वौपाधिव्यभिचारार्थम् । अव्याप्त्यतिव्याप्त्यसंभवादिदोषपरिहारार्थम् Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on II.1.32.
avyāpyaan intransitive root; a technical term in the Cāndra Vyākaraṇa (C. Vy. I.4.70 ) as also in Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana; confer, compare अव्याप्यस्य मुचेर्मोग् वा । मुचेरकर्मकस्य सकारादौ सनि परे मोक् इत्ययमादेशो वा स्यात् । न चास्य द्विः । मोक्षति मुमुक्षति चैत्र: । मोक्षते मुमुक्षते वा वत्सः स्वयमेव Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. IV.1.19.
avyutpattipakṣathe view held generally by grammarians that all words are not necessarily susceptible to analysis or derivation, an alternative view opposed to the view of the etymologists or Nairuktas that every word is derivable; confer, compare पाणिनेस्त्वव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष एवेति शब्देन्दुशेखरे निरूपितम् Pari. Śekh. Pari. 22; वाचक उपादान: स्वरूपवानिति अव्युत्पत्तिपक्षे Vyāḍi's Saṁgraha.
avyutpannaunderived, unanalysable; confer, compare उणादयोऽव्युत्पन्नानि प्रा तिपदिकानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1.61 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4: Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 22.
avyutpannapakṣasame as अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष. See a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the word अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष.
aṣṭamaa term used by ancient grammarians for the vocative case.
aṣṭādhyāyīname popularly given to the Sūtrapāṭha of Pāṇini consisting of eight books (adhyāyas) containing in all 3981 Sūtras,as found in the traditional recital, current at the time of the authors of the Kāśika. Out of these 398l Sūtras, seven are found given as Vārtikas in the Mahābhāṣya and two are found in Gaṇapāṭha.The author of the Mahābhāṣya has commented upon only 1228 of these 3981 sūtras. Originally there were a very few differences of readings also, as observed by Patañjali ( see Mbh on I.4.1 ); but the text was fixed by Patañjali which, with a few additions made by the authors of the Kāśika,as observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., has traditionally come down to the present day. The Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is believed to be one of the six Vedāṅga works which are committed to memory by the reciters of Ṛgveda. The text of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is recited without accents. The word अष्टाध्यायी was current in Patañjali's time; confer, compare शिष्टज्ञानार्था अष्टाध्यायी Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 3.109.
aṣṭiname of a metre of four feet consisting of 64 syllables in all, 12 syllables in the odd feet and 20 in the even feet; e. g. त्रिकद्रुकेषु महिषः et cetera, and others Ṛgveda, Ṛk. Saṁh=Ṛgveda-saṁhita. II.22.1.
as(1)case affix of the nominative and accusative plural and the ablative and genitive singular (जस् , शस्, ङसि and ङस् ) (2) taddhita affix अस् ( असि ) added to पूर्व, अधर and अवर, by P.V.3.39: (3) compoundending अस् ( असिच् ) applied to the words प्रजा and मेधा standing at the end of a Bahuvrīhi compound (P.V.4.122): (4) Uṇādi affix अस् prescribed by the rule सर्वधातुभ्योऽसुन् and subsequent rules (628-678) to form words such as मनस्,सरस् et cetera, and others(5) ending syllable अस्, with or without sense, of words in connection with which special operations are given in grammar; confer, compare P.VI.4.14; confer, compare also अनिनस्मन्ग्रहणान्यर्थवता चानर्थकेन च तदन्तविधिं प्रयोजयन्ति Par.Śek. Pari. 16.
asaṃnikarṣa(1)separatedness as in the case of two distinct words;(2) absence of co-alescence preventing the sandhi; cf R.T. 68,70.
asaṃnidhānathe same as असंनिकर्ष; see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; e. g. भरा इन्द्र; तमु अभिप्रगायत.
asamarthasamāsaa compound of two words, which ordinarily is inadmissible, one of the two words being more closely connected with a third word, but which takes place on the authority of usage, there being no obstacle in the way of understanding the sense to be conveyed; e. g. देवदत्तस्य गुरुकुलम् । देवदत्तस्य दासभार्या । असूर्यंपश्यानि मुखानि, अश्राद्धभोजी ब्राह्मणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1.
asamāsa(1)absence of a compound. उपसर्गादसमासेपि णोपदेशस्य P. VIII.4.14; (2) an expression conveying the sense of a compound word although standing in the form of separate words: चार्थे द्वन्द्ववचने असमासेपि वार्थसंप्रत्ययादनिष्टं प्राप्नोति । अहरहर्नयमानो गामश्वं पुरुषं पशुम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.2.29.
asarūpanot having the same outward form or appearance; e. g. the affixes अण्, अच्, ण, अट्, ञ्, and the like which are, in fact, सरूप as they have the same outward form viz. the affix अ. अण् and यत् are असरूप; confer, compare वाऽसरूपोऽस्त्रियाम् P.III. 1.94.
asi(1)Uṇādi affix अस्; (2) taddhita affix. affix अस्. See a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the word अस्.
asicsamāsa-ending affix अस्. See a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the word अस्.
asiddhainvalid; of suspended validity for the time being: not functioning for the time being. The term is frequently used in Pāṇini's system of grammar in connection with rules or operations which are prevented, or held in suspense, in connection with their application in the process of the formation of a word. The term (असिद्ध) is also used in connection with rules that have applied or operations that have taken place, which are, in certain cases, made invalid or invisible as far as their effect is concerned and other rules are applied or other operations are allowed to take place, which ordinarily have been prevented by those rules which are made invalid had they not been invalidatedition Pāṇini has laid down this invalidity on three different occasions (1) invalidity by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. which makes a rule or operation in the second, third and fourth quarters of the eighth chapter of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. invalid when any preceding rule is to be applied, (2) invalidity by the rule असिद्धवदत्राभात् which enjoins mutual invalidity in the case of operations prescribed in the Ābhīya section beginning with the rule असिद्धवत्राभात् (VI. 4.22.) and going on upto the end of the Pāda (VI.4.175), (3) invalidity of the single substitute for two letters, that has already taken place, when ष् is to be substituted for स्, or the letter त् is to be prefixed, confer, compare षत्वतुकोरसिद्धः (VI. 1.86). Although Pāṇini laid down the general rule that a subsequent rule or operation, in case of conflict, supersedes the preceding rule, in many cases it became necessary for him to set, that rule aside, which he did by means of the stratagem of invalidity given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Subsequent grammarians found out a number of additional cases where it became necessary to supersede the subseguent rule which they did by laying down a dictum of invalidity similar to that of Pāṇini. The author of the Vārttikas, hence, laid down the doctrine that rules which are nitya or antaraṅga or apavāda, are stronger than, and hence supersede, the anitya, bahiraṅga and utsarga rules respectively. Later gram marians have laid down in general, the invalidity of the bahiraṅga rule when the antaraṅga rule occurs along with it or subsequent to it. For details see Vol. 7 of Vvyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya(D. E. Society's edition) pages 217-220. See also Pari. Śek. Pari. 50.
asiddhatvainvalidity of a rule or operation on account of the various considerations sketched a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. See असिद्ध.
asiddhaparibhāṣāthe same as Antaraṅga Paribhāṣā or the doctrine of the invalidity of the bahiraṅga operation. See the word असिद्ध a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For details see the Paribhāṣā 'asiddham , bahiraṅgam antaraṅge' Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 50 and the discussion thereon. Some grammarians have given the name असिद्धपरिभाषा to the Paribhāṣā असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे as contrasted with अन्तरङ्गं बहुिरङ्कगाद् वलीयः which they have named as बहिरङ्गपरिभाषा.
asuḍsubstitute अस् for the last letter of the word पुंस् before the सर्वनामस्थान affixes i. e. before the first five case affixes,exempli gratia, for example पुमान् पुमांसौ et cetera, and others; confer, compare पुंसोsसुङ् P.VII.1.89
asekṛt affix in the sense of the infinitive (तुमर्थे) in Vedic Literature,e.gजीवसे; confer, compare तुमर्थे सेसेनसेo P.III.4.9
āksee a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the word आ sense(5).
ākarṣādia class of words headed by the word आकर्ष to which the taddhita affix कन् (क) is applied in the sense of clever or expert; e. g. आकर्षकः, त्सरुकः, शकुनिकः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. अाकर्षादिभ्यः कन् P.V.2.64.
ākṛtiliterally form; individual thing; confer, compare एकस्या अाकृतेश्चरितः प्रयोगो द्वितीयस्यास्तृतीयस्याश्च न भवति M.Bh on III.1.40 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).6. The word is derived as आक्रियते सा आकृतिः and explained as संस्थानम्; confer, compare आक्रियते व्यज्यते अनया इति आकृतिः संस्थानमुच्यते Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on IV.1.63; (2) general form which, in a way, is equivalent to the generic notion or genus; confer, compare आकृत्युपदेशात्सिद्धम् । अवर्णाकृतिरुपदिष्टा सर्वमवर्णकुलं ग्रहीष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).I.1 Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. 1; (3) notion of genus; cf also यत्तर्हि तद् भिन्नेष्वभिन्नं छिनेष्वच्छिन्नं सामान्यभूतं स शब्दः । नेत्याह । अाकृतिर्नाम सा. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya.1; (4) a metre consisting of 88 letters; confer, compare R. Prāt. XVI.56,57.
ākṣepaa zig-zag motion of the organs caused by the air; see आक्षिप्त a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
ākhyādesignation, conventional name; confer, compare देवदत्तो मुण्ड्यपि जट्यपि त्यामाख्यां न जहाति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1; confer, compare also स्वमज्ञातिघनाख्यायाम् P.I.1.35; confer, compare also वर्णः कारोत्तरो वर्णाख्या Tai. Prāt. I. 16.
aākhyātaverbal form, verb; confer, compare भावप्रधानमाख्यातं सत्त्वप्रधानानि नामानि Nirukta of Yāska.I.1; चत्वारि पदजातानि नामाख्यातोपसर्गनिपाताश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1. Āhnika 1 ; also A.Prāt. XII. 5, अाकार अाख्याते पदादिश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.2.37 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2, आख्यातमाख्यातेन क्रियासातत्ये Sid. Kau. on II.1.72, क्रियावाचकमाख्यातं Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1; confer, compare भारद्वाजकमाख्यातं भार्गवं नाम भाष्यते । भारद्वाजेन दृष्टत्वादाख्यातं भारद्वाजगोत्रम् V. Prāt. VIII. 52; confer, compare also Athar. Prāt.I.I.12, 18; 1.3.3,6; II.2.5 where ākhyāta means verbal form. The word also meant in ancient days the root also,as differentiated from a verb or a verbal form as is shown by the lines तन्नाम येनाभिदधाति सत्त्वं, तदाख्यातं येन भावं स धातुः R.Pr.XII.5 where 'आख्यात' and 'धातु' are used as synonyms As the root form such as कृ, भृ et cetera, and others as distinct from the verbal form, is never found in actual use, it is immaterial whether the word means root or verb.In the passages quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. from the Nirukta and the Mahābhāṣya referring to the four kinds of words, the word ākhyāta could be taken to mean root (धातु) or verb (क्रियापद). The ākhyāta or verb is chiefly concerned with the process of being and bccoming while nouns (नामानि) have sattva or essence, or static element as their meaning. Verbs and nouns are concerned not merely with the activities and things in this world but with every process and entity; confer, compare पूर्वापूरीभूतं भावमाख्यातेनाचष्टे Nir.I.;अस्तिभवतिविद्यतीनामर्थः सत्ता । अनेककालस्थायिनीति कालगतपौर्वापर्येण क्रमवतीति तस्याः क्रियात्वम् । Laghumañjūṣā. When a kṛt (affix). affix is added to a root, the static element predominates and hence a word ending with a kṛt (affix). affix in the sense of bhāva or verbal activity is treated as a noun and regularly declined;confer, compareकृदभिहितो भावे द्रव्यवद् भवति M.Bh. on II.2.19 and III. 1.67, where the words गति, व्रज्या, पाक and others are given as instances. Regarding indeclinable words ending with kṛt (affix). affixes such as कर्तुं, कृत्वा, and others, the modern grammarians hold that in their case the verbal activity is not shadowed by the static element and hence they can be,in a way, looked upon as ākhyātas; confer, compare अव्ययकृतो भावे Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa.
akhyātaprakriyāa work dealing with verbs, written by Anubhūtisvarūpācārya on the Sārasvata Vyākaraṇa.
aākhyātavyākaraṇaa treatise on verbs discussing verbal forms by VaṅgaSena.
aāgantukaliterally adventitious, an additional wording generally at the end of roots to show distinctly their form exempli gratia, for example वदि, एधि, सर्ति et cetera, and others; confer, compare इन्धिभवतिभ्यां च P I.2.6: confer, compare also भावलक्षणे स्थेण्कृञ्वदिचरिहृतभिजनिभ्यस्तोमुन्, P.III.4.16, सृपिवृदो. कसुन् P. III.4.17 and a number of other sūtras where इ or तिं is added to the root confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे, वर्णात्कारः, रादिफः P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.3. 4, where such appendages to be added to the roots or letters are given. The word अागन्तु is an old word used in the Nirukta, but the term आगन्तुक appears to be used for the first time for such forms by Haradatta; confer, compare ह्वरोरिति ह्वृ कौटिल्ये, आगन्तुकेकारे गुणेन निर्देशः Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on VII.2.31. In the traditional oral explanations the second part of a reduplicated word is termed अागन्तुक which is placed second i. e. after the original by virtue of the convention आगन्तूनामन्ते निवेशः, although in fact, it is said to possess the sense of the root in contrast with the first which is called abhyāsa.A nice distinction can, however be drawn between the four kinds of adventitious wordings found in grammar viz.आगन्तु, इत्, अभ्यास and आगम which can be briefly stated as follows; The former two do not form a regular part of the word and are not found in the actual use of the word; besides, they do not possess any sense, while the latter two are found in actual use and they are possessed of sense. Again the agantu word is simply used for facility of understanding exactly and correctly the previous word which is really wanted; the इत् wording, besides serving this purpose, is of use in causing some grammatical operations. अभ्यास, is the first part of the wording which is wholly repeated and it possesses no sense by itself, while, āgama which is added to the word either at the beginning or at the end or inserted in the middle, forms a part of the word and possesses the sense of the word.
āgamaaugment, accrement, a word element which is added to the primitive or basic word during the process of the formation of a complete word or pada. The āgama is an adventitious word element and hence differs from ādeśa, the substitute which wholly takes the place of the original or ( आदेशिन् ). Out of the several āgamas mentioned by Pāṇini, those that are marked with mute ट् are prefixed, those, marked with क्, are affixed, while those, marked with म्, are placed immediately after the last vowel of the word. The augments become a part and parcel of the word to which they are added, and the characteristics of which they possess;confer, compareयदागमास्तद्गुणीभूतास्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यन्ते, also आगमानां आगमिधर्मिवैशिष्ट्यम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.11. Those grammarians, who hold the view that words are unproduced and eternal, explain the addition of an augment as only the substitution of a word with an augment in the place of a word without an augment; confer, compare आदेशास्तर्हिमे भविष्यन्ति अनागमकानां सागमकाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.20; I.1.46. The term āgama is defined as अन्यत्र विद्यमानस्तु यो वर्णः श्रुयतेधिकः । आगम्यमानतुल्यत्वात्स आगम इति स्मृतः Com. on Tait. Prāt.I. 23.
aāṅthe preposition आ. See the word आ a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
aāṅgaan operation prescribed in the section, called aṅgādhikāra, in the the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, made up of five Pādas consisting of the fourth quarter of the 6th adhyāya and all the four quarters of the seventh adhyāya. आङ्गात् पूर्वं विकरणा एषितव्याः M. Bh on I.3.60 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5; confer, compare also वार्णादाङ्गं बलीयो भवति Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari 55: also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2.3.
ācāryapreceptor, teacher; a designation usually given to Pāṇini by Patañjali in the Mahābhāṣya; confer, compare the usual expression तज्ज्ञापयति आचार्यः as also अाचार्यप्रवृत्तिर्ज्ञापयति; also confer, compare नेदानीमाचार्याः सूत्राणि कृत्वा निवर्तयन्ति; confer, compare also the popular definition of अाचार्य given as 'निशम्य यद्गिरं प्राज्ञा अविचार्यैव तत्क्षणम् । संभावयन्ति शिरसा तमाचार्यं प्रचक्षते ।"
ācitādia class of words headed by the word अाचित which do not have their final vowel accented acute by P. VI.2.146 when they are preceded by the prepositions प्र, परा et cetera, and others although they are used as proper nouns. exempli gratia, for example आचितम्,निरुक्तम्, प्रश्लिष्टम्; confer, compare Kāśikā on P. VI.2.146.
aāṭ(1)augment अा prefixed to roots beginning with a vowel in the imperfect, aorist and conditional, which is always accented (उदात्त); confer, compare P.VI.4.72; (2) augment अा prefixed to the imperative first person terminations, exempli gratia, for example करवाणि, करवै et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.III.4.92: (3) augment अा to be prefixed to caseaffixes which are डित् after nouns called nadī: exempli gratia, for example कुमार्यं; cf P.VII. 3.112.
aāt(1)long अा as different from short or protracted अ prescribed by the wofd वृद्धि or दीर्घ in the case of अ, or by the word अात् when substituted for another vowel, as for example in the rule आदेच उपदेशेऽशिति and the following: confer, compare P.VI.1.45, 57; (2) substitute for the ablative affix ङस् after words ending in अ; confer, compare P. VII.1.12; (3) substitute अात् for a case affix in Vedic Literature, exempli gratia, for example न ताद् ब्राह्मणाद् निन्दामि Kāś. on VII. 1.39.
ātiśāyikaa tad-affix in the sense of excellence; a term applied to the affixes तम and इष्ठ as also तर and ईयस् prescribed by Pāṇini by the rules अतिशायने तमबिष्ठनौ and द्विवचनविभज्योपपदे तरबीयसुनौ confer, compare P.V.3.55, 57. This superlative affix is seen doubly applied sometimes in Vedic Lit. eg.श्रेष्ठतमाय कर्मणे Yaj. Saṁ. I.1; confer, compare also तदन्ताच्च स्वार्थे छन्दसि दर्शनं श्रेष्ठतमायेति P.V.3.55 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).3.
aātmanepadina root which always takes the Ātmanepada affixes. (See a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.).
ādeśa(1)substitute as opposed to sthānin, the original. In Pāṇini's grammar there is a very general maxim, possessed of a number of exceptions, no doubt, that 'the substitute behaves like the original' (स्थानिवदादेशः अनल्विधौ P.I.1.56.); the application of this maxim is called स्थानिवद्भाव; for purposes of this स्थानिवद्भाव the elision (लोप) of a phonetic element is looked upon as a sort of substitute;confer, compare उपधालेपस्य स्थानिवत्त्वात् Kāś. on P.I.1.58. Grammarians many times look upon a complete word or a word-base as a substitute for another one, although only a letter or a syllable in the word is changed into another, as also when a letter or syllable is added to or dropped in a word; confer, compare पचतु, पचन्तु ... इमेप्यादेशाः । कथम् । अादिश्यते यः स आदेशः । इमे चाप्यादिश्यन्ते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.56; cf also सर्वे सर्वपदादेशा दाक्षीपुत्रस्य पाणिनेः M.Bh. on P. I.1.20; confer, compare also अनागमकानां सागमका आदेशाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.20: (2) indication, assignment; confer, compare योयं स्वरादेशः अन्तोदात्तं, वधेराद्युदात्तत्वं, स्वः स्वरितमिति अादेशः R.Pr.I.30-32; confer, compare also अादेशः उपदेशः commentary on Tai.-Prāt. II.20: confer, compare also अनादेशे अविकारः V.Pr.IV.131, where Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.remarks यत्र उदात्तादीनां स्वराणां सन्धौ आदेशो न क्रियते तत्र अविकारः प्रत्येतव्यः । confer, compare also एकारो विभक्त्यादेशः छन्दसि A.Pr. II.1.2, where ए is prescribed as a substitute for a caseaffix and त्ये and अस्मे are cited as examples where the acute acent is also prescribed for the substitute ए.
ādyantavattvaअाद्यन्तवद्भाव, consideration of a single or solitary letter as the initial or the final one according to requirements for opcrations prescribed for the initial or for the final. Both these notions --the initial and the final-are relative notions, and because they require the presence of an additional letter or letters for the sake of being called initial or final it becomes necessary to prescribe आद्यन्तवद्भाव in the case of a single letter; confer, compareअाद्यन्तवदेकस्मिन् । आदौ इव अन्त इव एकस्मिन्नपि कार्यं भवति । यथा कर्तव्यमित्यत्र प्रत्ययाद्युदात्तत्वं भवति एवमौपगवमित्यत्रापि यथा स्यात् । Kāś. on P.I.1.21 ; confer, compare also अाद्यन्तवच्च । अपृक्तस्य आदिवदन्तवच्च कार्यं भवति । Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.55. This अाद्यन्तवद्भाव of Pāṇini is, in fact, a specific application of the general maxim known as vyapadeśivadbhāva by virtue of which "an operation which affects something on account of some special designation, which for certain reasons attaches to the letter, affects likewise that which stands alone;" confer, compare Pari.Śek. Pari. 30.
ādyudāttaa word beginning with an acute-accent id est, that is which has got the first vowel accented acute: words in the vocative case and words formed with an affix marked with a mute ञ् or न् are ādyudātta; confer, compareP. VI.1.197, 198: for illustrations in detail see P.VI.1.189-216.
aādhārādheyabhāvaa non-differential relation (अभेदसंसर्ग) between the personal endings तिप् , तस् et cetera, and others and the noun in the nominative case which is the subject of the verbal activity;relation of a thing and its substratum: confer, compare निपातातिरिक्तनामार्थधात्वर्थयोर्भेदान्वयस्य अव्युत्पन्नत्वात्.
ānupūrvīserial order, successive order of grammatical operations or the rules prescribing them as they occur; confer, compare अानुपूर्व्या सिद्धमेतत् M.Bh. on V.3.5; confer, compare also ययैव चानुपूर्व्या अर्थानां प्रादुर्भावस्तयैव शब्दानामपि । तद्वत् कार्यैरपि भवितव्यम् M.Bh. on. P.I.1.57.
ānupūrvyasuccessive order, as prescribed by tradition or by the writer; confer, compare ऋतुनक्षत्राणामानुपूर्व्येण समानाक्षराणां पूर्वनिपातः । शिशिरवसन्तौ उदगयनस्थौ । कृत्तिकारोहिण्यः । M.Bh. II.2.34 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).3;also वर्णानामानुपूर्व्येण ब्राह्मणक्षत्रियविट्शूद्राः M.Bh. on II.2.34 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 6: confer, compare पदानुपूर्व्येण प्रश्लिष्टान् संधीन् कुर्यात् । इन्द्र अा इहि । आदौ इन्द्र आ इत्येतयोः; न तु अा इहि इत्येतयाः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II.2; confer, compare also आनुपूर्व्यात् सिद्धम् Sīra. Pari. 6.
āp(1)common term for the feminine. endings टाप्, डाप् and चाप् given by Pāṇini in Adhy. IV, Pāda 1; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II.4.82. P.IV.1.1.; P.VI.1.68; confer, compare also P.VI.3.63. P.VII.3.44; P.VII.3.106, 116; P.VII.4.15. et cetera, and others; (2) a brief term for case-affixes beginning with the inst. sing and ending with the locative case plural confer, compare अनाप्यकः P. VII.2.112.
aāpyato be obtained by an activity: (the same as vyāpya). The term is used in connection with the object of a verb which is to be obtained by the verbal activity. The word अाप्य is found used in the sense of Karman or object in the grammars of Jainendra, Śākaṭāyana, Cāndra and Hemacandra; confer, compare Cāndra II I. 43; Jainendra I. 2.119; Śāk.IV.3.120: Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. III.3.31. Hence, the term साप्य is used for a transitive root in these grammars.
ābhācchāstraa rule given in the section called आभीयप्रकरण extending from P.VI.4.22 to VI.4.175, wherein one rule or operation is looked upon as invalid to another ; confer, compare असिद्धवदत्राभात् P.VI.4.22 and Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). thereon; confer, compare also यावता अनिदितां हलः इत्यपि आभाच्छास्त्रम् Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.Pari. 38.
aābhīyakāryaan operation prescribed by a rule in the section called अाभीयप्रक्ररण. See अाभाच्छास्त्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
ābhīyaprakaraṇaa section of Pāṇini's grammar from VI.4.-2 to VI. 4.129, called अाभीय, as it extends to the rule भस्य VI.4.129, including it but as the governing rule भस्य is valid in every rule upto the end of the Pāda, the आभीयप्रकरण also extends upto the end of the Pāda.See अाभाच्छास्त्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
ābhīyāsiddhatvainvalidity or supposed invisibility of one rule with respect to another, in the section called अाभीयप्रकरण. See अाभाच्छास्त्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
abhyāsachanges prescribed in connection with the अभ्यास or reduplicative syllable; confer, compare अभ्यासविकार अाभ्यासः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.6.
aāmantrita(1)a word in the vocative singular. confer, compare सामन्त्रितम् P.II.3.48: a tech. term in Pāṇini's grammar, the peculiar features of which are पराङ्गवद्भाव (confer, compare P.II.1.2), अविद्यमानवद्भाव (confer, compare P.VIII.1.72), द्वित्व (confer, compare P.VIII. 1.8), अद्युदात्तत्व (confer, compare P.VI.1.198), सर्वानुदात्तत्व(confer, compare P.VIII.1.19), splitting of ए into अा and इ, exempli gratia, for example अग्रे into अग्ना ३ इ (confer, compare P.VIII.2.107 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3); (2) Vocative case, confer, compare ओकार अामन्त्रितजः प्रगृह्यः Ṛk. Prāt. I.28; Vāj. Pr. III.139: II.17: II.24 VI.1.
aāmantritakārakaa word connected with the verbal activity possessed by अामन्त्रित exempli gratia, for example कुण्डेन in कुण्डेनाटन्; confer, compare अामन्त्रिते या धातुवाच्या क्रिया तस्याः कारकम् Kaiyaṭa on P.II.1.2.
aāmantryaa word in the vocative case; literally a word possessed of the sense of invocation; confer, compare अामन्त्र्यमाणेर्थं वर्तमानः शब्द अामन्त्र्यः Śāk. I.3.88; confer, compare also अमन्त्रयते यत्तदामन्त्र्यम् commentary on Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II.1.25.
āmreḍita(1)iterative: a repeated word, defined as द्विरुक्तं पदम् confer, compare द्विरुक्तमात्रेडितं पदम् exempli gratia, for example यज्ञायज्ञा वो अग्नये Vāj. Prāt. I. 146; (2). the second or latter portion, of a repeated word according to Pāṇini; c. तस्य (द्विरुक्तस्य) परमाम्रेडितम् P. VIII.1.2. The Āmreḍita word gets the grave accent and has its last vowel protracted when it implies censure; confer, compare P.VIII.1.3 and VIII. 2.95.Haradatta has tried to explain how the term आम्रेडित means the first member; confer, compare ननु अाम्रेडितशब्दे । निघण्टुषु प्रसिद्धः अाम्रेडितं द्विस्त्रिरुक्तमिति । सत्यमर्थे प्रसिद्धः इह तु शब्दे परिभाष्यते । महासंज्ञाकरणं पूर्वाचार्यानुरोधेन Padamañj. on VIII.1.2.
āmreḍitasamāsaan iterative compound: confer, compare आम्रेडितसमासे तु । A. Prāt. III.1.5.
aāroparṇīyasame as अभिनिधान: see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. अाभनिधान.
ārthasamājacombination of the meanings (of the base and affix); see the word अार्थ a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
ārdhadhātukaa term used in contrast to the term सार्वधातुक for such verbal and kṛt affixes, as are not personal endings of verbs nor marked with the mute letter श् confer, compare तिङ्शित् सार्वधातुकम् । आर्धधातुकं शेषः। P.III.4.113 and 114. The personal endings of verbs in the perfect tense and the benedictive mood are termed ārdhadhātuka, confer, compare P. III. 4.115, 116; while both the terms are promiscuously found utilised in the Vedic Literature; confer, compare P. III. 4. 117. The main utility of the ārdhadhātuka term is the augment इ ( इट् ) to be prefixed to the ārdhadhātuka affixes. The term आर्धधातुका was in use in works of the old Vaiyākaraṇas; confer, compare अथवा आर्धधातुकासु इति वक्ष्यामि कासु आर्धधातुकासु । उक्तिषु युक्तिषु रूढिषु प्रतीतिषु श्रुतिषु संज्ञासु M.Bh. on II. 4.35. It cannot be said how the term ārdhadhātuka originatedition Probably such affixes or pratyayas, like the kṛt affixes generally, as could be placed after certain roots only were called ārdhadhātuka, as contrasted with the verbal and the present participle affixes which were termed sārvadhātuka on account of their being found in use after every root.
ārṣaderived from the holy sages; founded on sacred tradition, such as the Vedāṅgas;confer, compare कृत्स्नं च वेदाड्गमनिन्द्यमार्षम् R. Prāt. XIV 30. The word is explained as स्वयंपाठ by the commentary on Vāj Prāt. IX.2I, and as Vaidika saṁdhi on X.l3. Patañjali has looked upon the pada-pāṭha or Pada-text of the Saṁhitās of the Vedas, as anārṣa, as contrasted with the Saṁhitā text which is ārṣa; confer, compare आर्ष्याम् in the sense संहितायाम् R. Prāt. II.27; confer, compare also पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् M.Bh. on III.1.109.
ārhīyatad-affixes ठक्, ठञ् et cetera, and others as also the senses in which the affixes are applied, given in the section of Pāṇinis grammar P.V.1.19-71.
ālactad-affix (आल्) applied to the word वाच् in the sense of 'talkative' exempli gratia, for example वाचालः; confer, compare P.V.2.124.
āśisthe benedictive mood, confer, compare किदाशिषि P.III.4.104, called regularly as आशीर्लिङ्.
āśubodha(1)name of a work on grammar written by Tārānātha called Tarka-vācaspatī, a reputed Sanskrit scholar of Bengal of the 19th century A.D. who compiled the great Sanskrit Dictionary named वाचस्पत्यकेाश and wrote commentaries on many Sanskrit Shastraic and classical works. The grammar called अाशुबोध is very useful for beginners; (2) name of an elementary grammar in aphorisms written by रामकिंकरसरस्वती, which is based on the Mugdhabodha of Bopadeva.
āśvalāyanaprātiśākhyaan authoritative Prātiśākhya work attributed to Śaunaka the teacher of Āśvalāyana, belonging prominently to the Sakala and the Bāṣkala Śakhās of the Ṛgveda. it is widely known by the name Ṛk-Prātiśākhya. It is a metrical composition divided into . 18 chapters called Paṭalas, giving special directions for the proper pronunciation, recitation and preservation of the Ṛksaṁhita by laying down general rules on accents and euphonic combinations and mentioning phonetic and metrical peculiarities. It has got a masterly commentary written by Uvvaṭa.
aāstārapaṅkatia variety of पङ्कक्ति metre of 40 letters with 8 letters in the first and second quarters or pādas and 12 letters in the third and fourth quarters confer, compare अास्तारपङ्कक्तिरादितः R.Pr.XVI.40. For instances of आस्तारपङ्क्ति see Ṛgveda sūkta 2l, Mandala X.
āsvadīyaa sub-division of the चुरादि (Xth conjugation) roots, beginning with the root ग्रस् and ending with the root स्वद्, which take the Vikaraṇa णिच् id est, that is which are conjugated like roots of the tenth conjugation, only if they are transitive in sense.
i(1)the vowel इ, representing all its eighteen forms viz. short, long protracted, acute, grave, circumflex, pure and nasalised; exempli gratia, for example इ in यस्येति च P.VI.4.128;(2) Uṅādi affix ई(3)tad-affix इच्(इ)applied to Bahuvrihi compounds in the sense of exchange of action or as seen in words like द्विदण्डि exempli gratia, for example केशाकेशि, दण्डादण्डि, द्विमुसलि et cetera, and others confer, compare इच् कर्मव्यतिहारे P.V.4. 127,also V.4.128; (4) kṛt (affix). affix कि (इ) confer, compare उपसर्गे घोः किः P.III.3.92; (5) augment इट् (इ); see इट् (6) conjugational affix इट् of the 1st person. singular. or Ātmanep. Ātmanepada
ik(1)short wording (प्रत्याहार) for the vowels इ, उ, ऋ and लृ; confer, compare इको यणचि P.VI.1.77; एच इग्घ्रस्वादेशे P.I.1.48; इको गुणवृद्धी P.I.1.3 इग्यणः संप्रसारणम् P. I.1.45, इकोऽसवर्णे शाकल्यस्य ह्रस्वश्च P.VI. 1.127, इको ह्रस्वोऽङ्यो गालवस्य P.VI.3. 61; (2) kṛt (affix). affix इक्(इ) applied to the root form to cite a root e. g. वदि, जनि et cetera, and others confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे P. III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; (3) kṛt (affix). affix इक् applied to the roots कृञ् and others in the sense of verbal activity exempli gratia, for example कृषिः, किरिः, गिरिः confer, compare इक् कृष्यादिभ्यः P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).8.
ika(1)substitute for the affix ठ given as ठक्, ठञ् or ञिठ् by Pāṇini; confer, compare ठस्येकः P.VII.3.50; (2) taddhita affix इकक्, इकन् षिकन् mentioned in . the Vārtikas on P.IV.2.60; (3) kṛt (affix). affix इक applied to खन् exempli gratia, for example आखानिकः confer, compare इको वक्तव्यः P.III.3.125 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
(1)kṛt (affix). affix (इ), in the sense of verbal activity applied to any root, the word so formed being used in the feminine. gender and in connection with narration or in interrogation; exempli gratia, for example कां त्वं कारिमकार्षीः । सर्वौ कारिमकार्षम् । confer, compare Pāṇini III.3.110: (2) kṛt (affix). affix in the sense of verbal activity applied to the roots वप् and others exempli gratia, for example वापिः, वासि: et cetera, and others confer, compare P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7;(3) tad-affix इ in the sense of offspring applied to a noun ending in अ; e.g, दाक्षि: confer, compare P.IV.1. 95-7, 153.
(1)short wording or pratyāhāra for all vowels except अ and the consonants ह् ,य् ,व् , र्, ल् confer, compare इणः षः P.VIII.3.39,also P.VIII.3.57,78 (2) kṛt (affix). affix इ applied to roots such as अज् अत् et cetera, and others in the sense of verbal activity.e.g आजिः,अतिः, आदि; confer, compareइणजादिभ्यः P. III.3,108, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).6.
it(1)a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217,ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.
itaretarāśrayadepending upon each other; confer, compare इतरेतराश्रयाणि च कार्याणि न प्रकल्पन्ते । तद्यथा । नौर्नावि बद्धा नेतरेतरत्राणाय भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1. See इतरेतर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
itkāryaa grammatical operation caused by इत् i. e. by a mute letter which is purely indicatory; confer, compare एवं तर्हि इत्कार्याभावादत्र इत्संज्ञा न भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.3.2. See इत् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
itrakṛt affix, added to the roots ऋ, लू, धू et cetera, and others in the sense of instrument confer, compare अर्तिलूधूसूखनसहचर इत्रः P.III. 2.184-6. e. g. अरित्रम् , लवित्रम् खनित्रम् et cetera, and others The words ending in इत्र have got the acute accent on the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.2.144.
itsaṃjñakaa letter which is termed इत्; See इत् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
ini(1)kṛt affix इन् applied to the roots क्री with धि, जु with प्र, and the roots जि, दृ, क्षि and others, e. g. सोमविक्रयी, प्रजवी, जयी et cetera, and others confer, compare P.III 2.93 and III.2.156-157: (2) taddhita affix. affix इन् affixed to the word पाण्डुकम्बल in the sense of 'covered with' ( confer, compare P, IV.2.11), in the sense of collection to the word खल exempli gratia, for example खलिनी confer, compare P.IV.2.51, to the word अनुब्राह्मण in sense 'student of' exempli gratia, for example अनुब्राह्मणी confer, compare P.IV.2.62, to the words कर्मन्द and कृशाश्च confer, compare P.IV.3.lll, to the word चूर्ण confer, compare P.IV.4.23 and to the word श्राद्ध confer, compare P.V.2.85 and साक्षात् confer, compare P. V. 2. 91 in specified senses and in the general sense of possession to words ending in अ, cf P. V.2.115-117 and to certain other words confer, compare P.V.2.128-37.
indraname of a great grammarian who is believed to have written an exhaustive treatise on grammar before Pāṇini; confer, compare the famous verse of Bopadeva at the commencement of his Dhātupāṭha इन्द्रश्चन्द्र: काशकृत्स्नापिशली शाकटायनः । पाणिन्यमरजैनेन्द्रा जयन्त्यष्टादिशाब्दिका: ॥ No work of Indra is available at present. He is nowhere quoted by Pāṇini. Many quotations believed to have been taken from his work are found scattered in grammar works, from which it appears that there was an ancient system prevalent in the eastern part of India at the time of Pāṇini which could be named ऐन्द्रव्याकरणपद्धति, to which Pāṇini possibly refers by the word प्राचाम्. From references,it appears that the grammar was of the type of प्रक्रिया, discussing various topics of grammar such as alphabet, coalescence, declension, context, compounds, derivatives from nouns and roots, conjugation, and changes in the base. The treatment was later on followed by Śākaṭāyana and writers of the Kātantra school.For details see Mahābhāṣya edition by D. E. Society, Poona, Vol. VII pages 124-127.
ipa technical term for द्वितीया (accusative case ) in the Jainendra grammar; confer, compare कर्मणीप् Jain. 1.4.2.
īpa technical term in the Jainendra Vyākaraṇa for सप्तमी (the locative case).
imapkṛt (affix). affix इम applied to words showing भाव or verbal activity; exempli gratia, for example पाकिमम्, त्यागिमम्;confer, compare भावप्रत्ययान्तादिमब्वक्तव्यः Kāś. on P.IV.4.20.
iṣṭia word generally used in the statements made in the Mahā bhāṣya, similar to those of the Sūtrakāra and the Vārttikakāras, which are 'desired ones' with a view to arrive at the correct forms of words; confer, compare प्राप्तिज्ञो देवानांप्रियो न त्विाष्टिज्ञः, इष्यत एतद् रूपमिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 4.56.
iṣṭhathe superlative taddhita affix. affix इष्ठन् in the sense of अतिशायन or अतिशय ( excellence ). The commentators, however, say that the taddhita affixes तम and इष्ठ,like all the taddhita affixes showing case-relations, are applied without any specific sense of themselves, the affixes showing the sense of the base itself ( स्वार्थे ); e. g गुरुतमः, गरिष्ठः; पटुतमः, पठिष्ठः; पचतितमाम्, कर्तृतमः, करिष्ठः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.V.3.55-64 The affixes ईयस् and इष्ठ are applied only to such substantives which denote quality; confer, compare P.V.3.58.
iṣyaikṛt affix in Vedic Literature in the sense of the infinitive, e. g. रेहिष्यै, अव्यथिष्यै; cf P.III.4.10.
is(1)substitute इस् for the vowel of the roots, मी, मा, दा, धा, रभ्, पत् et cetera, and others before the desiderative affix सन्; exempli gratia, for example मित्सति, दित्सति, अारिप्सते et cetera, and others confer, compareP. VII.4.54; (2) uṅādi affix इस् exempli gratia, for example सर्पिस्.
isnucalternative affix mentioned in the Mahābhāṣya in the place of इष्णुच्; cf Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on III. 2.57. See इष्णुच् .
īthe long vowel ई which is technically included in the vowel इ in Pāṇini's alphabet being the long tone of that vowel; (2) substitute ई for the vowel अा of the roots घ्रा and ध्मा before the frequentative sign यङ् as for example in जेघ्रीयते, देध्मीयते, confer, compare P.VII. 4.31; (3) substitute ई for the vowel अ before the affixes च्वि and क्यच् as, for instance, in शुक्लीभवति, पुत्रीयति et cetera, and others; confer, compareP.VII.4.32, 33; (4) substitute ई for the vowel अा at the end of reduplicated bases as also for the vowel आ of bases ending in the conjugational sign ना, exempli gratia, for example मिमीध्वे, लुनीतः et cetera, and others; cf P.VI. 4.113; (5) substitute ई for the locative case case affix इ ( ङि ) in Vedic Literature, exempli gratia, for example सरसी for सरसि in दृतिं न शुश्कं सरसी शयानम्,: confer, compare Kāś. on P. VII.1.39: (6) taddhita affix. affix ई in the sense of possession in Vedic Literature as for instance in रथीः,सुमङ्गलीः, confer, compare Kāś on. P.V.2.109: (7) the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् , ङीञ् or ङीन् ); confer, compare P.IV.1.58, 15-39, IV.1.40-65, IV.1.13.
īpsitaa desired object, which, in connection with transitive roots, gets the designation कर्म,when the agent has a keen desire for it; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म P.I.4.49.
īyastad-affix ईयसुन् , showing superiority or excellence of one individual over another in respect of a quality, added to a substantive expresive of quality; when the substantive ends in the affix तृ, that affix तृ is removed: exempli gratia, for example पटीयान्, लघीयान्, गरीयान्, दोहीयसी (धेनुः) confer, compareP.V.3.57-64.
īyasunthe same as ईयस् which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
īśvarānandaauthor of (l) a gloss on Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣya-pradīpa, and (2)an independent treatise Śābdabodhataraṅgiṇī. He is believed to have been a pupil of सत्यानन्द and iived in the latter part of the 16th century A.D.
u(1)labial vowel standing for the long ऊ and protracted ऊ3 in Pāṇini's grammar unless the consonant त् is affixed to it, उत् standing for the short उ only: (2) Vikaraṇa affix उ of the 8th conjugation ( तनादिगण ) and the roots धिन्व् and कृण्व्;confer, compareP.III. 1.79-80; (3) substitute (उ) for the vowel अ of कृ,exempli gratia, for example कुरुतः, कृर्वन्ति before weak Sārvadhātuka affixes, confer, compareP.VI 4.110; (4) kṛt (affix). affix उ added to bases ending in सन् and the roots आशंस्, भिक्ष्, विद्, इष् as also to bases ending in क्यच् in the Vedic Literature,exempli gratia, for example चिकीर्षुः भिक्षुः, बिन्दुः,इच्छुः,सुम्नयु; confer, compare P. III. 2.168-170; (5) Uṅādi affix उ ( उण् ) e.g, कारुः, वायुः, साधुः, et cetera, and others; confer, compare Uṅādi I.1; (6) mute vowel उ added to the first letters of a class of consonants in Pāṇini's grammar to show the whole class of the five letters; exempli gratia, for example कु, चु, टु, तु, पु which stand for the Guttural, the palatal the lingual, the dental and the labial classes respectively; confer, compare also ष्टुना ष्टुः P.VIII.4.41(7) उ added to न् showing the consonant न् as nasalized n; cf, नुः V.Pr. III.133.
uktārthaa word or expression whose sense has been already expressedition The expression उक्तार्थानामप्रयोगः is frequently used in the Mahābhāṣya and the Vārttikas and cited as a Paribhāṣā or a salutary conventional maxim against repetition of words in the Paribhāṣāpāṭhas of Vyādi (Par. 51), Candragomin (Par 28) and Kātantra (Par. 46) and Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. (Par. 46) grammars.
ugrabhūtior उग्राचार्य writer of a gloss on the Nirukta, called Niruktabhāṣya believed to have lived in the 18th century A. D; writer also of a grammatical work Śiṣyahitāvṛtti or Śiṣyahitānyāsa, which was sent to kāshmir and made popular with a large sum of money spent upon it, by his pupil Ānanadpāla.
uccaiḥउच्च or acute; see उच्च a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare उच्चैस्तरां वा वषट्कारः P. 1.2.35.
uccaritapronounced or uttered; the phrase उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः is used in connection with the mute indicatory letters termed इत् in Pāṇini's grammar, as these letters are not actually found in use in the language and are therefore supposed to vanish immediately after their purpose has been servedition The phrase 'उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनोSनुबन्धा:' has been given as a Paribhāṣā by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.(Pari.11), in the Cāndra Vyākaraṇa ( Par. 14), in the Kātantra Vyākaraṇa (Pari.54) and also in the Kalāpa Vyākaraṇa ( Par. 71). Patañjali has used the expression उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः in connection with ordinary letters of a word, which have existence for a moment and which also vanish immediately after they have been uttered; confer, compare उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः खल्वपि वर्णा: ...न वर्णो वर्णस्य सहायः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4. 109.
uccāraṇapronunciation, enunciation (in the Śāstra). The phrase उच्चारणसामर्थ्यात् is often found used in the Mahābhāṣya and elsewhere in connection with the words of Pāṇini, everyone of which is believed to , have a purpose or use in the Śāstra, which purpose, if not clearly manifest, is assigned to it on the strength (सामर्थ्य) of its utterance; confer, compare उच्चारणसामर्थ्यादत्र ( हिन्येाः ) उत्वं न भविष्यति M.Bh. on III.4.89 V.2; confer, compare also M.Bh. on IV.4.59, VI.4.163, VII.1.12,50, VII.2.84, In a few cases, a letter is found used by Pāṇini which cannot be assigned any purpose but which has been put there for facility of the use of other letters. Such letters are said to be उच्चारणार्थ; confer, compare जग्धि: । इकार उच्चारणार्थ:। नानुबन्धः । Kāś. on II.4.36.च्लि लुडि. । इकार उच्चारणार्थ:; चकारः स्वरार्थः । Kāś, on III.1. 43. The expressions मुखसुखार्थः and श्रवणार्थः in the Mahābhāṣya mean the same as उच्चारणार्थः.
uccāvacadiverse; confer, compare उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु भवन्ति निपाताः Nirukta of Yāska.I.3.4.
ujjvaladattathe famous commentator on the Uṅādi sūtras. His work .is called Uṅādisūtravṛtti, which is a scholarly commentary on the Uṅādisūtrapāṭha, consisting of five Pādas. Ujjvaldatta is belived to have lived in the l5th century A.D. He quotes Vṛttinyāsa, Anunyāsa, Bhāgavṛtti et cetera, and others He is also known by the name Jājali.
uñchādia class of words headed by the word उञ्छ which have their final vowel accented acute (उदात्त) ; confer, compare उञ्छः म्लेच्छा, जल्पः । एते घञन्ता इति ञित्स्वरः प्राप्तः । Kāś. on P. VI.1.160.
uṇādiaffixes headed by the affix उण्, which are similar to kṛt affixes of Pāṇini, giving derivation mostly of such words as are not derived by rules of Pāṇini. No particular sense such as agent, object et cetera, and others is mentioned in connection with these affixes, but, as Pāṇini has stated in 'ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः P.III. 4.75, the various Uṇādi affixes are applied to the various roots as prescribed in any Kāraka sense, except the संप्रदान and the अपादान; in other words, any one of the senses, agent, object, instrument and abode, is assigned to the Uṇādi affix as suits the meaning of the word. Although some scholars believe that the Uṇādi affixes are given by a grammarian later than Pāṇini as there are words like ताम्बूल, दीनार and others included in the list of Uṇādi words and that there are many interpolated Sūtras, still the Uṇādi collection must be looked upon as an old one which is definitely mentioned by Pāṇini in two different rules; confer, compare Pāṇini उणादयो बहुलम् P. III.3.1 and ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः III.4.76. Patañjali has given a very interesting discussion about these Uṇādi affixes and stated on the strength of the Vārttika, तत्रोणादिप्रतिषेधः, that these affixes and the words given in the Uṇādi collection should not be considered as genuinely deriveditionThe derivation is not a very systematic and logically correct one and therefore for practical purposes, the words derived by the application of the affixes उण् and others should be looked upon as underived; confer, compare उणादयोSव्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on. P.I.1.16, III.4.77, IV.1.1, VI.1.62, VII.1.2, VII.2.8 et cetera, and others There is a counterstatement also seen in the Mahābhāṣya उणादयो व्युत्पन्नानि, representing the other view prevailing at the time; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.I.133; but not much importance seems to be attached to it. The different systems of grammar have different collections of such words which are also known by the term Uṇādi. Out of the collections belonging to Pāṇini's system, three collections are available at present, the collection into five pādas given in the printed edition of the Siddhānta Kaumudi, the collection into ten Pādas given in the printed edition of the Prakriya-Kaumudi and the collection in the Sarasvatīkaṇthābharaṇa of Bhoja forming Pādas 1, 2 and 3 of the second Adhyāya of the work.
uṇādeikośaa metrical work explaining the उणादि words referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. with meanings assigned to them. There are two such compositions one by Rāmatarkavāgīśa or Rāmaśarma and the other by Rāmacandra Dīkṣita.
uṇādiprātipadikaword form or crude base, ending with an affix of the uṇ class, which is looked upon as practically underived, the affixes un and others not being looked upon as standard affixes applied with regular meanings attached to them and capable of causing operations to the preceding base as prescribed by rules of grammar; confer, compare उणादयोS व्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि । व्युत्पन्नानीति शाकटायनरीत्या । पाणिनेस्त्वव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष एवेति शब्देन्दुशेखरे निरूपितम्. Pari. Śek. on Paribhāṣa 22.
uṇādisūtra,uṇādisūtrapāṭhathe text of the Sūtras which begins with the Sūtras prescribing the affix उण् after the roots कृ, वा, पा, जि, स्वद्, साध् and अश्; cf Uṅādi Sūtras 1.1. for the different versions of the text See उणादि. Similar Sūtras in Kātantra, Āpiśali, Sakaṭāyana and other systems of grammar are also called Uṇādi Sūtras.
uṇādisūtradaśapādīthe text of the Uṇādi Sūtras divided into ten chapters believed to have been written by शाकटायन. It is printed at the end of the Prakriyā Kaumud and separately also, and is also available in manuscripts with a few differences. Patañjali in his Bhāṣya on P.III.3.1, seems to have mentioned Sakaṭāyana as the author of the Uṇādi Sūtras although it cannot be stated definitely whether there was at that time, a version of the Sūtras in five chapters or in ten chapters or one, completely different from these, as scholars believe that there are many interpolations and changes in the versions of Uṇādi Sūtras available at present. A critical study of the various versions is extremely desirable.
uṇādisūtrapañcapādīthe text of the Uṇādi Sūtras divided into five chapters which is possessed of a scholarly commentary written by Ujjvaladatta. There is a commentary on it by Bhaṭṭoji Dīkṣita also.
uṇādisūtravṛttia gloss on the Uṇādi Sūtras in the different versions. Out of the several glosses on the Uṇādi Sūtras, the important ones are those written by Ujjvaladatta, Govardhana, Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva, Rāmacandra Dīkṣita and Haridatta. There is also a gloss called Uṇādisūtrodghātana by Miśra. There is a gloss by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. on the Kātantra version of the Uṇādi Sūtras.
udayaṃkarasurnamed pāṭhaka who wrote a commentary on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara named Jyotsna and a very critical work on Paribhāṣās similar to Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti; the work is incomplete.
udāttathe acute accent defined by Pāṇini in the words उचैरुदात्त: P.I.2. 29. The word उच्चैः is explained by Patañjali in the words 'आयामो दारुण्यं अणुता स्वस्य इति उचैःकराणि शब्दस्य' where आयाम (गात्रनिग्रह restriction of the organs), दारुण्य (रूक्षता rudeness ) and स्वस्य अणुता ( कण्ठस्य संवृतता closure of the glottis) are given as specific characteristics of the acute accent. The acute is the prominent accent in a word-a simple word as also a compound word-and when a vowel in a word is possessed of the acute accent, the remaining vowels have the अनुदात्त or the grave accent. Accent is a property of vowels and consonants do not possess any independent accent. They possess the accent of the adjoining vowel connected with it. The acute accert corresponds to what is termed 'accent' in English and other languages.
udāttanirdeśaconventional understanding about a particular vowel in the wording of a sūtra being marked acute or Udātta, when ordinarily it should not have been so, to imply that a Paribhāṣā is to be applied for the interpretation of that Sūtra: confer, compare उदात्तनिर्देशात्सिद्धम् P.VI.1.13 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).14, also Sīra. Pari. 112.
udāttaśrutithe same as एकश्रुति, accentless tone, mentioned in connection with the latter half of a circumflex vowel as also with a grave vowel or vowels, if not followed by another acute or circumflex vowel; confer, compare नोदात्तस्वरितोदयं. P.VIII.4.67.
udgrāhaalleviation, ease, relief; name given to a Saṁdhi in the Prātiśākhya works when a visarga and a short vowel अ preceding it are changed into short अ, (e. g. यः + इन्द्र: = य इन्द्र:), as also when the vowel ए or ओ is changed into अ being followed by a dissimilar vowel; e. g. अग्ने + इन्द्रः = अग्न इन्द्रः; confer, compare R.Pr.II.10.
udgrāhapadavṛttiname given in the Rk. Prātiśākhya to the Udgrāhasaṁdhi where the vowel अ is followed by a long vowel; e.g, कः ईषते =क ईषते R.Pr.II.10.
udgrāhavatname given to a saṁdhi in the Rk. Prātiśākhya when the vowel अ or अा is changed into अ e. g. प्र ऋभुभ्यः=प्रऋभुभ्य: also मधुना + ऋतस्य=मधुन ऋतस्य confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 11.
uddeśyareferred to; pointed out, subject, as contrasted with the predicate मानान्तरप्राप्तमुद्देश्यम् ; confer, compare उद्दश्यप्रतिनिर्दिश्यमानयोरैक्यमापद्यत् सर्वनाम पर्यायेण तत्तल्लिङभाक् । तद्यथा | शैत्यं हि यत्सा प्रकृतिर्जलस्य, शैत्यं हि य यत्तत्प्रकृतिर्जलस्य वा । उद्देश्य in grammar refers to the subjectpart of a sentence as opposed to the predicate-participle. In the sentence वृद्धिरादैच् the case is strikingly an opposite one and the explanation given by Patañjali is very interesting;confer, compare तदेतदेकं मङ्गलार्थं आचार्यस्य मृष्यताम् । माङ्गलिक अाचार्यः महतः शास्त्रौघस्य मङ्गलार्थं वृद्धिशब्दमादितः प्रयुङ्कते, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.1.
uddyotathe word always refers in grammar to the famous commentary by Nāgeśabhaṭṭa written in the first decade of the 18th century A. D. om the Mahābhāṣyapradīpa of Kaiyaṭa. The Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.appears to be one of the earlier works of Nāgeśa. It is also called Vivaraṇa. The commentary is a scholarly one and is looked upon as a final word re : the exposition of the Mahābhāṣya. It is believed that Nāgeśa wrote 12 Uddyotas and 12 Śekharas which form some authoritative commentaries on prominent works in the different Śāstras.
upagrahaa term used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of the Parasmaipada and the Ātmanepada affixes. The word is not found in Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.. The Vārttikakāra has used the word in his Vārttika उपग्रहप्रतिषेधश्च on P. III.2.127 evidently in the sense of Pada affixes referring to the Ātmanepada as explained by Kaiyaṭa in the words उपग्रहस्य आत्मनेपदसंज्ञाया इत्यर्थ: । The word occurs in the Ślokavārttika सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिङ्गनराणां quoted by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on व्यत्ययो बहुलम् P. III. 1.85, where Nāgeśa writes लादेशव्यङ्ग्यं स्वार्थत्वादि । इह तत्प्रतीतिनिमित्ते परस्मै-पदात्मनेपदे उपग्रहशब्देन लक्षणयोच्येते । The word is found in the sense of Pada in the Mahābhāṣya on P. III. 1.40. The commentator on Puṣpasūtra explains the word as उपगृह्यते समीपे पठ्यते इति उपग्रहः. The author of the Kāśikā on P. VI. 2.134 has cited the reading चूर्णादीन्यप्राण्युपग्रहात् instead of चूर्णादीन्यप्राणिषष्ठ्याः and made the remark तत्रेापग्रह इति षष्ठ्यन्तमेव पूर्वाचार्योपचारेण गृह्यते. This remark shows that in ancient times उपग्रह meant षष्ठ्यन्त i. e. a word in the genitive case. This sense gave rise to, or was based upon, an allied sense, viz. the meaning of 'षष्ठी' i. e. possession. Possibly the sense 'possession' further developed into the further sense 'possession of the fruit or result for self or others' referring to the तिङ् affixes which possessed that sense. The old sense 'षष्ठ्यन्त' of the word 'उपग्रह' having gone out of use, and the sense 'पद' having come in vogue, the word षष्ठी' must have been substituted for the word 'उपग्रह' by some grammarians before the time of the Kāśikākāras. As Patañjali has dropped the Sūtra (VI. 2.134), it cannot be said definitely whether the change of reading took place before Patañjali or after him.
upajanaliterallyorigin; one that originates, augment, उपजायते असौ उपजन: । The word is used in the sense of 'additional phonetic element'; confer, compare उपजन आगमः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Śivasūtra 5; confer, compare also वर्णव्यत्ययापायोपजनविकारेष्वर्थदर्शनात् । Māheśvarasūtras. 5 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 15. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya gives स् in पुरुश्चन्द्र as an instance ofeminine. उपजन confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 37. In the Nirukta उपजन is given as the sense of the prefix 'उप'; confer, compare उपेत्युपजनम्: The commentary on the Nirukta explains the word उपजन as अाधिक्य.
upajīvyaa term used by later grammarians in connection with such a rule on which another rule depends confer, compare उपजीव्यादन्तरङ्गाच्व प्रधानं प्रबलम् Pari. Śekh. on Pari. 97, as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on हेतुमति च P. III.1.26. The relationship known as उपजीव्योपजीवकभाव occurs several times in grammar which states the inferiority of the dependent as noticed in the world.
upadhmānīyaa letter or a phonetic element substituted for a visarga followed by the first or the second letter of the labial class. Visarga is simply letting the breath out of the mouth. Where the visarga is followed by the first or the second letter of the labial class, its pronunciation is coloured by labial utterance. This coloured utterance cannot be made independently; hence this utterance called 'उपध्मानीय' ( similar to a sound blown from the mouth ) is not put in, as an independent letter, in the वर्णसमाम्नाय attributed to महेश्वर. Patañjali, however, has referred to such dependent utterances by the term अयोगवाहवर्ण. See अयेागवाह; confer, compare xक इति जिह्वामूलीयः । जिह्वामूलेन जन्यत्वात् । xप इत्युपध्मानीयः । उपध्मानेन जन्यत्वात्. अयेगवाह is also called अर्धविसर्ग. See अर्धविसर्ग.
upanyāsaproposition, statement, The remark 'विषम उपन्यासः' is of frequent occurrence in the Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya in connection with statements that are defective and have to be refuted or corrected; confer, compare M.Bh. on P.1.1.21,46,50; I.2.5 et cetera, and others
upapadaliterallya word placed near; an adjoining word. In Pāṇini's grammar, the term उपपद is applied to such words as are put in the locative case by Pāṇini in his rules prescribing kṛt affixes in rules from 1 II. 1, 90 to III. 4 end; confer, compare तत्रोपपदं सप्तमीस्थम् P.III.1.92; exempli gratia, for example कर्मणि in कर्मण्यण् P. III.2.1. The word is also used in the sense of an adjoining word connected in sense. e. g. युष्मद्युपपदे as also प्रहासे च मन्योपपदे P.I.4.105,106; confer, compare also क्रियार्थायां क्रियायामुपपदे धातोर्भविष्यति काले तुमुन्ण्वुलौ भवतः Kāś. on P.III.3.10; confer, compare also इतरेतरान्योन्योपपदाच्च P.I.3.10, मिथ्योपपदात् कृञोभ्यासे P.I.3.71, as also उपपदमतिङ् P.II.2.19; and गतिकारकोपपदात्कृत् P. VI.2.139. Kaiyaṭa on P.III.1. 92 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2 explains the word उपपद as उपोच्चारि or उपोच्चारितं पदं उपपदम्. The word उपपद is found used in the Prātiśākhya literature where it means a word standing near and effecting some change: confer, compare च वा ह अह एव एतानि चप्रभृतीनि यान्युपपदानि उक्तानि आख्यातस्य विकारीणिo Uvaṭa on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI. 23.
upapadasamāsathe compound of a word, technically termed as उपपद by Pāṇini according to his definition of the word in III.1.92., with another word which is a verbal derivative; confer, compare कुम्भकारः, नगरकारः Here technically the compound of the words कुम्भ, नगर et cetera, and others which are upapadas is formed with कार,before a case-termination is added to the nominal base कार; confer, compare गतिकारकोपपदानां कृद्भिः सह समासवचनं प्राक् सुबुत्पत्तेः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 75.
upabdimatthe fourth out of the seven stages or places in the production of articulate speech, upāṁśu being the first stage; confer, compare सशब्दमुपद्भिमत् Tait. Pr. 23.9 explained by the commentator as: सशब्दं परश्राव्यशब्दसहितम् । यत्र प्रयुज्यमानः शब्दः परैरक्षरव्यञ्जनववेकवर्जे श्रूयते तदुपद्विमत्संज्ञं भवति ।
upamanyu(1)the famous commentator on the grammatical verses attributed to Nandikeśvarakārikā. which are known by the name नन्दिकेश्वरकारिका and which form a kind of a commentary on the sūtras of Maheśvara; (2) a comparatively modern grammarian possibly belonging to the nineteenth century who is also named Nandikeśvarakārikā.kārikābhāṣya by Upamanyu.and who has written a commentory on the famous Kāśikāvṛtti by Jayāditya and Vāmana. Some believe that Upa-manyu was an ancient sage who wrote a nirukta or etymological work and whose pupil came to be known as औपमन्यव.
upalakṣaṇaimplication, indication: a thing indicatory of another thing. The term is very frequently found in commentary works in connection with a word which signifies something beyond it which is similar to it; the indication is generally inclusive; confer, compare Kāśikā on भीस्म्योर्हेतुभये P.I.3.68 भयग्रहणमुपलक्षणार्थं विस्मयोपि तत एव । as also मन्त्रग्रहणं तु च्छन्दस उपलक्षणार्थम् Kāś. on II.4.80. The verbal forms of लक्ष् and उपलक्ष् as also the words लक्षयितुम्, लक्षणीय, लक्षित et cetera, and others possess the sense of 'expressing the meaning not primarily, but secondarily by indication or implication'.
upavarṣaan ancient grammarian and Mīmāmsaka believed to have been the brother of Varṣa and the preceptor of Pāṇini. He is referred to, many times as an ancient writer of some Vṛttigranthas.
upasaṃkhyānamention, generally of the type of the annexation of some words to words already given, or of some limiting conditions or additions to what has been already statedition The word is often found at the end of the statements made by the Vārttikakāra on the sūtras of Pāṇini.: confer, compare P.I.1.29 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1: I.1.36 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3 et cetera, and others The words वाच्य and वक्तव्य are also similarly useditionThe word is found similarly used in the Mahābhāṣya also very frequently.
upasaṃyoga(1)union;confer, compare नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति prepositions are signs to show that such a union with another sense has occurred in the case of the noun or verb to which they are prefixed, Nirukta of Yāska.I.3.; (2) addition; confer, compare अक्रियमाणे हि संज्ञाग्रहणे गरीयानुपसंयोगः कर्तव्यः स्यात् M.Bh. on P. IV.2.21. Vārt, 2.
upasargapreposition, prefix. The word उसपर्ग originally meant only 'a prefixed word': confer, compare सोपसर्गेषु नामसु Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 38. The word became technically applied by ancient Sanskrit Gratmmarians to the words प्र, परा, अप, सम् et cetera, and others which are always used along with a verb or a verbal derivative or a noun showing a verbal activity; confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I. 4.59. 'These prefixes are necessariiy compounded with the following word unless the latter is a verbal form; confer, compare कुगतिप्रादयः P.II. 2.18. Although they are not compounded with a verbal form, these prepositions are used in juxtaposition with it; sometimes they are found detached from the verbal form even with the intervention of one word or more. The prefixes are instrumental in changing the meaning of the root. Some scholars like Śākaṭāyana hold the view that separated from the roots, prefixes do not express any specific sense as ordinary words express, while scholars like Gārgya hold the view that prefixes do express a sense e. g. प्र means beginning or प्रारम्भ; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः । नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति । उच्चावचाः पदार्था भवन्तीति गार्ग्यः । तद्य एषु पदार्थः प्राहुरिमं तं नामाख्यातयोरर्थविकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 8. It is doubtful, however, which view Pāṇini himself held. In his Ātmanepada topic, he has mentioned some specific roots as possessing some specific senses when preceded by some specific prefixes (see P. I. 3.20, 24, 25, 40, 4l, 46, 52, 56, et cetera, and others), which implies possibly that roots themselves possess various senses, while prefixes are simply instrumental in indicating or showing them. On the other hand, in the topic of the Karmapravacanīyas,the same words प्र, परा et cetera, and others which, however, are not termed Upasargas for the time being, although they are called Nipātas, are actually assigned some specific senses by Pāṇini. The Vārttikakāra has defined उपसर्ग as क्रियाविशेषक उपसर्गः P. I. 3.I. Vārt 7, leaving it doubtful whether the उपसर्ग or prefix possesses an independent sense which modifies the sense of the root, or without possessing any independent sense, it shows only the modified sense of the root which also is possessed by the root. Bhartṛhari, Kaiyaṭa and their followers including Nāgeśa have emphatically given the view that not only prefixes but Nipātas, which include प्र, परा and others as Upasargas as well as Karmapravacanīyas, do not denote any sense, but they indicate it; they are in fact द्योतक and not वाचक. For details see Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3, Vākyapadīya II. 190, Mahābhāṣya on I. 3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7 and Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya has discussed the question in XII. 6-9 where, as explained by the commentator, it is stated that prefixes express a sense along with roots or nouns to which they are attachedition It is not clear whether they convey the sense by denotation or indication, the words वाचक in stanza 6 and विशेषकृत् in stanza 8 being in favour of the former and the latter views respectively; cf उपसर्गा विंशतिरर्थवाचकाः सहेतराभ्यामितरे निपाताः; क्रियावाचकभाख्यातमुपसर्गो विशेषकृत्, सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. st. 6 and 8. For the list of upasargas see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 6, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 15, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI.24, and S. K. on P. I.4.60.
upasargadyotyatāthe view or doctrine that prefixes, by themselves, do not possess any sense, but they indicate the sense of the verb or noun with which they are connectedition For details See Vākyapadīya II.165-206; also vol. VII. pages 370-372 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya edition by the D. E. Society, Poona.
upasargayogaconnection with a prefix; joining of the prefix. Some scholars of grammar hold the view that the Upasarga is prefixed to the root and then the verbal form is arrived at by placing the desired terminations after the root, while others hold the opposite view: confer, compare पूर्वं धातुः साधनेनोपयुज्यते पश्चादुपसर्गेण । अन्ये तु पूर्वं धातुरुपसर्गेण युज्यते पश्चात्साधनेनेत्याहुः Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti Pari. 131, 132; cf also vol. VII. Mahābhāṣya edited by the D. E. Society, Poona, pages 371-372.
upottamaliterallyone near or before the last; the term is generally used in connection with words having two or more syllables, where it means the vowel before the last (vowel); confer, compare उपोत्तमं रिति P. VI.1.217 and योपधाद्गुरूपोत्तमाद्वुञ् P.V.1.132 where the writer of the Kāśikā explains it as त्रिप्रभृतीनामन्त्यमुत्तमं तस्य समीपमुपोत्तमम् । giving रमणीय and वसनीय as examples where the long ई is upottama; confer, compare also T.Pr. XI.3. and Nir.I.19 where the word refers to the third out of the four feet of the verse.
ubhayagatiboth the alternatives; both the senses; double signification; confer, compare उभयगतिरिह भवति P.I.1.23,Vārt 4,Pari. Śek, Par. 9 where the word ubhaya refers to both the senses-the ordinary one ( अकृत्रिम } and the technical one ( कृत्रिम)--exempli gratia, for example the meanings ( i ) numeral, and ( ii ) words बहु, गण et cetera, and others of the word संख्या.
ubhayathāin both the ways (in the case of an option, of course); confer, compare छन्दस्युभयथा P.III.4.117 where the word ubhayathā refers to both the alternative uses exempli gratia, for example Sārvadhātuka and Ārdhadhātuka;so also vidhiliṅ and āśīrliṅ; confer, compare Kāśikā on P.III.4.117. The term ubhayatha is described as synonymous with 'bahulam' or 'anyatarasyām' or 'vā' or ekeśām'; confer, compare बहुलमन्यतरस्यामुभयथा वा एकेषामिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.44: Vart. 19; confer, compare also अध्यायान्तेषूभयथा स्मरन्ति R.Pr.XV.8.
ubhayadīrghāa hiatus or a stop which occurs between two long-vowelled syllables; the term उभयदीर्घा is a conventional term in the Prātiśākhya literature. The term उभयह्रस्वा is similarly used in connection with short vowels.
ubhayaprāptia case or a matter in which both the alternatives occur, as for instance, the genitive case for the subject and the object of a verbal derivative noun (कृदन्त); confer, compare उभयप्राप्तौ कर्मणि । उभयोः प्राप्तिः यस्मिन् कृति सोयमुभयप्राप्तिः तत्र कर्मण्येव षष्ठी स्यात् न कर्तरि । आश्चर्यो गवां दोहः अगोपालकेन Kāś. on P. II.3.66.
urobṛhatīa variety of the Vedic metre बृहती in which the first pada consists of twelve syllables and the rest of eight syllables; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 33.
uṣṇih(उष्णिक्)name of the second of the main seven Vedic metres which are known by the name प्रजापतिच्छन्दस्. The Uṣṇik metre consists of 28 syllables divided into three padas of 8, 8 and 12 sylla bles. It has got many varieties such as पुरउष्णिह्, ककुभ् and others; for details see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI 20-26.
us(1)substitute for झि ending of the third person.plu., in the perfect tense and in the present tense in the case of the roots विद् and ब्रू, exempli gratia, for example विदुः and आहुः confer, compare P. III.4.82-84 ; (2) substitute जुस् (उस्) for झि in the potential and the benedictive moods, as also after the aorist sign स् and after roots of the third conjugation, roots ending in आ and the root विद्, e. g. पचेयुः भूयासुः अकार्षुः, अबिभयुः अदुः, अविदुः, et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāś. on III.4.108-112.
ūkaugment ऊ added to the अभ्यास or the reduplicative syllable of the root पठ् which is doubled before the affix क which is used instead of घ ( घञर्थे कः ); exempli gratia, for example पाटूपटः.
ūrdhvabṛhatī( विराज् )a variety of the metre Bṛhatī which has three padas of twelve syllables each; confer, compare त्रयो द्वादशका यस्याः सा होर्ध्ववृहती विराट् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI.33.
ūryādia class of words headed by the words ऊरी उररी et cetera, and others ending in the taddhita affix च्वि, which are given the designation गति provided they are related to a verbal activity, and as a result, which can be compounded with kṛdanta words ending in त्वा, तुम्, et cetera, and others cf ऊरीकृत्य, ऊरीकृतम् et cetera, and others: Kāś on P, I.4.61.
ūṣmanaspiration letters, spirants called breathings also: the name is given to letters or sounds produced with unintonated breath through an open posision of the mouth; confer, compare विवृतमूष्मणाम् M. Bh, on P.I.1.10 Vārt, 3. The word refers to the letters श्, ष्, सु, ह्, visarga, jihvāmūlīya, upadhmāniya and anusvāra; confer, compare ऊष्मा वायुस्तत्प्रधाना वर्णा ऊष्माणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.12; confer, compare also Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.10.
ūṣmasaṃdhiname of a combination or संधि where a visarga is changed into a breathing ( ऊष्मन् ). It has got two varieties named व्यापन्न where the visarga is charged into a breathing as for instance in यस्ककुभः, while it is called विक्रान्त (passed over) where it remains unchanged as for instance in यः ककुभः, य: पञ्च; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 1 1.
ṛktantraa work consisting of five chapters containing in all 287 sūtras. It covers the same topics as the Prātiśākhya works and is looked upon as one of the Prātiśākhya works of the Sāma Veda. Its authorship is attributed to Śākaṭāyana according to Nageśa, while औदिव्राज is held as its author by some, and कात्यायन by others. It bears a remarkable similarity to Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. especially in topics concerning coalescence and changes of स् and न् to ष् and ण् respectively. It cannot be definitely said whether it preceded or followed Pāṇini's work.
ṛkprātiśākhyaone of the Prātiśākhya works belonging to the Aśvalāyana Śākha of the Ṛg Veda. The work available at present, appears to be not a very old one,possibly written a century or so after Pāṇini's time. It is possible that the work, which is available, is based upon a few ancient Prātiśākhya works which are lost. Its authorship is attributed to Śaunaka.The work is a metrical one and consists of three books or Adhyāyas, each Adhyāya being made up of six Paṭalas or chapters. It is written, just as the other Prātiśākhya works, with a view to give directions for the proper recitation of the Veda. It has got a scholarly commentary written by Uvaṭa and another one by Kumāra who is also called Viṣṇumitra. See अाश्वलायनप्रातिशाख्य.
ṛgvirāmaverse-pause equal to 3 mātrākālas or three mātrā units. confer, compare ऋग्विरामः पदविरामो विवृत्तिविरामस्समानपदविवृत्तिविरामः त्रिमात्रो द्विमात्र एकमात्रोर्धमात्र आनुपूर्व्येण Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII. 13. According to Ṛk. Tantra it consists of two mātrās.
ṛditpossessed of the mute indicatory letter ऋ, signifying in the Grammar of Pāṇini the prevention of the shortening of the long vowel in the reduplicated syllable of the Causal Aorist form of roots which are marked with it; e. g. अशशासत् अबबाधत्, अययाचत् et cetera, and others confer, compare नाग्लोपिशास्वृदिताम् P.VII.4.2.
ṛṣicchandsthe metre of the Vedic seers. The seven metres गायत्री, उष्णिक्, अनुष्टुप्, बृहती, पङ्क्ति, त्रिष्टुप् and जगती consisting respectively of 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44 and 48 syllables are named ऋषिच्छन्दस् as contrasted with the metres दैव, प्राजापत्य and आसुर, which, when combined together, make the metres of the Vedic seers, For details see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI.1.5.
ṝdanta(roots)ending in ॠ which have the vowel ॠ changed into इर् by the rule ॠत इद्धातोः P.VII. 1.100; e. g. किरति, गिलति.
ediphthong vowel ए made up of अ and इ, and hence having कण्ठतालुस्थान as its place of origin. It has no short form according to Pāṇini. In cases where a short vowel as a substitute is prescribed for it in grammar, the vowel इ is looked upon as its short form. Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya has observed that followers of the Sātyamugri and Rāṇāyanīya branches of the Sāmaveda have short ए ( ऍ ) in their Sāmaveda recital and has given सुजाते अश्वसूनृते, अध्वर्यो अद्रिभिः सुतम् as illustrations; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1-48; as also the article on.
ekakarmakatransitive verbs having one object, as contrasted with द्विक्रमेक; cf kātantra IV.6.62
ekatiṅpossessed of one verb; given as a definition of a sentence: confer, compare एकतिङ् P.II.1.1 Vārt 10, explained by Patañjali as एकतिङ् वाक्यसंज्ञं भवतीति वक्तव्यम् । ब्रूहि ब्रूहि ।
ekadikin the same direction, given as the sense of the taddhita affix. affix तस् by Pāṇini; confer, compare तेनैकदिक् | तसिश्च । P.IV. .3. 112, 113.
ekadeśavikṛtanyāyathe maxim that ' a thing is called or taken as that very thing although it is lacking in a part,'stated briefly as एकदेशविकृतमनन्यवत् Pari. Śek. Pari. 37. The maxim is given in all the different schools of grammar: confer, compare Śak Pari. 17: Cāndra Pari. 15, Kat. Par. Vr. l, Jain. Par.Vr.l l, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.Pari.7 et cetera, and others
ekadravyaone and the same individual substance: cf the words एकद्रव्यसम-वायित्व Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.4.23, एकद्रव्याभिघान on P.VIII.1.51, एकद्रव्योपनिवेशिनी given as a definition of संज्ञा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.4.1.
ekapadamade up of one word; consisting of one word; confer, compare अथवा सन्त्येकपदान्यप्यवधारणानि । यथा अब्भक्षो वायुभक्षः । अप एव भक्षयति वायुमव भक्षयति । M.Bh. first Āhnika; (2) a continuous word paraphrased as अखण्डपद and समानपद by commentators; confer, compare तेनानन्तरा षष्ठयेकपदवत् V.Pr.II. 18: (3) every individual word: confer, compare बहुक्रमे क्रमेत तस्यैकपदानि नि:सृजन् R.Pr.XI.18.
ekamunipakṣaa view or doctrine propounded by one of the many ancient sages or munis who are believed to be the founders of a Sastra; a view propounded only by Pāṇini, to the exclusion of Kātyāyana and Patañjali; confer, compare एकमुनिपक्षे तु अचो ञ्णितीत्यत्राच इति योगं विभज्य...व्यवस्थितविभाषात्रोक्ता Durghaṭa-Vṛtti I.1.5; see also I.4.24, II.3.18.
ekavacanasingular number; affix of the singular numberin Pāṇini's grammar applied to noun-bases ( प्रातिपदिक) and roots when the sense of the singular number is to be conveyed; the singular sense can be of the form of an individual or collection or genus. The word एकवचन in the technical sense of singular number is found used in the Prātiśākhyas and Nirukta also.
ekavarṇa( a pada)made up of a single letter; confer, compare एकवर्णं पदम् आ, उ इति: commentary on R.Pr. X.2; confer, compare also V.Pr.IV. 144-145 where एकवर्ण is defined as एकप्रयत्ननिर्वर्त्य capable of being produced with a single effort. Pāṇini gives the term अपृक्त to an affix made up of one single letter; confer, compareअपृक्त एकाल् प्रत्यय: P.I.2.41.
ekavākyaan expression giving one idea, either a single or a composite one. A positive statement and its negation, so also, a general rule and its exception are looked upon as making a single sentence on account of their mutual expectancy even though they be sometimes detached from each other confer, compare विदेशस्थमपि सदेकवाक्यं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.4.67; confer, compare also निषेधवाक्यानामपि निषेध्यविशेषाकाङ्क्षत्वाद्विध्येकवाक्यतयैव अन्वयः । तत्रैकवाक्यता पर्युदासन्यायेन । संज्ञाशास्त्रस्य तु कार्यकालपक्षे न पृथग्वाक्यार्थबोधः । Par. Śek on Pari. 3. Such sentences are, in fact, two sentences, but, to avoid the fault of गौरव, caused by वाक्यभेद, grammarians hold them to be composite single sentences.
ekavibhaktia pada having the same case in the various dissolutions of the compound word; e. g. the word कौशाम्बी in the compound word निष्कौशाम्बिः, which stands only in the ablative case कौशाम्ब्याः, although the word निष्क्रान्त, which stands for the word निस्, could be used in many cases. The word नियतविभक्तिक is also used in the same sense.
ekaśabdaa word having one sense only, as opposed to अनेकशब्द many words having the same sense or synonyms which are given in निघण्टु as also in अमरकोष; confer, compare अथ यान्यनेकार्थानि एकशब्दानि तान्यतोनुक्रमिष्यामः Nirukta of Yāska.IV.1.
ekaśeṣaa kind of composite formation in which only one of the two or more words compounded together subsists, the others being elided; confer, compare एकः शिष्यते इतरे निवर्तन्ते वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ । Kāśikā on सरूपाणामेकशेष एक-विभक्तौ P.I.2.64; confer, compare also सुरूपसमुदायाद्धि विभक्तिर्या विधीयते । एकस्तत्रार्थवान् सिद्धः समुदायस्य वाचकः ।। Bhāṣāvṛtti on P. I. 2.64. There is a dictum of grammarians that every individual object requires a separate expression to convey its presence. Hence, when there is a dual sense, the word has to be repeated, as also the word has to be multiplied when there is a plural sense. In current spoken language, however, in such cases the word is used only once. To justify this single utterance for conveying the sense of plurality, Pāṇini has laid down a general rule सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ and many other similar rules to cover cases of plurality not of one and the same object, but plurality cased by many objects, such as plurality caused by ideas going in pairs or relations such as parents, brothers and sisters, grand-father and grand-son, male and female. For example, see the words वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ; Similarly वृक्षाः for many trees, पितरौ for माता च पिता च; देवौ for देवी च देवश्च; confer, compare also the words श्वशुरौ, भ्रातरौ, गार्ग्यौ (for गार्ग्य and गार्ग्यायण),आवाम् (for त्वं च अहं च), यौ (for स च यश्च) and गावः feminine. अजा feminine. अश्वाः masculine gender. irrespective of the individuals being some males and some females. Pāṇini has devoted 10 Sūtras to this topic of Ekaśeṣa. The Daiva grammar has completely ignored this topic. Patanjali has very critically and exhaustively discussed this topic. Some critics hold that the topic of एकशेघ did not exist in the original Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini but it was interpolated later on, and adduce the long discussion in the Mahābhāṣya especially the Pūrvapakṣa therein, in support of their argument. Whatever the case be, the Vārttikakāra has commented upon it at length; hence, the addition must have been made immediately after Pāṇini, if at all there was any. For details see Mahābhāṣya on I.1.64 to 73 as also,Introduction p. 166-167, Vol.7 of the Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
ekaśeṣanirdeśastatement by subsistence of one word out of many. The phrase is very often used in the Mahābhāṣya where the omission of an individual thing is explained by saying that the expression used is a composite one including the omitted thing along with the thing already expressed; confer, compare एकशेषनिर्देशोयम् । सर्वादीनि च सर्वादीनि च सर्वादीनि । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.I.27, on I.1.59, I.2.39, as also on I.3.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5,I.4. 101 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3, II.1.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19 et cetera, and others
ekaśrutithat which has got the same accent or tone; utterance in the same tone; monotone. The word is applied to the utterance of the vocative noun or phrase calling a man from a distance, as also to that of the vowels or syllables following a Svarita vowel in the Saṁhitā id est, that is the continuous utterance of Vedic sentences; confer, compare एकश्रुति दूरात्संबुद्वौ and the foll. P.I.2.33-40 and the Mahābhāṣya thereon. In his discussion on I.2.33 Patañjali has given three alternative views about the accent of Ekaśruti syllables : (a) they possess an accent between the उदात्त (acute) and अनुदात्त (grave), (b) they are in the same accent as is possessed by the preceding vowel, (c) Ekaśruti is looked upon as the seventh of the seven accents; confer, compare सैषा ज्ञापकाभ्यामुदात्तानुदात्तयोर्मध्यमेकश्रुतिरन्तरालं ह्रियते। ... सप्त स्वरा भवन्ति | उदात्तः, उदात्ततर:, अनुदात्तः, अनुदात्ततर:, स्वरितः स्वरिते य उदात्तः सोन्येन विशिष्टः, एकश्रुतिः सप्तमः । M.Bh. on P.I.2.33.
ekācpādaname given by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiand other grammarians to the first pāda of the sixth adhyāya cf Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., as it begins with the sūtra एकाचो द्वे प्रथमस्य VI.1.1.
ekādeśaa single substitute in the place of two original units; exempli gratia, for example ए in the place of अ and इ,or ओ in the place of अ and उ. The ādeśas or substitutes named पूर्वरूप and पररूप are looked upon as ekadeśas in Pāṇini's grammar although instead of them, the omission of the latter and former vowels respectively, is prescribed in some Prātiśākhya works. गुण and वृद्धि are sometimes single substitutes for single originals, while they are sometimes ekadeśas for two original vowels exempli gratia, for example तवेदम्, ब्रह्मौदनः, उपैति, प्रार्च्छति, गाम्, सीमन्तः et cetera, and others; see P.VI.1.87 to ll l, confer, compare also A.Pr.II 3.6.
ekāntaraseparated or intervened by one single thing, a letter or a word; e. g. अां पचसि देवदत्त, where देवदत्त follows अाम् with one word पचसि intervening; confer, compare आम एकान्तरमामन्त्रितमनन्तिके P.VIII.1.55.
ekārtha(1)possessed of one sense as contrasted with बह्वर्थ, द्व्यर्थ etc: (2) synonym, confer, compare बहवो हि शब्दा एकार्था भवन्ति । तद्यथा इन्द्रः शक्रः पुरुहूतः पुरंदरः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.45 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 9; (3) Possessed of a composite sense; confer, compare समासे पुनरेकार्थानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 1.1 Vārt I. The words एकार्थ्य and एकार्थत्व derived from the word एकार्थ are often found used in the sense of 'possession of a composite sense' एकार्थस्य भाव: एकार्थता,ऐकार्थ्ये एकार्थत्वं वा; confer, compare समासस्यैकार्थत्वंत्संज्ञाया अप्रसिद्धिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.42 Vārt 1; confer, compare also the word एकार्थीभावः (4) potent to be connected; समर्थ; confer, compare सुप्सुपा एकार्थम् ( समस्यते ) C. Vy. II.2.1; (5) analogous समानाधिकरण confer, compare एकार्थं चानेकं च । एकः समानः अर्थः अधिकरणं यस्य तदेकार्थं समानाधिकरणम् Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. Vy. III. 1.22: confer, compare also एकार्थे च । Śāk. II.1.4.
enaptaddhita affix. affix एन applied to उत्तर, अधर, and दक्षिण optionally instead of the taddhita affix. affix आति in the senses of दिक्, देश and काल, exempli gratia, for example उत्तरेण, उत्तरतः उत्तरात्, Words with this एन at the end govern the acc. case of the word syntactically connected with them. e. g. तत्रागारं धनपतिगूहान् उत्तरेण Kālidāsa: Meghadūta;confer, compareएनपा द्वितीया P.II.3.31.
aikapadikagiven in the group of ekapadas or solitarily stated words as contrasted with anekapadas or synonymanuscript. See एकपद a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
aikapadyatreatment as one single word especially found in the case of compound words (सामासिकपद) which, as a result of such treatment, have only one accent (acute) and one case affix after the whole word; confer, compare अयं खल्वपि बहुव्रीहिरस्त्येव प्राथमकल्पिकः । यस्मिन्नैकपद्यमैकस्व र्यमेकविभक्तित्वं च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P.I.1.29. See एकपद.
aikaśrutyapossession of the same tone or accent; uniformity of tone or accent. See the word एकश्रुति a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; also see P. I.2.39 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1,2; VIII. 1.55 Vārt, 1.
aittvasubstitution of ऐ for ए by the rule एत ऐ prescribing the substitution of the vowel ऐ for ए in the case of the imperative first person terminations; cf P. III.4.93.
aindraname of an ancient school of grammar and of the treatise also, belonging to that school, believed to have been written under instructions of Indra. The work is not available. Patañjali mentions that Bṛhaspati instructed Indra for one thousand celestial years and still did not finish his instructions in words': (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.1 ). The Taittirīya Saṁhitā mentions the same. Pāṇini has referred to some ancient grammarians of the East by the word प्राचाम् without mentioning their names, and scholars like Burnell think that the grammar assigned to Indra is to be referred to by the word प्राचाम्. The Bṛhatkathāmañjarī remarks that Pāṇini's grammar threw into the background the Aindra Grammar. Some scholars believe that Kalāpa grammar which is available today is based upon Aindra,just as Cāndra is based upon Pāṇini's grammar. References to Aindra Grammar are found in the commentary on the Sārasvata Vyākaraṇa, in the Kavikalpadruma of Bopadeva as also in the commentary upon the Mahābhārata by Devabodha.Quotations, although very few, are given by some writers from the work. All these facts prove that there was an ancient pre-Pāṇinian treatise on Grammar assigned to इन्द्र which was called Aindra-Vyākaraṇa.For details see Dr.Burnell's 'Aindra School of Sanskrit Grammarians' as also Vol. VII pages 124-126 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya, edited by the D.E.Society, Poona.
oditmarked with the indicatory letter ओ; roots marked with the mute letter ओ have the Niṣṭhā affix त or तवत् changed to न or नवत्; exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, लग्नवान् दीनः, दीनवान् et cetera, and others confer, compare ओदितश्र P VIII.2.45; confer, compare also स्वादय ओदितः इत्युक्तम् । सूनः सूनवान्; दूनः दूनवान् Si. Kau. on P. VIII.2.45.
omSee ओंकार a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.ओम् consists of 2 1/2 matras, confer, compare अर्धतृतीयमात्र एके ब्रुवते T. Pr 18.1; शैत्यायन says that ओम् has any one of the three accemts, while कौण्डिन्य says it has प्रचय or एकश्रुति i. e. absence of any accent.
oṣṭhayaliterally produced upon the lip: a letter ofthe labial class;letters उ,ऊ, ओ, औ, प्, फ्, ब्, भ्, म् and व् are given as ओष्ठय letters in the Ṛk Prātiśākhya, confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 20. See the word ओष्ठ a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For the utterance of the letter व् tips of the teeth. are also employed; hence the letter व् is said to have दन्तौष्ठ as its स्थान.. ओस् the case affix ओस् of the genitive case and the loc, dual number
aauṇādikaan afix mentioned in the class of affixes called उणादि in treatises of Pāṇini and other grammarians; confer, compare नमुचि । मुचेरौणादिकः केिप्रत्ययः Kāś.on P.VI.3.75; फिडफिड्डौ अौणादिकौ प्रत्ययौ M.Bh. on Māheśvarasūtras. 2. See the word उणादि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
auṇādikapadārṇavaa collection of words called औणादिक; a name given to his work by पेदुभदृ of the 18th century.
audavrajian ancient sage and scholar of Vedic Grammar who is believed to have revised the original text of the ऋक्तन्त्रप्रातिशाख्य of the Sāma-Veda. confer, compare Śab. Kaus. I.1.8.
aupamikafigurative metaphorical application or statement: confer, compare ( विराट् ) पिपीलिकमध्या इत्यौपमिकम् Nirukta of Yāska.VII. 13. औपश्लेषिक resulting from immediate contact immediately or closely connected; one of the three types of अधिकरण or location which is given as the sense of the locative case; confer, compare अधिकरणं नाम त्रिप्रकारं-व्यापकम् ओपश्लेषिकम्, वैषयिकमिति ... इको यणचि | अचि उपाश्लिष्टस्येति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VI. 1.72.
{{c|-( anusvāra ) ṃanusvāraor nasal (l) looked upon as a phonetic element, independent, no doubt, but incapable of being pronounced without a vowel Preceding it. Hence, it is shown in writing with अ although its form in writing is only a dot a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the line cf अं इत्यनुस्वारः । अकार इह उच्चारणर्थ इति बिन्दुमात्रो वर्णोनुस्वारसंज्ञो भवति Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Vyāk I.1.19; (2) anusvāra,showing or signifying Vikāra id est, that is अागम and used as a technical term for the second विभक्ति or the accusative case. See the word अं a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. on page 1.
or विसर्गः literally letting out breath from the mouth; sound or utterance caused by breath escaping from the mouth; breathing. The Visarjanīya, just like the anusvāra, is incapable of being independently utteredition Hence, it is written for convenience as अः although its form for writing purposes is only two dots after the vowel preceding it; confer, compare अः इति विसर्जनीयः । अकार इह उच्चारणार्थः इति कुमारीस्तनयुगाकृतिर्वर्णो विसर्जनीयसंज्ञो भवति । Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Vyāk. I.1.16. See अः a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. on page 2.
ᳵjihvāmūlīyaa phonetical element or unit called Jihvāmūlīya, produced at the root of the tongue, which is optionally substituted in the place of the Visarga (left 0ut breath) directly preceding the utterance of the letter क् or ख् and hence shown as ᳵ क्. See अ ᳵ क् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. on page 2.
ᳶ upadhmānīyaliterally blowing; a term applied to the visarga when followed by the consonant प् or फ्. The upadhmānīya is looked upon as a letter or phonetic element, which is always connected with the preceding vowel. As the upadhmānīya is an optional substitute for the visarga before the letter प् or फ्, when, in writing, it is to be shown instead of the visarga, it is shown as ᳶ, or as w , or even as x just as the Jihvāmūlīya; confer, compare उपध्मायते शब्दायते इति, उप समीपे ध्मायते शब्द्यते इति वा commentary on Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I:; : confer, compare also कपाभ्यां प्रागर्धविसर्गसदृशो जिह्वामूलीयोपध्मानीयौः:S.K.on P.VIII.2.1.
m̐ nāsikyaa nasal letter or utterance included among the अयोगवाह letters analogous to anusvāra and yama letters. It is mentioned in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as हुँ इति नासिक्यः on which Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.makes the remark अयमृक्शाखायां प्रसिद्धः. The Ṛk-Prātiśākhya mentions नासिक्य, यम and अनुस्वार as नासिक्य or nasal letters, while Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.defines नासिक्य as a letter produced only by the nose; confer, compare केवलनासिकया उच्चार्यमाणे वर्णॊ नासिक्यः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 20. The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya calls the letter ह् as nāsikya when it is followed by the consonant न् or ण् or म् and gives अह्नाम् , अपराह्णे and ब्रह्म as instances. The Pāṇinīya Śikṣā does not mention नासिक्य as a letter. The Mahābhāṣya mentions नासिक्य as one of the six ayogavāha letters; confer, compare के पुनरयोगवाहाः । विसर्जनीयजिह्वामूलीयोपध्मानीयानुस्वारानुनासिक्ययमाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Śivasūtra 5 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, where some manuscripts read नासिक्य for अानुनासिक्य while in some other manuscripts there is neither the word आनुनासिक्य nor नासिक्य. It is likely that the anunāsika-colouring given to the vowel preceding the consonant सू substituted for the consonants म, न् and others by P. VIII. 3.2. to 12, was looked upon as a separate phonetic unit and called नासिक्य as for instance in सँस्कर्ता, मा हिँसीः, सँशिशाधि et cetera, and others
k(1)taddhita affix.affix क applied to the words of the ऋश्य group in the four senses called चातुरर्थिक e. g. ऋश्यकः, अनडुत्कः, वेणुकः et cetera, and others, confer, compare P.IV.2.80; (2) taddhita affix. affix क applied to nouns in the sense of diminution, censure, pity et cetera, and others e. g. अश्वक्रः, उष्ट्रकः, पुत्रकः, confer, compare P.V. 3.70-87: (3) taddhita affix. affix क in the very sense of the word itself ( स्वार्थे ) exempli gratia, for example अविकः, यावकः, कालकः; confer, compare P.V.4.2833; (4) Uṇādi affix क exempli gratia, for example कर्क, वृक, राका, एक, भेक, काक, पाक, शल्क et cetera, and others by Uṇādi sūtras III. 40-48 before which the angment इट् is prohibited by P. VII.2.9; (5) kṛt affix क ( अ ) where क् is dropped by P. I. 3.8, applied, in the sense of agent, to certain roots mentioned in P.III.1.135, 136, 144, III. 2.3 to 7, III.2.77 and III.3.83 exempli gratia, for example बुध:, प्रस्थः, गृहम्, कम्बलदः, द्विपः, मूलविभुजः, सामगः, सुरापः et cetera, and others; (6) substitute क for the word किम् before a case affix, confer, compare P.VII.2.103; (7) the Samāsānta affix कप् (क) at the end of Bahuvrīhi compounds as prescribed by P.V.4.151-160.
karkyādia class of words headed by the word कर्की, the word प्रस्थ after which in a compound, does not have the acute accent on its first vowel. e. g. कर्कीप्रस्थः; confer, compare P.VI.2.87.
karṇādi(1)a class of words headed by कर्ण to which the taddhita affix अायन ( फिञ् ) is applied in the four senses given in P.IV.2.67-70; exempli gratia, for example कार्णायनिः वासिष्ठायनिः et cetera, and others; cf Kāś. on P.IV.2.80; (2) a class of words headed by कर्ण to which the taddhita affix जाह (जाहच्) is added in the sense of a 'root' exempli gratia, for example कर्णजाहम् ; confer, compare Kāś. on P.V.2.24.
kaṇḍvādia group of words which are headed by the word कण्डू and which are either nouns or roots or both to which the affix यक् is added to arrive at the secondary roots exempli gratia, for example कण्डूयति, कण्डूयते; हृणीयति, हृणीयते, महीयते confer, compare धातुप्रक्ररणाद्धातुः कस्य चासञ्जनादपि । आह चायमिमं दीर्घं मन्ये धातुर्विभाषितः ॥ Kāś. on P.III.1.27.
kaṇvādia class of words forming a portion of the class of words called गर्गादि, and headed by the word कण्व, to the derivatives of which, formed by the afix यञ् by the rule गर्गादिभ्यो यञ् (P.IV.1.105) the affix अण् is added in the miscellaneous senses; exempli gratia, for example काण्वाः छात्राः; similarly गौकक्षाः, शाकलाः , अगस्तयः, कुण्डिनाः etc: confer, compare P.IV.2.111 and II. 4.70.
kadhyai kadhyainkṛt affix अध्यै of the infinitive in Vedic Literature: confer, compare तुमर्थे सेसे...कध्यैकध्यैन्..तवेनः P.III.4.9.
kan(1)Uṇādi affix as in the words एक, भेक, शल्क etc; (2) taddhita affix.affix क as given by Pāṇini sūtras IV.2.13l, IV.3.32, 65, 147, IV.4.21; V.1.22, 23, 51, 90, V.2.64, 65, 66, 68-75, 77-82, V.3.51, 52, 75,81,82,87, 95, 96, 97. V.4.3,4,6, 29-33.
karmaṇipādaname given by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiand other grammarians to the second pāda of the third adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., which begins with the sūtra कर्मण्यण् P. III.2.1 .
kamulkṛt (affix). affix अम् in Vedic Literaore in the sense of the infinitive, e. g. विभाजं in अग्निं वै देवा विभाजं नाशक्नुवन्;confer, compare P.III.4.12.
kampitathe same as कम्पन. See कम्पन a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.
karaṇa(1)lit instrument; the term signifies the most efficient means for accomplishing an act; confer, compare क्रियासिद्धी यत् प्रकृष्टोपकारकं विवक्षितं तत्साधकतमं कारकं करणसंज्ञं भवति, Kāś. on साधकतमं करणम् P.I.4.42, e. g. दात्रेण in दात्रेण लुनाति; (2) effort inside the mouth (अाभ्यन्तर-प्रयत्न ) to produce sound; e. g. touching of the particular place ( स्थान ) inside the mouth for uttering consonants; confer, compare स्पृष्टं स्पर्शानां करणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P, I.1.10 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; (3) disposition of the organ which produces the sound; confer, compare श्वासनादोभयानां विशेषः करणमित्युच्यते । एतच्च पाणिनिसंमताभ्यन्तरप्रयत्न इति भाति । Com. on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII.3;confer, compare also स्थानकरणानुप्रदानानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.32: confer, compare also अनुप्रदानात्संसर्गात् स्थानात् करणविन्ययात् । जायते वर्णवैशेष्यं परीमाणाच्च पञ्चमात् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII. 2. where karaṇa is described to be of five kinds अनुप्रदान (id est, that is नाद or resonance), संसर्ग (contact), स्थान, करणविन्यय and परिमाण; confer, compareअकारस्य तावत् अनुप्रदानं नादः, संसर्गः कण्ठे, स्थानं हनू, करणविन्ययः ओष्ठौ, परिमाणं मात्राकालः । अनुप्रदानादिभिः पञ्चभिः करणैर्वर्णानां वैशेष्यं जायते Com. on Tai. Pr. XXIII.2. The Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya mentions two karaṇas संवृत and विवृत; confer, compare द्वे करणे संवृतविवृताख्ये वायोर्भवतः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 11; (4) use of a word exempli gratia, for example इतिकरणं, वत्करणम्; confer, compare किमुपस्थितं नाम । अनार्षं इतिकरणः M.Bh.on. P.VI.1.129.
kartṛagent of an action, subject; name of a kāraka or instrument in general, of an action, which produces the fruit or result of an action without depending on any other instrument; confer, compare स्वतन्त्रः कर्ता P. I.4.54, explained as अगुणीभूतो यः क्रियाप्रसिद्धौ स्वातन्त्र्येण विवक्ष्यते तत्कारकं कर्तृसंज्ञं भवति in the Kāśikā on P.I. 4.54. This agent, or rather, the word standing for the agent, is put in the nominative case in the active voice (confer, compare P.I.4.54), in the instrumental case in the passive voice (cf P. II.3.18), and in the genitive case when it is connected with a noun of action or verbal derivative noun, (confer, compare P.II.3.65).
kartṛyakthe affix य of the passive voice where the object functions as the subject: e. g. यक् in लूयते केदारः स्वयमेव; confer, compare अचः कर्तृयकि P.VI. 1.95 and the Kāśikā thereon.
kartṛsthakriya(a root)whose activity is found functioning in the subject;confer, compare यत्र क्रियाकृतविशेषदर्शनं कर्तरि Kaiyata on P.III.1.87 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3. Such roots, although transitive do not have any Karmakartari construction by the rule कर्मवत्कर्मणा तुल्यक्रियः P.III. 1.87. as exempli gratia, for example ग्रामं गच्छति देवदत्तः has no कर्मकर्तरि construction; confer, compare कर्मस्थभावकानां कर्मस्थक्रियाणां वा कर्ता कर्मवद् भवतीति वक्तव्यम् । कर्तृस्थभावकानां कर्तृस्थक्रियाणां वा कर्ता कर्मवन्मा भूदिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III. 1.87. Vārt, 3.
karmakartṛobject of the transitive verb which functions as the subject when there is a marked facility of action: exempli gratia, for exampleओदन is karmakartariobject, functioning as subject, in पच्यते ओदनः स्वयमेव. The word कर्मकर्तृ is used also for the कर्मकर्तरि प्रयोग where the object, on which the verb-activity is found, is turned into a subject and the verb which is transitive is turned into intransitive as a result.
karmadhārayaname technically given to a compound-formation of two words in apposition i. e. used in the same case, technically called समानाधिकरण showing the same substratutm; confer, compare तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः I 2.42. The karmadhāraya compound is looked upon as a variety of the tatpuruṣa compound. There is no satisfactory explanation of the reason why such a compound is termed कर्मधारय. Śākaṭāyana defines Karmadhāraya as विशेषणं व्यभिचारि एकार्थं कर्मधारयश्च where the word विशेषण is explained as व्यावर्तक or भेदक (distinguishing attribute) showing that the word कर्म may mean भेदकक्रिया. The word कर्मधारय in that case could mean 'कर्म भेदकक्रिया, तां धारयति असौ कर्मधारयः' a compound which gives a specification of the thing in hand.
karman(1)object of a transitive verb, defined as something which the agent or the doer of an action wants primarily to achieve. The main feature of कर्मन् is that it is put in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म, कर्मणि द्वितीया; P. I.4.49; II.3.2. Pāṇini has made कर्म a technical term and called all such words 'karman' as are connected with a verbal activity and used in the accusative case; confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् ; अकथितं च and गतिबुद्धिप्रत्यवसानार्थशब्दकर्माकर्मकाणामणि कर्ता स णौ P.I.4.49-52;cf also यत् क्रियते तत् कर्म Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.4.13, कर्त्राप्यम् Jain I. 2. 120 and कर्तुर्व्याप्यं कर्म Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. II. 2. 3. Sometimes a kāraka, related to the activity ( क्रिया) as saṁpradāna, apādāna or adhikaraṇa is also treated as karma, if it is not meant or desired as apādāna,saṁpradāna et cetera, and others It is termed अकथितकर्म in such cases; confer, compare अपादानादिविशेषकथाभिरविवक्षितमकथितम् Kāś. on I.4.51. See the word अकथित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Karman or object is to be achieved by an activity or क्रिया; it is always syntactically connected with a verb or a verbal derivative.When connected with verbs or verbal derivatives indeclinables or words ending with the affixes उक, क्त, क्तवतु, तृन् , etc, it is put in the accusative case. It is put in the genitive case when it is connected with affixes other than those mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare P, II.3.65, 69. When, however, the karman is expressed ( अभिहित ) by a verbal termination ( तिङ् ), or a verbal noun termination (कृत्), or a nounaffix ( तद्धित ), or a compound, it is put in the nominative case. exempli gratia, for example कटः क्रियते, कटः कृतः, शत्यः, प्राप्तोदकः ग्रामः et cetera, and others It is called अभिहित in such cases;confer, compare P.II.3.1.Sec the word अनभिहित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..The object or Karman which is ईप्सिततम is described to be of three kinds with reference to the way in which it is obtained from the activity. It is called विकार्य when a transformation or a change is noticed in the object as a result of the verbal activity, e. g. काष्ठानि भस्मीकरोति, घटं भिनत्ति et cetera, and others It is called प्राप्य when no change is seen to result from the action, the object only coming into contact with the subject, e. g. ग्रामं गच्छति, आदित्यं पश्यति et cetera, and others It is called निर्वर्त्य when the object is brought into being under a specific name; exempli gratia, for example घटं करोति, ओदनं पचति; confer, compare निर्वर्त्ये च विकार्यं च प्राप्यं चेति त्रिधा मतम् । तत्रेप्सिततमम् Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4.49: confer, compare also Vākyapadīya III.7.45 as also Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on 1.4.49. The object which is not ईप्सिततम is also subdivided into four kinds e. g. (a) अनीप्सित (ग्रामं गच्छन् ) व्याघ्रं पश्यति, (b) औदासीन्येन प्राप्य or इतरत् or अनुभय exempli gratia, for example (ग्रामं गच्छन्) वृक्षमूलानि उपसर्पति, (c) अनाख्यात or अकथित exempli gratia, for example बलिं in बलिं याचते वसुधाम् (d) अन्यपूर्वक e.g अक्षान् दीव्यति, ग्राममभिनिविशते; confer, compare Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.4 49, The commentator Abhayanandin on Jainendra Vyākaraṇa mentions seven kinds प्राप्य, विषयभूत, निर्वर्त्य, विक्रियात्मक, ईप्सित, अनीप्सित and इतरत्, defining कर्म as कर्त्रा क्रियया यद् आप्यं तत् कारकं कर्म; confer, compare कर्त्राप्यम् Jain. Vy. I.2.120 and commentary thereon. जेनेन्द्रमधीते is given therein as an instance of विषयभूत. (2) The word कर्मन् is also used in the sense of क्रिया or verbal activity; confer, compare उदेनूर्ध्वकर्मणि P.I.3.24; आदिकर्मणि क्तः कर्तरि च P.III.4.71, कर्तरि कर्मव्यतिहारे P.I.3.14. (3) It is also used in the sense of activity in general, as for instance,the sense of a word; e. g. नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.4, where Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.explains karman as 'sense' ( अर्थ ).
kamenāmanliterally noun showing action, participle. कर्मप्रवचनीय a technical term used in connection with a preposition which showed a verbal activity formerly, although for the present time it does not show it; the word is used as a technical term in grammar in connection with prefixes or उपसर्गs which are not used along.with a root, but without it confer, compare कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीयाः इति M.Bh. on P.I.4.83; exempli gratia, for example शाकल्यस्य संहितामनु प्रावर्षत्, अन्वर्जुनं योद्धारः, अा कुमारं यशः पाणिनेः; confer, compare Kāś. on P.I.4.83 to 98.
karmavadbhāvathe activity of the agent or kartā of an action represented as object or karman of that very action, for the sake of grammatical operations: e. g. भिद्यते काष्ठं स्वयमेव;. करिष्यते कटः स्वयमेव. To show facility of a verbal activity on the object, when the agent or kartā is dispensed with, and the object is looked upon as the agent, and used also as an agent, the verbal terminations ति, त; et cetera, and others are not applied in the sense of an agent, but they are applied in the sense of an object; consequently the sign of the voice is not अ (शप्), but य (यक्) and the verbal terminations are त, आताम् et cetera, and others (तङ्) instead of ति, तस् et cetera, and others In popular language the use of an expression of this type is called Karmakartari-Prayoga. For details see Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on कर्मवत्कर्मणा तुल्यक्रियः P.III.1.87. Only such roots as are कर्मस्थक्रियक or कर्मस्थभावक id est, that is roots whose verbal activity is noticed in the object and not in the subject can have this Karmakartari-Prayoga.
karmavyatihāraexchange of verbal activity; reciprocity of action; कर्मव्यतिहार means क्रियाव्यतिहार or क्रियाविनिमय; confer, compare कर्तरि कर्मव्यतिहारे P.I.3.14.; also कर्मव्यतिहारे णच् स्त्रियाम् । व्यावक्रोशी, व्यात्युक्षी Kāś. on P.III.3.43. The roots having their agents characterized by a reciprocity of action take the Ātmanepada terminations; confer, compare P. I. 3.14.
karmasthakriya(roots)having their verbal activity situated in the object; exempli gratia, for example the root अव + रुध् in अवरुणद्धि गाम् or the root कृ in करोति कटम्; confer, compare कर्मस्थभावकानां कर्मस्थक्रियाणां च P. III.1.87 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
karmasthabhāvaka(roots)having their verbal action or happening noticed in the object; e. g. the root आस् and शी in बालमासयति शाययति where the function of the root bears effect in the Object boy and not in the movements of the object as in the sentence बालमवरुणद्धि. See कर्मस्थक्रिय a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. as also M.Bh. on III.1.87 and Kaiyaṭa on the same.
karmādiliterally karman and others; a term often used in the Mahābhāṣya for kārakas or words connected with a verbal activity which have the object or karmakāraka mentioned first; सुपां कर्मादयोप्यर्थाः संख्या चैव तथा तिङाम् M.Bh, on I.4.21.
karmāpadiṣṭaoperations prescribed specifically for objects i. e. prescribed in the case of objects which are described to be functioning as the subject to show facility of the verbal action: e. g. the vikaraṇa यक् or the affix च्णि; confer, compare कर्मापदिष्टाविधय: कर्मस्थभावकानां कर्मस्थक्रियाणां वा भवन्ति । कर्तृस्थभावकाश्च दीपादयः M.Bh.on I.1.44.
kalāpa(कलाप-व्याकरण)alternative name given to the treatise on grammar written by Sarvavarman who is believed to have lived in the days of the Sātavāhana kings. The treatise is popularly known by the namc Kātantra Vyākaraṇa. The available treatise,viz. Kalpasūtras, is much similar to the Kātantra Sūtras having a few changes and additions only here and there.It is rather risky to say that Kalāpa was an ancient system of grammar which is referred to in the Pāṇini Sūtra कलापिनोण् P. IV.3.108. For details see कातन्त्र.
kalpathe taddhita affix. affix कल्पप् added to any substantive in the sense of slightly inferior, or almost complete; exempli gratia, for example पट्कल्पः, मृदुकल्प; confer, compare P.V.3.67 and Kāśikā thereon.
kalmanthe same as karman or object of an action especially when it is not fully entitled to be called karman, but looked upon as karman only for the sake of being used in the accusative case; subordinate karman, as for instance the cow in गां पयो दोग्धि. The term was used by ancient grammarians; confer, compare विपरीतं तु यत्कर्म तत् कल्म कवयो विदुः M.Bh. on P.I.4.51. See कर्मन्.
kalyāṇasarasvatīauthor of the Laghusārasvata, a small grammar work. He lived in the 18th century A. D.
kasunaHemacandra's grammar. He lived in the 16 th century A. D.
kavargathe class of guttural consonants consisting of the five consonants क्, ख्, ग्, घ् ङ्
kavikalpadrumaa treatise on roots written by Bopadeva, the son of Keśava and the pupil of Dhaneśa who lived in the time of Hemādri, the Yādava King of Devagiri in the thirteenth century. He has written a short grammar work named Mugdhabodha which has been very popular in Bengal being studied in many Tols or Pāṭhaśālās.
kavicandraauthor of a small treatise on grammar called Sārasatvarī. He lived in the seventeenth century A.D. He was a resident of Darbhaṅgā. Jayakṛṣṇa is also given as the name of the author of the Sārasatvarī grammar and it is possible that Jayakṛṣṇa was given the title, or another name, Kavicandra.
kasunkṛt affix अस् found in Vedic Literature, in the sense of the infinitive: e. g. ईश्वरो विलिखः (विलि-खितुम्) confer, compare P. III.4.13, 17. The word ending in this कसुन् becomes an indeclinable: cf क्त्वातोसुन्कसुनः P.I.1.40.
kasenkṛt affix असे in the sense of the infinitive in Vedic Literature; e. g. प्रेषे, श्रियसे्; confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 4. 9.
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
kātantradhātuvṛttiascribed to Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti., the famous commentator of the Kātantra Sūtras who lived in the ninth or the tenth century.
kātantradhātuvṛttiṭīkāa commentary ascribed to Ramanātha and called Manoramā on the Kātantradhātuvṛtti of Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti.. See कातन्त्रधातुवृत्ति a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
kātantrapañjikāa name usually given to a compendium of the type of Vivaraṇa or gloss written on the Kātantra Sūtras. The gloss written by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. on the famous commentary on the Kātantra Sūtras by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. ( the same as the the famous Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. or another of the same name ) known as दौर्गसिंही वृत्ति is called Kātantra Pañjika or Kātantravivaraṇa. A scholar of Kātantra grammar by name Kuśala has written a Pañjika on दुर्गसिंहृ's वृत्ति which is named प्रदीप, Another scholar, Trivikrama has written a gloss named Uddyota.
kātantraparibhāṣāpāṭhaname given to a text consisting of Paribhāṣāsūtras, believed to have been written by the Sūtrakāra himself as a supplementary portion to the main grammar. Many such lists of Paribhāṣāsūtras are available, mostly in manuscript form, containing more than a hundred Sūtras divided into two main groups-the Paribhāṣā sūtras and the Balābalasūtras. See परिभाषासंग्रह edition by B. O. R. I. Poona.
kātantraparibhāṣāvṛtti(1)name of a gloss on the Paribhāṣāpaṭha written by Bhāvamiśra, probably a Maithila Pandit whose date is not known. He has explained 62 Paribhāṣās deriving many of them from the Kātantra Sūtras. The work seems to be based on the Paribhāṣā works by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and others on the system of Pāṇini, suitable changes having been made by the writer with a view to present the work as belonging to the Kātantra school; (2) name of a gloss on the Paribhāṣāpaṭha of the Kātantra school explaining 65 Paribhāṣās. No name of the author is found in the Poona manuscript. The India Office Library copy has given Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. as the author's name; but it is doubted whether Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. was the author of it. See परिभाषासंग्रह edition by B. O. R. I. Poona.
kātantrapariśiṣṭaascribed to Śrīpatidatta, whose date is not known; from a number of glosses written on this work, it appears that the work was once very popular among students of the Kātantra School.
kātantrapariśiṣṭasiddhāntaratnāṅkuraa gloss on the Kātantra-pariśiṣṭa by Śivarāmendra, who is believed to have written a gloss on the Sūtras of Pāṇini also.
kātantraprakriyāa name given to the Kātantra Sūtras which were written in the original form as a Prakriyāgrantha or a work discussing the various topics such as alphabet, euphonic rules, declension, derivatives from nouns, syntax, conjugation derivatives from roots et cetera, and others et cetera, and others
kātantrabālabodhinīa short explanatory gloss on the Kātantra Sūtras by Jagaddhara of Kashmir who lived in the fourteenth century and who wrote a work on grammar called Apaśabdanirākaraṇa.
kātantrarūpamālāa work, explaining the various forms of nouns and verbs according to the rules of the Kātantra grammar, ascribed to Bhāvasena of the fifteenth century.
kātantravivaraṇaa commentary on the Kātantravistara of Vardhamāna by Pṛthvīdhara who lived in the fifteenth century A. D.
kātantravistaraa famous work on the Kātantra Grammar written by Vardhamāna a Jain Scholar of the twelfth century who is believed to be the same as the author of the well-known work Gaṇaratnamahodadhi.
kātantravṛttiname of the earliest commentary on the Kātantra Sūtras ascribed to Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti.. The commentary was once very popular as is shown by a number of explanatory commentaries written upon it, one of which is believed to have been written by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. himselfeminine. See Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti..
kātantravṛttivyākhyānamed Aṣṭamaṅgalā on Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti.'s Kātantravṛtti written by Rāmakiśora Cakravartin who is believed to have written a grammatical work शाब्दबोधप्रकाशिका.
kātantrasūtravṛttian old Vṛtti on the Kātantra Sūtras ascribed to Vararuci who is, of course, different from Vararuci Kātyāyana. The Vṛtti appears to have been occupying a position similar to that of Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti..
kātantrottaraa treatise on the Kātantra Grammar believed to have been written by Vidyānanda.
kātya(1)another name sometimes given to Katyāyana to whom is ascribed the composition of the Vārttikas on Pāṇini-sūtras; (2) an ancient writer Kātya quoted as a lexicographer by Kṣīrasvāmin, Hemacandra and other writers.
kātyāyanathe well-known author of the Vārttikas on the sūtras of Pāṇini. He is also believed to be the author of the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya and many sūtra works named after him. He is believed to be a resident of South India on the strength of the remark प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्याः made by Patañjali in connection with the statement 'यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु' which is looked upon as Kātyāyana's Vārttika. Some scholars say that Vararuci was also another name given to him, in which case the Vārttikakāra Vararuci Kātyāyana has to be looked upon as different from the subsequent writer named Vararuci to whom some works on Prakrit and Kātantra grammar are ascribedition For details see The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pages I93-223 published by the D. E.Society, Poona.See also वार्तिकपाठ below.
kānacaffix अान forming perfect partciples which are mostly seen in Vedic Literature. The affix कानच् is technically a substitute for the लिट् affix. Nouns ending in कानच् govern the accusative case of the nouns connected with them: exempli gratia, for example सोमं सुषुवाणः; confer, compare P. III.3.106 and P.II.3.69.
kāmacāraoption; permission to do as desired liberty of applying any of the rules of grammar that present themselves; confer, compare तत्र कामचारो गृह्यमाणेन वा विभक्तिं विशेषयितुं अङ्गेन वा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.27 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 6.
kāmadhenusudhārasaa commentary on the Kāvyakāmadhenu by Ananta, son of Cintāmaṇi who lived in the sixteenth century A. D.
kāmyacaffix in the sense of 'desiring for oneself' applied to nouns to form denominative roots; exempli gratia, for example पुत्रकाम्यति; confer, compare काम्यच्च् P. III.1. 9.
kāraan affix, given in the Prātiśākhya works and,by Kātyāyana also in his Vārttika, which is added to a letter or a phonetic element for convenience of mention; exempli gratia, for example इकारः, उकारः ; confer, compare वर्णः कारोत्तरो वर्णाख्या; वर्णकारौ निर्देशकौ Tai. Pra.I. 16: XXII.4.;confer, compare also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.1.37. It is also applied to syllables or words in a similar way to indicate the phonetic element of the word as apart from the sense of the word: e. g.' यत एवकारस्ततीन्यत्रावधारणम् Vyak. Paribhāṣā , confer, compare also the words वकार:, हिंकारः: (2) additional purpose served by a word such as an adhikāra word; confer, compare अधिकः कारः , पूर्वविप्रतिषेघा न पठितव्या भवन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.11.
kārakaliterally doer of an action. The word is used in the technical sense ; 1 of ’instrument of action'; cf कारकशब्दश्च निमित्तपर्यायः । कारकं हेतुरिति नार्थान्तरम् । कस्य हेतुः । क्रियायाः Kāś. on P.I. 4.23: confer, compare also कारक इति संज्ञानिर्देशः । साधकं निर्वर्तकं कारकसंज्ञं भवति । M.Bh. on P. I. 4.28. The word 'kāraka' in short, means 'the capacity in which a thing becomes instrumental in bringing about an action'. This capacity is looked upon as the sense of the case-affixes which express it. There are six kārakas given in all grammar treatises अपादान, संप्रदान, अधिकरण, करण , कर्मन् and कर्तृ to express which the case affixes or Vibhaktis पञ्चमी, चतुर्थी, सप्तमी, तृतीया, द्वितीया and प्रथमा are respectively used which, hence, are called Kārakavibhaktis as contrasted with Upapadavibhaktis, which show a relation between two substantives and hence are looked upon as weaker than the Kārakavibhaktis; confer, compare उपपदविभक्तेः कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी Pari. Śek. Pari.94. The topic explaining Kārakavibhaktis is looked upon as a very important and difficult chapter in treatises of grammar and there are several small compendiums written by scholars dealing with kārakas only. For the topic of Kārakas see P. I. 4.23 to 55, Kat, II. 4.8-42, Vyākaraṇa The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pp.262-264 published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
kārakakārikāpossibly another name for the treatise on Kārakas known as कारकचक्र written by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva the reputed grammarian of Bengal who lived in the latter half of the twelfth century A. D. See कारकचक्र.
kārakacakra(1)written by Puruṣotta madeva a reputed grammarian of Bengal who wrote many works on grammar of which the Bhasavrtti, the Paribhāṣāvṛtti and Jñāpakasamuccya deserve a special mention. The verse portion of the Kārakacakra of which the prose portion appears like a commentary might be bearing the name Kārakakaumudī.
kārakatattvaa treatise on the topic of Kārakas written by Cakrapāṇiśeṣa, belonging to the famous Śeṣa family of grammarians, who lived in the seventeenth century A. D.
kārakanirṇayaa work discussing the various Kārakas from the Naiyāyika view-point written by the well-known Naiyāyika, Gadādhara Chakravartin of Bengal, who was a pupil of Jagadīśa and who fourished in the 16th century A. D. He is looked upon as one of the greatest scholars of Nyāyaśāstra. His main literarywork was in the field of Nyāyaśāstra on which he has written several treatises.
kārakapādaname given by Śivadeva and other grammarians to the fourth pāda of the first adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. which begins with the Sūtra कारके I. 4. 1 and which deals with the Kārakas or auxiliaries of action.
kārakavāda(1)a treatise discussing the several Kārakas, written by Kṛṣṇaśāstri Ārade a famous Naiyāyika of Benares who lived in the eighteenth century A. D; (2) a treatise on syntax written by Jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya which is called कारकविवेक also, which see below. a treatise on syntax written by Jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya which is called कारकविवेक also, which see below.
kārakavicāraa work on Kārakas ascribed to Maṇikaṇṭha. See Kārakakhaṇḍanamaṇḍana a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
kārakavibhakticase affix governed by a verb or verbal derivative as contrasted with उपपदविभक्ति a case affix governed by a noun, not possessing any verbal activity. See the word कारक a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., See also the word उपपदविभक्ति.
kārakavibhaktibalīyastvathe dictum that a Kāraka case is stronger than an Upapada case,e. g. the accusative case as required by the word नमस्कृत्य,which is stronger than the dative case as required by the word नमः. Hence the word मुनित्रयं has to be used in the sentence : मुनित्रयं नमस्कृत्य and not the word मुनित्रयाय confer, compare उपपदविभक्तेः कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी Pari. Śek. Pari. 94.
kārikāa verse or a line or lines in metrical form giving the gist of the explanation of a topic; confer, compare संक्षिप्तसूत्रबह्वर्थसूचकः श्लोकः कारिका Padavyavasthāsūtrakārikā of Udayakīrti.
kārita(1)ancient term for the causal Vikaraṇa, (णिच् in Pāṇini's grammar and इन् in Kātantra); (2) causal or causative as applied to roots ending in णिच् or words derived from such roots called also 'ṇyanta' by the followers of Pāṇini's grammar; confer, compare इन् कारितं धात्वर्थे Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.III.2.9, explained as धात्वर्थक्रियानाम्न इन् परो भवति धात्वर्थे स च कारितसंज्ञक;।
kārtakaujapādia class of words headed by the word कार्तकौजप, which are all dvandva compounds, and which have their first member retaining its own accent; e. g. कार्तकौजपौ, आवन्त्यश्मकाः et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāś. on P.VI.2.37.
kārtikeyathe original instructor of the Kātantra or Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Grammar, to Śarvavarman who composed the Sūtras according to inspiration received by him. The Kātantra, hence, has also got the name Kaumara Vyākaraṇa.
kārmanāmikathe word is found used in Yāska's Nirukta as an adjective to the word संस्कार where it means belonging to nouns derived fromroofs (कर्मनाम)"like पाचक,कर्षक et cetera, and othersThe changes undergone by the roots in the formation of such words i. e. words showing action are termed कार्मनामिकसंस्कार; confer, compare कर्मकृतं नाम कर्मनाम। तस्मिन् भवः कार्मनामिकः Durgavṛtti on Nirukta of Yāska.I.13. कार्य(l) brought.into existence by activity (क्रियया निर्वृत्तं कार्यम् ) as oppo- sed to नित्य eternal; confer, compare एके वर्णाञ् शाश्वतिकान् न कार्यान् R.Pr. XIII.4 confer, compare also ननु च यस्यापि कार्याः ( शब्दाः ) तस्यापि पूजार्थम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.44 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 17;(2) which should be done, used in connection with a grammatical operation: confer, compare कार्य एत्वे सयमीकारमाहुः ।| अभैष्म इत्येतस्य स्थाने अभयीष्मेति । R.Pr. XIV.16; confer, compare also विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I.4.2; (3) a grammatical opera- tion as for instance in the phrases द्विकार्ययोगे, त्रिकार्ययोगे et cetera, and others; confer, compare also गौणमुख्ययोर्मुख्ये कार्यसंप्रत्ययः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 15;(4) object of a transitive verb: confer, compare शेषः कार्ये Śāk.
kāryātideśalooking upon the substitute as the very original for the sake of operations that are caused by the presence of the original;the word is used in contrast with रूपातिदेश where actually the original is restored in the place of the substitute on certain conditions. For details see Mahābhāṣya on द्विर्वचनेचि P. 1.1.59.
kālanotion of time created by different contacts made by a thing with other things one after another. Time required for the utterance of a short vowel is taken as a unit of time which is called मात्रा or कालमात्रा, literally measurement of time; (2) degree of a vowel, the vowels being looked upon as possessed of three degrees ह्रस्व,दीर्घ,& प्लुत measured respectively by one, two and three mātrās; confer, compare ऊकालोSझ्रस्वदीर्घप्लुतः P.I.2.27; (3) time notion in general, expressed in connection with an activity in three ways past (भूत), present (वर्तमान), and future (भविष्यत्) to show which the terms भूता, वर्तमाना and भविष्यन्ती were used by ancient grammarians; cf the words पूर्वकाल, उत्तरकाल; also confer, compare पाणिन्युपज्ञमकालकं व्याकरणम् Kāś. on P. II. 4.21 ; (4) place of recital ( पाठदेश ) depending on the time of recital, confer, compare न परकालः पूर्वकाले पुनः (V.Pr.III. 3) a dictum similar to Pāṇini's पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII.2.1.
kāśikā(1)name given to the reputed gloss (वृत्ति) on the Sūtras of Pāṇini written by the joint authors.Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. Nothing definitely can be said as to which portion was written by Jayāditya and which by Vamana, or the whole work was jointly written. Some scholars believe that the work was called Kāśikā as it was written in the city of Kāśī and that the gloss on the first five Adhyāyas was written by Jayāditya and that on the last three by Vāmana. Although it is written in a scholarly way, the work forms an excellent help to beginners to understand the sense of the pithy Sūtra of Pāṇini. The work has not only deserved but obtained and maintained a very prominent position among students and scholars of Pāṇini's grammar in spite of other works like the Bhāṣāvṛtti, the Prakriyā Kaumudi, the Siddhānta Kaumudi and others written by equally learned scholars. Its wording is based almost on the Mahābhāṣya which it has followed, avoiding, of course, the scholarly disquisitions occurring here and there in the Mahābhāṣya. It appears that many commentary works were written on it, the wellknown among them being the Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā or Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. written by Jinendrabuddhi and the Padamañjari by Haradatta. For details see Vyākaraṇamahābhāṣya Vol.VII pp 286-87 published by the D. E. Society, Poona. ( 2 ) The name Kāśikā is sometimes found given to their commentaries on standard works of Sanskrit Grammar by scholars, as possibly they were written at Kāśī; as for instance, (a) Kāśikā on Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra by Hari Dīkṣita, and ( b ) Kāśikā on Paribhāṣenduśekhara by Vaidyanātha Pāyaguṇḍe.
kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikāalso called Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa., the well-known commentary written by Jinendrabuddhi on the Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. See Kāśikā a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
kāṣṭhādia class of words headed by the word काष्ठ after which a word standing as a second member in a compound gets the grave accent for it,e. g. काष्ठाध्यापकः, परमाध्यापक et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VIII.1.67.
ki(1)kṛt affix इ prescribed after धु roots with a prefix attached;exempli gratia, for exampleप्रदिः प्रधिः confer, compare P.III.3.92, 93; (2) kṛt affix इ looked upon as a perfect termination and, hence, causing reduplication and accusative case of the noun connected, found in Vedic Literature added to roots ending in अा, the root ऋ, and the roots गम्, हन् and जन्; exempli gratia, for example पपि; सोमं, जगुरिः, जग्मिः et cetera, and others, confer, compare P. III.2.171: (2) a term used in the Jainendra Vyākaraṇa for the term संबुद्वि.
kiṃvṛttaa form derived from the pronoun किम्; confer, compare किमो वृत्तं किंवृत्तम् । किंवृत्तग्रहणेन तद्विभक्त्यन्तं प्रतीयाड्डतरडतमौ च। Kāś. on P. VIII.1.48.
kit(1)marked with the mute letter क् which is applied by Pāṇini to affixes, for preventing guṇa and vṛddhi substitutes to the preceding इक् vowel (इ, उ, ऋ or लृ); confer, compareक्ङिति च, Pāṇ. I.1.5; (2) considered or looked upon as marked with mute indicatory क् for preventing guna; confer, compare असंयोगाल्लिट् कित् and the following P.I.2.5 et cetera, and others The affixes of the first type are for instance क्त, क्त्वा, क्तिन् and others. The affixes of the second type are given mainly in the second pada of the first Adhyāya by Pāṇini. Besides the prevention of guṇa and wrddhi, affixes marked with कु or affixes called कित्, cause Saṁprasāraṇa (see P. VI.1.15,16), elision of the penultimate न् (P.VI.4.24), elision of the penultimate vowel (P. VI.4.98,100), lengthening of the vowel (VI.4.15), substitution of ऊ (VI.4.19,21), elision of the final nasal (VI. 4.37), substitution of अI (VI.4.42). The taddhita affixes which are marked with mute क् cause the Vṛddhi substitute for the first vowel in the word to which they are addedition
kitkaraṇamarking with the mute letter क्, or looking upon as marked with mute क् for purposes mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; ( see कित् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. ). The word is often used in the Mahābhāṣya; see M.Bh. on I. 1. 3, 5, 46; I.2.5, et cetera, and others
kinakṛt affix इ prescribed along with कि. See कि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The affix किन् causes the acute accent on the first vowel of the word ending with it, while the affix ki ( इ ) has itself the acute accent on its vowel इ.
kirādia class of roots headed by the root कॄ, viz. the five roots कॄ, गॄ, दृ, धृ and प्रच्छ् after which the desiderative sign, id est, that is the affix सन्, gets the augment इ (इट्); exempli gratia, for example चिकरिषति, पिप्रच्छिषति: confer, compare Kāś. on P.VII.2.75.
kuṭādia group of roots headed by the root कुट् of the VIth conjugation after which an affix which is neither ञित् nor णित् becomes ङित्,and as a result prevents the substitution of गुण or वृद्धि for the preceding vowel e. g. कुटिता, कुटितुम् । confer, compare गाङ्कुटादिभ्योञ्णिन्डित् I.2.1.
kuṭādipādaname given by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiand later grammarians to the second pāda of the first adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., as the pāda begins with the Sūtra गाङ्कुटादिभ्यो ञ्णिन्डित् P.I.2.1.
kuṇaravāḍavaname of an ancient granmarian who lived possibly after Pāṇini and before Patañjali and who is referred to in the Mahābhāṣya as giving an alternative forms for the standard form of certain words; confer, compare कुणरवाडवस्त्वाह नैषां शंकरा शंगरैषा M.Bh. on III.2.14; cf also कुणरवस्त्वाह नैष वहीनरः । कस्तर्हि । विहीनर एषः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.3.1.
kumāra(1)Kārtikeya who is believed to havegiven inspiration to the Katantra-sūtrakāra to write the Kātantra-sūtras; (2) named Viṣṇumitra who wrote a commentary on the ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य,
kumārīstanayugākṛtia phrase used in the gloss on the कातन्त्र by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. to give along with the definition of र्विसर्जनीय or विसर्ग a graphic description of it as shown in script confer, compare Kāt, I.1.16 commentary
kumudādiclass of words (१) consisting of कुमुद, शर्करा, न्यग्रोध et cetera, and others to which the taddhita affix ठक् is applied in the four senses given in P.IV.2.67-70; exempli gratia, for example कुमुदिकम्,शर्करिकम् etc(2) consisting of कुमुद गोमय, रथकार etc to which the taddhita affix इक ( ठक् ) is applied in the senses referred to in (I): exempli gratia, for example कौमुदिकम् , राथकारिकम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāś, on P.IV.2.80.
kurvadrūpaeffective or efficient, as opposed to dormant, as applied to निमित्त (cause); confer, compareनिमित्तशब्दोयमस्ति योग्यतामात्रे । कुसुलस्थेष्वपि बीजेषु वक्तारो भवन्ति अङ्कुरनिमित्तान्येतानीति अस्ति च कुर्वद्रूपे । Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on P.VII.2.36.
kuvyavāyaintervention by a letter of the guttural class;confer, compare कुव्यवाये हादेशेषु प्रतिषेधो वक्तव्यः । प्रयोजनं वृत्रघ्नः, स्रुघ्नः प्राघानीति, P.VIII.4.2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).4,5.
kṛtliterally activity; a term used in the grammars of Pāṇini and others for affixes applied to roots to form verbal derivatives; confer, compare कृदतिङ् । धातोः ( ३ ।१।९१ ) इत्यधिकारे तिङ्कवर्जितः प्रत्ययः कृत् स्यात् । Kāś. on III.1.93, The kṛt affixes are given exhaustively by Pāṇini in Sūtras III.1.91 to III.4. I17. कृत् and तद्धित appear to be the ancient Pre-Pāṇinian terms used in the Nirukta and the Prātiśākhya works in the respective senses of root-born and noun-born words ( कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त according to Pāṇini's terminology), and not in the sense of mere affixes; confer, compare सन्त्यल्पप्रयोगाः कृतोप्यैकपदिकाः Nirukta of Yāska.I.14: अथापि भाषिकेभ्यो धातुभ्यो नैगमाः कृतो भाष्यन्ते Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; तिङ्कृत्तद्धितसमासा: शब्दमयम् V.Pr. I.27; also confer, compare V.Pr. VI.4. Patañjali and later grammarians have used the word कृत् in the sense of कृदन्त; confer, compare गतिकारकोपपदानां कृद्भिः सह समासवचनं प्राक् सुबुत्पत्तेः Pari Śek.Pari.75. The kṛt affixes are given by Pāṇini in the senses of the different Kārakas अपादान, संप्रदान, करण, अाधकरण, कर्म and कर्तृ, stating in general terms that if no other sense is assigned to a kṛt affix it should be understood that कर्ता or the agent of the verbal activity is the sense; confer, compare कर्तरि कृत् । येष्वर्थनिर्देशो नास्ति तत्रेदमुपतिष्ठते Kāś. on III.4.67. The activity element possessed by the root lies generally dormant in the verbal derivative nouns; confer, compare कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति, क्रियावदपि । M.Bh.on V.4.19 and VI. 2.139
kṛtārthalit which has got its purpose served: a term used in connection with a rule that has been possible to be applied (without clash with another rule) in the case of certain instances, although it comes into conflict in the case of other istances confer, compare तत्र कृतार्थत्वाद् दिकशब्दपक्षे परेण ठञ्जतौ स्याताम् Kāś. P.IV. 3.5. The word चरितार्थ is used almost in the same sense.
kṛtrimaartificial; technical, as opposed to derivative. In grammar, the term कृत्रिम means 'technical sense', as contrasted with अकृत्रिम 'ordinary sense'; confer, compare कृत्रिमाकृत्रिमयोः कृत्रिमे कार्यसंप्रत्यय: Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 9.
kṛtrimākṛtrimaparibhāṣāa term popularly used by grammarians for the परिभाषा or maxim that out of the two senses, the technical and the derived ones, the technical sense should be preferred; in rare cases, the other too, is preferred confer, compare Pari. Śek. Pari.9.
kṛtvasuctaddhita affix. affix कृत्वम् applied to numerals to convey the sense of repetition, e. g. पंञ्चकृत्वः दशकृत्वः confer, compare संख्यायाः क्रियाभ्यावृत्तिगणने कृत्वसुच् P. V. 4.17.
kṛdantathe word ending with a kṛt affix; the term कृत् is found used in the sūtras of Pāṇini for कृदन्त; confer, compare कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च P. I.2.46. The term कृदन्त for root-nouns, or nouns derived from roots, is found in the Atharvaprātiśākhya (I.1.10, II.3.8, II1.2.4), the Mahābhāṣya and all the later works on grammar. See the word कृत्.
kṛdgrahaṇamention of a kṛt id est, that is of a word ending with a kṛt affix. The word mainly occurs in the Paribhāṣā कृद्ग्रहणे गतिकारकपूर्वस्यापि ग्रहणम् which occurs first as an expression of the Vārttikakāra (P.I.4.13 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 9) and has been later on given as a Paribhāṣā by later grammarians (Pari. Śek. Pari.28).The Paribhāṣā is referred to as वृद्ब्रह्मणपरिभाषा in later grammar works especially commentary works.
kṛdvṛttia short treatise by a grammarian named मोक्षेश्वर who lived in the fifteenth century. The work deals with verbal derivatives.
kṛllopathe dropping or removal of the verbal noun(कृदन्त)after the words प्र, परा etc when they are compounded with the following noun; exempli gratia, for example the dropping of गत from the expression निर्गतः कौशाम्ब्याः when it is compounded into निष्कौशाम्बिः । confer, compare कृल्लोपे निष्कौशाम्बिः, निर्वाराणसिः M.Bh. on P.I.4.l. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 18.
kṛśāśvādia class of words headed by the word कृशाश्वं to which the taddhita affix ईय (छण् ) is applied in the four senses given in P.IV.2. 67-70, exempli gratia, for example कार्शीश्वीयः, आरिष्टीयः confer, compare Kāś, on P.IV.2.80.
kṛṣṭaalso क्रुष्ट the foremost of the seven Yamas: .cf कुष्टप्रथमद्वितीयतृतीयचतुर्थमन्द्राति स्वार्याः Tai.Pr.XXIII.14.
kṛṣṇakiṃkaraprakriyāan alternative name for the well-known grammar-work क्रियाकौमुदी written by Rāmacandra Śeṣa. See प्रक्रियाकौमुदी.
kṛṣṇamiśraan alternative name of कृष्णमित्र. See कृष्णमित्र.
kṛṣṇaśāstrin( आरडे )a famous grammarian and logician of the 18th century who wrote Ākhyātaviveka and Kārakavāda. See अारडे.
keśavawriter of a commentary named प्रकाश on the Śikṣā of Pāṇini. He lived in the 17th century.
kaiyaṭaname of the renowned commentator on the Mahābhāṣya, who lived in the 11th century. He was a resident of Kashmir and his father's name was Jaiyaṭa. The commentary on the Mahābhāṣya was named महाभाष्यप्रदीप by him, which is believed by later grammarians to have really acted as प्रदीप or light, as without it, the Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali would have remained unlit, that is unintelligible, at several places. Later grammarians attached to प्रदीप almost the same importance as they did to the Mahābhāṣya and the expression तदुक्तं भावकैयटयोः has been often used by commentators. Many commentary works were written on the Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.out of which Nageśa's Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.is the most popular. The word कैयट came to be used for the word महाभाष्यप्रदीप which was the work of Kaiyaṭa. For details see Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona, Vol. VII. pp. 389-390.
kaiyaṭaprakāśaa commentary on the Mahābhāṣyapradīpa of Kaiyaṭa written by Nīlakaṇṭha of the Draviḍa country. Nīlakaṇṭha lived in . the 17th century and wrote works on various subjects.
kaiyaṭavivaraṇa(1)a commentary on the Mahābhāṣyapradīpa of Kaiyaṭa written by Iśvarānanda, in the 16th century; (2) a commentary on Kaiyaṭa's Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.by Rāmacandra-Sarasvatī, who lived in the 16th century.
koṇḍabhaṭṭaa reputed grammarian who wrote an extensive explanatory gloss by name Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa on the Vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikā of Bhaṭṭoji Dīkṣita. Another work Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra. which is in a way an abridgment of the Bhūṣaṇa, was also written by him. Koṇḍabhaṭṭa lived in the beginning of the l7th century. He was the son of Raṅgojī and nephew of Bhaṭṭojī Dīkṣita. He was one of the few writers on the Arthavicāra in the Vyākaraṇaśāstra and his Bhūṣaṇasāra ranks next to the Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Besides the Bhūṣaṇa and Bhūṣaṇasāra, Koṇḍabhaṭṭa wrote two independent works viz. Vaiyākaraṇsiddhāntadīpika and Sphoṭavāda.
kaumāra,komāravyākaraṇa(1)an alternative name of the Kātantra Vyākaraṇa given to it on the strength of the traditional belief that the original inspiration for writing it was received by Sarvavarman from Kumara or Kārtikeya; (2) small treatises bearing the name Kaumāravyākaraṇa written by Munipuṅgava and Bhāvasena. The latter has written Kātantrarūpamāla also.
ktakṛt affix त in various senses, called by the name निष्ठा in Pāṇini's grammar along with the affix क्तवतू confer, compare क्तक्तवतू निष्ठा P.I.1.26.The various senses in which क्त is prescribed can be noticed below : (1) the general sense of something done in the past time as past passive voice.participle e. g. कृत:, भुक्तम् et cetera, and others: cf P. III.2.102; (2) the sense of the beginning of an activity when it is used actively: e. g. प्रकृतः कटं देवदत्तः, confer, compare P.III.2.102 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; (3) the sense of activity of the present tense applied to roots marked with a mute ञ् as also to roots in the sense of desire, knowledge and worship; exempli gratia, for exampleमिन्नः, क्ष्विण्ण:, धृष्ट: as also राज्ञां मतः, राज्ञामिष्टः, राज्ञां बुद्धः; confer, compare P.III.2.187, 88; (4) the sense of mere verbal activity (भाव) e. g. हसितम् , सहितम् , जल्पितम् , (used always in the neuter gender); confer, compare P.III.3. 114: (5) the sense of benediction when the word ending in क्त is used as a technical term, exempli gratia, for example देवदत्तः in the sense of देवा एनं देयासुः. The kṛt affix क्तिन् is also used similarly exempli gratia, for example सातिः भूतिः मन्ति:; confer, compare Kāś. on P. III.3.174.
ktavatukṛt affix तवत् which also is called निष्ठा. It is prescribed in the active sense of somebody who has done a thing sometime in the past. A word ending in it is equivalent to the past active participle; exempli gratia, for example भुक्तवान् ब्राह्मणः cf P.I.1.26. The feminine. affix डीप् ( ई ) is added to nouns ending in क्तवतु to form feminine bases; confer, compare P.IV.1.6.
ktāntaa noun base ending in the kṛt affix क्त; past passive participle; confer, compare क्षेपे सप्तम्यन्तं क्तान्तेन सह समस्यते । अवतप्तेनकुलस्थितं त एतत् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on II.2. 47.
ktickṛt affix ति added to roots in the benedictive sense to form संज्ञाशब्द or nouns in a technical sense; e.gतन्तिः in the sense of तनुतात्: confer, compare Kāś. on III.3.174. क्त is also added in the same way. See क्त.
ktinkṛt affix ति added to roots to form nouns in the sense of verbaction; exempli gratia, for example कृति:, स्थितिः, मति: et cetera, and others;confer, compare P.III.3.94-97.
ktvākṛt (affix). affix त्वा added to roots (1) in the sense of prohibition conveyed by the word अलं or खलु preceding the root, exempli gratia, for example अलं कृत्वा, खलु कृत्वा; confer, compare P. III.4.18; (2) in the sense of exchange in the case of the root मा, e. g. अपमित्य याचते; confer, compare P. III.4.19; (3) to show an activity of the past time along with a verb or noun of action showing comparatively a later time, provided the agent of the former and the latter activities is the same; exempli gratia, for example भुक्त्वा व्रजति, स्नात्वा पीत्वा भुक्त्वा व्रजति; confer, compare P. III.4. 21. This kṛt affix is always added to roots when they are without any prefix; when there is a prefix the indeclinable, ending in त्वा, is always compounded with the prefix and त्वा is changed into य (ल्यप्), exempli gratia, for example प्रकृत्य, प्रहृत्य; confer, compare समासेऽनञ्पूर्वे क्त्वो ल्यप् P. VII. 1.37. The substitution of य is at will in Vedic Literature; exempli gratia, for example कृष्णं वासो यजमानं परिधापयित्वा ( instead of परिधाप्य ), confer, compare P. VII.1.38, while sometimes, य is added after त्वा as an augment e. g. दत्वाय सविता धियः confer, compare P. VII.l.47, as also sometimes त्वी or त्वीनम् is substituted for त्वा e. g. इष्ट्वीनं देवान्, स्नात्वी मलादिव, confer, compare P. VII.1.48, 49.
ktvāntagerund; a mid-way derivative of a verbal root which does not leave its verbal nature on the one hand although it takes the form of a substantive on the other hand.
knukṛt affix नु added to the roots त्रस्, गृध्, धृष् and क्षिप् in the sense of habituated et cetera, and others as given in the rule आक्वेरतच्छीलतद्धर्मतत्साधुकारिषु P.III.2.134; e.g, त्रस्नुः, गृध्नु: et cetera, and others confer, compare P. III. 2.140.
kyaṅaffix य taking Ātmanepada terminations after it, added in the sense of similar behaviour to a substantive. The substantive to which this affix य is added, becomes a denominative root; e. g. काकः श्येनायते, कुमुदं पुष्करायते, confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1.11-12, also on P. III, 1.14-18.
kyacdenominative affix ( विकरण ) in the sense of desiring for oneself, added to nouns to form denomitive roots; exempli gratia, for example पुत्रीयति; क्यच् is also added to nouns that are upamānas or standards of comparison in the sense of (similar) behaviour: exempli gratia, for example पुत्रीयति च्छात्रम्: confer, compare Kāś. on P. III.1.8, 10. It is also added in the sense of 'doing' to the words नमस्, वरिवस् and चित्र; e. g. नमस्यति देवान्, वरिवस्यति गुरून् , चित्रीयते ; confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1.19.
kyapkṛt afix य applied to the roots व्रज् and यज् in the sense of 'verbal activity' and to the roots अजू with सम्, षद् with नि et cetera, and others to form proper nouns e. g. व्रज्या, इज्या, समज्या, निषद्या et cetera, and others, confer, compare P. III. 3.98 and 99; (2) kṛtya affix य in the sense of 'should be done' applied to the roots वद्, भू and हन् (when preceded by certain words put as upapada), as also to roots with penultimate ऋ and the roots मृज्, इ, स्तु and others; e. g. ब्रह्मोद्यम् , ब्रह्मभूयम् , इत्यम् , स्तुत्यम् et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1. 106,121.
kyaṣaffix य added to certain nouns like लोहित and others to form denominative roots after which terminations of both the padas are placed exempli gratia, for example लोहितायति, लोहितायते; confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1.13.
kratvādia class of words headed by the word क्रतु, which have their first vowel accented acute in a Bahuvrīhi dompound, provided the first member of the compound is the word सु; exempli gratia, for example सुक्रतुः, सुप्रपूर्तिः et cetera, and others; confer, compare confer, compare Kāś. on P. VI.2.118.
krama(1)serial order or succession as contrasted with यौगपद्य or simultaneity. The difference between क्रम and यौगपद्य is given by भर्तृहरि in the line क्रमे विभिद्यते रूपं यौगपद्ये न भिद्यते Vāk. Pad. II. 470. In order to form a word by the application of several rules of grammar, a particular order is generally followed in accordance with the general principle laid down in the Paribhāṣā पूर्वपरनित्यान्तरङ्गापवादानामुत्तरोत्तरं बलीयः, as also according to what is stated in the sūtras असिद्धवदत्राभात्, पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् et cetera, and others (2) succession, or being placed after, specifically with reference to indeclinables like एव, च et cetera, and others which are placed after a noun with which they are connectedition When an indecinable is not so connected, it is called भिन्नक्रम; confer, compare परिपन्थं च तिष्ठति (P.IV. 4.36), चकारो भिन्नक्रमः प्रत्ययार्थं समुच्चिनोति, Kāś. on P. IV. 4.36; also ईडजनोर्ध्वे च । चशब्दो भिन्नक्रमः
īśeḥ(VII.2.77)अनुकर्षणार्थो विज्ञायते Kāś. on P.IV.2.78; (3) succession of the same consonant brought about; doubling; reduplication; क्रम is used in this way in the Ṛk Prātiśākhya as a synonym of dvitva prescribed by Pāṇini; e. g. अा त्वा रथं becomes अा त्त्वा रथम् ; सोमानं स्वरणम् becomes सोमानं स्स्वरणम् ; confer, compare स्वरानुस्वारोपहितो द्विरुच्यते संयोगादि: स क्रमोSविक्रमे सन् । etc, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. l to 4; confer, compare also स एष द्विर्भावरूपो विधिः क्रमसंज्ञो वेदितव्यः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 1. The root क्रम् IA. is several times used in the Prātiśākhya works for द्विर्भवन, confer, compare also T. Pr.XXI.5; XXIV.5; (4) repetition of a word in the recital of Vedic passages, the recital by such a repetition being called क्रमपाठ, which is learnt and taught with a view to understanding the original forms of words combined in the Saṁhitā by euphonic rules, substitution of letters such as that of ण् for न् , or of ष् for स् , as also the separate words of a compound word ( सामासिकशब्द ); e. g. पर्जन्याय प्र । प्र गायत । गायत दिवः । दिवस्पुत्राय । पुत्राय मीळ्हुषे । मीळ्हुषे इति मीळ्हुषे । confer, compare क्रमो द्वाभ्यामतिक्रम्य् प्रत्यादायोत्तरं तयोः उत्तेरेणोपसंदध्यात् तथार्द्धर्चं समापयेत् ॥ Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X. 1. For details and special features, confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) ch. X and XI: confer, compare also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 182190: T. Pr, XXIII. 20, XXIV. 6.
kramadīśvaraauthor of a grammar named संक्षिप्तसार who lived at the end of the 13th century.
kramapāṭharecital of the Vedic Saṁhitā by means of separate groups of two words, repeating each word except the first of the Vedic verseline; see क्रम a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The various rules and exceptions are given in detail in Paṭalas ten and eleven of the Ṛk Prātiśākhya. The Vedic Saṁhitā or Saṁhitāpāṭha is supposed to be the original one and the Padapāṭha prepared later on, with a view to preserving the Vedic text without any change or modification of a letter, or accent; confer, compare न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः । पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III. 1.109, VI. 1.207 and VIII. 2.16, where Patañjali clearly says that grammar-rules are not to follow the Padapāṭha, but, the writer of the Padapāṭha is to follow the rules already laid down. The Jaṭāpāṭha, the Ghanapāṭha and the other recitals are later developments of the Padapāṭha as they are not mentioned in the Prātiśākhya works.
kriyāaction, verbal activity; confer, compare क्रियावचनो धातु: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 3.1 ; confer, compare also क्रियावाचकमाख्यातम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8. quoted by Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.in his Bhāṣya on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50; confer, compare also उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I.4.59, लक्षणहेत्वेाः क्रियायाः P.III. 2.126; confer, compare also यत्तर्हि तदिङ्गितं चेष्टितं निमिषितं स शब्दः । नेत्याह क्रिया नाम सा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Āhnika 1. The word भाव many times is used in the same sense as kriyā or verbal activity in the sūtras of Pāṇini. confer, compare P.I.2.21 ; I.3.13; III. 1. 66.etc; confer, compare also कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति a statement made frequently by the Mahābhāṣyakāra. Some scholars draw a nice distinction between क्रिया and भाव, क्रिया meaning dynamic activity and भाव meaning static activity: confer, compare अपरिस्पन्दनसाधनसाध्यो धात्वर्थो भावः । सपरिस्पन्दनसाधनसाध्यस्तु क्रिया Kaiyaṭa's Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.on Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). III. 1.87. Philosophically क्रिया is defined as सत्ता appearing in temporal sequence in various things. When सत्ता does not so appear it is called सत्त्व.
kriyātipattiliterally over-extension or excess of action; the word is, however, used in grammar in the sense of non-happening of an expected action especially when . it forms a condition of the conditional mood ( लृङ् ); confer, compare कुताश्चिद्वैगुण्यादनभिनिर्वृत्तिः क्रियायाः क्रियातिपत्तिः Kāś. on P. III. 3.139; confer, compare also नान्तरेण साधनं क्रियायाः प्रवृत्तिरस्तीति साधनातिपत्तिश्चेत्कियातिपत्तिरपि भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.3.139.
kriyāphalaintended fruit of a verbal activity; confer, compare स्वरितञितः कर्त्रभिप्राये क्रियाफले P.I.3.72.
kriyāyogaassociation with a verbal activity; cf उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P.I.4.59.
kriyāvacanameaning or expressing a verbal activity; a term generally applied to dhātus or roots, or even to verbs. The term is also applied to denominative affixes like क्यच् which produce a sort of verbal activity in the noun to which they are added; confer, compare क्रियावचनाः क्यजादय: M.Bh. on III.1.19.
kriyāviśeṣaṇadeterminant or modifier of a verbal activity; confer, compare क्रियाविशेषणं चेति वक्तव्यम् । सुष्टु पचति दुष्टु पचति M.Bh. on II.1.1; nouns used as Kriyāviśeṣaṇa are put in the neuter gender, and in the nominative case. or the acc. case in the singular. number; confer, compare क्रियाविशेषणानां कर्मत्वं नपुंसकलिङ्गता च Pari.Bhāśkara Pari.56.
kriyāsamabhihārarepetition or intensity of a verbal activity; confer, compare समभिहारः पौनः पुन्यं भृशार्थो वा, Kāś. on P.I.4.2.
kroṣṭrīyaan ancient school of grammarians who are believed to have written rules or Vārttikas on some rules of Pāṇini to modify them; the क्रोष्ट्रीय school is quoted in the Mahābhāṣya; confer, compare परिभाषान्तरमिति च मत्वा क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.3.
kanipkṛt affix वन् in the sense of agent added to (l) a root preceded by an Upasarga or a Subanta Upapada or sometimes even without any preceding word; exempli gratia, for exampleप्रतरित्वा, धीवा, पीवा; (2) to the root दृश्, preceded by an Upapada which is the object of the root दृश्, exempli gratia, for example पारदृश्वा; (3) to roots युध् and कृञ् having राजन् as their object, exempli gratia, for example राजयुध्वा, राजकृत्वा ; confer, compare Pāṇini III.2.94-96.
kvinkṛt zero affix, id est, that is an affix of which every letter is dropped and nothing remains, added to the roots स्पृश्, यज्, सृज्, दृश्, et cetera, and others under certain conditions; exempli gratia, for example घृतस्पृक्, ऋत्विक्, यादृक्, तादृक्; confer, compare Kāś. on P.III.2.58-60.
kvip(1)kṛt affix zero, added to the roots सद्, सू, द्विष् and others with a preceding word as upapada or with a prefix or sometimes even without any word, as also to the root हन् preceded by the words ब्रह्मन्, भ्रूण and वृत्र, and to the root कृ preceded by सु, कर्मन् et cetera, and others, and to the roots सु, and चि under certain conditions exempli gratia, for example उपसत्, सूः, प्रसूः, पर्णध्वत्, ब्रह्महा, वृत्रहा, सोमसुत्, अग्निचित्; confer, compareP.III. 2.61, 76, 77, 87-92: 177-179; (2) the denominative affix zero applied to any substantive in the sense of behaviour अश्वति, गर्दभति et cetera, and others; confer, compare M.Bh. and Kāś, on P.III.1.11.
kvibantaa substantive ending with the kṛt affix क्विप् (zero affix) added to a root to form a noun in the sense of the verbal action (भाव). The words ending with this affix having got the sense of verbal activity in them quite suppressed, get the noun terminations सु, औ, जस् et cetera, and others and not ति, तः et cetera, and others placed after them; confer, compare कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद् भवति. However, at the same time, these words undergo certain operations peculiar to roots simply because the kṛt affix entirely disappears and the word formed, appears like a root; confer, compare क्विबन्ता धातुत्वं न जहति. Kaiyaṭa's Prad. on VII.1.70.
kṣapaṇakaa Jain grammarian quoted in the well-known stanza धन्वन्तरिः क्षपणकोमरसिंहशङ्कु which enumerates the seven gems of the court of Vikramāditya, on the strength of which some scholars believe that he was a famous grammarian of the first century B.C.
kṣitīśacandra(चक्रवर्तिन्)or K. C. CHATTERJI a scholar of Sanskrit grammar who has written a work on technical terms in Sanskrit, who has edited several grammar works and is at present editing the Cāndra Vyākaraṇa and conducting the Sanskrit journal named Mañjūṣa at Calcutta.
kṣipraliterally rapid, accelerated, a short name given in the a Prātiśākhya works to a Saṁdhi or euphonic combination of the vowels इ, उ, ऋ,; लृ with a following dissimilar vowel; confer, compare Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.Bhāṣya on R.Pr. III.10; confer, compare also इको यणचि P.VI.1.77. The name Kṣipra is given to this Saṁdhi possibly because the vowel, short or long, which is turned into a consonant by this saṁdhi becomes very short (id est, that is shorter than a short vowel id est, that is a semi-vowel). The word क्षैप्र is also used in this sense referring to the Kṣiprasaṁdhi.
kṣubhnādia class of wordings such as क्षुभ्ना, तृप्नु and the like in which the consonant न् is not changed into ण् although the consonant न् is preceded by ऋ, ॠ, र् or ष् and intervened by letters which are admissible; e. g. क्षुभ्नाति, तृप्नोति, नृनमनः et cetera, and others cf Kāś. on P. VIII. 4.39. This class ( क्षुभ्नादिगण ) is styled as आकृतिगण.
kṣaipra(1)another name of the क्षिप्रसंधिSee the word क्षिप्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; (2) name given to the Svarita accent borne by the vowel following the semivowel which results from the Kṣiprasaṁdhi; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 8; III.7,10; VIII. 22: confer, compare इवर्णोकारयोर्यवकारभावे क्षैप्र उदात्तयोः V.Pr. XX. 1; confer, compare also युवर्णौ यवौ क्षैप्रः V.Pr.I.115: उदात्तस्वरितयोर्यणः स्वरितोनुदात्तस्य P.VIII.2.4.
khaythe pratyāhāra खयू standing for the first and second consonants of the five classes; confer, compare शर्पूर्वाः खयः P.VII.4.6; also confer, compare P. VIII.3.6, VIII.4.54.
kharthe pratyāhāra खर् standing for hard consonants viz. the first and second letters of the five classes and the sibilants, before which, स् at the end of a word becomes विसर्ग, and soft consonants i. e. the third and fourth consonants of the five classes become hard; confer, compare खरवसानयोर्विसर्जनीय; P. VIII.3.15, and खरि च P. VIII.4.55
gaṅgādhara[GANGADHARA SHASTRI TELANG] (l)a stalwart grammarian and Sanskrit scholar of repute who was a pupil of Bālasarasvatī of Vārāṇaśī and prepared in the last century a host of Sanskrit scholars in Banaras among whom a special mention could be made of Dr. Thebaut, Dr. Venis and Dr. Gaṅgānātha Jhā. He was given by Government of India the titles Mahāmahopādhyāya and C. I.E. His surname was Mānavallī but he was often known as गङाधरशास्त्री तेलङ्ग. For details, see Mahābhāṣya, D.E. Society Ed.Poona p.p.33, 34; (2)an old scholar of Vyākarana who is believed to have written a commentary on Vikṛtavallī of Vyādi; (3) a comparatively modern scholar who is said to have written a commentary named Induprakāśa on the Śabdenduśekhara; (4) author of the Vyākaraṇadīpaprabhā, a short commentary on the Vyākaraṇa work of Cidrūpāśramin. See चिद्रूपाश्रमिन्.
gaṅgeśaśarmāwriter of Kātantra-kaumudī possibly different from the reputed Gaṅgeśa Upādhyāa who is looked upon as the founder of the Navyanyāya school of modern Naiyāyikas, and who lived in the twelfth century A. D.
gajakumbhākṛtia graphic description of the Jihvāmūlīya letter as found in script, given by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti.; confer, compare गजकुम्भाकृतिर्वर्ण उपध्मानीयसंज्ञो भवति Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti.'s commentary on Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I.1. 18. see ( उपधानीय ).
gaṇaa class of words, as found in the sūtras of Pāṇini by the mention of the first word followed by the word इति; exempli gratia, for example स्वरादि, सर्वादि, ऊर्यादि, भ्वादि, अदादि, गर्गादि et cetera, and others The ten gaṇas or classes of roots given by Pāṇini in his dhātupātha are given the name Daśagaṇī by later grammarians.
gaṇapāṭhathe mention individually of the several words forming a class or gaṇa, named after the first word said to have been written by Pāṇini himself as a supplementary work to his great grammar called Aṣṭaka or Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., the Sikṣā,the Dhātupātha and the Lingānuśāsana being the other ones. Other grammarians such as शाकटायन, अापिशलि and others have their own gaṇapāthās. The gaṇapāthā is traditionally ascribed to Pāṇini; the issue is questioned, however, by modern scholars. The text of the gaṇapāṭha is metrically arranged by some scholars. The most scholarly and authoritative treatise on gaṇapāṭha is the Gaṇaratnamahodadhī of Vardhamāna.
gaṇaratnamahodadhia grammar work, consisting of a metrical enumeration of the words in the Gaṇapāṭha of Pāṇini, written by Vardhamāna, a Jain grammarian of the 12th century, who is believed to have been one of the six gems at the court of Lakṣmaṇasena of Bengal. Vardhamāna has written a commentary also, on his Gaṇaratnamahodadhi. Besides Vardhamāna's commentary, there are other commentaries written by गोवर्धन and गङ्गाधर.
gaṇasūtraa statement of the type of a Sūtra in the Gaṇapāṭha of Pāṇini where mention of a word or words in the Gaṇapāṭha is made along with certain conditions; e. g. पूर्वपुरावरo, स्वमज्ञातिधनाख्यायाम् , in the सर्वादिगण, and क्त्वातोसुन्कसुनः, तसिलादय: प्राक्पाशपः in the स्वरादिगण. Some of the gaṇasūtras are found incorporated in the Sūtrapāṭha itself Many later grammarians have appended their own gaṇapāṭha to their Sūtrapāṭha.
gati(1)literally motion; stretching out, lengthening of a syllable. The word is explained in the Prātiśakhya works which define it as the lengthening of a Stobha vowel with the utterance of the vowel इ or उ after it, exempli gratia, for example हाइ or हायि for हा; similarly आ-इ or अा -यि ; (2) a technical term used by Pāṇini in connection with prefixes and certain indeclinables which are called गति, confer, compare P.I.4.60-79. The words called gati can be compounded with the following word provided the latter is not a verb, the compound being named tatpuruṣa e.g, प्रकृतम् , ऊरीकृत्य confer, compare P.II.2.18; the word गति is used by Pāṇini in the masculine gender as seen in the Sūtra गतिरनन्तरः P.VI. 2.49 and hence explained as formed by the addition of the affix क्तिच् to गम्, the word being used as a technical term by the rule क्तिच्क्तौ च संज्ञायाम् P.III.3.174; (3) realization, understanding; confer, compare उभयगतिरिह भवति Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.9; सांप्रतिकाभावे भूतपूर्वगतिः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari 76; अगत्या हि परिभाषा अाश्रीयते Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva Pari. Pāṭha 119.
gatikārakaparibhāṣāa popular name given to the maxim गतिकारकोपपदानां कृद्भिः सह समासवचनं प्राक् सुबुत्पतेः; confer, compare Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 75.
gatinighātathe grave ( अनुदात्त ) accent of the गति word before a verb with an acute ( उदात्त ) accent; confer, compare तिङिचोदात्तवति P. VIII.1.71.
gatyarthaa root denoting motion; the word frequently occurs in the Sūtras of Pāṇini and the Mahābhāṣya in connection with some special operations prescribed for roots which are गत्यर्थ. There is also a conventional expression सर्वे गत्यर्था ज्ञानार्था: meaning 'roots denoting motion denote also knowledge'; confer, compare Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana. Pari. 121 .
gadāa popular name given to the scholarly commentary written by Vaidyanātha Pāyaguṇḍe on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara. The commentary is called काशिका also, as it was written in the town of Kāśī (Vārāṇasī).
gamakacapable of conveying the sense; intelligible; the word is often used in grammatical works; confer, compare सापेक्षत्वेपि गमकत्वात्समास:; confer, compare also अवश्यं कस्याचिन्नञ्समासस्य असमर्थसमासस्य गमकस्य साधुत्वं वक्तव्यम् । असूर्यपश्यानि मुखानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 1. 1.
garīyasinvolving a special effort.The word is frequently used by the Vārttikakāra and old grammarians in connection with something, which involves greater effort and longer expression and, hence, not commendable in rules of the Shastra works where brevity is the soul of 'wit'; confer, compare पदगौरवाद्योगवेिभागो गरीयान् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 121. The word गुरु is also sometimes used in a similar sense; confer, compare तद् गुरु भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1 Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. l Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.
garīyastvagreater effort or prolixity of expression which is looked upon as a fault in connection with grammar-works of the sūtra type where every care is taken to make the expression as brief as possible; confer, compare अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 122. The word गौरव is often used for गरीयस्त्व.
galatpadathe word occurs in the Prātiśākhya works in connection with the definition of संक्रम, in the kramapātha. The word संक्रम means bringing together two words when they are combined according to rules of Samdhi. (See the word संक्रम). In the Kramapātha, where each word occurs twice by repetition, a word occurring twice in a hymn or a sentence is not to be repeated for Kramapātha, but it is to be passed over. The word which is passed over in the Kramapātha is called गलत्पद; e. g. दिशां च पतये नमो नमो वृक्षेभ्यो हरिकेशेभ्यः पशूनां पतये नमो नमः सस्पिञ्जराय त्विषीमतॆ पथीनां पतये नमः । In the Kramapātha पतये नमः and नमः are passed over and पशूनां is to be connected with सस्पिञ्जराय. The words पतये नमः and नमः are called galatpada; confer, compare गलत्पदमतिक्रम्य अगलता सह संधानं संक्रम; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 197. There is no गलत्पद in पदपाठ.
gārgyaan ancient reputed grammarian and possibly a writer of a Nirukta work, whose views, especially in.connection with accents are given in the Pratisakhya works, the Nirukta and Panini's Astadhyayi. Although belonging to the Nirukta school, he upheld the view of the Vaiyakaranas that all words cannot be derived, but only some of them: cf Nirukta of Yāska.I. 12.3. cf, also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 167, Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.5, III. 14.22: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 13; XIII. 12: P. VII. 3.99, VIII. 3.20, VIII. 4.69.
gia conventional term for उपसर्ग in the Jeinendra Vyākarana.
gitmarked with the mute letter ग्; affixes that are गित् prevent guna or vrddhi in the preceding word; confer, compare क्क्ङिति च P. I. 1.5; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 3.10; III. 2.I39: confer, compare also गकारोप्यत्र चर्त्वभूतो निर्दिश्यते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 1.5.
guṇa(1)degree of a vowel; vocalic degree, the second out of the three degrees of a vowel viz. primary degree, guna degree and vrddhi degree exempli gratia, for example इ, ए and ऐ or उ, ओ and औ. अ is given as a guna of अ; but regarding अ also,three degrees can be stated अ, अ and आ. In the Pratisakhya and Nirukta ए is called गुण or even गुणागम but no definiti6n is given ; confer, compare गुणागमादेतनभावि चेतन R.Pr.XI.6;शेवम् इति विभीषितगुणः। शेवमित्यपि भवति Nir.X.17: (2) the properties of phonetic elements or letters such as श्वास,नाद et cetera, and others: confer, compareṚgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) Ch.XIII : (3) secondary, subordinate;confer, compare शेषः,अङ्गं, गुणः इति समानार्थाः Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.on Nirukta of Yāska.I.12: (4) properties residing in a substance just as whiteness, et cetera, and others in a garment which are different from the substance ( द्रव्य ). The word गुण is explained by quotations from ancient grammarians in the Maha bhasya as सत्वे निविशतेsपैति पृथग्जातिषु दृश्यते । अाघेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोSसत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः ॥ अपर आह । उपैत्यन्यज्जहात्यन्यद् दृष्टो द्रव्यान्तरेष्वपि। वाचकः सर्वलिङ्गानां द्रव्यादन्यो गुणः स्मृतः ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.44;cf also शब्दस्पर्शरूपरसगन्धा गुणास्ततोन्यद् द्रव्यम् ,M.Bh.on V.1.119 (5) properties of letters like उदात्तत्व, अनुदात्तत्व, स्वरितत्व, ह्र्स्वत्व, दीर्घत्व, प्लुतत्व, अानुनासिक्य et cetera, and others; confer, compare भेदकत्वाद् गुणस्य । आनुनासिक्यं नाम गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1.. Vart, 13: (6) determinant cf भवति बहुव्रीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.27; (7) technical term in Panini's grarnmar standing for the vowels अ, ए and ओ, confer, compare अदेङ्गुणः P.I.1.2. For the various shades of the meaning of the word गुण, see Mahabhasya on V.1.119. " गुणशब्दोयं बह्वर्थः । अस्त्येव समेष्ववयवेषु वर्तते ।...... चर्चागुणांश्च ।
guṇakarmana term used by the ancient grammarians for the गौणकर्मन् or indirect object of a verb. having two objects.The word is found quoted in the Mahabhaya; confer, compare कथिते लादयश्चेत्स्युः षष्टीं कुर्यात्तदा गुणे । गुणे गुणकर्मणि । confer, compare also गुणकर्मणि लादिविधि: सपरे M.Bh. on I. 4.51.
guṇādia class of words headed by the word गुण, which, when preceded by the word बहु in a Bahuvrihi compound, do not have their last vowel acute; e. g. बहुगुणा रज्जुः; बह्वक्षरं पदम् , et cetera, and others This class of गुणादि words is considered as आकृतिगण; confer, compare Kas, on P. VI. 2.176.
gurulāghavathe same as गुरुलघुता which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; cf पर्यायशव्दानां गुरुलाघवचर्चा नाद्रियते Siradeva Pari. 125
gūḍhārthadīpinīa commentary ( वृत्ति ) on the sutras of Panini by Sadasiva Misra who lived in the seventeenth century.
goṇikāputraa grammarian whose wiew in connection with the correctness of the expressions नेताश्वस्य स्त्रुघ्नं and नेताश्वस्य स्त्रुघ्नस्य is given by the Mahabhasyakara in the words 'both expressions are justified' ( उभयथा गेणिकापुत्रः ). Nagesa has observed that गेोणिकापुत्र is nobody else but the Mahabhasyakara himself; confer, compare गोणिकापुत्रः भाष्यकार इत्याहुः । NageSa's Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Mahabhasyapradipa on P. I. 4.5I.
gonardīyaliterally inhabitant of Gonarda which was the name of a district. in the province of Oudh in the days of the Mahabhasyakara according to some scholars. Others believe that Gonarda was the name of the district named Gonda at present The expression गोनर्दीय अाह occurs four times in the Mahabhasya where it refers to a scholar of grammar in Patafijali's time; cf M.Bh. on I. 1.21 ; I. 1.29; III. I.92; VII. 2.101. As Kaiyata paraphrases the words गेानर्दीयस्त्वाह as भाष्यकारस्त्वाह, scholars say that गेीनर्दीय was the name taken by the Mahabhasyakara himself who was a resident of Gonarda. Hari Diksita, however, holds that गोनर्दीय was the term used for the author of the . Varttikas; confer, compare Brhacchabdaratna.
gopāla( देव )known more by the nickname of मन्नुदेव or मन्तुदेव who lived in the eighteenth century and wrote several commentary works on well-known grammatical treatises such as the Vaiyakaranabhusanasara, Laghusabdendusekhara, Paribhasendusekhara et cetera, and others He is believed to have written a treatise on Ganasutras also; (2) a grammarian different from the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. मन्नुदेव who has written an explanatory work on the Pratisakhyas;.(3) a scholar of grammar, different from the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. who is believed to have written a gloss named Visamarthadipika on the Sarasvata Vyakarana at the end of the sixteenth century.
gopīcandraknown also by the name गेयींचन्द्र who .has written several commentary works on the grammatical treatises of the Samksipatasara or Jaumāra school of Vyakarana founded by Kramdisvara and Jumaranandin in the 12th century, the well-known among them being the संक्षिप्तसाटीका, संक्षितसारपरिभात्रासूत्रटीका and तद्धितपरिशिष्टटीका. He is believed to have lived in the thirteenth century A. D.
gopīnāthaa Bengali scholar of Katansutra Grammar who is believed to have written Katantraparisistapraddyota.
golḍsṭyūkaraa well known German scholar who made a sound study of Paini's Sanskrit Vyakarana and wrote a very informative treatise entitled 'Panini, his place in Sanskrit Literature.' He lived in the latter half of the 19th century.
govardhanaa grammarian who has written a work on Katantra Grammar called कातन्त्रकौमुदी and also a commentary on the Ganaratnamahodadhi of Vardhamana. A gloss on the Unadisutras is also assigned to Govardhana who is likely to be the same as a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
gotrinda( चक्रवर्तिन् )writer of Samasavada, a short treatise on the sense conveyed by compound words.
goṣṭhaca taddhita affix.affix applied to words like गो and others in the sense of 'a place'; confer, compare गेष्ठजादयः स्थानादिषु पशुनाम। पशुनामादिभ्य उपसंख्यानम् | गवां स्थानं गोगोष्ठम्, अश्वगोष्ठम्: महिषीगोष्ठम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.1. varia lectio, another reading,2.29 It is very likely that words like गोष्ठ, दघ्न and others were treated as pratyayas by Panini and katyayana who followed Panini, because they were found always associated with a noun preceding them and never independently.
gaurādia class of words to which the affix ई ( ङीष्) is added to form the feminine base; exempli gratia, for example गौरी, मत्सी, हयी, हरिणी; the class contains a large number of words exceeding 150; for details see Kasika on P.IV.1. 41; (2) a small class of eleven words, headed by the word गौर which do not have the acute accent on the last syllable in a tatpurusa compound when they are placed after the preposition उप; confer, compare P. VI.2.194.
gha(l)consonant घ्, अ being added at the end for facility of pronunciation; confer, compareTai. Pr.I.21; (2) technical term for the taddhita affix. affixes तरप् and तमप्, confer, compare P.I.1.22, causing the shortening of ई at the end of bases before it, under certain conditions, confer, compare P. VI. 3.43-45, and liable to be changed into तराम् and तमाम् after किम्, verbs ending in ए, and indeclinables; confer, compare P.V.4.11; (3) taddhita affix. affix घ ( इय) in the sense of 'a descendant' applied to क्षत्र, and in the sense of 'having that as a deity' applied to अपोनप्तृ अपांनप्तृ and also to महेन्द्र and to the words राष्ट्र et cetera, and others, exempli gratia, for example क्षत्रियः, अपोनाप्त्रिय:, अपांनप्त्रियः, महेन्द्रियम्,राष्ट्रियः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV.1.138, IV.2.27, 29, 93; (4) taddhita affix. affix घ, applied to अग्र, समुद्र and अभ्र in the sense of 'present there', to सहस्र in the sense of 'possession', to, नक्षत्र without any change of sense, and to यज्ञ and ऋत्विज् in the sense of 'deserving'; confer, compare P.IV.4.117,118,135, 136,141, V.1.71 ; (5) krt affix अ when the word to which it has been applied becomes a proper noun id est, that isa noun in a specific sense or a technical term; confer, compare III.3. 118, 119,125.
ghi(1)a tech. term applied to noun bases or Prātipadikas ending in इ and उ excepting the words सखि and पति and those which are termed नदी; confer, compare P. I. 4.79; (2) a conventional term for लधु ( a short vowel) found used in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
ghuṭa conventional term for the first five case-affixes; confer, compare घुटि च Kat. II. 1.68. The term घुट् is used in the Katantra Vyakarana and corresponds to the term सर्वनामस्थान of Panini.
ṅa(1)fifth consonant of the guttural class of consonants which is a nasal ( अनुनासिक ) consonant; the vowel अ being added at the end for facility of pronunciation; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.21; (2) a conventional term used for all the nasal consonants in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
ṅasending of the genitive case singular; स्य is substituted for ङस् after bases ending in अ; cf P. IV. l . 2 and VII. 1. 12.
ṅasicase-ending of the ablative case, changed into अात् after bases ending in अ and into स्मात् after pronouns; confer, compareP.IV.1.2,VII.1.12,15.
ṅicase-ending of the locative case, changed into (a) अाम् after bases termed Nadi, feminine. bases ending in अा and the word नी, (b) into औ after bases ending in इ and उ, and (c) into स्मिन् after bases of pronouns;confer, compare P.IV. 1. 2, VII. 3. 116, 117, 118, 119 and VII. 1. 15, 16.
ṅit(l)affixes with the mute letter ङ् attached to them either before or after, with a view to preventing the guna and vrddhi substitutes for the preceding इ, उ, ऋ, or लृ, as for example, the affixes चङ्, अङ् and others (2) affixes conventionally called ङित् after certain bases under certain conditions; confer, compare गाङ्कुटादिम्यो ञ्णिन्ङित् P. I. 2. 1-4; (3) roots marked with the mute letter ङ् signifying the application of the Atmanepada terminations to them: (4) substitutes marked with mute ङ् which are put in the place of the last letter of the word for which they are prescribed as substitutes; (5) case affixes marked with mute letter ङ् which cause the substitution of guna to the last vowel इ or उ of words termed घि.
ḍīṃnfeminine. affix ई added to words in the class headed by शार्ङ्गरव: confer, compare P. IV. 1. 73. Words ending with this affix ङीन् have their first vowel accented acute.
ṅīpfeminine. affix ई which is anudatta (grave) added (a) to words ending in the vowel ऋ or the consonant न् (confer, compareP.IV.1.5), (b) to words ending with affixes marked with mute उ,ऋ or लृ; confer, compareP.IV.1.6 (c) to words ending with affixes marked with mute ट् as also ending with the affixes ढ, अण्, अञ्, द्वयसच् दघ्नच्,मात्रच्, तयप्, ठक्, ठञ्, कञ् and क्वरप् (confer, compareP.IV.1.15) and to certain other words under certain conditions; confer, compare P. IV. 1.16-24.
ṅīṣfeminine. afix ई, which is udatta, applied to words in the class of words headed by गौर, as also to noun bases ending in affixes marked with.mute ष्, as also to words mentioned in the class headed by बहुः confer, compare P.IV.1.41-46.It is also added in the sense of 'wife of' to any word denoting a male person; confer, compare P. IV. 1. 48, and together with the augment आनुक् (आन्) to the words इन्द्र, वरुण etc exempli gratia, for example इन्द्राणी, वरुणानि, यवनानि meaning 'the script of the Yavanas' confer, compare P. IV. 1.49. It is also added words ending in क्रीत and words ending in क्त and also to words expressive of ' limbs of body ' under certain conditions; confer, compare P.IV.1. 50-59 and IV. 1.61-65.
ṅedative case termination changed into य after bases ending in short अ and into स्मै after pronouns; confer, compare P.IV.1.2, VII, 1.13, 14.
ṅyāppāda popular name given by grammarians to the first pada of the fourth adhyaya of Panini's Astadyayi as the pada begins with the rule ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात् IV. I.I.
cfirst consonant of palatal class of consonants, possessed of the properties, श्वास, अघोष, अल्पप्राण and कण्ठविवृतत्व. च् at the beginning of an affix is mute e. g. च्फञ्, confer, compare चुट् P. I. 3.7; words, having the mute letter च् (dropped), have their last vowel accented acute e. g. भङ्गुरम् । भासुरम् । confer, compare चित: VI. 1.163.
ca(l)the letter च्, the vowel अ being added for facility of utterance, cf Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 21; (2) a Bratyahara or short term standing for the palatal class of consonants च्, छ्, ज्,झ् and ञ्; cf इचशेयास्तालौ Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 66; (3) indeclinable च called Nipata by Panini; confer, compare चादयोSसत्त्वे P. I. 4.57, च possesses four senses समुच्चय, अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on II. 2.29. See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2.29 Vart. 15 for a detailed explanation of the four senses. The indeclinable च is sometimes used in the sense of 'a determined mention' or avadharana; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on II. 1.48 and 72. It is also used for the purpose of अनुवृत्ति or अनुकर्षण i. e. drawing a word from the previous rule to the next rule; (confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 1.90) with a convention that a word drawn thus, does not proceed to the next rule; confer, compare चानुकृष्टं नोत्तरत्र Par. Sek Pari. 78; (4) a conventional term for अभ्यास (reduplicative syllable) used in the Jainendra Vyakarana; confer, compare चविकारेषु अपवादा उत्सर्गान्न बाधन्ते Kat. Pari. 75.
cakoraa grammarian who .wrote a commentary on the 'Sabdalingarthacandrika of Sujanapandita. चक्कनशर्मा a grammarian who is said to have written a work named Dhatusamgraha.
cakrakaa kind of fault in the application of operations, resulting in confusion; a fault in which one returns to the same place not immediately as in Anavastha but after several steps; confer, compare पुनर्ऋच्छिभावः पुनराट् इति चक्रकमव्यवस्था प्राप्नोति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 3.60 Vart 5.
caṅgadāsaa grammarian who has written a work on the topic of the five vrttis. The work is named चङ्गवृति.
caṅgavṛttia short treatise written by वङ्गदास, dealing with the topic of the five compact expressions or Vrttis viz. कृत्, तद्वित, समास, एकशेष, and सनादिधातु.
vaturthīa term used by ancient grammarians for the dative case; confer, compare उतो त्वस्मै तन्वं विसस्रे इति चतुर्थ्याम्; Nirukta of Yāska.I. 9.३.
caturthīsamāsathe tatpurusa compound with the first word in the dative case in its dissolution; confer, compare वतुर्थीसमासे सति पूर्वपदकृतिस्वरत्वेन भवितव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 1.36.
candraa famous Buddhist Sanskrit grammarian whose grammar existing in the Tibetan script, is now available in the Devanagar script. The work consists of six chapters or Adhyayas in which no technical terms or sanjnas like टि, घु are found. There is no section on Vedic Grammar and accents. The work is based on Panini's grammar and is believed to have been written by Candra or Candragomin in the 5th centnry A. D. Bhartrhari in his Vakyapadiya refers to him; confer, compare स नीतो बहुशाखत्वं चन्द्राचार्यादिभिः पुनः Vakyapadiya II. 489. A summary of the work is found in the Agnipurana, ch. 248-258.
candrakalācalled also कला, a wellknown commentary on Nagesa's Laghusabdendusekhara by Bhairavamisra who lived in the latter half of the 18th century and the first half of the nineteenth century.
candragominnamed also चन्द्र, a Buddhist scholar who has written an easy Sanskrit Grammar based on the Astadhyayi of Panini. He is believed to have lived in North India in the fifth century A.D. See चन्द्र.
caya short term (Pratyahara) for the first letters ( क् , च् , ट् त्, and प्र) of the five classes. Sometimes as opined by पौष्करसादि, second letters are substituted for these if a sibilant follows them, e. g,अफ्सराः, वध्सरः । confer, compare चयो द्वितीयाः शरि पौप्करसांदरिति वाच्यम् confer, compare S.K. on ङूणोः कुक्टुक् शरि P. VIII.3.28.
caritakriyahaving kriya or verbactivity hidden in it. The term is used by Bhartrhari in connection with a solitary noun-word or a substantive having the force of a sentence, and hence which can be termed a sentence on account of the verbal activity dormant in it. exempli gratia, for example पिण्डीम्; confer, compare वाक्यं तदपि मन्यन्ते यत्पदं वरितक्रियम् Vakyapad.II. 326, and चरिता गर्भीकृता आख्यातक्रिया यस्य तद्गर्भीकृतक्रियापदं नामपदं वाक्यं प्रयुञ्जते ! Com. on Vakyapadya II.326.
carkarītaa term used by the ancient grammarians in connection with a secondary root in the sense of frequency; the term यङ्लुगन्त is used by comparatively modern grammarians in the same sense. The चर्करीत roots are treated as roots of the adadi class or second conjugation and hence the general Vikarana अ ( शप् ) is omitted after them.The word is based on the 3rd person. sing form चर्करीति from .the root कृ in the sense of frequency; exempli gratia, for example चर्करीति, चर्कर्ति, बोभवीति बोभोति; confer, compare चर्करीतं च a gana-sutra in the gana named ’adadi’ given by Panini in connection with अदिप्रभृतिभ्य; शपः Pāṇini. II.4.72; confer, compare also चर्करीतमिति यङ्लुकः प्राचां संज्ञा Bhasa Vr. on P. II. 4.72, The word चेक्रीयित is similarly used for the frequentative when the sign of the frequentative viz. य ( यङ् ) is not elidedition See चेक्रीयित.
carkarītavṛttaa form of the frequentative or intensive. exempli gratia, for example अापनीफणत् , चोष्कूयमाणः confer, compare अपनीफणदिति फणतेश्चर्करीतवृत्तम् । Nirukta of Yāska.II. 28; चोष्कूयमाण इति चोष्कूयतेश्चर्करीतवृत्तम् Nir.VI.22. See the word चर्करीत.
carcā(1)splitting up of a word into its component parts, which is generalty shown in the Padaptha by अवग्रहं (S). The word, hence means पदपाठ or recital by showing separately the constitutent words of the Samhita or the running text of the Veda. The word is used almost in the same sense in the Mahabhasya in respect of showing the words of a sutra separately; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऐजिति । किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत्समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति M.Bh. on Mahesvara Sutra 1 Wart. 6l ; (2) a repeated word; confer, compare इतिकरणात् पुरतो यत् पुनः पदवचनं तत् चर्चाशब्देनोच्यते. Uvvata on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.20; (3) a discussion or a debate where consideration is given to each single word; confer, compare प्रर्यायशब्दानां लाघवगौरवचर्चा नाद्रियते Par. Sek. Pari. 115.
carcāguṇarepetition of a word in the पद्पाठ, क्रमपाठ, जटापाठ et cetera, and others where the several Pathas appear to be called चर्चा.In the पदपाठ a word in a compound is repeated twice, in the क्रमपाठ every word is repeated twice, in the जटापाठ, six times.
cāturarthikathe affixes prescribed in the four senses mentioned in P. IV.2.67-70. These taddhita affixes are given in the Sutras IV.2.71 to IV.2.91. The term चातुरर्थिक is used for these afixes by commentators on Panini sutras.
cāndraname of a treatise on grammar written by Candra, who is believed to have been the same as Candragomin. The Grammar is based upon that of Panini, but it does not treat Vedic forms and accents. See the word चन्द्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For details see pp. 375376 Patanjali Mahabhasya. Vol. VII, D.E. Society's Edition.
cārthathe meaning of the indeclinable च to convey which, as existing in different individuals, the dvandva compound is prescribeditionOut of the four senses possessed by the inde clinable च, the Dvandva compound is prescribed in two senses viz.इतरेतरयोग and समाहार out of the four समुच्चय, अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार: confer, compare कः पुनश्चेन कृतोर्थः समुच्चयोन्वाचय इतरेतरयोगः समाहार इति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.2.29; confer, compare also Candra Vyakarana II.2.48
cikīrṣitadesiderative formation; a term used by ancient grammarians for the term सन्नन्त of Panini on the analogy of the terms भवन्ती, वर्तमाना et cetera, and others confer, compare अा इत्याकांर उपसर्ग; पुरस्तात्, चिकीर्षितज उत्तरः, अाशु शोचयतीति आशुशुक्षणिः Nirukta of Yāska.VI. 1.
cikīrṣitajain the sense of the desiderative; confer, compare चिकीर्षितादर्थाज्जातः सन्नन्तादित्यर्थः Durgacarya on Nirukta of Yāska.VI.1.
ciṇsubstitute इ causing vrddhi, in the place of the aorist vikarana affix च्लि, prescribed in the case of all roots in the passive voice and in the case of the roots पद्, दीप्, जन् et cetera, and others in the active voice before the affix त of the third person. singular. in the Atmanepada, which in its turn is elided by P. VI. 4. 104. cf P. III. 1.60-66.
cullibhaṭṭia grammarian who is supposed to have written a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini; confer, compare तत्र च वृतिः पाणिनिप्रणीतानां सूत्राणां विवरणं चुल्लिभट्टिनल्लूरादि( V. 1. निर्लूरादि-) विरचितम् , Nyasa, on the benedictory verse of Kasika: वृत्तौ भाष्ये तथा घातुनामपारायणादिषु at the very beginning.
cūrṇia gloss on the Sutras of Panini referred to by Itsing and Sripatidatta, Some scholars believe that Patanjali's Mahabhasya is referred to here by the word चूर्णि, as it fully discusses all the knotty points. Others believe that चूर्णि,stands for the Vrtti of चुल्लिभाट्टि. In Jain Religious Literature there are some brief comments on the Sutras which are called चूर्णि and there possibly was a similar चूर्णि on the sutras of Panini.
cekīyitathe sign य ( यङ् of Panini ) of the frequentative or intensive. The word is mostly used in the Katantra Grammar works confer, compare धातोर्यशब्दश्चेक्रीयितं क्रियासमभिहारे, Kat. III. 2. 14. The word चेक्रीयित is used in the Mahabhasya in the sense of यङन्त where Kaiyata remarks थडः पूर्वाचार्यसंज्ञा चेकीयितमिति confer, compare प्रदीप on M.Bh. on P. IV.1.78 Vartika. The word चेकीयितान्त means यङन्त in Panini’s terminology meaning a secondary root derived from the primary root in the sense of intensity. The word चर्करीतान्त is used for the frequentative bases in which य, the sign of the frequentative, is omittedition See चर्करीत।
cokkanāthaa southern grammarian of the seventeenth century who has composed in 430 stanzas a short list of the important roots with their meaning. The work is called धातुरत्नावली.
codaka(1)an objector; the word is common in the Commentary Literature where likely objections to a particular statement are raised, without specific reference to any individual objector, and replies are given, simply with a view to making matters clear; (2) repetition of a word with इति interposed: confer, compare चेदकः परिग्रहः इत्यनर्थान्तरम्. See अदृष्टवर्ण and परिग्रह.
cvitaddhita affix. affix ( of which nothing remains ) to signify the taking place of something which was not so before; after the word ending in च्वि the forms of the root कृ, भू or असू have to be placed; e. g. शुक्लीकरोति; confer, compare P. V. 4. 50
chataddhita affix. affix ईय, added ( 1 ) to the words स्वसृ, भ्रातृ and to words ending with the taddhita affix. affix फिञ्: confer, compare P. IV. 1.143,144 and 149; (2) to the dvandva compound of words meaning constellations,to the words अपोनप्तृ, अपांनप्तृ, महेन्द्र, द्यावापृथिवी, शुनासीर et cetera, and others as also to शर्करा, उत्कर , नड et cetera, and others in certain specified senses, confer, compare P. IV. 2.6, 28, 29, 32, 48, 84, 90 &91 ;(3) to words beginning with the vowel called Vrddhi (आ,ऐ or औ),to words ending with गर्त, to words of the गह class, and to युष्मद् and अस्मद् in the शैषिक senses, confer, compare P. IV. 3.114, 137-45 and IV. 3.1 ; (4) to the words जिह्वामूल, अङ्गुलि, as also to words ending in वर्ग in the sense of 'present there '; confer, compare P.IV.3.62-64; (5) to the words शिशुक्रन्द, यमसम, dvandva compounds, इन्द्रजनन and others in the sense of 'a book composed in respect of', confer, compare P.IV. 3.88; (6)to words meaning warrior tribes, to words रैवतिक etc, as also अायुध, and अग्र, in some specified senses: cf P.IV. 3.91, 131, IV. 4.14, 117; (7) to all words barring those given as exceptions in the general senses mentioned in the second. V.I.1-37; (8) to the words पुत्र, कडङ्कर, दक्षिण, words ending in वत्सर, अनुप्रवचन et cetera, and others होत्रा, अभ्यमित्र and कुशाग्र in specified senses; confer, compare P. V. 1. 40, 69,70,91,92, 111,112,135, V. 2.17, V.3.105; (9) to compound words in the sense of इव; e. g. काकतालीयम् , अजाकृपाणीयम् et cetera, and others confer, compare V. 3. 106;and (10) to words ending in जति and स्थान in specified senses; confer, compare P. V.4, 9,10.
chandas(1)Vedic Literature in general as found in the rule बहुलं छन्दसि which has occurred several times in the Sutras of Panini, confer, compare छन्दोवत्सूत्राणि भवन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1, and I.4.3; confer, compare also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 1, 4; (2) Vedic Samhita texts as contrasted with the Brahmana texts; confer, compareछन्दोब्राह्मणानि च तद्विषयाणि P, IV.2.66; () metre, metrical portion of the Veda.
chpādaa popular name given by grammarians to the first pada of the fifth Adhyaya of Painis Astadhyayi as the pada begins with the rule प्राक् क्रीताच्छः P. V. 1.1.
chastaddhita affix. affix ईय added to the word भवत् in the general शैषिक senses, e. g. भवदीयः; cf P. IV.2.115. The mute letter स् has been attached to the affix छस् So that the base भवत् before it could be termed pada (confer, compare सिति च P, I.4.16) and as a result have the consonant त् changed into द् by P. VIII.2.39.
chāyāa learned commentary on Nagesa's Mahabhasyapradipoddyota written by his pupil बाळंभट्ट (possibly the same as, or the son of, वैद्यनाथ पायगुण्डे) who lived in the eighteenth century.
jagannātha(1)the well-known poet and scholar of Vyakarana and Alam kara who wrote many excellent poetical works. He lived in the sixteenth century. He was a pupil of कृष्णशेष and he severely criticised the views of Appaya Diksita and Bhattoji Diksita. He wrote a sort of refutation of Bhattoji's commentary Praudha-Manorama on the Siddhānta Kaumudi, which he named प्रौढमनेारमाखण्डन but which is popularly termed मनोरमाकुचमर्दन. His famous work is the Rasagangadhara on Alankrasastra; (2) writer of a commentary on the Rk-Pratisakhya by name Varnakramalaksana; (3) writer of Sarapradipika, a commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana.
jayakṛṣṇaa famous grammarian of the Mauni family who lived in Varanasi in the seventeenth century. He wrote विभक्त्यर्थनिर्णय, स्फोटचन्द्रिका, a commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi called सुबोधिनी and a commentary on the Madhya Kaumudi named विलास. He wrote a commentary on the Laghukaumudi also.
jayādityaone of the famous joint authors ( जयादित्य and वामन ) of the well-known gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini, popularly called काशिकावृत्ति. As the काशिकावृत्ति is mentioned by It-sing, who has also mentioned Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya, as a grammer treatise Written some 40 years before his visit, the time of काशिकावृत्ति is fixed as the middle of the 7th century A.D. Some scholars believe that जयादित्य was the same as जयापीड a king of Kasmira and बामन was his minister. For details, see pp. 386388 of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII published by the D.E. Society, Poona. See काशिका.
jaśbhāvathe same as जश्त्व, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..जस् case termination अस् of the nominative case. plural: confer, compareP. IV. 1.2.
jahatsvārthā( वृत्ति )a composite expression where the constituent members give up their individual sense. In compound words such as राजपुरुष in the sentence राजपुरुषमानय the word राजन् gives up its sense in as much as he, the king,is not brought; पुरुष also gives up its sense as every man is not brought. It is of course to be noted that although the sense is given up by cach word, it is not completely given up: cf जहदप्यसेो स्वार्थ नात्यन्ताय जहाति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1. Vart. 2. For detailed explanation see Mahabhasya on P. II. I. I. Vart. 2.
jātigenus; class;universal;the notion of generality which is present in the several individual objects of the same kindeclinable The biggest or widest notion of the universal or genus is सत्ता which, according to the grammarians, exists in every object or substance, and hence, it is the denotation or denoted sense of every substantive or Pratipadika, although on many an occasion vyakti or an individual object is required for daily affairs and is actually referred to in ordinary talks. In the Mahabhasya a learned discussion is held regarding whether जाति is the denotation or व्यक्ति is the denotation. The word जाति is defined in the Mahabhasya as follows:आकृतिग्रहणा जातिर्लिङ्गानां च न सर्वभाक् । सकृदाख्यातनिर्गाह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह ॥ अपर आह । ग्रादुभीवविनाशाभ्यां सत्त्वस्य युगपद्गुणैः । असर्वलिङ्गां बह्वर्थो तां जातिं कवयो विदुः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.63. For details see Bhartphari's Vakyapadiya.
jātipakṣathe view that जाति, or genus only, is the denotation of every word. The view was first advocated by Vajapyayana which was later on held by many, the Mimamsakas being the chief supporters of the view. See Mahabhasya on P. I. 2.64. See Par. Sek. Pari. 40.
jātyaname of a variety of the Svarita or circumflex accent; the original svarita accent as contrasted with the svarita for the grave which follows upon an acute as prescribed by P. in VIII. 4.67, and which is found in the words इन्द्रः, होता et cetera, and others The jatya svarita is noticed in the words स्वः, क्व, न्यक्, कन्या et cetera, and others; .confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वं स्वरितमनुदात्तं पदेक्षरम्। अतोन्यत् स्वरितं स्वारं जात्यमाचक्षते पदे॥ जात्या स्वभावेनैव उदात्तानुदात्तसंगतिं विना जातो जात्यः । तं जात्यमाचक्षतै व्याडिप्रभृयः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) and commentary III. 4.
jāmitautologous, unnecessarily repeated; the word is defined and illustrated by Yaska as;-तद्यत्समान्यामृचि समानाभिव्याहारं भवति तज्जामि भवतीत्येकं । मधुमन्तं मधुश्चुतमिति यथा Nir.x.16.2. For other definitions of the word जामि conveying practically the same idea, confer, compare Nir.X. 16. 3 and 4.
jia conventional term for संप्रसारण used in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
jit(l)literally affix marked with the mute letter ज्; e. g. जस्, जसि, जुस्. the word जित् is not however found used in this sense; (2) a word supposed to be marked with the mute indicatory letter ज्.The word is used in this sense by the Varttikakara saying that such a word does not denote itself but its synonyms; confer, compare जित् पर्यायवचनस्यैव राजांद्यर्थम् P.I.1.68 Vart. 7. In the Sutra सभा राजामनुष्यपूर्वा P.II. 4. 23, the word राजन् is supposed to be जित् and hence it denotes इन्, ईश्वर et cetera, and others; but not the word राजन् itself; (3) In the Pratisakhya works जित् means the first two consonants of each class (वर्ग); exempli gratia, for example क्, ख्,च्, छ्. et cetera, and others which are the same as खय् letters in Panini's terminology; confer, compare द्वौ द्वौ प्रथमौ जित्, V. Pr.I.50;III.13.
jihvāmūlasthāna(l)having the root of the tongue as the place of its production;the phonetic element or letter called जिह्वामूलीय; (2) name given to that phonetic element into which a visarga is changed when followed by क् or ख्; cf X क इति जिह्वामूलीयः V.Pr.VIII.19. The जिह्वामूलीय letter is called जिह्व्य also; see Nyasa on I. 1.9. The Rk. Pratisakhya looks upon ऋ, लृ, जिह्वामूलीय, and the guttural letters as जिह्वामूलस्थान.
jihvāmūlīyaproduced at the root of the tongue the same as जिह्वामूलस्थान, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
jusverbal termination उस् substituted for the original झि of the third person. pl, in certain cases mentioned inP.III.4.108,109,110,111, and 112.
jainendravyākaraṇaname of a grammar work written by Pujyapada Devanandin, also called Siddhanandin, in the fifth century A.D. The grammar is based on the Astadhyay of Panini,the section on Vedic accent and the rules of Panini explaining Vedic forms being,of course, neglectedition The grammar is called Jainendra Vyakarana or Jainendra Sabdanusasana. The work is available in two versions, one consisting of 3000 sutras and the other of 3700 sutras. it has got many commentaries, of which the Mahavrtti written by Abhayanandin is the principal one. For details see Jainendra Vyakarana, introduction published by the Bharatiya Jnanapitha Varadasi.
jainendravyākaraṇamahāvṛttiname of a commentary on the Jainendra Vyakarana, written by Abhayanandin in the ninth century A. D. see जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
jaumāra( व्याकरण )a treatise on vya'karana written by Jumaranandin. See जुमरनन्दिन् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. The Jaumara Vyakarana has no Vedic section dealing with Vedic forms or accents,but it has added a section on Prakrita just as the Haima Vyakaraha.
jaumārasaṃskaraṇathe revised version by Jumuranandin of the original grammar treatise in verse called संक्षिप्तसार written by KramadiSvara, The Jaumarasamskarana is the samc as.jaumara Vyakarana, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
jñāpakaliterallyindirect or implicit revealer; a word very commonly used in the sense of an indicatory statement. The Sutras, especially those of Pinini, are very laconic and it is believed that not a single word in the Sutras is devoid of purpose. If it is claimed that a particular word is without any purpose, the object of it being achieved in some other way, the commentators always try to assign some purpose or the other for the use of the word in the Sutra. Such a word or words or sometimes even the whole Sutra is called ज्ञापक or indicator of a particular thing. The Paribhasas or rules of interpretation are mostly derived by indication(ज्ञापकसिद्ध) from a word or words in a Sutra which apparently appear to be व्यर्थ or without purpose, and which are shown as सार्थक after the particular indication ( ज्ञापन ) is drawn from them. The ज्ञापक is shown to be constituted of four parts, वैयर्थ्य, ज्ञापन, स्वस्मिञ्चारितार्थ्य and अन्यत्रफल. For the instances of Jñāpakas, see Paribhāșenduśekhara. Purușottamadeva in his Jñāpakasamuccaya has drawn numerous conclusions of the type of ज्ञापन from the wording of Pāņini Sūtras. The word ज्ञापक and ज्ञापन are used many times as synonyms although ज्ञापन sometimes refers to the conclusions drawn from a wording which is ज्ञापक or indicator. For instances of ज्ञापक, confer, compareM.Bh. on Māheśvara Sūtras 1, 3, 5, P. Ι.1. 3, 11, 18, 23, 51 et cetera, and others The word ऊठ् in the rule वाह ऊठ् is a well known ज्ञापक of the अन्तरङ्गपरिभाषा. The earliest use of the word ज्ञापक in the sense given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., is found in the Paribhāșāsūcana of Vyādi. The Paribhāșā works on other systems of grammar such as the Kātantra; the Jainendra and others have drawn similar Jñāpakas from the wording of the Sūtras in their systemanuscript. Sometimes a Jñāpaka is not regularly constituted of the four parts given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.;it is a mere indicator and is called बोधक instead of ज्ञापक्र.
jñāpakasādhyarealizable, or possible to be drawn, from a wording in the Sūtra of Pāņini in the manner shown a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. See ज्ञापक.
jñāpakasiddharealized from the ज्ञापक wording; the conclusion drawn from an indicatory. word in the form of Paribhāșās and the like. Such conclusions are not said to be universally valid; confer, compare ज्ञापकसिद्धं न सर्वत्र Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari, 110.7.
jñāpanaa conclusion or inference, drawn from a word or words in a Sūtra, with a view to assign a purpose to that or to those words which otherwise would have been without a purpose. The word is sometimes used in the sense of ज्ञापक, and refers to the word or words supposed to be without any purpose and therefore looked upon as a reason or हेतु for the desired conclusion to be drawn. The words किमेतस्य ज्ञापने प्रयोजनम् occur very frequently in the Mahābhāșya: cf, M.Bh. on P. Ι. I. 11, 14,19, 55, 68, Ι. 2.41 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others
jñāpitaconcluded or proved by means of a ज्ञापक word or wording: confer, compare हन्तेः पूर्वत्रप्रतिषेधो वार्तिकेनैव ज्ञापितः M.Bh. on ΙΙΙ. 4.37 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
jvalitistanding for ज्वलादि, name of a class of 30 roots headed by the root ज्वल दीप्तौ and given as चल कम्पने, जल घातने etc; cf: ज्वलितिकसन्तेभ्यो णः P. III. 1.140.
jhaa verbal ending of the 3rd person. Atm. for ल ( id est, that is लकार ); cf P.III.4. 78;for the letter झ् , अन्त् is substituted; confer, compare झोन्तः P. VIII.1.3, but ईरे in the perfect tense; confer, compare P. III. 4.81 and रन् in the potential and benedictive moods; confer, compare P. III. 4.85.
jhacwording of the affix झ (see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.) suggested by the Varttikakara to have the last vowel of अन्त acute, by चितः (P.VI.1.163) the property चित्व being transferred from the original झ to अन्त; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. तथा च झचश्चित्करणमर्थवद् भवति on P.VII.1.3.
jhaya short term ( प्रत्याहार ) for the fourth, third, second and first consonants of the five classes, after which ह् is changed into the cognate of the preceding consonant while श्, is changed into छ् optionally; confer, compare P. VIII. 4.62, 63.
jhi(1)verb-ending of the 3rd person. plural Parasmaipada, substituted for the लकार of the ten lakaras, changed to जुस in the potential and the benedictive moods, and optionally so in the imperfect and after the sign स् of the aorist; confer, compareP,III. 4. 82, 83, 84, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112: (2) a conventional term for अव्यय (indeclinable) used in the Jainendra Vyakaraha.
jhita term, meaning 'having झ् as इत्' used by the Varttikakra in connection with those words in the rules of Panini which themselves as well as words referring to their special kinds, are liable to undergo the prescribed operation; confer, compare झित् तस्य च तद्विशेषाणां च मत्स्याद्यर्थम्। पक्षिमत्स्यमृगान् हन्ति। मात्त्प्यिक;। तद्विशेषाणाम्। शाफरिकः शाकुलिकः । M.Bh.on P.I. 1. 68 Vart. 8.
ñ(1)the nasal (fifth consonant) of the palatal class of consonants possessed of the properties नादानुप्रदान, घोष, कण्टसंवृतत्व, अल्पप्राण and अानुनासिक्य; (2) mute letter, characterized by which an affix signifies वृद्धि for the preceding vowel; ञ् of a taddhita affix, however, signifies वृद्धि for the first vowel of the word to which the affix is added; (3) a mute letter added to a root at the end to signify that the root takes verb-endings of both the padas.
ñama short term (प्रत्याहार ) for the five nasal consonants ङ् ,ञ्, ण्, न्, and म् .
ñit(1)an afix marked with the mute letter ञ्; causing the substitution of vrddhi for the preceding vowel and acute accent for the first vowel of the word to which it is added, but, causing vrddhi for the first vowel of the word to which it is added in case the affix is a taddhita affix. affix: confer, compare P.VII.2, 115, 116, 117; (2) a root marked with the consonant ञ् , taking verb-endings of both the Parasmaipada and the Atmanepada kinds; exempli gratia, for example करोति, कुरुते, बिभर्ति, बिभृते, क्रीणाति, क्रीणीते elc.; confer, compare स्वरितञितः कत्राभिप्राये, क्रियाफले P.I.3.72.
ṭiṭhan(l)taddhita affix. affix इक added to the words श्राणा, मांस and ओदन in the sense of ' something given as wages' e. g. श्राणिकः श्राणिकी; confer, compare P. IV. 4.67; (2) taddhita affix. affix इक added to कंस and शूर्प in the अार्हीय senses e. g. कंसिक:, कांसिक्री; confer, compare P. V.1.25,26.
ṭu(1)mute syllable टु prefixed to roots to signify the addition of the affix अथुच् in the sense of verbal activity; e. g. वेपथुः, श्वयथु:, confer, compare P.III. 3.89; (2) the class of lingual consonants ट्, ठ्, ड्, ढ् and ण्; cf चुटू P. I. 3.7.
ṭayultaddhita affix. affix added in the same way as टयु a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., making only a difference in the accent. When the affix टयुल् is added, the acute accent is given to the last vowel of the word preceding the affix.
dvithaving दु as इत्: roots, that have टु as इत् or mute, take the affix अथुच् in the sense of verbal activity. See टु.
ṭhthe second consonant of the lingual class possessed of the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, विवृतकण्टत्व and महाप्राणत्व. For the syllable ठ at the beginning of taddhita affixes, the syllable इक is substituted; if however the affix (beginning with ठ ) follows upon a word ending in इस्, उस्, उ, ऋ, लृ and त् then क is added instead of इक; e. g. धानुष्क:, औदश्वित्कः et cetera, and others; confer, compare टस्येकः, इसुसुक्तान्तात् कः, P. VII. 3.50, 51. Some scholars say that इक् and क् are substituted for ठ् by the sutras quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare KS. on VII. 3.50.
ṭha(l)taddhita affix. affix ठ; see ठ् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. for the substitution of इक and क for ठ. ठ stands as a common term for ठक् , ठन् , ठञ्, and ठच् as also for ष्ठल्,ष्ठन् , and प्ठच्;(2) the consonant ठ, the vowel अ being added for facitity of pronunciation, confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.21.
ṭhaka very common taddhita affix. affix इक, or क in case it is added to words ending in इस् , उस् , उ, ऋ, ल् and त् according to P. VII. 3. 51, causing the substitution of vrddhi for the first vowel of the word to which it is addedition ठक् is added to (1) रेवती and other words in the sense of descendant ( अपत्य ) e. g. रैवतिकः:, दाण्डग्राहिकः, गार्गिकः, भागवित्तिकः यामुन्दायनिकः, confer, compare P. IV. 1.146-149; (2) to the words लाक्षा,रोचना et cetera, and others in the sense of 'dyed in', e. g. लाक्षिकम्, रौचनिकम् ; confer, compare P. IV. 2.2; (3) to the words दधि and उदश्वित् in the sense of संस्कृत 'made better ', e. g. दाधिकम् , औदश्वित्कम् ( क instead of इक substituted for टक् ), confer, compare P. IV.2. 18, 19; (4) to the words अाग्रहायुणी, अश्वत्थ et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 2. 22, 23; (5) to words expressive of inanimate objects, to the words हस्ति and धेनु, as also to the words केश and अश्व in the sense of 'multitude '; confer, compare P. IV. 2. 47, 48; (6) to the words क्रतु, उक्थ and words ending in सूत्र, वसन्त et cetera, and others, in the sense of 'students of' ( तदधीते तद्वेद ), confer, compare P. IV. 2.59, 60, 63; (7) to the words कुमुद and others as also to शर्करा as a चातुरर्थिक affix; confer, compare P. IV. 2.80, 84; (8) to the words कन्था, भवत् and वर्षा in the Saisika senses; confer, compare P. IV. 2.102, 115, IV. 3.18; (9) to the words उपजानु and others in the sense 'generally present '; confer, compare P. IV. 3. 40; (10) to the words consisting of two syllables, and the words ऋक्, ब्राह्मण et cetera, and othersin the sense of 'explanatory literary work'; confer, compare P. IV.3.72: ( 11) to words meaning 'sources of income ' in the sense of 'accruing from’; confer, compare P. IV. 3.75; (12) to words denoting inanimate things excepting words showing time or place in the sense of ' भक्ति ', cf P. IV. 8.96; and (13) to the words हल् and सीर in the sense of 'belonging to', confer, compare P. IV. 3.124. The taddhita affix. affix ठक् is added as a general termination, excepting in such cases where other affixes are prescribed, in specified senses like 'तेन दीव्यति, ' 'तेन खनति,' 'तेन संस्कृतम्' et cetera, and others; cf P. IV. 4.1-75, as also to words हल, सीर, कथा, विकथा, वितण्डा et cetera, and others in specified senses, confer, compare P. IV.4. 81, 102 ठक् is also added as a general taddhita affix. affix or अधिकारविहितप्रत्यय, in various specified senses, as prescribed by P. V.1.19-63,and to the words उदर, अयःशूल,दण्ड, अजिन, अङ्गुली, मण्डल, et cetera, and others and to the word एकशाला, in the prescribed senses; confer, compare P. V. 2.67,76, V. 3.108,109; while, without making any change in sense it is added to अनुगादिन् , विनय, समय, उपाय ( औपयिक being the word formed), अकस्मात्, कथंचित्; (confer, compareआकस्मिक काथंचित्क), समूह,विशेष, अत्यय and others, and to the word वाक् in the sense of 'expressed'; confer, compare P. V. 4.13, 34, 35. The feminine. affix ङीप् ( ई ) is added to words ending in the affix टक् to form feminine. bases.
ṭhakpādaa popular name given to the fourth pada of the fourth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi.The pada begins with the rule प्राग्वहतेष्ठक् P.IV.4.1 prescribing the taddhita affix ठक् in the senses prescribed in rules be. ginning with the next rule ' तेन दीव्यति खनति जयति जितम् ' and ending with the rule 'निकटे वसति' P.IV.4.73.
ṭhantaddhita affix. affix इक or क (according to P. VII.3.51), causing the addition of आ, and not ई,..for forming the feminine base, applied (1) to the word नौ and words with two syllables in the sense of 'crossing' or 'swimming' over; confer, compare P.IV.4. 7; exempli gratia, for example नाविकः नाविका, बाहुकः बाहुक्रा; (2) to the words वस्र, क्रय, and विक्रय and optionally with छ to अायुघ in the sense of maintaining (तेन जीवति) ; confer, compare P. IV. 4.13, 14; (3) to the word प्रतिपथ, words ending with अगार, to the word शत, to words showing completion ( पूरणवाचिन् ), to the words अर्ध, भाग, वस्त्र, द्रव्य, षण्मास and. श्राद्ध in specified senses; confer, compare P. IV 4.42, 70, V. 1.21, 48, 49, 51, 84, V. 2, 85, and 109; (4) to words ending in अ as also to the words headed by व्रीहि, and optionally with the affix इल्च् to तुन्द and with the affix व to केशin the sense of मतुप्(possession); cf P.V. 2. 115, 116, 117 and 109.
ḍatarāṃdia class of words headed by the word डतर which stands for डतरान्त id est, that is words ending with the affix डतर; similarly the word डतम which follows डतर stands for डतमान्त. This class डतरादि is a subdivision of the bigger class called सर्वादि. and it consists of only five words viz. डतरान्त, डतमान्त, अन्य, अन्यतर and इतरः cf P. VII.1.25 and I.1.27.
ḍāverb-ending आ, causing elision of the penultimate vowel as also of the following consonant, substituted for the 3rd person. sing, affix तिप् of the first future; exempli gratia, for example क्रर्ता ; confer, compare P.II.4.85; (2) case ending आ substituted in Vedic Literature for any case affix as noticed in Vedic usages; exempli gratia, for example नाभा पृथिव्याम्: confer, compare P. VII.1.39
ḍupactad affix उप added to the word कुतू in the sense of diminutive: exempli gratia, for example कुतुपः a small oil-pot ( कुतू );confer, compare V.3. 89.
ḍyattaddhita affix. affix य added along with डय to the same words to which the affix डय is added as also in the same sense, the vowel अ of डयत् being स्वरित. See the word डघ a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
ḍyācase affix या seen in vedic Literature e. g. अनुष्ठथा उच्च्यावयतात् confer, compare S. K. on P. VII. 1.39.
ḍvita root marked with the mute syllable डु (at the beginning) to Signify the application of the krt affix त्रि which is invariably followed by the addition of म ( मप् ), in the sense of 'achieved by' e. g. पक्त्रिमम् ; कृत्रिमम्: confer, compare P. III. 3.88 ; and IV. 4.20.
ḍhakañtaddhita affix. affix एयक applied (1) to the word कुल optionally along with यत् and ख, when it is not a member of a compound;.e. g. कौलेयकः, कुल्यः, कुलीनः; confer, compare P.'IV. 1. 140; (2) to the words कत्त्रि and others in the Saisika senses as also to the words कुल, कुक्षि and ग्रीवा, if the words formed with the affix added, respectively mean dog, sword and ornament : e. g. कात्त्रेयकः कौलेयक: (श्वा), कौक्षेयकः (असिः), ग्रैवेयकः (अलंकारः): confer, compareKāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV 2.95,96.
(1)fifth consonant of the lingual class of consonants possessed of the properties, नादानुप्रदान, घोष, संवृतकण्ठत्व, अल्पप्राण and अानुनासिक्यः (2) the mute letter ण् indicating the substitution of vrddhi ( confer, compare P. VII. 2. 115-117) when attached to affixes; (3) the consonant ण् at the beginning of roots which is changed into न्; the roots, having ण् at the beginning changeable to न्, being called णोपदेशः (4) ण् as a substitute for न् following the letters ऋ, ॠ, र्, and ष् directly, or with the intervention of consonants of the guttural and labial classes, but occurring in the same word, Such a substitution of ण् for न् is called णत्व; confer, compare P.VIII.4. I-39. For णत्व in Vedic Literature; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)V.20-28, T.Pr.VII.1-12. V.Pr.III.84-88;(5) the consonant ण् added as an augment to a vowel at the beginning of a word when it follows the consonant ण् at the end of the previous word; confer, compare P. VIII. 3. 32. In the Vedic Pratisakhyas this augment ण् is added to the preceding ण् and looked upon as a part of the previous word.
ṇa(1)krt affix अ, added optionally to the roots headed by ज्वल् and ending with कस् in the first conjugation (see ज्वलिति a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.) in the sense of agent, and necessarily to the root श्यै, roots ending with अा and the roots व्यध्, आस्रु, संस्रु, इ with अति, सो with अव, हृ with अव, लिह्, श्लिष् and श्वस्, to the roots दु and नी without any prefix and optionally to ग्रह्: e. g. ज्वालः or ज्वलः, अवश्यायः, दायः, धायः, व्याधः, अास्त्रावः, संस्त्रवः, अत्यायः, अवसायः, अवहार:, लेहः, श्लेष:, श्वास:, दावः, नाय:, ग्रहः or ग्राहः: ; in the case of the root ग्रह् the affix ण is applied by ब्यवस्थितविभाषा, the word ग्रहः meaning a planet and the word ग्राहः meaning a crocodile; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.140-143; (2) krt affix अ in the sense of verbal activity ( भाव ) applied along with the affix अप् to the root अद् with नि; exempli gratia, for exampleन्यादः निघसः; confer, compare P. III.3.60; (3) krt affix ण prescribed by the Varttikakara after the roots तन्, शील्. काम, भक्ष् and चर् with आ; confer, compare P.III.1.140 Vart 1, and III. 2.l Vart. 7; (4) taddhita affix. affix अ in the sense of अपत्य added along with टक् also, to a word referring to a female descendant (गेीत्रस्त्री) if the resultant word indicates censure ; e. g. गार्भ्यः गार्गिकः confer, compare P. IV.1.147, 150; (5) taddhita affix. affix अ in the sense of अपत्य added also with the affix फिञ्, to the word फाण्टाहृति: (6) taddhita affix. affix अ in the sense of 'a game' added to a word meaning 'an instrument in the game'; exempli gratia, for example दाण्डा, मौष्टा: confer, compare P. IV.2.57: {7) taddhita affix. affix अ added to the word छत्त्र and others in the sense of 'habituated to' exempli gratia, for example छात्र:, शैक्षः, पौरोहः चौर:: confer, compare P.IV. 4.62: (8) taddhita affix. affix अ added to the words अन्न, भक्त, सर्व, पथिन् , यथाकथाच, प्रज्ञा, श्रद्धा, अर्चा, वृत्तिं and अरण्य in the senses specified with respect to each ; exempli gratia, for example आन्नः (मनुष्यः) भाक्तः ( शालिः ), सार्वे ( सर्वस्मै हितम् ), पान्थः, याथाकथाचं (कार्यम्), प्राज्ञः or प्रज्ञावान् , श्राद्धः or श्रद्धावान् , अार्चः or अर्चावान् , घार्त्तः or वृत्तिमान् and अारण्याः ( सुमनसः ); confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV. 4.85, 100, V.1.10, 76, 98, V.2.101 and IV.2.104 Varttika.
ṇatvapādaa popular name given by grammarians to the fourth pada confer, compare Panini's Astadhyayi, as the pada begins with the rule रषाभ्यां नो णः समानपदे and mainly gives rules about णत्व i. e. the substitution of the consonant ण् for न्.
ṇamulkrt affix अम्, causing vrddhi to the final vowel or to the penultimate अ, (!) added to any root in the sense of the infinitive in Vedic Literature when the connected root is शक्: exempli gratia, for example अग्निं वै देवा विभाजं नाशक्नुवन; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 4.14; (2) added to any root to show frequency of a past action, when the root form ending with णमुल् is repeated to convey the sense of frequency : exempli gratia, for example भोजं भोजं व्रजति, पायंपायं व्रजति, confer, compare Kas on P. III. 4.22; (3) added to a root showing past action and preceded by the word अग्रे, प्रथम or पूर्व, optionally along with the krt affix क्त्वा; exempli gratia, for example अग्रेभोजं or अग्रे भुक्त्वा व्रजति; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.4.24;(4) added in general to a root specified in P.III.4.25 to 64, showing a subordinate action and having the same subject as the root showing the main action, provided the root to which णमुल् is added is preceded by an antecedent or connected word, such as स्वादुम् or अन्यथा or एवम् or any other given in Panini's rules; confer, compare P. III.4.26 to III.4.64; exempli gratia, for example स्वादुंकारं भुङ्क्ते, अन्यथाकारं भुङ्क्ते, एवंकारं भुङ्क्ते, ब्राह्मणवेदं भोजयति, यावज्जीवमधीते, समूलकाषं कषति, समूलघातं हन्ति, तैलपेषं पिनष्टि, अजकनाशं नष्टः et cetera, and others; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.4.26-64. When णमुल् is added to the roots कष्, पिष्, हन् and others mentioned in P. III. 4. 34 to 45, the same root is repeated to show the principal action. The word ending in णमुल् has the acute accent (उदात) on the first vowel (confer, compare P.VI.I. 94) or on the vowel preceding the affix; confer, compare P. VI.1.193.
ṇalpersonal ending अ substituted for तिप् and मिप् in लिट् or the perfect, and in the case of विद् and ,ब्रू in लट् or the present tense. tense optionally; cf P. III, 4. 82, 83, 84. The affix णल् on account of being marked by the mute letter ण् causes vrddhi to the preceding vowel; the vrddhi is, however, optional in the case of the 1st person. ( मिप् ) confer, compare P. VII.1.91. अौ is substituted for णल् after roots ending in आ; confer, compare P. VII .1.34.
ṇicaffix इ causing Vrddhi (1) applied to roots of the tenth conjugation ( चुरादिगण ) such as चुर् , चित् et cetera, and others e. g. चोरयति, चोरयते; confer, compare P. III. 1.25: (2) applied to any root to form a causal base from it, e. g. भावयति from भू, गमयति from गम्: confer, compare हेतुमति च P. III. 1.26: (3) applied to the words मुण्ड, मिश्र etc, in the sense of making, doing, practising et cetera, and others ( करण ); e. g. मुण्डं करोति मुण्डयति, व्रतयति (eats something or avoids it as an observance), हलं गृह्नाति हलयति et cetera, and others; cf P. III. 1.21; (4) applied to the words सत्य, पाश, रूप, वीणा, तूल, श्लोक, सेना, लोमन, त्वच्, वर्मन्, वर्ण and चूर्ण in the various senses given by the Varttikakara to form denominative roots ending in इ: e. g. सत्यापयति, पाशयति etc; confer, compare P. III.1.25: (5) applied to suitable words in the sense of composing, exempli gratia, for example सूत्रं करोति सूत्रयति, et cetera, and others: (6)applied to a verbal noun ( कृदन्त ) in the sense of 'narrating' with the omission of the krt affix and the karaka of the verbal activity put in a suitable case; e. g. कंसं घातयति for the sentence कंसवधमाचष्टे or बलिं बन्धयति for बलिबन्धमाचष्टे,or रात्रिं विवासयति, सूर्यमुद्गमयति, पुष्येण योजयति et cetera, and others: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.26. Roots ending in णिच् (णिजन्त) take the conjugational endings of both the Parasmaipada and the, Atmanepada: confer, compare णिचश्च P. I. 3.74. They have perfect forms by the addition of अाम् with a suitable form of the perfect tense of the root कृ, भू or अस् placed after अाम्, the word ending with अाम् and the verbal form after it being looked upon as separate words e. g. कारयां चकार कारयां चक्रे et cetera, and others; cf P. III.1.35, 40. They have the aorist form, with the substitution of the Vikarana चङ् ( अ ) for च्लि before which the root is reduplicated; e. g. अचीकरत्, अबीभवत् et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.III.1.48, VI.1.11 as also VII.4.93-97.
ṇinikrt affix इन् signifying vrddhi (1) applied to the roots headed by ग्रह् ( i. e. the roots ग्रह्, उद्वस्, स्था et cetera, and others ) in the sense of an agent;e. g. ग्राही, उद्वासी, स्थायी. confer, compare P. III.1.134; (2) applied to the root हन् preceded by the word कुमार or शीर्ष as उपपद: e. g. कुमारघाती, शीर्षघाती, confer, compare P. III.2.51: (3) applied to any root preceded by a substantive as upapada in the sense of habit, or when compari son or vow or frequency of action is conveyed, or to the root मन्, with a substantive as उपपद e. gउष्णभोजी, शीतभोजी, उष्ट्रकोशी, ध्वाङ्क्षरावीः स्थण्डिलशायी, अश्राद्धभोजीः क्षीरपायिण उशीनराः; सौवीरपायिणो वाह्रीकाः: दर्शनीयमानी, शोभनीयमानी, confer, compare P. III.2.78-82; (4) applied to the root यज् preceded by a word referring to the करण of यागफल as also to the root हन् preceded by a word forming the object ( कर्मन् ) of the root हन् , the words so formed referring to the past tense: e. g. अग्निष्टो याजी, पितृव्याघाती, confer, compare P. III 2.85, 86; (5) applied to a root when the word so formed refers to a kind of necessary activity or to a debtor; confer, compare अवश्यंकारी, शतंदायी, सहस्रदायी confer, compare P. III.4. 169-170: (6) tad-affix इन् , causing vrddhi for the first vowel, applied to the words काश्यप and कौशिक referring to ancient sages named so, as also to words which are the names of the pupils of कलापि or of वैशम्पायन, as also to the words शुनक, वाजसनेय et cetera, and others in the sense of 'students learning what has been traditionally spoken by those sages' e. g. काश्यपिनः, ताण्डिनः, हरिद्रविणः शौनकिनः, वाजसनेयिनः et cetera, and others; cf P. IV.3, 103 104, 106; (7) applied to words forming the names of ancient sages who are the speakers of ancient Brahmana works in the sense of 'pupils studying those works' as also to words forming the names of sages who composed old Kalpa works in the sense of those कल्प works; e. g. भाल्लविनः, एतरेयिणः । पैङ्गी कल्पः अरुणपराजी कल्पः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.105: (8) applied to the words पाराशर्य and शिलालिन् in the sense of 'students reading the Bhiksusutras (of पाराशार्य) and the Nata sutras ( of शिलालिन् ) respectively; e. g. पाराशरिणो भिक्षव:, शैलालिनो नटाः: cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.110.
ṇilopaelision of the affix णि (णिच् or णिङ् see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. ) before an ardhadhtuka affix without the augrnent इ ( इट् ) prefixed to it; confer, compare णेरनिटि P. VI. 4.51, and VI.4.52, 53, 54 also.
ṇopadeśaa root mentioned in the Dhatupatha by Panini as beginning with ण् which subsequently is changed to न् ( by P. VI. 1.65) in all the forms derived from the root; e. g. the roots णम, णी and others. In the case of these roots the initial न् is again changed into ण् after a prefix like प्र or परा having the letter र् in it and having a vowel or a consonant of the guttural or labial class intervening between the letter र् and the letter न्; e. g. प्रणमति, प्रणयकः et cetera, and others confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII. 4.14.
ṇaupādaa popular name given to the fourth pada of the seventh Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi, which begins with the rule णौ चङ्युपघाया ह्रस्त्रः P. VII. 4.1.
ṇyuṭkrt affix अन in the sense of ' skilled agent ' applied (1) to the root गै to singular. exempli gratia, for example गायनः, गायनी, confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III 1.147, also गाथकः, गाथिका by P. III. 1.146: (2) to the root हा (III. P. and III.A. also) if ' rice ' or ' time ' be the sense conveyed: e. g. हायना व्रीहयः, हायनः संवत्सरः .confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.148.
ṇvikrt, affix ण्वि i. e. zero, causing vrddhi, applied to the root भज् and to सह् and वह् in Vedic Literature if the root is preceded by any preposition ( उपसर्ग ) or a substantive as the upapada ; e. g. अर्द्धभाक्, प्रभाक्, तुराषाट् , दित्यवाट्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III, 2.62, 63, 64.
ṇvuckrt affix अक seen always with the feminine. affix अा applied to a root when the sense conveyed is ' a turn ' or ' a deserving thing ' or ' debt ' or ' occurrence;' e. g. भवतः शायिका, अर्हति भवान् इक्षुभक्षिकाम्, ओदनभोजिकां धारयसि, इक्षुभक्षिका उदपादि ; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 3.1 1 1.
ṇvul(1)a very general krt affix अक, causing vrddhi and acute accent to the vowel preceding the affix, applied to a root optionally with तृ (i. e. तृच् ) in the sense of an agent e. g कारकः हारकः also कर्ता, हर्ता ; Cf P. III. 1.33; (2) krt. affix अक applied optionally with the affix तुम् to a root when it refers to an action for which another action is mentioned by the principal verb; e. g. भोजको व्रजति or भोक्तुं व्रजति; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on तुमुन्ण्वुलौ क्रियायां क्रियार्थायाम्; P. III. 3.10; (3) krt affix अक, necessarily accompanied by the feminine. affix अा added to it, applied to a root if the sense given by the word so formed is the name of a disease or a proper noun or a narration or a query ; e. g. प्रवाहिका, प्रच्छर्दिका, शालभञ्जिका, तालभञ्जिका, कारिक, confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 3.108, 109, 110.
tthe first consonant of the dental class of consonants which has got the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, विवृतकण्ठत्व and अल्पप्राणत्व. When used as a mute letter by Panini, त् signifies the Svarita accent of the vowel of that affix or so, which is marked with it: e. g. कार्यम्, हार्यम्, पयस्यम् confer, compare P. VI.1.185. When appied to a vowel at its end, त् signifies the vowel of that grade only, possessed by such of its varieties which require the same time for their utterance as the vowel marked with त् , e. g. अात् stands for अा with any of the three accents as also pure or nasalised; अात् does not include अं or अ 3 confer, compare तपरस्तत्कालस्य P. I. 1. 70. The use of the indicatory mute त् for the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. purpose is seen also in the Pratis akhya works; confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 114 Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 234.
t(1)personal ending of the third pers singular. Atm: confer, compare P. III. 4.78, which is changed to ते in the perfect tense and omitted after the substitute चिण् for च्लि in the aorist; confer, compare P.VI.4.04: (2) personal ending substituted for the affix थ of the Paras. 2nd person. plural in the imperative, imperfect, potential, benedictive, aorist and conditional for which, तात्, तन and थन are substituted in Vedic Literature, and also for हि in case a repetition of an action is meant; confer, compare P. III. 4. 85, 10l as also VII. 1. 44, 45 and III. 4. 2-5. cf P. III. 4. 85 and III. 4. 10I ; (3) taddhita affix. affix त applied to the words कम् and शम् e. g. कन्तः, शन्त:, confer, compare P. V. 2. 138: (4) taddhita affix. affix त applied to दशत् when दशत् is changed to श; confer, compare दशानां दशतां शभावः तश्च प्रत्ययः । दश दाशतः परिमाणमस्य संधस्य शतम्, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. l. 59; (5) .general term for the affix क्त of the past passive voice. part, in popular use: (6) a technical term for the past participle affixes (त) क्त and तवत् ( क्तवतु ) called निष्ठा by Panini; confer, compare P. I.1.26; the term त is used for निष्ठI in the Jainendra Vyakararna.
takṣaśilādia class of words headed by तक्षशिला to which the taddhita affix अ ( अञ् ) is added in the sense of 'a native place or a domicile'. The word so formed has the acute accent on its first vowel; e. g. ताक्षशिलः वात्सोद्वरणः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.93.
taṅ(1)a short term used for the nine personal endings of the Atmanepada viz. त,अाताम्...महिङ् which are themselves termed Atmanepada; confer, compare तङानौ अात्मनेपदम् P. 1.4. 100 (2) the personal-ending त of the 2nd person. plural (substituted for थ by III.4 101) looked upon as तङ् sometimes, when it is lengthened in the Vedic Literature: confer, compare तङिति थादेशस्य ङित्त्वपक्षे ग्रहणम् । भरता जातवेदसम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI. 3. 133.
tatkālarequiring the same time for utterance as for example one matra for short vowels, two for long ones and three for protracted ones, although those vowels are nasalised or pure, or acute, grave or circumflex. See the word तपर.
tattvabodhinīname of the well-known commentary on Bhattoji's Siddhnta Kaumudi written by his pupil Jnanendrasarasvati at Benares. Out of the several commentaries on the Siddhantakaumudi, the Tattvabodhini is looked upon as the most authoritative and at the same time very scholarly.
tattvādarśaname of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara written by M. M. Vasudev Shastri Abhyankar in 1889 A. D. The commentary is more critical than explanatory,wherein the author has given the purpose and the gist of the important Paribhasas and has brought out clearly the differences between the school of Bhattoji and the school of Nagesa in several important matters.
tatpuruṣaname of an important kind of compound words similar to the compound word तत्पुरुष id est, that is ( तस्य पुरुषः ), and hence chosen as the name of such compounds by ancient grammarians before Panini. Panini has not defined the term with a view to including such compounds as would be covered by the definition. He has mentioned the term तत्पुरुष in II.1.22 as Adhikara and on its strength directed that all compounds mentioned or prescribed thereafter upto Sutra II.2.22 be called तत्पुरुष. No definite number of the sub-divisions of तत्पुरुष is given;but from the nature of compounds included in the तत्पुरुष-अधिकार, the sub-divisions विभक्तितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.1.24 to 48, समानाधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.1.49 to 72 (called by the name कर्मधारय; acc.to P.I. 2. 42), संख्यातत्पुरुष (called द्विगु by P.II.1.52), अवयत्रतत्पुरुष or एकदेशितत्पुरुषं confer, compare P.II.2.1-3, ब्यधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II 2.5, नञ्तत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2.6, उपपदतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.2.19, प्रादितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2 18 and णमुल्तत्पुरुष confer, compareP.II.2.20 are found mentioned in the commentary literature on standard classical works. Besides these, a peculiar tatpurusa compound mentioned by'Panini in II.1.72, is popularly called मयूरव्यंसकादिसमास. Panini has defined only two out of these varieties viz. द्विगु as संख्यापूर्वो द्विगुः P.II. 1.23, and कर्मधारय as तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P. I.2.42. The Mahabhasyakara has described तत्पुरुष as उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः: confer, compare M.Bh. on II.1.6, II.1.20, II.1.49, et cetera, and others, and as a consequence it follows that the gender of the tatpurusa compound word is that of the last member of the compound; confer, compare परवल्लिङ द्वन्द्वतत्पुरुषयोः P. II.4. 26; cf also तत्पुरुषश्चापि कः परवल्लिङं प्रयोजयति । यः पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानः एकदेशिसमासः अर्धपिप्पलीति । यो ह्युत्तरपदार्थप्रधानो दैवकृतं तस्य परवल्लिङ्गम्, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.4.26. Sometimes, the compound gets a gender different from that of the last word; confer, compare P.II.4.19-31, The tatpurusa compound is optional as generally all compounds are, depending as they do upon the desire of the speaker. Some tatpurusa compounds such as the प्रादितत्पुरुष or उपपदतत्पुरुष are called नित्य and hence their constitutent words, with the case affixes applied to them, are not noticed separately; confer, compare P.II.2.18,19, In some cases अ as a compound-ending ( समासान्त ) is added: exempli gratia, for example राजघुरा, नान्दीपुरम् ; confer, compare P. V.4.74; in some cases अच् ( अ ) is added: confer, compare P.V-4 75 o 87: while in some other cases टच् ( अ ) is added, the mute letter ट् signifying the addition of ङीप् ( ई) in the feminine gender; confer, compareP.V.4. 91-1 12. For details See p.p. 270-273 Mahabhasya Vol.VII published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
tadantavidhia peculiar feature in the interpretation of the rules of Panini, laid down by the author of the Sutras himself by virtue of which an adjectival word, qualifying its principal word, does not denote itself, but something ending with it also; confer, compare येन विधिस्तदन्तस्य P.I.1.72.This feature is principally noticed in the case of general words or adhikaras which are put in a particular rule, but which Occur in a large number of subsequent rules; for instance, the word प्रातिपदिकात्, put in P.IV.1.1, is valid in every rule upto the end of chapter V and the words अतः, उतः, यञः et cetera, and others mean अदन्ताद् , उदन्तात् , यञन्तात् et cetera, and others Similarly the words धातोः (P.III.1.91) and अङ्गस्य (P.VI. 4.1 ) occurring in a number of subsequent rules have the adjectival words to them, which are mentioned in subsequent rules, denoting not only those words,but words ending with them. In a large number of cases this feature of तदन्तविधि is not desirable, as it, goes against arriving at the desired forms, and exceptions deduced from Panini's rules are laid down by the Varttikakara and later grammarians; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 16,23, 31 : also Mahabhasya on P.I.1.72.
tadādividhia convention similar to the तदन्तविधि of Panini,laid down by the Varttikakara laying down that in case an operation is prescribed for something followed by a single letter, that single letter should be taken to mean a word beginning with that single letter: confer, compare यस्मिन्विधिस्तदादावल्ग्रहणे P.I.1.72 Vart. 29: Par. Sek. Pari. 33.
taddhitaa term of the ancient prePaninian grammarians used by Panini just like सर्वनामन् or अव्यय without giving any specific definition of it. The term occurs in the Nirukta of Yaska and the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya ; confer, compare अथ तद्वितसमासेषु एकपर्वसु चानेकपर्वसु पूर्वे पूर्वमपरमपरं प्रविभज्य निर्ब्रूयात् । द्ण्डय्ः पुरुषः । दण्डमर्हतीति वा, दण्डेन संपद्यते इति वा Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; also confer, compare तिङ्कृत्तद्धितचतुथ्यसमासाः इाब्दमयम् Vaj Prati.I. 27. It is to be noted that the word तद्वित is used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of a word derived from a substantive ( प्रातिपादक ) by the application of suffixes like अ, यत् et cetera, and others, and not in the sense of words derived from roots by affixes like अन, ति et cetera, and others which were termed नामकरण, as possibly contrasted with the word ताद्धित used by Yaska in II. 5. Panini has used the word तद्धित not for words, but for the suffixes which are added to form such words at all places (e. g. in I. 1.38, IV.1.17, 76, VI.1.61 et cetera, and others). in fact, he has begun the enumeration of taddhita affixes with the rule तद्धिता: (P.IV.1. 76) by putting the term तद्धित for affixes such as ति, ष्यङ्, अण् et cetera, and others which are mentioned thereafter. In his rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च and in the Varttika समासकृत्तद्धिताव्यय(I.4.1Vart. 41) which are similar to V.Pr.1. 27 quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the word तद्धित appears to be actually used for words derived from nouns by secondary affixes, along with the word कृत् which also means words derived from roots, although commentators have explained there the terms कृत् and तद्धित for कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त. The term तद्वित is evidently echoed in the Sutra तस्मै हितम् which, although it is not the first Sutra there were possibly long lists of secondary nouns with the senses of secondary suffixes, and तद्धित was perhaps,the first sense given there. The number of taddhita suffixes mentioned by Panini is quite a large one; there are in fact 1110 rules given in the taddhita section covering almost two Adhyayas viz. from P. IV. 1.76 to the end of the fifth Adhyaya. The main sub-divisions of taddhita affixes mentioned by commentators are, Apatyadyarthaka (IV. 1.92 to 178), Raktadyarthaka (IV.2.1 to 91), Saisika {IV.2. 92 to IV.3.133), Pragdivyatiya (IV. 3 134 to 168), Pragvahatiya (IV.4.1 to IV.4.74), Pragghitiya (IV.4.75 to IV.4.109), Arhiya (V.1.1 to 71),Thanadhikarastha (V. 1.72 to V. 1.1.114), Bhavakarmarthaka (V. 1.115 to V.1.136), Pancamika (V. 2.1 to V. 2.93), Matvarthiya (V. 2.94 to V. 2. 140), Vibhaktisamjaaka (V. 3.1 to V. 3.26) and Svarthika (V. 3.27 to V. 4.160). The samasanta affixes (V.4.68 to V.4.160) can be included in the Svarthika affixes.
tadrājathe taddhita affixes अञ्,अण्,ञ्यङ, ण्य, as also इञ्, छ्, ञ्युट्, ण्य, टेण्यण् and यञ् given in the rules of Panini IV. 1.168-174 and V.3. 112-119. They are called तद्राज as they are applied to such words as mean both the country and the warrior race or clan ( क्षत्त्रिय ): confer, compare तद्राजमाचक्षाणः तद्राजः S. K. on P. IV.l.168. The peculiar feature of these tadraja affixes is that they are omitted when the word to which they have been applied is used in the plural number; e. g. ऐक्ष्वाकः, ऐक्ष्वाकौ, इक्ष्वाकवः; similarly इक्ष्वाकूणाम्; confer, compare P.II.4.62.
tadvat(1)as a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.,similarly;the words शेषं तद्वत् (the rest as a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.) are frequently seen used by commentators; (2) the taddhita affix. affix वत् in the sense of possession and not in the sense of measure et cetera, and others confer, compare तद्वति तद्धिते न्यायसंहितं चेत् V.Pr.V.8.
tadvadatideśatreatment of something as that which is not that e. g. the treatment of affixes not marked with mute n or n as marked with n even though they are not actually marked that way, confer, compare P. I. 2.14; also cf तद्वदतिदेशेSकिद्विधिप्रसङ्गः P. I. 2.1 Vart 4.
tana(1)personal ending for त of the second person. plural Parasmaipada in the imperative in Vedic Literature e.g जुजुष्टन for जुषत confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. On P VII. 1.45; (2) taddhita affix. affixes टयु and टयुल् id est, that is अन which, with the augment त्, in effect becomes तन exempli gratia, for example सायंतन, चिरंतन, et cetera, and others: confer, compare P. IV. 3.23.
tantrapradīpaname of the learned commentary_written by मैत्रेयरक्षित, a famous Buddhist grammarian of the 12th century A. D. on the काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका ( न्यास ) of Jinendrabuddhi। The work is available at Present only in a manuscript form, and that too in fragments. Many later scholars have copiously quoted from this work. The name of the work viz. तन्त्रप्रदीप is rarely mentioned; but the name of the author is mentioned as रक्षित, मैत्रेय or even मैत्रेयरक्षित. Ther are two commentaries on the तन्त्रप्रदीप named उद्द्योतनप्रभा and आलोक,
tampersonal ending तम् substituted for थम् in the imperative imperfeminine. potential, benedictive, aorist and conditional; confer, compare P. III. 4.85, 101
tamaptaddhita affix. affix तम added without a change of sense, i. e. in the sense of the base itself to noun bases possessing the sense of excellence, as also to verbal forms showing excellence: e. g. आढ्यतमः, दर्शनीयतमः, श्रेष्ठतमः, पचतितमाम् confer, compare Kas on P. V. 3.55-56. The affix तमप् is termed घ also; confer, compare P. I. 1.22.
taltad, affix त (l) added in the sense of collection (समूह) to the words ग्राम, जन, बन्धु and सहाय and गज also, exempli gratia, for example ग्रामता, जनता et cetera, and others; (2) added in the sense of 'the nature of a thing' ( भाव ) along with the affix त्व optionally, as also optionally along with the affixes इमन्, ष्यञ् et cetera, and others given in P. V. 1.122 to 136; e. g. अश्वत्वम्, अश्वता; अपतित्वम्, अपतिता; पृथुत्वम्, पृथुता, प्रथिमा; शुक्लता, शुक्लत्वम्, शौक्ल्यम्, शुक्लिमा; et cetera, and others, cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V.1.119 to 136. Words ending with the affix तल् are always declined in the feminine gender with the feminine. affix अा ( टाप् ) added to then; confer, compare तलन्तः (शब्दः स्त्रियाम् ), Linganusasana 17.
tavai(1)krt affix तवै for the infinitive affix तुम् in Vedic Literature. The affix तवै has a peculiarity of accent, namely that the word ending in तवै has got both the initial and ending vowels accented acute (उदात्त); exempli gratia, for example सोममिन्द्राय पातवै, हर्षसे दातवा उ; confer, compare P.III.4.9; and VI. 1.200; (2) krtya affix in Vedic Literature, exempli gratia, for example परिघातवै for परिघातव्यम्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 4.14.
tasi(1)taddhita affix.affix तस् showing direction by means of a thing exempli gratia, for example वृक्षमूलतः, हिमवत्तः; confer, compare Kas on P.IV.3.114,115; (2) taddhita affix.affix तस् applied in the sense of the ablative case. case and substituted for the ablative case. case affix: exempli gratia, for example ग्रामतः अागच्छति, चोरतो विभेति; sometimes the affix is applied instead of the instrumental or the genitive case also. e. g. वृत्ततः न व्यथते for वृत्तेन न व्यथते; देवा अर्जुनतः अभवन्, for अर्जुनस्य पक्षे अभवन् confer, compare Kas, on P.V.4.44-49.
tasilādia class of taddhita affixes headed by the affix तस् ( तसिल् ) as given by Panini in his sutras from पञ्चम्यास्तसिल् P. V. 3. 7. upto संख्यायाः क्रियाभ्यावृत्तिगणने कृत्वसुच् V.3.17; confer, compare P. VI.3.35. The words ending with the affixes from तसिल् in P.V.3.7 upto पाशप् in P.V.3.47 (excluding पाशप्) become indeclinables; confer, compare Kas on P.I.1.38.
(1)a technical term for the genitive case affix used in the Jainendra Vyakarana; (2) the taddhita affix. affix तल् which is popularly called ता as the nouns ending in तल् id est, that is त are declined in the feminine. gender with the feminine. affix अा added to them.
tācchabdya(1)use of a word for that word (of which the sense has been conveyed); the expression तादर्थ्या त्ताच्छब्द्यम् is often used by grammarians just like a Paribhasa; confer, compare अस्ति तादर्थ्यात्ताच्छब्द्यम् । बहुव्रीह्यर्थानि पदानि बहुव्रीहिरिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.29; similarly तृतीयासमास;for तृतीयार्थानि पदानि M.Bh. on P.I.1.30 or समासार्थे शास्त्रं समासः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.43; (2) use of a word for that word of which there is the vicinity; confer, compare अथवा साहचर्यात् ताच्छब्द्यं भविष्यति। कालसहचरितो वर्णः। वर्णॊपि काल एव; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.27 where the letter उ is taken in the sense of time required for its utterance, the reason being that sound and time go together; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.I.2.70, IV.3.48, V.2.79; (3) use of a word for that which resides there; confer, compare तात्स्थ्यात्ताच्छब्द्यं भविष्यति M.Bh. on V.4.50 Vart. 3. At all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. places, the use of one word for another is by Laksana.
tāt(1)the same as तातङ् substituted for तु and हि of the imperative second. and third singular. Parasmaipada; confer, compare P.VII.1.35; (2) substitute तात् for त of the imperative 2nd plural in Vedic Literature; exempli gratia, for example गात्रं गात्रमस्यानूनं कृणुतात् confer, compare Kas on P.VII.1.44.
tātiltaddhita affix. affix ताति in the very sense of the word to which it is applied occurring in Vedic Literature after the words सर्व and देव, as also after शिव, शम् and अरिष्ट in the sense of 'bringing about' and in the sense of भाव (presence) after the same words शिव, शम् and अरिष्ट; exempli gratia, for example सर्वतातिः, देवतातिः, शिवतातिः et cetera, and others confer, compare P.IV.4.142-144.
tāthābhāvyaname given to the grave (अनुदात्त) vowel which is अवग्रह id est, that is which occurs at the end of the first member of a compound and which is placed between two acute vowels id est, that is is preceded by and followed by an acute vowel; exempli gratia, for example तनूSनप्त्रे, तनूSनपत्: confer, compare उदाद्यन्तो न्यवग्रहस्ताथाभाव्यः । V.Pr.I.120. The tathabhavya vowel is recited as a kampa ( कम्प ) ; confer, compare तथा चोक्तमौज्जिहायनकैर्माध्यन्दिनमतानुसारिभिः'अवग्रहो यदा नीच उच्चयॊर्मध्यतः क्वचित् । ताथाभाव्यो भवेत्कम्पस्तनूनप्त्रे निदर्शनम्'. Some Vedic scholars hold the view that the ताथाभाव्य vowel is not a grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel, but it is a kind of स्वरित or circumflex vowel. Strictly according to Panini "an anudatta following upon an udatta becomes Svarita": confer, compare P.VIII.4.66, V.Pr. IV. 1.138: cf also R.Pr.III. 16.
tānaone uniform accent or tone एकश्रुति, as observed at the time of sacrifices in the case of the recital of the hymns; confer, compare तानलक्षणमेकं स्वरमाहुर्यज्ञकर्मणि Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I.130; confer, compare also P.I. 2.34.
tāmpersonal ending substituted for तस् of the 3rd person. dual in the imperative, imperfect, potential, benedictive, aorist and conditional; confer, compare P. III.4.85, 101.
tāra(1)elevated, high; a place for the production of words; confer, compare T.Pr. XVII. 11; (2) recital in a high tone which is recommended in the evening time; confer, compare तारं तु विद्यात्सवने तृतीये, शिरोगतं तत्र सदा प्रयोज्यम् commentary on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII. 12.
tāsconjugational sign or Vikarana (तासि) added to a root in the first future before the personal endings which become accented grave (अनुदात्त); confer, compare P.VI.1.186; it has the augment इ prefixed, if the root, to which it is added, is सेट्, confer, compare P. VI. 4. 62.
tiṅ(1)a brief term (प्रत्याहार) for the 18 personal endings. Out of these eighteen personal endings, which are common for all tenses and moods, the first nine तिप्, तस् et cetera, and others all called Parasmaipada, while the other nine त, अाताम् et cetera, and others are named Atmanepada and तङ् also; confer, compare तङानावात्मनेपदम्; (2) a verbal form called also अाख्यातक; confer, compare तिङ् खलु अाख्यातका भवान्ति । पचति पठति । V.Pr.I.27.
tiṅanta(1)a word ending in तिङ्; a Verb; (2) a popular name given to the section which deals with verbs in books on grammar as contrasted with the term सुबन्त which is used for the section dealing with nouns.
tiṅantaśiromaṇia work dealing with verbal forms written by शिरोमणिभट्टाचार्य.
tiṅarthasenses possessed by the personal endings of verbs, viz. कारक ( कर्ता or कर्म ) संख्या and काल. For details see Vaiyakaranabhusanasara. तिङ्निघात the grave accent for the whole word (सर्वेनिघात्) generally possessed by a verbal form when it is preceded by a word form which is not a verb; confer, compare तिङतिङ: P. VIII. 1.28.
tujādiroots such as the root तुज् and the like, which have their vowel of the reduplicative syllable lengthened as seen mostly in Vedic Literature: e. g. तूतुजानः, मामहानः, दाधार et cetera, and others: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI.1.7.
tundādia very small class of words headed by the word तुन्द to which the taddhita affix इल ( इलच् ) is added in the sense of possession ( मत्वर्थ ). The affix इल is optional and the other affixes इन् , इक and मत् are also added; exempli gratia, for example तुन्दिल, तुन्दी, तुन्दिकः, तुन्दवान् ; similarly उदरिलः et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V.2.117.
tumkrt affix तुम् of the infinitive (1) added to a root optionally with ण्वुल् when the root refers to an action for the purpose of which another action is mentioned by the principal verb ; exempli gratia, for example भोक्तुं व्रजति or भोजको व्रजति्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.3.11; (2) added to a root connected with ' another root in the sense of desire provided both have the same subject; exempli gratia, for example इच्छति भोक्तुम् ; confer, compare P. III. 3.158; (3) added to a root connected with the words काल, समय or वेला; exempli gratia, for example कालो भोक्तुम् et cetera, and others confer, compare P.III.3.167; (4) added to any root which is connected with the roots शक्, धृष्, ज्ञा, ग्लै, घट्, रभ्, लभ्, क्रम्, सह्, अर्ह् and अस् or its synonym, as also with अलम्, or its synonym; exempli gratia, for example शक्नोति भोक्तुम्, भवति भोक्तुम्, वेला भोक्तुम्, अलं भोक्तुम्, पर्याप्तः कर्तुम् : confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.4. 65, 66.
tṛ(1)substitute prescribed for the last vowel of the word अर्वन् so as to make it declinable like words marked with the mute letter ऋ; (2) common term for the krt affixes तृन् and तृच् prescribed in the sense of the agent of a verbal activity; the taddhita affix. affixes ईयस्, and इष्ठ are seen placed after words ending in तृ in Vedic Literature before which the affix तृ is elided; exempli gratia, for example करिष्ठः, दोहीयसी; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 3.59.
tṛctaddhita affix. affix तृ, taking the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ), (1) added to a root optionally with अक ( ण्वुल् ) in the sense of the agent of a verbal activity, the word so formed having the last vowel acute; exempli gratia, for example कर्ता कारक:; हर्ता हारकः; confer, compare P. III I.133; (2) prescribed in the sense of 'deserving one' optionally along with the pot. passive voice. participle. affixes; exempli gratia, for example भवान् खलु कन्यया वोढा, भवान् कन्यां वहेत्, भवता खलु कन्या वोढव्या, वाह्या, वहनीया वा; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 3.169
tṛjantaa word ending in the affix तृच् and hence getting the guna vowel (i. e. अ ) substituted for the final vowel ऋ before the Sarvanamasthana (i. e. the first five) case affixes; confer, compare तृजन्त आदेशॊ भविष्यति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII. 1.96.
tṛṇādia class of words to which the taddhita affix श is added in the four senses given in P. IV. 2.67 to 70; e. g. तृणशः, नडशः, पर्णशः et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.80.
tṛtīyāthe third case; affixes of the third case ( instrumental case or तृतीयाविभक्ति ) which are placed (1) after nouns in the sense of an instrument or an agent provided the agent is not expressed by the personal-ending of the root; e. g. देवदत्तेन कृतम्, परशुना छिनत्ति: confer, compare P. III. 3.18; (2) after nouns connected with सह्, nouns meaning defective limbs, nouns forming the object of ज्ञा with सम् as also nouns meaning हेतु or a thing capable of produc ing a result: e. g. पुत्रेण सहागतः, अक्ष्णा काणः, मात्रा संजानीते, विद्यया यशः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II.3.19,23; (3) optionally with the ablative after nouns meaning quality, and optionally with the genitive after pronouns in the sense of हेतु, when the word हेतु is actually used e. g. पाण्डित्येन मुक्तः or पाण्डित्यान्मुक्त:; केन हेतुना or कस्य हेतोर्वसति; it is observed by the Varttikakara that when the word हेतु or its synonym is used in a sentence, a pronoun is put in any case in apposition to that word id est, that is हेतु or its synonym e.g, केन निमित्तेन, किं निमित्तम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 3. 25, 27; (4) optionally after nouns connected with the words पृथक्, विना, नाना, after the words स्तोक, अल्प, as also after दूर, अन्तिक and their synonyms; exempli gratia, for example पृथग्देवदत्तेन et cetera, and others स्तोकेन मुक्तः, दूरेण ग्रामस्य, केशैः प्रसितः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.3.32, 33, 35, 44; (5) optionally with the locative case after nouns meaning constellation when the taddhita affix. affix after them has been elided; exempli gratia, for example पुष्येण संप्रयातोस्मि श्रवणे पुनरागतः Mahabharata; confer, compare P.II.3.45; (6) optionally with the genitive case after words connected with तुल्य or its synonyms; exempli gratia, for exampleतुल्यो देवदत्तेन, तुल्यो देवदत्तस्य; confer, compare P. II.3.72.
tṛn(1)krt affix तृ with the acute accent on the first vowel of the word formed by its application, applied to any root in the sense of 'an agent' provided the agent is habituated to do a thing, or has his nature to do it, or does it well; exempli gratia, for example वदिता जनापवादान् , मुण्डयितारः श्राविष्ठायना -भवन्ति वधूमूढाम् , कर्ता कटम्; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III.2.135; words ending with तृन् govern the noun connected with them in the accusative case; (2) the term तृन् , used as a short term ( प्रत्याहार ) standing for krt affixes beginning with those prescribed by the rule लटः शतृशानचौ (P.III.2.124) and ending with the affix तृन् (in P.III.3.69); confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.III.4.69.
taittirīyaprātiśākhyacalled also कृष्णयजुःप्रातिशाख्य and hence representing possibly all the different branches or Sakhas of the कृष्णयजुर्वेद, which is not attributed definitely to a particular author but is supposed to have been revised from time to time and taught by various acaryas who were the followers of the Taittiriya Sakha.The work is divided into two main parts, each of which is further divided into twelve sections called adhyayas, and discusses the various topics such as letters and their properties, accents, euphonic changes and the like, just as the other Pratisakhya works. It is believed that Vararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya wrote Bhasyas on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, but at present, only two important commentary works on it are available(a) the 'Tribhasyaratna', based upon the three Bhasyas mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. as the title shows, written by Somayarya and (b) the 'Vaidikabharana' written by Gopalayajvan. For details see Introduction to 'Taittiriya Pratisakhya' edition Govt Oriental Library Series, Mysore.
tairovyañjanaa kind of svarita or circumflex-accented vowel which follows an acute-accented vowel, with the intervention of a consonant between the acute accented vowel and the circumflex vowel which (vowel) originally was grave. e. g. इडे, रन्ते, हव्ये, काम्ये; here the vowel ए is तैरोव्यञ्जनस्वरित; confer, compare स्वरो व्यञ्जनयुतस्तैरोव्यञ्जनः, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 117.
tosunkrt affix तोस् in the sense of the infinitive ( तुम् ) seen in Vedic Literature; e. g. ईश्वरोभिचरितो:. The word ending with तोसुन् becomes an indeclinable.
tyakantaddhita affix. affix त्यक added to the words उप and अधि in the senses 'near' and 'a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.' respectively; confer, compare पर्वतस्यासन्नमुपत्यका, तस्यैवारूढमधित्यका, confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 2.34.
trātaddhita affix. affix त्रा in the sense of something donated, as also to the words देव, मनुष्य, पुरुष, पुरु and मर्त्य ending in the accusative or the locative case; e. g. व्राह्मणत्रा करोति, देवत्रा वसतिः confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V.4.55,56. ’There is avagraha before the taddhita affix. affix त्रा. देवत्रेति देवSत्रा्; confer, compare V.Pr. V.9.
tripathagāname of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara written by Raghavendracarya Gajendragadkar, a resident of Satara and a pupil of Nilakanthasastri Thatte. He lived in the second half of the eighteenth and first half of the nineteenth century and wrote comentaries on important grammar works.
tripādīterm usually used in connection with the last three Padas (ch. VIII. 2, VIII. 3 and VIII. 4) of Panini’s Ashtadhyayi, the rules in which are not valid by convention to rules in the first seven chapters and a quarter, as also a later rule in which (the Tripadi) is not valid to an earlier one; confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII.2.1; (2) name of a critical treatise on Panini's grammar ("The Tripadi") written by Dr. H. E. Buiskool recently.
tribhāṣyaratnaname of a commentary on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya written by Somayarya. The commentary is said to have been based on the three Bhasya works attributed to the three ancient Vedic scholarsVararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya.
trimātraconsisting of three moras or matras. The protracted or प्लुत vowels are said to consist of three matras as contrasted with the short and long vowels which respectively consist of one and two matras; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.I.2.27.
traipādikaa rule or an operation prescribed by Panini in the last three quarters of his Astadhyayi. See त्रिपादी a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
tresvarya(1)use of the three accents acute, grave and circumflex at the time of the recital of the Veda; त्रयः स्वरा एव त्रैस्वर्यम्; confer, compare चातुर्वर्ण्यादीनां स्वार्थॆ उपसंख्यानम् । त्रैलोक्यम् , त्रैस्यर्यम् Kas, on P. V. 1. 124. confer, compare also यद्येवं त्रैस्वर्ये न प्रकल्पते तत्र को दोषः। त्रैस्वर्येणाधीमहॆ इत्येतन्नोपपद्यते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.31.
tvantaddhita affix. affix त्व before which there is observed the caesura or avagraha in the recital of the Padapatha. e: g. देवत्वमिति देवsत्वम् । confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V. 9.
thanapersonal-ending थन substituted for त of the 2nd person. plural of the imperative Parasmaipada in Vedic ' Literature, e. g. यदिष्ठन for यदिच्छथ: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VII. 1.45.
thīma(THIEME, PAUL)a sound scholar of the present day, well versed in Sanskrit Grammar and Vedic Literature, who has written a critical treatise named "Panini and the Veda."
thuk(1)augment थ् added to the words षष्, कति, कतिपय and चतुर्: see थ् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; (2) augment थ् added to the root अस् of the fourth conjugation Paras. before the affixes of the aorist. exempli gratia, for example अास्थत्: cf P.VII.4.17.
dayānandasarasvatia brilliant Vedic scholar of the nineteenth century belonging to North India who established on a sound footing the study of the Vedas and Vyakarana and encouraged the study of Kasikavrtti. He has written many books on vedic studies.
daśakaa name given to the treatise on grammar written by व्याघ्रपाद which consisted of 10 chapters; confer, compare दशकं वैयाघ्रपदीयम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P V. 1.58. The word also means students reading the work दशक; confer, compare दशका वैयाघ्रपदीया: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.2.65.
daśagaṇī(1)a section of grammatical treatises dealing with the ten conjugations of roots. e.g the first section of the second part ( उत्तरार्ध ) of the Siddhanta Kaumudi; (2) name of the dhatupatha of Panini which gives ten classes of roots; confer, compare भूवादयो दशगणीपरिपठिता गृह्यन्ते Nyasa on I.3.1.
daśabalakārikāa short treatise on the roots belonging to more than one conjugation; the name of the author is not given.
taddhita affix. affix named 'vibhakti' applied to the words सर्व, एक, अन्य, किं, यत्,तत् and इदम् in the locative case; exempli gratia, for example सर्वदा, एकदा, कदा: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 3.15,19,20,21.
dākṣāyaṇaname, by which व्याडि, the author of the grammar work संग्रह is referred to. The word दाक्षायण indicates that व्याडि was a descendant of दक्ष, and, as Panini is called दाक्षीपुत्र, critics say that Panini and Vyadi were relatives; confer, compare शोभना खलु दाक्षायणस्य दाक्षायणेन वा संग्रहस्य कृतिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.3.66.
dākṣīputraliterally son of a female descendant of दक्ष; name given to Panini who was the son of दाक्षी a female descendant of दक्ष; confer, compare शंकरः शांकरीं प्रादाद्दाक्षीपुत्राय धीमते Pāṇini. Sik. 56; confer, compare also सर्वे सर्वपदादेशा दाक्षीपुत्रस्य पाणिनेः M.Bh. on P. I. 1.20: VII.1.27.
daśagaṇī(1)a section of grammatical treatises dealing with the ten conjugations of roots. e.g the first section of the second part ( उत्तरार्ध ) of the Siddhanta Kaumudi; (2) name of the dhatupatha of Panini which gives ten classes of roots; confer, compare भूवादयो दशगणीपरिपठिता गृह्यन्ते Nyasa on I.3.1.
daśabalakārikāa short treatise on the roots belonging to more than one conjugation; the name of the author is not given.
taddhita affix. affix named 'vibhakti' applied to the words सर्व, एक, अन्य, किं, यत्,तत् and इदम् in the locative case; exempli gratia, for example सर्वदा, एकदा, कदा: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 3.15,19,20,21.
dākṣāyaṇaname, by which व्याडि, the author of the grammar work संग्रह is referred to. The word दाक्षायण indicates that व्याडि was a descendant of दक्ष, and, as Panini is called दाक्षीपुत्र, critics say that Panini and Vyadi were relatives; confer, compare शोभना खलु दाक्षायणस्य दाक्षायणेन वा संग्रहस्य कृतिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.3.66.
dākṣīputraliterally son of a female descendant of दक्ष; name given to Panini who was the son of दाक्षी a female descendant of दक्ष; confer, compare शंकरः शांकरीं प्रादाद्दाक्षीपुत्राय धीमते Pāṇini. Sik. 56; confer, compare also सर्वे सर्वपदादेशा दाक्षीपुत्रस्य पाणिनेः M.Bh. on P. I. 1.20: VII.1.27.
dānīmtaddhita affix. affix called विभक्ति, applied to तद् and इदम् in the sense of the locative case exempli gratia, for example तदानीम्, इदानीम्; confer, compare P. V.3.18, 19.
dāruṇyaexplained by the commentators on the Pratisakhya works as दृढत्व (firmness) or कठिनता (hardness,) and given as a characteristic of the acute or उदात्त tone; confer, compare अायामो दारुण्यमणुता खस्येत्युच्चैःकराणि शब्दस्य, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII.9, quoted in the Mahabhasya on P.I. 2.29, where दारुण्य is explained as स्वरस्य दारुणता रूक्षता ।
dikśabdaa word denoting a direction such as पूर्व, उत्तर and the like, used as a substantive, e. g. पूर्वो ग्रामात् , or showing the direction of another thing being its adjective, e. g. इयमस्याः पूर्वा; cf Kas, on P. II.3.29.
dīptiexplained as स्फूर्ति or throbbing in utterance. Out of the seven svaras or yamas क्रुष्ट, प्रथम, द्वितीय, तृतीय, चतुर्थ, मन्द्र and अतिस्वार्य, the throbbing ( दीप्ति ) of the latter and latter tone leads to the perception of the former and former one: confer, compare तेषां दीप्तिजोपलब्धि: Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII. 15.
durgasiṃhathe famous commentator of the Katantra sutras, whose Vrtti on the sutras is the most popular one. It is called , कातन्त्रसूत्रवृत्ति or कातन्तवृत्ति or दौर्गसिंहीवृत्ति , also. A work on Paribhasas named परिभाषावृति, in which Paribhasas are explained and established as based on the Katantra Vyakarana sutras, is attributed to Durgasimha. It is doubtful whether this commentator Durgasimha is the same as Durgacarya, the famous commentator of Yaska's Nirukta. There is a legend that Durgasimha was the brother of Vikramaditya, the founder of the Vikrama Era. Besides the gloss on the Katantra sutras, some grammar works such as a gloss on the unadi sutras, a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on Kalapa-Vyakarana Sutras, a commentary on Karakas named षट्कारकरत्न, Namalinganusasana and Paribhasavrtti are ascribed to Durgasimha. Some scholars believe that the term अमरसिंह was only a title given to Durgasimha for his profound scholarship, and it was Durgasimha who was the author of the well-known work Amarakosa.
durghaṭavṛttiname of a grammar work explaining words which are difficult to derive according to rules of Panini. The work is written in the style of a running commentary on select sutras of Panini, devoted mainly to explain difficult formations. The author of it, Saranadeva, was an eastern grammarian who, as is evident from the number of quotations in his work, was a great scholar of the 12th or the 13th century.
dūṣakaradodbhedaname of a commentary, on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesa, believed to have been written by Gopalacārya Karhadkar, a grammarian of the 19th century and attributed to Bhimacarya. This commentary, which was written to criticize the commentary written by Visnusastri Bhat, was again criticized in reply by Visnusastri Bhat in his Ciccandrika ( चिच्चन्द्रिका ). See विष्णुशास्त्री भट.
dṛṣṭāntasimilar instance,generally quoted to explain effectively some rules or conventions laid down; confer, compare ननु चायमप्यस्ति दृष्टान्तः समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिरिति । तद्यथा गर्गाः शतं दण्ड्यन्तामिति M.Bh. on P.I. 1. 7.
devanandincalled also पूज्यपाद or पूज्यपाददेवनन्दिन् believed to have lived in the fifth century A. D. and written the treatise on grammar, of course based om Panini Sutras, which is known as जैनेन्द्र-व्याकरण or जैनेन्द्रशब्दानुशासन. The writer of this grammar is possibly mentioned as जैनेन्द्र in the usually guoted verse of Bopadeva :इन्द्रश्चन्द्रः काशकृत्स्नापिशली शाकटायनः पाणिन्यमरजैनेन्द्र जयन्त्यष्टादेिशाब्दिकाः. देवनन्दिन् was a great Jain saint and scholar who wrote many works on Jain Agamas of which सर्वार्थसिद्धि, the commentary on the तत्त्वार्थाधिगमसूत्र, is well-known.
devaśarmana grammarian who has written a disquisition on the philosophy of Vyakarana in verse, and added a commentary of his own on it which he has named as समन्वयप्रदीपसंकेत.
devanandina Jain grammarian of the eighth century who is believed to have written a grammar work, called सिद्धान्तसारस्वत-शब्दानुशासन. It is likely that देवनन्दिन् is the same as देवानन्दि-पूज्यपाद and the grammar work is the same as जैनेन्द्रशब्दानुशासन for which see देवनन्दिन् .
devikāpādaa popular name given to the third pada of the seventh adhyaya of Parinis Asadhyāyi as the pada begins with the Sutra दविकाशिंशपादित्यवाट्दीर्घसत्त्रश्रेयसामात् P.VII 3. 1.
deśya(1)taddhita affix. affix in the sense of almost similar; see देशीयर् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; (2) (words) current in popular use or language, although not sanctioned by rules of grammar; confer, compare देश्याः सूत्रनिबन्धाः क्रियन्ते M.Bh. on P. V. 3.55: confer, compare देश्या देष्टव्याः साधुत्वेन प्रतिपाद्या:, Kaiyata on V. 3.55; probably Kaiyata had a difficulty in explaining the word देश्य in the old way meaning ' current in use', as many words called bad words, introduced from other languages were current at his time which he was reluctant to term देश्य.
dyotakaindicative, suggestive; not directly capable of expressing the sense by denotation; the nipatas and upasargas are said to be 'dyotaka' and not 'vacaka' by standard grammarians headed by the Varttikakara; confer, compare निपातस्यानर्थकस्यापि प्रातिपदिकत्वम् P.I.2.45 Varttika 12; confer, compare Kaiyata also on the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; cf also निपाता द्योतकाः केचित्पृथगर्थाभिधायिनः Vakyapadiya II.194;, गतिवाचकत्वमपि तस्य ( स्थाधातोः ) व्यवस्थाप्यते, उपसर्गस्तु तद्योतक एव commentary on Vakyapadiya II. 190; confer, compare पश्चाच्छ्रोतुर्बोधाय द्योतकोपसर्गसंबन्ध: Par. Sek. on Pari. 50; cf also इह स्वरादयो वाचकाः चादयो द्योतका इति भेदः Bhasa Vr. om P.I.1.37.The Karmapravacaniyas are definitely laid down as dyotaka, confer, compare क्रियाया द्योतको नायं न संबन्धस्य वाचकः । नापि क्रियापदाक्षेपीं संबन्धस्य तु भेदकः Vakyapadiya II.206; the case affixes are said to be any way, 'vacaka' or 'dyotaka'; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युर्द्वित्त्वादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya II. 165.
dyotanaconveyance of sense indirectly or by suggestion, and not directly. See द्योतक a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
dyotya(sense)conveyed by suggestion indirectly and not directly expressed, as in the case of karmapravacaniyas, the krt affixes and the tad, affixes: confer, compare अनुशब्दो लक्षणे द्योत्ये कर्मप्रवचनीयसंज्ञो भवति Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 4.84.
dravyasubstance, as opposed to गुण property and क्रिया action which exist on dravya. The word सत्त्व is used by Yaska, Panini and other grammarians in a very general sense as something in completed formation or existence as opposed to 'bhava' or kriya or verbal activity, and the word द्रव्य is used by old grammarians as Synonymous with सत्त्व; confer, compare चादयोSसत्वे। चादयो निपातसंज्ञा भवन्ति न चेत्सत्वे वर्तन्ते, confer, compare Kas on P. I. 4.57; confer, compare S.K. also on P. I.4.57. (2)The word द्रव्य is also found used in the sense of an individual object, as opposed to the genus or generic notion ( अाकृति ); confer, compare द्रव्याभिधानं व्याडिः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64. Vart. 45.(3)The word द्रव्य is found used in the sense of Sadhana or means in Tait. Prati. confer, compare तत्र शब्दद्रव्याण्युदाहरिष्यामः । शब्दरूपाणि साधनानि वर्णयिष्यामः Tai, Pr. XXII. 8.
dravyavacanaexpressive of substance as their sense as opposed to गुणवचन; confer, compare उभयवचना ह्येते शुक्लादयः द्रव्यं चाहुर्गुणं च। Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. V.1.119.
drutāone of the three Vrttis or styles of utterance mentioned in the Pratisakhya works and quoted in the Mahabhasya; confer, compareतित्रो वृत्तीरुपदिशन्ति वाचो विलम्बितां मध्यमां च दुतां च । अभ्यासार्थे दुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् । शिष्याणामुपदेशार्थे कुर्याद् वृत्ति विलम्बिताम् । Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. 18, 19; confer, compare ये हि द्रुतायां वृत्तौ वर्णास्त्रिभागाधिकास्ते मध्यमायां, ये मध्यमायां वर्णास्त्रिभागाधिकास्ते विलाम्बितायाम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.70, Vart. 4. The utterance of a letter takes ,1/3 rd time more in the मध्यमवृत्ति than in the द्रुतवृत्ति, while in the विलम्बितवृत्ति it takes 1/3 rd more than in the मध्यमवृत्ति. In short, the utterance of the same letter takes in the three vrttis, Druta, Vilambita and Madhyama the quantity of time in the proportion of 9:12:16 respectively.
dvanddhaname of a compound, formed of two or more words used in the same case, showing their collection together; confer, compare चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II.2.29. Out of the four meanings of the indeclinable च, viz. समुच्चय अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार, the dvandva compound is sanctioned in the last two senses only called इतरेतरद्वन्द्व (as in प्लक्षन्यग्रोधौ et cetera, and others) and समाहारद्वन्द्व (as in वाक्त्वचम् et cetera, and others) respectively For details see Mahabhasya on II.2.29. The dvandva compound takes place only when the speaker intends mentioning the several objects together id est, that is when there is, in short, सहविवक्षा orयुगपदधिकरणवचनता; confer, compare अनुस्यूतेव मेदाभ्यां एका प्रख्योपजायते । यस्यां सहविवक्षां तामाहुर्द्वन्द्वैकशेषयोः । Sr. Pr. II. The gender of a word in the द्वन्द्वसमास is that of the last word in the case of the इतरेतरद्वन्द्व, while it is the neuter gender in the case of the समाहारद्वन्द्व.
dvia term used for the dual number in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare नो नौ मे मदर्थे त्रिद्व्येकेषु Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.II. 3 where Uvvata has explained the words त्रि, द्वि and एक as बहुवचन, द्विवचन and एक्वचन respectively.
dvikarmakaa term used in connection with roots governing two objects or two words in the accusative case, exempli gratia, for example दुह् in, गां दोग्धि पयः; the term कर्म according to the strict definition of the term कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म or अाप्यं कर्म applies to one of the two, which is called the प्रधानकर्म or the direct object, the other one, which, in fact, is related to the verbal activity by relation of any other karaka or instrument is taken as karmakaraka and hence put in the accusative case. For details see Mahabhasya and Kasika on P.I.4.51. Some roots in their causal formation govern two objects out of which one object is the actual one while the other is the subject of the primitive root. exempli gratia, for example गमयति माणवकं ग्रामम्; बोधयति माणवकं धर्मम्; cf Kas on P.I.4.52. See for details Mahabhasya on P. I. 4.52.
dvikhaṇḍaa compound expression or word separated into two by avagraha in the Padapatha; the word is misstated as दुखण्ड by some vedic reciters.
dviguname of a compound with a numeral as the first member. The compound is looked upon as a subdivision of the Tatpurusa comPoundThe dvigu compound, having collection as its general sense, is declined in the neuter gender and singular number; when it ends in अ the feminine. affix ङी is added generally, e. g. पञ्चपात्रम्, त्रिभुवनम्, पञ्चमूली. The Dvigu comPound also takes place when a karmadharaya compound, having a word denoting a direction or a numeral as its first member, (a) has a taddhita affix. affix added to it exempli gratia, for example पञ्चकपाळः (पुरोडाशः), or (b) has got a word placed after it in a compound e. g. पशञ्चगवधनः or (c) has a collective sense exempli gratia, for example पञ्चपूली; confer, compare तद्वितार्थोत्तरपदसमाहारे च ( P. II.1.51 ) also, cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. and S. K. om P.II.1.51,52.
dvigupādaa Popular name given by grammarians to the fourth quarter of the second Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra द्विगुरेकवचनम् II. 4.1.
dvitīyathe second consonant in the five groups of consonants, surd aspirate, confer, compare T.Pr. I. 11: V. Pr.I. . 54, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 15; it is called द्वितीयतस्पर्श also.
dvitīyāthe second case; the accusative case, mainly prescribed for a word which is related as a karmakaraka to the activity in the sentence; cf P. II. 3.2 to 5,
dvitvadoubling, reduplication prescribed for (I) a root in the perfect tense excepting the cases where the affix अाम् is added to the root before the personal ending: exempli gratia, for example बभूव, चकार, ऊर्णुनाव et cetera, and others cf P. VI. 1.1,2; (2) a root before the vikarana affixes सन्, यङ्, श्लु and चङ् e. g. बुभूषति, चेक्रीयते, चर्करीति, जुहोति, अचीकरत् et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VI. 1.9l l ; (3) a word ending in अम् . ( णमुल् ) in the sense of repetition, e. g. स्मारं स्मारं वक्ष्ये, भोजं भोजं व्रजति confer, compare आभीक्ष्ण्ये द्वे भवतः P. VIII. 1.12 Vart. 7; (4) any word (a) in the sense of constant or frequent action, (b) in the sense of repetition, (c) showing reproach, or scorn, or quality in the sense of its incomplete possess-, ion, or (d) in the vocative case at the beginning of a sentence in some specified senses; reduplication is also prescribed for the prepositions परि, प्र, सम्, उप, उद्, उपरि, अधि, अघस् in some specified senses confer, compare P. VIII. 1.1 to 15. A letter excepting हृ and र्, is also repeated, if so desired, when (a) it occurs after the letter ह् or र् , which is preceded by a vowel e g. अर्क्कः अर्द्धम् et cetera, and others cf VIII. 4.46; or when (b) it is preceded by a vowel and followed by a consonant e. g. दद्ध्यत्र, म्द्धवत्र confer, compare P. VIII. 4.47. For details see Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on VIII. 4.46-52. The word द्वित्व is sometimes used in the sense of the dual number; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.2.51. The words द्वित्व, द्विर्वचन and द्विरुक्त are generally used as synonymanuscript. Panini generally uses the word द्वे. For द्वित्व in Vedic Literature confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 1.4; Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIV. 1-8 V, Pr. IV. 101-118.
dvirvacanasee द्वित्व and द्विरुक्ति; the word is very frequently used in the Mahabhasya instead of द्वित्व. confer, compare M Bh on I. 1. Ahnika 1, I. 1.7, 10, 57, 59. et cetera, and others et cetera, and others
dvisandhia kind of विवृत्ति or interval of time in the pronunciation of two consecutive vowels, which as a result of two euphonic changes has a vowel preceded by a vowel and followed also by a vowel: e. g. अभूदुभा उ अंशवे, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 44.
dvihalpossessed of two consecutive consonants; confer, compare तस्मान्नुड् द्विहलः, P. VII. 4 71 : cf also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 1.68.
dvaidhamused adverbially for द्विधा in'the sense of ’optionally' or 'in two ways'; confer, compare द्वैधं शब्दानामप्रतिपत्तिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1. 44 vart. 15.
ghaa technical term in the Jainendra Vyakarana for the term सर्वनामस्थान of Panini used for the first five case affixes सु, औ, अस्, अम्, ओ and इ (nominative case. and acc. plural neuter gender); cf P. I. I. 42, 43.
dharmadefined as ऋषिसंप्रदाय, the traditional practices laid down by the sages for posterity; confer, compareकेवलमृषिसंप्रदायो धर्म इति कृत्वा याज्ञिक्राः शास्त्रेण अनुविदधते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Ahnika I ; cf also धर्मशास्त्रं in एवं च कृत्वा धर्मशास्त्रं प्रवृत्तम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64, as also धर्मसूत्रकाराः in नैवेश्वर आज्ञापयति नापि धर्मसूत्रकाराः पठन्ति अपवादैरुत्सर्गा बाध्यन्तामिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. l.47; (2) religious merit, confer, compare धर्मोपदेशनमिदं शास्त्रमस्मिन्ननवयवेन शास्त्रार्थः संप्रतीयते , Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. I. 84, cf also ज्ञाने घमै इति चेत्तथाSधर्मः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Ahnika l ; ' 3) property possessed by a thing or a letter or a word. e. g. वर्णधर्म; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 2.29; cf also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 1, 55, II. 3.33, VIII. 1. 4. confer, compare also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 8, 13 XIV. 1 et cetera, and others: ( 4 ) the characteristic of being in a substance; in the phrase अयं घटः the dharma viz.घटत्व is predicated of this (इदम्) or, in other words the designation pot ( घटसंज्ञा ) is the predication; the explanation in short, can be given as घटत्ववान् इदंपदार्थः or घटाभिन्नः इदंपदार्थ:
dhamekīrtia Jain scholar called by the name कीर्ति also, who was the author of धातुप्रत्ययपञ्जिक्रा and रूपावतार a well-known treatise on roots; confer, compare बोपदेवमहाग्राहग्रस्तो वामनदिग्गजः । कीर्तेरेव प्रसङ्गेन माधवेन समुद्धृतः । He is believed to have been the first grammarian who arranged the sutras of Panini according to the subject matter.
dhātua root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
ghātukārikāvalīa grammatical work in verse written by Varadarja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita who lived in the 17th century, Besides Karikvali, Varadarja wrote लघुकौमुदी and मध्यकौमुदी also.
dhātupāṭha(1)name given in general to the several collections of roots given generally with their meanings by grammarians belonging to the various different schools of grammar. These collections are given as necessary appendices named खिल to their grammars by the well known grammarians of Sanskrit such as Panini, Sakatayana, and others; (2) a small treatise on roots written by Bhimasena of the 14th century.
dhātupārāyaṇaa grammatical treatise dealing with roots written as a supplementary work by Jumaranandin to his grammar work called Rasavati,which itself was a thoroughly revised and enlarged edition of the रसवती a commentary written by Kramadisvara on his own grammar named संक्षिप्तसार.Jumaranandin is believed to have been a Jain writer who lived in the fifteenth century A.D.
dhātupratyayapañjikāa work dealing with verbal forms written by Dharmakirti, a Jain grammarian of the eighth century.
dhātupradīpaa work dealing with verbal forms written by Maitreya Raksita, a Buddhist writer and a famous grammarian belonging to the eastern part of India who lived in the middle of the twelfth century. He is believed to have written many scholarly works in connection with Panini's grammar out of which the Tantrapradipa is the most important one. The work Dhatupradipa is quoted by Saranadeva, who was a contemporary of Maitreya Raksita, in his Durghatavrtti on P. II. 4. 52.
dhātumālāa work on roots in verseform attributed to a grammarian named Isvarakanta.
dhāturatnamañjarīa treatise dealing with roots believed to have been written by Ramasimhavarman.
dhāturatnākaraa work dealing with roots believed to have been written by Narayana who was given the title वन्द्य. He lived in the seventeenth century; a work named सारावलि व्याक्ररण is also believed to have been written by him.
dhāturatnāvalīa short list of the important roots from the Dhatuptha of Panini, given in verse by चोक्कनाथ a grammarian of the 17th century.
dhātuvyākaraṇaa grammar dealing with Verbs believed to have been written by Vangasena.
ghātusabandhapādaconventional name given to the fourth pada of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the Sutra धातुसंबन्धे प्रत्ययाः P. III.4.1
dhātvartheliterally meaning of a root, the verbal activity, named क्रिया or भावः . confer, compare धात्वर्थः क्रिया; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2. 84, III.2.115. The verbal activity is described generally to be made up of a series of continuous subordinate activities carried on by the different karakas or agents and instruments of verbal activity helping the process of the main activity. When the process of the verbal activity is complete, the completed activity is looked upon as a substantive or dravya and a word denoting it, such as पाक,or याग does not get conjugational affixes, but it is regularly declined like a noun.Just as स्वार्थ, द्रब्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या, and कारक are given as प्रातिपदिकार्थ, in the same manner क्रिया, काल, पुरुष, वचन or संख्या, and कारक are given as धात्वर्थ, as they are shown by a verbal form, although strictly speaking verbal activity (क्रियorभाव) alone is the sense of a root, as stated in the Mahbhasya. For details see Vaiyak.Bh.Sara, where it is said that fruit ( फल) and effort ( ब्यापार ) are expressed by a root, confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः. The five senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are in fact conveyed not by a root, but by a verb or अाख्यात or तिडन्त.
dhānyapādaa popular name given to the second pada of the fifth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi possibly because the pada begins with the Sutra धान्यानां भवने क्षेत्रे खञ्, P. V.2.1
dhāraṇa(1)suppression of a consonant, out of two successive consonants which is looked upon as a fault of recital; exempli gratia, for example ह्वयामि when recited as वयामि; efeminine. धारणमनुपलब्धिः Uvvata on R.Pr.XIV. 6; (2) repetition of a consonant which is also a fault; exempli gratia, for example ज्ज्योतिष्कृत् for ज्योतिष्कृत्: confer, compare Uvvata on XIV.6;confer, compare also धारयन्त; परक्रमं et cetera, and others explained by Uvvata as सान्तस्थस्य संयोगस्य आदौ रक्तं धारयन्तो विलम्बमानाः परक्रमं कुर्वन्ति where धारयन्तः means 'lengthening’ or 'prolonging' confer, compare R.Pr. on XIV.23; (3) the peculiar position of the mouth (मुखसंधारणम् ) by which a double consonant is recited as a single one, confer, compare द्विवर्णमेकवर्णवत् ( एकप्रयत्ननिर्वर्त्य ) धारणात् exempli gratia, for example व्यात्तम् , कुक्कुटः, confer, compare V.Pr. IV.144.
dhṛta or dhṛtapracayaa kind of original grave vowel turned into a circumflex one which is called प्रचय unless followed by another acute or circumflex vowel. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya has mentioned seven varieties of this 'pracaya' out of which धृतप्रचय or धृत is one. For details see Bhasya on धृतः प्रचयः कौण्डिन्यस्य, T.Pr.XVIII.3.
dhruva(1)fixed,stationary, as contrasted with moving (ध्रुव) which is termed अपादान and hence put in the ablative case; cf ध्रुवमपायेऽपादानम् P. I. 4.24; (2) repeated sound ( नाद ) of a third or a fourth consonant of the class consonants when it occurs at the end of the first word of a split up compound word; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. II and XI. 24.
dhvānathe second out of the seven Positions of voice in the Veda recital which are-उपांशु, ध्वान, निमद, उपब्दिमत्, मन्द्र, मध्यम and तार.
na(1)the consonant न् (see न् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.) with the vowel added to it for facility of utterance, confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 21 ; (2) taddhita affix. affix न added to words headed by पामन् in the sense of possession; exempli gratia, for example पामनः, हेमनः et cetera, and others, cf P. V. 2.100; (3) taddhita affix. affix न as found in the word ज्योत्स्ना derived from ज्योतिष्, cf P. V. 2.114; (4) unadi affix न as found in the word स्योनः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI.4.19; (5) the krt affix नङ् as also नन् prescribed after the roots यज्, याच्, यत्, विच्छ्, प्रच्छ्, रक्ष् and स्वप् , e g. यज्ञ:, याञ्चा, प्रश्नः et cetera, and others, cf P. III. 3.90, 91; (6) the negative particle न given by Panini as नञ् and referred to in the same way, which (id est, that is न.) when compounded with a following word is changed into अ or अन् or retained in rare cases as for instance in नभ्राट्, नासत्यौ, नक्षत्रम् et cetera, and others cf P. VI.3.73-75;(7) taddhita affix.affix न (नञ्) applied to the words स्त्री and पुंस् in senses given from P. IV. 1.92 to V. 2.1 e. g. स्त्रैणं, पौंस्नम् confer, compare IV. 1.87.
naṅkrt affix न applied to the roots यज्, याच्, यत् and others in the sense of verbal activity; e. g. यज्ञ; याञ्चा, यत्नः et cetera, and others confer, compare P. III. 3.90, 91. See न (5)
nañthe negative particle ( नञ् ) which possesses the six senses which are sketched as सादृश्यं तदभावश्च तदन्यत्वं तदल्पता । अप्राशस्त्यं विरोधश्च नञर्थाः षट् प्रकीर्तिताः and which are respectively illustrated by the examples अनिक्षुः शरः, भूतले घटो नास्ति, अघट: पट:, अनुदरमुदरं तरुण्याः, अब्राह्मणो वार्धुषिकः and असुर: दैत्य: । See न (6).
nañtatpuruṣaa compound with न as its first member which is changed into अ or अन्, or remains unchanged, the indeclinable न (नञ् ) possessing any one of the six senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. under न (6); e. g अब्राह्मणः, अनश्वः, नमुचिः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VI. 3 73-77.
natiliterallyinclination, bending down; the word is used generally in the technical sense of 'cerebralization' but applied to the change of न् into ण् as also that of स् into ष्; confer, compare दन्त्यस्य मूर्धन्यापत्तिर्नतिः, V. Pr.I. 42. The root नम् is used in the sense of 'cerebralizing ' or 'being cerebralized' very frequently in the Pratisakhya works; exempli gratia, for example the word नम्यते is used in the sense of 'is cerebralized'; नमयति in the sense of 'cerebralizes' and नामिंन् in the sense of 'causing cerebralization'; confer, compare ऋकारादयो दश नामिन: स्वराः, पूर्वो नन्ता नतिषु नम्यमुत्तरम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 27.
nadīa technical term applied in Panini's grammar to words in the feminine gender ending in ई and ऊ excepting a few like स्त्री,श्री, भ्रू and others; it is optionally applied to words ending in इ and उ, of course in the feminine. gender, before case affixes of the dative, ablative, genitive and locative singular. The term was probably in use before Panini and was taken from the feminine. word नदी which was taken as a model. Very probably there was a long list of words like नद् ( नदट्) चोर ( चोरट् ) et cetera, and others which were given as ending in ट् and to which the affix ई (ङीप्) was added for forming the feminine base;the first word नदी so formed, was taken as a model and all words in the list and similar others were called नदी; confer, compare P. I 4. 3-6.
nankrt affix न applied to the root स्वप् to show verbal activity ; exempli gratia, for example स्वप्न; confer, compareP.III.3.91.
nandikeśvaraan ancient grammarian who has written a short work in verses on grammar in general, which is named नन्दकेश्वरकारिकासूत्र. There is a scholarly commentary upon it written by उपमन्यु.
nandikeśvarakārikāa short treatise of 28 stanzas, attributed to an ancient grammarian नन्दिकेश्वर, which gives a philosophical interpretation of the fourteen sutras attributed to God Siva. The authorship of the treatise is assigned traditionally to the Divine Bull of God Siva. See नन्दिकेश्वर. The treatise is also named नन्दिकेश्वरकारिकासूत्र.
nandyādiname giver to the class of roots beginning with the root नन्द्, which includes the roots वाश्, मद् , दूष्, वृध् , शुभ् and others as given in the Ganapatha.These roots have the affix ल्यु id est, that is अन added to them in the sense of agent. exempli gratia, for example नन्दनः, वाशनः, मदनः, वर्धनः, शोभनः, रमणः, दर्पणः, जनार्दनः, यवनः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.III.1.134.
napuṃsaka1it. a word which is neither in the masculine nor in the feminine gender; a word in the neuter gender; confer, compare R.Pr.XIII.7,Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.II. 32; III.138; confer, compare P. VI.3.75, on which the Siddhanta Kaumudi observes न स्त्री पुमान् नपुंसकम् । स्त्रीपुंसयोः पुंसकभावो निपातनात् ।
narendrasūrian old grammarian believed to have been the original writer of the Sarasvata Vyakarana, on the strength of references to him in the commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana written by क्षेमेन्द्र as also references in the commentary on the Prakriykaumudi by Vitthalesa. He is believed to have lived in the tenth century A;D.
navagaṇīa term used in connection with the first nine ganaas or conjugations given by Panini in his Dhatupatha, the tenth conjugation being looked upon as a secondary conjugation.
navāhnikīname given to the first nine Ahnikas or lessons of the Mahabhasya which are written in explanation of only the first pada of the first Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi and which contain almost all the important theories, statements and problems newly introduced by Patanjali.
navyamataa term used for the differentiation in views and explanations held by the comparatively new school of Bhattoji Diksita, as contrasted with those held by Kasikakara and Kaiyata; the term is sometimes applied to the differences of opinion expressed by Nagesabhatta in contrast with Bhagttoji Diksita. For details see p.p. 23-24 Vol.VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D.E. Society, Poona.
naṣṭarūpāname given to an anustup verse which has nine, ten and eleven syllables respectively for the first, second and third feet; exempli gratia, for example विपृच्छामि पाक्यान् देवान् Ṛgveda, Ṛk. Saṁh=Ṛgveda-saṁhita.I.120.4; confer, compare R.Pr. XVI. 29. The verse has got 32 syllables, but it has only three feet instead of four.
(1)taddhita affix. affix ना as also नाञ् prescribed respectively after वि and नञ् (negative particle न ) in the sense of separation; e. g. विना, नाना ; (2) case ending ना substituted for the inst. instrumental case. singular. affix टा (called also अाङ् in ancient grammars) in the masculine gender after words called घि i. e. words ending in इ or उ excepting such as are called नदी.
nāgeśathe most reputed modern scholar of Panini's grammar, who was well-versed in other Sastras also, who lived in Benares in the latter half of the seventeenth and the first half of the eighteenth century. He wrote many masterly commentaries known by the words शेखर and उद्द्योत on the authoritative old works in the different Sastras, the total list of his small and big works together well nigh exceeding a hundredition He was a bright pupil of Hari Diksita, the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita. He was a renowned teacher also, and many of the famous scholars of grammar in Benares and outside at present are his spiritual descendants. He was a Maharastriya Brahmana of Tasgaon in Satara District, who received his education in Benares. For some years he stayed under the patronage of Rama, the king of Sringibera at his time. He was very clever in leading debates in the various Sastras and won the title of Sabhapati. Out of his numerous works, the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa, the Laghusabdendusekhara on the Siddhanta Kaumudi and the Paribhasendusekhara are quite wellknown and studied by every one who wishes to get proficiency in Panini's grammar. For details see pp. 21-24 and 401-403, Vol. VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D. E. Society, Poona.
nādi(a root)beginning with न् in the Dhatupatha as contrasted with one beginning with ण् ( णादि ) whose ण् is, of course, changed into न् when conjugational and other forms are arrived at; confer, compare सर्वे नादयो णोपदेशा नृतिनन्दिनदिनक्किनाटिनाथृनाधृनॄवर्जम् M.Bh. on VI. 1.65.
nāntarīyakaabsolutely necessary; being, in a way, inseparable: confer, compare कश्चिदन्नार्थी शालिकलापं सतुषं सपलालमाहरति नान्तरीयकत्वात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 3.18 on which Kaiyata observes अन्तरशब्देा विनार्थे । अन्तरे भवमन्तरीयम् । तत्र नञ्समासे कृते पृषोदरादित्वाद्भाष्यकारवचनप्रामाण्याद्वा नलोपाभावः ।
nāmthe genitive affix आम् together with the augment न् prefixed to it; confer, compare नामि P. VI. 4. 3.
nāmajaa word or noun derived from a noun, as opposed to धातुज a word derived from a root.
nāmadhātua denominative root; the term सुब्धातु is also used for नामधातु; confer, compare सुब्धातुर्नामधातुरभिधीयते Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P. VI. 1.3. See the word धातु.
nāmannoun, substantive; one of the four categories of words given in the Nirukta and other ancient grammer works; confer, compare चत्वारि पदजातानि नामाख्याते चोपसर्गनिपाताश्च, Nirukta of Yāska.I.1. The word is defined as सत्त्वप्रधानानि नामानि by standard grammarians; confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 1.; confer, compare also सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII.8; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 49 and commentary thereon. Panini divides words into two categories only, viz. सुबन्त and तिङन्त and includes नामन् ,उपसर्ग and निपात under सुबन्त. The Srngarapraksa defines नामन् as follows-अनपेक्षितशब्दव्युत्पत्तीनि सत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायीनि नामानि। तानि द्विविधानि। आविष्टलिङ्गानि अनाविष्टलिङ्गानि च । The word नामन् at the end of a sasthitatpurusa compound signifies a name or Samjna e. g. सर्वनामन्, दिङ्नामन् , छन्दोनामन्; confer, compare also. Bhasavrtti on संज्ञायां कन्थोशीनरेषु P. II.4. 20 and संज्ञायां भृत्. P. III. 2.46 where the author of the work explains the word संज्ञायां as नाम्नि. The word is used in the sense of 'a collection of words' in the Nirukta, confer, compare अन्तरिक्षनामानि, अपत्यनामानि, ईश्वरनामानि, उदकनामानि, et cetera, and others
nāmaliṅgānuśāsanaa treatise in which words with their genders are given. The term is usually used in connection with the great dictionary by अमरसिंह which is called नामालिङ्गानुशासन or अमरकोष.
nārāyaṇa(1)name of a grammarian who wrote a commentary on the Mahabhsya-Pradipa; (2) a grammarian who is said to have written a gloss named Sabdabhusana on the Sutras of Panini as also some minor works named शब्दमञ्जरी, शब्दभेदनिरूपण, et cetera, and others
nārāyaṇavandyaa grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote a treatise on grammar named Saravali, and a treatise on roots named Dhatuparayana.
nāvyavadhānanecessary intervention; confer, compare येन नाव्यवधानं तेन व्यवहितेपि वचनप्रामाण्यात्, a statement which is looked upon as a general statement of the ' nature of Paribhasa occurring in the Mahabhasya on P. VII. 2.3.
ni(1)personal ending substituted for मि (मिप्) of the 1st person. singular. in the imperative; (2) a technical term in the Jainendra Vyakarana for the term निपात of Panini.
niḥsaṃdhideprived of Samdhi; without any euphoric combination or euphonic change.
nigamaa statement in the Vedic passage; a Vedic passage; sacred tradition or Vedic Literature in general; confer, compare the frequent expression इत्यपि निगमो भवति where निगम means 'a vedic word, given as an instance'; if also means 'Veda'; confer, compare निगम एव यथा स्यात् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII. 2. 64. Durgacarya says that the word it also used in the sense of 'meaning';confer, compare तत्र खले इत्येतस्य निगमा भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.III.9. Durgacarya has also explained the word as गमयन्ति मन्त्रार्थान् ज्ञापयन्ति इति निगमाः, those that make the hidden meaning of the Mantras very clear.
nighaṇṭua name given to a collection of words which are mainly Vedic. In ancient times such collections were possibly very general and numerous and the works or treatises on derivation such as the Nirukta of Yaska were based upon them; confer, compare निघण्टवः कस्मात् । निगमा इमे भवन्ति । छन्दोभ्यः समाहृत्य समाहृत्य समाम्नातास्ते निगन्तव एव सन्तो निगमनान्निघण्टव उच्यन्ते इत्यौपमन्यवः । अपि वा आहननादेव स्युः | समाहता भवन्ति । यद्वा समाहृता भवन्ति (Nir.I.1) where the word is derived from गम्,or हन् or हृ. The word निघण्टु is taken as synonymous with निगम by Durgacarya.
nighātatoning down; the grave accent; the root निहन् in its various forms is used in the sense of toning down the voice and the word निघात is used in the sense of the grave accent (अनुदात्तस्वर) in the Vyakarana and Pratisakhya works; confer, compare also the words शेषनिघात, सर्वनिघात, et cetera, and others; confer, compare समानवाक्ये निघातयुष्मदस्मदादेशाः P. VIII. I.18 Vart. 5.
nicṛtless by one syllable; the word is used as an adjective to the name of a Vedic metre which has got one syllable less than the normal; confer, compare एकद्-व्यूनाधिकः सैव निचृदूनाधिका भुरिक् R.Pr.XVII.1.
nitya(1)eternal, as applied to word or Sabda in contrast with sound or dhvani which is evanescent (कार्य ). The sound with meaning or without meaning,made by men and animals is impermanent; but the sense or idea awakened in the mind by the evanescent audible words on reaching the mind is of a permanent or eternal nature; confer, compare स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायामादुपजायते; confer, compare also व्याप्तिमत्त्वा्त्तु शब्दस्य Nir.I.1 ; (2) constant; not liable to be set aside by another; confer, compare उपबन्धस्तु देशाय नित्यम्, न रुन्धे नित्यम्। नित्यशब्दः प्राप्त्यन्तरानिषेधार्थः T.Pr.I.59, IV.14; (3) original as constrasted with one introduced anew such as an augment; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.VI.14; (4) permanently functioning, as opposed to tentatively doing so; confer, compare नित्यविरते द्विमात्रम् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.37; (5) unchangeable, permanent, imperishable; confer, compare अयं नित्यशब्दोस्त्येव कूटस्थेष्वविचालिषु भावेषु वर्तते M.Bh. on P. VIII. 1.4; (6) always or invariably applying, as opposed to optional; the word in this sense is used in connection with rules or operations that do not optionally apply; confer, compare उपपदसमासो नित्यसमासः, षष्ठीसमासः पुनार्वेभाषा; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.2.19; (7) constant,as applied to a rule which applies if another simultaneously applying rule were to have taken effect, as well as when that other rule does not take effect; confer, compare क्वचित्कृताकृतप्रसङ्गमात्रेणापि नित्यता Par. Sek. Pari 46. The operations which are nitya according to this Paribhasa take effect in preference to others which are not 'nitya', although they may even be 'para'; confer, compare परान्नित्यं बलवत् Par. Sek. Pari. 42.
nityasamāsaan invariably effective compound; the term is explained as अस्वपदविग्रहो नित्यसमासः i. e. a compound whose dissolution cannot be shown by its component words as such; e. g. the dissolution of कुम्भकारः cannot be shown as कुम्भं कारः, but it must be shown as कुम्भं करोति स: । The upapadasamasa, the gatisamsa and the dative tatpurusa with the word अर्थ are examples of नित्यसमास.
nityānandaparvatīyaa scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who wrote glosses on the Mahabhasyapradipa, on the Laghusabdendusekhara and on the Paribhasendusekhara. He was a resident of Benares where he coached many pupils in Sanskrit Grammar. He lived in the first half of the nineteenth century.
nipātaa particle which possesses no gender and number, and the case termination after which is dropped or elidedition Nipata is given as one of the four categories of words viz नामन्, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात by all the ancient writers of Pratisakhya, Vyakarana and Nirukta works;confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4, M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika l, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8 et cetera, and others The word is derived from the root पत् with नि by Yaska who has mentioned three subdivisions of Niptas उपमार्थे, कर्मोपसंग्रहार्थे and पदपूरणे; confer, compare अथ निपाताः । उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्ति । अप्युपमार्थे । अपि कर्मोपसंग्रह्यार्थे । अपि पदपूरणाः । Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4. The Nipatas are looked upon as possessed of no sense; confer, compare निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50, ( commentary by Uvvata ). Panini has not given any definition of the word निपात, but he has enumerated them as forming a class with च at their head in the rule चादयोऽसत्वे where the word असत्वे conveys an impression that they possess no sense, the sense being of two kinds सत्त्व and भाव, and the Nipatas not possesssing any one of the two. The impression is made rather firm by the statement of the Varttikakra'निपातस्यानर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम्' P. I. 2. 45 Vart. 12. Thus, the question whether the Nipatas possess any sense by themselves or not, becomes a difficult one to be answeredition Although the Rkpratisakhya in XII.8 lays down that the Nipatas are expletive, still in the next verse it says that some of them do possess sense; confer, compare निपातानामर्थवशान्निपातनादनर्थकानामितरे च सार्थकाः on which Uvvata remarks केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः, केचन निरर्थकाः । The remark of Uvvata appears to be a sound one as based on actual observation, and the conflicting views have to be reconciledition This is done by Bhartrhari who lays down that Nipatas never directly convey the sense but they indicate the sense. Regarding the sense indicated by the Nipatas, it is said that the sense is never Sattva or Dravya or substance as remarked by Panini; it is a certain kind of relation and that too, is not directly expressed by them but it is indicatedition Bhoja in his Srngaraprakasa gives a very comprehensive definition of Nipata as:-जात्यादिप्रवृत्तिनिमित्तानुपग्राहित्वेनासत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायिनः अलिङ्गसंख्याशक्तय उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्तीत्यव्ययविशेषा एव चादयो निपाताः । He gives six varieties of them, viz. विध्यर्थ, अर्थवादार्थ, अनुवादार्थ, निषेधार्थ, विधिनिषेधार्थ and अविधिनिषेधार्थ, and mentions more than a thousand of them. For details see Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya II. 189-206.
nipātadyotakatvathe view that the nipatas and the upasargas too, as contrasted with nouns,pronouns and other indeclinables, only indicate the sense and do not denote it; this view, as grammarians say, was implied in the Mahabhasya and was prominently given in the Vakyapadiya by Bhartrhari which was followed by almost all later grammarians. See निपात.
nipātanaa word given, as it appears, without trying for its derivation,in authoritative works of ancient grammarians especially Panini;confer, compareदाण्डिनायनहास्तिनयनo P. VI.4.174, as also अचतुरविचतुरo V.4.77 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others The phrase निपातनात्सिद्धम् is very frequently used by Patanjali to show that some technical difficulties in the formation of a word are not sometimes to be taken into consideration, the word given by Panini being the correct one; confer, compare M.Bh.on I.1.4, III.1.22 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others; cf also the usual expression बाधकान्येव निपातनानि. The derivation of the word from पत् with नि causal, is suggested in the Rk Pratisakhya where it is stated that Nipatas are laid down or presented as such in manifold senses; cf Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XII.9; cf also घातुसाधनकालानां प्राप्त्यर्थं नियमस्य च । अनुबन्घविकाराणां रूढ्यर्थ च निपातनम् M. Bh Pradipa on P. V.1.114: confer, comparealso Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.27.
nipātanasvarathe accent, with which the Nipatana word is expressed in the Sutra, which is said to prevail over the accent which ordinarily should be possessed by the word; confer, compare स निपातनस्वरः प्रकृतिस्वरस्य बाधको भविष्यति M.Bh. on P.I.1.56 Vart. 23; confer, compare also M.Bh. on I.3.3, VI.1.123 et cetera, and others .
nipātāvyayopasargavṛttiashort treatise explaining and illustrating the use of indeclinables, written by a grammarian named तिलक who probably lived in Kasmira.
nimada mode of utterance of words at the performance of a sacrifice. Seven such modes are given in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya; confer, compare उपांशुध्वाननिमदोपव्दिमन्मन्द्रमध्यमताराणि T.Pr.XXIII. 5
nimitta(1)the formal cause of a grammatical operation; confer, compare निमित्ताभावे नैमित्तिकस्याप्यभाव; given as a Paribhasa by many grammarians like Vyadi, Siradeva and others; confer, compare also प्रकृत्युपपदोपाधयो निमित्तं प्रत्ययेा निमित्ती M.Bh. on III.1.1 Vart. 2; (2) distinguishing sign यः प्रेक्षापूर्वकारी भवति स: अध्रुवेण निमित्तेन ध्रुवं निमित्तमुपादत्ते वेदिकां पुण्डरीकं वा, M.Bh. on I.1.26 Vart.5.
nimittasaptamīlocative case, used in the sense of a cause as prescribed by निमित्तात्कर्मसंयोगे, P. II.3 36 Vart. 6 and illustrated by the usually quoted verse चर्मणि द्वीपिनं हन्ति दन्तयोर्हन्ति कुञ्जरम् । केशेषु चमरीं हन्ति सीम्नि पुष्कलको हत: M.Bh.on II.3.36 Vart. 6, also confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.1.57.
nimittāpāyaparibhāṣāa popular name given by grammarians to the maxim निमित्तापाये नैमित्तिकस्याप्यपायः,. a thing, which is brought into existence by a cause, disappears on the disappearance of the cause. The maxim is not, of course, universally applicable. For details see Par. Sek. Pari. 56, Sira. Pari. 99.
niyata(1)regulated in size or number; definitely fixed; the word नियत is used in grammar in connection with the nimitta or nimittin in a grammatical operation prescribed by a rule, which, or a part of which, is shown to be superfluous unless there is laid down a regulation; confer, compare शेषग्रहणं कर्तव्यम् । शेषनियमार्थम् | प्रकृत्यर्थौ नियतौ प्रत्यया अनियतास्ते शेषेपि प्राप्नुवन्ति M.Bh. on I.3.12 Vart. 6; (2) The grave accent; cf उदात्तपूर्वं नियतं... स्वर्यते RPr.III.9.
niyatasvara(1)an affix whose accent is definitely given by an indicatory mute letter applied to it; confer, compare M.Bh. on I.1.3; (2) the grave accent; a syllable with a grave accent; grave vowel; confer, compare नियतस्वरोदये R.Pr.XI.25; (3) name of a Samdhi when a visarga is changed into रेफ and then omitted and the preceding vowel is lengthened; cf ह्रस्वस्याकामनियता उभाविमौ R.Pr. IV.9; confer, compare also P. VIII.3.14 and VI.3.111.
niyama(1)restriction; regulation; binding; the term is very frequently used by grammarians in connection with a restriction laid down with reference to the application of a grammatical rule generally on the strength of that rule, or a part of it, liable to become superfluous if the restriction has not been laid down; confer, compare M.Bh. on I. 1. 3, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on I. 3.63, VI. 4.11; confer, compare also the frequently quoted dictum अनियमे नियमकारिणी परिभाषा; (2) limitation as contrasted with विकल्प or कामचार; confer, compare अनेकप्राप्तावेकस्य नियमो भवति शेषेष्वनियम; पटुमृदुशुक्लाः पटुशुक्लमृदव इति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2. 34 Vart. 2; (3) a regulating rule; a restrictive rule, corresponding to the Parisamkhya statement of the Mimamsakas, e. g. the rule अनुदात्तङित आत्मनेपदम् P. I.3.12; the grammarians generally take a rule as a positive injunction avoiding a restrictive sense as far as possible; confer, compare the dictum विधिनियमसंभवे विधिरेव ज्यायान्. Par. Sek. Pari. 100; the commentators have given various kinds of restrictions,. such as प्रयोगनियम,अभिधेयनियम,अर्थनियम, प्रत्ययनियम, प्रकृतिनियम, संज्ञानियम et cetera, and otherset cetera, and others; (4) grave accent or anudatta; confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वं नियतम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 9; see नियत (2).
niyāmakalimiting; limitative; confer, compare तुः क्रियते । स नियामको भविष्यति । अमेवापञ्चम्याः इति M. Bh, on II. 4.83; confer, compare also लोके निमित्तं द्विविधं दृष्टम् । कार्यस्थितौ नियामकं तदनियामकं च Par. Sek. Pari. 56.
niravakāśapossessed of no scope of, or occasion for, application; the word अनवकाश is also used in this sense. The niravakasa rules always set aside the general rules which are always present wherever they i. e. the niravakasa rules are possible to be appliedition Niravakasatva is looked upon as one of the two criteria for बाध or sublation, the other one being सामान्यविशेषभाव as illustrated by the usual maxim, known as तक्रकौण्डिन्यन्याय. See तक्रकौण्डिन्यन्याय; confer, compare also अनवकाशा हि विधयो बाधका भवन्ति Par. Sek. on Pari. 64.
nirākṛta(1)set aside; answered; the word is frequently used in connection with faults which are stated to occur or present themselves if a particular explanation is given; (2) prevailed over by another; confer, compare तदा न रूपं लभते निराकृतम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI. 30, where Uvvata paraphrases निराकृत as विस्मृत.
niruktaname of a class of works which were composed to explain the collections of Vedic words by means of proposing derivations of those words from roots as would suit the sense. The Nirukta works are looked upon as supplementary to grammar works and there must have been a good many works of this kind in ancient times as shown by references to the writers of these viz. Upamanyu, Sakatayana,Sakapuni,Sakapurti and others, but, out of them only one work composed by Yaska has survived; the word, hence has been applied by scholars to the Nirukta of Yaska which is believed to have been written in the seventh or the eighth century B. C. i. e. a century or two before Panini. The Nirukta works were looked upon as subsidiary to the study of the Vedas along with works on phonetics ( शिक्षा ), rituals ( कल्प ), grammar (व्याकरण) prosody (छन्दस्) and astronomy(ज्योतिष)and a mention of them is found made in the Chandogyopanisad. As many of the derivations in the Nirukta appear to be forced and fanciful, it is doubtful whether the Nirukta works could be called scientific treatises. The work of Yaska, however, has got its own importance and place among works subsidiary to the Veda, being a very old work of that kind and quoted by later commentators. There were some glosses and commentary works written upon Yaska's Nirukta out of which the one by Durgacarya is a scholarly one.It is doubtful whether Durgacarya is the same as Durgasimha, who wrote a Vrtti or gloss on the Katantra Vyakarana. The word निरुक्त is found in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of 'explained' and not in the sense of derived; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV 6; V.Pr. IV. 19, 195.
nirudakādia class of compound words headed by the word निरुदक which have their last vowel accented acute; e. g निरुदकम्, निरुपलम्, निर्मक्षिकम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI. 2. 184.
nirūḍhalakṣaṇāpotentiality of implicaion which gives the meaning of a word which is based upon implication; e. g. रथो गच्छति.
nirlūraname of a grammarian who is believed to have written a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini on the strength of a reference to him in the Nyasa of Jinendrabuddhi; confer, compare वृत्तिः पाणिनीयसूत्राणां विवरणं चुल्लिभट्टिनिर्लूरादिप्रणीतम् Nyasa on I.1.1.
nirvartaka(1)productive, as opposed to expressive; confer, compare किं पुनरिदं निर्वर्तकम् । अन्तरतमा अनेन निर्वर्त्यन्ते । अहोस्वित्प्रतिपादकम् । अन्येन निर्वृत्तानामनेन प्रतिपत्तिः । M.Bh. on P.I.1.50 Vart. 1; (2) productive of activity; confer, compare साधकं निर्वर्तकं कारकसंज्ञं भवतीति वक्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.23.
nirvartyaone of the many kinds of karman or object governed by a transitive verb or root, which has got the nature of being produced or brought into existence or into a new shape; confer, compare त्रिविधं कर्म निर्वर्त्य विकार्य प्राप्यं चेति । निर्वर्त्य तावत् कुम्भकारः नगरकारः। The word निर्वर्त्य is explained as यदसज्जन्यते यद्वा प्रकाश्यते तन्निर्वर्त्यम् । कर्तव्यः कटः । उच्चार्यः शब्दः Sr. Prakasa; confer, compare also Vakyapadiya III.7.78; confer, compare also इह हि तण्डुलानोदनं पचतीति द्व्यर्थः पचिः । तण्डुलान्पचन्नोदनं निर्वर्तयति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.49. For details see the word कर्मन्; also see M.Bh. on I.4.49.
nivātasometimes used for निघात or the grave accent.
niṣedhanegation; prohibition; cf निषेधपञ्चसूत्रीयं स्वरार्था Bhasavrtti on P. II. 2.16; confer, compare निषेधाश्च बलीयांसः Par. Sek. Pari. 112. The word प्रतिषेध is used frequently in this sense in old grammar works such as the Mahabhasya, the word निषेध being comparatively a modern one.
nihatastruck down in tone, grave, possessed of a grave accent; confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 138.
nihitaseparated with the intervention of a consonant. The word is used in connection with the detached first part of a compound word not followed immediately by a vowel; confer, compare अनिहतं अव्यवहितम् Uvvata on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V. 30.
nīkaugment नी affixed to the reduplicative syllables of the roots फण्, वञ्च् , स्रंस,ध्वंस्, भ्रंस् कस्, पत्, पद् and स्कन्द् in the intensive; e. g. अापनीफणत्, वनीवच्यते et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VII. 4.65 and 84.
nīcaa term used for the grave accent or for the vowel, accented grave; confer, compare स्वरितयोर्मध्ये यत्र नीचं स्यात् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIX. 1. उन्नीचे मे नीचमुच्चात् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 54, 55 confer, compare also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 111.
nīcaiḥkaraconstituting the grave accent, features of the grave accent; confer, compare अन्ववसर्गो मार्दवमुरुता खस्येति नीचैःकराणि शब्दस्य M.Bh.on I. 2.30.
nīlakaṇṭhadīkṣitaa famous grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote an independent work on the Paribhasas in Vyakarana named Paribhasavrtti. This Vrtti is referred to in the Paribhsendusekhara by Nagesabhatta and the views expressed in it are severely criticised in the commentary गदा.
nukaugment न् (l) affixed to the words अन्तर्वत् and पतिवत् before the feminine affix ङीप् e. g. अन्तर्वत्नी, पतिवत्नी, confer, compare P. IV. 1.32; (2) affixed to the root ली before the causal affix णिच् , e. g. विलीनयति, confer, compare P. VII. 3.39; (3) affixed to the reduplicative syllable of roots ending in a nasal consonant and having the penultimate अ as also of the roots जप्, जभ् , दह् , दश्, भञ्ज्, पश्, चर्, and फल् in the intensive; e. g. जङ्गम्यते, तन्तन्यते, यंयमीति, जङ्गमीति, जञ्जप्यते, दन्दह्यते, दन्दशीति. चञ्चूर्यते, पम्फु लीति confer, compare P. VII 4.85, 86, 87.
nuṭaugment न् prefixed (l) to the genitive case plural ending in अाम् after a crude base ending in a short vowel, or in ई or ऊ of feminine bases termed nadi, or in अा of the feminine affix ( टाप् डाप् or चाप्); e g. वृक्षाणाम्, अग्नीनाम् , कर्तॄणाम् , कुमारीणाम् , मालानाम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VII.1.54; (2) to the affix अाम् after numerals termed षट् and the numeral चतुर् as also after the words श्री, ग्रामणी and गो in Vedic Literature, e. g. षण्णाम् , पञ्चानाम् , चतुर्णाम्, श्रीणाम्, ग्रामणीनाम्, गोनाम्; confer, compare P. VII.1.55,56, 57; (3) to the part of a root possessed of two consonants, as also of the root अश् of the fifth conjugation after the reduplicative syllable ending in अा, which is substituted for अ; exempli gratia, for example अानञ्ज, व्यानशे; confer, compare P.VII.4. 71,72; (4) to the affix मतुप् after a base ending in अन् as also to the affixes तरप् and तमप् after a base ending in न् in Vedic Literature, exempli gratia, for example मूर्धन्वती, अक्षण्वन्तः, सुपथिन्तरः et cetera, and others;confer, compare P. VIII. 2.16, 17: (5) to the initial vowel of the second member of a compound having अ of नञ् as the first member; e. g. अनघः, confer, compare P.VI. 3.74; (6) to any vowel after न् which is preceded by a short vowel and which is at the end of a word exempli gratia, for example कुर्वन्नास्ते, confer, compare P. VIII. 3.32.
numaugment न् inserted after the last vowel (1) of a root given in the Dhātupātha as ending with mute इ; exempli gratia, for example निन्दति, क्रन्दति, चिन्तयति, जिन्वति et cetera, and others; confer, compare P VII.1.58; (2) of roots मुच् and others before the conjugational sign अ ( श ); e. g. मुञ्चति, लुम्पति; confer, compare P. VII.1.59; (3) of the roots मस्ज्, नश्, रध्, जभ् and लभ् under certain specified conditions, exempli gratia, for exampleमङ्क्त्वा, नंष्टा, रन्धयति, जम्भयति, लम्भयति, आलम्भ्यः et cetera, and others confer, compare P.VII. 1.60-69; (4) of declinable bases marked with the mute indicatory letter उ, ऋ or ऌ as also of the declinable wording अञ्च् from the root अञ्च् and युज्, exempli gratia, for exampleभवान्, श्रेयान् , प्राङ्, युङ्, confer, compare Kās. on P. VII.1. 70, 71; (5) of the declinable base in the neuter gender, ending with a vowel or with any consonant excepting a semivowel or a nasal, before a case-ending termed Sarvanāmasthāna; exempli gratia, for example यशांसि, वनानि, जतूनि et cetera, and others, confer, compare Kās. on VII.1.72; (6) of the declinable base in the neuter gender, ending with इ, उ,ऋ or ऌ before a case-ending beginning with a vowel; exempli gratia, for example मधुने, शुचिने et cetera, and others, confer, compare Kās, on P. VII.1.73; (7) of the affix शतृ ( अत् of the present tense. participle.) under certain conditions याती यान्ती; पचन्ती, सीव्यन्ती, confer, compare I .VII.78-8 : (8) of the word अनडुह् before the nominative case. and vocative case. singular. affix सु;exempli gratia, for example अनड्वान् , हे अनड्वन्, confer, compare P. VII.1. 82; (9) of the words दृक्, स्ववस् and स्वतवस् before the nominative case. and vocative case.singular.affix सु in Vedic Literature, e. g. यादृङ्, स्ववान् , स्वतवान् , confer, compare P.VII.1.83.
naigama(1)belonging to the Veda, Vedic as opposed to लौकिक or भाषिक; confer, compare नैघण्टुकानि नैगमानीहेह Nir.I. 20; (2) name given to Kāndas 4, 5 and 6 of the Nirukta of Yāska; confer, compare अनवगतसंस्कारा जहादयो यस्मिन्निगम्यन्ते तन्नैगमं Durga Vr. on Nir IV.1.
naimittikaeffect; one that is caused; confer, compare निमित्ताभावे नैमित्तिकस्याप्यभावः a Paribhāsā given by Vyādi, Siradeva and others.
nyaṅkusāriṇīa kind of बृहती metre in which the second foot has twelve syllables, while the rest have eight syllables each; confer, compare द्वितीये न्यङ्कुसारिणी R.Pr.XVI.32.
nyavagrahaalso नीचावग्रह, the vowel at the अवग्रह or end of the first member of a compound word which has got a grave accent; e. g. the vowel ऊ of नू in तनूनप्त्रे; confer, compare उदाद्यन्तो न्यवग्रहस्तथाभाव्यः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 120. See ताथाभाव्य.
nyastaname given to अनुदात्त or the grave tone; confer, compare मात्रा न्यस्ततरैकेषामुभे व्यालि: समस्वरे Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 17 where Uvvata explains न्यस्ततरा as अनुदात्ततरा.
nyāyasaṃgrahaa work enumerating the Paribhāsas in Hemacandra's grammar, numbering 140 nyāyas out of which 57 nyāyas are said to have been given by Hemacandra himself at the end of his comment बृहद्वृत्ति on his Śabdānuśāsana. The work is written by हेमहंसगणि who has added a commentary to it called Nyayārthamaňjūșa by him, which is also known by the name न्यायरत्नमञ्जूषा which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
nyāyārthamañjūṣāa name given to न्यायरत्नमञ्जूषा. See न्यायरत्नमञ्जूषा.
nyāyyaproper; fully justified न्यायादनपेतम् confer, compare P.IV.4.92; correct; regular; confer, compare यञञ्भ्यामुक्तत्वादर्थस्य न्याय्योत्पत्तिर्न भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.3.1 where Kaiyata however, explains the word differently. Kaiyata states that न्याय्य means a general rule; confer, compareउत्सर्गः पूर्वाचार्यप्रसिद्ध्या न्याय्य उच्यते Kaiyata on P. II. 3.1. By Pūrvācārya he possibly refers to the writers of the Prātiśākhyas and other similar works by ancient grammarians, where the word nyāya is used in the sense of 'a general rule '. See the word न्याय a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
nyāsa(1)literally position, placing;a word used in the sense of actual expression or wording especially in the sūtras; confer, compare the usual expression क्रियते एतन्न्यास एव in the Mahābhāșya, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.11, 1.1.47 et cetera, and others; (2) a name given by the writers or readers to works of the type of learned and scholarly commentaries on vŗitti-type-works on standard sūtras in a Śāstra; e. g. the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. is given to the learned commentaries on the Vŗtti on Hemacandra's Śabdānuśasana as also on the Paribhāşāvŗtti by Hemahamsagani. Similarly the commentary by Devanandin on Jainendra grammar and that by Prabhācandra on the Amoghāvŗtti on Śākatāyana grammar are named Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. In the same way, the learned commentary on the Kāśikāvŗtti by Jinendrabuddhi, named Kāśikāvivaranapaňjikā by the author, is very widely known by the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. This commentary Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. was written in the eighth century by the Buddhist grammarian Jinendrabuddhi, who belonged to the eastern school of Pānini's Grammar. This Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. has a learned commentary written on it by Maitreya Rakșita in the twelfth century named Tantrapradipa which is very largely quoted by subsequent grammarians, but which unfortunately is available only in a fragmentary state at present. Haradatta, a well-known southern scholar of grammar has drawn considerably from Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. in his Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta., which also is well-known as a scholarly work.
p(1)first consonant of the labial class of consonants possessed of the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, and कण्ठविवृतत्व; ( 2 ) प् applied as a mute letter to a suffix, making the suffix accented grave (अनुदात्त).
pakṣaalternative view or explanation presented by, or on behalf of, a party ; one of the two or more way of presenting a matter. The usual terms for the two views are पूर्वपक्ष and उत्तरपक्ष, when the views are in conflict. The views, if not in conflict, and if stated as alternative views, can be many in number, e. g. there are seven alternative views or Pakșas re : the interpretation of the rule इको गुणवृद्धी; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.3; confer, compare also सर्वेषु पक्षेषु उपसंख्यानं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64.
pakṣādia class of words headed by the word पक्ष to which the taddhita affix अायन ( फक् ) causing vŗddhi is added in the four senses given in P. IV. 2.67-70; e. g. पाक्षायण:, अाश्मायनः et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāś. on P. IV. 2.80.
pañcapadīa term used in the AtharvaPrātiśākhya for the strong case affixes viz. the nominative case affixes and the accusative singular. and dual affixes; confer, compare चत्वारि क्षैप्रञ्च पञ्चपद्यामन्तोदात्तादीनि यात् Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. I. 3.14. The term corresponds to the Sarvanāmasthāna of Pāņini, which is also termed सुट् ; confer, compare सुडनपुंसकस्य P. I. 1.43.
pañcamathe fifth consonant of the five classes of consonants; the nasal consonant, called also वर्गपञ्चम; confer, compare यथा तृतीयास्तथा पञ्चमा आनुनासिक्यवर्जम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.9 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.
pañcamī(1)the fifth case;ending of the fifth or ablative case as prescribed by rules of Pāņini confer, compare अपादाने पञ्चमी, P. II. 3-7, 10, et cetera, and others (2) the imperative mood; confer, compare Kāt.III.1.18.
pañcamīnirdeśastatement by the abla-tive case, confer, compare डः सि धुट् P. VIII. 3.29;confer, compare उभयनिर्देशे पञ्चमीनिर्देशे; बलीयान् e. g. ङमो ह्रस्वादचि ङमुण्नित्यम् P. VIII. 3.32, Par. Sek. Pari. 70; confer, compare also उभयानिर्देशे विप्रतिषेधात्पञ्चमीनिर्देशः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.67 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
pañcālapadavṛttithe usage or the method of the Pañcālas; the eastern method of euphonic combinations, viz. the retention of the vowel अ after the preceding vowel ओ which is substituted for the Visarga; e. g. यो अस्मै; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 12; Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XI. 19. This vowel अ which is retained, is pronounced like a short ओ or अर्धओकार by the followers of the Sātyamugri and Rāņāyaniya branches of the Sāmavedins; confer, compare commentary on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XI. 19 as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Āhnika 1.
pañjikāa popular name given to critical commentaries by scholars; confer, compare काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका by Jinendrabuddhi which is popularly known by the name न्यास.
paṭhanaoral recital, the word is used in connection with the use of words by the author himself in his text which he is supposed to have handed over orally to his disciples, as was the case with the ancient Vedic and Sūtra works; confer, compare the words पठित, पठिष्यते, पठ्यते and the like, frequently used in the Mahābhāșya in connection with the mention of words in the Sūtras of Pāņini.
paṇḍitawriter of Citprabhā, a commentary on the Paribhāșenduśekhara. A commentary on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara is also ascribed to him. He was a Gauda Brāhmaņa whose native place was Kurukșetra. He lived in the beginning of the nineteenth century.
patañjalithe reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.
padaa word; a unit forming a part of a sentence; a unit made up of a letter or of letters, possessed of sense; confer, compare अक्षरसमुदायः पदम् । अक्षरं वा । V.Pr. VIII. 46, 47. The word originally was applied to the individual words which constituted the Vedic Samhitā; confer, compare पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17. Accordingly, it is defined in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as ' अर्थः पदम् ' (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 2) as contrasted with ' वर्णानामेकप्राणयोगः संहिता ' (V.Pr.I.158). The definition ' अर्थः पदम् ' is attributed to the ancient grammarian 'Indra', who is believed to have been the first Grammarian of India. Pāņini has defined the term पद as ' सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् ' P.I.4.14. His definition is applicable to complete noun-forms and verb-forms and also to prefixes and indeclinables where a case-affix is placed and elided according to him; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II. 4. 82. The noun-bases before case affixes and taddhita affix. affixes, mentioned in rules upto the end of the fifth adhyāya, which begin with a consonant excepting य् are also termed पद by Pāņini to include parts of words before the case affixes भ्याम् , भिस्, सु et cetera, and others as also before the taddhita affix. affixes मत्, वत् et cetera, and others which are given as separate padas many times in the pada-pātha of the Vedas; confer, compare स्वादिष्वसर्वनामस्थाने P. I. 4. 17. See for details the word पदपाठ. There are given four kinds of padas or words viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात in the Nirukta and Prātiśākhya works; confer, compare also पदमर्थे प्रयुज्यते, विभक्त्यन्तं च पदम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19, वर्णसमुदायः पदम् M.Bh. on I.1.21 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, पूर्वपरयोरर्थोपलब्धौ पदम् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I.1.20, पदशब्देनार्थ उच्यते Kaiyata on P.I.2.42 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; confer, compare also पद्यते गम्यते अर्थः अनेनेति पदमित्यन्वर्थसंज्ञा Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.III. 1.92. The verb endings or affixs ति, तस् and others are also called पद. The word पद in this sense is never used alone, but with the word परस्मै or अात्मने preceding it. The term परस्मैपद stands for the nine affixes तिप्, तस्, ...मस्,while the term आत्मनेपद stands for the nine affixes त, आताम् ... महिङ्. confer, compare ल: परमैपदम्, तङानावात्मनेपदम्. It is possible to say that in the terms परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद also, the term पद could be taken to mean a word, and it is very likely that the words परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद were originally used in the sense of 'words referring to something meant for another' and 'referring to something meant for self' respectively. Such words, of course, referred to verbal forms, roughly corresponding to the verbs in the active voice and verbs in the passive voice. There are some modern scholars of grammar, especially linguists, who like to translate परस्मैपद as 'active voice' and आत्मनेपद as ' passive voice'. Pāņini appears, however, to have adapted the sense of the terms परस्मैपद and आत्मनेपद and taken them to mean mere affixes just as he has done in the case of the terms कृत् and तद्धित. Presumably in ancient times, words current in use were grouped into four classes by the authors of the Nirukta works, viz. (a) कृत् (words derived from roots)such as कर्ता, कारकः, भवनम् et cetera, and others, (b) तद्धित (words derived from nouns ) such as गार्ग्यः , काषायम् , et cetera, and others, (c) Parasmaipada words viz. verbs such as भवति, पचति, and (d) Ātmanepada words id est, that is verbs like एधते, वर्धते, et cetera, and othersVerbs करोति and कुरुते or हरति and हरते were looked upon as both परस्मैपद words and आत्मनेपद words. The question of simple words, as they are called by the followers of Pāņini, such as नर, तद् , गो, अश्व, and a number of similar underived words, did not occur to the authors of the Nirukta as they believed that every noun was derivable, and hence could be included in the kŗt words.
padakāṇḍa(1)a term used in connection with the first section of the Vākyapadīya named ब्रह्मकाण्ड also, which deals with padas, as contrasted with the second section which deals with Vākyas; (2) a section of the Așțadhyāyī of Pāņini, which gives rules about changes and modifications applicable to the pada, or the formed word, as contrasted with the base (अङ्ग) and the suffixes. The section is called पदाधिकार which begins with the rule पदस्य P.VIII.1.16. and ends with the rule इडाया वा VIII. 3. 54.
padakāraliterally one who has divided the Samhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada-text. The term is applied to ancient Vedic Scholars शाकल्य, आत्रेय, कात्यायन and others who wrote the Padapātha of the Vedic Samhitās. The term is applied possibly through misunderstanding by some scholars to the Mahābhāsyakāra who has not divided any Vedic Samhitā,but has, in fact, pointed out a few errors of the Padakāras and stated categorically that grammarians need not follow the Padapāțha, but, rather, the writers of the Padapāțha should have followed the rules of grammar. Patañjali, in fact, refers by the term पदकार to Kātyāyana, who wrote the Padapātha and the Prātiśākhya of the Vājasaneyi-Samhitā in the following statement--न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम्। यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1. 109; VI. 1. 207; VIII. 2.16; confer, compare also अदीधयुरिति पदकारस्य प्रत्याख्यानपक्षे उदाहरणमुपपन्नं भवति ( परिभाषासूचन of व्याडि Pari. 42 ) where Vyādi clearly refers to the Vārtika of Kātyāyana ' दीधीवेव्योश्छन्दोविषयत्वात् ' P. I. 1.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I. The misunderstanding is due to passages in the commentary of स्कन्दस्वामिन् on the Nirukta passage I. 3, उब्वटटीका on ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य XIII. 19 and others where the statements referred to as those of Patañjali are, in fact, quotations from the Prātiśākhya works and it is the writers of the Prātiśākhya works who are referred to as padakāras by Patañ jali in the Mahābhāsya.
padapāṭhathe recital of the Veda text pronouncing or showing each word separately as detached from the adjoining word. It is believed that the Veda texts were recited originally as running texts by the inspired sages, and as such, they were preserved by people by oral tradition. Later on after several centuries, their individually distinct words were shown by grammarians who were called Padakāras. The पदपाठ later on had many modifications or artificial recitations such as क्रम, जटा, घन et cetera, and others in which each word was repeated twice or more times, being uttered connectedly with the preceding or the following word, or with both. These artificial recitations were of eight kinds, which came to be known by the term अष्टविकृतयः.
padaprakṛtia term used in connection with the Samhitā text or संहितापाठ which is believed to have been based upon words ( पदानि प्रकृति: यस्याः सा ) or which forms the basis of words or word-text or the padapātha (पदानां प्रकृतिः); cf पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17.
padaprabhedalit, divisions of words: parts of speech. There are four parts of speech viz.नामन् , आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात given by ancient grammarians and the authors of the Prātiśākhya works, while there are given only two, सुबन्त and तिङन्त by Pāņini. For details see pp. 145, 146 Vol. VII. Mahābhāșya D. E. Society's edition.
padamañjarīthe learned commentary by Haradatta on the काशिकावृत्ति. Haradatta was a very learned grammarian of the Southern School, and the Benares School of Grammarians follow पदमञ्जरी more than the equally learned another commentary काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका or न्यास. In the Padamanjarī Haradatta is said to have given everything of importance from the Mahābhāșya; confer, compare अधीते हि महाभाष्ये व्यर्था सा पदमञ्जरी. For details see Mahābhāșya D. E. S. Ed. Vol. VII P. 390-391.
padavākyaratnākaraa disquisition on grammar dealing with the different ways in which the sense of words is conveyedition The work consists of a running commentary on his own verses by the author Gokulanātha Miśra who, from internal evidence, appears to have flourished before Koņdabhațța and after Kaiyața.
padavāda or padavādipakṣaview that words are real and have an existence and individuality of their own. The view is advocated by the followers of both the Mīmāmsā schools and the logicians who believe that words have a real existence. Grammarians admit the view for practical purposes, while they advocate that the अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट alone is the real sense. confer, compare Vākyapadīya II.90 and the foll.
padavidhian operation prescribed in connection with words ending with case or verbal affixes and not in connection with noun-bases or root-bases or with single letters or syllables. पदविधि is in this way contrasted with अङ्गविधि ( including प्रातिपदिकविधि and धातुविधि ), वर्णविधि and अक्षरविधि, Such Padavidhis are given in Pāņini's grammar in Adhyāya2, Pādas l and 2 as also in VI.1.158, and in VIII. 1.16 to VIII.3.54 and include rules in connection with compounds, accents and euphonic combinations. When, however, an operation is prescribed for two or more padas, it is necessary that the two padas or words must be syntactically connectible; confer, compare समर्थः पदविधिः P. II.1.1.
padasaṃskārapakṣaan alternative view with वाक्यसंस्कारपक्ष regarding the formation of words by the application of affixes to crude bases. According to the Padasamskāra alternative, every word is formed independently, and after formation the words are syntactically connected and used in a sentence. The sense of the sentence too, is understood after the sense of every word has been understood; confer, compare सुविचार्य पदस्यार्थं वाक्यं गृह्णन्ति सूरयः Sira. on Pari. 22. According to the other alternative viz. वाक्यसंस्कारपक्ष, a whole sentence is brought before the mind and then the constituent individual words are formed exempli gratia, for example राम +सु, गम् + अ + ति । Both the views have got some advantages and some defects; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 56.
padasphoṭaexpression of the sense by the whole word without any consideration shown to its division into a base and an affix. For instance, the word रामेण means 'by Rama' irrespective of any consideration whether न is the affix or इन is the affix which could be any of the two, or even one, different from the two; confer, compare उपायाः शिक्षमाणानां वालानामपलापनाः Vākyapadīya II.240.
padādi(1)beginning of a word, the first letter of a word; confer, compare सात्पदाद्योः P. VIII.3.111; confer, compare also स्वरितो वानुदात्ते पदादौ P. VIII.2.6. Patañjali, for the sake of argument has only once explained पदादि as पदादादिः confer, compare M.Bh.on I. 1. 63 Vāŗt. 6; (2) a class of words headed by the word पद् which is substituted for पद in all cases except the nominative case. and the acc. singular and dual; this class, called पदादि, contains the substitutes पद् , दत्, नस् et cetera, and others respectively for पाद दन्त, नासिका et cetera, and others confer, compare Kās on P. VI. 1.63; (3) the words in the class, called पदादि, constiting of the words पद्, दत्, नस्, मस् हृत् and निश् only, which have the case affix after them accented acute; confer, compare P. VI. 1.171.
padādhikārathe topic concerning padas id est, that is words which are regularly formed, as contrasted with words in formation. Several grammatical operations, such as accents or euphonic combinations, are specifically prescribed together by Pāņini at places which are said to be in the Padādhikāra formed by sūtras VIII.1.16 to VIII.3.54.
padārthameaning of a word, signification of a word; that which corresponds to the meaning of a word; sense of a word. Grammarians look upon both-the generic notion and the individual object as Padārtha or meaning of a word, and support their view by quoting the sūtras of Pāņini जात्याख्यायामेकस्मिन् बहुवचनमन्यतरस्याम् I. 2.58 and सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ I. 2.64; confer, compare किं पुनराकृतिः पदार्थ अाहोस्विद् द्रव्यम् । उभयमित्याह । कथं ज्ञायते । उभयथा ह्याचार्येण सूत्राणि प्रणीतानि । अाकृतिं पदार्थे मत्वा जात्याख्यायामित्युच्यते | द्रव्यं पदार्थे मत्वा सरूपाणामित्येकशेष अारभ्यते, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in I. 1. first Āhnika. In rules of grammar the meaning of a word is generally the vocal element or the wording, as the science of grammar deals with words and their formation; confer, compare स्वं रूपं शब्दस्याशब्दसंज्ञा, P. I. 1. 68. The possession of vocal element as the sense is technically termed शब्दपदार्थकता as opposed to अर्थपदार्थकता; confer, compare सोसौ गोशब्दः स्वस्मात्पदार्थात् प्रच्युतो यासौ अर्थपदार्थकता तस्याः शब्दपदार्थकः संपद्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1.44 V. 3. The word पदार्थ means also the categories or the predicaments in connection with the different Śāstrās or lores as for instance, the 25 categories in the Sāmkhyaśāstra or 7 in the Vaiśeșika system or 16 in the NyayaŚāstra. The Vyākaranaśāstra, in this way to state, has only one category the Akhandavākyasphota or the radical meaning given by the sentence in one strok
padmanābhaa grammarian who wrote a treatise on grammar known as the Supadma Vyākaraņa. He is believed to have been an inhabitant of Bengal who lived in the fourteenth century A. D. Some say that he was a resident of Mithilā.
padyaforming a part of a word or pada; confer, compare उपोत्तमं नानुदात्तं न पद्यम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 29; confer, compare also पूर्वपद्यः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 30. The word is used in this sense ( पदावयव ) mostly in the Prātiśākhya works. The word is used in the sense of पादसंपन्न, made up of the feet (of verses), in the Rk Prātiśākhya in contrast with अक्षर्य, made up of syllables. In this sense the word is derived from the word पाद; confer, compare पद्याक्षर्ये स उत्थितः R. Pr, XVIII. 3.
para(l)subsequent,as opposed to पूर्व or prior the word is frequently used in grammar in connection with a rule or an operation prescribed later on in a grammar treatise; confer, compare विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I. 4. 2; ( 2 ) occurring after ( something ); confer, compare प्रत्ययः परश्च P. III. 1.1 and 2; confer, compare also तत् परस्वरम् T.Pr. XXI.2.(3)The word पर is sometimes explained in the sense of इष्ट or desired, possibly on the analogy of the meaning श्रेष्ठ possessed by the word. This sense is given to the word पर in the rule विप्रातिषेधे परं कार्यं with a view to apply it to earlier rules in cases of emergency; confer, compare विप्रतिषेधे परं यदिष्टं तद्भवति M.Bh. on I.1.3.Vārt, 6; परशब्दः इष्टवाची M.Bh. on I. 2.5, I. 4.2. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7; II. 1.69 et cetera, and others
paraṃkāryatvaor परंकार्यत्वपक्ष the view that the subsequent संज्ञा or technical term should be preferred to the prior one, when both happen to apply simultaneously to a word. The word is frequently used in the Mahaabhaasya as referring to the reading आ काडारात् परं कार्यम् which is believed to have been an alternative reading to the reading अा कडारादेका संज्ञा;confer, compare ननु च यस्यापि परंकार्यत्वं तेनापि परग्रहणं कर्तव्यम्; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.1; also भवेदेकसंज्ञाधिकारे सिद्धम् | परंकार्यत्वे तु न सिद्ध्यति: M.Bh. on II. 1.20, II.2.24.
paratvaposteriority; mention afterwards; the word is frequently used in works on grammar in connection with a rule which is mentioned in the treatise after another rule; the posterior rule is looked upon as stronger than the prior one, and is given priority in application when the two rules come in conflict although technically they are equally strong: confer, compare परत्वादल्लोप: ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.4 Vaart 7; 'परत्वाच्छीभाव: I. 1.11 et cetera, and others
paranipātaliterallyplacing after; the placing of a word in a compound after another as contrasted with पूर्वनिपात . A subordinate word is generally placed first in a compound, confer, compare उपसर्जनं पूर्वम्; in some exceptional cases however, this general rule is not observed as in the cases of राजदन्त and the like, where the subordinate word is placed after the principal word, and which cases, hence, are taken as cases of परनिपात. The words पूर्व and पर are relative, and hence, the cases of परनिपात with respect to the subordinate word ( उपसर्जन ) such as राजद्न्त, प्राप्तजीविक et cetera, and others can be called cases of पूर्वनिपात with respect to the principal word ( प्रधान ) confer, compare परश्शता: राजदन्तादित्वात्परनिपात: Kaas. on P. II.1.39.
paramāṇua time-unit equal to one-half of the unit called अणु, which forms one-half of the unit called मात्रा which is required for the purpose of the utterance of a consonant; confer, compare परमाणु अर्धाणुमात्रा V. Pr.I.61. परमाणु, in short, is the duration of very infinitesimal time equal to the pause between two individual continuous sounds. The interval between the utterances of two consecutive consonants is given to be equivalent to one Paramanu; confer, compare वर्णान्तरं परमाणु R.T.34.
paravipratiṣedhathe conflict between two rules (by occurrence together) when the latter prevails over the former and takes place by. Virtue of the dictum विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P.I. 4.2; confer, compare कथं ये परविप्रतिषेधाः M.Bh. on I.4.2.
parasaptamīa locative case in the sense of 'what follows', as contrasted with विषयसप्तमी, अधिकरणसप्तमी and the like; confer, compare लुकीति नैषा परसप्तमी शक्या विज्ञातुं न हि लुका पौर्वापर्यमस्ति । का तर्हि । सत्सप्तमी M.Bh. on P.I.2. 49.
parasmaipadaa term used in grammar with reference to the personal affixs ति, त: et cetera, and others applied to roots. The term परस्मैपद is given to the first nine afixes ति, त:, अन्ति, सि, थ:, थ, मि, व: and म:, while the term आत्मनेपद is used in connection with the next nine त, आताम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare परस्मै परोद्देशार्थफलकं पदम् Vac. Kosa. The term परस्मैपद is explained by some as representing the Active_Voice as contrasted with the Passive Voice which necessarily is characterized by the Aatmanepada affixes. The term परस्मैभाष in the sense of परस्मैपद was used by ancient grammarians and is also found in the Vaarttika अात्मनेभाषपस्मैभाषयोरुपसंख्यानम् P. VI. 3.8 Vart.1 . The term परस्मैभाष as applied to roots, could be explained as परस्मै क्रियां (or क्रियाफलं) भाषन्ते इति परस्मैभाषाः and originally such roots as had their activity meant for another, used to take the परस्मैपद् affixes, while the rest which had the activity meant for self, took the अात्मनेपद affixes. Roots having activity for both, took both the terminations and were termed उभयपदिनः.
parasmaibhāṣaliterally speaking the activity or क्रिया for another; a term of ancient grammarians for roots taking the first nine personal affixes only viz. ति, तः... मसू. The term परस्मैपदिन् was substituted for परस्मैभाष later on,more commonly. See परस्मैपद a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The term परस्मैभाष along with अात्मनेभाष is found almost invariably used in the Dhaatupaatha attributed to Paanini; confer, compare भू सत्तायाम् | उदात्त: परस्मैभाषः | एघादय उदात्त अनुदात्तेत अात्मनभाषा: Dhatupatha.
parāṅgavadbhāvabehaviour as having become a part and parcel of another ; treatment of a word as a part of another. The term is used by Panini in connection with a word followed by and connected with a word in the vocative case of which it is looked upon as a part for purposes of accent, e. g. कुण्डेनाटन् , मद्राणां राजन् et cetera, and others Here the words अटन् and राजन् , being in the vocative case, are अाद्युदात्त, id est, that is अ ( at the beginning of अटन्) and अा (in राजन्) are acute and as a result all the other vowels in कुण्डेनाटन् and मद्राणां राजन् become अनुदात्त or grave; confer, compare सुबामन्त्रिते पराङ्गवत्स्वरे P.II.1.2.
pariniṣṭhitacompletely formed; with the formation completely achieved; स्वार्थे परिपूर्णम्; confer, compare परिनिष्ठितस्य पदान्तरसंबन्धे हुि गौर्वाहीक इत्यादौ गौणत्वप्रतीतिर्न तु प्रातिपदिकसंस्कारवेलायाम् Par. Sek. on Pari. 15.
paribhāṣāan authoritative statement or dictum, helping (1) the correct interpretation of the rules (sūtras) of grammar, or (2) the removal of conflict between two rules which occur simultaneously in the process of the formation of words, (पदसिद्धि), or (3) the formation of correct words. Various definitions of the word परिभाषा are given by commentators, the prominent ones beingपरितो व्यापृतां भाषां परिभाषां प्रचक्षते(न्यास);or, परितो भाष्यते या सा परिभाषा प्रकीर्तिता. The word is also defined as विधौ नियामकरिणी परिभाषा ( दुर्गसिंहवृत्ति ). परिभाषा can also be briefiy defined as the convention of a standard author. Purusottamadeva applies the word परिभाषा to the maxims of standard writers, confer, compare परिभाषा हिं न पाणिनीयानि वचनानि; Puru. Pari. 119; while Haribhaskara at the end of his treatise परिभाषाभास्कर, states that Vyaadi was the first writer on Paribhaasas. The rules तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य, तस्मादित्युत्तरस्य and others are in fact Paribhaasa rules laid down by Panini. For the difference between परिभाषा and अधिकार, see Mahabhasya on II.1.1. Many times the writers of Sutras lay down certain conventions for the proper interpretation of their rules, to which additions are made in course of time according to necessities that arise, by commentators. In the different systems of grammar there are different collections of Paribhasas. In Panini's system, apart from commentaries thereon, there are independent collections of Paribhasas by Vyadi, Bhojadeva, Purusottamadeva, Siradeva, Nilakantha, Haribhaskara, Nagesa and a few others. There are independent collections of Paribhasas in the Katantra, Candra, Sakatayana,Jainendra and Hemacandra systems of grammar. It is a noticeable fact that many Paribhasas are common, with their wordings quite similar or sometimes identical in the different systemanuscript. Generally the collections of Paribhasas have got scholiums or commentaries by recognised grammarians, which in their turn have sometimes other glosses or commentaries upon them. The Paribhaasendusekhara of Nagesa is an authoritative work of an outstanding merit in the system of Paninis Grammar, which is commented upon by more than twenty five scholars during the last two or three centuries. The total number of Paribhasas in the diferent systems of grammar may wellnigh exceed 500. See परिभाषासंग्रह.
paribhāṣāpradīpārcisa scholarly independent treatise on Vyakarana Paribhasas written by Udayamkara Pathaka, called also Nana Pathaka, a Nagara Brahmana, who lived at Benares in the middle of the 18th century A. D. He has also written commentaries on the two Sekharas of Naagesa.
paribhāṣābhāskara(1)a treatise on the Paribhasas in Panini's grammar written by Haribhaskara Agnihotri, son of Appajibhatta Agnihotri, who lived in the seventeenth century : (2) a treatise on Paniniparibhasas, as arranged by Siradeva, written by Sesadrisuddhi,
paribhāṣāvṛttia general name given to an explanatory independent work on Paribhasas of the type of a gloss on a collection of Paribhasas,irrespective of the system of grammar, whether it be that of Panini, or of Katantra, or of Jainendra or of Hemacandra. The treatises of Vyadi (Panini system), Durgasimha and BhavamiSra (Katantra system), Purusottamadeva and Siradeva (Panini system), Abhyankar (Jainendra system) and others are all known by the name Paribhasavritti.
paribhāṣāvṛttiṭippaṇīa very brief commentary on the Paribhasavrtti of Siradeva written by Srimanasarman of Campahatti.
paribhāṣāvṛttiṭīkāa commentary on the Paribhasavrtti of Siradeva written by Ramabhadra Diksita who lived in the seventeenth century A. D.
paribhāṣāsegraha'a work containing a collection of independent works on Paribhasas in the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar, compiled by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar. The collectlon consists of the following works (i) परिभाषासूचन containing 93 Paribhasas with a commentary by Vyadi, an ancient grammarian who lived before Patanjali; ( ii ) ब्याडीयपरिभाषापाठ, a bare text of 140 Paribhaasaas belonging to the school of Vyadi (iii) शाकटायनपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 98 Paribhasa aphorisms, attributed to the ancient grammarian Saka-tayana, or belonging to that school; [iv) चान्द्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 86 Paribhasa aphorisms given at the end of his grammar work by Candragomin; (v) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a gloss on 65 Paribhas aphorisms of the Katantra school by Durgasimha; (vi) कातन्त्रपारभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a short gloss on 62 Paribhasa aphorisms of the Katantra school by Bhavamisra; (vii) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 96 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Katantra school without any author's name associated with it; (viii) कालापपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Kalapa school without any author's name associated with it; (ix) जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss written by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar ( the compiler of the collection), on 108 Paribhasas or maxims noticeable in the Mahavrtti of Abhayanandin on the Jainendra Vyakarana of Pujyapada Devanandin; (x) भोजदेवकृतपरि-भाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules given by Bhoja in the second pada of the first adhyaaya of his grammar work named Sarasvatikanthabharana; (xi) न्यायसंग्रह a bare text of 140 paribhasas(which are called by the name nyaya) given by Hema-hamsagani in his paribhasa.work named न्यायसंग्रह; (xii) लधुपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss on 120 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Puruso-ttamadeva; (xiii) वृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति con-taining 130 Paribhasas with a commentary by Siradeva and a very short,gloss on the commentary by Srimanasarman ( xiv ) परिभाषावृत्ति a short gloss on 140 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Nilakantha; (xv) परिभाषाभास्कर a collection of 132 Paribhasas with a commentary by Haribhaskara Agnihotri; (xvi) bare text of Paribhasa given and explained by Nagesabhatta in his Paribhasendusekhara. The total number of Paribhasas mentioned